Sei sulla pagina 1di 2336

Editing examples and exercises

英文編修/作業範例
I.  Editing samples  1-23
一般修改:
包括拼字錯誤﹔文法及標點符
號錯誤﹔
文章內數字大小寫、複合字的
用法前
後一致﹔為了使意義清楚所作
的一些
換字修改。
大幅修改:
不僅提供一般修改的服務﹐還
包括簡
化重覆的文句﹔重寫部分或整
段不順
的文句﹔句中或整段的文句調
換。
II.  Edited homework 24-291
研究/工作提案計畫(第一部
分):背景
研究/工作提案計畫(第二部
分):行動
問題描述
假設描述
摘要撰寫(第一部分):簡介
背景、目標及方法
摘要撰寫(第二部分:歸納希
望的結果及其對特定領域的貢

研究/工作提案撰寫
III.  Editing exercises 292-303

I. Editing samples
一般修改:
包括拼字錯誤﹔文法及標點符
號錯誤﹔
文章內數字大小寫、複合字的
用法前
後一致﹔為了使意義清楚所作
的一些
換字修改。
大幅修改:
不僅提供一般修改的服務﹐還
包括簡
化重覆的文句﹔重寫部分或整
段不順
的文句﹔句中或整段的文句調
換。
1. (Business Management)
[NOTE: If you are resubmitting
this paper, add the following
sentence to 'Reply to reviewer's
comments': 'Grammatical and
writing style errors in the original
version have been corrected by
our colleague who is a native
English speaker.']

(NOTE: If you want to improve your


writing skills, check out my on-line
copyediting course at
www.cc.nctu.edu.tw/~tedknoy  )

(Assessing OR An Empirical StudyStudy


of) the Influence of
Trust and TAM to on Mobile Businesses

(Correspondence and reprint requests


should be made to: OR To whom
correspondence and reprint requests
should be made )

ABSTRACT
This study An empirical study of the
influence of (assesses OR evaluates) how
trust and TAM to affect mobile business is
applied and developed for the Mobile
Commerce (M-Commerce; M-C) in this
paper. A complete picture of human
interaction with the B2C mechanisms in
mobile commerce [is the most important
portion of OR TRY consists
of/comprises/entails/encompasses the core
of] this IT research, especially[especially
OR particularly] in concerning relation
towith mobile business. [Current E-
Commerce is hopefully going to be the
business developed in the way of being
mobile, wireless in the near future
UNCLEAR TRY In the near future e-
commerce is expected to develop in the
directions of increased mobility, and
wirelessness]. [Former OR Previous] IT
[researches havehas OR TRY studies
have] [investigated OR studied] the
characteristics of E-C systems and their
systems interfaces, [that OR which] are
expected to [have influences on TRY
SIMPLY influence] the productivity.
While most of [past OR previous]
researches studies (emphasized/ stressed
OR paidy [a lot of OR considerable]
attention on to the technological
development of [hardware and software of
E-C systems OR TRY E-C system
hardware and software], recent research
has been instead focused on (the [impact
OR influence]s of consumers’ trust on E-
Commerce OR TRY how consumer trust
influences E-Commerce). Current
[research OR studies]es onregarding to the
mobile commerce of B2C E-business [is
OR are] [very OR OMIT?] likely to
bedeal with [how consumers are willing
TRY consumer willingness] to [go
shopping on the Web shops TRY SIMPLY
shop on-line], especially[especially OR
particularly] cooperating with the mobile
telecommunication. The tTrust and
technology acceptance are (all [very OR
extremely] important OR key) factors onin
the mobile business. This research [study
OR work OR investigation] has
[combined OR brought together] those
research streams by (placing users’
[characteristics of behavior of using TRY
behavior characteristics in using] mobile
on-line shopping systems into a TRY
including user behavior characteristics. .
.in a) model [with the context of
usefulness, ease of use and trust variables
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?]. The [primary OR main OR
key] goal (is based on [customer
relationship management OR TRY
managing customer relationships] in a
mobile environment NOTE Rather than
saying that the goal is based on could you
simply say what the goal is?). The Trust
and M-C Technology Acceptance Model
of M-C consumer behavior are is
included[NOTE Included in what
exactly?]. A survey [to investigating OR
SIMPLY of]e [the intension of using TRY
intention to use] M-C transaction or on-
line shopping [with factors of shoppers’
consumption behavior UNCLEAR What
exactly does the ‘with’ mean here? Could
you clarify?] is [conducted OR
performed]. Furthermore, Aan M-C model
is applied and developed on the basis
of[on the basis of OR based on] [former
OR previous] E-Commerce [research OR
studies]es. (It [It NOTE Avoid starting
sentences with words like ‘this’, ‘it’,
‘they’ and ‘that’, which do not have a
clear referent. Clarify the referent in all
cases.] proves to be not only excellent
predictors but also actually human
oriented UNCLEAR TRY XXX are not
only shown to be excellent predictors, but
are also demonstrated to be human
oriented).

rds: M-Commerce, Technology Acceptance


Model (TAM), pPerceived of usefulness,
pPerceived eEase of uUse, hHuman
interaction, cognition-based trust, [NOTE
Only the first keyword needs to be
capitalized. The others need not be
capitalized unless they are proper nouns
(i.e. names).]
INTRODUCTION
While most of past researches pay
much attention on the technological
development of [hardware and software of
E-C systems TRY E-C system hardware
and software] has been extensively
studied, recent researches care much about
the [impact OR influence]s of [trust of
consumers OR consumer trust] on Mobile
E-Commerce (M-C) has received
increasing attention. The tTrust and
technology acceptance are also very
important onsignificantly influence [the
OR OMIT?] mobile business. The
influence of perceived risk and distrust is
one of (the key issues [of in OR
determining] UNCLEAR TRY the main
causes of) the failure ofn iInternet
businesses. Therefore, customer’s
perceptions of risk and attitudes to trust
were integrated in the technology
acceptance model. [It’s supposed to gain
UNCLEAR What is supposed to do this?
Can you clarify referent of ‘it’?] provide
further insight into/provide a valuable
reference/clarify/elucidate/ shed light on a
better understanding of consumer’s
[intention behavior to accept UNCLEAR
TRY SIMPLY intention to accept] the
internet on-line shopping,
especially[especially OR particularly] in
intention of to useing mobile commerce.

Both trust and the Technology


Acceptance Model (TAM) [has have been
studied for years OR TRY have long been
studied] in the traditional, physically
commercial environment. In the marketing
and management literatures, trust is
[strongly OR closely] associated with
attitudes toward product/service and
purchasing behaviors. [The eExpected
overall trust onin the business
relationships about the behavior of the
companies and customers is discussed
UNCLEAR TRY This study discusses
expected overall trust in business
relationships involving company and
customer behavior] (Kumer et al., 1995a;
Kumer et al., 1995b; Gefen, 2002b, etc.).
There are sSome empirical online
researchesstudies have been conducted,
for examplee.g., an empirical research
studies ([in on OR of] on-line trust: a
review and critical assessment UNCLEAR
TRY reviewing and assessing online trust)
(Grabner-Kräuter, Kaluscha, 2003), [On-
line trust: concepts, evolving themes, a
model, UNCLEAR TRY and a model of
online trust, related concepts and evolving
themes] (Corritore, Kracher, Wiedenbeck,
2003)

Research Purpose
From the [standpoint OR
perspective] of [what is OR OMIT?] the
starting point of rational and non-rational
consumptions of mobile on-line shopping,
M-Commerce is a new marketplace [that
is full of curiosity, unfamiliarity and risk
UNCLEAR TRY that is curious,
unfamiliar and risky]. [Hence OR
Consequently], wethis [study OR work
OR investigation] analyzes the
characteristics of mobile on-line shopping
by applying TAM, Trust,
Familiarity[NOTE Why capitalized?],
[etc. OR and so on] into a mobile on-line
business model. This model is based on
the user acceptance of iInternet
applications, especially[especially OR
particularly] [on TRY in relation to] M-
Commerce. Users trust onin the e-vendor
and the facilities provided on the [Web-
site of vendor OR TRY the websites of
vendors] [through OR via] [the efficient
and useful
toolsaproaches/schemes/methods/procedur
es/means o of mobile on-line shopping
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?]. All of these factors that
interactively [affect OR influence]ing [the
intension of using mobile business OR
mobile business use intention] (are the
targets of this study[study OR work OR
investigation] OR TRY are studied here).

User acceptance of the new


information technology has being widely
studied [in the scope of UNCLEAR TRY
in relation to] Management Information
Systems[OK?]. [There were UNCLEAR
TRY Areas of study include OR Subjects
of study include OR Something else?]
DSS, ESS, [the OR OMIT?] Intranet,
Extranet, and the Internet, [etc OR and so
on]. [Following is E-Commerce in the
latest past period and now rapidly
progressing is on M-Commerce
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning? TRY Previously the focus was
on E-Commerce, and more recently the
focus has shifted to M-Commerce]. An
Internet-based information system [is not
the same as TRY differs from] a
standalone system, and does so an
Extranet system (You, Chang, Tsay, Lin,
2001). Now, mMobile commerce with
infrastructure is being so [dramatically
TRY significantly] changed that [a
different user behavior can surely be
expected TRY user behavior is expected to
differ].

Based on the theory of Planned E-C


consumer Behavior and the M-C
Technology Acceptance Model, we this
[study OR work OR investigation]
appliesy an integrated model of E-C
Trust /TAM and [develops OR designs] [a
combined model of M-C Trust and TAM
model UNCLEAR TRY a combined
model based on the M-C Trust and TAM
models]. A survey is [conducted OR
completed] [to investigate OR
investigating] [the intenstion to use TRY
usage intention of] the on-line M-C
shopping [with factors UNCLEAR Not
really clear how this relates to the rest of
the sentence. What does the ‘with’ mean?]
[of affecting OR influencing]
consumption behaviors and implementing
procedures [of performing UNCLEAR
TRY relating to the performance of]
shopping jobs. 

Regarding to the theoretical


basis[NOTE Of what?], this study[study
OR work OR investigation] attempts to
revise the inadequacy of [former OR
earlier] related researches studies [which
are heavily only on technological
development UNCLEAR Could you
clarify meaning?]. Moreover, human
interaction with the B2C mechanisms
[according to OR based on] the
characteristics of network, fashion
shopping and [physically UNCLEAR
Physically what? Could you clarify
meaning?] [use “actual on-line shopping”
is expected UNCLEAR Could you
clarify?]. [A complete picture of factors
that affect Internet- shopping behaviors is
relevant UNCLEAR Could you clarify
relevant how? Clarify the exact
relevance.]. [In the past OR Previously],
the verification for shoppers’ behaviors
[did not conclude an identical result
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?]. This study[study OR work OR
investigation] [is not going to TRY does
not OR does not seek to] analyze and
make clearclarify [the OR OMIT?]
causality in on-line M-C shopping. The
Furthermore, actual consumption because
ofowing to fashion is not discussed in this
[study OR work OR investigation]paper.
However, the intension of to use mobile
commerce [is a factor covered in this topic
UNCLEAR TRY is covered in this study].

The [primary OR main OR key] goal


is to apply, design and implement a model
[of using B2C system UNCLEAR TRY
for the application of B2C systems] in a
mobile environment [at this moment OR
OMIT?], especially[especially OR
particularly] [mobile customer
relationship management UNCLEAR
TRY the management of mobile customer
relationships]. The [main OR key]
problems of hard-wear and soft-wear of
system development are for example as
the followings:
(1) How much higher than customer
expectations are the mobile function fees
than customers’ expectation?
(2) How slow is [the speed of OR OMIT?]
data transmission through mobile phone?
(3) [How is limited size of UNCLEAR
TRY How limited is the size of] miniature
databases on [the mobile phone TRY
mobile phones]?
How is are the synchronization between
processes [on TRY between] different
platforms?
How is[NOTE Could you further clarify
meaning of ‘how is’?] the
telecommunication cooperation among
various facility parties?
[How are the searching engines working
UNCLEAR What exactly do you mean
here by this ‘how are’?] including
separate portals on M-C shopping
operation?
[How is the smoothness of data linkage
from a platform to another UNCLEAR
TRY How smooth is the data linkage
between platforms]?
The M-CRM system is expected to help
customers obtain information [at any time
and fat rom any remote place TRY
regardless of time and space constraints].
It [It NOTE Avoid starting sentences with
words like ‘this’, ‘it’, ‘they’ and ‘that’,
which do not have a clear referent. Clarify
the referent in all cases. TRY This system]
is an application of the established M-
CRM system and ERP databases in the
mobile environment.

A more complete picture of More


thoroughly understanding human
interaction with the B2C mechanisms is in
the important portion of tis essential to he
future IT research, especially[especially
OR particularly] research [concerning OR
on] mobile business. The behavior control
mechanisms typically used in traditional
teams[NOTE What type of ‘traditional
teams’? Can you further clarify?] [have a
significant negative effect on TRY
significantly and negatively affect] trust in
virtual teams (Piccoli and Ives, 2003).
[Former OR Previous] IT research has
[investigated OR examined] the systems
interface and characteristics of systems
that are expected to have an influence
oninfluence productivity. This [study OR
work OR investigation] research has
combined these research streams by
placing user behavior characteristics [of
using TRY relating to the use of] M-C on-
line shopping systems into a context of
usefulness, ease of use and trust variables.

Acknowledgment

The authors would like to thank the


National Science Council of the Republic
of China, Taiwan for financially
supporting this research under Contract
No. NSC___________.
[NOTE Where I have deleted and
otherwise changed your original text I am
fixing grammatical or other mistakes, or
rewriting more concisely.  If you choose
not to accept my changes in such places
then you must be sure to have good
reasons.  Where I say ‘TRY’ I feel the
original may have a problem and am
strongly suggesting that you make a
change (either making the suggested
change or rewriting yourself). Where I say
‘OR’ I am merely offering an alternative
word with the same (or similar) meaning.
Sometimes ‘OR’ also indicates a choice
between different possible modifications
(perhaps with different meanings). ‘OR
SIMPLY’ indicates a simpler and more
concise alternative with the same (or
similar) meaning. ‘OK?’ is simply a
reminder to you to double check that my
change expresses your intended meaning.
But please remember to double check
everything anyway. ‘UNCLEAR’ indicates
that I feel the original is unclear in
meaning, and you probably need to
rewrite.]

2. (Business Management)
[NOTE: If you are resubmitting this paper,
add the following sentence to 'Reply to
reviewer's comments': 'Grammatical and
writing style errors in the original version
have been corrected by our colleague who
is a native English speaker.']
(NOTE: If you want to improve your
writing skills, check out my on-line
copyediting course at
www.cc.nctu.edu.tw/~tedknoy  )

Research on(NOTE:  Avoid title openers


with common words or phrases such as
‘Research on’ ‘Studies on’ ‘Investigations
of’ ‘A’ ‘The’ ‘An” since it makes it more
difficult to locate your research on an
information retrieval system.) Elucidating
the Relationship between Utility of
Information Disclosure and Stock Return
iIn the Taiwan Stock Markets
(Correspondence and reprint requests
should be made to: OR To whom
correspondence and reprint requests
should be made )

Abstract
[The financial information indexes in
the stock market UNCLEAR TRY Stock
market indices BUT Where specifically?
Which ones?] are [disclosed UNCLEAR
In what sense?] and organized into five
groups of financial ratios in this [study OR
work OR investigation] [paper according
to OR based on] [the divisions of business
diagnosis in practice UNCLEAR Could
you further clarify meaning?]. They[They
NOTE Avoid starting sentences with
words like ‘this’, ‘it’, ‘they’ and ‘that’,
which do not have a clear referent. Clarify
the referent in all cases. TRY These
index/indices data/datum criteria/criterion]
are useful for [evaluating OR assessing]
the corporate performance. This empirical
study[study OR work OR investigation]
[is to examines OR studies] the utility of
financial information indexes and to
seeexamines the [prediction of the OR
predicted] relationship of the utility of
financial information indexes and stock
return from the value-based [view OR
perspective]. (A total [number OR
OMIT?] of 142 OR TRY Some 142)
electronic industry firms listed on Taiwan
stock markets [that had full set of data
from 1997 to 2002 TRY for which full
data was available from 1997 to 2002
BUT What data? Stock price data?
Something else?] in the electronic industry
of Taiwan stock markets are used to
identify as many available firms as
manyas as possible. [The data of firms are
to obtain TRY Firm data is used to obtain]
[the OR OMIT?] estimates of the
relationship of the stock returns and the
five groups of information indexes
disclosed by [corporations in the stock
market TRY listed firms] to see if [these
NOTE Can you clarify referent?] become
the important criteria to thefor investors
and stakeholders. The methods of
mMultiple regression analysis, and time
series cross sections (TSCS) pooling
regression analysis are used. This finding 
The [results NOTE Best to specify what
type of ‘results’ you are talking about.
(i.e. analytical results, experimental
results, observation results, measurement
results, etc.). Try ‘analytical results’
here.] supported the predictions that five
groups of information indices/indexes are
related to the stock return and [are
therefore OR thus are] critical managerial
decision-making variables. [Moreover OR
Furthermore], [they NOTE Can you
clarify referent?] are associated with
higher expected returns on equity [of firm
valuations NOTE Rather unclear how this
relates to the previous. Could you further
clarify?], and appear to be to be more
important [factors in driving OR TRY
drivers of] firm value and the stock returns
than only earnings growth. The empirical
proof [provides the evidence of OR TRY
demonstrates OR indicates] the
relationship [between OR among] the five
groups of information indexes and the
stock return. Further more, it ’sis possible
tofor [evaluateing OR assess] corporate
strategies and the rational decisions
madeking .of by the investors.

Words: iInformation disclosure, utility of


information, stock returns, five groups of
information indexes, time series cross
sections (TSCS) pooling regression
[NOTE The first keyword needs to be
capitalized. The others need not be
capitalized unless they are proper nouns
(i.e. names).]

INTRODUCTION
The quality of business operations is
[presented OR indicated] [through OR
via] the financial indexes, and the required
information is provided to the relevant
[people OR persons OR individuals]. The
market value of firmFirm market value is
[an important concern OR a key concern].
[To maximize the value of stakeholders
TRY Maximizing stakeholder value] is
one of the main objectivities from the
standpoints perspective of managers. [To
maximize OR Maximization of] [the
values of stakeholders and investors TRY
stakeholder and investor value] [by
running OR via OR through] [good
quality of business operations UNCLEAR
Could you further clarify meaning? Too
vague. . .What does ‘good quality’ mean
specifically?] [for the corporations OR
OMIT?] [from the standpoint of managers
UNCLEAR TRY from a managerial
perspective] is [shown OR displayed] on
and presented through the indexes of
financial reports and other required
information in [the OR OMIT?] stock
markets. The perspectives of [getting the
predictions of the stock trend out of
UNCLEAR TRY obtaining stock trend
predictions based on] [the financial
indexes of information disclosure
UNCLEAR TRY publicly (disclosed OR
available) information] [and being
relevant to stock return UNCLEAR What
exactly being relevant to? Could you
clarify meaning? OR relevance to stock
return] are common [needs to thein
investment management OR TRY
investment management needs] for both
general investors and stakeholders of
[public corporations in the stock markets
UNCLEAR TRY publicly listed
corporations].

The cCorporate financial


performance [improves OR enhances]
corporate reputation, [which is concerned
for UNCLEAR MAYBE which is a
concern for] both managers and investors
(Rose, 2004). The eEssential financial
data are provided to the investors [though
OR via OR based on] [the information
disclosure of public OR information
publicly disclosed by] [corporations OR
firms]. [It Notably OR Clearly],is seen
that the information disclosure [of OR on
OR related to] [the quality of business
operations OR business operation quality]
relevant to stock returns is [regarded
importantly for UNCLEAR TRY
considered important for] the public
companies and general investors. A key
question is whetherCan  [the financial
indexes of information disclosure
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?] [be responded to TRY can
respond to] [the stock returns of public
companies OR TRY public company stock
returns].? [Hence OR Consequently], the
utility of [the OR OMIT?] information
disclosure through financial indexes
[becomes OR is] [vitally important OR
SIMPLY TRY vital OR crucial] to
stakeholders and investors.

[Hence OR Consequently], the


relationships between the financial
indexes of the information disclosure and
the stock returns [are worthy of OR merit
OR deserve further] being studyied.
Further moreA further important matter to
thefor investors is [how the financial
indexes of public companies are relevant
to TRY the relevance of public company
financial indexes to] stock returns. [Hence
OR Consequently], the financial ratios of
information disclosure in the stock
markets are organized into financial
indexes groups in this study[study OR
work OR investigation] [according to OR
based on] [the divisions of five forces in
the consulting business UNCLEAR TRY
the division of the consulting business into
five sources OR Something else?].
Important questions include whetherCan
the information disclosure [be responds
OR can respond]ed to the market values of
public companies?, and whether Can the
utilities of information indexes related to
the stock returns can bebe supplied
[through OR via] the information
disclosure.? [Hence OR Consequently OR
Accordingly], [the relationship between
the utilities of financial indexes and stock
returns is studied OR TRY this study
examines the relationship between the
utilities of financial indexes and stock
returns].

Research Intention
Because the financial statements has
beenare [one of the most important tools
for OR TRY a key tool for] managers,
management authorities uses itthem to
communicate with the stakeholders,
investors, and all of the parties [who are
OR OMIT?] relevant to [the business
activities within or outside of a
corporation TRY internal or external firm
business activities] [all the time
UNCLEAR What does the ‘all the time’
refer to here? The making available of the
statements? Could you clarify?]. The
valuation of information statement reports
should include financial and non-financial
information metrics [of OR dealing with
OR relating to OR Something else?]
performance measurements, as well as
historical and future, cross section and
time series data.
A studystudy  was [conducted OR
performed] [which takes a fresh look at
OR SIMPLY examining OR investigating]
the quality of communication between
[the management and the stakeholders of
the firm OR TRY firm management and
stakeholders] and [to investigatinge OR
examining OR studying] the influence of
financial variables (Baker, 1992).
Information transfers associated with the
sign and magnitude of the changes in
earnings expectations conveyed by
management forecasts are also
documented (Baginski, 1987).

The value of intangible assets


[becomes the great portion of the
valuation of enterprise UNCLEAR Could
you further clarify meaning? TRY
dominates enterprise valuation], which [is
corresponding to the stock-price
eventually TRY eventually corresponds to
the stock price OR TEY eventually is
reflected in the stock price]. Empirical
results [indicate OR demonstrate] that the
importance of intangible assets [increases
recently TRY has recently increased]
owing to [the rapidly evolutionary change
of UNCLEAR TRY rapid evolutionary
change in] economic structure. It [It seems
that traditional financial reports fail to OR
TRY Traditional financial reports
apparently fail to] address the [important
OR key OR main] value drivers in the
new economy. The wWell-organized
reporting statements [will OR OMIT?]
provide a better understanding for the
users and [motivate OR can motivate]s
enterprises to [re-evaluate OR TRY
reassess] the submitted information with
which have submitted. The revised
information is able to[is able to OR can]
[show OR demonstrate] how short-term
and long-term value creation and value
[retain UNCLEAR TRY retention OR
preservation] activities that managers
perform [to enhance the possibility of
value achievement in order toto improve
the transparent problems UNCLEAR
Could you further clarify meaning? And
clarify the relation to the previous part of
the sentence. I don’t see how this relates
to the previous ‘how’.]. [Moreover OR
furthermore], [it also develops TRY this
study also develops] [a specific report
along with industry instead of traditional
one UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?].

Conventionally, many[many OR
numerous] indices [are TRY have been]
[adopted OR used] [to conduct OR
SIMPLY for] financial analyses. Through
computation and observation, we this
[study OR work OR investigation] obtains
[the understanding to judge UNCLEAR
TRY an understanding for (judging OR
assessing)] the corporate performance.
Some factors [to measure OR used to
measure] [its financial situation and nature
NOTE Financial situation and nature of
what?] [from OR based on] [the practice
of financial management OR TRY
financial management practices] are all
considered as parts of the corporate
performance. These factors [are OR
include] firm [profit-gaining ability TRY
profitability], [potential of growth OR
TRY growth potential], [activities NOTE
What activities?], [effectiveness
UNCLEAR In what sense?], efficiency,
and stability of the corporate. [Usually OR
Generally], these financial figures
represent the management achieveness
achievements and [economy UNCLEAR
Could you further clarify meaning?] of
[the OR OMIT?] corporate performance. 

Utilities of Information Disclosure


Groth (1992) [studied OR examined
OR investigated] [the OR OMIT?]
financial information, risk, and share
value[UNCLEAR In relation to what?].
Moreover, Whittington (1988) [analyzed
OR examined OR studied] the usefulness
of accounting data [in OR for] measuring
[the economic performance of firms TRY
firm economic performance].
Furthermore, Hardouvelis (1987) [studied
OR examined] the response of stock
prices to the announcements of some
representative macroeconomic variables,
[focusing on OR TRY and focused on] the
distinction between monetary and non-
monetary news[UNCLEAR Could you
clarify meaning? ‘distinction’ in what
sense? Could you clarify?]. Four stock
[price OR OMIT?]s indexes are examined:
1. the Standard & Poor's 500 index, 2. the
AMEX Major Market index, 3. the Value
Line index, and 4. the New York Stock
Exchange Financial index[NOTE Why in
red?]. [Can the financial indexes of
information disclosure is responded to
stock returns of public companies?
UNCLEAR TRY This study asks whether
the financial indexes of information
disclosure respond to (the stock returns of
public companies OR TRY public
company stock returns)] [The financial
indexes of information disclosure become
vital important or not depend on the
utilities of information UNCLEAR TRY
The importance of financial indexes of
information disclosure depends on
information utility].

The [management authorities' ability


TRY ability of management authorities
NOTE Some journals do not allow the use
of apostrophes. If your journal is one of
these then you should remove all
apostrophes.] reflects to [enhance value
on the stock market UNCLEAR TRY
(enhanced OR increased OR improved)
market value] if the management activity
[coveys good news UNCLEAR Could you
further clarify meaning?]. [There is a
signal to the investors and stock market no
matter what is good news or bad
UNCLEAR Could you rewrite and clarify
meaning?]. [If the information disclosure
is good enough and the stock markets are
efficient UNCLEAR TRY Given good
information disclosure and efficient stock
markets], [the OR OMIT?] shareholders
perceive that managers who will [do their
best OR strive] to [show OR demonstrate]
[their management capability and activity
to enhance corporate value UCLEAR
TRY that they are capable and active
managers and are enhancing corporate
value]. The managerial level of [the
corporate UNCLEAR What ‘corporate’?
Could you further clarify meaning?]
[needs more urgently to measure its
financial situation and nature from the
practice of financial management
UNCLEAR TRY needs to more urgently
measure its financial situation and nature
based on financial management practice].
This study[study OR work OR
investigation] [on the application of
financial ratio analysis onto business
diagnosis for firms in Taiwan Listed &
OTC stock markets is provided
UNCLEAR TRY examines the
application of financial ratio analysis to
diagnosing the businesses of firms listed
on the TAIEX and OTC markets in
Taiwan].

Business Diagnosis
[Measuring financially based
outcomes on Diagnosis Related Group
(DRG) is the center main work of business
diagnosis TRY Business diagnosis mainly
concerns measuring financially based
outcomes on. . . BUT What exactly do you
mean here by ‘outcomes on’? Could you
further clarify meaning?]. Copies of the
Wall Street Journal Index were examined
for the period 1978-1983 to [obtain OR
provide] a sample of management
forecasts by Baginski (1987). The [results
NOTE Best to specify what type of
‘results’ you are talking about. (i.e.
analytical results, experimental results,
observation results, measurement results,
etc.). Try ‘analytical results’ here.]
suggest that share price reactions of for
non-forecasting firms are positively
associated with [the change in OR
changed] earnings expectations conveyed
by [a management forecast of earnings
TRY management earnings forecasts] in
terms of both sign and magnitude. The
[results NOTE Best to specify what type of
‘results’ you are talking about. (i.e.
analytical results, experimental results,
observation results, measurement results,
etc.). Try ‘analytical results’ here.]
[support the proposition that OR (indicate
OR suggest) that] information contained
in the management forecast drives
observed price reactions (Baginski, 1987).

A method for [the determination of


TRY determining] objective weights is
based on the quantification of [2 two
NOTE Write integers ten and under as
words and use digits for other numbers.
The exceptions to this rule are integers
that appear at the start of a sentence
(write these as words), and integers
referring to scientific quantities (write
these as digits)] fundamental notions of
MCDM[- the contrast intensity and the
conflicting character of the evaluation
criteria is proposed by Diakoulaki (1995)
UNCLEAR What does this mean and
more importantly how does it relate to the
previous? Are there actually two notions
here?]. The latter notion is [of great
importance in TRY extremely important]
inter-firm comparisons because the
financial indices used are often[often OR
frequently] highly correlated. The central
message is not that financial indicators are
unimportant but rather that, in an
increasingly complex world, knowledge
work and intangible assets, [such as OR
for example] relationships with customers
and suppliers, and the ability to manage
complex supply chains, [can become in
some circumstances UNCLEAR TRY
SIMPLY can sometimes become] [of
equal, if not more, importance UNCLEAR
TRY equally important to, if not more
important, than XXX] (Rolf Visser, 2001).
[Multiple quantitative indicators of
financial analysis will be employed and
sorted out the figurative output
UNCLEAR TRY This study employs
multiple. . .and sorts out the figurative
outputs NOTE Of what exactly?]. [From
them performed by the corporate
management, we may therefore observe,
analyze, and understand the managerial
characteristics of the corporate
UNCLEAR Could you clarify meaning?
TRY Firm managerial characteristics can
be observed, analyzed and understood
based on management performance]. Five
forces analysis [is OR involves] such
analysis in the characteristics of [the
managerial achieve-ness UNCLEAR
Could you further clarify meaning?].

Five groups of financial indexes


analysis can [in-depth be used in
UNCLEAR TRY be used in depth for]
diagnosing the the internal, external, and
allother aspects of the corporate entity. It
[It NOTE Avoid starting sentences with
words like ‘this’, ‘it’, ‘they’ and ‘that’,
which do not have a clear referent. Clarify
the referent in all cases.] can further shoot
the real problematic. We may
improveSuch analysis can improve the
nature of the a corporatione by doing so,
and [then OR thus] firmly enhance the
performance of the corporate
performance.

In tThis study[study OR work OR


investigation], we conducted business
diagnoses [about OR regarding] [the
financial performance of a corporate
UNCLEAR TRY corporate financial
performance] by means of[by OR via OR
through OR using] analyzing its
managerial characteristics from five
financial facets. The five groups of
financial indexes [are OR include] earning
power, growth potential, activity,
productivity, and stability. [Normally OR
Generally], financial five groups of
financial indexes are used [like OR in a
similar manner to OR similarly to OR in a
manner resembling] five formulators [for
enterprises diagnoses UNCLEAR Could
you further clarify meaning?] for a lot of
management consultants.
Corporate governance [allows OR
enables] [a firm OR firms] to explore
better productive opportunities while
[taking advantage of OR exploiting]
synergies. By explicitly linking [the
strategies of the firm TRY firm strategies]
to the differences in size and productivity,
Gomes’s model provides a natural
laboratory [to investigate OR for
investigating OR for examining] several
aspects of the relationship between
corporate governance and performance.
[Specifically OR Restated], [it NOTE Can
you clarify referent?] [shows OR
demonstrates] that the model can
rationalize the evidence [on OR regarding]
[the OR OMIT?] corporate governance
and productivity (Gomes, 2004). (Can the
five groups of financial indexes be
provided to the relevant people [with OR
based on] the evidence of relationships
between five groups of information
indexes and stock returns. UNCLEAR Is
this a statement or a question? Or are you
stating what questions this study
examines?) Further more, it ’sis possible
tofor [evaluateing OR assess] corporate
strategies and the rational decisions
making .of the made by investors.

CONCLUSION
It is supported in tThis empirical
study[study OR work OR investigation]
[supports OR finds] that the predictions
[on OR regarding] five groups of financial
indexes [of information disclosure
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?] are related to the stock returns.
The empirical proofs of the financial five
groups model [imply OR indicate OR
suggest OR Something else?] that the link
between financial five forces and stock
returns [considerably should be paid more
attentions on it UNCLEAR TRY merits
significantly more attention BUT ‘more’
in relation to what? Can you clarify?].

The significant indexes of financial five


groups [are that they have UNCLEAR
TRY SIMP?LY have] been found for the
relationship between the five financial five
forces of information disclosure and the
stock return in supporting [the decision
making for of both the managers and
investors TRY manager and investor
decision-making].

Further research
Further studystudy  may be [done OR
conducted];, for example, that the
study[study OR work OR investigation] of
the effects of [mix variables of
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?] scale efficiency, market value,
the ratio of market value to book value,
[etc OR and so on] with five forces on the
stock returns. [There might be the key
factors UNCLEAR TRY The above may
be key factors] [to determine OR in
determining] profitability, growth,
productivity, [etc. OR and so on], and
[have good relationships with UNCLEAR
TRY are closely related to/closely
correspond to/correlate well with ] stock
returns.
Acknowledgment

The authors would like to thank the


National Science Council of the Republic
of China, Taiwan for financially
supporting this research under Contract
No. NSC___________.

[NOTE Where I have deleted and


otherwise changed your original text I am
fixing grammatical or other mistakes, or
rewriting more concisely.  If you choose
not to accept my changes in such places
then you must be sure to have good
reasons.  Where I say ‘TRY’ I feel the
original may have a problem and am
strongly suggesting that you make a
change (either making the suggested
change or rewriting yourself). Where I say
‘OR’ I am merely offering an alternative
word with the same (or similar) meaning.
Sometimes ‘OR’ also indicates a choice
between different possible modifications
(perhaps with different meanings). ‘OR
SIMPLY’ indicates a simpler and more
concise alternative with the same (or
similar) meaning. ‘OK?’ is simply a
reminder to you to double check that my
change expresses your intended meaning.
But please remember to double check
everything anyway. ‘UNCLEAR’ indicates
that I feel the original is unclear in
meaning, and you probably need to
rewrite.]

3. (Business Management)
[NOTE: If you are resubmitting this paper,
add the following sentence to 'Reply to
reviewer's comments': 'Grammatical and
writing style errors in the original version
have been corrected by our colleague who
is a native English speaker.']

(NOTE: If you want to improve your


writing skills, check out my on-line
copyediting course at
www.cc.nctu.edu.tw/~tedknoy  )

(NOTE:  Avoid title openers with common


words or phrases such as ‘Research on’
‘Studies on’ ‘Investigations of’ ‘A’ ‘The’
‘An” since it makes it more difficult to
locate your research on an information
retrieval system.) ElucidatingT the
Relationshiphe Relationship between
[Financial Five Forces OR TRY Five
Financial Forces]
and Stock returns in Stock Markets
The - Taiwan Electronic Industry-

(Correspondence and reprint requests


should be made to: OR To whom
correspondence and reprint requests
should be made )

ABSTRACT
The effects of [some OR certain]
financial indexes or variables on the stock
returns have [been researched for a long
time OR TRY have long been the subject
of research]. However, the relationships
between [financial five forces of
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?] information disclosure and
stock returns have not yet been
empirically studied [yet in both fields of
practitioners and academics UNCLEAR
TRY by both practitioners and academics
OR in both the practical and academic
fields]. Former empirical studies [cover, at
most, OR cover a maximum of] [only OR
just] one or two of the relative constructs
of the financial five forces [with only few
accounting items of data UNCLEAR
MAYBE using few accounting data
items], e.g.[e.g. OR for example OR such
as], [most of them are the OR OMIT?]
profitability and growth rate. [Can their
relationships with stock returns based on
financial five forces model in this research
provide a application framework and
releases management implications for
evaluating corporate performance and
stock returns UNCLEAR Is this a
statement or a question? Is it a statement
regarding the questions this study will
attempt to answer? Can you clarify?]. A
total sample of 140 firms [with annual
data OR TRY for which annual data was
available] of covering [6six years OR a six
year period] from 1998 to 2003 are
identified [as manymany as possible firms
that have available, full data in electronic
industry of Taiwan stock markets
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?]. They[They NOTE Avoid
starting sentences with words like ‘this’,
‘it’, ‘they’ and ‘that’, which do not have a
clear referent. Clarify the referent in all
cases.] are used and [examined OR
studied] to obtain [predictions OR
forecasts] of for the relationships of
between [corporate financial five forces of
information disclosure UNCLEAR Could
you further clarify meaning?] and the
stock returns. The 62 indexes [with full
data OR for which full data was available]
are selected [out of OR from] the total of
71 indexes [are selected to be run for
significant score loading UNCLEAR
What does the ‘run for’ mean here? Can
you further clarify meaning?] [through
OR TRY using] the Principal Components
& and Varimax methods Factor Analysis
of the SAS program. Our examination of
Closely examining the cross-section data
of stock returns [reveals OR demonstrates]
significant factors[NOTE What type of
factors?] for the five forces of information
disclosure when forces are estimated
[from OR based on OR using] time-series
regressions of annual returns on the
annual returns on the factors-loading-
scores weighted financial indexes. We
This [study OR work OR investigation]
[conjectures OR hypothesizes OR posits]
that the regression results [of each index
directly using TRY for the situation where
each index directly uses] past data from
the data base are [affected OR influenced]
by [a selection bias of covariance among
indexes UNCLEAR Could you further
clarify meaning?]. The relationships
between [financial five forces OR TRY
the five financial forces] and returns are
significant and provide indirect
evidence[UNCLEAR Indirect evidence of
what exactly? Could you further clarify
meaning?]. [The multiple regression
analysis and time series cross section
(TSCS) pooling regression analysis are
applied in this paper OR TRY This study
applies multiple regression. . .]. It is
supported in tThis empirical study[study
OR work OR investigation] [supports OR
indicates] that the predictions [of OR
regarding OR for] financial five forces are
related to the stock returns. Therefore, the
critical managerial variables and
important criteria of decision-making are
[found OR identified OR determined] and
suggested for the investors and
stakeholders. [Moreover OR
Furthermore], the empirical proofs of the
financial five forces model also [imply
OR indicate] that the link between
[financial five forces OR the five financial
forces] and stock returns is [considerably
OR significantly] looser than presumed
assumed and [should be paid more
attentions on it UNCLEAR TRY thus
more attention should be paid to this area
OR thus should be paid more attention].
(The empirical study[study OR work OR
investigation] of financial five forces
model UNCLEAR Should it be ‘. . .of the
five financial forces model’?) releases the
evidence of the relationships between
[financial five UNCLEAR TRY the five
financial] forces and [the OR OMIT?]
stock returns. This empirical study[study
OR work OR investigation] provides a
conceptual and operational framework not
only for [evaluating OR assessing]
corporate performance and stock return,
but also for further [evaluating OR
assessing] corporate strategies and rational
decisions making making for the
investors.
rds: Iinformation disclosure, financial five
forces, stock return, multiple regression
analysis, Time Series Cross Section
(TSCS) model. [NOTE The first keyword
needs to be capitalized. The others need
not be capitalized unless they are proper
nouns (i.e. names).]

Our The present [examination OR study]


of [the cross-section of NOTE What cross
section exactly? Could you further clarify
meaning?] stock expected returns [reveals
OR indicates] significant factors for five
forces when forces are estimated [from
TRY based on] time-series regressions of
annual returns on the annual return on the
factors-loading-scores weighted financial
indexes. We This [study OR work OR
investigation] [conjectures OR
hypothesizes] that [past each index
regression results UNCLEAR TRY past
regression results for each index] using
[direct data from the data base UNCLEAR
What does ‘direct data’ mean?] are
affected by a selection bias of covariance
among indexes, and provide indirect
evidence[NOTE Evidence of what
exactly? Could you further clarify
meaning?]. [The relationships between
financial five forces and returns are
significant TRY The five financial forces
are significantly related to returns].

INTRODUCTION
(The relationships between [financial
five forces OR the five financial forces]
and stock returns are covered in this
study[study OR work OR investigation]
OR TRY This study examines. . .) to [see
OR clarify OR identify] the relationship of
thebetween firm performance of
corporation withand stock price. [No
matter OR Regardless of] how frequently
the [financial five forces OR five financial
forces] are used in the business
diagnoses[NOTE ‘diagnoses’ of what
exactly? Could you further clarify your
meaning?] or other related areas, the
utility of financial information indexes
[from TRY based on] [the financial reports
of stock markets TRY stock market
financial reports] is needsed to be studied
and applied [in a proper way OR
properly]. However, Tthe relationships
between five forces and stock returns,
however, have not yet been discussed in
details [in both fields of practice and
academic UNCLEAR TRY in relation to
the practical and academic realms].
Former empirical studies cover[, at most,
OR a maximum of NOTE : For simplicity,
it is a good idea to rewrite to avoid
unnecessary commas (as I have done
here).] only one or two of the relative
constructs of the [financial five OR five
financial] forces, with [some only single
or few accounting items of data
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?]. For example, [most of them
UNCLEAR Most of what? Could you
clarify? The most important?] are [the OR
OMIT?] profitability and growth rate.

To maximize [the values of


stakeholders and investors TRY
stakeholder and investor value] from the
[standpoint OR perspective] of managers,
[the quality of running NOTE Could you
further clarify the meaning of ‘quality of
running’?] business operations is
presented through the indexes of financial
reports and [the required information in
the stock markets UNCLEAR MAYBE
the information required to be disclosed
by listed companies]. [The perspectives of
getting the predictions of the stock trend
out of the financial indexes of information
disclosure and being relevant to stock
return are common needs to the
investment management for both general
investors and stakeholders of public
corporations in the stock markets
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning? What ‘perspectives’ are you
talking about? What are you saying about
these perspectives? TRY XXXX
perspectives are required by both general
investors and stakeholders of public
corporations for managing their
investments]. The eEssential financial data
are provided to [the UNCLEAR Could
you further clarify meaning?] investors
though [the information disclosure of
public corporations OR TRY information
disclosure by public corporations]. (Can
the financial indexes of information
disclosure [be responded to TRY respond
to] stock returns of public companies?
TRY A further question is whether the
financial indexes of information
disclosure can respond to [the stock
returns of public companies OR public
company stock returns]) [Hence OR
Consequently], the relationships between
the financial indexes and the stock returns
are worthy of being studyied. Further
more, [important matter to the investors is
how the financial indexes of public
companies relevant to stock returns
UNCLEAR TRY the relevance of the
financial indexes of public companies to
stock returns is important to investors]. A
key question is whether Can tthe
relationship between stock returns and
[the financial five forces of indexes can
effectively release the management
implications to support the decisions
making to by the managers and investors?

Theoretically and practically, [there


doesn’t have studied TRY no previous
studies have examined] the relationship
between stock returns and [financial five
forces OR TRY the five financial forces].
The integrated model of five forces has
not yet been found. No matter
what[NOTE Not so clear. . . Regardless of
what exactly? I don’t really understand
what this is all in relation to.], the
relationships between the stock returns
and five forces are [examined OR studied
OR investigated] and tested (to [see OR
determine] [if OR whether] they are
significantlysignificantly correlative or not
OR TRY for any significant correlation).
[Hence OR Consequently], thethis
study[study OR work OR investigation] is
going to be done to see iexaminesf
[whether the model is
significantlysignificantly fit or not
UNCLEAR TRY whether or not
significant model fit exists BUT ‘fit’ in
relation to what exactly? Could you
clarify?].

CONCLUSION
This [study OR work OR
investigation] [paper intends to OR
attempts to] establish the relationships
between productivity, profitability, etc and
so on, and of stock returns. By building
the complete structure[NOTE What
complete structure? Structure of what?],
[it will be made clear that UNCLEAR
TRY it is clearly demonstrated that OR
this study clearly demonstrates that]
[might UNCLEAR TRY it might OR it
can] help [enhance OR improve] [the
performance of making OR SIMPLY the
process of making] important
management decisions for enterprises and
[get OR gain] the benefits from stock
returns. It is supported in tThis empirical
studystudy [supports OR indicates] that
the predictions of [financial five forces
OR five financial forces] [of information
disclosure NOTE Rather unclear how this
relates to the previous. Could you
clarify?] are related to the stock returns.
The empirical proofs of the [financial five
forces OR five financial forces] model
[imply OR indicate] that the link between
[financial five forces OR TRY the five
financial forces] and stock returns is
[considerably OR significantly] looser
than [presumed OR TRY assumed] and
[should be paid more attentions on it
UNCLEAR TRY thus more attention
should be paid to it OR thus should be the
subject of more attention].
The significant indexes of [financial
five forces TRY the five financial forces]
[are that they have been found for
UNCLEAR Could you further clarify
meaning?] the relationship between the
financial five forces of information
disclosure and the stock return in
supporting the decision making for both
the managers and investors. [Therefore
OR Consequently], the critical managerial
variables and important [criteria of for
decision-making TRY decision-making
criteria] are found for the investors and
stakeholders. The model of the [financial
five OR five financial] forces of
information disclosure provides a
conceptual and operational framework and
releases management implications for
[evaluating OR assessing] corporate
performance.

On the other hand, the result of


building the model using the three
methods of TSCS Pooling Regression
analysis is found to be better fit to the time
series data and higher R-squares. The
empirical result [indicates OR shows] that
[Parks estimation method OR the
estimation method of Parks] [offers OR
provides] better results then the others [on
the predictions of TRY for predicting OR
in predicting] the relationships between
the [financial five OR five financial]
forces of information disclosure and the
stock returns. [The OR OMIT?] higher
explanatory power [is available through
OR TRY can be obtained using] the TSCS
Pooling Regression Model for both the
respondent times[OK?] of t, t-1 period.

Further more, the a mix of financial


five forces [will be OR may be] possibly
provided for the trade-off choice among
alternatives [through the analysis of the
OR TRY by analyzing the] interactive
model. The interactive relationships of the
financial five forces model [is serveing
interactive strategies among UNCLEAR
Could you further clarify meaning?] the
forces [for being UNCLEAR TRY and
provide OR to provide] thea reference of
for strategic management and investment
decision making for by investors. The
interactive relationships [of TRY between]
the five forces and the stock returns are
expected [is that they have been the
UNCLEAR TRY to take the form of a]
trade-off [choice OR OMIT?] among
alternatives.

Research limitations and further


studystudy directions
[The scope of studythe study topic
TRY The scope of this study OR SIMPLY
This study] is limited to examininge the
relationships between the [five forces of
information disclosure OR TRY five
information disclosure forces] and the
stock returns. Further research studies
maycan [work on OR examine] the market
value [in steadl of OR rather than] stock
returns. (The interactive model is going to
be done in the future study[study OR work
OR investigation] and become the
UNCLEAR TRY Future studies will
establish an interactive model to provide
a) reference for [the decision making of
investment management OR TRY
investment management related decision
making] for the investors and corporation
strategic firm management of for running
good quality business.
Acknowledgment

The authors would like to thank the


National Science Council of the Republic
of China, Taiwan for financially
supporting this research under Contract
No. NSC___________.

[NOTE Where I have deleted and


otherwise changed your original text I am
fixing grammatical or other mistakes, or
rewriting more concisely.  If you choose
not to accept my changes in such places
then you must be sure to have good
reasons.  Where I say ‘TRY’ I feel the
original may have a problem and am
strongly suggesting that you make a
change (either making the suggested
change or rewriting yourself). Where I
say ‘OR’ I am merely offering an
alternative word with the same (or
similar) meaning. Sometimes ‘OR’ also
indicates a choice between different
possible modifications (perhaps with
different meanings). ‘OR SIMPLY’
indicates a simpler and more concise
alternative with the same (or similar)
meaning. ‘OK?’ is simply a reminder to
you to double check that my change
expresses your intended meaning. But
please remember to double check
everything anyway. ‘UNCLEAR’ indicates
that I feel the original is unclear in
meaning, and you probably need to
rewrite.]

4. (Business Management)
Evaluating the Organization Performance
of theTaiwanese hHospitals for the related
industry in Taiwan: Using the Analytic
Hierarchy Process
(NOTE:  Where’s your Abstract?)
Introduction
Enhanced The quality of lifeving
standards and educational levels have
improve consequently the people also
more and more take ownfostered a strong
public health consciousness. Therefore, it
also drivesfuelling the development of the
relevant industry of medical sector.
Effective If the hospitals operationsg is
very good, the definitely contribute to the
maturation of the home care, the
drugstorepharmaceutical or the healthy
food sectorsstore industry will can derive.
Therefore, these industriessuch sectors
must be have the capability not only to
evaluate the hospitals operating, and
understand the hospitalsassess the
operations and organizational performance
of hospitals. However, conventional
evaluation models for organizational
performance evaluate over rely on
oneselfare generally too subjective and
theyare aimed mainly at theireliminating
defects rather than providing information
regarding improve. They will not tell
somebody especially competition or
cooperationve sectors industry. Therefore,
competition or cooperation industry must
be understood the, knowledge of which
are vital to enhancing hospitals
organizational performance or
operationgs. According to the Department
of Health, Executive Yuan, Taiwan
statistics in the 1989, the number of
hospitals in Taiwan declined by 231 or
29.35%, from have 787 in 1989 to until
2004 the hospitals reduce 231 (2004 have
556) in 2004. The hospitals ratio is
-29.35%. BesidesAdditionally, the number
of public hospitals declined by 5 or
5.38%, from 93 in 1989 have 93 until
2004 reduce 5 (haveto 88) in 2004;
correspondingly, the number of  and the
private hospitals declined by 126 or
32.56%, from 694 in 1989 have 694 until
2004 reduce 126 (2004 haveto 468), in
2004 the ratios of public and private
hospitals respective are -5.38 and -32.56.
TObviously, therefore, theis reduction in
hospitals reduce will be negatively impact
influence related industry. the medical
sector, such as Their products sales
volume will be influenced. If, tThe
inability of related industry (home care,
the drugstorepharmaceutical or the healthy
food store)sectors to not have ability
evaluateion the hospitals organizational
performance of hospitals makes it
impossible not only to ; they will not
understand the hospitals operationsg, but
also to and they will not select a good an
appropriate hospital to cooperate withor
reduce sales products for the hospitals.
Therefore, this sturdy provides the related
industry can evaluate the hospital
organization performance and through
organization performance understand the
hospitals operating. Based on the above,
we should develop presents an optimal
operating model capable of choosing an
effectively monitoring to adequately
implement an evaluate the hospitals the
organizational performance of hospitals in
model for the relatedion withto the
hospitals industry medical sector,
subsequently providing theenabling
administrators or decision- markers to
identify the most appropriate select a good
hospitals for cooperation or chooses
investment the in nearby  new stores of
interest such as pharmacies or (Drugstore,
Hhealthy food stores) near the best
hospital. To do so, aA questionnaire can
be is designed by incorporating the basic
requirements of the Delphi Method.
Pertinent literature on First, we reviewed
aboutassessing the performance of the
hospitals performance study is as follow:s.
Kast and Rosenzweig(1974)suggested
opinion that the performance can use
efficiency and effectiveness analysis
should be incorporated in assessing
organizational performance. Peter
F . Drucker (1990) also saysstated that
nonprofit organizations should  is not to
regard profit as thea motive. ( Therefore,
we can through productivity analysis. : 
NOTE:  I have no idea what this sentence
means and how it is related to the previous
one.)  Venkatraman and
Ramanujam ( 1986 ) opinioncontended
that organizational performance should
include financial Pperformance, business
Pperformance and organizational
effectiveness. Abernethy and Stoelwinder
(1991) categorized divide tthe
performance of the hospitals into
13thirteen areas kinds: patient satisfaction,
quality of care, professional development,
teaching, research, ability to attract
resources, meeting ofability to comply
with budget constraints, public image,
links with professional bodies, cost
containment, satisfaction of unit,
efficiency of unit and cooperation and
assistance of other units.
Donnabedian ( 1980 ) opinionsuggested
that quality of the hospitals quality can be
enhanced through structure, process and
outcome measure. In the past,Previous
indicators of organizational performance
of the hospitals indicator that all the
evaluations are restricteding evaluations to
those of who are ccurrently employees at
the hospital,. because those data get are
Owing to the confidentiality of such data,
especially for thehospital financial
statements about the hospital, so we find
can easily be obtaineding data for such
indicators is relatively easy.  (NOTE:
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) Then use the Delphi Method is
then adopted to summarize theexpert
opinions of experts in order to
completeing the (constructioned OR
proposed) model. Second, we use the
“analytic hierarchy process” (AHP) to
determine Next, the relative weights of
evaluative criteria are determined using
the analytical hierarchy process (AHP),
thenfollowed by ranksing of the
alternatives and selectsion of the optimum
hospitals for decision- makers ofin related
medical sectors to industry evaluate the
hospital. As anticipated, tThe AHP-based
decision-making method can provide
decision- makers in of related medical
sectorsindustry or hospital administrators
with a valuable reference for doing
decision-making and evaluationg the
hospitals organizational performance of
hospitals to identify the most appropriate
hospitals for cooperation or invest in
nearby stores of interest such as
pharmacies or health food stores. through
this model they will can understand the
hospitals performance and operating and
select good hospital cooperation or invest
store and increase or reduce produce. In
addition to the related industry can use the
AHP model avoiding unnecessary invest
risks?  Importantly, tThe  proposed model
can assist the medical sector helps related
industry to effectively evaluate the
hospitalsto assess the organizational
performance, of hospitals, markinging it
highly applicable for academia and related
industrycommercial purposes. (與醫院相
關的行業)
Methodology
AHP
AHP, As a decision method that
decomposes a complex multi-criteria
decision problem into a hierarchy (Saaty,
1980), AHP is also a measurement theory
that prioritizes the hierarchy and
consistency of the judgmental data
provided by thea group of decision-
makers. AHP incorporates the evaluations
of all decision- markers into a final
decision, without having to elicit their
utility functions on subjective and
objective criteria, by pair-wise
comparisons of the alternatives (Saaty,
1990). David P. Tarantino (2003) applied
AHP (to determine the performance of
management indicators using the
Balanced Scoreboard OR for Balanced
Scorecard measure performance
management indicators). AHP has thus
been successfully applied to a wide
variety diverse array of problems, with the
calculation procedure being as follows:
Establishment of pair-wise comparison
matrix A
Let C1, C2…..Cn be denote the set of
elements, while aij represents a quantified
judgment on a pair of elements Ci, Cj. The
relative importance of two elements is
rated using a scale with the values 1, 3, 5,
7, and 9, where 1 = for refers to “equally
important”, 3 =denotes “slightly more
important”, 5 = equals “strongly more
important”, 7 =represents “demonstrably
more important”, and 9 =denotes
“absolutely more important”. This yields
an n-by-n matrix A as follows:
C1 C2  Cn
C1  1 a12  a1n 
 1 
 1  a2n 
C 2  a12 
     
 
  1 1
 1 
A   aij  
  Cn  a1n a 2n   (1)

1
Where aij =1 and aij = , i,j =1,2…..,n. In aij

matrix A, the problem becomes one of


assigning to the n elements C1, C2…..Cn a
set of numerical weights W1, W2…..Wn
that “reflects the recorded judgments.”
(NOTE:  Be careful with your use of
parentheses, which implies a quotation to
which you must place a reference at the
end of the sentence since the source is not
yours.) If A is a consistency matrix, the
relations between weights Wi and
Wj
judgments aij are simply given by Wi
 aij
 (for
i, j = 1, 2, 3,……, n).
Eigenvalue and eigenvector
Saaty (1990) suggested that the largest
eigenvale λmax will be: (NOTE:  be
careful with your use of colons.  You can
not use a colon unless you have stated a
complete
idea.)
is as follows:
consists of the following:
comprises the following:

can be expressed as
A  denotes/represents/is   B is  C is
n
Wj
 max   aij
j 1    (2)
Wi

If A is a consistency matrix, eigenvector X


can be calculated by:
( A   I ) X  0   (3)
max

Consistency test
Saaty (1990) proposed utilizing
consistency index (C.I.) and consistency
ratio (C.R.) to checkverify the consistency
of the comparison matrix. C.I. and R.I. are
defined as follows:
 max  n
C.I . 
n 1  (4)
C.I .
R.I . 
R.I .     (5)
Where R.I. represents the average
consistency index over numerous random
entries of same order reciprocal matrices.
If C.R<0.1, the estimate is accepted, and;
otherwise, a new comparison matrix is
solicited until C.R <0.1.

Model
Evaluating the Organizational
Performance of theTaiwanese hHospitals
for the related industry in Taiwan (NOTE: 
Why do you repeat the title of your paper
here?)
This AHP model for the related industry
evaluating the organizational performance
of the hospitals comprises the following
seven setueps:
up 1: dDefine the evaluative criteria for
organizational performance criteria and
sub-criteria for the hospitals.
uep 2: eEstablish a hierarchical structure.
According toBased on the Delphi Method,
acquire important indicators into a
hierarchy of interrelated decision
elements, including criteria, sub-criteria
and alternatives.
uep 3: eEstablish the pair-wise comparison
matrix using formula (1). Eachvery
decision- marker makes a pair-wise
comparison of the decision elements and
gives them relative scores.
uep 4: cCalculate the eigenvalue and
eigenvector of each pair-wise comparison
matrix using formulae (2) to (3).
Setuep 5: tTest the consistency of each
comparison matrix using formulae (4) to
(5).
uep 6: Aggregate the (related OR relative)
scores provided by all decision- makers
using the geometric mean method, and,
then, estimate the relative weights of the
elements of each level.
uep 7: cCombine the relative weights of the
elements of each level to determine the
overall score of each performance of the
metropolitan hospitals performance of
accomplishments.

Application
This study has rBy revieweding the
evaluations of the hospitals organizational
performance of hospitalsevaluations and,
this study has constructed indicators to
evaluate primary organizational
performance evaluation indicators. We
then use tThe Delphi Mmethod is then
adopted to summarize the expert opinions
of experts in order to completing the
construction of an evaluation model to
assess the organizational performance
evaluation model for theof hospitals. With
all theBased on factors of theto evaluate
hospitals, i.e., quality, efficiency and
financial performance as the basis, we use
Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) is used
to illustrate the problems and combine the
three factors to establish the hierarchy
structure for the performance evaluation
ofin this studyresearch. We will also
calculateAdditionally, the weights of all
indicators within hierarchies are and
calculatecalculated, along with the weight
of the overall hierarchies. Finally, takes as
an example a famous educationa
renowned teaching hospital in Taiwan is
cited as an example in which and used this
evaluation model evaluationis applied to
the metropolitan hospitals of A, B, C and
D.
Evaluationg the Organizational
Performance for the hospitals inof
Taiwan.ese hospitals
Evaluating the Organizational
Performance of Taiwanese Hospitals
(NOTE:  Why do you repeat the title of
your paper here?)Evaluating Organization
Performance of the hospitals for the
related industry in Taiwan
ep 1: dDefine the evaluative criteria and sub-
criteria used to evaluateing organizational
performance ofor the hospitals. Here, This
study applies the Delphi Mmethod is
applied to define the evaluation criteria
and sub-criteria. Murry and Hammons
(1995) suggested that the Delphi
Mmethod must summarize expert
opinions on a range from 10-30; therefore
we invite 15.  Fifteen experts about the
hospital managers are then issued  aimed
at pa preliminary questionnaire in which
extract three evaluation criteriaon and
eleven evaluation sub-criteriaon following
three criteria and eleven sub-criteriaare
incorporated.
mance: includinges the three sub-criteriaon of
medical structure, process and outcome.
ance: includinges the five sub-criteriaon of bed
turnover rate, total surgeries person-time,
Eemergency call visits, number of clinical
visits and (deduction OR deducted) rate of
NHI.
Bed turnover rate: the hospitals in order to
the NHI unit of payment must
be                   reducinge the average
length of stay; t.  Therefore, advanced
resources are employed and increase
incomes are increased.
Total number of surgeries, Eemergency call
visits and Nnumber of clinical visits: the
hospitals' data is not easily obtainedto get.
Conversely, data on Ssurgeries,
Eemergency call visits and number of
clinical visits areis easily obtainedget. 
Moreover, and the hospitals main source
of hospital income, moreover are the is an
important performance indicantsor. 
educted) rate of NHI: It is one of thea peculiar
indicantsor in Taiwan. NHI paysremits a
certain amount of money to thea hospital
before declaring the date,.(NOTE:  WHAT
date are you referring to?) and then the
hHospitals then returns the amount of
money deducted after the declarationing
date,.  (NOTE:  ‘the declaration date’ of
WHAT?  What is being declared?)
tTherefore, a lower (deduction OR
deducted) rate smaller is more than better
desired.
mance: includesing the three sub-(criteria OR
criterion) of instrumentation expenses,
medicines-related expenses, and personnel
expenses. If the hHospitals canpable of
efficacious controlling operational costs,
will improve their the financial
performance to be bound will provide
improve. Therefore, instrumentation,
medicines and personnel expenses must be
controlled.
etuep 2: Establishing a hierarchical structure.
(Based on OR According to) the Delphi
Method, acquire commona general
consensus ofamong experts can be
acquired to establishing a hierarchical
structure: first that of achieving t. 
(Ultimately, OR The ultimate goal of)
evaluating the ideal organizational
performance can be achieved, followed by
the three evaluation criteriaon, eleven sub-
criteriaon and finally the alternatives, as
shown in f (Figure. 1).

Figure 1
Hierarchical structure required to evaluate
the hospitals organizational performance.
of hospitals

Setuep 3: Establish the pair-wise


comparison matrix
This setup comprises two parts. The fFirst,
part applies "purposive sampling" is
applied to sample 11eleven respondents
from differentvarious hospital managers.
The weights of level 2 criteria and level 3
sub-criteriona weare then determined for a
sample group of 11 individuals martching
the above characteristics with eachvery
respondent marking a pair-wise
comparison of the decision elements and
assigning them relative scores. The
relative scores provided by 11eleven
experts are aggregated using the geometric
mean method, and.   Table 1 describes the
aggregate pair-wise comparison matrix for
the criteria is listed in Table I, while Table
2 lists that for the sub-criteria is listed in
Table II in the second part, every.
(NOTE:  ‘the second part’ of WHAT?) 
Each decision marker in the metropolitan
hospitals makes a pair-wise comparison of
the performance of four metropolitan
Hhospitals performance under 11eleven
subjective sub-criteriaon and, then,
assigns them relative scores. Next, tThe
relative scores provided by the eleven
decision markers are then aggregated via
the geometric mean method, and .  Table
III lists the aggregate pair-wise
comparison matrixces are listed as Table
III.
Table I.
Aggregate pair-wise comparison matrix
for criteria of level 2
Setutep 4: Calculateing the eigenvalue and
eigenvector
Using tThe comparison matrix ces ofin
Table I to III, are used to calculate the
eigenvectors were then calculated using
formulae (2) and (3). Table IV
summarizelists the results of eigenvectors
for the three criteriaon and eleven sub-
criteriaon.
uep 5: The rResults of the consistency test and
the C.R. of the comparison matrix from
each of the 11eleven experts are all < 0.1,
indicating “consistency”. Furthermore, the
C.R. of the aggregate matrix is also < 0.1,
also indicating “consistency”.
Setup 6: Estimateing the relative weights
of the elements of each level.
The rRelative weights of the elements
offor each level are estimated from the
aggregated values of the eleven experts
using the eigenvector method, and. Table
IV lists the estimated results.
According to Table IV, for the quality
performance criteria, the weights obtained
for the three sub-criteria are ordered as
follows: medical structure (0.273),
medical process (0.413), and medical
outcome (0.314). Meanwhile, the weights
obtained for the five sub-criteriaon are
ordered of efficiency performance as
follows: bed turnover rate (0.269), total
number of surgeries (0.148), emergency of
clinical visits (0.106), number of clinical
visits (0.249), and (deduction OR
deducted) rate of NHI (0.227). Finally, the
weights obtained for the three sub-criteria
are ordered of financial performance as
follows: instrumentation expenses (0.296),
medicinesal expenses (0.302), and
Ppersonnel expenses (0.402).
The rank order with regard to quality
performance wais B, A, D, C. In the case
of For the efficiency performance, itthe
rank order wais D, B, A, and C. Finally,
financial performance wais D, A, B, C.
(see Table V)
Setuep 7: Calculate the weights of overall
levels
According to Table V, the respective
weights of the three evaluative criteria are
quality performance (0.411), efficiency
performance (0.285) and financial
performance (0.304). The overall scores of
each of the four metropolitan hospitals,
also called the relative weights, determine
the accomplishments with which each
hospital is evaluated. The pPriorities of
the four hospitals are as follows, Hospital
B (0.314), Hospital A (0.304), Hospital D
(0.281), and Hospital C (0.101).
Table IV
Eigenvectors and weights of four
Mmetropolitan hospitals under eleven
sub-criteriaon
Conclusions
This study presents an optimal operating
model capable of effectively monitoring 
the organizational performance of
hospitals in relation to the  medical sector,
enabling administrators or decision
makers to identify the most appropriate
hospitals for cooperation or invest in
nearby stores of interest such as
pharmacies or health food stores.
(Synthesis with report  :  MEANING?  )
to overall(NOTE: ‘overall’ WHAT?
‘scores’?  You are missing a noun for this
adjective to modify.) are Mmedical
process (0.170) , Mmedical outcome
(0.129), Ppersonnel expenses (0.122),
Mmedical structure (0.112 ),
Mmedicinesal expenses (0.092 ),
Iinstrumentation expenses (0.090 ), Bbed
turnover rate (0.077 ), Nnumber of clinical
visits (0.071 ), (deduction OR Ddeducted)
rate of NHI (0.065 ), Ttotal number of
surgeries (0.042) and Eemergency call
visits (0.030). They were eEvidently, that
the Mmedical process, Mmedical outcome
and Mmedical structure are highly.
(NOTE: ‘highly’ WHAT? You are missing
a noun for this adjective to modify.)
They(NOTE:  ‘They’ WHAT?) (form OR
weare) the sub-criteria forto assess the
quality performance. Although the quality
of performance of The hospitals
importance on quality performance are
differsent the from that of business, but
their intrinsic (NOTE: ‘intrinsic’ WHAT? 
You are missing a noun for this adjective
to modify.) are the same. If you have not
quality theAs is well known, customers
turnover rate is high if  will not return buy
your products quality is low. Therefore,
your , thus (negatively impacting OR
influencing) operationgal expenses or
generated revenuesincome will be
influenced. For example, if the good
product quality are good, it can increase
the number of patients subsequent patient
visits,. Additionally, and the hospitals
havewith a good reputation word of
mouth, whyexplain the importance of the
three indicators important main reason one
of these. (NOTE:  Although I have
simplified this sentence, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
Now, the hHospitals are currently
expanding their scope of patient enlarge
services for the patients. Therefore, more
and more, explaining why an increasing
number of medical providers use theadopt
management waypractices to understand
how to increaseenhance both medical
quality and customer satisfaction. This has
shown too that theAdditionally, hospital
administrators attention to theheavily
emphasize quality performance, because
the bestoptimum product quality yields
brings the bestoptimum performance and
hospital operationsg to the hospitals.
Propose the related industry of
aAdministrators or decision- markers from
related medical sectors can use survey
results to determineunderstand which
hospital is best.
The pPersonnel expenses, medicinesal
expenses and instrumentation expenses
obviously form the evident were sub-
criteria for the financial performance. The
these three indicators are the important
costessential for the hospitals.
BesidesAdditionally, according to
research the personnel expenses accounts
for 50% of the hospital costs, especially
personnel expenses for the
doctorsphysicians, it was showed why it
was, making it more important than other
indicators. The cost can effective controls
the hHospitals capable of effectively
controlling operational costs will be have
achieve the best financial performance and
their operationsg will be better.
The pPriorities of quality performances
for the four hospitals are as follows,:
Hospital B (0.349), Hospital A (0.319),
Hospital D (0.244), and Hospital C
(0.089). The B hoHospital B is the best.
Because, the B hGiven that Hospital B is a
public hospital, the general person
willmost individuals choose to see
physicians atthe public hospitals to see the
doctor in Taiwan. Additionally, given
strong They have gogovernmental
subsidies depends on, theirhospital
resources are sufficient. Therefore,
explaining why nationals are confident of
the  feel their quality of hospitalsare the
best. Their positive word of mouthpublic
image is better than that of private
hospitals.
The pPriorities of financial performance
for the four hospitals are as follows,:
Hospital D (0.309), Hospital A (0.299),
Hospital B (0.278), and Hospital C
(0.114). The D hospital is the best. With
respect to Tthe financial performance of
relatedions costs, we can see the
hHospitals D and A are better than
Hhospital B. Because,Given that the
hHospital B is thea public onehospital, the
public hospitals are not overly concerned
with operationalcare to the costs, thus
impacting erefore its financial
performance will be impact. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) This reason isGiven that the
government provides considerable gives
them a lot of resources and hospitals are
subsequently not over concerned with
operational costscause them not to care
about it, so their financial performance is
worse than that of private hospitals.
Besides, both the hHospitals D and A are
the chainfranchise hospitals, the.  As
public hospitals let alone, they can
(Jjointly purchase reduction of cost :
MEANING) but the; however, Hospital C
is not a private onehospital. Therefore, the
C hospital is the , explaining why it
performs the worst inamong the four
hospitals. 
Synthesis with respoecrt to organizational
performance: the hHospital B (0.314),
hHospital A (0.304), hHospital D (0.281)
and hHospital C (0.101). Hospital B
(performs OR is) the best. Therefore, the
administrators or decision- makers of
thein related medical sectors industry
canshould select the B hHospital B either
for cooperation or investment. Finally, we
recommend that suggest administrators or
decision- makers of thein related
industrymedical sectors can use this model
to evaluate the organizational performance
of the hospitals select the best hospital to
for cooperation or investment purposes.
Acknowledgement
The authors would like to thank the
National Science Council of the Republic
of China, Taiwan for financially
supporting this research under Contract
No. NSC__________________.

5. (Business Management)
Given intense Ccompetition in theamong
business market is more
intensecommercial sector recently, many
companies increasingly adopt advantage
business models to increase
incomegenerate revenues.  As an
important business model, Cchain stores is
an important business model and has two
types in substance, one istake the form of
either a regular store or aand the other one
is franchiseing.  A Rregular store is more
concerted infocuses on operationgs from
the perspective of a franchisoer, but by
investing to much financecapital and
personnel manpower, it will be obstruct to
ensure further development. (NOTE:
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)  Moreover, independent to do
the business will face of risk.(NOTE: I
have no idea what this incomplete
sentence means.  How about “Moreover, a
regular store can conduct business
operations independently while facing
commercial risks.”)  A Cchain store
extend outlets extends the through
franchiseing is most general way, not only
by decreaseing overhead costs, but also by
achieving faster arrive toeconomies of
scale economicsmore (efficiently OR
quickly).  As Cconvenient stores,
pharmacies and supermarkets awere
common examples of applied to
franchising corporations popularly, too
many franchise but extend great deal of
outlets unit not best way, on account of it
will negatively impact the generated
revenues of other attack franchisees in
existencebelonging to the same
corporation.  Importantly, a franchiser
must limit its number of expanded outlets
to Ssecure franchisees income stable
revenues for existing franchisees and
economize theits use of corporateions
operating resources, the franchisor need to
limit outlets in specific trade area. 
ButHowever, franchisoers lack an have
not objective means of fashion to selecting
the most promising franchisee hoping to
best one when there are two or upward
person will join the chain store. 
Moreover, most studyies were focused
mainly on convenient retail stores, owing
to the lack of other franchise categories
such as lack for other chain industry, for
instance bedding.  Frazer (NOTE: Put the
year of this study in parentheses behind
“Frazer”) contendedcommon theme was
that franchisees weredo not expending
enough adequate effort in
operatingrunning their businesses
efficiently, indicating that more care was
neededcaution must be taken in the
selectiong of franchisees and greater
incentives for potential  were required for
franchisees to join, thus enhancing
corporate performance toperform at a
desirable level.  According to a survey in
2004 of Taiwanese franchisers by Create
and Entrepreneurship mMagazine aimed
at Taiwan franchisors 2004 survey detect,
11.4% of those surveyed deemed
cooperation with franchisees as
unsatisfactory, with  co-operate scale
lower and poor communication of e
difficultpriority concern.  According to a
survey in 2000 conducted by the Civil
Services Administration of the
Doc(NOTE: WHAT is “Doc”? Do you
mean Department of Commerce), Ministry
of Economic Affairs, R.O.C. 2000 survey,
franchisers deem the inclination to work
hard-working inclination i as the most
desired characteristic ofimportant
franchisees characteristic.  The inability of
If franchisoers to cannot select the most
appropriate franchisee objectively, makes
it impossible not only to choose the most
promising one should not choice the best
one accurately, but also to thoroughly and
cannot understand the behavioral patterns
of each franchisee behave. 

(NOTE:  Where is the paragraph


containing the literature review of this
study?
“Dogs have received extensive (interest
OR attention).” “Dogs have been
extensively studied.”  “Dogs have
received increasing (interest OR
attention).  “Dogs have been increasingly
studied.”)

Basic on the above, we should


developTherefore, this work presents a
franchisee selection model that adopts
which above several different important
scores criteria model, and enables provide
to franchisor for score, moreover, we will
know what franchisoers to includeattach
their most importancet desired
characteristics for a potential franchisee
toin the selection criteria.  To do so, aA
questionnaire based on selection criteria
identified from pertinent literature and
exports interview, and can be constructed
hierarchy framework thanis sent to
selection team members.  Next, aAnalytic
hierarchy process is used for a can be peer
to peer compareison of the criteria on an
important scale, and, then, be used to
analyze and rank major selection criteria. 
Each franchisees sScores of each
franchisee would are counted, with the
highest and the best one were
choiceselected.

Analysis results indicate thats anticipated,


the proposed selection model can enables
franchisoers to execute choice franchisee
more objectively by allowing them to
operateing effectively.  The proposed
model iscan also be applied to other brand
bedding retail company, subsequently
enhancing their business operations.

The rest of this paper is organized as


follows.  Section 2 introduces….  Section
3 then presents….  Next, Section 4
describes….  Additionally, Section 5
summarizes…  Conclusions are finally
made in Section…
6. (Nuclear Science – Radiotechnology)
The rResults of the voxel-based study
arecan be summarized as follows (1). 
First, the distribution of ischemia areas
can be differentiated as penumbra, normal
and severely stroke area.  Notably, the
importance of the HMPAO uptake
threshold is based on the blood flow, that
isi.e., the most normal voxed area can be a
purplish colored as purple.  (2)Second,
although the correlations between the
stroke and the normal sizes arehave a
similar is shape, but each has its own
function,. iIf the blood flow (exceeds OR
is more than) 50%, the irreversibley
damaged tissue would not be recovery,
compared with the neurology, t.  These
results are consistent with our hypotheses. 
Additionally, there are good agreement
between both ECD and HMPAO method
(closely correspond to OR correlate well
with) each other.  (3)Third, Bbased on the
reports in 1999, the sStroke Journal.  We
are easily aware of, the function of
SPECT scan is well known.  The voxel-
based thresholds can be applied for a
visual type of SPECT image analysis. 
According to the latest century study
onabout ischemia, the 40% threshold for
HMPAO SPECT is much goodquite
reliabileity in stroke management, and; it
is also a very convenient means of
visually analyzingsis of stroke data.  It is
believed the (As widely recognized, ) with
brief medical computer analysis aboutof
another abnormal tissue, with using the
same analyses method.  T, the results
wouldill be more accurately than with
direct scanning.
According to our To our studying from
neurology results, compared withing
SPECT and MRI or PET data sets
withallows us to either selectchoosing
different threshold values, or chooseing
different colors to stand forrepresent the
how the (seriousness OR severity) of the
ischemia area.  Doing so Not only
inenables us not only to obtaining both
acute-stage SPECT and follow-up MRI,
but also in to ensureing the an adequate
correlation of another data sets, such
asincluding echo or cell culture.
We believed that normal infracted
voxels can be explained by a purpleish
color, and.  Additionally, the irreversibley
damaged tissue noninfarcted voxels can be
explained by the yellowish color. 
ButHowever, based on some practical
theory, the effects of misclassification
within the affected region can not be
(determined OR measured).  In clinical
mythologypractice, some volunteers in the
study participating in about PET and echo
scan would have theincurred side effects
with brain bleeding from the brain,.
ButHowever, concerned with the
conclusion of our plan, the side effects are
not of priority concern in this studyif
unimportant. (NOTE: Although I have
simplified this sentence, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.) 
How did we use distinguished methods to
reduce these erroars, with some
experiences. (NOTE: I have no idea what
this sentence means. How about “Of
priority concern is how to ) We can
significantly modify sSome clinical results
can be significantly (modified OR
altered).  A statistical methodology
containing ical issue can insert some
abnormal data can be adopted to reduce
the bleeding areas.(NOTE: Although I
have made this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)  ButHowever,
such these methods require much are in
need of great rtyle computer expertise,
only if the professors can apply for a lot of
supporting sources.
The intersecting areas of bleeding or
ishemia are essential the successful points
to reduceing computer noiseinterference. 
The origin of tThis problem lies in the
method used here to reduce edge artifacts,
which is in some casesoccasionally leads
to the misclassification of basal ganglia
voxels in severe brain stroke patients.  
According to threshold number analysis,
hypoperfused voxels belonging to the
basal ganglia, although identified with
both the automatic and the visual
analyses.  We areOf priority concerned
about is the accuracy of the normal
threshold ranges, it is so-calledcommonly
referred to as reference ranges.  
BecauseThis is owing to that the artifact
reduction procedure automatically
suppresseds all unassociated voxels.  
After theFollowing management of color
table calibration, the side effects
aboutinvolving a large amount of
undistinguished areas will be the same as
thein a normal tissue.  According theto
Ueda data reports,(NOTE:  Cite a
reference if you are referring to previous
literature.) the ECD uptake threshold
studied may not be necessarily applyied to
white matter,; it standsrepresents the
standardized color voxels of abnormal
brain.  However, our voxel-based
methodology could in the future be
applied to white matter or gray matter to
modify the reference range of threshold
for HMPAO analysis.
(As for completion of OR To the ending
ofcomplete) the procedure,(NOTE:
WHAT procedure?) our results (confirm
OR demonstrate OR support) the validity
of the HMPAO uptake threshold chosen.  
Although purpleish voxels were found in
some cases, the average, almost 85% were
ultimately infracted.  As already
mentioned aboveearlier, severe brain
stroke patients contained athere were
substantial amount of ultimately
noninfarcted irreversible damaged tissues
voxels in severe brain stroke patients. 
Its(NOTE: What does ‘It’ refer to?) may
be correlated with misclassification (via
OR by) the automatic computer analysis. 
Based on the further explanations of
purpleish areas, on the basis of a visually
inspectiong of the Amira  3.0 or Image J
calculation, indicateding that the artifact
reduction procedure did not remove all
fault edges.  RegardingHow about the
reaction about upof takingincreasing
HMPAO to more than 80%, if volunteer
patients have the images of contralated
voxels, it is concernment to explain 6
hours are required after the stroke onset,
with 9.8% of normally perfused voxels
turneding into infarction.  Although this
finding may represent statistical
(interference OR noise) in image slice, it
also reflect that image quality control is
necessary for the preventiong the of image
default.  RegardingThe other points about
penumbral voxels, is that if we defined
HMPAO uptake is defined between 40%
and 80%, it describes that a sample in
whichthat part of the voxels is classified
as penumbral were not at risk for
infarction because of owing to moderately
reduced perfusion.
All thesebove findings
indicateconcerning the facts that if 3three
directional images were visualized, the
voxel is will consistent with previous
hypotheses and the volume blood ratio of
abnormal brain tissue.  If aAll of the
experimental results are the same,
regardless of whether larger or smaller the
ischemia areas are larger or smaller. 
AtDuring the final stage of the stroke, the
blood flow will support the validity of the
threshold that we choose chosen
previously.  In fact, we didan  not attempt
was not made to a systematically search
for the most accurate threshold, ourwith
the objective of  aims are to reduceing the
artifacts and (interference OR noise). 
WithBecause a decade hasving passed, the
image quality is still under- controlled. 
Here, an attempt is made Tto establish a
method for evaluating and particular
threshold of interest in view offor clinical
applications.  The significant
estimatedpredictive value of the sizes of
the tissue sizes clasesis defined (based on
OR according to) these reference ranges
of thresholds for stroke patient recovery,
and; the results of volume sizes iscan be
validiablted as well.  Making associated
conclusions,For the definition, can be said
that thea larger the irreversibley damaged
tissue relative to the hypoperfused area,
the implies a worse the recovery, and; in
addition, a the larger the penumbral
component, the  implies a better the
recovery.  Physiological changes areing is
also predictable with some figure
explanations of the figures. 
AssumingConsume that mean normal
cerebral blood flow is around 50ml/100g,
our infarction threshold of 40% would
correspond to 20ml/100g.
    Compared withing the PET scan and
MRI, reveals that in the PET study,
cerebral blood flow threshold valvue for at
risk tissue and irreversible damaged tissue
are about 23ml/100g and 10ml/100g,
respectively, but.  However, with
perfusion HRI, the results were similar,
with the values were near 30% and 18%,
respectively.  In the HMPAO SPECT scan
study, cerebral blood flow is aroundabout
30ml/100g.  In pPrevious studies confer
reports, conclusions are respectable that
with HMPAO, the resituated degree of
uptake reduction is higher than the degree
of the hemorrhagic transformation.
(NOTE: Cite a reference since you are
referring to previous literature.)  Some
pathological journals have the same
results.(NOTE: Cite a reference since you
are referring to previous literature.)  That
isRestated, in a 5hour time window of five
hours, determined that the risk of
thrombolysis-related hemorrhagic riskng
is extremelyvery high in patients with
HMPAO uptake of 40% of contra lateral
value.  We are also aware that
inAdditionally, during the first 6 hours
after stroke onset, HMPAO uptake could
accuratelywas highly predictive of the size
of the final infarct,. TThey(NOTE: What
does “They” refer to?) are independently
of the time interval between the onset of
the serious stroke.  If  HMPAO uptake ifs
smaller than 45%, these discrepancies
between reported PET and SPECT
thresholds might be explained byowing to
an overestimation. It is explained that
Notably, HMPAO uptake in a special
interval time reflectsreveals that both
perfusion and cell function needs tomust
be consideredtaken into account.
    Our results suggest that HMPAO uptake
can also reflect neuronal viability and
HMPAO SPECT could be a useful means
of for the detectiong of a potential
hemorrhage and whether it is true thata
potential salvageable tissue and
irreversible damage occurs,.  Under this
circumstance, the tissue could be saved
within 12hrtwelve hours of stroke onset. 
This widely applicable technology could
be used in thea clinical setting for speedy
decision making in the choice ofwhen
acute therapy is selected in the is chemic
group.  Thus, our preliminary results are
encourageing for the progress ofmade in
the prevention of brain- bleeding field
and, hopefully increaseing the life
expectancy in theof stroke patients group.

7.  (Business Management)


Evaluating Medical Information System
Vendors for Outsourcing Using Delphi
and AHP
 
According to a medical information
network handbook published by the
Department of Health, Executive Yuan,
ROC in 1996 was pointed the medical
information network guide handbook had
showed the, general clinicsthe quantity of
outpatient services in general clinics was
quantity compares the hospital lesserlow,
andwith investment in computerization e
funds also moreextremely limited.
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.) (Therefore, clinics
unfit establishment exclusive information
room or else the information center. :  I
HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THIS
SENTENCE MEANS.)  GenerallyA clinic
can generally is able to (rely on OR trust)
thea computer vendorcompany by to
satisfy information technology clinic’s
requiredments or plan computerize-related
matters. ToAdditionally, appraiseing a the
clinic’s demand for computerizeation
involves demand, besides considersing the
clinic scale size and number of branches
of the clinic, as well as established the
individual budgetary constraints and
organizational goalsaspiration was still the
consideration key point.  TheOutsourcing
information system needs outsource is
thus a significantmajor decision-making
task for medical organizations ((Lorence : 
Spelling?  Lawrence?) and Spink, 2004).

2. Literature review

This rResearch objects of this study are


divides into the two parts, one is the
primary clinics, and another one is the
medical information system vendors. Our
research meMethodsology involves
adopting the  separate into two parts. First,
part one was applied Mmodified Delphi
Memethod to accumulatecollecting  and
intergrateding expert group member
opinions and, then, finding(determining
and identifying) a normal evaluation
criterion. Additionally, the Second, part
two: employed AHP theory is utilized to
establish a model for selectiong vendor’s
model.  This article utilized technique
theories are described as followsexplained
completely as follows:.

Part One: Delphi method and modified


Delphi method

In order to assist a private practitioner


can be take effective, systemize and
objective dDecision-making must be
effective, systematic and objective tofor
select an appropriate fit MIS vendor.
Therefore, we toward doctor’sa
physician’s perspective must be adopted to
determine viewpoint conception to
attempt to research key the major
evaluation factors in a criteria for MIS
outsourcing evaluate factors.  Given
serious Due to the private practitioner the
time constraints that an organization
facesis extremely valuable; we utilized ,
the modified Delphi Method is adopted in
this study to devise a complete vital
criteria capable of screening qualified for
assess MIS outsourcing standard to select
vigorous vendors for outsourcing.  The
Delphi method is Achieved through a
consensus among experts group’s
common consent andin decision-making
result, the Delphi method is belongs to a
traditionalconventional forecasting
approach that does not require sort and do
not need a greatlarge quantity of samples.
We can use tThe Delphi method can be
applied to generate a professional
consensus for an ambiguous, complicated
and contentiousdisputable topics (Sung,
2001). The Delphi method has been
employed At expert forecast nurse’s
research field, since 1970 in the nursing
field for investigation year the medical
services and health care question start to
apply Delphi method in study and doing
forecasting purposes. In recently years, in
the field o, with increasing use fin nursing,
health care management, and
administration of medical policies are
often quickly modified, and use the Delphi
method studies in this field are appear
increase with years (Chiou and Tsai,
1996).

The Delphi Method is a consensus-


based approach that requires continuous
technical conformity research technique,
in the study process can focus assume
topic to unceasingly written, discuss and
oral discussion and feedback among from
the anonymous experts on a particular
topic. All anonymous experts offer
propose professional experience,
knowledge skills-how, experience and
opinions, and exchange different views
each other, experts until set up the
uniform mutual recognitiona consensus is
reached (Hartman, 1981; Sung, 2001). 
The comprehensive Delphi Mmethod
comprises the following stepshas five
procedures: (1). (1) Sselecting the experts,
(2). Carry on the; (2) perform a survey of
the first round, (3). Carry on; (3) perform
a the survey of the second round, (4).
Carry on the; (4) perform a survey of the
third round, (5). S; and (5) synthesize the
experts’ opinions and get to reach a
consensusmmon view. Usually repeatedly
carry on the sSteps (3) and (4) are
normally repeated until tends to thea
uniform result is achievedif our for a
particular topic don’t achieves the mutual
recognition (Huang, 1996; Sung, 2001).
Additionally, We can apply the literature
reviewverifies and with the expert
interviews canto (integrate OR synthesize)
the all common views ofrecurrent
opinions expressed in a survey, simplifies
the s.  Step (2) is then simplified to
replace the conventionally
adoptedtradition opening style survey
methods. Simplifying thus the process is
called tThe modified Delphi method is a
simplification of the above procedure
(Sung, 2001). ThereforeSo, in this
study,this article is used  the modified
Delphi method is adopted to determine the
evaluation criteria for finding the MIS
outsourcing MIS needs to information
technology vendor’s evaluate criteria, as is
determinedand through anonymous expert
interviews and a survey of the
outcome(NOTE:  What kind of ‘outcome’
are you referring to?) directed towards
theto focusing in our research subject.  In
1975, Delbecq, Van de Ven and Gustafson
(1975) point outsuggested five to nine
individuals as an appropriate number of
the suitable members ofin a Delphi
Method group is five to nine persons. 
Therefore, our article had, explaining why
nine experts participatedory in the
decision-making group of the modified
Delphi method in this study. In theAs for
non-interference condition, collection
expert group consensus opinions among
the experts were collected, then synthesize
the with respect to the preferences among
physicians as to which  all doctor’s expert
common views to get the key factors
related theare important in selecting
vendors ofin order to devise the evaluation
criteria. (Due to the scientific gauging
device to performs the subjective factor
the quantification to achieve the objective
goal. : THIS SENTENCE MAKES NO
SENSE AND I DON’T UNDERSTAND
HOW IT IS RELATED TO THE
PREVIOUS SENTENCE.)

Part two: analytic hierarchy process


(AHP)

Among tThe available evaluation


methods of thefor suppliers includehave
several kinds, such as the linear
programming, categorical method, cost-
ratio method, matrix method, decision
tree, Monte Carlo simulation and AHP. 
However, these The above front six
methods comparatively have are too
subjectiveity, as well as unable and cannot
clearly defined each criteria the relative
importance of each criteria (NOTE: Do
you mean ‘criterion’?) and deficiencylack
of an effective weight qualitative
criterion.  (NOTE:  Although I have made
this confusing sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)  AHP, As a
decision method that decomposes a
complex multi-criteria decision problem
into a hierarchy (Satty, 1980), AHP is also
a measurement theory that prioritizes the
hierarchy and consistency of the
judgmental data provided by thea group of
decision makers.  AHP incorporates the
evaluations of all decision makers into a
(final decision OR general consensus),
without having to elicit their utility
functions on subjective and objective
criteria, by pairwise comparisons of the
alternatives (Satty, 1990). AHP has thus
been successfully applied to a wide
varietydiverse array of problems, with the
calculation procedure beingdescribed as
follows:.

2.1. Establish the hierarchy structure.


When deals Athe complex issue, we can
be addressed by performed decomposeing
the hierarchy structure.  Given the
inability of Based on the humans to can
not compareison above the seven
categories simultaneouslykinds things at
the same time, so we must assume (the
hierarchy is assumed to not contain more
than seven elements OR each elements of
the hierarchy is assumed to not suitably
surpassesexceed seven elements). Under
this limited condition, it may carry on the
reasonablea reliable comparison and
easier ensure the consistency can be
ensured (Satty, 1980; Deng and Tzeng,,
1989). The first hierarchy of the structure,
that is we want to achieve (refers to the
OR focuses on the) targeted goal.
UnderBeneath the end hierarchy is the
choice projects or replacement
alternatives, as well as the each  the
middle hierarchies, which (comprise OR
are) the appraisal factor or criteria.
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)

2.2. (Compute the element weight of


various hierarchies OR Various
hierarchies’ elements weight
computation).
(1). Establishment ofing pairwise
comparison matrix A
    Based on an element of the upper
hierarchy that is an evaluationg standard,
going on thea pairwise comparison is
(made OR performed) forto each
elements. (NOTE:  Although I have made
this confusing sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.) If hashas Assume
that the n elements must make n(n-1)/2
elements of the pairwise comparison.  Let
 be the set of elements, while  
C1, C 2,..., Cn a ij

represents a (quantitative OR quantified)


judgment on a pair of elements . Gained Ci , C j

aAn N by N matrix A can be (gained OR


derived) as follows:
C1 C2  Cn
C1  1 a12  a1n 
C 1 / a 1  a 2 n 
 
A  a ij  2

 12
    
Cn

1 / a1n 1 / a 2 n  1 

                       (1)
PuttingPairwise comparison results of
the n elements pairwise comparison result
are (inserted OR incorporated) into the
upper triangle of matrix A. (Principal
diagonal for the element oneself
comparison:  THIS MAKES NO SENSE
BECAUSE THERE IS NO VERB
HERE.),; therefore its (outcome OR
result) is 1.  The underlower triangle
values isare (partially relative positions of
the upper triangle values? OR the upper
triangle partial relative positions values),
(NOTE:  Don’t put so many nouns
together; it confuses the reader.) that isi.e.,
= 1/ . Where =1 and =1/ , , =1,2,
a ij a ij aii a ji aij i j

…,n gives the(contains OR produces) two


elements ( ) that becaome one
Ci , C j

quantization value for an important


relative judgment.  In matrix A, a set of
numerical weights  that “reflects
W1 , W2 ........,Wn

the recorded judgments”the problem


becomes one of  must be assigneding to
the n elements  a set of numerical
C1 , C 2 ,....., C n

weights  that “reflects the


W1 , W2 ........,Wn

recorded judgments.”. (NOTE:  Putting


words in parentheses implies that you are
referring to previous literature.  Therefore,
you must cite a reference.  If not, then just
delete the parentheses.) If A is a
consistency matrix, the relations between
weights  and judgments  are simply
Wi a ij

given by  (for
Wi / W j  aij
)  and matrix A
i, j ,  1,2,....., n

as follows:
C1 C2  Cn
C1  w1 / w1 w1 / w2  w1 / wn 
C w / w w2 / w2  w2 / wn 
A 2  2 1
      
Cn

 wn / w1 wn / w2  wn / wn 

                        (2)

(2) Calculating the Eeigenvalue and


Eeigenvector calculation.
Matrix A multiplyies the elements
weight vector ( x ) equal to nx , that is ( A - nI ) x
=0, the x  is the Eeigenvalue ( n ) of
Eeigenvector.  Due toGiven that   aij

bedenotes the  makers’ subjective


judgment of decision-makers (give
comparison and appraisal :  I HAVE NO
IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS AND HOW
IT RELATES TO THE FIRST PART OF
THE SENTENCE.), with the trulyactual
value ( ) haveing the somea certain
Wi / W j
level degree of (variation OR difference),
so that.  Therefore, Ax  n.x  can not to be set
up.  Satty (1990) suggested that the largest
eigenvalue   be: max

n Wj
 max   aij
j 1 Wi                             (3)

If A is a consistency matrix,
eigenvector X can be calculated by
formula (4):
                            (4)
(A  max I)X  0

(3) Performing the Cconsistency test


    Saaty (1990) proposed utilizing consistency
index ( CI ) and consistency ratio ( CR ) to
checkverify the consistency of the
comparison matrix. CI and CR are defined
as follows:
                         (5)
CI  ( max  n) /(n  1)
  CR  CI / CR                             (6)
    Where RI represents the average consistency
index over numerous random entries of
same order reciprocal matrices.  If CR  0.1 ,
the estimate is accepted, and; otherwise, a
new comparison matrix is solicited until
CR  0.1 .

2.3. Compute the Ooverall hierarchy


weight. computation
    After the (weight is  OR weights are?)
computedation  for the various hierarchies
and elements, then compiles the overall
hierarchy weight is computedation, and
finally toultimately enabling decision-
makers to select de our goal of the most
suitable planappropriate strategy.
2.4. Implement the Aanalysis implement.
This paper used implement is Here,
Microsoft Excel 2003 and Super
Decisions 1.6.0 software are used to
process the data and (analytical methods
OR analysis tools).

Recently years, tThe medical sector


has, in recent years, increasingly adopted
industry gradually applies the AHP
method to resolve handle issues in the
solid service-related problems.  Hokey et.
al. (1997) usingapplied the AHP
competitive benchmarking of Hhealth
Ccare Qquality in Korean Ccancer
Cclinics,. Rossetti et. al. (2001) then
compared robotsautomated and
humanmanual courier deliveriesy services
in a mid-size hospital by applying thein
AHP model to decision-making;.  Sloane
et. al. (2003) utilized using the AHP as a
clinical engineering toolapproach to
facilitate an iterative, multidisciplinary,
microeconomic health technology
assessment,.  More recently, Chang (2004)
combined case-based reasoning and the
AHP decision method to establish a
continuousing care information system
offor discharge planning。.  Earlier, Yang
and Wu (2002) applied AHP way to the
investment and replacement of valuable
precious Mmedical
instrumentationequipment investment and
replacement by establisheding a decision-
making model, and this study point to.   
Above studies point towards the
effectiveness of a model-AHP can bein
helping hospitals not only to
systematically and objectively analyzesis
multiple criteria decisions issue. Due to
above applied case in AHP for medical
industry, we know, this method already
can be help medical organization, but also
to establish (uniform OR standard) model
and solvemake decisions-making issues
efficiently. Therefore, in this study, we can
be able to execute the AHP model is
adopted to selecting the greatestmost
qualified MIS outsourcing vendor for
primary clinics.
3. Decision model application and results
Theis article established evaluatesion
model developed in this study was major
to divide(comprises OR consists of) into
two stages,.  The first stage includes four
steps, and we through in which the
Modified Delphi Method is used to
(identify OR determine)can be discovers
the suitablemost appropriate evaluation
criterion.(NOTE:  Don’t you mean
‘criteria’? Check intended meaning.)
Then, second stage (comprises OR
consists of)had six steps, we appliedin
which AHP theory is applied to calculate
the weight of the decision evaluation
criterion and establish evaluate the
effectiveness of the MIS vendor’s model.
These stages are described in detail as
follows.Therefore, this part is going to
explain set up and implement steps as
follows:

First stage: finding(Determining OR


Identifying) the critical evaluation
criterion(NOTE:  Don’t you mean
‘criteria’?) through the Modified Delphi
Method

Step 1:  dDesignatione the group of


primary medical expert’s groupin the
primary clinic.
Nine physicians Selects 9 doctors
practicing in a primary clinic are selected
to form group of medical expert’s group
for our article expert member’s team,, in
which must conform to the following
conditions: (1). tThe primary clinic’s
business year at least above has been
operating for at least two years.; (2). tThe
clinic’sal physician doctor everhas
participated in the MIS decision-making
in the past,previously; and (3). The
doctors Physicians must be qualified to
practice in have one of western medicine
kind of qualification, the wWestern
medicine qualification, such as in
departments of Iinternal Mmedicine,
Ssurgery, Oobstetrics and G gynecology,
P and pediatrics…etc.  The Our expert's
designation had various doctor formations,
among of group of nine physicians
included two internal medicine
department doctors physicians, one
surgical department doctor physician, two
gynecology department
doctors,physicians, two pediatrics
department doctorsphysicians, one
otolaryngology doctorphysician, and one
Family Medicine department
doctorgeneral practice physician. The
grand total has nine clinic’s doctors.

Step 2: Review pertinent literature on


major factors in selecting MIS selecting
vendor’s critical factor literature
collection and sort out the reference
materials.
The effectiveness and reliability of
software vendor’s viability and
survivability is the crux of the matter. are
of priority concern. Thus, the service life
of software and hardware for the user
(whether can be an orphan's factor :  I
HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS.).
Only 10% of all nNewly had been
established computer companyies, are still
operating after its three years survival
percentage not to a 10%. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)  However, the computer
vendor’s specialized ability needs in thise
medical software market for more than
test over two years, then it can be tend to
maturely are generally viewed as stable
given their unique specialized skills.
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.) Unfortunately,
regardless of the product or service
quality, the hospital ultimately suffers the
most when the outsourcing vendors
discontinue their operationsclosure
business, even if it has the best product
and the serviceability, forever we are the
loser. In tThis study article, we look
fordetermines the significant factors in a
criteria to ass related to the MIS
outsourcing vendor’s criteria.
ThoseLiterature on MIS evaluationg
criteria literature comes from the
information technology and medical
sectorindustry background sources and
conforms to the experts in the decision-
making group identified. Table 1
summarizes Therefore, we were finding
the (preliminary : OR OMIT) criteria for
selecting MIS vendor’s criteria in Table 1.
 
To effectively implement aMake use
of the medical information network guide,
and collaborate well with medical
organizations, future cooperate firm of the
computerMIS vendors must have
appropriate expertise in the medical
software design the design experience, as
well as thoroughly and owns the deep into
understanding research for the medical
care operations work and levying
procedures of medical feess charge
procedure (Department of Health,
Executive Yuan, ROC, 1996).  Before
sSelecting the computeran MIS vendor,
we need to  initially requires evaluateing
the vendor’s professional
abilityknowledge skills and technology
development expertiseability.  These
abilitySuch expertise includes the
following: (1). The suppliervendor’s
expertise develop systems development
and implementation whether conforms to
technical or thcurrent technology is field
development tendency,trends and
practices; (2) tThe computer firm have
avendor complies with a clearly
definedrigorous development software
engineering standard, such as thea system
specification book, formula use handbook,
the system test plan and record,; (3) tThe
software product can be suitable for
theadheres to the clinical information
system’s computer requirementsdemand. 
Additionally, MeanwhileAt the same time,
closely examining the customer status
investigate the computer firm’s customer
state of user; it can enable a computer firm
be help you more further to enhance its
realize the cooperative firm its
development abilitycollaborative
potential. Ast for service-related ability
factors side, the a computer firm can be
provided sufficiencyt human resources
quantity, richprofessional experience and
high level profession know-
howtechnological expertise.
FurthermoreMoreover, thea vendor
adheres to has a service management
system pattern and planning mechanism
is, which is equally as well important.
Besides, we can considera customer
thathad useds prestigious software
prestige for the supplied from a computer
firm, it can be assist us make an  provides
an objective means of appraisaling the
firm’s effectiveness. (NOTE:  Although I
have made this confusing sentence
correct, make sure that I have not changed
your intended meaning.)  Then, don’t
forget think about the vendor’s
Furthermore, post-sale service that a
vendor offers can enable a firm to gain a
foothold whether or not enough andin a
particular service region has included our
clinic.
Since establishment of the National
Health Insurance scheme was established,
worth noting that is the medical software
market has expanded rapidlycompanies
increase suddenly, making it important to
so that we must carefully selecting the an
MIS vendor.  Election the lLarge -scale
information technology firms have areas
of and it has the sspecializationed and
establisheddeveloped software
companyies can ensure guarantee the the
quality of software congenital quality
products and services.  Furthermore, thea
software company musthas to had
continueously operate to remain
competitive forever of the business
ability.  Our iInformation technology
equipment must also be maintained at
state-of-the-art levelscan not go so far as
to degenerate become an orphan.  We can
judge by mMarket share, number of
customers quantity occupy rate and return
rate, scale size, specialized projects,
company brand recognitionprestige as
well as organization's and software
maintenance all contribute to the overall
appraisal of improve the vendor’s
management system, carry on the overall
appraisal.  SimultaneouslyAppropriately
matchesing organizational your individual
demand with to choose the most
appropriate the candidate software
outsourcing companyfirm is also of
priority concern.  With respect to attaining
a Whether of you decide to
comprehensive computerization systeme
ago, a you should be thoroughly
understanding of the software equipment
to be used will ensure the integrity, and
confirmed the future can be to expand
computer of such equipment to overcome
system will encounter to all sorts of
limitations.  And the suggestion mMedical
clinics should closely follow be refer to
the successful examples of vendor
selection, reference the same level
healingalong with how clinics should use
the software equipment with users
situation, then takes advantage of this
understands its usability. Before selectsing
and purchases theing appropriate
computer hardware equipment, a medical
organization should realize that tthe most
effective he computer hardware is not
necessarily uses the newest machine
kindthe latest brand.  However, strong
brand recognition But best selects the
prestige good for a particular software
product; it can guarantee theensure
product the quality and the post-sales
service.  May also entrust theA software
firm tocan replace or purchase have the
brand the hardware equipment fit the
using the based on software
requirementsmatches.  Besides considers
yourconsumer demand and the budget
constraints, may also has other important
consideration, such as the include stability,
the compatibility, the expansion, the
function, conformsity to the kinesiology
design, the perfectand post-sales service.

Step 3: uUse the Table 1 of all criterion


from Table 1 to increase the number of, or
omit deletion or increase the opinions.
(NOTE:  Whose opinions are you talking
about?)
Apply thThe Likert-type five scale is
useds to ensure that the meter criteria
weight surpasses four scales above, which
are to listed as the important reference
criterion.  And took the finally recognized
and screened to suitablyAdditionally,
appropriate physicians are elicited to
select doctors chooses the vendors by
consideration the keying major
evaluationg factors.

Step 4: eEstablish an evaluateion criteria


model to selecting vendors for the MIS
outsourcing. 
The cCommunity experts
finddetermine the criterion process forto
establish thean evaluateion model,
penetration modified Delphi method to
condenses thereach a consensus of
opinions among experts opinions and to
achievereaches the  uniform recognition.
This study obtains thean essential criterion
after the three rounds of survey results (as
Figure. 1).

Second stage: To dDecided upon a MIS


outsourcing vendor using the selection
model for AHP evaluation criteria
selecting model.

Step 1: eEstablish a hierarchy structure.


As for ccording to the MIS vendor
outsourcing question, each evaluation
factors decomposed comprises several
levels, such as including the goal
hierarchy, criteria hierarchy, sub-criteria
hierarchy and alternatives hierarchy (like
fFigure. 1).

Step 2: eEstablishment each factors of the


pairwise comparison matrix.

OnceBase on the experts finally


assign weight values, use the geometry
mean value is used to computeing
comprehensive expertscomprehensive
decision-making community scores from
experts in order to formulate the standard
weight values to selecting MIS vendors
standard weight values.  For instance, the
main criteria are formed as the sample,
likesuch as in Table 2.  We using the
fFormulae (1) and (2) are used to
calculated the aggregate pairwise
comparison matrix.
Step 3: cCalculateing the eigenvalue and
eigenvector.
    Using the comparison matrix (likesuch
as in Table 2), the eigenvectors weare
calculated by formulae (3) and (4). The
Table 3 listssummarizes the results of the
eigenvectors for each criteria and sub-
criteria. 

Step 4: Perform the Cconsistency test.


According toBased on formulae (5)
and (6) calculated the, each hierarchy’sthe
criteria comparison matrix of consistency
is calculated for each hierarchy, such as in
Table 2.  This paper rResults of the
consistency test and CR of the comparison
matrix from each of the 9nine experts, are
all smaller than “0.1”, indicating
“consistency”.  

Step 5: Computatione the each levels


relative weight of the elements for each
level.
Table 3 summarizes the results for
each levelsthe relative weight of the
elements are showed Table 3 of each
level.   According to Table 3 shows, we
can know the clinical physician doctor at
the selecting MIS vendors, their will
consider extent inthe proper order asre the
“Matching degree (0.262) > Contractor
and product quality (0.207) > Contractor
experience (0.164) > Contractor
serviceability (0.152) > Technology and
development ability (0.132) > Economy
factor (0.083)”.  Describe tThe evaluation
results for the sub-criteria are described
evaluating results as follows:

The medical industrysector is thea semi-


closed organization, so .  Therefore, the
supplier truly conservative the
organization service privacy for an
organization (0.561) is extremely
significant for the supplier. In
realitypractice, primary medical
organizations do not have thean
information technology department in
Taiwan and the doctors always busy. 
Physicians are always occupied with the
highly specialized diagnoses and
treatment tasksworks.. Thus, from the
perspective of a physician in the doctor
viewpoint, if the supplier could
highlyclosely matching the primary
medical organization of the business
management strategy and culture, or
doctors user's demands of physicians
(0.439), the supplier’s matching degree is
became the most important factor for thea
private practitioner.
 
The pPrivate practitioners believe think the
that the second important criterion isare
the MIS supplier and the product quality,
among by thecriteria of software
performance, reliability, integrality, and
stability (0.404), which was the vital sub-
criterion, then.  Next, the supplier's project
management skills of the supplierability
(0.316) and the supplier have the testcan
guarantee to a quality procedure (0.280).
Additionally, are also make the supplier
and the product quality have an
additionalng effect. 
In theAs for a contractor’s experience aspect,
the supplier whethermust have knowledge
of and sensitivity towards mthe Medical
law and the hHealth Iinsurance Ssystem
knowledge and sensitivity (0.360) is the,
which is an important evaluation criteria,
next isfollowed by the supplier’s
experience with regarding similar
information system development
experience (0.339) and a supplier's
prestige and the public praisebrand
awareness (0.302).
The supplier provides post-sales service and
support efficiency (0.423), as well as the
original system education training and
plans for the arrangement (0.374) was the
doctors think that.  Physicians believe that
the vendor’s serviceability performance is
thewith main influential sun-criterion. 
Supplier's human resource quantity,
professional level and experience (0.203)
in the contractor serviceability washad the
lightest (NOTE:  Do you mean ‘least’?)
proportion lightest.
Moreover, in the supplier’s “technology and
development ability” criterion, attach
importance is attached to the respective of
the supplier's hardware and software
technology ability (0.404), thenfollowed
by the supplier's ability to conformity
ability (0.329) and the technological
capability of the supplier's information
security technology ability (0.267).
Finally, the private practitioners final
consider that the evaluationg criterion of
software outsourcing is the economyic
factor; every yearthe annual system
maintenance price (0.529) is more
significant than the primary purchases of
the medical information system price
(0.471).

Step 6: Calculate the oOverall levels


hierarchy weight calculate for selecting
the optimum MIS vendor.
A primary clinic that must When the
medical industry faced with outsourceing
its MIS needs, during the screening
process, highly prioritizes decision-
making questions, the survivability of the
candidate computer firms is the important
screening condition for the primary
clinics.  A newly formed computer
company which profession ability was
needed towith at least two years of
operating experience in the MIS market
test for two years it can be became a ripeis
considered as having sufficient expertise
experience.  However, a the computer
firm that company business even
temporarily suspendeds its operations,
regardless of its even if it had the greatest
serviceability, could incur potentially great
losses for the clinic will cause the serious
consequences and loss.  Therefore, we
should be carefully to inspecta close
examination must be made of the sales
record of the outsourcing vendor of the
sales achievement,, annual profits
situation, company scale size, in the
present existing thenumber of users on
information systems serviced quantity, the
existingcurrent customer's user appraisals
which the ability, the financial health of
the companyphysique, and how long the
company the company hads been
established time (Department of Health,
Executive Yuan, ROC, 1996).  By theThe
above initialpreliminary evaluationg
conditions, we can list 3-5 can normally
yield three to five suppliers for the
primary directory in the alternatives at the
finallast level’s alternatives.  Thus, in this
study, three supplier are selected based on
according to  how long the company has
beenits established time, the number of
users on information systems
servicedexisting user quantity and (oral
traditions  :  WHAT DOES THIS MEAN? 
“references from other customers”?) to
select 3 suppliers for our study
alternatives.  Also, a supplier must have
been operating at least And we designate a
clinic its business time smaller than two
years in order to be consideredtake the
case confirmation.
The case practitioner of the clinic applies
thise above standard pattern to carry on to
appraise the integrity of each candidate
the MIS vendor’s integrity appraisal. In
the fFinally, arranging priority of the
alternatives is arranged and giving the
highest scores are assigned to the make
this clinic of best MIS outsourcing vendor.
(NOTE:  Make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)  This study
sScores results are as follows: is the
vendor A (0.388), vendor B (0.334), and
vendor C (0.276), by the study
confirmation resultsing that vendor A is
the foremost suitable usefulmost
appropriate MIS software vendor for this
clinic, as theshown in Table 4.

4. Discussion and conclusion

Selecting an outsourced vendor to


service medical information system
requirementsoutsourcing vendor is bothan
extremely complex issue as well as the
maker usuallyand often subjective
decision.    Especially in the medical
sectorindustry, the manager on the
business administrative order and medical
order hospital administrators lack can not
have the clearly objective decision-
making toolsprocedures and evaluationg
criteria.  Moreover the majority makers
Additionally, most decision makers rely
mainly on the experience of the candidate
MIS vendorprinciple to make the
decision.  Therefore, this paperstudy
suggestion matches theintegrates
mathematical quantitativefication tools
and methods into the evaluateion to
comply with can be discovered conforms
to the organizational needs in order to
identify the most  itself demand finding
the appropriate vendorsupplier.  We
adoptedThe modified Delphi method is
adopted to reach a consensus of opinion
among physiciansfind the doctor’s experts
consider the in order to form an essential
criteria for selecting the MIS vendor’s
choice. Then through the AHP method to
calculate, the criteria weight is calculated
and establish the evaluateion model
established, followed by use of the same
AHP model to select the finally using this
AHP model to decision the bestmost
qualified vendor for our clinic.  The
study’sAnalysis results indicate that the
criteria of the discover the private
practitioners mostheavily stresses on
criteria in order is matching
degreecompatibility between the vendor
and the clinic’s software requirements,
contractor and product quality, contractor
experience of the candidate vendor,
contractor serviceability of the candidate
vendor, as well as technology and
devedevelopment skillsability,; and  the
economyic factor is of least concernthe
relative comparatively less regard in the
criteriona.  The pPrivate practitioners can
also considerbe rely on person’s individual
demands to add to the criteria, or evaluate
the actual data wrap in the AHP model,. 
Finally, based on the highest lastly get
scores is the highest, an MIS vendor is
selected as an our outsourcing cooperate
partner.  We realistic rely on aA clinic in
Taipei area to use  has already adopted the
AHP model to selectfor decision-making
a MIS vendor’s choice, which is our paper
case proving. . Anticipated tThe AHP
model building can be help theassist the
primary practitioner for thein similar
muilt-criteria tasksquestions, have in an
objective and systematiczed method
manner when selecting the appropriate
information software firms in the future.

8.  (Business Management)


Optimal location selection of location
forthat Taiwanese hospitals are established
of theto ensure a competitive advantage
advantage by using the Analytic Hierarchy
Process

Abstract
Implementation of Since 1995 after the
government carried out the National
Health Insurance, scheme in Taiwan since
1995 has intensified  the domestic medical
competition in the local medical sectorhas
been becoming fiercer. Given elevated
living standards island wideWith the
prosperity of society and economy, people
in Taiwanese residents have become more
health conscious and attach increasing
importance to the medical quality and the
concept of medical H healthcare
gradually, explaining the heightened
consumer demand in the quality and scope
of and that imperceptibly expanded
people’s demand to the medical services
quality and quantity. In aAdditionally, the
medical service sectorindustry appeared
that they has gradually moved towards the
characteristic of has improved its
organizational structure and encouraged
maximization which lets many hospitals to
establishset up the management practices
that would increase their one after another
bringing the medical market very heavy
competitiveness pressure. In such an
intensely competitive environment,
selecting the optimal location selection of
competitive advantage becomes one of
important subjects when setting up a
hospitals to be established is of priority
concern. Therefore, this work presents an
AHP-based evaluation model… The main
construct of this research chose tAdopted
herein is the famousrenowned diamond
model introduced in from 1990 Porter’s
“Global Electronic Commerce (1990)”
that will influences the intricate relation
among thehow competitionve advantages,
especially with respect to developing and
(evaluating OR determining OR
measureing) the targetobjectives of the
optimal location selection, are related in
order to offer the location selectiondevise
a (standardized OR standard operational)
procedure (sop). This research adopts
theBesides a literature review, expert and
interviews with experts, this study also
adopts the Modified Delphi Method and
the analytical hierarchy process (AHP) to
construct thean evaluationg patternmethod
, and regards onefor selecting the optimal
location of a regional hospital in Taiwan
as the research object, while setting up the
hospital, considered place was taken to
construct under the evaluating pattern, in
order to see whether the result does have
the differencedetermine its effectiveness.
Passing the result of studies, this research
will construct a evaluating pattern of the
optimal location selection established
hospitals of the competitive advantage to
take it as evaluating the standard
operational procedure (sop) of the optimal
location selection that hospitals are
established.The proposed evaluation
criterion provides a valuable reference for
hospital administrators and academics in
establishing a standardized means of
selecting the optimal location for new
medical care facilities.
Provides a valuable reference for/ provides
further insight into/ sheds light on /
elucidates/ clarifies.

eywords: Competitive Aadvantage, optimal


location Sselection, Ddiamond Mmodel,
Modified Delphi Method, analytical
hierarchy process (AHP)

1. Introduction

Implementation of the National Health


Insurance scheme in Taiwan since 1995
has intensified competition in the local
medical sector. Given elevated living
standards island wide, Taiwanese residents
have become more health conscious and
attach increasing importance to quality 
healthcare, explaining the heightened
consumer demand in the quality and scope
of medical services. Additionally, the
medical service sector has improved its
organizational structure and encouraged
hospitals to establish management
practices that would increase their
competitiveness. In such an intensely
competitive environment, selecting the
optimal location of  hospitals to be
established is of priority concern. Since
1995 after the government carried out
National Health Insurance, the domestic
medical competition has been becoming
fiercer. With the prosperity of society and
economy, people in Taiwan attach
importance to the medical quality and the
concept of medical Healthcare gradually,
and that imperceptibly expanded people’s
demand to the medical service quality and
quantity. In addition, the medical service
industry appeared that they has gradually
moved towards the characteristic of
organization and maximization which lets
many hospitals set up the management
one after another bringing the medical
market very heavy competitive pressure.
In such competitive environment, the
optimal location selection of competitive
advantage becomes one of important
subjects when setting up a hospital. In its
early stageperiod, linear programming was
used abroad to solve the problems about
location selection-related problems.
(NOTE:  Cite a reference since you are
referring to previous literature.)  For
instance, previous studies attempted to
locate merly researching the optimal
position to establish a where the hospital
by set up only focused on utilizing
tradiconventional mathematics or the
statisticsal computational method to solve
the position’s problems. In the
establishment cconsiderationing where to
select a location, besides legislation
restrictions of the decree, the policy-
makers and business picture group's
seldom consider how decision is the main
viewpoint, not considering the criterion
whiselecting ch the optimal location
selectionduring the decision making
process could possibly affected under the
its competitiveness advantage.  
“The A healthcare program—to prepare
for constructing the plan of the Medical
Care Website” was impelledlaunched in
1984, in order to balance theoffer medical
resources throughout Taiwan
proportionately. The Department of
Health of the Executive Yuan divides 63
sub-regions into 17 medical areas,
andwith each every sub-region to contain
a certain number of hospitals, as planneds
to establish the Department of Health in
advance. in order to continuously improve
As the require of compatriot’s living
standard and healthcare services and
living standards.  improving, aAccording
to the Department of Health counting,
while there were 18,777 hospitals were
operating in 2003, that figure increased to
and there were 19,240 in 2004.  This
shows that the quantity of national
hospital increases at the speed of , i.e., an
annual increase of more than 2,.47% for
every yearannually. In aAdditionally, the
global aging phenomenon is no exception
in of population is a problem that all
countries should face together at present.
Taiwan, with the island officially
becoming a rapidly aging society  areas
completed population reforming in
198093, and the population has started the
accelerated aging from now on. according
to the World Health Organization
definition. Therefore, from a inspecting
the tendency of supplies from the market
demand perspective, viewpoint shows the
hugeTaiwan has enormous growth
potentialscope, received each kind of
benefit to urge, as evidenced by the
establishment of many hospitals set up
one after another, and the increasing
competitiveness in the medical care sector
situation has been already expanded from
inducted time to growth time. Given Tthe
excessive over saturatedion and fiercely
competition ofve medical service
resourcessector in Taiwan and the result
making, selecting the wrong location
selectionfor a new hospital could
significantly raise operational  under the
competitive advantage can cause the
hospital costs to raise and reduce stymie
the hospital’s competitive advantage on
the competitive market that will create a
great influence to the hospital’s future
growth in the future.
In order to theSelecting the optimal
location selection of the competitive
advantage of thefor a hospital in terms of
competitiveness involves , aiming at the
differentvarious hospital types in Taiwan,
and ranks collects thedevising an
appropriate evaluatedion criteriona and
categorizing hospitals according to that
constructs the evaluation criteriaed level
structure.
Location theory has receivedbeen
extensively studied attention. (NOTE: 
Cite a reference since you are referring to
previous literature.) Despite the
considerable attention paid to selecting an
Although many above studiesoptimal
location selection for medical care
facilities, theestablishing a hospital’s
establishment is under the restriction
based on  must strictly comply with
governmental regulationsdecree, often
causing decision makers to overlook the
importance of because of that lets the
hospital ignore the location selectiong an
optimal location of its establishment. The
main construct of this study adopts the
renowned diamond model introduced in
Porter’s Global Electronic Commerce
(1990) that influences how competitive
advantages, especially with respect to
developing and (evaluating OR
determining OR measuring) the objectives
of optimal location selection, are related in
order to devise a (standardized OR
standard operational) procedure.research
chose the famous diamond model from
1990 Porter’s “Global Electronic
Commerce” that will influence the
intricate relation among the competition
advantages, develop and measure the
target of the optimal location selection, in
order to offer the location selection a
standard operational procedure (sop).
Besides a literature review and interviews
with experts, this study also adopts the
Modified Delphi Method and the
analytical hierarchy process (AHP) to
construct an evaluation method for
selecting the optimal location of a regional
hospital in Taiwan  to determine its
effectiveness.This research adopts the
literature review, expert interview, the
Modified Delphi Method and the
analytical hierarchy process (AHP) to
construct the evaluating pattern, and
regards one regional hospital as the
research object, while setting up the
hospital, considered place was taken to
construct under the evaluating pattern, in
order to see whether the result does have
the difference. The proposed evaluation
criterion provides a valuable reference for
hospital administrators and academics in
establishing a standardized means of
selecting the optimal location for new
medical care facilities. The evaluating
pattern of the optimal location selection
hoped constructing competitive advantage
can effectively provide the best considered
place when the hospital is established. By
constructing the evaluating pattern, the
policy-maker who set up the hospital and
the academia can effectively make a sop
of the optimal location selection so that
offer the policymaker and the academia
make the best policy-making suggestion.

2. Literature review
2.1 Porter's Ddiamond Mmodel
The Porter’s diamond model model
comprises six elements:is based on four
country-specific determinants and two
external variables:, i.e., chance and
government, consisting of six elements as
shown in  (Figure. 2.1). Porter's four
determinants and two outside forces
interact in the diamond of competitive
advantage, with the nature of a country's
internationalglobal competitiveness of a
country depending upon the type and
quality of these interactions. He
saysAccording to Porter, the four
determinants for a nationnation " . . .
shape the environment in which local
firms compete and promote or impede the
creation of competitive conditions."
(NOTE:  Cite a reference since you are
referring to previous literature.)The four
determinants are:
Factor-related conditions: the nation's factors
of production-related factors of a
countrynation,, includinging natural
resources and created factors, such ase.g.,
infrastructure and skilled labor.
Demand-related conditions: the nature of
homedomestic demand for certain
products or services.
A Ffirm’s strategy, structure and rivalry: the
domestic rivalry ofamong domestic firms
and the conditions governinginfluencing
how companies are created, organized and
managed.
Related and supporting industries: the
presence or absence of supplier and
related industries that, themselves, are
internationallyglobally competitive.
Porter's two outsideexternal forces, i.e.,
chance and government, offerpresent
interesting contrastsing (perspectives OR
approaches). Government is clearly of
critical importance as an obviously
influences on a home nation'sthe
competitiveness of a countrynation
advantage. For instanceexample, to
penalize foreign firms,a government can
penalize foreign firms either throughuse
tariffs as a direct entry barrier, or it can
use through subsidies as an indirect
vehiclestrategy. - In both of which provide
cases domestic firms firms benefit
fromwith short-termrun competitive
advantages. Whereas suchThese
discriminatory governmental measures
actions can lead to shelter for domestic
firms, where shelter actuallydoing so
prevents the development of sustainable
(long-run) competitive advantages.
While there is a certain lack of
originality in the components of Porter's
diamond model are unoriginal, the model
it has exactly the correct perspective by
itsaccurately focuses on the strategies of
firms rather than those of
nationscountries. Porter stateys, ". . .
firms, not nations, compete in
international markets" In terms of To the
extent that he brings together thecreating
firm-specific linkages between the four
determinants and the two externaloutside
forces, hisPorter’s model is useful and,
potentially, an accurate predictiveor of
future trends. However, Porter's policy
recommendations to restrict thea nature of
government’s industrial and strategic trade
policy,ies and instead, to of opening
markets to foreign investment withoutand
have no arbitrary restrictions applied on
foreign investment, are also to be
welcomed.   (NOTE:  Although I have
simplified this confusing sentence, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)

Figure 2.1: Porter's Ddiamond Mmodel


Sshowing Iinterdependent Vvariables that
Ddetermine the Competitiveness of an
Iindustryial competitiveness

2.2 lLocation theory

  As the theory of the location selection


theory emergedbegan flourishing, Weber
(1909) proposed the position problems of
thea factory. The research of the eEarly
location theory focused mainly lay ion the
productiong area  of raw materials and
selling to markets in order to determine
thea factory’s bestoptimal position by with
that could make the total transported cost
be minimumizing (transportation OR
operational) costs.
Plant location research can be
categorizeddivided into three perspectives.
The first perspective is:  a) prescriptive,
i.e., describing how to make plant
location-related decisions should be made.
The second perspective is; b) nation
based, i.e., what a nation should do to be
more attractive for overseas firms to
locate plants in that countrydomestically.;
and The third perspective isc) business
customer –based business, i.e., what
criteria are actually usedadopted to make
plant location-related decisions. The
dDecision-making criteria for plant
locations are regarded as transitory and
evolving (Schmenner, 1982; Birch, 1984;
Duerken, 1985; Kotler and Haider, 1993).
The three perspectives are discussed
nextin detail as follows.
The first research stream is A)
pPrescriptive addresses— the research
deals with both how to organize plants
should be organized and where plants
should beto located them (Hammond and
Kelly, 1990; Bartmess, 1994; Haigh,
1989; Weber, 1987). For instanceexample,
some studiesresearchers have examined
what type of plant type to constructbuild.
In that arena, Schmenner (Schmenner,
1979) suggestsed that plants be
basedfocus on products, marketing area,
product-based marketing, processes, or
general purposefunctions. This list has
been modified by Ferdows (Ferdows,
1997) modified these items, who
suggestsing that foreign-owned plants
should be offshore factories (low cost),
source factories (offshore factories with
autonomy), server factories (national and
regional manufacturing), contributor
factories (national and regional
manufacturing with product and process
responsibility), outpost factories
(collectaccumulated information in
advanced markets), or lead factories (new
products and processes). In aAdditionally,
management researchersscientists have
determined(derived OR developed)
algorithms for selecting the optimal plant
location (Goldengorin et al., 1999).
Importantly, above investigations confer
on An issue that arises from this research
is the lack of diffusion ofamong these
models in practice.
B) Nation based exploresThe second
type of research addresses the broad
question of what makes locations and
nations attractive to manufacturers. For
exampleinstance, Kanter (Kanter, 1995),
Porter (Porter, 1990), and Kotler et al.
(Kotler et al., 1997) discussexamined
issues such as competitiveness, strategic
postures of nations and areas, nations’
strengths and weaknesses of nations,
strategic thrust, investment policies,
industrial portfolios, infrastructure,
institutions, and strategic implementation.
In ourthis context, the nation- and location
based strategies are less relevant as we
seek knowledge must be acquired
regarding about place-related marketing
practices of departmentscompanies in the
same region competing for customers.
C) Customer–based business The third
stream of research identifies factors that
firms use to make location-related
decisions. Kotler (Kotler and Haider,
(1993) suggested that decision making
related to plant location decision making
is based on  1. local labor markets; 2.
access to customer and supplier markets’;
3. availability of development sites,
facilities, and infrastructure’; 4.
transportation; 5. education and training
opportunities; 6. quality of life; 7.
business climate; 8. access to R&D
facilities; 9. capital availability; and
10. taxes and regulations.
Researchers have also suggested that
plant location-related factors are evolving
(Birch, 1984; Kotler and Haider, 1993;
Brush et al., 1999). For instance, qQuality
factors such as quality of workforce,
quality of life, quality of education and
quality of industrial freedom are becoming
more increasingly important.
To review aAbove-mentioned
documents and investigations confirm that
regard;less of whether in no matter the
manufacturing industry or the service
sectortrade, the factors such as , the
service stronghold and decisions regarding
of thea warehouse addressare all play
important roles. Hawing aCorrect
decisions in the correctregarding location
selection not only enable creates
enterprise’s to reduce operational costs
saving and increasethe profits raising, but
also enhances the competitive advantage
of the enterprises in the competitive
market, thus spurring future which will
have a great influence in the future to
enterprise’s growth, so will the hospital. 
This also applies to the medical sector.

3. AHP Mmethodology

As a decision method that decomposes


a complex multi-criteria decision problem
into a hierarchy (Saaty, 1980), AHP is also
a measurement theory that prioritizes the
hierarchy and consistency of judgmental
data provided by a group of decision
makers. AHP incorporates the evaluations
of all decision makers into a final
decision, without having to elicit their
utility functions on subjective and
objective criteria, by pair-wise
comparisons of the alternatives (Saaty,
1990). Sinuany-Stern et al. (1995) applied
AHP to determine the location of a
hospital in a rural region. AHP has thus
been successfully applied to a diverse
array of problems, with the calculation
procedure as follows:
Establishment of pair-wise comparison
matrix A
Let C1, C2, … , Cn denote the set of
elements, while aij represents a quantified
judgment on a pair of elements Ci, Cj. The
relative importance of two elements is
rated using a scale with the values 1, 3, 5,
7, and 9, where 1 refers to “equally
important”, 3 denotes “slightly more
important”, 5 equals “strongly more
important”, 7 represents “demonstrably
more important” and 9 denotes
“absolutely more important”. This yields
an n-by-n matrix A as follows:
C1 C2  Cn

C1  1 a12  a1n 
C2 1 / a12  a2 n 
 
A  aij 
 
1
  
 
Cn 1 / a1n 1 / a2 n  1 
                
   (1)

Where  and
a ij  1
 In matrix A,
a ji  1 / a ij , i, j  1,2,....., n.

the problem becomes one of assigning to


the n elements C1, C2, …, Cn a set of
numerical weights W1, W2, …, Wn that
reflects the recorded judgments. If A is a
consistency matrix, the relations between
weights Wi and judgments aij are simply
given by  (for ) and
Wi / W j  aij i, j ,  1,2,....., n

C1 C2  Cn

C1  w1 / w1 w1 / w2  w1 / wn 
C 2  w2 / w1 w2 / w2  w2 / wn 
A
     
 
C n  wn / w1 w n / w2  wn / w n 
            
    (2)
 Saaty (1990) suggested that the largest
eigenvalue λmax would be
n Wj
 max   aij
j 1 Wi          
              (3)

If A is a consistency matrix, eigenvector X


can be calculated by

                       ( A   max I ) X  0                        (4)


Saaty (1990) proposed utilizing
consistency index (C.I.) and consistency
ratio (C.R.) to verify the consistency of
the comparison matrix. C.I. and R.I. are
defined as follows:

CI  ( max  n) /( n  1)          
            (5)

CR  CI / CR           
              (6)

Where RI represents the average


consistency index over numerous random
entries of same order reciprocal matrices.
If CR  0.1 , the estimate is accepted:
otherwise, a new comparison matrix is
solicited until CR  0.1 .

4. Case (Iimplementation OR study?)

ThisAn AHP-based evaluation model


can be developed for evaluatingselecting
the optimal location selection thatof
hospitals are established ofto ensure a
competitive advantage via the following
seven steps:
ep 1: Define the evaluative criteria for theto
select the optimal location selection thatof
hospitals are established ofto ensure a
competitive advantage.
ep 2: Establish a hierarchical structure. Based
on the Modified Delphi method, acquire
important indicators into a hierarchy of
interrelated decision elements, including
goal, criteria, sub-criteria and alternatives.
ep 3: Establish the pair-wise comparison matrix
using formula (1). Everyach decision
maker makes a pair-wise comparison of
the decision elements and givesassigns
them relative scores.
ep 4: Calculate the eigenvalue and eigenvector
of each pair-wise comparison matrix using
formulae (2) to (3).
ep 5: Test the consistency of each comparison
matrix using formulae (4) to (5).
ep 6: Aggregate the related scores provided by
all decision makers using the geometric
mean method, and, then, estimate the
relative weights of the elements of each
level.
ep 7: Combine the relative weights of the
elements of each level to determineselect
the optimal location selection thatfor
hospitals to ensure a are established of
competitive advantage.

  This study constructs indicators Bbased


on y reviewing the evaluations of how to
select the optimal location selection thatof
hospitals to ensure a are established of
competitive advantage, this study has
constructed indicators to evaluate the
optimal location selection that hospitals
are established performance. The
Modified Delphi method is then adopted
to summarize the expert opinions in order
to construct an evaluation model to
assessselect the optimal location selection
that of hospitals are established ofto
ensure a competitive advantage. Based on
factors to evaluate hospitals, i.e., the
optimal location selection of competitive
advantage, the Aanalytic Hhierarchy
Pprocess (AHP) is used to illustrate the
problems and combine the six factors
from  famous Porter’s diamond model the
six factors to establish the hierarchy
structure for the performance evaluation in
this study. Additionally, the weights of all
indicators within hierarchies are
calculated, along with the weight of the
overall hierarchies. Finally, Take some
regional hospitals in Taiwan are taken as
the research object in this study, wWhen
hospital establishment, considers locations
A, B and C are  considered to establish a
hospital, (the wrap enters constructs under
the construction evaluation pattern,
whether the result does set up with the
present location A is same. :  I HAVE NO
IDEA WHAT THIS SENTENCE
MEANS.  REWRITE.)

5. Applying AHP for evaluatingto select


the optimal location selection thatof
hospitals to ensure a are established of
competitive advantage
ep 1: Define the evaluative criteria and sub-
criteria used to evaluateselect the optimal
location selection that of hospitals are
established ofto ensure a competitive
advantage. Here, the Modified Delphi
method is applied to define the evaluation
criteria and sub-criteria. Murry and
Hammons (1995) suggested that the
Modified Delphi method must summarize
expert opinions on a range from 10-30.
17Seventeen hospital
administratorsmanagers and
academicsscholar expert are then issued a
preliminary questionnaire in which 6six
evaluation criterion and 18eighteen
evaluation sub-criteriaon are incorporated.

Factor conditions:
Factor-related conditions means
thatrefer to a hospital’s investment in
production time, including capital labor
and land. (Porter, 1990)
Capital: building the hospital needsrequires
capital. (Bell, 1997; Gourley, 1997; Chase
&and Aquilano, 1994; Chapman &and
Walker, 1991; Stevenson, 1990;
Tompkins, 1984; Browning, 1980;
Moriarty, 1980; Dower, 1974; Smith,
1971).
Labor: the dDemand of the hfor hospital’s
manpower personnel, including
doctorphysicians, pharmacists, healthcare
personnel, dietitcians, registered
professional nurses, medical equipment
technicians, the talents of the medical care
talent and so on, as well as the quality and
quantity of and specialized talented
individualsperson’s quality and quantity.
(Bell, 1997; Gourley, 1997; Chase &and
Aquilano, 1994; Chapman &and Walker,
1991; Stevenson, 1990; Bowan, 1989;
Tompkins, 1984; Browning, 1980;
Moriarty, 1980; Dower, 1974; Smith,
1971).
Land : : including the position thathow the
lands obtained will affect the cost, the
plan as to how that the lands are is used
and the suitableappropriate disposition to
avoid a situation in which and so on with
that can avoid the land is unavailable
lacked when the hospital is expandedsion
occurs in the future. (Bell, 1997; Gourley,
1997; Chase &and Aquilano, 1994;
Stevenson, 1990; Browning, 1980;
Moriarty, 1980; Dower, 1974; Smith,
1971).
Demand-related conditions:
Factors The influence of theing
medical market demand include various
illnesses,  mainly is used by the sickness
demand forms and special quality,
including population number, population
density and population age distribution.
(Porter, 1990)
Population number: The demand for medical
services varies according to the local
population number must have the
difference to the medical demand, like . 
For instance, the demand for medical
services is greater in the metropolistan
areas to the medical demand are more than
to the countryside  than in rural areas.
(Bell, 1997; Stevenson, 1990; Moriarty,
1980; Smith, 1971).
Population density: related hHospital scale,
and rank (district hospital regional
hospital, and medical center), must
correspond to the population density of
the region, such as  like Taipei with the a
highly densitye population area suits to set
up aboe the hospital of the region. (Bell,
1997; Stevenson, 1990; Moriarty, 1980;
Smith, 1971).
Population age distribution: with hospital
tType of illness of hospital patients (acute,
chronic, faculty or synthesis) related,must
correspond to the distribution of
population age.  For instance, (like the old
age population ratio low area suits to set
up the women and children hospital. :  I
HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THIS
SENTENCE MEANS.)  (Bell, 1997;
Stevenson, 1990; Moriarty, 1980; Smith,
1971).
For, sStrategy, structure and rivalry:
Hospital establishment, organization,
and management practices and
competitors condition and so on,
includingall influence management
objective, rank of competitiong hospitals
position and policymaker’s attitudes.
(Porter, 1990).
mManagement objective: Means that
mission which the hHospital
administrators establish a mission for
management must achieve, seeks the
hospital to continue forever the
management practices. (Porter, 1990).
Rank of competitiong hospitals position:
(mMedical centers 、 , regional hospitals
and district hospitals for both Western and
) Region Chinese medicine hospital
(medical center, regional hospital and
district hospital) the, depending on their
number and the scale, will affect how
hospitals rank whether in this position
consideration. (Chapman & Walker, 1991;
Stevenson, 1990; Moriarty, 1980; Smith,
1971).
pPolicymaker’s attitude: Individuals include
means that the board of directors (chief)
(administrators), consultants (including
hospital management, and financial
personnel and so on)) and other related
professionals such as the architects and so
on by chance with thehave opinions
towards managements style, such as an
authoritative or a for example despotic,
the doctrine of the mean, is benevolent
one. (Chase & Aquilano, 1994; Gold,
1991; Smith, 1971).
Related and supporting industries:
The dDevelopment ofing the upper
echelons reachesof the medical sector and
assistedsupporting sectors industry in the
established hospital’s areas, includinge
“Practice of the medicine practiceand, the
medicinepharmaceutical industrysector “,
“Hhospital administration sector
industry” and “Hthe healthycare sector
industry”. (Porter, 1990).
Practice of medicine and medicine
industry:
1.  The medicine practice and the
pharmaceutical sector
Practice of medicine industry The
medicine practice includesing
biochemistry technology, (medical reject : 
MEANING?), cultivation of medical
personnel manpower cultivation and some
related industrial development; medicine
industry.  The pharmaceutical sector
includesing medical
equipmentinstrumentation,
drugspharmaceuticals and medicineal
preparation, medicinal cosmetics and
related industrial development.
2. Hospital administration sectorindustry:
This area iIncludesing the
manage’sment consultants industry, the
information technology industry, flowing
material flowing and related industrial
development.
3. The healthcare sectorHealthy industry:
This area involves sustaining
community healthIncluding the keeping in
good health village, the nursed
familyhome caregivers, the looking after
for a long term caretime, the rresidential
caregiversing in the family to looking
after, the insurance enterprisesector and
related industrial development.

五. Government:
The key aspect that the utilization of the
gGovernmental policy towards
establishing is the hospitals in order to
establishment which may strengthen the
hospital’s superiority, their
competitiveness includesing “T the
qualifications of the hospital’s
establishment and the regulations of the
established standard”, “The plans to
efforts to push the promote a medical’s
network” and “Carrying on the work of
the promulgating tasks that require a
hospital’s judgment”.assessment (Porter,
1990).
The qQualifications of the hospital’s
establishment
This area Iincludesing establishment
of the hospital’s establishment,. aAfter
passing through the health controlling
organization toauthorities approve the
hospital permit, one can begin to applythe
construction license can be applied for
along with and related
establishmentgoverning laws complied
withaccording to the construction law.
(Hsiao et al., 1990).
Efforts to promote aThe plans to push the
medicall’s network
In order to promote the balanced
development of the medical resources,
dividing the medical regions and
establishing the graded medical
formulation, for examples, lacking the
regions to the medical resources and
rewarding the folk to establish medical
organizations. (Hsiao et al., 1990).
Carrying pm the work of the hospital’s
judgment
3.  Promulgating tasks that require a
hospital’s assessment
In order to supervise the hospital tTo
strengthen the business management of
hospitals and guarantee the quality of
medical service, establishing the(an
accredited OR a graded) medical system
will influence whether individuals seek a
physicianaffect the consideration that
people go to see a doctor. (Hsiao et al.,
1990).
六 . Chance: (NOTE:  Do you mean
‘Opportunity’ OR ‘Opportunities’ OR
‘Circumstances’?)
   The hHospitals and the government can
not foresee circumstances that would
negatively impact the medical care
sectorare unable to expect in advance or
charge the accidental incidents, and it may
have the and possibly influence to the
existingcurrent market competitiveon
status  or the other constructsive surface of
in the diamond theory, including
“(dramatic fluctuations in market demand
OR the  market demand of the violent
change”,) “ (dramatic fluctuations in
production costs OR the violent changes
of the production costs”) and “(significant
changes in the financial market and
exchange rate OR the great change of the
financial market and the exchange rate”.
(Porter, 1990).
(Dramatic fluctuations in market demand
OR The mMarket demand of the violent
change ):
An increasing This region’s population
number increasing makesin this region has
increased both hospital bed capacity and
the number of illnesses, e.g., SARS the
sickbeds in crease and other causing
reason which sickness number increases,
and subsequently createsing a dramatic
fluctuation the violent change of in the
demand for the local medical market
demand such as SARS. (Porter, 1990).
(Dramatic fluctuations in production costs
OR The violent changes of the production
costs):
This iIncludesing the global rise in the
cost price rising of the international steel
and iron or events such as an energy crisis
and so on. (Porter, 1990).
Significant changes in the financial market
and exchange rateThe great change of the
financial market and the exchange rate:
The fFluctuations of in the debt-credit
interest rate of the banks or the influence
of the internationalglobal currency values
caused the costincur changes ofin the cost
of the medical equipmentsinstrumentation
and drugs.pharmaceuticals (Porter, 1990).

ep 2: Establish a hierarchical structure.


Based on the Modified Delphi method, a
general consensus among experts can be
acquiredreached to establish a hierarchical
structure. The ultimate goal of evaluating
tThe optimal location selection thatfor
hospitals can be selected and evaluatedare
established of competitive advantage can
be achieved, followed by 6  based on six
evaluation criterion, 18, eighteen
evaluation sub-criteriaon and, finally, the
alternatives (Fig.1).
Evaluating the Software Quality Using the
Analytic Hierarchy Process

Abstract-2
This (study OR work OR investigation)
presents a novel computing algorithm to
evaluate the quality of software. An
approach of software quality evaluation
model and its computing algorithm is
proposed in this paper. The software
support can reduce barriers to
implementingof application of MCDM
procedures. HereIn this study, we proposal
the software quality is determined
quantitativelymeasurement . Relevant
criteria of this model are derived from the
globally adopted ISO 9126-1 standard.The
relevant criteria of this model are derived
from the international norm ISO 9126-1.
As a measurement theory, the Analytic
Hierarchy Process (AHP) is a
measurement theory that prioritizes the
hierarchy and consistency of judgmental
data provided by a group of decision
makers. AHP incorporates the evaluations
of all decision makers into a final
decision, without having to elicit their
utility functions on subjective and
objective criteria, by pair-wise
comparisons of the alternatives. The
Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP)-based
decision-making method can provide
decision makers or buyerprocurers with an
effective means of  a valuable reference
for evaluating software quality.
Importantly, the proposed model can assist
users (NOTE: ‘consumers’ instead of
‘users’?) and developers (NOTE: Instead
of ‘developers’, do you mean ‘software
developers’?) in assessing software
quality, making it highly applicable for
academic and commercial
purposes.Importantly, the proposed model
can assist the user and developer to assess
the software quality, making it highly
applicable for academia and commercial
purposes.
ords: Software Qquality Ccharacteristics,
Ssoftware Qquality Mmodel, Evaluating
the Ssoftware Qquality evaluation,
Analytic Hierarchy Process, MADM

Introduction
Among the challenges encountered in
When the software development include
was devised, it would often encounter a
lot of problem, for example how to
develop thedevising quality good
software, unable to be accurately
controlling the softwareoverhead costs,
complying with a  and progress schedule,
how to maintaining the software system,
how could dealcoping with iunstable
software systems, and satisfying consumer
demand with respect to user satisfaction to
the software and software quality, etc...
Above challenges may incur a These
problems may be result the crisis onin
software development if not effectively
addressedto produce. Therefore,Problems
within the software sector confronts
problems can be summed up as follows:
Can notInability to accurately forecast or
control the software costs.,
LowSubstandard quality, a, low reliability
and ambiguous requests andon how to
enhance  software quality request is
fuzzy.,
Unnecessary Rrisks that will face while
offering and maintaining the quality
assurance., and
TheHigh personnel turnover rateflow fast,
leading to human error in results the
manpower fault phenomenon while the
software development.
To resolve the above problemsherefore,
develop an able to consider multi-attribute
characteristics or factors of software
quality characteristic or factor is worth
discussedmust be considered. Effective
management strategies in a technology
setting are thus essential In order to
resolve theing crisies ofin software
development, it can aim at the technology
and management cope with crisis. The
technological aspect refers to the side is
based on software technology adopted and
design expertise of a software
developersigner's own software designing
technique.
Extensively adoptedused in multi-
criteria decision -making, AHP has
successfully been applied to many
practical decision-making problems
(Saaty, 1988). Despite its popularity, this
method cannot adequately resolve the
inherent uncertainty and imprecision
associated with the mapping of a decision
maker’s perception to exact numbers
(Deng, 1999). In the tradiconventional
formulation of AHP, human judgment is
represented as exact numbers.

 However, in many practical situations,


the human preference model is uncertain
and decision makers might be reluctant or
unable to assign exact numerical values to
makethe comparison judgments. For
instance, when evaluating variousdifferent
services, decision makers are often
uncertain of their level of preference due
to incomplete and unreliablecertain
information. Given the subjective and
qualitative nature of some service
evaluation criteria, a decision makers
finds it extremely difficult to express the
strength(NOTE:  Do you mean ‘degree’
OR ‘extent’ instead of ‘strength’?  Check
intended meaning.) of theirhis preferences
and to provide exact pair-wise comparison
judgments. Therefore, this study presents
a novel AHP-based method for resolving
the uncertainty and imprecision of service
evaluations during pre-negotiation stages,
where the decision-maker’s comparison
judgments of a decision-maker are
represented as fuzzy triangular numbers.
Also proposed herein is a fuzzy
prioritization method is also proposed,
whichcapable of derivesing crisp priorities
(criteria weights and scores of
alternatives) from consistent and
inconsistent fuzzy comparison matrices.
The fFuzzy modification of the AHP is
applied as an evaluation method, with its
effectiveness illustrated by a numerical
example.
As an effective means of constructing
an evaluation method, Tthe fuzzy analytic
hierarchy process (FAHP) - based
decision-making method to construct an
evaluation method c can provide decision
makers, users(NOTE: Do you mean
‘consumers’ instead of ’users’?) and
buyerprocurers with an effective means of
valuable reference for either evaluating
the software quality to identify the most
appropriate qualityies or factors in in
develops the software system
development. Importantly, the proposed
method can facilitate the software
researchers and user or buyerconsumers in
assessing the software quality, making it
highly applicable for academiac and
commercial purposes.

Software Quality
  Generally speaking sSoftware quality
generally refers to the ability of a
particular means that the software to
comply with meets the degree of
user'sconsumer demand with respect to
function and characteristics(NOTE: Do
you mean ‘features’ instead of
‘characteristics’?) (degree of conforming
to requirements). Schulmeer and
McManus (1996) defined the software
quality as  "wholeall functions and
characteristics(NOTE: Do you mean
‘features’ instead of ‘characteristics’?) of a
software product thatcan satisfy
establishedconsumer demand ability. The
International Standard Organization (ISO)
9000 (2001) series of standards of 2001
defines the software quality ias the totality
of features and characteristics(NOTE: 
‘features’ and ‘characteristics’ are
redundant. Say one, but not both.) of a
software product that can bear on its
ability to satisfy stated or implied needs.
Rogers (2001) definesd the software
quality ias conformingance to with
explicitly stated functional and
performance requirements, explicitly
documented development standards, and
implicit characteristics that are expected
of all professional developed software.”
Ward and Ward and Venkataraman (1999)
suggested that summarize the software
quality includes asthe followsing: (a) Base
on uUser-based: evaluateding by users,
software quality (refers to OR is) the
degree of user expectation.; (b) Base on
pProduct delivery-based: evaluateding by
the product itself, software quality (refers
to OR is) the degree of system
effectiveness and program
maintainability.; (c) Base on
mManufacturing (process:  OR OMIT)
-based: software quality is controlled by
the (development OR developing) process,
emphasizing quality control and
management.; and (d) Base on
oOrganizational control-based: software
quality (refers to OR is) the (plan of :  OR
OMIT ) project costs, production time, and
resource control and risk management.
Deutsch and Willis (1998) categorized
software quality into two typeas “software
procedure quality” and ”software product
quality”, as (shown OR illustrated) in
Figure. 1. As a (feature OR characteristic)
of software product
development( process:  OR OMIT )S,
software procedure quality is the
characteristic of software product
development process. It has five elements
(comprises OR consists of) the following
software engineering-related elements:,
including technology, tools, people,
organization and equipment. As a (feature
OR characteristic) of software product
release, Ssoftware product quality is the
characteristic of software product release,
includesing document clarity and integrity,
design trace-ability, program reliability
and test integrity.

Figure 1 Concept of software quality


(Deutach and Wills, 1998)

  The ISO 9126-1 standard (2001) was


developed in 2001an attempt to identify
not only the keymajor quality attributes
for computer software and it standard
identifies, but also six keymajor quality
attributes as (showsn OR illustrated) in
Figure. 2. This proposal (NOTE:  What
‘proposal’ are you referring to?  Do you
mean ‘The proposed method’?)
adoptsuses the ISO 9126-1 model to
evaluatinge the software quality. Define
tThe (evaluation OR evaluative) criteria
and sub-criteria used to evaluate the
software quality are defined as followsing:
Functionality: The (extent OR degree)
to which the software satisfies stated
(requirements OR needs), and it
includesing the four sub-criteria(NOTE: 
Don’t you mean ‘sub-criterion’ since this
is the singular form of a noun?) of
(adequacy OR appropriateness OR
suitability), accuracy, interoperability and
security..
(Adequacy OR Appropriateness OR
Suitability): (the capability of the software
OR software capability) to provide an
appropriate set of functions for specified
tasks and user objectives. 
Accuracy: the cap(ability of the software OR
software capability) to provide (correct
OR right) or (conferred upon OR agreed)
results or effects.(NOTE:  Can you omit
‘or effects’ without changing the
sentence’s overall meaning?)
Interoperability: (the capability of the
software OR software capability) to
interact with one or more specified
systems.
Security: (the capability of the software OR
software capability) to prevent (prohibited
OR unintended) access and (withstand OR
resist) deliberate attacks intended to gain
unauthorized access to confidential
information, or to make unauthorized
access.
Reliability: (How long OR The
amount of time that) the software is
available for use and; it includes the three
sub-criteria of maturity, fault tolerance,
and recoverability.
Maturity: (the capability of the software OR
software capability) to (avert OR avoid)
failure (owing to OR as a result of) (errors
OR faults) in the software(NOTE: OR
simply say ‘owing to software errors’).
Fault tolerance: (the capability of the
software OR software capability) to
maintain a specified level of performance
in cases of software (errors OR faults) or
infringement of its specified interface.
Recoverability: (the capability of the
software OR software capability) to re-
establish its level of performance and
recover the data directly affected (if a
failure occurs OR in the case of a failure).
Usability: The (extent OR degree) to
which the software is easily to
useimplemented and ; it includes the four
sub-criteria (NOTE:  Don’t you mean
‘sub-criterion’?)of understandability,
learn-ability, operability and
attractiveness.
Understandability: (the capability of the
software product OR software capability)
to enable the users to understand whether
thethe appropriateness of a software is
suitable, and how its can be used for
particular tasks and conditions of use.
Learn-ing ability: (the capability of the
software OR software capability)product
to enable the users to learn its
application(s?).
Operability: (the capability of the software
product OR software capability) to enable
the users to operate and control it.
Attractiveness: the cap(ability of the
software product  OR software capability)
to be liked by the ugain user acceptance.
Efficiency: (How OR The degree to
which OR The extent to which) the
software makes optimally uses of system
resources and; it includes the two sub-
criteria(NOTE:  Don’t you mean ‘sub-
criterion’?) of time behavior and resource
behavior.
Time Bbehavior: (the capability of the
software OR software capability) to
provide appropriate responses and,
processing times and throughput rates
when (performing OR implementing?) its
function,(s?) under stated conditions.
Resource Bbehavior: (the capability of the
software OR software capability) to use
appropriate resources (in time :  OR
OMIT ) when the software (implements
OR performs) its function(s?) under stated
conditions.
Maintainability: The ease with which
(repairs maycan be made to the software
OR the software can be serviced); and it
includes the four sub-criteria(NOTE: 
Don’t you mean ‘sub-criterion’?) of
analyzability, changeability, stability and
testability.
Analyzability: (the capability of the software
product OR software capability) to be
diagnosed for deficiencies or causes of
failures in the software(, or for the parts to
be modified to be identified. ; otherwise,
the parts must be either modified or
identified.)
Changeability: (the capability of the
software product OR software capability)
to (implement a specified modification
OR enable a specified modification to be
implemented).
Stability: (the capability of the software OR
software capability) to minimize
unexpected effects(NOTE:  I have no idea
what you mean by ‘unexpected effects’ in
the context of this sentence.) from
(software modifications OR modifications
of the software).
Testability: (the capability of the software
product OR software capability) to
(validate modified software OR enable
modified software to be validated).
Portability: The ease with which
theHow software can be easily transposed
from one environment to another and; it
includes the four sub-criteria(NOTE: 
Don’t you mean ‘sub-criterion’?) of
adaptability, install ability, co existence
and replace ability.
Adaptability: (the capability of the software
OR software capability) to be modified for
different specified environments without
applying actions or means other than those
provided (for this purpose : OR OMIT )
for the software considered.
Install-ability: (the capability of the software
OR software capability) to be installed in
a specified environment.
Co-existence: (the capability of the software
OR software capability) to co-exist with
other independent software in a common
environment sharing common resources.
Replace-ability: the (capability of the
software OR software capability) to be
used in replace of other specified
software( in the environment of that
software :  OR OMIT ).
Conclusions
This (workproposal OR study OR
investigation) presents an optimal
operating model and algorithm method
capable of effectively monitoring the
software in relation to (users and
purchasers OR users and procurers OR the
research and user or buyer), thus enabling
administrators or decision makers to
identify the most appropriate software
quality. Applying fuzzy theory to
(determine OR measure OR assess)
software product quality by quantifying its
attributes hcans the advantage of
reduceing the effect caused by ambiguity
and uncertainty properties of software
quality attributes. From Based on
measurementing results in this study,
software users and developers can not
only more thoroughlybetter understand the
strength and weaknessmerits and
limitations of the software products, but
also ultimately enhance and do some
necessary improvement to promote its
overall quality. Finally, wWe recommend
that administrators or decision makers in
user or buyer  adopt thise measurement
results of this study to evaluate the
software quality.

9.  (Business Management)


Evaluating the Quality of Infectionus
Medical Waste Disposal Firms Using the
Delphi Method and Analytic Hierarchy
Process
1. Introduction
Since Taiwan implemented the National
Health Insurance scheme was established
in Taiwan in 1995. All or different levels,
many hospitals have eliminated adopt
abandon type the use of medical
hygienewaste disposal equipment on their
premises in a great quantity, in order to
upgrade sanitary conditionshave fine
medical quality and getattract morenew
patients in hospitals concerned with a
hygienic environment. In practice,
Conventionshygienic equipment was
commonly used in Taiwanese hospitals
utilize high pressure tofor disinfecting
purposes to retrieve medical hygiene
equipment already independent of favor.
However, many hospitals have opted out
of using such A great quantity adopt
abandon type medical hygiene
equipment., leading to an increase in the
medical waste and rise in to increase, and
the waste cope with expenses in coping
with this growing amount of wastealso
increase (Hsiao, 2000). According to
statistics from Tthe Department of Health
of the Republic of China,  have medical
statistical data exhibit, as of by the year
2003, the medical mechanismthe number
of medical organizations island wide
amounted to have 18,777,the while the
number of sick beds in hospitals reached
amount about 136,331, it is the mainwhich
are the primary production source of the
medical waste (Environmental wWhite
Paper Report book, 2004).  According to
the The Department of eEnvironmental
pProtection Associationindicate of the
Republic of China, the medical waste
output aboutaround 300 metric tons of
medical waste are generated annually in
per diem, with 42.4 metric tons considered
among them infectionus medical waste
nearly occupy 42.4 metric tons,, i.e., an
amount  have phenomenon increasing
annuallyyear by year. Regulation of the
eEnvironmental regulations protection
stipulateion, that medical organizations
can contract publicly owned or private
disposal firms to handle medical waste the
mechanism have product career waste, the
waste must to disposal , can entrust
publicly-owned or popular disposal firms
(Pan,1997). To effectively handleA
investigating study , to counter the
infectious mesdical wastes, handle fashion
with medical mechanism, find
aboutaround 62.5% of all public hospitals,
about 80% of hospital of legal person of
financial group , about and 75.8% of all
private hospitals, all entrust outsource this
work to disposal firms to deal with the
medical wastes (Hsiao,2000). (NOTE:  I
have no idea what you mean by “about
80% of hospital of legal person of
financial group” means or how it fits in
this sentence.  Do you mean “To
effectively handle infectious medical
wastes, around 62.5% of all public
hospitals and 75.8% of all private
hospitals (or a combined total of nearly
80% of all legally operating hospitals)
outsource this work to disposal firms
(Hsiao,2000).”  Make sure that I have not
changed your intended meaning.)
Therefore, given the inevitability of the
waste growing expenditures in handling
medical wasteis unavoidable., The
medical organizations strive to minimize
costs, maintain high quality medical
mechanism hope have a low expenditure,
services quality friendly and lawful
disposale of infectious wastes legally firm.
Such concerns highlight the importance of
Consequently selecting qualified medical
waste disposal firms during
outsourcingexcellent firm is especially
important.
In sum, given the trend for This study
motive is the hospitals to eliminate the use
of medical waste disposal equipment on
their premises, adopt abandon type
medical hygiene equipment in a great
quantity, cope with increasing amounts of
make the medical waste to increase, and
rising treatment coststhe waste cope with
expenses also increase, and as well as
comply with environmental the laws
regulations, therefore the medical
organizations commonly outsource their
mechanism entrust the disposal firm
handle medical wastes treatment to
disposal firms (Hsiao, 2004). While many
The majority hospitals to select waste
disposal firms, hospital because of to
obstruct the relation on of management
ing is very difficult, consequentlyoften
selects a disposal firm based on its
professional general bottom experience
and a competitive bidnegotiated price to
select firm,.  However, such a decision
process lacks objectivity and a  but utilize
negotiated price to select firm is
insufficient, for the sake of avert these
wrong, f can pass quantitative means of
zation way , set up a way of evaluating
outsourcing candidatesmode., not
necessarily ensuring that the most
appropriate disposal firm is It can be
selected and not merely serve well ,
charge appropriatly and have good
disposal firm. Therefore, this work
presents a model based on the Delphi
method and analytic hierarchy process
(AHP) for selecting study purpose is to
establish disposal firms to treat infectionus
medical waste disposal firms discuss and
elect mode. ExerciseThe modified Delphi
method is adopted to marshalaccumulate
expert opinions and, based on that data,
establish an appropriate elected proper
assessment criterion.   Additionally, the
AHP theory is utilized to establish a
model for selecting firms, and calculate
the weights. (NOTE:  What are ‘the
weights’ you are referring to?  ‘the
weights’ for what?) The proposed model
provides an expectation can provide a
objective, and effective means of thods to
selecting disposal firms to treat the
infectionus medical waste disposal firms.
2.Methodology
An attempt is made to Research objects
of this study are to select the most
appropriate candidate among disposal
firms that treat infectionus medical waste
disposal firms. Methodology adopting tIn
addition to adopting the modified Delphi
method to accumulate expert opinions and
identifying a normal evaluation criterion.
Additionall, this study also utilizes the
AHP theory is utilized to establish a
model for selecting firms. Theoriesetical
approaches adopted herein are described
as follows.
2.1 Delphi Method
In order to assist infections medical waste
administrator can be effective, systematic
and objective to select an aAppropriate
infectionus medical waste firms must be
selected effectively, systematically and
objectively to facilitate hospital
administrators in decision making.
Therefore, the Delphi Method is adopted
to enable in order to condense eexpert's to
reach a common consensus during short
time,efficiently, consequently adopting
Delphi Method to treat as a standards
withsubsequently providing administrators
with an objective means of to selecting
disposal firms to treat the infectionus
medical waste disposal firms.  By
incorporating quantitative and qualitative
considerations, tThe Delphi method is a
secience and technology integrated
method with the quantification and
quality, can facilitate utilizes the way to a
discussion through in writing constantly
withamong anonymous experts, in order
to achieve performing the consistency in
approaching a topic underand to settle a
subject of debate. (Sung, 2001). (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) The Delphi method comprises
the following five steps: (1) selecting the
experts; (2) perform a questionnaire
survey inof the first round; (3) perform a
questionnaire survey inof the second
round; (4) perform a questionnaire ofin
the third round; and (5)  to synthesize
expert opinions and to reach a common
consensus. If theFor experts unable to
reach a common consensus, the steps (3)
and (4) are repeated until a uniform result
is achieved (Huang, 1996; Sung, 2001).
Given that Tthe Delphi method have
exceptional factor in the certain study,
(NOTE:  I have no idea what you mean by
“the Delphi method have exceptional
factor in the certain study”.  How about
“Given that the Delphi method handles
exceptional factors in a particular
circumstance,”  OK?  Although this makes
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)therefore the questionnaire
results must measured repeatedly
measuring, thus expending a considerable
amount of not only to waste time and
reducing the rate of recovery rate of the
questionnaires is reduced submitted
(Murry and Hammons,1995; Sung,
2001).Therefore, to correctremedy the
above limitations in the Delphi method,
immediately employ records andof expert
interviews are accumulated to
marshaldraw up a elementary basic
criterion, do instead of not gathering the
opinions of all  arrange the whole experts
suggestion with openthrough a questions
and answers approach.  (NOTE: Although
this makes this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)In this study
utilizes As an efficient means of gathering
expert opinions on a particular topic, the
modified Delphi method is used in this
study to develop perform a questionnaire
survey duringof the second round., in
which Modified Delphi method can to be
frugal time and enable expert direct to
gather the focus in the study topical.
Therefore, this study utilizes modified
Delphi method, have five experts
participate in the decision-making group.
A To collect the experts consensus opinion
is subsequently achieved in the non-
interference(NOTE: ‘the non-interference’
WHAT?  You are missing a noun for this
adjective to modify.  By placing a hyphen
between ‘non’ and ‘interference’ you have
made it an adjective and, therefore, are
missing a noun.) , andwith those results
gathereding the experts consensus
opinion.  , Finally, subjective factors are
identified using an objective after that
employ measurement method to reach the
purpose that the subjective factor
objectifies.(NOTE:  Do you mean
‘evaluation method’ OR ‘assessment
method’ instead of ‘measurement
method’?)

 2.2 Analytic Hierarchy Process(AHP)


As a decision making method, the
Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP)is a
decision method that decomposes a
complex multi-criteria decision problem
into a hierarchy (Saaty, 1980),.  The
procedure for the applying AHP to thean
uncertainty condition in order to identify
an and the majority estimateion criterion
with thefor decision making purposes is
question ,the calculation procedure as
follows:.  (NOTE: Although this makes
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
1. Establish thea hierarchy(NOTE:
‘hierarchical’?) structure.
  Deal with cComplex issues can be
addressed effectively through use of a
decompose capitalize the
hierarchy(NOTE: ‘hierarchical’?)
structure. Because of given the inability of
humans inability to compare more than
seven categories assumption(NOTE:
‘categories of ‘assumptions’? OR can you
simply say ‘categories’?  Check intended
meaning.) simultaneously. TheA hierarchy
is inadvisable toshould not contain more
than exceed seven elements. Under this
limited condition, can carry ona rational
comparison can be made and the
consistency can be ensured as well.
(Satty,1980; Deng and Tzeng, 1989) 。 . 
The first hierarchy of thea structure is
goal.(NOTE:  ‘purpose’ instead of ‘goal’?)
The end(NOTE: ‘final’?) hierarchy
involves the choiceselecting projects or
identifying (replacement :  OR OMIT)
alternatives, andwhile the middle
hierarchiesy levels is the appraiseal certain
factors or conditions.
2. Compute the element weight of various
hierarchies
    (1) Establishing  pairwise comparison
matrix A.
    Based on an element of the upper
C1 C2 hierarchy that is an evaluation
 Cn

standard, a pairwise comparison is for


each element. While Assume have n
elements are assumed, must make n(n-1)/2
elements of the pairwise comparison must
be derived. (NOTE: ‘derived’ instead of
‘made’?  Check intended meaning.) Let
 bedenote the set of elements,
C1, C 2,..., Cn

while  represents a judgment on a pair of


a ij

elements . An n by n matrix A can be


Ci , C j

expressed as follows:  
C1  1 a12  a1n 
  a2 n 
  C 1/ a
A  aij  2  12
 
1
  
 
     (1)
Cn 1 / a1n 1 / a2 n  1 

Comparison results of tThe n


elements compare resultare inserted into
the upper triangle of pairwise comparison
matrix A. (NOTE: Although this makes
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.) ( Principal diagonal for the
element oneself comparison, therefore it
is1 ) (NOTE: Although this makes this
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)The lowerunder triangle
(NOTE: ‘triangular’?) values are relative
positions for the reciprocal values of the
upper triangle’s partial relative positions
values reciprocal, (NOTE: Although this
makes this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)i.e., = 1/ . a ij a ij

Where =1 and =1/ , , =1,2,…, n, two


aii a ji aij i j

elements ( ) that become one


Ci , C j
quantization value for an important
relative judgment. In matrix A, employ   a ij

can be expressed, as a set of numerical


weights , that “reflectsin which
W1 , W2 ........,Wn

the recorded judgments”  must be


assigned to the n elements . If A is C1 , C 2 ,....., C n

a consistency matrix, the relations


between weights  and judgments  are Wi a ij

simply given by  (for )  and


Wi / W j  aij i, j ,  1,2,....., n

matrix A as follows:

C1 C2  Cn

C1  w1 / w1 w1 / w2  w1 / wn 
C 2  w2 / w1 w2 / w2  w2 / wn 
A
     
 
C n  wn / w1 w n / w2  wn / w n 
          
(2)
(2) Compute the eigenvalue and
eigenvector.
Matrix A multiplies the elements
weight vector ( x ) equal to nx , that isi.e., ( A -
nI ) x =0, wherethe x  is the eigenvalue ( n ) of

eigenvector.  Given that  denotes the


aij

subjective judgment of decision-makers,


with the actual value ( ) hasving a
Wi / W j

certain degree of difference. Therefore,


Ax  n.x  cannot be set up.(NOTE:  Do you

mean ‘derived’ instead of ‘set up’? Check


intended meaning.) Satty (1990) suggested
that the largest eigenvalue   be max

n Wj
 max   aij
          (3)
j 1 Wi

If A is a consistency matrix, eigenvector X


can be calculated by formula (4):

(A             (4)
max I)X  0
(3) Performing the consistency test.
Saaty (1990) propose utilizeding
consistency index ( CI ) and consistency
ratio ( CR ) to verify the consistency of the
comparison matrix. CI and CR are defined
as follows:
    CI  ( max                                (5)
 n) /(n  1)

        CR  CI / RI  

                                      (6)
Where RI represents the average
consistency index over numerous random
entries of same order reciprocal matrices.
If CR  0.1 , the estimate is accepted and;
otherwise, a new comparison matrix is
solicited until CR  0.1 .
3. Compute the entirety hierarchy (NOTE:
‘hierarchical’?) weight.
After the computed for various
hierarchyies and element of weights are
computer, . Tthe entirety
hierarchy(NOTE: ‘hierarchical’?) weight
is computed, ultimately enabling decision-
makers to select the most appropriate
strategy.  (NOTE: Although this makes
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)

10. (Business Management)


Institutional background and literature
review of prior research
Health care systems in Taiwan
In Taiwan, medical care providers
mustWhile bereceiving certifification
fromed by the Department of Health on
the basedis of on size (i.e., number of beds
capacity), facilityies and missions, health
care providers in Taiwan are into four
different categorized as either es: medical
centers, regional hospitals, district
hospitals, and  or local clinics. In
comparison to hospitals, lLocal clinics are
relatively smaller than hospitals and only
provide ambulatory outpatient services.
They do not provide hospitalization
without inpatient care services (Chang,
1998).
  Before March 1995, 67% of the total
population inall Taiwanese residents fell
under had been covered by the 13thirteen
health insurance schemes operated by the
Central Trust of China and the Bureau of
Labor Insurance. Seven of these insurance
schemes operated were under a financial
deficits for many years. To reform the
health care system, the Taiwanese
government establishedset up a planning
committee to draft a universal health
insurance plan, i.e., called the National
Health Insurance Program, which
consolidated all of the 1the thirteen3
health insurance schemes into a single one
system  (Department of Health, 1997).
The Taiwanese legislature, the Executive
Yuan, draftedis  this program for review
draft was passed by the congress of
Taiwan in September 1994. It was tThen
known as the National Health Insurance
Act 1994. T, the Executive Yuanhe
Executive Yuan decided to implement
enacted this universal health insurance
program into law in March 1995. Since
then, this NHI program covers essentially
all people in Taiwanese residents.

Hospital ownership in Taiwan


Hospital ownership in Taiwan can be
broadlygenerally classified into two
principal groupsas either government or
publicly owned andor privately
operatedowned. There were 19,240 public
and private medical care institutions were
operating in Taiwan at the end of 2004.
Public medical care institutions include 24
hospitals for medical centers and, 72
(teaching OR general) hospitals and 359
local hospitalsclinics.
 While legislation mandates that all
medical facilities must beare non-profit by
law, most private hospitals are owned and
controlled by physicians. These hospitals
latter are managed to maximize profits
similar to any other profit seeking
organizations. However, given that their
operations rely on Since public hospitals
are an operational unit of governmental-
subsidized funds, public hospitalsthey
typically do not have to assume the risk of
profits or deficits. Thus, relative to private
hospitals, pPublic hospitals may thus not
be as concerned about thewith
operationalg efficiencyies, either before or
after the implementation of the NHI
program, than private hospitals would.
Hence, explaining why the former has a
they are likely to have lower
operatingonal efficiency than the
latterrelative to the private hospitals.

(Previous research OR Related prior research


OR Pertinent literature)
Empirical research in the health care
industrysector has also provided mixed
support for these theories. Some studies
found public hospitals to be less ef-ficient
than private hospitalsones (Wilson and
Jadlow, 1982; Cowing and Holtmann,
1983; Robinson and Luft, 1985). ,
Meanwhile, other researcherss found
public hospitals to be more efficient than
private oneshospitals (Custer and Wilke,
1991; Menke, 1997). While studying New
York hospitals, Cowing and Holtmann
(1983) in a study of New York hospitals
found that private proprietary hospitals
had lower costs than non-profit
oneshospitals. Similarly, Sharp and
Register (1984) found differences in
performance
by ownership categories for a set of
Oklahoma hospitals. (Conversely, OR In
contrast,) Grannemann et al. (1986) found
that public hospitals had lower costs
than not-for-profit private ones
didhospitals. More recently, Burgess and
Wilson (1996) also found differences in
technical efficiency across that hospitals
with different ownership patterns differ in
technical efficiency.
Comparing three ownership forms of
hospitals–private, non-profit, and public,
Becker and Sloan (1985), for example,
doid not find that different ownership
patterns  any differences
in hospital costs or profitability among
different ownership patterns. Based on
this evidence, they conclude that there is
no empirical support
for the standard property rights theory.
Some oOther studies have also found
insignificant differences in efficiency
between found that public and private
hospitals only slightly differ in efficiency
(Vita, 1990; Grosskopf and Valdmanis,
1987). Thus, (previous OR prior)
empirical work on relating hospital
ownership and performance has been
inconclusive.

Research model
Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA)
 Several studies have adopted DEA has
been used by several researchers to
assessstudy hospital performance.
According to Banker (1998), DEA is
based on a previous performance cross-
sectional view of several organizational
units in a given single period, as
(determined OR measured) by their
multiple inputs and outputs. The units are
classified into two groups,: scale
efficiency and technical efficiency. Ganley
and Cubbin (1992) indicated that, Aas a
nonparametric approach, DEA does not
require assumptions regarding the
functional form of the production
function. Sherman (1984) proposed an
effecive suggested as a means to helpof
identifying and (determining OR
measureing) hospital inefficiency as a
basis for directing management efforts
towards increasing efficiency and
reducing health care costs.
 By solving a series of linear programming
optimizations, one for each DMU, DEA
can identify those DMUs that are efficient
(no the facets), as well as and the
remaining inefficient DMUs along with
along with their efficientcy (1962) The
operational procedure is simplified and
change in the dual model of minimization
is transformed into the model, which is
not linear as shown in (1):
 m s

hk       si   sr 
Minimize  i 1 r 1 

 x   X ik  Si  0
Subject to j 1
j ij
   i  1,...., m  
                      (1)
n

 x  Sr  Yrk
         j 1
j rj
    r  1,..., s
          , S , S  0,    j  1,..., n   i  1,...., m   r  1..., s
j i
 
r

         Where
         Y  denotes the amount of the r th
ry

output produced by unit j


        u represents the weight given to the r
r

th output
         x is the amount of  ith  input produced
ij

by unit j
       v  denotes the weight given to the rth
i

output
         S , S is slack and surplus
i
 
r

For the inefficient DUMk,(Xik,Yrk),if the


optimum solution of the Formula(1) is
    ,  , S , S  ,   ,  ,...,   .  Tthe improved direction is
  
r i

1
 
2

n

          X  X  ( X  S ), i  1,..., m                        (2)


ik ik

ik i


           Y  X  (Y  S ), r  1,..., s


rik rk rk

r

   
The DMUk can reduce the input quantity
of X , subsequently increasing the output
ik

quantity of Y  and increasing its relative rk

efficiency.

11.  (Business Management)


Optimizing resource allocation via
integrated marketing communication—a
case study of credit card issuing
companies in Taiwan
 
Abstract
Credit cards are used pervasively
worldwide, as evidenced by strongfor
consumer’s demand, not only and the
diverse variety of financial services that
such card’s offer.  Credit card issuing
companies must thus adopt effective
marketing strategies to kind become
variety, many passing card organization’s
marketing method is to emerge in an
endless stream too. So the passing card
organization want to attract new maintain
the customer’s and maintain their loyalty,
must have complete and correct marketing
strategy. Therefore, this work presents a
IMC-based resource allocation
optimization model thatThe proposed
model incorporates the modified Delphi
method to (accumulate OR collect) expert
opinions, determine the criteria of the
allocation optimization model and apply
the analytic hierarchy process (AHP) to
evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed
model. Following a literature review and
interviews with experts in the field, the
Modified Delphi Method is adopted to
gather the group opinions of anonymous
experts.  The hierarchy level of the
integrated marketing communication-
based resource allocation optimization
model is then constructed.  Next, via the
analytic hierarchy process, each criteria
weight and the arrangement of importance
are determined.  Additionally, major
factors of the resource allocation
optimization model are discussed. Results
of this study provide the domestic banking
sector with an valuable reference for
understanding of how to implement
integrate marketing communication in
areas of product design advertising, public
relations, promotion, direct marketing and
customer relationship management.
AdditionallyMoreover, the proposed
model can contribute to the
competitiveness of local banks by
encouraging them to carefully utilizeing
limited resources.

Key words : :  Credit card, integrated


marketing communication, Delphi
method, analytic hierarchy process 

3. Consistency Test
Saaty (1980) proposed utilizing
consistency index ( CI ) and consistency
ratio ( CR ) to verify the consistency of the
comparison matrix. Additionally, CI  and CR
are defined as follows:
  
CI  ( max                             (4)
 n) /(n  1)

             CR  CI / RI                                     (5)

Where RI denotes the average


consistency index over numerous random
entries of same order reciprocal matrices.
If the estimate is accepted; otherwise,
CR  0.1,

a new comparison matrix is solicited until


CR  0.1.

Because the banking industry present still


not have a complete Given the lack of a
comprehensive and objective IMC-based
resource allocation optimization model,
therefore this study attempts to do so want
to construct one, this part divide into two
stages to proceed, t.  The first stage
comprisesincludes four steps, in which the
Modified Delphi Method is used to
identify the most appropriate evaluation
criteria. The second stage consists of five
steps, in which AHP theory is applied to
calculate the weight of the decision
evaluation criterion and evaluate the
effectiveness of the IMC resource
allocation optimization model. These
stages are described in detail as follows.
Step 1:  Form the Designate the group of
banking  experts group from  in the
primary bank managers in Taiwan.
  13 middle to high level managers from
the credit card issuing sections of In the
Chinesea tTrust cCommercial bBank, Tai
sShin iInternational cCommercial bBank,
Cathay cCommercial bBank, Union
cCommercial bBank and E-sun
cCommercial bBank were selected to form
the first five passing card bank, choose
thirteen middle to high level manager to
be experts for group in this study, it must
conform to 1. under the following
criteria:  a) each expert should behold a
managerial position in bankthe credit card
issuing department of a bank;  2.Tb) the
service year in bank to which the expert
belongs should have more than two be
over 2 years of experience in credit card
issuing services; and c) the expert should
be a 3.It should be upper Chief level’s
middle to high level banking manager ,. 
Experts selected in this study
chooseincluded three managers from
Chinesea tTrust cCommercial bBank,
three people,from Tai sShin iInternational
cCommercial bBank three people,, three
from Cathay cCommercial bBank three
people, two from Union cCommercial
bBank two people and two from E-sun
cCommercial bBank two people, different
bank manager, total amount thirteen
people. 

Step 2: Based on a Collect and sort


pertinent literature review, identify on
major factors in optimizing IMC resource
allocation optimization model, sift out the
final factor.
A literature review of local and
overseas studies is made to This study’s
factor information is refer to domestic and
foreign literature, initial find out identify
the factors  of Oto optimizeing resource
allocation model, to do the and, then, to
devise a confirm  criteria offor the
questionnaire survey submitted to expert’s
questionary,.  tThe Likert-type five scale
is used to ensure that the criteria weight
surpasses four scales above, which are
listed as the(the most OR an) important
reference criterion, and become final
confirm and sift out factor,. (NOTE: “,
and become final confirm and sift out
factor”  makes no sense and I don’t
understand its relation to the first part of
the sentence.) eEach level’s criteriona are
statedment as below:  
Hsu (2004) proposed that with 51
credit card issuing banks in Taiwan,  total
has as high as reach fifty-one card issuing
bank, credit card market ccompetition is
(stringent OR extremely volatile)violent,.
bBanks must thus adopt nothing is better
than using diversitye marketing
strategy,ies to gain strive in customer
loyalty. Given stringent competition and
an already saturated Because is not pure as
before, now competitor numerous, noise
more and more market, marketing efforts
must do more than just is not only single
aspect passingrelay information to
consumers, but also remain attune to
fluctuations in market trends and changes
in however is giving rise to the market
attention, arouse resonance, further to
obtain consumer’s accept and answer
preferences. Shi (2003) noted that as ever
mention now financial organizations tend
towards numerous stride into
grouplization (NOTE:  WHAT does
‘grouplization’ mean?) and diversification
way toin their management practices, at
the same time, only the integration of
various marketing practices can yield
strength integrated can bring into biggest
energy and  optimum benefits,. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) from the financial holding
aspectIn this respect, integrated marketing
communication is having bright
prospectshighly promising.         
ProductWhen we want to promote a
product usually need to proceed marketing
normally requires combining ation’s plan,
it is including factors of pProduct, Pprice,
Pplace and Ppromotion four parts. Given
that effectiveAmong promotion play the
important role ofinvolves communicating
with consumers, therefore promotion can
be viewed as a vital tool can named
marketing communication strategytool.
Afterward because eOwing to
environmental changes and fluctuations in
marketing develop trends involving the
developing IMC concept, thean effective
communication strategy consists of
perform divide into five communication
tool, include Aadvertising, pPublic
Rrelationship, event marketing events,
Ssales Ppromotion and Ddirect
Mmarketing etc. After collect expert’s
opinions are collected, in this study, here
Ppublic Rrelationship includes event
marketing events, besides add product
design and customer relationship
management to enhance the make model
more faultless.  (NOTE:  What “model”
are you referring to?) In pProduct design
includes the following three criterion, it’s
separately is:
(1) Product positioning and establishing of a
target market set :  it means must proceed
market segmentation is (performed OR
proceeded with) to setestablish a target
market, according different.  Based on
various target markets, then proceed
product positioning can be proceeded
with., fFor instanceexample, according to
data from Tai sShin iInternational
cCommercial bBank via information
investigate, discoverin contrast to males,
females that have a better credit history,
workmore stable work, lowera bed
amount of debt condition is less, and. 
Additionally, perceptual appeal (NOTE: 
Do you mean ‘promotional appeal’ instead
of ‘perceptual appeal’?  Check intended
meaning.)  more easily affects female
consumers is easier affect by perceptual
appeal, leading to a higher likelihood of
customer satisfactionfurther to generate
agreement. (NOTE: Although I have made
this confusing sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)  Given the rise in
Add female consumer power, ability
unceasingly rise, Tai sShin Bbank predict
female credit card market will be very
large develop space, therefore takehas
established female consumer segmentation
to be the Tai shin bank credit card ‘sas a
target market in credit card issuing.;
(2) Increased functions of Ccredit cards
function strengthening: for example,s
include the ability to secure Has the
traveling safe insurance, and borrows the
cash in advance ),; and
 (3)Increased preference for Ccredit card
userights and interests strengthening: for
example,s include preferential gives
favored treatment given to credit card
holders when to year expense, shopping
preferential benefit strengthening. 
(NOTE:  I have no idea what you mean by
“to year expense” in the context of this
sentence.)
In advertisement aspect mainly divide
intoCategorized as either creativity
strategy andor media strategy, advertising
consists of the following it is including:
six sub criteria:  (NOTE: ‘criterion’
instead of ‘criteria’? Check intended
meaning.) , separately is   (NOTE:
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
(1)Advertisementing creativity development:
the effectiveness of an it means develop a
advertisement in appealing to a
specificrepresent way that can touch target
group ., fFor instanceexample, Tai-Shin
bBank imprints use the slogan “An earnest
women is the most beautiful one.” on ato
mold r rose-colored credit card’s
temperament and unique personality to
appeal to the  to obtain female target’s
agreement, further to apply rose card
group;
(2)  Television advertisements: advertising
through via television media (, includeing
cable television and wireless television) to
proceed advertisement information
transmit, here means television plan and,
to encourage consumer purchases,. fFor
instanceexample, Visa Credit cCard
Corporation has, since the end of 2001,
successively promoteding two brand
image advertisements aimed at consumers
dining outside of the home and cinema
goers,”outside eating”and“outside watch
movie”,.  For consumers dining outside of
the home, the target group is among
”outside eating”mainly focus on twenty to
forty20-40 years olds, whom are enticed
by slogans such as  group that is talking an
opinion“Visa in hand, everything you
can”.  Using the Chinese actressfamous
star Ziyi-Zhang to beas a company
spokesman, Visa Card in basic media
benefit considering, Taiwan choose
broadcasted the advertisements before
celebrating the Chinese calendar nNew
yYear.  (, usually at the same time cause
tied shop manage time is short, and not the
peak period of credit card, however, it is
rush hour that consumer watch TV or
movie, :  I HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THIS
MEANS.  YOU NEED TO BREAK THIS
UP INTO TWO SHORTER
SENTENCES.  ALSO, I CAN NOT SEE
HOW THIS IS CONNECTED TO THE
PREVIOUS SENTENCE.  )  so
whenTherefore, when broadcasting the
advertisement, VisaISA Card first
broadcast the advertisement, specially
chooseaired Expectant golden period to
broadcast this the two minutes
advertisement during prime time ion all
twenty seven television channels during
the on that day and nighttime.;
 
(3)PlaneConventional media advertisement
: means plane media’s plans and
purchases, which includes advertisements
in newspapers, magazines,
manualbrochures and leafletsplaybill, etc.
For instanceexample, Tai-Shin bBank
extensively used newspaper advertising to
promote its Rose Card among expresses
the modern female’s as a gesture of
expressing their view point to modern
love, lifestyle and sexuality relationship
through newspaper and then create the
Rose card as the image of spokesman to
urban female. The mMagazine
advertisements play upon the exhilaration
that a uses womean’s feelsing who first
when receivesing roses to conveytransmit
the romantic naturecharacteristic of Tai-
Shin bBank’s Rose card and then build the
image of love spokesman to female.;
(4)  NetworkInternet-based advertisement:
adopting means network’s plan
andstrategies to encourage online
purchase,ing which using network
advertisement let and keeping the
consumer aware of the latest products or
serviceskow the newest news or activity
information about product, f.  For
exampleinstance, Taipei fFubon bBank
advertises on the front page of use
yYahoo’s! Taiwan first page, linking to its
website informing to connet the health
credit’s advertisement of credit card to tell
consumers ton know the content of new
project.the latest specials; 
(5)Advertisement in oOutdoor areas and
transportation media advertisement:
marketing strategies aimed at consumer
means outdoor and transportation media’s
plan and purchases, including via
outdoorroadside billboards and advertising
on public transportation or buses inside’s
playbill let masses know the product or
service’s information, f.  For
instanceexample, the Transportationat
present traffic b Bureau of the Taipei
cCounty gGovernment and Chinese tTrust
cCommercial bBank cooperatione toin
promote”ing Taipei county roadside park
expensean autopayment system for entry
to roadside parks in Taipei County using
credit cards”, through an the service via
Taipei county bus to do tight squeeze
advertising campaignement; and
 
(6)Radio advertisement: marketing strategies
aimed at consumer purchases through
means radio media’s plan and purchase,
which means usingradio broadcasting
stations to broadcast the function ofin
information and service-oriented formats.
For instanceexample ,via broadcast, now
“We are family” is equal to Chinese tTrust
cCommercial bBank’s promotes the
slogan “We are family” while  pronoun,
after then Cathay United bBank’s
continuously broadcasts the slogan
“Enrich your life” is unceasingly
broadcast via television or radio, to mold
theirestablish a brand image.
 
  In pPublic relationship aspect includes
the following six sub criterion,: which
separately is
(1)nNews releases and special column series
specialswriting: understand media
operation processes and characteristic,
clearly understand what demand of media
reporter,s that provide having news
valuable of product or service
informationnews release and special
column writing’s content;.
(2) Public welfare and supporting
Aactivityies: for eexamples, include
charitabley donatesions, the to education,
sports, medical health care, environmental
protection and so on related artaesthetic
activities.;
 
(3)The enterprise article proclaims of the
pProduct designs that promote the brand
image of the company: using various
marketing factor’s are adopted mix, take
thesefor a particular subject matter’s
content, in addition plan and design.;
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
(4) Media relationship management: contacts
established with raise the deep
relationship with media reporters and
understand the reporter’sto fulfill
consumer  demand to news, f.  For
instanceexample, every year immobile
weave expense in holding annual press
conferences are held in which  and give as
a small presents are given to attendees.;
(5)Event m Marketing events: Event
marketing is a activity that passing
through a special activitiesarrangement,,
such as usually is festival, the
celebration,anniversary celebrations, the
temple fairs or an exhibitions and so on
activity. For exampleinstance, aim at the
most popular thing that for family
gatherings or reunionsfriend have a chat
about old time in that often occur around
the Chinese Moon festival, Master cCard
iInternational organization offers a special
recommend platinum card special for
purchasing level enjoyment project about
meat burn store ”seven drogon”, preserve
health soup store, “health cook” chafing
dish and “COCA” Thailand dish and so on
suit to family, or friends choice,favorite
cuisine during the holidays favor different
and style diverse, and via these project to
.  This promotional activity reminds
consumers the convenience of credit cards
during remind anyone who has master
card series, platinum card, commercial
card, and world card’s friend use over
valuable preferential project to enjoy
beautiful festival activitiestime; and  
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
.
  (6)Crisis subject management: public
relation measures to for preventing and
handling include crisies handle before and
crisis handle after, the former is focus on
ordinarily public relationship, the latter is
after things happened, do thewith
compensation measures adopted after a
crisis occurs.  (NOTE:  Although I have
made this sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)  
 
 InThe promotional aspect includes the
following six sub criterion,: which
separately is
(1) pPrize drawing activity:, for
exampleinstance, card feeding ten times in
a monthly, can join thea car prize drawing
activity to promote credit card use, in
which  (2)Ccash is awarded or an
feedback, which is  divide into three
way,1. expense-free credit card is
provided for a year.; (NOTE:  Although I
have made this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)
2. Credit card holders can receive people
who hoding card  increase cosume amount
can get specific rate’s cash rebatesfeed
back. for a certain amount spent on the
credit card. 3. people who
holdingAdditionally, credit card holders
just feed card in this month, (can directly
expense credit in consume bill :  I HAVE
NO IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS AND
HOW IT IS RELATED TO THE FIRST
PART OF THE SENTENCE.)  .;  (NOTE: 
Although I have made this sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)

 
(3)Complimentary gifts: it divide into two
kinds, one iseither in the form of bonus
credits changeor incentives for purchasing
in a particular store. Complimentary gift,
fFor exampleinstance, in the universal
credit card scheme of Chinesea tTrust
cCommercial bBank’s universal card just,
card holders that collect arrive 6,733
bonus points can receive a to give as a
present against dazzle light protect eye’s
unique desk lamp, that protects eye
visiona.  Another example is for card
holders purchasing in a consuming in the
specific store, can immediately use
theaccumulated bonus points can
accumulate to offset the consume amount
this timereduce the purchased amount.,
fFor instanceexample, credit card holders
from JIH-sSun iInternational bBank can
simply card’s friend just use their bank
card consume in feeding card in theto
purchase Laurel travel products, can
choose b. (NOTE:  Although I have made
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
 Bonus points accumulated can lower the
retail priceto offset the consume amount
on the spot, everywith 100 points can
offset sixreducing 6 New Taiwanese
dollars from the purchase, with the highest
can offset total consume amount’s
deducted totalling 50% on that time; and
  
(4)Personnel sales: in here Personnel sale
has personally visited, keep a stall,booths
are maintained to encourage direct
promotion and commercial exhibitions
way to increase apply rate. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
 In dDirect marketing aspect includes
the following three sub criterion:, which
separately is
(1) Directly sends the Ee-email marketing:
via directly sends the Ee-mails sent to  to
know ccustomer’s various demand and
from this to do theas a form of
advertisementing promotion activity, offer
speedy sell service in order to build the
company image and encourage customer
relationship.;
(2) Telephone marketing: via telephone
visited, notify the new card information
and apply preferential to stimulate
potential consumers are contacted
regarding new card information to apply,
it’s a.  This highly interactionve
communication strategy is tool, especially
effective when aimed at a specific when
the target is correct control, thus creating
will have more sales opportunitieschance,
and get the efficiency immediately and
filter customer and obtain potential
customer.; and
(3) Directly sends the letter mail: a before
directly sends the letter should be through
the name list is carefully selected, for
mailing to  and resort by personal form, let
consumer or potential consumers feel
more respect. (NOTE:  Although I have
made this sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)
In the cCustomer relationship
management includes the following four
sub criterion, which separately is:
(1) customer database eEstablishment and
the integratedion of a customer database:
establishing an accurate correct and
clearly customer database establishment is
the firstinitial step of customer’s
relationship management, first must
proceed data warehouse, integrate bank
al.  All customer information is integrated
into the database in a bank, followed by
and establish in the same database, then
can proceeding data mining to understand
customer’s behaviordevelop a model for
consumer behavior.;

(2) Customer analysis: an enterprise


attempting to adopt in the customer
relationship management, must first
identify need to figure out which
customers are  potential customers, and
which customer have chance to promote
or to be the most valuable customers, or
some valuable and lost customer
opportunitiesperhaps miss, how to find the
indicate of becoming a valuable customer
from the huge.  All of this is possible
through closely examining a tremendous
amount of customer’s information, and
earlier find the customer who will miss
immediately.;

(3) Centralizedthe customer service


central’s service: integrateding
communication channels, including verbal
communicationspeech sounds, faxes,
computer information, i from the Internet
and a database etc technique integrate
application, and in order to satisfy
consumer need to adopt use electronic
commerce’s assistance to strength
customer satisfy.; and  (NOTE:  Although
I have made this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)
 (4)Constructs theAn interactiveon
website: an offer a iInternet sitepace can
satisfy customer needs without limitations
of  that is fit time, fit channel, fit product
interacte with customer or location..
Step 3: eEstablish an oOptimizeding
resource allocation model via integrated
marketing communication
Group experts determine theidentify
the criterion to establish an Ooptimizing
resource allocation model, penetration
through use of the modified Delphi
method to reach a consensus of opinions
among experts and to achieve uniform
recognition. This study obtains an
essential criterion after three rounds of
survey results yield an essential criterion
(Fig. 1).

Second stage: aApply AHP to


determinecide each factor weight for the
IMC resource allocation model each
factor’s weight.
Step 1: Establish a (hierarchy OR
hierarchical) structure.
As for the IMC resource allocation model,
each evaluation factor comprises several
levels, including the goal hierarchy,
criteria hierarchy, and sub-criteria
hierarchy (Fig. 1). 
Conclusion
Tthis work presents a IMC-based
resource allocation optimization model
that incorporates the modified Delphi
method to (accumulate OR collect) expert
opinions, determine the criteria of the
allocation optimization model and apply
the analytic hierarchy process (AHP) to
evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed
model. Following a literature review and
interviews with experts in the field from
Chinese Trust Commercial Bank, Tai Shin
International Commercial Bank, Cathay
Commercial Bank, Union Commercial
bank and E-sun Commercial Bank, the
Modified Delphi Method is adopted to
gather the group opinions of anonymous
experts.  The hierarchy level of the
integrated marketing communication-
based resource allocation optimization
model is then constructed.  Next, via the
analytic hierarchy process, each criteria
weight and the arrangement of importance
are determined.  Additionally, major
factors of the resource allocation
optimization model are discussed. This
study’s purpose is construct an credit card
optimized resource allocation model via
integrated marketing communication. First
via literature discuss the relative research
of credit card and integrated marketing
communication, then visiting with
managers who upper Chief level in
domestic first five bank in credit card
issuing involved (Chinese Trust
Commercial Bank, Tai Shin International
Commercial Bank, Cathay Commercial
Bank, Union Commercial bank and E-sun
Commercial Bank). Next, collected and
decide the hierarchy structure of credit
card optimized resource allocation model ,
the The priority sequence of each factor’s
weight ratio areis determined by analyzing
hierarchy process(AHP) Theory and
analysis software (Expert Choice 2,000).
Based on results of this study, we
conclude as the following:
According to our results, The
importance sort of six essential factors in
the first level separately is Pare
promotion, advertisement, customer
relationship management, direct
marketing, product design, and public
relationship, respectively.(NOTE: OK?)
From a promotional aspect, performance
aspect includes cash feedback,
complimentary gifts, prize drawing
activity, and personnel sale. The first three
separately isare cash feedback,
complimentary gift and prize drawing
activity, respectively, all belonging to
substantive benefits.  It is to say mModern
consumers are attach a heavy importance
to the additional value of credit cards
additional value. (NOTE:  You need to
change the terminology according to my
above corrections.) And iIn terms of
advertisement, the most important is
development of advertisement cring
creativity development, i.  If no correct
and efficaciouseffective createive  strategy
is available, subsequentafterward
strategyies will ineffective, and i.  In terms
of media strategy aspect, credit card
issuing departments most attach the most
importance to is television advertisements,
and network advertisements, thus it can be
seen, b.  Bank marketing personnelstaff
believe, first need to has thus prioritize
good creativity and correct advertisement
appeal, which could appeal to attracted
cutomer’s notice and generate the purpose
ofencourage purchaseing behavior.  And
in the credit card’sAs for media resource
allocation ,of credit card issuing
companies, still choose the television
media rank first in terms of that most
often frequently makeing contacts and
have voice and sound efficiency become
number 1 , with consumers. nNetwork
advertisement promote to number 2 Win
the planeranks second, followed by
conventional media. With advances in
Follow the information technology
science’s develop and the
generalitypervasive use of the iInternet,
the Iinternet has become a popular
advertisement media, f.  From the
perspective of customer relationship
management, the topfirst three ranking are
respectively is customer  central’sized
customer service ,, establishing and
integrated customer database, as well as
customer analysis, respectively. above all
pPrimary considerations are customer
convenience, in which customers can
immediately contact with the customer
service center and responses to the
questions, and.  The customer service
center can via establishing and
integratinge a customer database, which
can handle various to aim at different
customer and give different consumer
responses and handle .
In the twenty six sub criterion of in the
overall level, credit card issuing
companies the most attach the most
importance to separately is cash feedback,
advertisement creativity development, the
service of customer service center,
television advertisement and telephone
marketing. It can be seen Our results
further indicate that, for bankers
attempting to achieve maximum benefits
for think if want to make ththe credit
card’s benefit maximum, most importance
onis attached to promotional activity
.among c.  In this category, cash feedback
can most attract the most customers,
second is followed by successful
advertisement creativity, third isservice
quality of service staff’s service quality,
fourth is strength and sharpen expose of
television advertisement, and telephone
marketing, respectively. because of
expense are Given relatively low
expenses, the company can directly
interact with customers, quickly
understand consumer demand, which iso
always is the most often using tool of
direct marketing strategy that by bankers
use.  
The proposed model construct of this
study can lenot only tenable bankers to
understand the weight in each marketing
resource allocation, but also help bank
credit card issuing departments to
construct a systematic marketing
operation model,. bBesides its
appropriateness for use in the credit card
business can be suitable for use, the
proposed model can provide a valuable
reference for future different industry
marketing staff in different industries can
take this study to be a reference when
perform theattempting to adopt integrated
marketing communication.
  12. (Business Management)
Optimal Selection of the Location
(NOTE:  “Location” of what? Regional
Hospitals in Taiwan?) to Achieve a
Competitive Advantage by Using the
Analytic Hierarchy Process and Grey
Relational Analysis

This (study OR work) presents Aan


evaluation model approach ofto select the
optimal location selection evaluation
model(NOTE: ‘optimal location’ of what?
regional hospitals in Taiwan?). and iIts
computing algorithm is proposed in this
paper(described OR derived) as well.
Increased  recent years, Taiwanese living
standards in Taiwan in recent years have
made  was to promote, Taiwanese
residents have become more health
conscious and attach increasingly
concerned with importance to quality
healthcare, explaining the heightened
consumer demand in thefor quality and
scope of medical services. The (relevant
whole structure :  OR OMIT) criteria (for
OR of) this model are determinedrived
from a literature review and interviews
with a expert group of expertsinterview,
this study also adopts t.  The Modified
Delphi Method is also adopted herein. The
proposed model includesorporates the
Aanalytic Hhierarchy Pprocess (AHP) to
determine the (evaluation weights OR
weights of evaluation). Grey Rrelational
Aanalysis (GRA) is then performed to
rankselect the optimal location Selection
of a regional hospital in Taiwan to
determine itsthe effectiveness of the
proposed evaluation model.

The evaluation procedure of this study


consists of several steps, as shown in Fig.
1. The evaluation procedure of this study
consists of several steps as shown in Fig.
1. FirstInitially, we identify the Optimal
Sselection of the Llocation of a regional
hospital in Taiwan is identified by
considering itsto C competitive
Aadvantage aspects. After constructing the
evaluation criteria hierarchy is
constructed, we calculate the criteria
weights are (calculated OR determined)
by applying the Aanalytic Hhierarchy
Pprocess (AHP) method. Finally, we
conductthe Technique for Order
Preference by Similarity to Ideal Solution
(TOPSIS) is adopted to achieve the final
ranking results of candidate hospitals.

Thise proposed evaluation model for


evaluatingaimed at selecting the optimal
location selectionof regional hospitals in
Taiwan with respect to competitive
advantage of hospitals comprises the
following steps, as shown in the optimal
location selection to competitive
advantage measurement process in Fig. 2.

Figure 1 Evaluation framework of optimal


location selection to achieve a competitive
advantage

Figure 2 Optimal location selection to achieve a


competitive advantage measurement
process

Figure 3 Establishment of a One regional


hospital is establishing hospital, with
considersation of locations in the Eeast
district of Taichung City, Taiping City and
Dali City.

Figure 4 Hierarchical structure to select


and evaluate the optimal location for
regional hospitals in Taiwan with respect
to competitive advantage

Table 1 Aggregate pair-wise comparison matrix


for criteria of level 2

Table 2 Eigenvectors and weights of three


location selection areas under eighteen
sub-criterions

Table 3 Synthesis Vvalue of three


locations selection areas under eighteen
sub-criteriaon

Table 4 Evaluations of three locations


selection areas under sub-criterions in
relation to each criterion as averaged

13. (Business Management)


A Simplified Measurement Scheme for
Enhancement of Ddigital video recorder
systems using an AHP -based
measurement scheme
 
Abstract
The surveillance market includes various
dDigital video recorder (DVR) systems
are increasingly common given the
burgeoning popularity of the surveillance
market. This study evaluates the quality of
four digital video recorder systems using
an AHP-based simplified measurement
scheme for digital video recorder system.
Finally, aA case study is presented to
demonstrates the feasibility and
effectiveness of the proposed
methodscheme. Importantly, the proposed
measurementscheme can assist the
decision makers in assessing the
feasibility of DVRdigital video recorder
system, making it highly applicable for
academiac and commercial purposes.
ords: Digital video recorder system, software
evaluation, system evaluation, software
quality, Analytic Hierarchy Process,
MADM

Case Implementation
The Hsinchu City gGovernment of
northern Taiwan uses DVR systems to
managemonitor public spaces. According
to Taiwan’s governmental procurement
regulations, the regional governments
must considerselect at least five evaluators
andto review more than three firms in
assessingbefore selecting the best DVR
system.
By using tThe DVR system it can
prevent some of the con in
traditionalcompensates for the limitations
of conventional surveillance camera
systems.  Among those limitations include
the con of the traditional surveillance
camera system arefollowing:
Lapse Forget to put the tapes in the recorder
or in the middle of recording owing to
operator neglect or machine errorthe tapes
got jammed.;
WDifficulty in locating the desired time
sequence after the hen the recorder
finishes recording, it'll be hard to find the
right moment of time that’s needed. is
completed;
Poor videoThe quality is low,that makes it
inadequate for use even if it is recoded on
film it still can't be used.; and
Difficulty in maintaining and preserving
Ttapes are hard to keep and to preserve,
it'll need a owing to the lack of an
adequately larger storage space to put
them and they are easy to grow
molenatural degradation of film quality.
The following considerations reflect
how Here are the nine comparisons
between the the digital Video Recorder
DVR Ssystem and differ from
conventional Traditional Ssurveillance
Ccamera Ssystems:
Changing of Ttapes: while
conventionaltraditional surveillance
camera systems require an operator to
needs someone to change the tapes every
few hours. By using, the DVR system
Digital Video Recorder System you don't
need to changedoes not require changing
tthe Hhard disk Ddrive everydaily.;
Editing: while conventionalusing the
traditional surveillance cameras have
difficulty in it can be hard to editing the
tapes and identifying particular cut out the
frames that you need it, using the digital
video recorder DVR system you can
easily retrieve a desired pull out the file
you need and cutidentify the desired
picture frames by fame by using
theediting tools that’s include in the
system software.;

Quality: while conventionalthe traditional


surveillance cameras uses recorded tapes
the recorder with it can makes that
deteriorates with the quality of the picture
quality very low afterover time, digital
video recorderDVR systems use a high
quality Ddots Pper Iinch (DPI) feature. 
Moreover, the latter can reuse also the
Hhard Ddrive of a computer can be reuse
many timerepeatedly, so it won't
affectthus maintaining the picture quality,
it'll always keeps the picture quality clear
as new no matter regardless of the
frequency of how many time the Hhard
drive is been used.;
Visual channels: while conventional the
traditional surveillance camera systems
can only view 4four visual channels on
one television (TV) screen with the and
the size are limited on each channel.
Digital Video Recorded S, DVR systems
can view 1-16 visual channels one a
television screen in which images can be
TV the biggest size can be setamplified up
to 640x480 pixels.;
iImage search: while conventional
traditional surveillance cameras is usinges
tapes to recorded thetape images, that
require a considerable amount of time and
personnel to retrieved desired  when some
images are needed to be find it'll takes up
a lot of time and people the search up the
needed images on the other hand, the
Digital Video Recorder S system can
efficiently search for desired the needed
images through a computer search based
on the time and dayte, day of the time, that
an event occurred, thus and just need one
person the search on the computer this
well saveing considerableyou time and
moneycapital.;
Saving Storage space: to save the image that
is recorded on the traditionalwhile
conventional surveillance camera systems
require many you need a lot of tapes to
record imagesthat can cost a lot of money,
even if you reuse the tapes,  (with the
image quality of reused tapes oftenwell be
poor.), the Digital VR ideo camera system
saves the images on thea hard disk drive.
and its reusable and the iImage quality
staysremains the same regardless of even
you reuse the space many times,.
Additionally, a larger hard disk drive
implies a larger number of the bigger the
HD the more images you can stored and it
cost much less expense thean the
traditionalusing conventional surveillance
camera systems.;
Long distantce visual control: while the
DVR By using digital vide recorder
system enables you can use Watchdog’s
Web Sever tothe viewing of the images
online through a Watchdog Web Server,
any where Live with a computer.
Traditional Sconventional surveillance
camera systems does not have lack this
feature;
Changing of Iimageing Fformat Changing:
while conventional Traditional
surveillance camera systems can costs a
lot ofrequire considerable time and money
to change the image format with
traditional surveillance camera system and
it can cost lots of time and money it also
well cast the which often degrades image
quality to be poor. Using, the DVR
Digital Video Recorder Ssystem canto
change the image format inexpensively
are not only cheap to changing the format
it'll also keep while maintaining the
images quality high and save your time.;
and
Special Iimage Eediting feature: Traditional
Surveillance camera System do not has
this feature. Digital Video Recorderwhile
the DVR Ssystem can miniaturizeZoom in
and (enlarge OR amplify)Zoom out on
thean image to ensure and it can also
makes the image more clear to see and it
also can save any imagequality regardless
of the to any format for better use.,
conventional surveillance camera systems
lack this feature.
This study considers In this case have
four candidatealternative DVRs that are
common in the surveillance market: -
Firm 1 DVR system, Firm 2 DVR system,
Firm 3 DVR system and Firm 4 DVR
system – with strong presence in the
current surveillance market are considered
herein. Eleven experts will beare assigned
and rated on a nightne- paroint scale
against each criterion to assess the best
DVRs from among the four
participativecandidate firms. This
proposal for eEvaluating the DVR system
comprises the following steps, as shown in
Fig. 2.
*** Figure 2 Screening Optimum DVR
System Processes ***

Screening Appropriate DVRs


The AHP method can be adopted to
screen identify the most appropriate DVR
system from the four candidate firms.
Eleven experts will beare  assigned and
rated on a night- partne-point scale against
each criterion to assess the best DVR
system from the four participative
candidate firms. The algorithm is as
follows.
Step 1: Establish a hierarchy framework.
The ultimate goal of evaluating the
ideal model can be achieved, followed by
six-evaluation criterion and finally the
alternatives (Fig. 3).

*** Figure 3 Screening Optimum DVR


System Model ***
Let evaluationg criteria C1, C2, , C6
denote functionality, reliability, usability,
efficiency, maintainability and portability.
Let evaluating alternative F1, F2, , F4
denote firm 1 DVR system, firm 2 DVR
system, firm 3 DVR system and firm 4
DVR system.
Step 2: (Select OR Choose) assessing
experts for assessments; define the
requirements of end users’ requirements;
(accumulate OR collect) information
regardingabout DVR system firms and use
the six criteria to assess each DVR
system.
Step 3: Establish the pair-wise comparison
matrix.

14.  (Business Management)

Effectively managing senior


citizen residential communities
using the analytic hierarchical process

2. Literature review
2.1 Senior citizen residential
communities current
According to the World Health
Organization, Taiwan became an
advanced aging society as of the end of
1993, with over 7% of its population
65 years or older. As ofUntil the
end of September 2000, the
above old-ageelderly population
of 65 years or older in Taiwan
region amounts toreached
1,900,000 population, havingor
8.6% of the entiretotal
population comparison to amount
to 8.6%, to reveal at an annual growth
rate of  old-age population in Taiwan
region average every year just to
grow up quickly with 4.5%
increment rate (Ministry of the
iInterior (MOI), the Republic of China
2000).
Besides aAccording to infer
estimates from the Council for
Economic Planning and
Development estimates, the
elderly population in until the end
of 2110year in Taiwan will reach
region the old-age population
amount to 3,540,000 account for,
or 14% of totalentire population,
by 2110. and Until the end of
2121year in Taiwan region the old-
age population amount to
5,170,000, or  accounts for 14%
of total population by 2121.
Given advances in To reveal in
recent 20 years, in virtue of the
medical hygiene advancement,
income and living standards over the past
two decades, to heighten, the
population deathmortality rate
and birth rate have decreased
descend, with the population
segment of rapid rising of the 65
years or older growing
rapidlypopulation and the type of
the population structure will be
grown up the column form by the
pyramid a gradual change in the
future. Above trends reflect the
necessity for careful planning to
ensure The elder'sly welfare
related measure gradually
important.
According to the MOI statisticsinistry of
the interior (1996), discoveredthe
proportion of the senior citizens only lives
togethering with their spouse or livesing
will alone the proportion to assume
condition of the increase. An Ministry of
the interiorOI survey (1999) revealed that
investigations demonstrated in
Taiwan36.7% of all individuals under 65
years old of the adult thinks sfeel that the
significance of the children,  is to enjoys
family happiness to occupy the first to
account for 36.79%,, while 21.75 feel that
thought likes a family and strengthens
thea marriage and 16.97% feel that
children increase the intimacy between to
maintain causes the husbands and wives to
relate intimately occupies the seconds
separately accounts for 21.75% and
16.97%.spouses.
According toGiven above statisticsal
data and research in this
areademonstration, the traditional notion
in Taiwan that raising children is a means
of securing elderly housing and welfare is
gradually changing, as impacted by rising
Taiwan region old age population housing
condition along with obtained and
educational levels standard promotion,
raise children to provide against old age
idea change. Theis explains why the
proportion of elderly living with their
children is  old person is willing
proportion which lives together with the
children to have reduced the
tendency.decreasing, while the tendency
to live along  Choice with a spouse or live
alone together the proportion has tendency
of theis increaseing.
Revisions in the From 1997
eElderly wWelfare lLaw have
increased the options of
independent elderly livingrevises
to announce, the care and the
guarantee that has to the elder
more to complete and perfect. Revise
welfare law biggest change in
elder of back to change to,
specifically in the following five
areas for the welfare
organization:
A) Long-term care organizations to
careprovide solace for elderly
individuals with long-term chronic
diseases and need tofor cureative
the elder who protect the service
for purposes.;
B) Elderly residential facilities Home
for the Aged organization to take
focus on ensuring the quality of
life for the elderlylooking after
the life to take care of for oneself
the ability defection, damage and
serving the demanding elder
without the technique nursing
staff on dutyas the purpose.:
C) Rest homes offer to peaceful
caringe for individuals at their  at
one's own expenses elder or,
relieving the relatives that did not
bring upof the obligation
person'sof caring for relatives on
a daily basis or bring up the
obligation has no elder who bring
up the ability for purpose.;
D) Leisure centeres provide the to take
holding the elelderly with the
recreation, literature, technical
skills,, continuing education
opportunities and thee
communicationother  social
activitiesy as the purpose.; and
E) Service organizations with
provide the elder to look after for
daytime, and temporary care, for
the elderly in which take up
employment the information,
volunteers the service, serve in
the  offer house cleaning, the
dining serves, the short-term
protection equips  and even law
consultation services etc.
comprehensive sex serves for
purpose.

2.2 Porter's diamond model


In The Competitive Advantage of
Nations (1990), Michael Porter in the
Competitive Advantage of Nations(1990)
to point outcontended that the global
competitivenesson ability of
global eacha countries,y is
reflected in the strength of its an
environment of nation or system
can let all industries of that
country had the competition
abilityal infrastructure. Thus this
is a model viewsthat takes
particular industry as toa
measure of global
competitivenessthe unit. In
addition, the Porter also puts
forward the concept ofproposed
the diamond model, to measure
tool of the nationaldetermine
quantitatively the
competitiveness of a on ability of
the country. That mode points
out that influence the country
competitive advantage, which
includes the followingfour factors,
as follows:
A) Factor-related conditions: characterthe
techniquecal expertise level of
the human resources  and the
quality of the originalraw
materials that industries requirey
need.;
B) Demand-related conditions: character
market demand for need that
points the products or rent
services.;
C) Related and supporting industries: an
character industry own the
industry of having theis
competitive based on its ability to
on ability or is or not other can
support related industriesy of
that particular industry.; and
D) Firm strategy, structure and rivalry:
character strategy, structure and
current the competitivenesson
situation that wills influence the
wholeoverall competitive
advantage that a company
holdsstrong or weak..

15.  (Business Management)


The hospital adopts oOutsourcing
introduction managedment model of
hospitals
While oOutsourcing can reduce design
of businesscommercial risks, market
opportunityies can be segmentedbreak the
whole up  (into parts the labour when
disappearing, is it punish labour of surplus
, share market risk that slope work up by
oneself for worker to let  :  I HAVE NO
IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS.)  (Ke
ZhiMing, 1993). Facing highly volatile
external factors in recent years, The
medical organizations heavily emphasize
how to institutes face the external violent
changes of environment in recent years,
hope to controlsustain medical quality and
reduce operational cost s.
Chen YaoMao  (1982 ) thinks that there
are the following several points to carry
on the purpose wrapped upsuggested that
outsourcing has the following objectives:
1, reduce operational costs 2 , share
management ristks, 3. outsourcing can
keep its abilitymaintain operations in (an
equilibrium OR balance)  4 , and fully
utilize oneself to organize unexistent
mechanical equipmentmedical
instrumentation and technical
expertiseknow-how. Aertsen ( 1993) It is
to propose out the purpose wrapped up
contended that outsourcing, because 1.
conformsity with the expansion of
customer'sconsumer demand, 2.,
transforms enterprises through transform
(reengineering ) 3 . and enhances
strengthen benefit and efficiency
organizedational efficiency via the other
person's supplier's specializationty and
unique knowledge skills of individual
suppliers. It is aConsumer demand
ultimatelyfor reducesing the operationgal
costs, and accord with the demand for
improving theenhances customer service.
Montague (1981 ) described is managed to
U.S.A.'s hygieneic policy trends in the
United States contract (CM; Point out in
the growth relation thato Ccontract
Mmanagement (CM) practices , in which
utilize the hospitals utilizing of CM to
grow up inservices 383 families by 1979
from 150 in 1976, i.e., a growth rate of
increase is 250%. (NOTE:  Although I
have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
While surveying the Hospital Contract
Sservices that 1,185 hospitals outsourced,
Survey of 1993 of basis of Taylor  (1993 )
has investigated 1185 hospitals, among
them there arefound that 55% of those
surveyedhospitals at least utilized CM,
i.e., an increase of and 10% over the
previous yearmore than the investigations
in 1992. Wu GuoJi (1993 )
investigatesfound an increasing trends
towards outsourcing for  that the hospitals
with more than a the above-mentioned 50
beds capacity compares, Taiwanese
hospital uses the outsourcing trend with
increase on the tactics .  (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) Chen HuiFang (1998 ) runs the
While sample of studying withing 231
hospitals (count 11eleven medical centers
, twenty eight regional hospitals28 ,
42forty two regional teaching hospitals ,
and 150 regional hospitals of hospitallocal
clinics), Chen (1998) foundfind that the
leading outsourcing services included  it is
successively the offal treatment to charter
the top ten outside the hospitalsoftware
design and maintenance ( 65.8%),
computer software design maintain, sheet
washing of linen sheets (46.8% ) ,
maintenance of medical instrumentation
maintenance of equipment (40.7% ),,
washing of uniforms wash (35.5%), make
cloth washing of general hospital clothing
(32.9%), janitorial maintenance (32.5% )
to maintain to clean, provision of the
towels is had (31.6%) washing of and
patient's clothinges is washed ( 30.3% ) .
Therefore, the increasing trend of
outsourcing services in hospitals is
obvious adopts outsourcing and charters
and already becomes agitation .
Quote Analytic hierarch process (AHP)
has been increasingly adopted in the
medical sectorindustry gradually in recent
years,. Manuel D. Rossetti et al.
(2001),etc. attempted to devise convey the
business anddecision makeing
policypolicies in a  and choose to convey
of the medium-sized hospital
automatically convey or artificially
convey set upby establishing an AHP level
structure to achieve desired goalsfor the
goal . While utilizing AHP in the medical
sector, Elliot B. Sloane et al. (2003),etc.
utilize AHP to help medical science and
technology to assess (conducted a hHealth
technology assessment; (HTA) to upgrade
and choose theselect appropriate
ventilation facilities which thefor a
children’s provided special care to the
ward , heavy ward . (NOTE:  Although I
have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
Chang et al. C.L. (2004 ) ,etc. quote the
adopted case type reasoning technology
(CBR ), set up the constant of to establish
a patient discharge planningschedule,
calculate the index weight of the
case(NOTE:  What is ‘the case’ you are
referring to?) withusing AHP, to help to
choose and determine an appropriate plan
for patient discharges the suitable plan of
leaving hospital.
While examining local trends in Research
of choosing the medical sector, behavior
that domestic scholar Wang NaiHong
(1999 ) quotesdrew upon many attribute
decision methods (AHP ) and carries on
the people and to more thoroughly
understand how individuals seeks medical
advice . (NOTE:  Although I have made
this confusing sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.) Using AHP, Yang
YaTing (2005 ) uses AHP law to evaluated
how medical organizations clean
ooutsourceing their cleaning needs of
institutes and wrap up the supplier.
XinHong Wu (2002 ) also used AHP law
is it helpto assist hospitals in appropriately
make the investingment to in medical
valuable instrumentation through a with
newer to make decision making process
that would ensure that to come, enable the
investment of the valuable equipment of
hospital demands could be fully satisfied
to accord with the demand and can give
play to the greatest benefit . Above
investigations confer thatThis scholar
thinks AHP besides, in addition to offering
a relatively easy understanding on how to
and analyzesing the question skill
decisions, AHP the biggest characteristic
lies in the judged result amount that it can
solve the  enables policymakers to turns
into the objectively assess medical-related
data, and pass making index of medicine
test, ensuring that enable having
priorityies in a proportion particular task
are  ask the result of calculateding to have
convincingness even more precisely.
Given the above successful Learnt by the
eexamples of its use that the above AHP
uses in the medical sectorcircles, AHPthis
method must adjust to has already been
developed for many years but still newer
decisions method that hospital
administrators  face.in the medical circles
use, the decision of  In sum, AHP law can
really analyszed problems
quantitativelyzation and have
objectivelityy, it is verymaking it feasible
tofor used in increasing efficiency in
selecting suppliers for the outsourcing
needs of for going on or improving
decision of the tactic of the hospitals and
the supplier's assessment.

Delphi Method  and (revisinged OR


modified) Delphi Method
(Delphi Method ) is that U.S.A.
Company developed out Developed in the
United States in the 1950s, used to predict
the likelihood of scientific and
technological incidents not
happening .occurring, the Delphi Method
regards a group of experts as respondents ,
usein which an intensive questionnaire
and proper feedback that controlled in
succession for several times, are used to
accumulatecollect their suggestions on the
incident in thelikelihood of future of
sciencetific and technologyical incidents
in order to reach a general consensusand
common understanding (Zhang ShaoXun,
2004). And Song WenJuan (2001 )
thinkscontended that Delphi Method is
that a kind of science and technology with
quantitativezation and qualitativey method
that (integrates OR combines) the research
approaches, to studying in the a course, to
the topic that is established, it is in which
anonymous experts, discuss through way
incontinuous writing constantly,. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) Using this approach, the
lead(NOTE:  Do you mean ‘leading’?)
expert can know with can understand the
speciality , experience and suggestions of
each member to reach a general consensus
set up the common understanding of
consistency, and then, enabling the group
to solve the complicateda complex topic
topic-related problem. (NOTE:  Although
I have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
Murry (NOTE:  Do you mean ‘Murray’?)
and Hammons (1995 ) (is increased to
some and studied because of considering
specially, and:  I HAVE NO IDEA WHAT
THIS MEANS.) WenJuan Song (2001 )
noted that mention becausethe Delphi
Method requires (several questionnaires
OR several rounds of aneed the
questionnaire OR numerous questionnaire
results) many times, thus consuming much
time and becoming a tedious
processstrenuous, .  With an increasingly
lower (rate of recovery OR recovery rate)
more and more low, the (modified OR
revised) Delphi Method primitive practice
is more easily implemented, namely.  That
is, an expert's interview withinvolves
relevant documents , in which replace the
step of gathering togetheraccumulating all
of the the whole expert's’ specific
suggestions with open questions (and
answer first time :  I HAVE NO IDEA
WHAT THIS MEANS AND HOW IT IS
RELATED TO THE FIRST PART OF
THE SENTENCE.), develop.  Next, firsta
structuraled questionnaire is made
directly, such an implementation involving
practice call that the Modified Delphi
Method. (NOTE:  Although I have made
this confusing sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)  Such a method
can save a lot ofa considerable amount of
time , letenabling experts can beto focused
on studying the theme induring the first
round. Research this aAdopting the
Modified Delphi Method, via a document
review in order with experts after the
interview, willenables the assessment of a
criterion to gather together and issuefor
the questionnaire that is givesn to the
anonymous expert group. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) The Xu 's and Yang ZongXin
(2000 ) thinkingindicated that the Delphi
Method is experta predictiong method for
experts and is also considered a with is
one kind of group decision method too,.
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)  Robbins (1994 )
suggested that thing thea group of experts
making a decision needrequires five
people or seven individualspeople, so
research.  Therefore, in this study, five
individuals are selected as experts in
which the adopt Delphi Method is
adoptedexpert , five people to select.
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.) 
16.  (Business Management)
2. Literature review

In sSection 2, we will introduces the


underlying concepts and types of the
credit cooperatives. In addition, we also
retrospect the past research aboutPrevious
literature is also reviewed with respect to
the characteristics of the financial
managesment.

What is a “cooperative”? In 1996


The International Cooperative
Alliance(ICA) in 1996 offered the
following have made the explanation in
the definition, values and principles of
thea credit cooperative.
Definition: A cooperative is an
autonomous association of (voluntary
individuals OR persons united voluntarily)
to (fulfill OR satisfy OR meet) their
(mutual OR common) economic, social,
and cultural needs and aspirations through
a jointly-owned and democratically and
democratically controlled enterprise.

Cooperative values: Cooperatives are


based on the values of self-help, self-
responsibility, democracy, equality, equity
and solidarity. InWhile following the
tradition of their founders, cooperative
members believe in the ethical values of
honesty, openness, social responsibility
and caring for others.

Cooperative principles: The cooperative


principles are guidelines by which
cooperatives put their values into practice.
1st PFirst principle: Voluntary and Oopen
Mmembership Cco-operatives are
voluntary organiszations, open to all
persons able to in which all individuals
can use their services and willingness to
accept the responsibilities of membership,
withoutregardless of gender, social, racial,
political, or religious discrimination.
Second 2nd Pprinciple: Democratic Mmember Ccontrol Cco-operatives are democratic
organiszations controlled by their members, who actively participate in
(establishing OR setting) their policies and making decisions.  Men and women
serving as elected representatives are accountable to the membership.  In
primary co-operatives, members have equal voting rights (one member, one vote),
and co-operatives at other levels are also organiszed in a democratically
manner.
3rd PThird principle: Member EEconomic
Pparticipation Mmembers contribute
equitably to, and democratically control,
the capital of their co-operative.  At least
poartion of that capital is usuallynormally
the commonunal property of the co-
operative. Members usuallygenerally
receive limited compensation, if any, on
capital subscribed as a condition of
membership.  Members allocate surpluses
for any or all of the following purposes:
developing their co-operative, possibly by
setting up reserves, a portion of which is
part of which at least would be indivisible;
benefiting members in proportion to their
transactions with the co-operative; and
supporting other activities approved by the
membership.
Fourth4th pPrinciple: As autonomous,
self-help organizations controlled by their
members, Aautonomy(NOTE: Do you
mean ‘Autonomous’?) and Iindependence
(NOTE:  Do you mean ‘independent’?)
Cco-operatives are autonomous, self-help
organizations controlled by their
members.  If they  enter into agreements
with other organiszations, including
governments, or; otherwise, they raise
capital from external sources, t.  They do
so on terms thatto ensure democratic
control by their members and maintain
their co-operative autonomy.
Fif5th pPrinciple: Education, Ttraining
and Iinformation Cco-operatives provide
education and training for their members,
elected representatives, managers, and
employees so they can contribute
effectively to the development of their co-
operatives.  They inform the general
public – particularlyespecially young
people individuals and opinion leaders -
about the nature and benefits of co-
operation.
Six6th Pprinciple: Co-operation Aamong
Cco-operatives Cco-operatives serve their
members most effectively and strengthen
the co-operative movement by working
togethercollaborating through local,
national, regional, and international
structures.
Seven7th Pprinciple: Concern for
Ccommunity Cco-operatives work for the
sustainable development of their
communities through memberpolicies
-approved policiesby their members.

As we understand the Definition of


tThe cooperative has been defined above.
Next, in the view offrom an economics
perspective, credit is a kind form of
purchasing. Therefore, credit can involve
the exchanges the of property and service.
For this reasonTherefore, on twith respect
to the debt-credit relation, credit can
changebe transformed into (essential OR
the essence) strength and produce(NOTE: 
Do you mean ‘contain’ instead of
‘produce’?) a lot ofmany functions. For
exampleinstance, improvements can be
made to centralize the capital to be
centralized or help to regulate the
finances. Above functions Because of
credit have led to establishment of those
functions. Therefore, produce the banking
systems. However, low-income
individuals find But, the banking system
innapropriates not suitable for the poor
people. Therefore, the poor people and,
instead, utilize the cooperative method
and then establishingin which the “credit
cooperative” is established under
principles of in self-help, self-
responsibility, democracy, equality, equity,
and solidarity. (Yin, 1980).

    The mModern credit cooperatives can


be categorized as divided into three kinds
by area, member andor notion. (Zhang,
1983).

First c1st City credit cooperative: In 1850,


Hermann Schulze-Delitzsch(1808-1883)
established the city credit cooperative in
1850. The mMembers of a city credit
cooperative arecomprise entrepreneurs,
laborers or bourgeois. SoTherefore, a city
credit cooperative provides the financial
services by thebased on credit. The
German form of this cooperative is called
Also calledthe Volks bank in Germany.

Second c2nd Country credit cooperative:


In 1862, Friedrich Wilhelm
Raiffeisen(1818-1888) established the
country credit cooperative in 1862, which
focuses mainly on . The purpose of
country credit cooperative is provide
theing funds for agricultureal purposes.

Third c3rd Credit union: In 1909,


Alphanee Desjardins(1854-1921), and
Edward A.Filene(1860-1937) established
the first credit union in 1909. With credit
unionThe  members need to liveing in the
same area. And base on the notion of the
credit union, the members h, mutual help
is essential to ensure successeach other.

The purpose of this research isstudy


examines discussing the mangement
performance.(NOTE:  Be more specific. 
In what context of in what respect do this
study examine management
performance?) Therefore, we collect the
relevant studies in this partPertinent
literature is reviewed first.
(NOTE:  You should not divide literature
review according to local and overseas. 
You should treat all research
chronologically.)
In the part of Taiwanese scholars, Lin
(2004) study “The relationship
betweenexplored how corporate
governance and operating performance of
Taiwan’s bank industry” are related. Cai
(2004) study “The study onthen assessed
the management performance of
Taiwanese banks in Taiwan:by using
factor analysis approach”. And.  Earlier,
Chen (2002) evaluated the study “The
merger and transformation of credit
cooperatives in Taiwan.

In the part of international scholars,


H. Fukuyama et al. (1999) studiedy the
“Eefficiency and ownership: evidence
from the perspective of Japanese credit
cooperatives”. Earlier, A. Bhattacharyya
et al. (1997) study “The impact
ofexamined how liberalization onhas
impacted the productive efficiency of
Indian commercial banks”. And I.More
recently, Isik and M. K. Hassan (2002)
study the “Texplored the technical, scale
and allocative efficiencies of the Turkish
banking industry.

3. Methodology

This study adopts three statistical


methods:  research will use the factor
analysis, cluster analysis and MDS three
kind of statistic methods.. Those methods
are described as followsTherefore, we will
introduce the three kind of statistic
methods in the section.
The meaning of the faFactor analysis
attemptsis to reduceing a lot ofmany
proxy variables   to become thea
X 1, X 2,....., Xk

few incubative factors  . Y 1, Y 2,....., Yj

is also called behavior(al?)


 X 1, X 2,....., Xk 

variables. And we can observe to find In


addition to obtaining the behavior
variables. In the addition, we need to, this
study must also extract factors for
findderiving the incubative factors.
 
The meaning of the cCluster analysis
isattempts to transform making the
samples   to set becomeinto some
O1, O 2,....., On

groups   by the criterion 


C1, C 2,....., Ci . Y 1, Y 2,....., Yj
(NOTE: Although I have simplified this
sentence, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)  Additionally,
The cluster analysis can make
theaccumulate homogenous variables into
collect in a group.

In using the P criteria, The meaning


of the MDS is making the P
criteriaattempts to evaluate M objectives by
N subjects. The result of MDS results can

be used to construct a manufacture the


perceptual map to proceed the with
benchmarking analysis, idea point
analysis, competitive situation analysis,
key factor evaluation, criterion correlation
analysis, strategy analysis, error analysis
and variation analysis for making
decisions.

17.  Business Management


Optimizing resource allocation via
iIntegrated marketing communication
resource allocation optimization—An
Examplecase study of the credit card
issuing companies in Taiwan

Abstract
(NOTE:  This abstract is too short.  To
reach 200 – 225 words, you are missing
the setting, problem, methodology (at least
3-4 sentences) and main results.)
The purpose of this researchstudy
describes an integrated marketing
communication-based model to  is for
construct a credit card Integrated
marketing communication resource
allocation optimizatione resource
allocation among credit  modelcard
issuing companies. The proposed model
incorporates the first permeate modifyied
Delphi method to collect the expert
opinions, finddetermine the criterion
(NOTE:  Do you mean ‘criteria’ (plural
form) OR ‘criterion’ (singular form)? 
Check intended meaning.) of the
allocation optimization model, then and
apply the Aanalytic Hhierarchy pProcess
(AHP) to proceed the appraise ofevaluate
the effectiveness of the model benefit. By
this research’s rResult,s of this study can
provide the domestic banking
sectorindustry with an understanding of
how to implementood the core item of
executing I integrated marketing
communication (all six item: Thein areas
of product design, the advertisement,
theing, public relations, the promotion, the
ddirect marketing, the and customer
relationship management). Additionally,
the proposed model can contribute to the
competitiveness of local banks by
carefully utilizing and Carries out medhod
and its  order of priority reference
information, adopt this model can use the
limited resources, to do the most effective
arrangement, promotes the bank’s
competitive ability.

Key words : Credit card 、 I, integrated


marketing communication 、 , Delphi
method、, analytic hierarchy process 
Introduction
Internet commerce increasingly
provides In recent years, the consumers
with no matter in domestic or overseas,
via the Internet transmission, can arrive
the security, the economical and the
convenience consume behavior., thus
gradually replacing the conventional
means of This classification to the
tradition cash cash transactions way, has
widely accepted by masses, and becomes
the as a mainstream means of commercein
today’s social deal way .  According to(
Foresight mMagazine, (2,000) report,
Chinatrust Commercial Bank generated
annual profits of make 60 hundred million
profit at the time(NOTE:  This should be
expressed in US dollars not NT since the
overseas reader does not know what the
NT is or its value.), with over 30% of that
amount coming thirty profits is come from
the credit card issuing
revenuesdepartment's contribution.
Therefore, the banking sector can not
neglect the importance of the credit card
issuing department as a significant source
of revenuepassing quantity to the banking
industry, is not allow to neglect. Given the
fierce And under the numerous card
publisher competition among credit card
issuing companiesin the nowadays, how to
construct the powerfuldeveloping an
effective brand image; and how to do that
can use the least with minimum overhead
costs , but yet yielding maximum  obtains
the biggest benefits is of priority concern,
these to the credit card publisher ,has
become an important topic.

Li’s(2001)research pointed out that


While examining the effectiveness of
iIntegrated marketing communication, Li
(2001) indicated that,  is a new concept,
according to Sales & Marketing
Management’s investigation shows that in
visitingamong 179 American enterprises
in American , only 53.6% adopted
Enterprise execute Iintegrated marketing
communication practices;. Of those
enterprises adoptingand in carrying out I
integrated marketing communication
process, majority enterprise although a
majority (74.9%) could an apply the
database, but the applications were is
mostly quite basic , such as generating
like using ofa customer's name list.
database Additionally, only 30% of the
enterprises could can analyzesis from
consumer's  purchase habiting trends (to
separate with consumer’s type : I DON’T
KNOW WHAT THIS MEANS AND
HOW IT RELATES TO THE FIRST
PART OF THE SENTENCE.)  (Chai and
Chen, 1998) . While examining
advertising in Taiwanese magazines, But
in domestic according to(Wang ,(2000) the
hundred viewpoint advertisement
magazine that point out Taiwanindicated
that only has 56% of all advertising
businessesman focus on pushing
implement Iintegrated marketing
communication concept,practices.  This is
despite the fact that  moreover, although
Taiwan's has 81% of all advertising
businesses were aware of man know tthis
concept, actually.  In practice, only 60%
of all advertising have businesses owners
that not arrive sixty percent to carry out or
doing I adopted integrated marketing
communication ((Hsu,2001).)。
Therefore, this study describes an
integrated marketing communication-
based model to optimize resource
allocation among credit card issuing
companies.his research purpose
is:1.Construct the bank credit card
Integrated marketing communication
resource allocation optimization model, to
be a credit card marketing personnel’s
reference . Following a first through the
literature review and interviews with
experts in the field,  visiting, viathe
Modified Delphi Method is adopted to
gathers the group opinions of anonymous
experts group opinion, constructs t.  The
hierarchy level of Ithe integrated
marketing communication-based resource
allocation optimization model is then
constructed, then.  Next, via the Aanalytic
Hhierarchy Pprocess decides, each criteria
weight and the arrangement of importance
arrange situationare determined..2. 
Additionally, Discuss excuting key factor
of this major factors of the resource
allocation optimization model are
discussed,. hoped the research rResults of
this study provide a valuable can be a
important reference that provide thefor
domestic bank credit card issuing
departments in banks attempting to adopt
future carry out method and priority
importance of the Iintegrated marketing
communication.
Methodology
The methods consist of the modified
Delphi Techniquemethod and AHP are
adopted in this study, as described stated
below:.
Modified Delphi Technique
The Delphi Technique is a
conventionally adopted qualitative
forecasting method (Anderson et al.,
2001), which involves the systematic
solicitation and collation of experts on a
particular topic through a set of carefully
designed sequential questionnaires
interspersed with summarized information
and feedback of opinions derived from
earlier responses (Delbecq et al., 1975).
Originally developed by a research group
at the Rand Corporation, Delphi attempts
to forecast current trends through a group
consensus. Moreover, experts are
anonymous and do not meet each other in
person.
Murry (NOTE:  Do you mean
‘Murray’?) and Hammons (1995)
modified the traditionalconventionally
adopted Delphi Techniquemethod by
eliminating the first-round questionnaire
containing unstructured questions. Besides
saving time and expenses, a structured
questionnaire allows the panel to
immediately focus on the study issues.
Therefore, this study adopts the modified
Delphi Technique based on results of
literature review and interviews with
experts to select the (probablye :  OR
OMIT ) criteria. Although between five
and twenty experts should be used in
experts forecasting (Anderson et al.,
2001), group size influences the
effectiveness of group decision-making.
Therefore, the decision making group
probably should not be too large, i.e. a
minimum of five to a maximum of about
fifty (Robbins, 1994), the Delphi
Technique method work group of five to
nine members (Delbecq et al., 1975).
Therefore, this study invited nine experts
to participate in the modified Delphi
Techniquemethod group.
Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP)
AHP was developed in the early 1970s in
response to military contingency planning,
scarce resources allocation and the need
for political participation in disarmament
agreements, and AHP not only a .  More
than a decision method that decomposes a
complex multi-criteria decision problem
into a hierarchy but, AHP is also a
measurement theory that prioritizes the
hierarchy and consistency of the
judgmental data provided by a group of
decision makers (Satty, 1980). The
calculation procedure is presented
bdescribed below.

18. (Business Management)


Evaluating the Quality of Infectionus
Medical Waste Disposal Firms Using the
Delphi Method and Analytic Hierarchy
Process
1. Introduction
Since Taiwan implemented the National
Health Insurance scheme was established
in Taiwan in 1995. All or different levels,
many hospitals have eliminated adopt
abandon type the use of medical
hygienewaste disposal equipment on their
premises in a great quantity, in order to
upgrade sanitary conditionshave fine
medical quality and getattract morenew
patients in hospitals concerned with a
hygienic environment. In practice,
Conventionshygienic equipment was
commonly used in Taiwanese hospitals
utilize high pressure tofor disinfecting
purposes to retrieve medical hygiene
equipment already independent of favor.
However, many hospitals have opted out
of using such A great quantity adopt
abandon type medical hygiene
equipment., leading to an increase in the
medical waste and rise in to increase, and
the waste cope with expenses in coping
with this growing amount of wastealso
increase (Hsiao, 2000). According to
statistics from Tthe Department of Health
of the Republic of China,  have medical
statistical data exhibit, as of by the year
2003, the medical mechanismthe number
of medical organizations island wide
amounted to have 18,777,the while the
number of sick beds in hospitals reached
amount about 136,331, it is the mainwhich
are the primary production source of the
medical waste (Environmental wWhite
Paper Report book, 2004).  According to
the The Department of eEnvironmental
pProtection Associationindicate of the
Republic of China, the medical waste
output aboutaround 300 metric tons of
medical waste are generated annually in
per diem, with 42.4 metric tons considered
among them infectionus medical waste
nearly occupy 42.4 metric tons,, i.e., an
amount  have phenomenon increasing
annuallyyear by year. Regulation of the
eEnvironmental regulations protection
stipulateion, that medical organizations
can contract publicly owned or private
disposal firms to handle medical waste the
mechanism have product career waste, the
waste must to disposal , can entrust
publicly-owned or popular disposal firms
(Pan,1997). To effectively handleA
investigating study , to counter the
infectious mesdical wastes, handle fashion
with medical mechanism, find
aboutaround 62.5% of all public hospitals,
about 80% of hospital of legal person of
financial group , about and 75.8% of all
private hospitals, all entrust outsource this
work to disposal firms to deal with the
medical wastes (Hsiao,2000). (NOTE:  I
have no idea what you mean by “about
80% of hospital of legal person of
financial group” means or how it fits in
this sentence.  Do you mean “To
effectively handle infectious medical
wastes, around 62.5% of all public
hospitals and 75.8% of all private
hospitals (or a combined total of nearly
80% of all legally operating hospitals)
outsource this work to disposal firms
(Hsiao,2000).”  Make sure that I have not
changed your intended meaning.)
Therefore, given the inevitability of the
waste growing expenditures in handling
medical wasteis unavoidable., The
medical organizations strive to minimize
costs, maintain high quality medical
mechanism hope have a low expenditure,
services quality friendly and lawful
disposale of infectious wastes legally firm.
Such concerns highlight the importance of
Consequently selecting qualified medical
waste disposal firms during
outsourcingexcellent firm is especially
important.
In sum, given the trend for This study
motive is the hospitals to eliminate the use
of medical waste disposal equipment on
their premises, adopt abandon type
medical hygiene equipment in a great
quantity, cope with increasing amounts of
make the medical waste to increase, and
rising treatment coststhe waste cope with
expenses also increase, and as well as
comply with environmental the laws
regulations, therefore the medical
organizations commonly outsource their
mechanism entrust the disposal firm
handle medical wastes treatment to
disposal firms (Hsiao, 2004). While many
The majority hospitals to select waste
disposal firms, hospital because of to
obstruct the relation on of management
ing is very difficult, consequentlyoften
selects a disposal firm based on its
professional general bottom experience
and a competitive bidnegotiated price to
select firm,.  However, such a decision
process lacks objectivity and a  but utilize
negotiated price to select firm is
insufficient, for the sake of avert these
wrong, f can pass quantitative means of
zation way , set up a way of evaluating
outsourcing candidatesmode., not
necessarily ensuring that the most
appropriate disposal firm is It can be
selected and not merely serve well ,
charge appropriatly and have good
disposal firm. Therefore, this work
presents a model based on the Delphi
method and analytic hierarchy process
(AHP) for selecting study purpose is to
establish disposal firms to treat infectionus
medical waste disposal firms discuss and
elect mode. ExerciseThe modified Delphi
method is adopted to marshalaccumulate
expert opinions and, based on that data,
establish an appropriate elected proper
assessment criterion.   Additionally, the
AHP theory is utilized to establish a
model for selecting firms, and calculate
the weights. (NOTE:  What are ‘the
weights’ you are referring to?  ‘the
weights’ for what?) The proposed model
provides an expectation can provide a
objective, and effective means of thods to
selecting disposal firms to treat the
infectionus medical waste disposal firms.
2.Methodology
An attempt is made to Research objects
of this study are to select the most
appropriate candidate among disposal
firms that treat infectionus medical waste
disposal firms. Methodology adopting tIn
addition to adopting the modified Delphi
method to accumulate expert opinions and
identifying a normal evaluation criterion.
Additionall, this study also utilizes the
AHP theory is utilized to establish a
model for selecting firms. Theoriesetical
approaches adopted herein are described
as follows.
2.1 Delphi Method
In order to assist infections medical waste
administrator can be effective, systematic
and objective to select an aAppropriate
infectionus medical waste firms must be
selected effectively, systematically and
objectively to facilitate hospital
administrators in decision making.
Therefore, the Delphi Method is adopted
to enable in order to condense eexpert's to
reach a common consensus during short
time,efficiently, consequently adopting
Delphi Method to treat as a standards
withsubsequently providing administrators
with an objective means of to selecting
disposal firms to treat the infectionus
medical waste disposal firms.  By
incorporating quantitative and qualitative
considerations, tThe Delphi method is a
secience and technology integrated
method with the quantification and
quality, can facilitate utilizes the way to a
discussion through in writing constantly
withamong anonymous experts, in order
to achieve performing the consistency in
approaching a topic underand to settle a
subject of debate. (Sung, 2001). (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) The Delphi method comprises
the following five steps: (1) selecting the
experts; (2) perform a questionnaire
survey inof the first round; (3) perform a
questionnaire survey inof the second
round; (4) perform a questionnaire ofin
the third round; and (5)  to synthesize
expert opinions and to reach a common
consensus. If theFor experts unable to
reach a common consensus, the steps (3)
and (4) are repeated until a uniform result
is achieved (Huang, 1996; Sung, 2001).
Given that Tthe Delphi method have
exceptional factor in the certain study,
(NOTE:  I have no idea what you mean by
“the Delphi method have exceptional
factor in the certain study”.  How about
“Given that the Delphi method handles
exceptional factors in a particular
circumstance,”  OK?  Although this makes
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)therefore the questionnaire
results must measured repeatedly
measuring, thus expending a considerable
amount of not only to waste time and
reducing the rate of recovery rate of the
questionnaires is reduced submitted
(Murry and Hammons,1995; Sung,
2001).Therefore, to correctremedy the
above limitations in the Delphi method,
immediately employ records andof expert
interviews are accumulated to
marshaldraw up a elementary basic
criterion, do instead of not gathering the
opinions of all  arrange the whole experts
suggestion with openthrough a questions
and answers approach.  (NOTE: Although
this makes this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)In this study
utilizes As an efficient means of gathering
expert opinions on a particular topic, the
modified Delphi method is used in this
study to develop perform a questionnaire
survey duringof the second round., in
which Modified Delphi method can to be
frugal time and enable expert direct to
gather the focus in the study topical.
Therefore, this study utilizes modified
Delphi method, have five experts
participate in the decision-making group.
A To collect the experts consensus opinion
is subsequently achieved in the non-
interference(NOTE: ‘the non-interference’
WHAT?  You are missing a noun for this
adjective to modify.  By placing a hyphen
between ‘non’ and ‘interference’ you have
made it an adjective and, therefore, are
missing a noun.) , andwith those results
gathereding the experts consensus
opinion.  , Finally, subjective factors are
identified using an objective after that
employ measurement method to reach the
purpose that the subjective factor
objectifies.(NOTE:  Do you mean
‘evaluation method’ OR ‘assessment
method’ instead of ‘measurement
method’?)

 2.2 Analytic Hierarchy Process(AHP)


As a decision making method, the
Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP)is a
decision method that decomposes a
complex multi-criteria decision problem
into a hierarchy (Saaty, 1980),.  The
procedure for the applying AHP to thean
uncertainty condition in order to identify
an and the majority estimateion criterion
with thefor decision making purposes is
question ,the calculation procedure as
follows:.  (NOTE: Although this makes
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
1. Establish thea hierarchy(NOTE:
‘hierarchical’?) structure.
  Deal with cComplex issues can be
addressed effectively through use of a
decompose capitalize the
hierarchy(NOTE: ‘hierarchical’?)
structure. Because of given the inability of
humans inability to compare more than
seven categories assumption(NOTE:
‘categories of ‘assumptions’? OR can you
simply say ‘categories’?  Check intended
meaning.) simultaneously. TheA hierarchy
is inadvisable toshould not contain more
than exceed seven elements. Under this
limited condition, can carry ona rational
comparison can be made and the
consistency can be ensured as well.
(Satty,1980; Deng and Tzeng, 1989) 。 . 
The first hierarchy of thea structure is
goal.(NOTE:  ‘purpose’ instead of ‘goal’?)
The end(NOTE: ‘final’?) hierarchy
involves the choiceselecting projects or
identifying (replacement :  OR OMIT)
alternatives, andwhile the middle
hierarchiesy levels is the appraiseal certain
factors or conditions.
2. Compute the element weight of various
hierarchies
    (1) Establishing  pairwise comparison
matrix A.
    Based on an element of the upper
C1 C2 hierarchy that is an evaluation
 Cn

standard, a pairwise comparison is for


each element. While Assume have n
elements are assumed, must make n(n-1)/2
elements of the pairwise comparison must
be derived. (NOTE: ‘derived’ instead of
‘made’?  Check intended meaning.) Let
 bedenote the set of elements,
C1, C 2,..., Cn

while  represents a judgment on a pair of


a ij

elements . An n by n matrix A can be


Ci , C j

expressed as follows:  
     (1)
Comparison results of tThe n
elements compare resultare inserted into
the upper triangle of pairwise comparison
matrix A. (NOTE: Although this makes
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.) ( Principal diagonal for the
element oneself comparison, therefore it
is1 ) (NOTE: Although this makes this
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)The lowerunder triangle
(NOTE: ‘triangular’?) values are relative
positions for the reciprocal values of the
upper triangle’s partial relative positions
values reciprocal, (NOTE: Although this
makes this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)i.e., = 1/ . a ij a ij

Where =1 and =1/ , , =1,2,…, n, two


aii a ji aij i j

elements ( ) that become one


Ci , C j

quantization value for an important


relative judgment. In matrix A, employ   a ij

can be expressed, as a set of numerical


weights , that “reflectsin which
W1 , W2 ........,Wn

the recorded judgments”  must be


assigned to the n elements . If A is C1 , C 2 ,....., C n

a consistency matrix, the relations


between weights  and judgments  are Wi a ij

simply given by  (for )  and


Wi / W j  aij i, j ,  1,2,....., n

matrix A as follows:

C1 C2  Cn

           (2)
(2) Compute the eigenvalue
and
eigenvector.
Matrix A multiplies the elements
weight vector ( x ) equal to nx , that isi.e., ( A -
nI) x =0, wherethe x  is the eigenvalue ( n ) of
eigenvector.  Given that  denotes the
aij

subjective judgment of decision-makers,


with the actual value ( ) hasving a
Wi / W j

certain degree of difference. Therefore,


Ax  n.x  cannot be set up.(NOTE:  Do you

mean ‘derived’ instead of ‘set up’? Check


intended meaning.) Satty (1990) suggested
that the largest eigenvalue   be
max

n Wj
 max   aij
          (3)
j 1 Wi

If A is a consistency matrix, eigenvector X


can be calculated by formula (4):

(A             (4)
max I)X  0

(3) Performing the consistency test.


Saaty (1990) propose utilizeding
consistency index ( CI ) and consistency
ratio ( CR ) to verify the consistency of the
comparison matrix. CI and CR are defined
as follows:
    CI  ( max                                 (5)
 n) /(n  1)

        CR  CI / RI  

                                      (6)
Where RI represents the average
consistency index over numerous random
entries of same order reciprocal matrices.
If CR  0.1 , the estimate is accepted and;
otherwise, a new comparison matrix is
solicited until CR  0.1 .
3. Compute the entirety hierarchy (NOTE:
‘hierarchical’?) weight.
After the computed for various
hierarchyies and element of weights are
computer, . Tthe entirety
hierarchy(NOTE: ‘hierarchical’?) weight
is computed, ultimately enabling decision-
makers to select the most appropriate
strategy.  (NOTE: Although this makes
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
 

19.  (Business Management)


Optimizing resource allocation via
integrated marketing communication—a
case study of credit card issuing
companies in Taiwan
 
Abstract
Credit cards are used pervasively
worldwide, as evidenced by strongfor
consumer’s demand, not only and the
diverse variety of financial services that
such card’s offer.  Credit card issuing
companies must thus adopt effective
marketing strategies to kind become
variety, many passing card organization’s
marketing method is to emerge in an
endless stream too. So the passing card
organization want to attract new maintain
the customer’s and maintain their loyalty,
must have complete and correct marketing
strategy. Therefore, this work presents a
IMC-based resource allocation
optimization model thatThe proposed
model incorporates the modified Delphi
method to (accumulate OR collect) expert
opinions, determine the criteria of the
allocation optimization model and apply
the analytic hierarchy process (AHP) to
evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed
model. Following a literature review and
interviews with experts in the field, the
Modified Delphi Method is adopted to
gather the group opinions of anonymous
experts.  The hierarchy level of the
integrated marketing communication-
based resource allocation optimization
model is then constructed.  Next, via the
analytic hierarchy process, each criteria
weight and the arrangement of importance
are determined.  Additionally, major
factors of the resource allocation
optimization model are discussed. Results
of this study provide the domestic banking
sector with an valuable reference for
understanding of how to implement
integrate marketing communication in
areas of product design advertising, public
relations, promotion, direct marketing and
customer relationship management.
AdditionallyMoreover, the proposed
model can contribute to the
competitiveness of local banks by
encouraging them to carefully utilizeing
limited resources.

Key words : :  Credit card, integrated


marketing communication, Delphi
method, analytic hierarchy process 
 
Methodology
Theis study are adopted modified
Delphi method is adopted here not only to
(accumulate OR collect) expert’s opinions,
but also to identifydecide the essential
(factors OR determinants) of the
integrated marketing communication-
based model, then apply. AHP is then used
to determine the decide(weight OR
criterion weight) of each essential factor’s
weight and rank of importance sort in this
study,. A thorough as description
followsbed below.

3. Consistency Test
Saaty (1980) proposed utilizing
consistency index ( CI ) and consistency
ratio ( CR ) to verify the consistency of the
comparison matrix. Additionally, CI  and CR
are defined as follows:
  
CI  ( max                             (4)
 n) /(n  1)

             CR  CI / RI                                     (5)

Where RI denotes the average


consistency index over numerous random
entries of same order reciprocal matrices.
If the estimate is accepted; otherwise,
CR  0.1,

a new comparison matrix is solicited until


CR  0.1.

Because the banking industry present still


not have a complete Given the lack of a
comprehensive and objective IMC-based
resource allocation optimization model,
therefore this study attempts to do so want
to construct one, this part divide into two
stages to proceed, t.  The first stage
comprisesincludes four steps, in which the
Modified Delphi Method is used to
identify the most appropriate evaluation
criteria. The second stage consists of five
steps, in which AHP theory is applied to
calculate the weight of the decision
evaluation criterion and evaluate the
effectiveness of the IMC resource
allocation optimization model. These
stages are described in detail as follows.
Step 1:  Form the Designate the group of
banking  experts group from  in the
primary bank managers in Taiwan.
  13 middle to high level managers from
the credit card issuing sections of In the
Chinesea tTrust cCommercial bBank, Tai
sShin iInternational cCommercial bBank,
Cathay cCommercial bBank, Union
cCommercial bBank and E-sun
cCommercial bBank were selected to form
the first five passing card bank, choose
thirteen middle to high level manager to
be experts for group in this study, it must
conform to 1. under the following
criteria:  a) each expert should behold a
managerial position in bankthe credit card
issuing department of a bank;  2.Tb) the
service year in bank to which the expert
belongs should have more than two be
over 2 years of experience in credit card
issuing services; and c) the expert should
be a 3.It should be upper Chief level’s
middle to high level banking manager ,. 
Experts selected in this study
chooseincluded three managers from
Chinesea tTrust cCommercial bBank,
three people,from Tai sShin iInternational
cCommercial bBank three people,, three
from Cathay cCommercial bBank three
people, two from Union cCommercial
bBank two people and two from E-sun
cCommercial bBank two people, different
bank manager, total amount thirteen
people. 

Step 2: Based on a Collect and sort


pertinent literature review, identify on
major factors in optimizing IMC resource
allocation optimization model, sift out the
final factor.
A literature review of local and
overseas studies is made to This study’s
factor information is refer to domestic and
foreign literature, initial find out identify
the factors  of Oto optimizeing resource
allocation model, to do the and, then, to
devise a confirm  criteria offor the
questionnaire survey submitted to expert’s
questionary,.  tThe Likert-type five scale
is used to ensure that the criteria weight
surpasses four scales above, which are
listed as the(the most OR an) important
reference criterion, and become final
confirm and sift out factor,. (NOTE: “,
and become final confirm and sift out
factor”  makes no sense and I don’t
understand its relation to the first part of
the sentence.) eEach level’s criteriona are
statedment as below:  
Hsu (2004) proposed that with 51
credit card issuing banks in Taiwan,  total
has as high as reach fifty-one card issuing
bank, credit card market ccompetition is
(stringent OR extremely volatile)violent,.
bBanks must thus adopt nothing is better
than using diversitye marketing
strategy,ies to gain strive in customer
loyalty. Given stringent competition and
an already saturated Because is not pure as
before, now competitor numerous, noise
more and more market, marketing efforts
must do more than just is not only single
aspect passingrelay information to
consumers, but also remain attune to
fluctuations in market trends and changes
in however is giving rise to the market
attention, arouse resonance, further to
obtain consumer’s accept and answer
preferences. Shi (2003) noted that as ever
mention now financial organizations tend
towards numerous stride into
grouplization (NOTE:  WHAT does
‘grouplization’ mean?) and diversification
way toin their management practices, at
the same time, only the integration of
various marketing practices can yield
strength integrated can bring into biggest
energy and  optimum benefits,. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) from the financial holding
aspectIn this respect, integrated marketing
communication is having bright
prospectshighly promising.         
ProductWhen we want to promote a
product usually need to proceed marketing
normally requires combining ation’s plan,
it is including factors of pProduct, Pprice,
Pplace and Ppromotion four parts. Given
that effectiveAmong promotion play the
important role ofinvolves communicating
with consumers, therefore promotion can
be viewed as a vital tool can named
marketing communication strategytool.
Afterward because eOwing to
environmental changes and fluctuations in
marketing develop trends involving the
developing IMC concept, thean effective
communication strategy consists of
perform divide into five communication
tool, include Aadvertising, pPublic
Rrelationship, event marketing events,
Ssales Ppromotion and Ddirect
Mmarketing etc. After collect expert’s
opinions are collected, in this study, here
Ppublic Rrelationship includes event
marketing events, besides add product
design and customer relationship
management to enhance the make model
more faultless.  (NOTE:  What “model”
are you referring to?) In pProduct design
includes the following three criterion, it’s
separately is:
(1) Product positioning and establishing of a
target market set :  it means must proceed
market segmentation is (performed OR
proceeded with) to setestablish a target
market, according different.  Based on
various target markets, then proceed
product positioning can be proceeded
with., fFor instanceexample, according to
data from Tai sShin iInternational
cCommercial bBank via information
investigate, discoverin contrast to males,
females that have a better credit history,
workmore stable work, lowera bed
amount of debt condition is less, and. 
Additionally, perceptual appeal (NOTE: 
Do you mean ‘promotional appeal’ instead
of ‘perceptual appeal’?  Check intended
meaning.)  more easily affects female
consumers is easier affect by perceptual
appeal, leading to a higher likelihood of
customer satisfactionfurther to generate
agreement. (NOTE: Although I have made
this confusing sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)  Given the rise in
Add female consumer power, ability
unceasingly rise, Tai sShin Bbank predict
female credit card market will be very
large develop space, therefore takehas
established female consumer segmentation
to be the Tai shin bank credit card ‘sas a
target market in credit card issuing.;
(2) Increased functions of Ccredit cards
function strengthening: for example,s
include the ability to secure Has the
traveling safe insurance, and borrows the
cash in advance ),; and
 (3)Increased preference for Ccredit card
userights and interests strengthening: for
example,s include preferential gives
favored treatment given to credit card
holders when to year expense, shopping
preferential benefit strengthening. 
(NOTE:  I have no idea what you mean by
“to year expense” in the context of this
sentence.)
In advertisement aspect mainly divide
intoCategorized as either creativity
strategy andor media strategy, advertising
consists of the following it is including:
six sub criteria:  (NOTE: ‘criterion’
instead of ‘criteria’? Check intended
meaning.) , separately is   (NOTE:
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
(1)Advertisementing creativity development:
the effectiveness of an it means develop a
advertisement in appealing to a
specificrepresent way that can touch target
group ., fFor instanceexample, Tai-Shin
bBank imprints use the slogan “An earnest
women is the most beautiful one.” on ato
mold r rose-colored credit card’s
temperament and unique personality to
appeal to the  to obtain female target’s
agreement, further to apply rose card
group;
(2)  Television advertisements: advertising
through via television media (, includeing
cable television and wireless television) to
proceed advertisement information
transmit, here means television plan and,
to encourage consumer purchases,. fFor
instanceexample, Visa Credit cCard
Corporation has, since the end of 2001,
successively promoteding two brand
image advertisements aimed at consumers
dining outside of the home and cinema
goers,”outside eating”and“outside watch
movie”,.  For consumers dining outside of
the home, the target group is among
”outside eating”mainly focus on twenty to
forty20-40 years olds, whom are enticed
by slogans such as  group that is talking an
opinion“Visa in hand, everything you
can”.  Using the Chinese actressfamous
star Ziyi-Zhang to beas a company
spokesman, Visa Card in basic media
benefit considering, Taiwan choose
broadcasted the advertisements before
celebrating the Chinese calendar nNew
yYear.  (, usually at the same time cause
tied shop manage time is short, and not the
peak period of credit card, however, it is
rush hour that consumer watch TV or
movie, :  I HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THIS
MEANS.  YOU NEED TO BREAK THIS
UP INTO TWO SHORTER
SENTENCES.  ALSO, I CAN NOT SEE
HOW THIS IS CONNECTED TO THE
PREVIOUS SENTENCE.  )  so
whenTherefore, when broadcasting the
advertisement, VisaISA Card first
broadcast the advertisement, specially
chooseaired Expectant golden period to
broadcast this the two minutes
advertisement during prime time ion all
twenty seven television channels during
the on that day and nighttime.;
 
(3)PlaneConventional media advertisement :
means plane media’s plans and purchases,
which includes advertisements in
newspapers, magazines, manualbrochures
and leafletsplaybill, etc. For
instanceexample, Tai-Shin bBank
extensively used newspaper advertising to
promote its Rose Card among expresses
the modern female’s as a gesture of
expressing their view point to modern
love, lifestyle and sexuality relationship
through newspaper and then create the
Rose card as the image of spokesman to
urban female. The mMagazine
advertisements play upon the exhilaration
that a uses womean’s feelsing who first
when receivesing roses to conveytransmit
the romantic naturecharacteristic of Tai-
Shin bBank’s Rose card and then build the
image of love spokesman to female.;
(4)  NetworkInternet-based advertisement:
adopting means network’s plan
andstrategies to encourage online
purchase,ing which using network
advertisement let and keeping the
consumer aware of the latest products or
serviceskow the newest news or activity
information about product, f.  For
exampleinstance, Taipei fFubon bBank
advertises on the front page of use
yYahoo’s! Taiwan first page, linking to its
website informing to connet the health
credit’s advertisement of credit card to tell
consumers ton know the content of new
project.the latest specials; 
(5)Advertisement in oOutdoor areas and
transportation media advertisement:
marketing strategies aimed at consumer
means outdoor and transportation media’s
plan and purchases, including via
outdoorroadside billboards and advertising
on public transportation or buses inside’s
playbill let masses know the product or
service’s information, f.  For
instanceexample, the Transportationat
present traffic b Bureau of the Taipei
cCounty gGovernment and Chinese tTrust
cCommercial bBank cooperatione toin
promote”ing Taipei county roadside park
expensean autopayment system for entry
to roadside parks in Taipei County using
credit cards”, through an the service via
Taipei county bus to do tight squeeze
advertising campaignement; and
 
(6)Radio advertisement: marketing strategies
aimed at consumer purchases through
means radio media’s plan and purchase,
which means usingradio broadcasting
stations to broadcast the function ofin
information and service-oriented formats.
For instanceexample ,via broadcast, now
“We are family” is equal to Chinese tTrust
cCommercial bBank’s promotes the
slogan “We are family” while  pronoun,
after then Cathay United bBank’s
continuously broadcasts the slogan
“Enrich your life” is unceasingly
broadcast via television or radio, to mold
theirestablish a brand image.
 
  In pPublic relationship aspect includes
the following six sub criterion,: which
separately is
(1)nNews releases and special column series
specialswriting: understand media
operation processes and characteristic,
clearly understand what demand of media
reporter,s that provide having news
valuable of product or service
informationnews release and special
column writing’s content;.
(2) Public welfare and supporting
Aactivityies: for eexamples, include
charitabley donatesions, the to education,
sports, medical health care, environmental
protection and so on related artaesthetic
activities.;
 
(3)The enterprise article proclaims of the
pProduct designs that promote the brand
image of the company: using various
marketing factor’s are adopted mix, take
thesefor a particular subject matter’s
content, in addition plan and design.;
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
(4) Media relationship management: contacts
established with raise the deep
relationship with media reporters and
understand the reporter’sto fulfill
consumer  demand to news, f.  For
instanceexample, every year immobile
weave expense in holding annual press
conferences are held in which  and give as
a small presents are given to attendees.;
(5)Event m Marketing events: Event
marketing is a activity that passing
through a special activitiesarrangement,,
such as usually is festival, the
celebration,anniversary celebrations, the
temple fairs or an exhibitions and so on
activity. For exampleinstance, aim at the
most popular thing that for family
gatherings or reunionsfriend have a chat
about old time in that often occur around
the Chinese Moon festival, Master cCard
iInternational organization offers a special
recommend platinum card special for
purchasing level enjoyment project about
meat burn store ”seven drogon”, preserve
health soup store, “health cook” chafing
dish and “COCA” Thailand dish and so on
suit to family, or friends choice,favorite
cuisine during the holidays favor different
and style diverse, and via these project to
.  This promotional activity reminds
consumers the convenience of credit cards
during remind anyone who has master
card series, platinum card, commercial
card, and world card’s friend use over
valuable preferential project to enjoy
beautiful festival activitiestime; and  
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
.
  (6)Crisis subject management: public
relation measures to for preventing and
handling include crisies handle before and
crisis handle after, the former is focus on
ordinarily public relationship, the latter is
after things happened, do thewith
compensation measures adopted after a
crisis occurs.  (NOTE:  Although I have
made this sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)  
 
 InThe promotional aspect includes the
following six sub criterion,: which
separately is
(1) pPrize drawing activity:, for
exampleinstance, card feeding ten times in
a monthly, can join thea car prize drawing
activity to promote credit card use, in
which  (2)Ccash is awarded or an
feedback, which is  divide into three
way,1. expense-free credit card is
provided for a year.; (NOTE:  Although I
have made this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)
2. Credit card holders can receive people
who hoding card  increase cosume amount
can get specific rate’s cash rebatesfeed
back. for a certain amount spent on the
credit card. 3. people who
holdingAdditionally, credit card holders
just feed card in this month, (can directly
expense credit in consume bill :  I HAVE
NO IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS AND
HOW IT IS RELATED TO THE FIRST
PART OF THE SENTENCE.)  .;  (NOTE: 
Although I have made this sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)

 
(3)Complimentary gifts: it divide into two
kinds, one iseither in the form of bonus
credits changeor incentives for purchasing
in a particular store. Complimentary gift,
fFor exampleinstance, in the universal
credit card scheme of Chinesea tTrust
cCommercial bBank’s universal card just,
card holders that collect arrive 6,733
bonus points can receive a to give as a
present against dazzle light protect eye’s
unique desk lamp, that protects eye
visiona.  Another example is for card
holders purchasing in a consuming in the
specific store, can immediately use
theaccumulated bonus points can
accumulate to offset the consume amount
this timereduce the purchased amount.,
fFor instanceexample, credit card holders
from JIH-sSun iInternational bBank can
simply card’s friend just use their bank
card consume in feeding card in theto
purchase Laurel travel products, can
choose b. (NOTE:  Although I have made
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
 Bonus points accumulated can lower the
retail priceto offset the consume amount
on the spot, everywith 100 points can
offset sixreducing 6 New Taiwanese
dollars from the purchase, with the highest
can offset total consume amount’s
deducted totalling 50% on that time; and
  
(4)Personnel sales: in here Personnel sale
has personally visited, keep a stall,booths
are maintained to encourage direct
promotion and commercial exhibitions
way to increase apply rate. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
 In dDirect marketing aspect includes
the following three sub criterion:, which
separately is
(1) Directly sends the Ee-email marketing:
via directly sends the Ee-mails sent to  to
know ccustomer’s various demand and
from this to do theas a form of
advertisementing promotion activity, offer
speedy sell service in order to build the
company image and encourage customer
relationship.;
(2) Telephone marketing: via telephone
visited, notify the new card information
and apply preferential to stimulate
potential consumers are contacted
regarding new card information to apply,
it’s a.  This highly interactionve
communication strategy is tool, especially
effective when aimed at a specific when
the target is correct control, thus creating
will have more sales opportunitieschance,
and get the efficiency immediately and
filter customer and obtain potential
customer.; and
(3) Directly sends the letter mail: a before
directly sends the letter should be through
the name list is carefully selected, for
mailing to  and resort by personal form, let
consumer or potential consumers feel
more respect. (NOTE:  Although I have
made this sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)
In the cCustomer relationship
management includes the following four
sub criterion, which separately is:
(1) customer database eEstablishment and
the integratedion of a customer database:
establishing an accurate correct and
clearly customer database establishment is
the firstinitial step of customer’s
relationship management, first must
proceed data warehouse, integrate bank
al.  All customer information is integrated
into the database in a bank, followed by
and establish in the same database, then
can proceeding data mining to understand
customer’s behaviordevelop a model for
consumer behavior.;

(2) Customer analysis: an enterprise


attempting to adopt in the customer
relationship management, must first
identify need to figure out which
customers are  potential customers, and
which customer have chance to promote
or to be the most valuable customers, or
some valuable and lost customer
opportunitiesperhaps miss, how to find the
indicate of becoming a valuable customer
from the huge.  All of this is possible
through closely examining a tremendous
amount of customer’s information, and
earlier find the customer who will miss
immediately.;

(3) Centralizedthe customer service


central’s service: integrateding
communication channels, including verbal
communicationspeech sounds, faxes,
computer information, i from the Internet
and a database etc technique integrate
application, and in order to satisfy
consumer need to adopt use electronic
commerce’s assistance to strength
customer satisfy.; and  (NOTE:  Although
I have made this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)

 (4)Constructs theAn interactiveon


website: an offer a iInternet sitepace can
satisfy customer needs without limitations
of  that is fit time, fit channel, fit product
interacte with customer or location..
Step 3: eEstablish an oOptimizeding
resource allocation model via integrated
marketing communication
Group experts determine theidentify
the criterion to establish an Ooptimizing
resource allocation model, penetration
through use of the modified Delphi
method to reach a consensus of opinions
among experts and to achieve uniform
recognition. This study obtains an
essential criterion after three rounds of
survey results yield an essential criterion
(Fig. 1).

Second stage: aApply AHP to


determinecide each factor weight for the
IMC resource allocation model each
factor’s weight.
Step 1: Establish a (hierarchy OR
hierarchical) structure.
for the IMC resource allocation model, each
evaluation factor comprises several levels,
including the goal hierarchy, criteria
hierarchy, and sub-criteria hierarchy (Fig.
1). 

e I Framework for optimization model of


Iintegrated marketing communication
resource allocation optimization model
framwork figure
Step 2: Establish each factor of the
pairwise comparison matrix.
    Through adoption of the modified
Delphi technique, thirteen experts via join
modify Delphi technique focus on each
level’s criterion to proceed with pairwise
comparison, then use e.  Each comparison
score via a geometric mean is then
collected to become the synthesis score,.
(NOTE:  Is ‘synthesis score’ common
terminology in your field?) For instance,
via the first level, the main criteria are
formed as the sample, such as in Table 1.
Formulae (1) and (2) are used to calculate
the aggregate pairwise comparison matrix.
Table I first level main factor’s pPairwise
comparison of main factors at the first
level (NOTE:  Although I have made this
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)

ep 3:  Calculate the eigenvalue and eigenvector.


Using the comparison matrix (such as
in Table 1), the eigenvectors are calculated
by formulae (3) and (4). The Table 2
summarizes the results of the eigenvectors
for each criteria and sub-criteria.
Step 4:  Perform the consistency test.
Based on formulae (5) and (6), the
criteria comparison matrix of consistency
is calculated for each hierarchy, such as in
Table 1. Results of the consistency test
and CR of the comparison matrix from
each of the nine experts are all smaller
than “0.1”, indicating “consistency”.
p 5:  Compute the relative weight of the
elements for each level.
According to By tTable 2 may know,
the aspect ofas for the element of the first
level , which the banker’s respect , in
order is ranks "the promotion"(0.232) as
first, next isfollowed by "the
advertisement"(0.195), "The ccustomer
relationship management" (0.189)," direct
marketing" (0.182),"P product design"
(0.105), and "Ppublic relationship"
(0.097);. In the sub-criterion of product
design part, the importance inof order is
strengthening the function of credit cards
function strengthening (0.365),
strengthening of Ccredit card rights and
interests strengthening( (0.356),
establishing the Pproduct position and
target market set (0.279); and
Advertisement part, development of
advertisementing creativity development
(0.296), which Eexceeds the television
advertisement (0.281)Exceeds, the
network advertisement (0.117)Exceeds,
the outdoors and the transportation media
advertisement (0.111) and
planeconventional media
advertisement(0.111)Exceeds the  and
radio advertisement (0.084);. (NOTE: 
You need to change the terminology
according to my above corrections.)  As
for The public relations part, in order is
the media relationship
management(0.207) ranks first, followed
by The enterprise article proclaims of the
product design (0.191), Ppublic welfare
and support Activity (0.178)and Crisis
subject management(0.178),The event
marketing event (0.141) , and Nnews
release and column writing strengthening
(0.107); The .  As for promotion part, in
order is C cash feedback (0.539), ranks
first, followed by Ccomplimentary gift
(0.260) , prize draw activity (0.106),
andThe  personnel sells(0.095) ; d. 
(NOTE:  You need to change the
terminology according to my above
corrections.)  As for direct marketing part,
in order is , telephone marketing (0.369)
ranks first,, follow by directly sends the
letter (0.320), and directly sends the email
(0.312) ; The.  As for customer
relationship management part, in order is,
customer service central’s service
(0.363) , ranks first, followed by
customer database establishment and the
integrated (0.246) , C, customer analysis
(0.206) , Constructs the and an
interactionve website (0.185).
May know byAs for the overall weight ,
most respect goes to forward five sub-
criteria, respectively,  ias Cash feedback
(0.081), advertisement creativity
development (0.068), customer service
central’s service (0.066) , , television
advertisement (0.065) , T and telephone
marketing (0.063) and so on.

Conclusion
Tthis work presents a IMC-based
resource allocation optimization model
that incorporates the modified Delphi
method to (accumulate OR collect) expert
opinions, determine the criteria of the
allocation optimization model and apply
the analytic hierarchy process (AHP) to
evaluate the effectiveness of the proposed
model. Following a literature review and
interviews with experts in the field from
Chinese Trust Commercial Bank, Tai Shin
International Commercial Bank, Cathay
Commercial Bank, Union Commercial
bank and E-sun Commercial Bank, the
Modified Delphi Method is adopted to
gather the group opinions of anonymous
experts.  The hierarchy level of the
integrated marketing communication-
based resource allocation optimization
model is then constructed.  Next, via the
analytic hierarchy process, each criteria
weight and the arrangement of importance
are determined.  Additionally, major
factors of the resource allocation
optimization model are discussed. This
study’s purpose is construct an credit card
optimized resource allocation model via
integrated marketing communication. First
via literature discuss the relative research
of credit card and integrated marketing
communication, then visiting with
managers who upper Chief level in
domestic first five bank in credit card
issuing involved (Chinese Trust
Commercial Bank, Tai Shin International
Commercial Bank, Cathay Commercial
Bank, Union Commercial bank and E-sun
Commercial Bank). Next, collected and
decide the hierarchy structure of credit
card optimized resource allocation model ,
the The priority sequence of each factor’s
weight ratio areis determined by analyzing
hierarchy process(AHP) Theory and
analysis software (Expert Choice 2,000).
Based on results of this study, we
conclude as the following:
According to our results, The
importance sort of six essential factors in
the first level separately is Pare
promotion, advertisement, customer
relationship management, direct
marketing, product design, and public
relationship, respectively.(NOTE: OK?)
From a promotional aspect, performance
aspect includes cash feedback,
complimentary gifts, prize drawing
activity, and personnel sale. The first three
separately isare cash feedback,
complimentary gift and prize drawing
activity, respectively, all belonging to
substantive benefits.  It is to say mModern
consumers are attach a heavy importance
to the additional value of credit cards
additional value. (NOTE:  You need to
change the terminology according to my
above corrections.) And iIn terms of
advertisement, the most important is
development of advertisement cring
creativity development, i.  If no correct
and efficaciouseffective createive  strategy
is available, subsequentafterward
strategyies will ineffective, and i.  In terms
of media strategy aspect, credit card
issuing departments most attach the most
importance to is television advertisements,
and network advertisements, thus it can be
seen, b.  Bank marketing personnelstaff
believe, first need to has thus prioritize
good creativity and correct advertisement
appeal, which could appeal to attracted
cutomer’s notice and generate the purpose
ofencourage purchaseing behavior.  And
in the credit card’sAs for media resource
allocation ,of credit card issuing
companies, still choose the television
media rank first in terms of that most
often frequently makeing contacts and
have voice and sound efficiency become
number 1 , with consumers. nNetwork
advertisement promote to number 2 Win
the planeranks second, followed by
conventional media. With advances in
Follow the information technology
science’s develop and the
generalitypervasive use of the iInternet,
the Iinternet has become a popular
advertisement media, f.  From the
perspective of customer relationship
management, the topfirst three ranking are
respectively is customer  central’sized
customer service ,, establishing and
integrated customer database, as well as
customer analysis, respectively. above all
pPrimary considerations are customer
convenience, in which customers can
immediately contact with the customer
service center and responses to the
questions, and.  The customer service
center can via establishing and
integratinge a customer database, which
can handle various to aim at different
customer and give different consumer
responses and handle .
In the twenty six sub criterion of in the
overall level, credit card issuing
companies the most attach the most
importance to separately is cash feedback,
advertisement creativity development, the
service of customer service center,
television advertisement and telephone
marketing. It can be seen Our results
further indicate that, for bankers
attempting to achieve maximum benefits
for think if want to make ththe credit
card’s benefit maximum, most importance
onis attached to promotional activity
.among c.  In this category, cash feedback
can most attract the most customers,
second is followed by successful
advertisement creativity, third isservice
quality of service staff’s service quality,
fourth is strength and sharpen expose of
television advertisement, and telephone
marketing, respectively. because of
expense are Given relatively low
expenses, the company can directly
interact with customers, quickly
understand consumer demand, which iso
always is the most often using tool of
direct marketing strategy that by bankers
use.  
The proposed model construct of this
study can lenot only tenable bankers to
understand the weight in each marketing
resource allocation, but also help bank
credit card issuing departments to
construct a systematic marketing
operation model,. bBesides its
appropriateness for use in the credit card
business can be suitable for use, the
proposed model can provide a valuable
reference for future different industry
marketing staff in different industries can
take this study to be a reference when
perform theattempting to adopt integrated
marketing communication.

20.  (Business Management)


Optimal Selection of the Location
(NOTE:  “Location” of what? Regional
Hospitals in Taiwan?) to Achieve a
Competitive Advantage by Using the
Analytic Hierarchy Process and Grey
Relational Analysis

This (study OR work) presents Aan


evaluation model approach ofto select the
optimal location selection evaluation
model(NOTE: ‘optimal location’ of what?
regional hospitals in Taiwan?). and iIts
computing algorithm is proposed in this
paper(described OR derived) as well.
Increased  recent years, Taiwanese living
standards in Taiwan in recent years have
made  was to promote, Taiwanese
residents have become more health
conscious and attach increasingly
concerned with importance to quality
healthcare, explaining the heightened
consumer demand in thefor quality and
scope of medical services. The (relevant
whole structure :  OR OMIT) criteria (for
OR of) this model are determinedrived
from a literature review and interviews
with a expert group of expertsinterview,
this study also adopts t.  The Modified
Delphi Method is also adopted herein. The
proposed model includesorporates the
Aanalytic Hhierarchy Pprocess (AHP) to
determine the (evaluation weights OR
weights of evaluation). Grey Rrelational
Aanalysis (GRA) is then performed to
rankselect the optimal location Selection
of a regional hospital in Taiwan to
determine itsthe effectiveness of the
proposed evaluation model.

The evaluation procedure of this study


consists of several steps, as shown in Fig.
1. The evaluation procedure of this study
consists of several steps as shown in Fig.
1. FirstInitially, we identify the Optimal
Sselection of the Llocation of a regional
hospital in Taiwan is identified by
considering itsto C competitive
Aadvantage aspects. After constructing the
evaluation criteria hierarchy is
constructed, we calculate the criteria
weights are (calculated OR determined)
by applying the Aanalytic Hhierarchy
Pprocess (AHP) method. Finally, we
conductthe Technique for Order
Preference by Similarity to Ideal Solution
(TOPSIS) is adopted to achieve the final
ranking results of candidate hospitals.

Thise proposed evaluation model for


evaluatingaimed at selecting the optimal
location selectionof regional hospitals in
Taiwan with respect to competitive
advantage of hospitals comprises the
following steps, as shown in the optimal
location selection to competitive
advantage measurement process in Fig. 2.
Figure 1 Evaluation framework of optimal
location selection to achieve a competitive
advantage

Figure 2 Optimal location selection to achieve a


competitive advantage measurement
process

Figure 3 Establishment of a One regional


hospital is establishing hospital, with
considersation of locations in the Eeast
district of Taichung City, Taiping City and
Dali City.

Figure 4 Hierarchical structure to select


and evaluate the optimal location for
regional hospitals in Taiwan with respect
to competitive advantage

Table 1 Aggregate pair-wise comparison matrix


for criteria of level 2

Table 2 Eigenvectors and weights of three


location selection areas under eighteen
sub-criterions

Table 3 Synthesis Vvalue of three


locations selection areas under eighteen
sub-criteriaon
Table 4 Evaluations of three locations
selection areas under sub-criterions in
relation to each criterion as averaged

Optimizing the Manufacturing Quality


Yield of Silicon Wafer Slicing via the
Analytic Hierarchy ProcessManufacturing
Quality of Silicon Wafer Slicing by Using
the AHP

21.  (Business Management)


Optimizing the Manufacturing Quality
Yield of Silicon Wafer Slicing by
Usingvia the Analytic Hierarchy
ProcessAHP
Abstract
  This study develops(work OR study)
(presents OR describes) a novelsystematic
algorithm for optimizing the quality yield
of silicon wafer slicing manufacturing
quality yield. Silicon wafer slicing iAs an
increasingly complex manufacturing
process, silicon wafer slicing such
asinvolves high purity levels,
crystallographic perfection and precise
mechanical tolerances, thus complicating
efforts to dominate(ensure OR maintain)
process stability and quality control
analysis effectively. At present, 12 inch
wafer slicing is the most difficult to
control forin terms of semiconductor
manufacturing yield. As The ssilicon
wafer slicing has directly influenced
theimpacts production costs,
semiconductor manufacturers are
especially concerned with facing the
question of the yield not merely pay close
attention to the promotion ofincreasing
and maintaining the yield, as well as
identifying why but the maintenance of
the yield and finding out the factor that the
yields declinedecline, it is equally the
focal point cared about of semiconductor
manufacturers. The relevant whole
structure criteria offor establishing this
modelthe proposed algorithm are derived
from a literature review and interviews
with a group of experts group interview,in
semiconductor manufacturing. this study
also adopts tThe modified Delphi method
is then adopted to analyze those results.
The proposed algorithm also incorporates
model includes the Athe analytic hierarchy
process (AHP) to determine the
(evaluation weights OR weights of
evaluation). Additionally, Ssimple
additive weighting (SAW) is (performed
OR applied) not only to calculate the total
score of each construction case, andbut
also to (rank the priority weights OR
determine the rank of priority OR
prioritize WHAT? ). Finally, the proposed
algorithm can selects the evaluation
outcomes which evaluateto (assess OR
identify) the worst (performing machine
OR machine of precision). (NOTE:  You
should specify why ‘machine’ you are
referring to.) Adopting the proposed
algorithm By the evaluation decision to
ensure the manufacturing quality of model
of the constructional silicon wafer slicing
manufacturing quality, and that (provides
OR offers) a highly effective means of
making optimal decisions in the
semiconductor industrystandard operation
procedure (SOP) of the best
manufacturing quality decision. Finally,
usingResults of the exponential weighted
moving average (EWMA) control chart
are presented to demonstrate and verify
the feasibility and effectiveness of the
proposed AHP-based algorithm method in
effectively (determining OR selectsing)
the evaluation outcomess and evaluateing
the precision of the worst performing
machines of precision.
eywords: Silicon Wwafer Sslicing,
Mmanufacturing Qquality, mModified
Delphi mMethod, Aanalytical Hhierarchy
Pprocess, Ssimple Aadditive Wweighting

1. Introduction
  The pervasiveness of In recent years, the
prevalence of the electronic products and
the Internet-based technologies has
significantly contributed to the accelerated
development and global competitiveness
of makes the industry of the
semiconductor industry in Taiwanrapidly
develop and the technique and quality are
the edged tools with which the electronic
industry of our country can exist in the
international market.  Global
semiconductor manufacturers have
reached a milestone over three decades of
progress with the emergence of confront
another crucial moment over the past 30
years, each participator among them
maintains at 12 inch wafer (production
facilities OR factories). The reason that 12
inch wafer (production facilities OR
factories) are highly attractive owing to
their (quick OR efficient) product
deliveryhaving so great influence lies in
the tow great factors that properties of
product of quick promotion and reducing
theed (overhead OR production) costs,
thus elevating the global competitiveness
of so stride into the new century of 12
inch wafer factory, the international status
of Taiwanese semiconductor
manufacturers to unprecedented levels
proprietors is more and more important.
  Since 1980, the competition ofThe
semiconductor industry has, since 1980,
prioritized regards the manufacturing
process technique, thewafer yield and the
cycle time as the targets of
yardsticksbenchmarks for success.  At
present, 12 inch wafer slicing is currently
the most (complex OR difficult) (with
respect to OR in terms of) (increasing OR
controlling) yield in for semiconductor
manufacturing yield. The As silicon wafer
slicing has directly influenced theimpacts
production costs, facing the question of
the yield not merely pay close attention to
the promotion of theincreasing and
maintaining wafer yield, as well as
understanding factors contributing to
declining but the maintenance of the
yields are of priority concern among and
finding out the factor that the yield
decline, it is equally the focal point cared
about of semiconductor manufacturers.
  In the past, makingPrevious
researchstudies on productand discussion
of the quality thatin semiconductor
manufacturing, mostly used the have
largely adopted statistical methods to
probe into their impacts on theexamine
either (wafer OR product) yield or how by
the process engineers’ understanding to
the process, choosingselect the possible
influence to the process parameters of
(wafer OR product)the yield viabased on
their subjective experiences,. Those
results areand then analyzedsing with
using statisticsal or the methods of
experimental design methods., hHowever,
semiconductor manufacturing often
includes several hundreds evenup to
thousands of process parameters that
influence each other, so it is verymaking it
extremely difficult to (identify OR
determine)choose those factors of thethat
influence from them. (NOTE:  Although I
have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
Cunningham et al., (1995) indicated that,
although recounts that the yield question
that has been improved through the
conventional statisticsal and traditionally
experimental design methods have
enhanced wafer yield, statistical methods
have many limitations with respect to but
as some complicatedcomplex mutual
influence and the non-linear problem
existing, there are a lot of restrictions to
the implementation of statistical method.
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)  In aAdditionally,
Brada et al., (2002) mentionsfound that
under a large number of parameters used
in materials made of the semiconductor
manufacturingat present, statistical
methods can not it has been already
unable to (analyze its useful decision
information by statistical method
efficiently OR obtain reliable information
for decision making).
Silicon wafer manufacturing processes
(consists of OR comprises OR includes)
crystal growingth, pulling,(NOTE:  Is this
terminology or are you just translating
from Chinese to English?  Do you mean
‘extraction’ instead of ‘pulling’?) slicing,
lapping, (NOTE: Is this terminology or are
you just translating from Chinese to
English?) etching, polishing, and cleaning.
Their mMeasurement items(NOTE: Do
you mean ‘criteria’ instead of ‘items’?) of
process quality and the parameters of
quality control are as follows: (1) lack of
precision in measuringdetermining
thickness (THK), (NOTE:  There is no
need to use the acronym since you do not
use this terminology anywhere else in the
paper.)bow, warp, total thickness variation
(TTV), (NOTE:  There is no need to use
the acronym since you do not use this
terminology anywhere else in the
paper.)center thickness (CTRTHK),
caused by unstable motion of the wire
knife and scrape mark during slicing
process and (2) quality control parameters,
(such as, OR including OR e.g.,)
electricity, resistivity and oxidation that
related to crystal pulling are not discussed
in this paper. (NOTE: Is ‘crystal pulling’
terminology or are you just translating
from Chinese to English?  Do you mean
‘extraction’ instead of ‘pulling’?) In
polishing, the polished wafer will be
revised those quality (characteristics OR
features) in item (1) are (adopted OR
incorporated) to (modify OR enhance) the
polished wafer by using precision
polishing machines. (NOTE:  Although I
have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.) 
However, the manufacturing cost of the
polishing process is (significantly OR
markedly OR substantially OR much)
higher than that of the slicing process.
(NOTE: OR could you simply say
“However, polishing is much more
expensive than slicing.”?)  Hence, quality
control mainly (is concerned mainly with
OR focuses largely on) slicing process.
While adopting the EWMA control chart,
Lin et al. (2002) applied EWMA control
chart, verifiedying that analysis (NOTE: 
Do you mean ‘through analysis that’
instead of ‘that analysis’?) “bow” (NOTE:
Is this common terminology? Or are you
translating from Chinese-English?) is the
worst quality (feature OR characteristic)
(of OR in) wafers. From the perspective of
See the angle of the quality (feature OR
characteristic), the (manufacturing :  OR
OMIT ) yield of the silicon wafer slicing
that bow(NOTE: What do you mean by
“yield of silicon wafer slicing that bow”? 
Do you mean “yield of silicon wafer
slicing for the bow”?) is the key
characteristicof priority concern.
  In the semiconductor manufacturing, the
manufacturing yield of the silicon wafer
slicing is the most difficult to control.
Silicon wafer slicing is a complex
manufacturing process, complicating
efforts to dominate process stability and
quality control effectively. A wafer can be
easily broken during inspection, because
of owing to its thinness and brittleness
(Lin et al., 2002). Moreover, slicing is a
kind of cutting techniqueprocedure that
has difficulty in (producing OR yielding)
the required precision. The wWafer
slicing isdepends on appeared needing via
the variables of machine-related, the
human-related, the management-related
and the measurement accuracy-related
factors, etc.( 自 己 先 改 ) related decisive
factor, in order to measureensure the
quality of the productionmanufacturing
operations course, and these factors
alsoerrors in which would destabilize the
slicing process (Lin et al.,). 魚骨圖那篇
文獻
This research will aim to (work OR
study) presents an evaluation decision
model that  assesses the yield quality of 12
inch wafer slicing in semiconductor
manufacturing. quality to adopt theA
literature review is performed, along with
the modified Delphi method and analytic
hierarchy process (AHP) as well.   to
construct the evaluation decision model,
and regard a wafer factories tThree kinds
of diamond cutting machines used in
wafer production are used as the test
target(s?) of this studying, set themwith
the results subsequently generated
incorporated into the evaluation decision
model proposed herein. Moreover, the
proposed model includes the Analytic
hierarchy process (AHP) to determine the
(weights of evaluation OR evaluation
weights) are determined using AHP.
Simple additive weighting (SAW) is then
performed to rankFurthermore, tthe worst
performing machines in terms of precision
are then ranked using simple additive
weighting (SAW). Finally, using the
exponential weighted moving average
(EWMA) control chart are presented to
demonstrates and verify the effectiveness
of the proposed AHP method in
effectively selectsing the evaluation
outcomes and evaluating the precision of
the worst performing machinesevaluate
the worst machine of precision. By tThe
proposed evaluation decision model
significantly contributes to efforts in of
the constructional silicon wafer slicing
manufacturing to establish a standard
operational procedure for ensuring quality,
take the effective manufacturing quality
yield in the semiconductor industryas
assessment and examination that offer a
standard operation procedure (SOP) of the
best manufacturing quality decision.

2. Methodology
First, tThe relevant whole structure
criteria for the evaluation decision model
of this model are (obtained OR derived)
from following an exhaustive literature
review, this study also adopts through use
of the modified Delphi method. After
constructing the evaluation criteria
hierarchy is constructed, we calculate the
criteria weights are (calculated OR
estimated) by applying analytic hierarchy
process (AHP) method and we conduct;
the final ranking results are obtained using
simple additive weighting (SAW) to
achieve the final ranking results. Finally,
use of the EWMA control chart
demonstrates the feasibility of the
proposed AHP-based algorithm in
effectively (determining OR selecting) the
evaluation outcomes and evaluating the
precision of the worst performing
machines. using the exponential weighted
moving average (EWMA) control chart
verifying that the proposed AHP method
effectively selects the evaluation outcomes
and evaluate the worst machine of
precision.

2.1. Delphi method and modified Delphi


method
The Delphi Mmethod is a technical
conformity research technique, in the
study process can focus assume topic
toaccumulates and analyzes the results of
anonymous experts that communicate in
unceasingly written, discussion and
feedback formatsfrom the anonymous
experts on a particular topic. All
anonymous experts proposeshare
knowledge skillsprofessional know-how,
expertiseience and opinions, and change
different views each other, until set up the
uniform a mutual consensus is
achievedrecognition (Sung, 2001). The
comprehensive Delphi method
has(comprises OR consists of) five
procedures: (1). Selecting the anonymous
experts,; (2). Carry on  Conduct the first
round of a survey of the first round,; (3).
Carry on theConduct the second round of
a questionnaire survey of the second
round,; (4). Conduct the third round of a
questionnairearry on the survey of the
third round,; and (5). (Incorporate OR
Integrate OR Synthesize) the experts’
opinions and get to reach a
consensusmmon view. Usually repeatedly
carry on the sSteps (3) and (4) are
normally repeated until a consensus is
reached on a particular tends to the
uniform result if our topic don’t achieves
the mutual recognition (Sung, 2001).
Results of We can apply the literature
review verifies and with the expert
interviews can be used to (incorporate OR
identify OR synthesize) the all common
views ofexpressed in the survey,
simplifies the.  (NOTE:  Although I have
made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.) 
Moreover, step (2) is simplified to replace
the traditionconventionally adopted
opening style survey. Simplifying thus the
process; doing so is (commonly referred
to as OR called) the modified Delphi
method (Sung, 2001). SoTherefore, this
article(study OR work) develops a quality
evaluation criteria for is used the modified
Delphi method to finding the silicon wafer
slicing manufacturing quality evaluate
criteria,by using the modified Delphi
method, as well as by conducting
interviews with  and through anonymous
experts interview. (and survey of outcome
direct to focusing in our research
subject. :  NOTE;  I HAVE NO IDEA
HOW THE LAST PART OF THIS
SENTENCE IS RELATED TO THE
FIRST PART. IF UNNECESSARY,
THEN DELETE.) In 1975, Delbecq et al.
(1975) point outsuggested five to nine as
the appropriate number of  the suitable
membersindividuals ofin a Delphi method
group is five to nine persons. Therefore, in
this study, our article had nine experts
participatedory decision group ofin the
modified Delphi method-based decision
group. In theTo ensure non-interference
condition, collectionopinions of the expert
group are opinion(collected OR
accumulated), followed by then
synthesizes of those opinions among the
(manufacturing :  OR OMIT )
engineer’sing experts views to getto
identify the majorkey factors for
consideration in the quality evaluation
criteria related the selecting influenceof
silicon wafer slicing manufacturing
quality of criteria.

2.2. Analytic hierarchy process


methodology
As a decision method that decomposes
a complex multi-criteria decision problem
into a hierarchy (Saaty, 1980), AHP is also
a measurement theory that prioritizes the
hierarchy and consistency of judgmental
data provided by a group of decision
makers. AHP incorporates the evaluations
of all decision makers into a final
decision, without having to elicit their
utility functions on subjective and
objective criteria, by pair-wise
comparisons of the alternatives (Saaty,
1990). Yang et al. (2000) applied AHP to
determine systematic layout planning on
semiconductor wafer fabrication facilities.
AHP has thus been successfully applied to
a diverse array of problems, with the
calculation procedure as follows:
Establish the hierarchy structure.
When deals the complex issue, we can
be performed decompose thThe hierarchy
structure can be decomposed when
(confronting OR dealing with) a complex
issue. Given the inability of Based on the
humans tocan not compareison above the
more than seven kinds things at the same
timecategories simultaneously, so we must
assume each elements of the hierarchy
must be assumed to not suitably surpasses
seven elements. Under this limitedation
condition, it may carry on thea reasonable
comparison can be made and and easier
ensure the consistency ensured as well
(Satty, 1980). (NOTE:  Although I have
made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended
meaning.)The first hierarchy of the
structure that is we want to achieve the
goal. (NOTE:  Can you specify what is the
‘goal’ you are referring to?)  Under tThe
(final OR end) hierarchy involves the
selecting the choice projects or
replacementing the alternatives, as well as
thewhile each middle hierarchies arey is
either the appraisal factor or criteria.
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)
Compute the element weights of Vvarious
hierarchies.’ elements weight computation
(1). Establishment of pair-wise
comparison matrix A
An evaluation standard is established
bBased on an element of the upper
hierarchy is an evaluating standard, (going
on the pairwise comparison to each
elements. :  I HAVE NO IDEA HOW
THIS RELATES TO THE FIRST PART
OF THE SENTENCE. HOW ABOUT 
“with a pairwise comparison made of each
element.”)  If hashas Assume that the n
elements must make n(n-1)/2 elements of
the pairwise comparison. (NOTE: 
Although I have made this sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.) 
Let C1, C2, …, Cn denote the set of
elements, while aij represents a quantified
judgment on a pair of elements Ci, Cj. The
relative importance of two elements is
rated using a scale with the values 1, 3, 5,
7, and 9, where 1 refers to “equally
important”, 3 denotes “slightly more
important”, 5 equals “strongly more
important”, 7 represents “demonstrably
more important” and 9 denotes
“absolutely more important”. (Doing so
OR This) yields an n-by-n matrix A as
follows:
C1 C2  Cn
C1  1 a12  a1n 

C 1/ a 1  a2 n 
A   aij   2  12 ,
  

                       (1)
 
 
Cn 1/ a1n 1/ a2 n  1 

Where  and a  1/ a , i, j  1, 2, ..., n.  In matrix A,


aij  1 ij ij

the problem becomes one of assigning to


the n elements C1, C2, …, Cn a set of
numerical weights W1, W2, …, Wn that
reflects the recorded judgments. If A is a
consistency matrix, the relations between
weights Wi and judgments aij are simply
given by  (for i, j  1, 2, ..., n. ) and matrix A
Wi / W j  aij

as follows:
C1 C2  Cn
C1  w1 / w1 w1 / w2  w1 / wn 
C2  w2 / w1 w2 / w2  w2 / wn 
A ,
     

                        (2)
Cn  wn / w1 wn / w2  wn / wn 

(2) Calculation of Eeigenvalue and


Eeigenvector calculation
Matrix A multiplyies the elements
weight vector ( x ) equal to nx , t.  That is, ( A
- nI ) x =0, the.  Where x  is the Eeigenvalue (
n ) of the Eeigenvector.  Due toGiven , be aij

makers’ the subjective judgment of


decision makes can give comparisone and
appraisale (NOTE: ‘compare and appraise’
WHAT? ‘the results of their decision’?),
with the truly value ( ) haveing the Wi / W j

some level degree of (NOTE: OK?)


difference.  Therefore, so that Ax  n.x  can not
to be set up. Satty (1990) suggested that
the largest eigenvalue   be:  (NOTE:  Be max

careful with your use of colons (  :  ).  You


can only use a colon when you have stated
a complete idea.)
n Wj
max   aij
j 1 Wi
,
                            (3)
If A is a consistency matrix, eigenvector
X can be calculated by
( A   I ) X  0 ,                            (4)
max

(3) Consistency test


Saaty (1990) proposed utilizing
consistency index (CI) and consistency
ratio (CR) to verify the consistency of the
comparison matrix. Where (NOTE: 
Never start a sentence with a value.)  CI
and RI are defined as follows:
CI  (  n) /(n  1) ,              
max

        (5)
CR  CI / RI .              

           (6)
Where RI represents the average
consistency index over numerous random
entries of same order reciprocal matrices.
If CR  0.1 , the estimate is accepted:
otherwise, a new comparison matrix is
solicited until CR  0.1 .
Compute the oOverall hierarchy weight.
computation
After the weights computation for the
various hierarchies and elements are
computed, then compiles computation
results for the overall hierarchy weight
computation, are compiled.  and
finallyFinally, to decide our goal of tthe
most appropriate strategysuitable plan is
(determined OR identified).
Implement the Aanalysis implement(NOTE: 
Should you specify what kind of
analysis?)
This paper used implement is Microsoft
Excel 2003 and Expert Choice 2000 (2nd
Edition) Ssoftware are used to process the
data and analyzesis tools.  (NOTE:
‘analyze’ what?  OR can you omit ‘and
analysis tools’ without changing the
sentence’s overall meaning?)

2.3. Simple additive weighting


methodology
The SAW method, also known as the
weighted sum method, is probably the best
known and most widely usedextensively
adopted MADM method (Hwang and
Yoon, 1981). The basic logic of SAW is
tofocuses mainly on obtaining a weighted
sum of the performance ratings (for OR
of) each alternative over all attributes
(Fishburn, 1967). In this study, the simple
additive weighting (SAW) is then
performed to rank the worst performing
machines in terms of precision are ranked
using SAW that to determinereach the
(optimum OR best) manufacturing quality
decision. The SAW method normally
requires normalizing the decision matrix
(X) to allow a comparable scale for all
ratings in X by
xij  x min
j
rij = ,
  (i  1, 2, ..., m, j  1, 2, ..., n) ,        (7)
x max
j  x min
j

where r (0  r  1)  is defined as the


ij ij

normalized performance rating of


alternative A  on attribute C . This
i j

normalization process transforms all the


ratings in a linear (proportional) way
manner, so thatenabling the relative order
of magnitude of the ratings to remains
equal (NOTE: ‘equal’ to WHAT?  OR
‘equivalent’ to WHAT?) (Nijkamp, 1977).
The overall preference value of each
alternative (V )  is obtained by i

n
Vi = W j  rij ,
j 1                  (8)
(i  1, 2, ..., m) .

TheA greater the value (V ) , the implies a i

more (preferred OR preferable) the


alternative ( A ) . i

2.4. Exponential weighted moving


average control chart
  Regardless of whether the  or   X /R X /S

control chart is used , the process is under


control at time , but using .  However, thet

exponential weighted moving average


(EWMA) control chart (Robert, 1959), it
alarms notifies that the process is already
abnormal. (NOTE:  I made the correction
in this way because I assume that ‘it’
refers to EWMA control chart.  Right? 
Make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)  Although after time , t

the observation point-trend is (increasing


OR rising), the  or
X /R  control chart
X /S

showsindicates that (there is nothing for


acting in the process :  THIS MAKES NO
SENSE.  I HAVE NO IDEA WHAT YOU
MEAN AND HOW THIS RELATES TO
THE FIRST PART OF THE
SENTENCE.). However, in the EWMA
control chart, (the statistic has set off the
alarm.:  .  I HAVE NO IDEA WHAT YOU
MEAN.  What ‘statistic’ are you referring
to?  What ‘alarm’ are you referring to?)
A previous study adopted Exponential
weighted moving average (EWMA) to
verifying the analysis results of bow
(NOTE:  Does your reader understand
what ‘bow’ refers to in the context of this
sentence?) (Lin et al., 2002). Byased on
the adjusting the drift of the wire knife to
enhanceimpacts the quality of slicing
discussions among experts on slicing, the
exponential weighted moving average
(EWMA) control chart is presented to
demonstrates and verify the feasibility and
effectiveness of the proposed AHP-based
algorithmproposed discussions. An
EWMA control chart detects and quickly
sets off the alarm in the case of an
(substandard OR abnormality) product
quality efficiently and informs the product
engineerquickly (Lucas and Saccussi,
1992). Therefore, the methodproposed
algorithm can effectivelyclosely monitor a
little driftslight variation in the
manufacturing process. The (precisely
determined OR effectively measured)
value of bow is plotted on an EWMA
chart. A univariate EWMA chart is
modeled as
Z = X  (1   ) Z , t  1, 2, ..., n,
t t t 1                    (9)
where   idenotes the weighting factor
(defined by the decision maker) and
typical values for   arerange between 0.05
and 0.3 in SPC applications; X  is the t

subgroup average for the current subgroup


at time t  (or the current observation if the
subgroup size is one (n  1) ); the value of Z  at
time zero, Z  , is either a target value or the
0

overall average of the selected subgroups


(also defined by the decision maker).
The upper and lower control limits for
the EWMA statistics are as follows.:
3   
UCL  Z 0    1  (1   )  , and
2i

n  1                 (10)
3   
LCL  Z 0    1  (1   )  .
2i

                 (11)
n  1  

where Z  irepresents the starting value


0

(defined by the decision maker as either


the target value or the process mean
value), and n  is the size of the subgroup.

3. Decision model application and results


Figure 1 illustrates the algorithm
procedure in which This model for
evaluating the worst performing machine
ofis evaluated with respect to precision
comprises the following steps, selection to
worst machine of precision measurement
process Fig. 1.
**   Figure 1: Algorithm procedure in
which the worst performing machine is
evaluated with respect to precisionThe
silicon wafer slicing manufacturing
quality decision model to select worst
machine of precision processes   **
ep 1: Define the evaluative criteria and sub-
criteria(NOTE: ‘criterion’?) used to select
the worst performing machine (with
respect to OR in terms of) precision.
Here, the modified Delphi method is
applied to define the evaluation criteria
and sub-criteria (NOTE: ‘criterion’?) are
defined using the modified Delphi
method. Murry and Hammons (1995)
suggested that the modified Delphi
method must summarize expert opinions
on a range from 10-30. Administrators and
engineers from Tthirteen wafer factories
administrators and engineer awere then
issued a preliminary questionnaire in
which four evaluation criterions and
eleven evaluation sub-criterions awere
incorporated, and.  Each criterion  are was
defined in the defining ofterms of
(operational OR operating OR operation)
type out every criterion (Table 1).
(NOTE:  Although I have made this
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
  Table 1: The o(Operating OR Operational)
type for defining criteria and sub-criteria
factors   **
Step 2: Establish a hierarchical framework.
Based on the modified Delphi method,
a general consensus among experts can be
reached to establish a hierarchical
structure. The worst performing machine
(in terms of OR with respect to) precision
can be selected and evaluated based on
four evaluation criteria, eleven evaluation
sub-criteria and, finally, the alternatives
(Fig. 2)
**   Figure 2: Hierarchical structure
required to (determine OR selecting) the
manufacturing quality of silicon wafer
slicing manufacturing quality   **
Step 3: Establishment each factors of the
pair-wise comparison matrix.
Purposive sampling is (performed OR
applied) to sample sixteen respondents
comprised of from wafer factories
administrators and engineers from wafer
factories. Base on the (weight OR
weighted) value that experts finally assign
weight value, use the (geometric OR
geometry) mean value is used to
computeing comprehensive experts
decision-making community scores of all
experts in order to formulate the (weight
OR weighted) values selecteding for
silicon wafer slicing manufacturing
quality weight values. (NOTE:  Although I
have made this sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)  For instance, the
main criteria as the sample,(NOTE:  This
sentence is incomplete because there is no
verb.) such as in like Table 2. We using
the fFormulae (1) and (2) are used to
calculated the aggregate pair-wise
comparison matrix.
*   Table 2: Aggregate pair-wise comparison
matrix for criteria of level 2   **
Step 4: cCalculateing the eigenvalue and
eigenvector.
Using the comparison matrix (likesuch
as in Table 2), the eigenvectors were
calculated by formulae (3) and (4). The
Table 3 listssummarizes the results of the
eigenvectors for each criteria and sub-
criteria.(NOTE: ‘criterion’?) 
**   Table 3: Weights of the criteria, sub-
criteria and three diamond cutting
machines   **
Step 5: Perform the Cconsistency test.
(Based on OR According to) formulae
(5) and (6) calculated the each hierarchy’s
criteria comparison matrix of consistency
for each criteria (NOTE: ‘criterion’?)  is
calculated, as shown in Table 2. This
paper rResults of the consistency test and
the C.R. of the comparison matrix from
each of the five experts and eleven users
are all < 0.1, indicating “consistency”.
Furthermore, the C.R. of the aggregate
matrix is also < 0.1, also indicating
“consistency”.
Step 6: Computatione each levelsthe
relative weight(s?) of the elements for
each level.
Aaggregated the related sScores
provided by all decision makers are
aggregated using the formulae (7) and. 
Table 3 summarizes the results for each
levels relative weight(s?) of the elements
are showed Table 3 for each level.
ep 7: Calculate the oOverall levels hierarchy
weight calculate forto (identify OR
selecting) the worst performing machine
(in terms of OR with respect to) precision.
e composite priorities of the alternatives are
then determined by aggregating the
weights throughout the hierarchy. The
composite priorities of the alternatives are
(NOTE: ‘are’ WHAT?  You are missing a
word behind ‘are’) using the formulae (8).
According to Table 4, “A-WD-300” is
used to selects the evaluation outcomes
and evaluate the worst performing
machine (in terms of OR with respect to)
precision.machine of precision.
**   Table 4: The silicon wafer slicing
manufacturing quality apply AHP decision
model to sSelection of the worst
performing machine (in terms of OR with
respect to) precision in silicon wafer
slicing using the proposed AHP-based
decision algorithm worst machine of
precision result   **

Step 8: Perform an EWMA-based


verificationying analysis of previous AHP
step (results OR outcome OR result)
The process standard deviation,  , is
estimated using the X  chart and, then,
setting   0.3  and n  2  are set to monitor and
inspect the bow of three kinds  diamond
cutting machines (DFD660, DFD670 and
A-WD-300). In this chart, 124 samples are
generated while the process is controlled.
Using formulae (8) and (9), Tthe upper
and lower control limits for the EWMA
statistics, are used using formulae (8) and
(9) to calculate the bow of three kinds
diamond cutting machines. In Figure.
(NOTE:  Spell out the word ‘Figure’ if it
is the first word in a sentence; otherwise,
use ‘Fig.’)3, the out-of-control conditions
appear at the 6th, 27th and 45th signals. In
Figure. 4, the process is out-of-control at
the 26th and 46th signals. In Figure. 5, the
process is out-of-control at the 6th, 26th,
27th and 46th signals.  (Atypical OR
UUnusual) operating conditions forms of
the manufactureing process appear in that
A-WD-300 diamond cutting machines
appear arethe most. Such an identification
significantly enhance the quality yield of
So silicon wafer slicing manufacturing
quality yield also improves relatively.
Consequently, the quality of bow’sthe
EWMA chart for the bow verifies theying
analysis results, in which theand AHP
results are the same. (NOTE: ‘the same”
as what?) (NOTE:  Although I have made
this sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that I did not change your intended
meaning.)  Based on the evaluation
outcomes, “A-WD-300” is selects the
evaluation outcomes and
evaluatedetermined to be the worst
performing machine (in terms of OR with
respect to) precision.
**    Figure 3: Upper Side of “DFD660”
Bow’s EWMA Chart by X Counts   **
**   Figure 4: Upper Side of “DFD670”
Bow’s EWMA Chart by X Counts   **
**   Figure 5: Upper Side of “A-WD-300”
Bow’s EWMA Chart by X Counts   **
Conclusions
Selecting silicon wafer slicing
manufacturing quality system is an
extremely complex issue, often relying on
the subjective assessment of decision as
well as the makers usually subjective
decision. In particular, Especially in
semiconductor manufacturers, the
administrators and engineers oin
semiconductor manufacturing the business
administrative order and operate order can
not have the clearlack objective decision-
making toolprocedures and a clearly
defined evaluating criteria. Moreover the
majority engineers rely on the experience
principle to make the decision.(NOTE:  I
have deleted this sentence because it is
redundant of what is stated in the previous
sentence.) Therefore, this paper(study OR
work) presents an AHP-based algorithm to
determine manufacturing quality in
suggestion by adopting the silicon wafer
slicing manufacturing quality of AHP
decision model in order to selectidentify
the worst performing machines (in terms
of OR with respect to) precision,. and
utilizeThe EWMA control chart is also
adopted to identify the worst performing
test and verify form three kinds of
diamond cutting machines in terms of  are
many unusual questions choice worst
machine of precision. It is the same that
the result is really decision to select with
as the “A-WD-300” one. The proposed
AHP-based algorithm significantly
contributes to efforts to upgrade
manufacturing quality in For this case
setting up the silicon wafer slicing
manufacturing quality of AHP decision
model results correspond. Specifically, the
proposed algorithm can assist Anticipated
the AHP model building can be help the
semiconductor manufacturers for thein
similar muilt-criteria (tasks OR questions),
have an  by offering an objective and
systematiczed method  means of selecting
the worst performing machine (in terms of
OR with respect to) precision and
ultimately increasing the quality yield of
selecting optimizing silicon wafer slicing
manufacturing quality yield in the future.

22.  (Business Management)


November 30, 2005

Professor Smith
Editor in Chief
NAME OF JOURNAL (NOTE:  Italicize)
Address

Your Name
Institute of Business Management
Yuanpei University of Science and
Technology
Yuanpei Street
Hsinchu, Taiwan, Republic of China  300
Dear Professor Smith,
Please find enclosed the resubmitted
version of the manuscript, “Optimally
Selectiong ofthe Location forof Taiwanese
Hospitals to Ensure a Competitive
Advantage by Using the Analytic
Hierarchy Process” (Reference No. 8541)
by (NOTE:  List names of authors) for
submission to (NOTE:  List name of
journal and put in italics).  The
anonymous reviewers are appreciated for
their valuable comments, and we have
modified the paper based on their
comments.  Please feel free to contact me
if you have any additional requirements.
We look forward to your favorable reply.
We have revised our paper according to
the comments of reviewer, as stated
below:

icle: Selectiong ofthe Location forof Taiwanese


Hospitals to Ensure a Competitive
Advantage by Using the Analytic
Hierarchy Process

Reply to reviewer’s comments

Manuscript#8541
Reviewer No. Referee#477 1 477-1

Reference number: Referee#477- 1


Thank you for your valuable comments.  I
have replied to those concerns as follows.

Comment 1:
An objective of the manuscript is to apply
the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) in
selecting an optimal location for a hospital
in Taiwan.  This is a typical application of
AHP and it does not provide significant
contribution to the literature.  The
discussion of the AHP methodology (pp.
6-7) is brief with mistakes.  For example,
the last line on p. 6 should be “where aii =
1” instead of “where aji = 1”.  Also, the
AHP methodology as represented in (1),
(2) and (3) (pp. 6-7) should not be referred
to as “formulae” in Section 4: Case
Implementation.
An objective of the manuscript is to apply
the Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) in
selecting an optimal location for a hospital
in Taiwan.  This is a typical application of
AHP and it does not provide significant
contribution to the literature.
ReplyAnswer:
While the application of AHP may
appear to be typical, it is
definitely a relevant one.  While
identifying the market niche for
The problem research of the
hospitals is seldom addressed in
literature, niche choice is also not
much,efforts to identify market
demand with respect to plus the
medical treatment resources
market satisfied in the Taiwanese
region are scarce as well.
Selecting the most appropriate
location for hospitals based on
market demand is essential to
effectively implement Carry out
the influence of the island wide
national health insurance
schemeand other ordinance
problems, it is important that
choice the hospital niche,.
Therefore, this study to
constructs a novel index sign that
can determine the optimal
location of suits to measure the
hospitals to establish the hospital
niche choice, thus
provideproviding a standardized
to establish a standard homework
procedure of thefor hospital
administrators and other
authoritiesniche choice for
hospital.
Comment 2:
The discussion of the AHP methodology
(pp. 6-7) is brief with mistakes.  For
example, the last line on p. 6 should be
“where aii = 1” instead of “where aji = 1”. 

Reply:
Thank you for point out this
mistake.  The error of It’s already
false to “where aii = 1” has been
changed to establish correct text for
“aji = 1” ion P.page 6 of the resubmitted
version.  (NOTE:  Make sure that I have
not changed your intended meaning.)

Comment:
Also, the AHP methodology as represented
in (1), (2) and (3) (pp. 6-7) should not be
referred to as “formulae” in Section 4:
Case Implementation.

Reply:
(In this text the AHP methodology as
represented in (1) to (6) referred to as
“formulae” establish correct text
for ”Eq” in Section 4: Case
Implementation and Section 5 Applying
AHP to select the location of hospitals to
ensure a competitive advantage.  :  I
HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS. 
WHAT IS ‘In this text’?  The original
version?  What is ‘correct text’? 
‘resubmitted version’?  There is no verb in
this sentence.)

Reference number: Referee 477-2#477- 2


Thank you for your valuable comments.  I
have replied to those concerns as follows.

Comment 2:
Since the decision problem is the selection
of an optimal location for a hospital, the
authors have included literature review on
Porter’s Diamond Model and Location
Theory.  The literature review is brief and
in some cases, is not relevant to the
decision problem.  For instance, what is
the relevance of a discussion on the three
perspectives of plant location, i.e.,
prescriptive, nation-based; and customer-
based business, on selecting an optimal
location for the hospital? 

Reply:Answer:
Thank you for pointing this out.  In tThe
literature review (NOTE: ‘The literature
review’ of what version?  ‘in the original
version’ OR ‘in the resubmitted version’?)
addresses how toon selecting a the
location for theof a hospital part.
Although The problem research
ofn theselecting the location of a
hospital niche choice is also not
muchlimited, but (it’s already re-
correct with sorting and
concerning about the hospital
niche to choose that literature review
in Section 2: Literature review and
Section: References.  :  I HAVE NO IDEA
WHAT THIS MEANS.  REWRITE.  Do
you mean  “The literature review in
Section 2 and References of the
resubmitted version contain a more
detailed discussion.” ? )

Reference number: Referee #477- 744-3


Thank you for your valuable comments.  I
have replied to those concerns as follows.

Comment 3:
The authors have done a poor job in
linking the literature review (pp. 3-5) with
their choice of the six criteria and eighteen
sub-criteria in evaluating the three
possible geographical locations for the
hospital.  In fact, the criteria and sub-
criteria are simply listed on pp. 9-12 and
the discussion on these factors is
fragmented.

Reply:Answer:
Thank you for pointing out this error.  In
tThe literature review (on pages pp. 3-5)
of the resubmitted version attempts to
more clearly on selecting a location for the
hospital part, it does already re-
correct with sorting and
concerning, explain the selection of the
six criteria and eighteen sub-criteria in
evaluating the three possible geographical
locations for the hospital. (NOTE:  Make
sure that I have not changed your intended
meaning.)  Also, and on pp. pages 9-12 of
the resubmitted version contain a more
detailed the discussion onf these factors
called.

Reference number: Referee#477- 4


Referee 477-4
Thank you for your valuable comments.  I
have replied to those concerns as follows.

Comment 4:
The number of exhibits (16 tables and 2
figures) included in the manuscript is
extensive. They should be condensed and
simplified. Furthermore, the discussion on
pp. 13-14 is repetitive and it should
include highlights of the findings only.

The number of exhibits (16 tables and 2


figures) included in the manuscript is
extensive. They should be condensed and
simplified.
Reply:Answer:
Thank you for pointing this out.  The
number of tables in the
resubmitted version has been
reduced from 17 to 7 for
simplificationstudies already will
seventeen tables cut for (condensed and
simplified) seven tables and brevity.

Comment:
Furthermore, the discussion on pp. 13-14
is repetitive and it should include
highlights of the findings only.

Reply:
Thank you for this suggestion.  In the
resubmitted version, repetitive parts of the
Discussion section have been deleted,
along with highlights of the main findings
more clearly pointed out in The
studying the content has repetitive
part have already modified. Tthe
cConclusion sectionalso makes to
explain more clearly.

Reviewer No. Referee#478

Reference number: Referee#478

Referee 478
Thank you for your valuable comments.  I
have replied to those concerns as follows.
Comment:
The author needs to update references to
2000 and after and describe in detail the
actions being taken as a result of the study.

ReplyAnswer:
Thank you for this comment.  The
References section of the
resubmitted version has added
more recent studies with respect
to study to have already
increased abouthospital location
and AHP involving of cultural
heritage after 2000, including the
following:
Comment
The author needs to update references to
2000 and after and describe in detail the
actions being taken as a result of the study.

Reply:
Thank you for pointing this out.  The In the
study of “Conclusions” section of the
resubmitted version morehave already
more clearly made to explains
the actions being taken as a
result of this study, Iincluding
why use AHP is feasible for to solve
the selectiong ofthe location forof
Taiwanese hospitals act.

Reviewer No. Referee #482-1


Thank you for your valuable comments.  I
have replied to those concerns as follows.

Reference number: Referee#482- 1

Comment 1:
Title and body of paper claim an optimal
solution. Use of the Delphi Method to
obtain the decision model (hierarchy)
provides a consensus among the experts,
but in no way claims that an optimal
model has been developed. The AHP
inputs (pair-wise comparisons) are also
the averaged inputs from several experts. 
This is also not an optimization process.
Certainly, the construction of the
hierarchy and collection of the pair-wise
comparisons are a valid methodology and
merit publication. However, the
methodology is not an optimization
process in the context of the mathematical
optimization of the linear programming
model and solution.

ReplyAnswer:
Thank you for pointing out this
error.  In the resubmitted
version, the term “optimal” has
been deleted from the I have
already understood that Referee’s
mean,in the study title of the paper and
body of paper already will “optimal”
Strike offthe rest of the
manuscript. 
Referee 482-2Reference number:
Referee#482- 2
Thank you for your valuable comments.  I
have replied to those concerns as follows.

Comment 2:
Organization of the body of the paper could
be improved by more clearly explaining
how the results are developed. For
example, page 8 provides Steps 3 – 6.
Step 6 appears out of order.  As I
understand the author’s methodology,
pairwise comparisons are collected from
experts and then averaged (geometric
mean) to obtain the comparison matrix.
Seems like Step 6 should precede Step 3. 
In addition, page 12 refers to 13
respondents and top of page 12 refers to
“eleven experts” and “Setup 6” (Step?)
refers to 5 experts.

Organization of the body of the paper


could be improved by more clearly
explaining how the results are developed.
For example, page 8 provides Steps 3 – 6.
Step 6 appears out of order. 

AnswerReply:
Thank you for this suggestion.  In the
resubmitted version, the contents of step 6
part for “Compute relative weight of the
elements for each level” “Computation
each levels relative weight of the elements
” that have already re- have been
more clearly explained the
content of the clear step.  . (NOTE: 
Make sure that I have not changed your
intended meaning.)

Comment:
As I understand the author’s methodology,
pairwise comparisons are collected from
experts and then averaged (geometric
mean) to obtain the comparison matrix.
Seems like Step 6 should precede Step 3. 
In addition, page 12 refers to 13
respondents and top of page 12 refers to
“eleven experts” and “Setup 6” (Step?)
refers to 5 experts.
Reply:
Thank you for pointing out this error. 
OnIn page 12 of the resubmitted version
Speak of, “Setup 6” and “five experts”
for the mistake in writing, it’s have
already modified forhave been
changed to “Step 6” and “eleven
experts”.

Reference number: Referee 483-Referee#482- 3

Thank you for your valuable comments.  I


have replied to those concerns as follows.

Comment 3:
Technical Content.
Page 7 and tables, author documents a
CR<= 0.1 as acceptable.  “By convention
we requite the consistency ratio to be 5%
and 8% for n = 3 and 4 respectively and
10% for all values of n >=5.” (See
Fundamentals of Decision Making,
Thomas L. Saaty, 1994.)  This reference
should also be included in the
bibliography.
For Tables 1 – 7, I was able to reproduce the
AHP weights to the 3 significant figures
as shown in the paper.  For the other
tables, I could only reproduce the author’s
results to 2 significant figures.  This
difference does not change the resulting
order of the 3 alternatives.  I suggest the
following:
Author verify his calculations
Provide in the paper how the
computations were accomplished, e.g.
commercial software, author’s spread
sheet.
Although implicitly stated, author should
state clearly what scale was used to make
the pairwise comparisons.
Table 16 appears to be incorrectly labeled
—I see no “eigenvectors,” only weights.
Table 15 is confusing.  There are 24 items
to rank, however, only the top 10 are
identified.
In table 15, the column labeled synthesis
value might better be labeled “global
priority.”  See page 16 in the above
referenced Saaty book.
Comment
Page 7 and tables, author documents a
CR<= 0.1 as acceptable.  “By convention
we requite the consistency ratio to be 5%
and 8% for n = 3 and 4 respectively and
10% for all values of n >=5.” (See
Fundamentals of Decision Making,
Thomas L. Saaty, 1994.)  This reference
should also be included in the
bibliography.

ReplyAnswer:
InThank you for pointing this out. The
”Consistency test” section of the
resubmitted version has been
have already modified and
describe as follows:  ”For n = 3 the
required consistency ratio (CR Goal ) should
be lessower than 0.05,; for n = 4, it should
be lessower than 0.08; and for n ≥ 5, it
should be lesslower than 0.10 to getobtain
a sufficient consistent matrix. Otherwise,
the matrix should be revised (Saaty,
1994)”.

Comment:
For Tables 1 – 7, I was able to reproduce
the AHP weights to the 3 significant
figures as shown in the paper.  For the
other tables, I could only reproduce the
author’s results to 2 significant figures. 
This difference does not change the
resulting order of the 3 alternatives.  I
suggest the following:
Author verify his calculations
Provide in the paper how the
computations were accomplished, e.g.
commercial software, author’s spread
sheet.

Reply:
Thank you for this suggestion.  The number
of tables in the resubmitted version has
been reduced from 17 to 7 for study
already will seventeen tables cut for
(condensed and simplification and
brevity.ed) seven tables, Additionally, and
indicate with the code for each
standard, it’s make the form more
(NOTE:  Does ‘the code for each
standard’ make sense?)  has
simplified and direct and made
more clear.

Comment:
Although implicitly stated, author should
state clearly what scale was used to make
the pairwise comparisons.

Reply:
Thank you for pointing this out.  In the
resubmitted version, ”Step 3: of
“Establishment each factors of the pair-
wise comparison matrix”” There has
been clearly stateds clearly what scale
wais used to make the pair-wise
comparisons.  Andditionally, in ” Section
5: of “Applying AHP to select the
location of hospitals to ensure a
competitive advantage ”, Step 1 to Step 7
have been modified re-tidy up
with thea more concise
explanation; and join.  This explanation
is further illustrated in ”Figure 1: entitled,
“Measurement process for lLocation
selection to ensure a competitive
advantage measurement process”.

Comment:
Table 16 appears to be incorrectly labeled
—I see no “eigenvectors,” only weights.

Reply:
Thank you for pointing out this error.  In
the resubmitted version, the labels in
Table 7 (or Table 16 in the original version
(Table 7) appears to be labeled ) have
already been changed for(NOTE:
‘to’ instead of ‘for’?) “Results of
The hospitals to ensure a competitive
advantage aapplying the AHP decision
model to select locations of hospitals in
order to gain a competitive
advantageselection areas result”.

Comment:
Table 15 is confusing.  There are 24 items
to rank, however, only the top 10 are
identified.

Reply:.
In table 15 (Thank you for your careful
attention.  In Table 6 of the resubmitted
version (or Table 15 of the original
version), there are 24 items tomust be
ranked,. (Already all row prefaces,
before only the top 10. :  I HAVE NO
IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS) According
to Table 6, can get the global priority of
three (location areas to be selected OR
locations selection areas) can be obtained
under eighteen sub-criteria that, in which
their   order   were   almostis nearly
inside the   10th (NOTE: ‘the 10th
WHAT?) (NOTE:  Although I have made
this extremely confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.) 
and we can got Additionally, the
evaluation criterion can be obtained to
select the optimal location.

Comment:
In table 15, the column labeled synthesis
value might better be labeled “global
priority.”  See page 16 in the above
referenced Saaty book.

Reply:
In tableThank you for your suggestion.   15
(In Table 6 of the resubmitted version (or
Table 15 of the original version), there is
part ofof the term “synthesis value” that
has alreadyhas been changed to “global
priority” all changed into with content.
Reference number: Referee#482-  482-4
Thank you for your valuable comments.  I
have replied to those concerns as follows.

Comment 4:
Summary.  This is a good and practical
paper.  The English needs to be improved
and a more clear and precise development
of the methodology provided.  Additional
effort is required to provide a paper that is
adequate for publishing.

ReplyAnswer:
Our colleague, who is a native English
speaker, has revised the manuscript for
syntax and writing style errors.This paper
has already asked the English professional
personage to see in the content. ”In
Section 3: entitled, “Analytic hierarchy
process methodology”, that the
descriptions have been clarified
with a more concise re-tidies up
with the explanation.

23.  (Business Management)


Selectiong ofthe Location of for
Taiwanese Hospitals to Ensure a
Competitive Advantage by Using the
Analytic Hierarchy Process

2.2 (Location theory for hospitals  OR


Hospital’s Location theory) (NOTE: 
Avoid using hyphens in technical papers.)
  The location was addressed by As a
naturalist from theof United .S.tates, who
his name is Grinnel first addressed the
location (NOTE: You need to specify ‘the
location’ of WHAT?  If you are not
specifying a particular location, then
delete ‘the’ in front of ‘location’) in in
1904 at first. That study assumed that He
allows the two (groups OR crowds)
(NOTE:  Do you need to specify which
kind of ‘groups’?) depend on a certain
kind of affinity withfor food in the same
location, but it is impossible tocan not
(continue balance for keeps in amount :  I
HAVE NO IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS).
The number of individuals in one group is
crowd has more than the other, given
thatbecause these two groupscrowds
should compete with each to get for the
same assets. (Location’s concept construct
of community. : THIS IS AN
INCOMPLETE SENTENCE BECAUSE
THERE IS NO VERB.) There are mMany
members of a population (NOTE:  Instead
of ‘a population’, how about ‘the general
population’?) share assets and are related
in the community. Location refers to the
functions and roles that tThe
population(NOTE:  Instead of ‘The
population’, how about ‘the general
population’?)  have function and roleplays
in the community, it’s called location.
AccorCorrespondingly, the theory of
location necessitates that become
sscientists brings up an assortment of
answer how to use a finite list of assets
based on an array of answers (NOTE: 
Can you specify what answers you are
referring to?) so that groups can to
compete and live with each otherin the
naturally.   (NOTE: Although I have made
this confusing sentence grammatically
correct, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.) As location
selection theory emerged, Weber (1909)
proposed the position problems of a
factory. Early location theory focused
mainly on the production of raw materials
and selling to markets in order to
determine a factory’s optimal position by
minimizing transportation costs.
The hospital sectorindustry is unique in
thatsince it includes for-profitprivate, non-
profit, and governmental-owned facilities,
sometimesoccasionally competing for the
same patients. The sSelection of locations
in the hospital industrysector reflects
suggests the need to develop models that
are specific to this industryunique sector.
Empirical evidence suggests that some
location dimensions normally considered
in analyzing organizations are not
germanerelevant in analyzing hospitals
while others explain a great
dealconsiderable amount of detail. For
exampleinstance, unemployment rate and
per capita income of the local population
(can accurately predict OR are significant
predictors of) hospital closure (Longo et
al., 1996). ThePertinent literature
generally regards selection of location as a
disadvantage for hospitals, but provides
limited empirical evidence that this is
trueto support this claim. The size of
potential market size in areas(NOTE: ‘in
WHAT areas?) may (pose OR be) an
impediment because some hospitals are
located near limitedin sparsely
populatedions areas, (not only so affects
the hospital to choose the position the
factor also to have very many. :  I HAVE
NO IDEA WHAT THIS MEANS.  Do you
mean “ , thus affecting the ability of
hospitals to select many locations.” ? )
There has been little research that
develops models of the relationships
between Exactly how hospital location,
strategy, operational decisions, and
performance are related has seldom been
addressed. (Conversely, OR In contrast,)
these variables have frequently been
(adopted OR used) into studies ofy
manufacturing operations. For
exampleinstance, Swamidass and Newell
(1987) used (the uncertain of location
aspect OR location’s uncertainty) (NOTE: 
Avoid apostrophes in research papers.) to
accurately predict elements of operations
strategy, which in turn are subsequently
used to predictforecast business
performance. Similarly, Ward et al. (1995)
show thatdemonstrate the ability of
selection of location factors can be used to
accurately predict the operations strategy
used by successful manufacturing firms.
They find thatAccording to their results,
high and low performing firms use
differerent in strategies in the same
environment, supporting their hypothesis
that high performers develop strategies
that are more effectively responsived to
selection of location demands.
Location and proximity to markets are
important factors forprofoundly impact
service organizations generally and
hospitals in particular. Specifically, having
a (location OR having established a
location) is (a significant OR an
important)   selection factor for hospitals.
Hospitals in locations(NOTE: Hospitals in
WHAT locations? Do you mean Hospitals
depending on location strategy?) have
struggled in recent years and, with their
survival maypossibly depending on
developing appropriate strategies that are
appropriate for their location (Hudson,
1995; Henry, 1994). Hospital location is
important because the largest segment of a
hospital’sthe market share for a hospital
comes from an area of proximity toclose
to the hospital (Robinson and Luft, 1985).
Goldstein et al. (2002) investigatesd how
hospital management adoptsuses strategy
(NOTE: ‘strategies’?) to respond to the
location factor of urban or rural locations.
While hospital strategies have been
extensively studied extensively, as
reported in the literature, few studies
address the linkagerelation between
decision-related (issues OR factors) to set
upselect a hospital’s location decisions
issues has seldom been addressed. Lamont
et al. (1993) also fiound that hospitals can
improve their performance better by
changingmodifying their strategy to
achieve a better (correlation OR fit) with
(its OR the) location. These important
results are important because they
showdemonstrate that hospitals can use
their strategies to respond to location
conditions. Nath and Sudharshan (1994)
addressed the location (relative OR
relativeproximity) to other hospitals as
part of a hospital’s business strategy. In
shortsum, theprevious literature has
identifiesd strategic groups in the hospital
industrysector and begians to link
strategies to decision-making and
performance. MoreFurther empirical
evidence is needed(required OR
necessary) to determine the location or
organizational factors that (instigate OR
initiate OR prompt) (such OR these)
strategies. In aAdditionally, the role of
technology investments in strategic
decision-making needs tomust be
evaluated. Finally, assessment of location
strategies should be tied tolinked with
hospital performance.
InWhile anticipationg of a flood
ofstrong demand for healthcare, more
hospitals were builthave been (constructed
OR established) (Crichton et al., 1985). In
anticipation of a flood of demand for care,
more hospitals were built (Crichton et al.,
1985). Between 1944 and 1950, the
number of hospital beds per 1000
populationindividuals nearly doubled
(Roth et al., 1955). MeanwWhile, the
strategically locatedion of a hospital’s
location have give it in compatriot's
results in enhanced  better service in
medical treatment. (In the topographical
size of ground in Taiwan that saturation of
influencing 23 million populations. : I
HAVE NO IDEA WHAT YOU MEAN. 
THERE IS NO VERB IN THIS
SENTENCE.  YOU NEED TO WRITE A
SIMPLE SENTENCE STRUCTURE OF
NOUN + VERB + OBJECT  IF YOU
WANT ME TO UNDERSTAND YOUR
MEANING.) The role of location
selection strategy of hospital’s
establishment in Taiwan,, under the
restrictions of the governmental
policypolicies and regulations,
significantly influences the selection of
future hospital and decree becomes
influence locations selection very
important.
Above investigations confirm that
regardless of whether in the structure
strategy;, market demand conditions or
governmental regulations significantly
impact etc. influence decisions regarding
selection of hospital location are all
important. Correct decisions regarding
location selection not only enable
hospitals to reduce operational costs and
increase profits, but also enhance their
competitive advantage of hospital,
ultimatelythus spurring future growth.
Establish the hierarchy structure.
The hierarchy structure can be
decomposed when (confronting OR
dealing with) a complex issue. Given the
inability of humans to compare more than
seven categories simultaneously, each
element of the hierarchy must be assumed
to not surpass seven elements. Under this
limitation, a reasonable comparison can be
made and  consistency ensured as well
(Satty, 1980). (NOTE:  Although I have
made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended
meaning.)The first hierarchy of the
structure is to achieve the goal. (NOTE: 
Can you specify what is the ‘goal’ you are
referring to?)  The (final OR end)
hierarchy involves selecting the projects
or replacing the alternatives, while each
middle hierarchy is either the appraisal
factor or criteria. (NOTE:  Although I
have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended
meaning.)When deals the complex issue,
we can be performed decompose the
hierarchy structure. Based on the human
can not comparison above the seven kinds
things at the same time, so we must
assume each elements of the hierarchy not
suitably surpasses seven elements. Under
this limited condition, it may carry on the
reasonable comparison and easier ensure
the consistency (Satty, 1980). The first
hierarchy of the structure that is we want
to achieve goal. Under the end hierarchy
is the choice projects or replacement
alternatives, as well as the each middle
hierarchies are the appraisal factor or
criteria.
Compute the element weights of various
hierarchies.Various hierarchies’ elements
weight computation
(1). Establishment of pair-wise
comparison matrix A
An evaluation standard is established
based on an element of the upper
hierarchy, (going on the pairwise
comparison to each elements. :  I HAVE
NO IDEA HOW THIS RELATES TO
THE FIRST PART OF THE SENTENCE.
HOW ABOUT  “with a pairwise
comparison made of each element.”) 
Assume that the n elements must make
n(n-1)/2 elements of the pairwise
comparison. (NOTE:  Although I have
made this sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)  Let C1, C2, …, Cn
denote the set of elements, while aij
represents a quantified judgment on a pair
of elements Ci, Cj. The relative importance
of two elements is rated using a scale with
the values 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9, where 1 refers
to “equally important”, 3 denotes “slightly
more important”, 5 equals “strongly more
important”, 7 represents “demonstrably
more important” and 9 denotes
“absolutely more important”. (Doing so
OR This) yields an n-by-n matrix A as
follows:Based on an element of the upper
hierarchy is an evaluating standard, going
on the pairwise comparison to each
elements.  If has the n elements must
make n(n-1)/2 elements of the pairwise
comparison. Let C1, C2, …, Cn denote the
set of elements, while aij represents a
quantified judgment on a pair of elements
Ci, Cj. The relative importance of two
elements is rated using a scale with the
values 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9, where 1 refers to
“equally important”, 3 denotes “slightly
more important”, 5 equals “strongly more
important”, 7 represents “demonstrably
more important” and 9 denotes
“absolutely more important”. This yields
an n-by-n matrix A as follows:
                        (2)
(2) Calculation of Eigenvalue and Eigenvector
calculation
Matrix A multiplies the elements weight
vector ( x ) equal to nx .  That is, ( A - nI ) x =0. 
Where x  is eigenvalue ( n ) of the
eigenvector.  Given , the subjective
aij

judgment of decision makes can  compare


and appraise (NOTE: ‘compare and
appraise’ WHAT? ‘the results of their
decision’?), with the value ( ) having Wi / W j

the some level degree of (NOTE: OK?)


difference.  Therefore, Ax  n.x  can not be set
up. Satty (1990) suggested that the largest
eigenvalue   be  (NOTE:  Be careful
max

with your use of colons (  :  ).  You can


only use a colon when you have stated a
complete idea.)Matrix A multiply the
elements weight vector ( x ) equal to nx , that
is ( A - nI ) x =0, the x  is the Eigenvalue ( n ) of
Eigenvector.  Due to aij
 be makers’
subjective judgment give comparison and
appraisal, with the truly value ( ) have
Wi / W j

the some level degree difference, so that


Ax  n.x  can not to be set up. Satty (1990)

suggested that the largest eigenvalue    max

be:
ep 5: Perform the Cconsistency test.
(Based on OR According to) formulae
(5) and (6) the  criteria comparison matrix
of consistency for each criteria (NOTE:
‘criterion’?)  is calculated, as shown in
Table 2. Results According to Eq. (5) and
(6) calculated the each hierarchy’s criteria
comparison matrix of consistency, as
Table 1, Table 2, Table 3 and Table 4. This
paper result of the consistency test and the
CR. of the comparison matrix from each
of the five experts and eleven users are all
< 0.1, indicating “consistency”.
Furthermore, the CR. of the aggregate
matrix is also < 0.1, also indicating
“consistency”.
Step 6: Compute the relative weight(s?) of
the elements for each level.
aggregated Scores provided by all
decision makers are aggregated using
formulae (7).  Table 5 summarizes the
relative weight(s?) of the elements for
each level.Computation each levels
relative weight of the elements
  Aggregate the related scores provided by
all decision makers using simple additive
weighting and the results for each levels
relative weight of the elements are showed
Table 5.
p 7: Calculate the overall level hierarchy weight
to selectOverall levels hierarchy weight
calculate for selecting the locations
selection areas.
6. Conclusions
AHP iAs a conventional means of
popular method used in finding a
solvingution to the problem of MCDM-
related problems, . One of the reasons for
the popularity of AHP as anhighly
applicable method is the fact that it takes
in owing to its ability to consideration not
justboth tangible but alsoand intangible
criteria. For instance, determining the best
location for hospital is a problem that
involves both many numerical and
(inestimable OR intangible OR non-
numerical) criteria. Therefore, AHP
method can be seems to be an easily
appliedcable method in finding a solution
to the problem of where to determine
exactly where to build a new hospital
should be constructed.
The global priority of three location
selection areas under six criteria are
Factor conditions (0.121), Demand
conditions (0.223), Firm strategy,
Structure and rivalry (0.227), Related and
supporting industries (0.046), Government
(0.296) and Chance (0.086). Evidently,
Demand conditions, Firm strategy,
Structure and rivalry and Government are
high. The proposed criteria can assess the
location selection, relativity, Demand
conditions, Firm strategy, structure and
rivalry and Government assessment of
constructing the sub-criteria to assess the
focal point under the surface. According to
Table 6 can get, the global priority of three
location areas for s selection areas can be
obtained under the eighteen sub-criteria
that t.  Their   order   were   almostis
nearly   inside   the (tenth OR 10th )
(NOTE: “the tenth” WHAT?) and we can
gotAdditionally, the evaluation criterion
can also be obtained to select the optimal
location. Selectiong ofthe location of a
hospital to ensure a competitive advantage
system is an an extremely complex
decision, often relying on the issue as well
as the managers usually subjective
decisionjudgment of managers. Especially
inIn particular,  hospital, the
administrators on the business
administrative order and operate order can
not have theoften lack clear objective
decision-making toolsprocedures and
evaluationg criteria. Moreover, most
hospitalthe majority administrators feel
that given think the influence of the
governmental regulations and constraints,
and decree, so lack and consider
selectiong of the optimal location of a
hospital is extremely difficult. Therefore,
this paper suggestion by adopting the
hospital’s establish of the proposed AHP-
based decision making model to select
location and by adoptsing the renowned
diamond model from Porter’s Global
Electronic Commerce that attempts to
understand the intricate relations among
competitive advantages involved in
selecting a hospital location., this study
utilize aA case study is also performed to
of hospital’s establish verify the
effectiveness of the proposed model is
selecting among form three locations Eof
the eastern district of Taichung City,
Taiping City and Dali City are considered,
in which the wrap enters constructs under
the construction evaluation pattern. Based
on those results, It is the same that the
result is really decision to select with the
present “E the eastern district of Taichung
City” is the preferred location. For thise
regional hospital considered in the case
implementation of this study, while setting
up the hospital, the three locations
considered weare taken to construct
(NOTE: ‘to construct’ WHAT?) under the
evaluation method. Our results correspond
to those of the hospital.(NOTE:  Which
hospital are you referring to?) The
provedposed evaluation method can select
the location for a new hospital under
construction to ensure that it has a
competitive advantage once established.
This study develops an evaluation
criterion to select the location for
Taiwanese new hospitals to be established
in Taiwan.  Moreover, and the proposed
evaluation criterion provides policy-
makers and academics with
recommendations for future development.

II.  Edited homework samples


研究/工作提案計畫(第一部分):背

研究/工作提案計畫(第二部分):行

問題描述
假設描述
摘要撰寫(第一部分):簡介背景、目
標及方法
摘要撰寫(第二部分:歸納希望的結果
及其對特定領域的貢獻
研究/工作提案撰寫
24. (Business Management)
The In recent years, Taiwanese
government has relaxed restrictions on the
domestic medical sector in recent
yearspolicy, such as enabling consumers
can buyto purchase the Oover Tthe
Ccounter Ddrugs(OTC drugs), vitamins
and others medicineso on in supermarkets
or through mass- merchandisers, by this
way,.  Consequently, the profits of local
pharmacies to be bound to lost a lot of
profit have been negatively impacted. 
Although pharmacies have attempted to
exerted sstrengthen to humor with
consumers’ demand thatrough “Oone-stop
shopping”, for examplee.g., saleing the
sanitary and other related medical
productsutensils, but it’s notoverall
revenues have not significantly increased
income.  For instance, althoughThere are
13,000 pharmacies were operating
unitsislandwide in 1995, that number
declined to nearly but decreased to about
10,000 units inas of December 2002.  The
inability to identify those If owners can’t
find the influential factors which influence
consumers to purchase buy goods in
pharmacies, future research can’t will
make it impossible not only to develop an
effective strategy to effectively address
solve this kind of problemsdilemma, but
also to and the pharmacies can’t increase
the number of customers in pharmacies as
well as and profits generated revenues.
Based on the above, we should develop a
key successful factors (KSF) concept
model that incorporates which including
different important hierarchy of
consumers purchasing key factors on
different hierarchical levels in order for
and provide for local pharmacies in
Taiwan to reform their marketing
strategies business drawback.  To do so,
many factors can be collected from
literatures.  TheA questionnaire based on
consumer purchasing factors identified
from pertinent literature can be contains
select factors and sentissued to consumers
and pharmacyeutical managers. 
Additionally, analytic hierarchy process
can then be used to analyze and rank all
keymajor consumer purchasing factors. 
As anticipated, the ranked key factors can
provide a the proposed key successful
factors (KSF) model can enablefor
pharmacies,eutical managers to execute
the effective in operating business
operations more effectively of the new
model over another old one.  Moreover,
pharmacies managers can by allowing
them to modify correct businessmarketing
strategyies based on the  on the strength of
difference between consumers demand
and the pharmacy managers response to
those demands.  The proposed model not
only can also be applyied to other retail
stores, subsequently enhancing their but
also retailers can depend on the KSF
model to operate business operations.

Abstract (full paper)


The Taiwanese government has relaxed
restrictions on the domestic medical sector
in recent years, such as enabling
consumers to purchase over the counter
drugs, vitamins and other medicines in
supermarkets or through mass
merchandisers.  Consequently, the profits
of local pharmacies have been negatively
impacted.  Although pharmacies have
attempted to strengthen  consumer
demand through one-stop shopping, e.g.,
saling sanitary and other related medical
products, overall revenues have not
significantly increased.  Therefore, this
work presents a key successful factors
(KSF) model that incorporates consumer
purchasing  factors on different
hierarchical levels in order for local
pharmacies in Taiwan to reform their
marketing strategies.  A questionnaire
based on consumer purchasing factors
identified from pertinent literature is sent
to consumers and pharmaceutical
managers.  Analytic hierarchy process is
then used to analyze and rank major
consumer purchasing factors.  The
proposed KSF model can enable
pharmaceutical managers to execute
business operations more effectively  by
allowing them to modify marketing
strategies based on the  difference between
consumer demand and the  response to
those demands.  The proposed model can
also be applied to other retail stores,
subsequently enhancing their  business
operations.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a key successful factors
(KSF) model that incorporates  consumer
purchasing  factors on different
hierarchical levels in order for local
pharmacies in Taiwan to reform their
marketing strategies.  A questionnaire
based on consumer purchasing factors
identified from pertinent literature is sent
to consumers and pharmaceutical
managers.  Analytic hierarchy process is
then used to analyze and rank major
consumer purchasing factors.  The
proposed KSF model can enable
pharmaceutical managers to execute
business operations more effectively  by
allowing them to modify marketing
strategies based on the  difference between
consumer demand and the  response to
those demands.  The proposed model  can
also be applied to other retail stores,
subsequently enhancing their  business
operations.

25.  (Business Management)


The increasing popularity of Owing to the
credit card useis popularized in Taiwan,
the has made it possible for banking
institutions not only to acquire extensive
have the completed  customer’s data, and
how but also to analyze the
customer’ssuch data to optimize the
marketing management practices, which is
will be critical for bankingessential for
corporate survival in the future.

However, The differentiated


marketing practices in Taiwan are
is insufficient, thewith
conventional methods  seldom
incorporatingmaking the
strategies thataccording to
analyzeing the customer data
effectively. Thus, the lack of
interacting with the customer will
lose the focus on the Product and
Promotion strategy.(NOTE:  I
have put this sentence in the
‘Importance of problem’ section.)

For instance, The cconventional


methods(NOTE: Specify what kind of
‘conventional methods’.  ‘statistical
methods’ ‘analytical methods’? OR is
there specific terminology to define what
kind of conventional method?)  fail to
provide the feasibleconvenient services to
customers efficientlyat the right time,.
Namely,  such as although the mail-
salesorder division of a company always
mail the DM sends its promotional
materials to itsall of the customers, but
only 10% of those customers subsequently
were attracted to purchaseding those
advertised products. The inability to
identify whom those If the 10% potential
customers arecould be figured out in
advance, makes it impossible not only to
savinge the remaining 90% overhead costs
of the promotional materials, but also to
preventDM, the sales division from also
could concentrateing on the potential
customers to enhance work productivity
by provideing the betterupgraded products
and services to improve the work
performance.
Consequently, conventional
methods(NOTE: Specify what kind of
‘conventional methods’.  ‘statistical
methods’ ‘analytical methods’? OR is
there specific terminology to define what
kind of conventional method?)  may cause
decision makers to select the inappropriate
strategies.(NOTE: Specify what kind of
‘strategies’  ‘marketing strategies’?),
andAdditionally, the lack of thea
differentiated marketing strategy will lead
to inefficiency and a high overhead costs.
Under such circumstances, banking
institutions The inaccurate of the prcan
not implement product promotion
effectively owing to the inability not only
to provide the unfeasiblereliable services,
how to perform the differentiated
marketing will challenge the bank
institutions. The, but also to adopt
accurate implement of  differentiated
marketing practiceswill lead banking
institutions to the best one.

Based on above, we should development


enhanced promotion strategies, capable of
finding out the a dynamic purchasing
model of the potential customers, for
useing in market differentiationg and
effective management of the customer
relationship.

To do so, a dynamic purchasing model can


be developed based on numerousthe
plenty of existed customer’s data
available, aand using the data mining
methodology, for example the, i.e.,
CRISP-DM, can be employed, which
combines the conventional means
classical method of data exploration
technology and with two kinds of
mathematical calculations -– (decision
tree and category nerve) – to determine
howspecify the relations of the various
purchasing activities are related. Next,
factors of customercombining the
relations and the customer life cycle can
be combined to construct an build up the
enhanced management model.
As anticipated, adopting the newproposed
dynamic purchasing model can be derived
to efor effectively manageing customer
relations. can Such an improvement not
only significantly reduces the promotional
costs, as well as but also allows the sales
staff to concentrate on the identify
potential customers to make high
performance.

By incorporating CRIPS-DM, Tthe


CRIPS-DM proposed model can
effectively analyzesis the existed current
customer data efficiently, enabling
marketing staff to identify potential and a
dynamic model can rapidly catch the
niche markets and manage customer
relations effectively. Via the proposed
processmodel, the users can continue to
verify and adjust the factors of the
dynamic module can be verified and
adjusted to ensure that a company
continuously provides the properquality
services forever.

Abstract (full paper)


The increasing popularity of credit card use
in Taiwan has made it possible for
banking institutions not only to acquire
extensive customer data, but also to
analyze such data to optimize marketing
management practices, which is essential
for corporate survival.  However,
differentiated marketing practices in
Taiwan are insufficient, with conventional
methods seldom incorporating strategies
that analyze customer data effectively. 
Therefore, this work presents a dynamic
purchasing model of potential customers,
for use in market differentiation and
effective management of customer
relations.  Based on numerous customer
data available, a data mining method, i.e.,
CRISP-DM, is employed, which combines
the conventional means of data
exploration with two mathematical
calculations –(decision tree and category
nerve) to determine how various
purchasing activities are related. Factors
of customer relations and customer life
cycle are then combined to construct an
enhanced management model.  Adopting
the proposed dynamic purchasing model
for effectively managing customer
relations can significantly reduce
promotional costs, as well as allow sales
staff to concentrate on identify potential
customers. Moreover, by incorporating
CRIPS-DM, the proposed model can
analyze current customer data efficiently,
enabling marketing staff to identify
potential niche markets and manage
customer relations effectively. Via the
proposed model, factors of the dynamic
module can be verified and adjusted to
ensure that a company continuously
provides quality services.
Abstract (conference paper)
This work presents a dynamic
purchasing model of potential
customers, for use in market
differentiation and effective
management of customer
relations.  Based on numerous
customer data available, a data
mining method, i.e., CRISP-DM,
is employed, which combines
the conventional means of data
exploration with two
mathematical calculations –
(decision tree and category
nerve) to determine how various
purchasing activities are related.
Factors of customer relations and
customer life cycle are then
combined to construct an
enhanced management model. 
Adopting the proposed dynamic
purchasing model for effectively
managing customer relations can
significantly reduce promotional
costs, as well as allow sales staff
to concentrate on identify
potential customers. Moreover,
by incorporating CRIPS-DM, the
proposed model can analyze
current customer data efficiently,
enabling marketing staff to
identify potential niche markets
and manage customer relations
effectively. Via the proposed
model, factors of the dynamic
module can be verified and
adjusted to ensure that a
company continuously provides
quality services.

26.  (Business Management)

The rRegional hospitals in Taiwan lack an


adequate number of physicians  has
problem is not enough Doctor and critical
wards for critically ill patients., So the
eEmergency care staff can thus only
provide worker finish patient’s  primary
care, for those patients before they must
transferring them to a larger medical
center. Such patients are thus unlikely to
return to regional hospitals for subsequent
visits, instead opting for those larger
medical centers for primary care.In this
time would change the patient’s to take
medical treatment.
Changing trends among hospital patients
significantly impact the When the patient
change the medical behavior ,it will to
affect theoperating budgets of regional
hospitals operating profit. For instance,
Aaccording to statistics from Eng.Chu.
Kong.  hHospital , the ER patient transfer
rate of emergency room patients to larger
medical centers rate is step up reached
50% atin 2003.The phenomenon to bring
about, subsequently decreasing the woard
utility rate to go down 20%. This statistic
has greatly concerned data to attract
manager’s attention hospital
administrators., especially with respect to
how to effectively adopt
CCustomer RRelationship MManagement
(CRM) in order to is important in this
time. How to keep the patient in the
regional hospital patients? It from
transferring to larger medical centers is the
manager want to know.
Based on the above, we should to
investigate why the critically ill paltients
at the regional hospitals in Taiwan transfer
to larger medical centers in order to more
thoroughly understand the anticipated
medical services that their families
expect., what is the transferring reason
and where is the critically ill patients
direction. than must find and anylysis the
family a demand and anticipate.
To do so, factors of patient transferal can
be identified based on statistics from he
regional hospitals in Taiwan to provide
transferring statistics can be used to
anylysis transfer reason in turn. CRM an
important factor used A questionnaire
based on customer relations management
(CRM) can then be issued to  and answer
can be defined, and familyfamilies of
critically ill patients to determine
anticipated medical services.  Based on
those results,  the demand used an APH
methodologey can be formed.
As anticipated, the proposed CRM-based
approachmodel CRM can identify how the
medical services anticipated by families of
critically ill patients differ from actual
ones provided by regional hospitals, with
the objective of ultimately reducing this
discrepancy and patient transferal rate to
larger adopt statistical the family the hope,
to decrease between family and hospital
the difference to look forward to medical
by 50%.To improve patient choose
medical centers 20%..
The proposed approach can While
provideing regional hospital
administratorsmanager with an effective
means of determining the anticipated
services of critically ill patients and their
families, the proposed approach can
highlight to the attach importance the
emergencyof medical quality in
emergency care, eventually increasing to
supply good minister to medical. It is can
to step up hospital incomerevenues and
establishing hight quality emergency
medical centers among regional hospitals
in Taiwan.

Abstract (full paper)


Regional hospitals in Taiwan lack an
adequate number of physicians and wards
for critically ill patients. Emergency care
staff can thus only provide  primary care
for those patients before transferring them
to a larger medical center. Such patients
are thus unlikely to return to regional
hospitals for subsequent visits, instead
opting for those larger medical centers for
primary care. Therefore, this study
investigates why critically ill patients at
regional hospitals in Taiwan transfer to
larger medical centers in order to more
thoroughly understand the anticipated
medical services that their families expect.
Factors of patient transferal are identified
based on statistics from  regional hospitals
in Taiwan. CRM an important factor used
A questionnaire based on customer
relations management (CRM) is then
issued to families of critically ill patients
to determine anticipated medical services. 
Based on those results, an APH
methodology is formed.  The proposed
CRM-based approach can identify how
the medical services anticipated by
families of critically ill patients differ
from actual ones provided by regional
hospitals, with the objective of ultimately
reducing this discrepancy and patient
transferal rate to larger  medical centers. 
While providing regional hospital
administrators with an effective means of
determining the anticipated services of
critically ill patients and their families, the
proposed approach can highlight the
importance of medical quality in
emergency care, eventually increasing
hospital revenues and establishing high
quality emergency medical centers among
regional hospitals in Taiwan.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study investigates why critically ill
patients at regional hospitals in Taiwan
transfer to larger medical centers in order
to more thoroughly understand the
anticipated medical services that their
families expect. Factors of patient
transferal are identified based on statistics
from  regional hospitals in Taiwan. CRM
an important factor used A questionnaire
based on customer relations management
(CRM) is then issued to families of
critically ill patients to determine
anticipated medical services.  Based on
those results, an APH methodology is
formed.  The proposed CRM-based
approach can identify how the medical
services anticipated by families of
critically ill patients differ from actual
ones provided by regional hospitals, with
the objective of ultimately reducing this
discrepancy and patient transferal rate to
larger  medical centers.  While providing
regional hospital administrators with an
effective means of determining the
anticipated services of critically ill
patients and their families, the proposed
approach can highlight the importance of
medical quality in emergency care,
eventually increasing  hospital revenues
and establishing high quality emergency
medical centers among regional hospitals
in Taiwan.

27.  (Business Management)


The extremely competitive The Chinese-
medical market sector in Taiwan and
extremely competition. Due to the budget
deficits incurred from the island’sency of
NNational HHealth IInsurance schemein
Taiwan, have led to the implementation of
a the Global Budget System has been
implemented. Whereas hospitals heavily
prioritize Although the search for
attracting new patients is a top priority,
the patient turnover ratechurn is more has
received increasing attention.  Most oOf
the relatively few studies that have
addressed the research is not focus on
medical sector in this areaindustries.
Traditions, conventional approaches
calculate the number of patients number
per-on a daily basis. But we do not
without differentiateing between new and
return patients or not. The inability to
effectively address If not attach
importance to the issue of patient turnover
ratechurn. The would make the statistical
approaches used to determine the samples
in pertinent studies  academic research of
calculate not inaccuratecy for lack sample.
Unable to determine their patient turnover
rate accurately, If not attach importance to
the issue of patient churn.  The hospitals
will be high patient churn rate andincur a
high cost toin attracting new patients.
Final will be close and ultimately lose
their competitiveness.
Based on the above, we should develop a
novelnew set of marketing strategyic that
incorporates e-marketing practices within
the medical sector tofor
strengthenintensify thea hospital’s
competitiveness.  There is no research to
focus on the e-marketing for medical
sector.

To do so, the questionnaire on web can be


use immersing understand the anweb
Internet user’s characteristics with respect
to preferences in medical services can be
more thoroughly understood by issuing a
web-based questionnaire.  Distinct
consumer groups can then be identified
using Ccluster analysis can be use to sort
out groups from all consumers. 
TheAdditionally, pertinent literatures
canm be reviewed to establish a
theoretical foundation for developinguse
develop an e-marketing new set of
marketing strategyic and that have theory
to support.

As anticipated, Tthe proposed marketing


strategymethod can reduce the operational
costs of a hospitals working capital and
increase the number of thenew patients.

Results in this study not only can be used


not only as the basis for the start of thea
follow-up study, but also a valuable
reference for administrators when
attempting to can be increase theira
hospital’s competitiveness if the hospitals
to combine their characteristic and the
marketing strategic.

Abstract (full paper)


Taiwan’s medical market sector has
become intensively competitive, largely
spurred by the increasing popularity of
Internet commerce.  Hospitals must thus
effectively exploit the use of the Internet
to attract new patients.  However, the
relatively few approaches that have
addressed marketing practices in the
medical sector have not focused on the
Internet’s impact.  Therefore, this work
presents a novel marketing strategy that
incorporates e-marketing practices within
the medical sector to strengthen a
hospital’s competitiveness An Internet
user’s characteristics with respect to
preferences in medical services are more
thoroughly understood by issuing a web-
based questionnaire.  Distinct consumer
groups are then identified using cluster
analysis.  Additionally, pertinent literature
is reviewed to establish a theoretical
foundation for developing an e-marketing
marketing strategy.  The proposed
marketing strategy can reduce the
operational costs of a hospital and
increase the number of new patients. 
Results in this study can be used not only
as the basis for a follow-up study, but also
a valuable reference for administrators
when attempting to increase a hospital’s
competitiveness. 

Paragraph 4
Abstract (conference paper)
This work presents a novel marketing
strategy that incorporates e-marketing
practices within the medical sector to
strengthen a hospital’s competitiveness An
Internet user’s characteristics with respect
to preferences in medical services are
more thoroughly understood by issuing a
web-based questionnaire.  Distinct
consumer groups are then identified using
cluster analysis.  Additionally, pertinent
literature is reviewed to establish a
theoretical foundation for developing an e-
marketing marketing strategy.  The
proposed marketing strategy can reduce
the operational costs of a hospital and
increase the number of new patients. 
Results in this study can be used not only
as the basis for a follow-up study, but also
a valuable reference for administrators
when attempting to increase a hospital’s
competitiveness.

28.  (Business Management)


Poor quality of Ssurgical procedures leads
to unnecessarily recurrent operation
quality downcast , cause again-medical
treatment , subsequently increasing a
hospital’s overheadcost more expenses.
Whereas individual hospitals realize the
level of their own operational quality,
hospitals in Taiwan have neither
collectively accumulated nor shared
related At present , medical information
for comparison purposesdid not
collection , each hospital can not
communicate information ,they just
realize oneself operation quality ,but they
cant achieve others . Operational quality is
determined prior to, during and  measure
by three side : before operate 、 operating
and after surgeryoperate .  Recurrent
medical treatment following an operation
is often owing to incompleteBase on
historytical data of the patient , after post-
operateion complications and a patient’s
body temperature that exceedsover 38
degrees , that will cause again-medical
treatment. The inability to enhance the
quality of Ssurgical procedures through
the sharing of pertinent data among
hospitalsoperation quality downcast if can
not improve , it will increase cost  not
only more medical fees , but alsoand
increase societyal costs.

Based on the above, we should


developbuild a Web-based medical quality
indexicator at a network that
compilesation each hospital’s relevant
data to for compareison and identification
of areas for improvement.
(NOTE:  This is not methodology.  You are
describe features of your medical quality
index.  But you need to tell me what are
the procedural steps to construct this
index.)
To do so, hospital data can be analyzedsis
and displayed on theshow to Web.
Hospital,sIndividual   each fees (, i.e.
operational expenses, and ward expenses),
can be compaired among various
hospitalswith peers., thus providing a
valuable reference Aadministrators can
understand the level and aiming to
enhance the quality of medical services in
light of cost constraints.
As anticipated, the proposed medical
quality indexstrategy can enablesupply
hospitals to enhance medical quality and
reduce business costs , as well as identify
find limitations efficiently quickly and to
reach a precise decision correct.
Results in the policy can be not only asIn
addition to enhanceing medical quality
islandwide and reduceing operational
expensesbusiness cost, the proposed index
can become a valuable asset for hospital
administratorsbut also boss to when
planning and monitoring hospital
operations.
Abstract (full paper) 

Poor quality of surgical procedures leads to


unnecessarily recurrent medical treatment,
subsequently increasing a hospital’s
overhead expenses. Whereas individual
hospitals realize the level of their own
operational quality, hospitals in Taiwan
have neither collectively accumulated nor
shared related  medical information for
comparison purposes. Therefore, this
work presents  a Web-based medical
quality index that compiles each hospital’s
relevant data for comparison and
identification of areas for improvement.
Hospital data is analyzed and displayed on
the Web. Individual fees, i.e. operational
expenses and ward expenses, are then
compared among various hospitals, thus
providing a valuable reference
administrators aiming to enhance the
quality of medical services in light of cost
constraints.  The proposed medical quality
index can enable hospitals to enhance
medical quality and reduce business costs,
as well as identify limitations efficiently
to reach a precise decision. In addition to
enhancing medical quality island wide and
reducing operational expenses, the
proposed index can become a valuable
asset for hospital administrators when
planning and monitoring hospital
operations.
Abstract (conference paper).  (NOTE:  This
is an incomplete abstract because you
have not given me your research
methodology ( 3-4 sentences)

This work presents a Web-based medical


quality index that compiles each hospital’s
relevant data for comparison and
identification of areas for improvement.
Hospital data is analyzed and displayed on
the Web. Individual fees, i.e. operational
expenses and ward expenses, are then
compared among various hospitals, thus
providing a valuable reference
administrators aiming to enhance the
quality of medical services in light of cost
constraints.  The proposed medical quality
index can enable hospitals to enhance
medical quality and reduce business costs,
as well as identify limitations efficiently
to reach a precise decision. In addition to
enhancing medical quality island wide and
reducing operational expenses, the
proposed index can become a valuable
asset for hospital administrators when
planning and monitoring hospital
operations.

29.  (Business Management)

Although Taiwan’s growing elderly


population has increased the demand for
iInstitutional-based health care demand
has increase fast by the old person’s
growth fast, but the Iinstitutional-based
health care sector businessis obviously
disproportional islandwide in the uneven
in level and quality of services and
facilities, resultsing in significant public
concern over this dilemma lots of
denounce in Taiwan. A few
researchesWhereas concern  onover the
quality of iInstitutional-based care quality
and the working capital weight correlation
has seldom been addressed, most of
researchstudies focus mainly on
legislationaws 、 human resource
management and approaches to enhance
patientdevelop the care technique in the
past. According to Chiang (2002),
Seventy-seven77% of all  percents
institutional-based care facility managers
surveyed believed opinion that the care
quality may be affected if the working
capital weight lower than a gross earnings
of 80%eighty percents may affect health
care quality. (I-chun Chiang; 2002) The
manager can’t provide stable and sustain
high level services without The inability
to estimate the quality of Iinstitutional-
based health care quality and working
capital weight correlation, makes it
impossible for facility managers to
provide and maintain a high level of
services, thus fringing upon  and the
quality research in academia can’t be
soundness. Moreover, the consumer’s
rights in this growing sectorwill bear
enormous menace.

Based on the above, we should to analyze


how the various working costs importance
that how to affect impact the the quality of
institutional-based healthcare quality.
Collecting the data of financial statement
and the customer satisfaction can allow
analyzing the(The quality of Iinstitutional-
based healthcare quality and working cost
correlation can be analyzed OR Exactly
how institutional-based healthcare quality
and working costs correlated with each
other can be analyzed)  by using data of
financial statements and customer
satisfaction. In addition, the mathematic
method of gray system and fuzzy theory
can calculate theRelevant data which are
not in a digitizedation or in small quantity
can then be calculated (NOTE: Do you
mean ‘analyzed’ instead of ‘calculated’?)
by using a gray system-based mathematic
method and fuzzy theory and in a few
amounts. After using the fuzzy theory is
applied to digitize the data, the gray
system can be used to rank and verify the
importance ofbetween the various
working costs and the quality of
institutional-based healthcare quality.
ThusAs anticipated, results of this study
can enable institutional-based facilitythe
proposed investigation provide an
evidence that help managers not only to
strengthen areas of identify the point on
the corporateion management, but also to
provide thea highly level and stable care
quality of long term healthcare. (NOTE:
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) Furthermore, the investigation
provides a different concept that can help
the long-term care research in academia.

Abstract (full paper)


Although Taiwan’s growing elderly
population has increased the demand for
institutional-based health care, the
institutional-based health care sector is
obviously disproportional island wide in
the level and quality of services and
facilities, resulting in significant public
concern over this dilemma. Whereas
concern over the quality of institutional-
based care and the working capital weight
correlation has seldom been addressed,
most studies focus mainly on legislation,
human resource management and
approaches to enhance patient care.
Therefore, this study analyzes how
various working costs impact the quality
of institutional-based healthcare. Exactly
how institutional-based healthcare quality
and working costs correlate with each
other is analyzed   by using data of
financial statements and customer
satisfaction. Relevant data not in a
digitized or in small quantity is then
calculated by using a gray system-based
mathematic method and fuzzy theory
After  the fuzzy theory is applied to
digitize the data, the gray system is used
to rank and verify the importance of
various working costs and the quality of
institutional-based healthcare. Results of
this study can enable institutional-based
healthcare facility managers not only to
strengthen areas of corporate
management, but also to provide a high 
quality of long term healthcare.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study analyzes how various working
costs impact the quality of institutional-
based healthcare. Exactly how
institutional-based healthcare quality and
working costs correlate with each other is
analyzed by using data of financial
statements and customer satisfaction.
Relevant data not in a digitized or in small
quantity is then calculated by using a gray
system-based mathematic method and
fuzzy theory After  the fuzzy theory is
applied to digitize the data, the gray
system can be used to rank and verify the
importance of various working costs and
the quality of institutional-based
healthcare. Results of this study can
enable institutional-based healthcare
facility managers not only to strengthen
areas of corporate management, but also
to provide a high quality of long term
healthcare.
30.  (Business Management)
The question now arise : Governmental
policy over Taiwan’s nNational hHealth
iInsurance (NHI) scheme(NHI) continuously
changes, especially in light of increasing
medical costs and premiums as well as
concern over the potential lowering of health
care quality offered policy continued , not 
pay on the wane , wants the live must at the
competition superiority gets down .It is vital 
that h. Hospitals must thus emphasize
marketing practices to attract patients
through public relations. This subject
deserves more then a passing notice.
Although the role of public relations in a
large number of studies have been made on
business marketing has received
considerable attentionpublic relation , its role
in little is known about hospital marketing
practices has seldom been addressedpublic
relation.
The point aboutPublic relations in hospital
marketing public relationpractices adopts is
use business marketing public relation
method set up, helpto enhance
competitiveness in the medical sector.
The inability of a hospital to adopt public
relations in its marketing public
relationpractices will make it less lose
execute, lose competeitive in promoting at
medical treatment and services marketing.
While NHI has increasingly emphasized
the role of public relations in elp attention
to hospital marketing practicespublic
relation, providein order to enhance
hospital manager new management. To
ignore this face is to miss,, the failure to
adopt this approach will result in a loss of
competitiveness. The result of the hospital
was that lose. in the intensely competitive
medical sector.
Based on the above, we should develop
good hospitala marketing, strategy for
hospitals that emphasizes identifying and
satisfying the core of all the question is
patient customerneeds from a customer’s
perspective. need. Although a large
number of studies have been made on
hospital marketing, little is known about
customer need hospital marketing.
To do so, the factor analysis of a
customer’s needs can be performedused to
obtain customer need service of the
through personal interviews. (NOTE:
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)  , the sampleThose results can
then be analyzed and find, along with vital
factors identified as well.
The proposed marketing
strategyprocessing method can increase
the elongation of customer’s
content(NOTE:  ‘elongation of customer’s
content’ makes no sense.  What is your
meaning?  Do you mean ‘The proposed
marketing strategy can increase
customer’s satisfaction’?  Again, I’m not
sure what you mean.) by over 10%
through hospital marketing ofby
significantly reducing overhead costs and
time.(NOTE: ‘time’ to do what?)
   Results in this study can be used to then
research worker develop various train of
thought and aspect.
Results inof this study can provide a
valuable reference for hospital managers.
Moreover, the proposed method can help
attempting to develop an optimization
procedure for hospital manager when
(accurately OR smooth OR concise OR
precise) implementation of carry out the
marketing practicesof hospital.

Abstract (full paper)


Governmental policy over Taiwan’s
National Health Insurance (NHI) scheme
continuously changes, especially in light
of increasing medical costs and premiums
as well as concern over the potential
lowering of health care quality offered.
Hospitals must thus emphasize marketing
practices to attract patients through public
relations.  Although the role of public
relations in  business marketing has
received considerable attention, its role in
hospital marketing practices has seldom
been addressed. Therefore, this work
presents a marketing strategy for hospitals
that emphasizes identifying and satisfying
patient needs from a customer’s
perspective.  Factor analysis of a
customer’s needs is performed through
personal interviews. Those results are then
analyzed, along with vital factors
identified as well. The proposed
marketing strategy can increase the extent
of customer’s services by over 10%
through hospital marketing by
significantly reducing overhead costs and
time. Results of this study can provide a
valuable reference for hospital managers
attempting to develop an optimization
procedure for  accurate  implementation of
marketing practices.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a marketing strategy
for hospitals that emphasizes identifying
and satisfying patient needs from a
customer’s perspective.  Factor analysis of
a customer’s needs is performed through
personal interviews. Those results are then
analyzed, along with vital factors
identified as well. The proposed
marketing strategy can increase the extent
of customer’s services by over 10%
through hospital marketing by
significantly reducing overhead costs and
time. Results of this study can provide a
valuable reference for hospital managers
attempting to develop an optimization
procedure for  accurate  implementation of
marketing practices.

31. (Business Management)


Intellectual capital is abecomes the
significantly resource for creating a
company‘s wealth. Although Ttangible
assets such as property, plantfacilities, and
equipment continue to play a vital role be
important factors in the production
ofmanufacturing products and providing
services. However, their relative
importance has decreased ,declined with
the increasing importance of but
knowledge-based assets has increased.
Conventional accounting systems have
developed for Although capable of
measureing the value of tangible assets
that can be quantified in a company, .
When we use conventional accounting
methods measure the value of company,
because do not include knowledge-based
assets,will subsequently induceing an to
underrateing of the value ofa company’s
valueies.
Additionally, Due to scientificce and
technologyical advances have  gain
ground, Iheightened the importance of
intellectual capital is becoming
importance.. For instance, oOn-line
gameing companies is ownemphasize the
ownership of Iintellectual capital rather
than tangible assets. And few scholars
measureWith this respect, the value of on-
line gameing companies has seldom been
measured in previous studies.
Online gaming ranks at the top of the
gaming industry, with generated revenues
of 1 Billion US Dollars On-line game
market have 10 hundred million dollars in
1999,unit 2002 will grow skyrocketing to
20 hundred million Billion US dollars, so
on-line game is the best in game industry
in 2002.
The inability toIf measure the value of
companies do not includewithout
incorporating Iintellectual capital, will not
only lead induce to an underrateing of  the
value of companiestheir value. And my
paper can let readers have more, but also
make it impossible to understand how
intellectual capital impactsto the on-line
gameing market ,and let more people
respect the important impact of
Intellectual capital.

Based on the above, we should develop a


novel the index ofto measure the
Iintellectual capital measurement should
be developed. Then it is more righteous to
measure the value of Oon-line gameing
companies. Questionnaires can be sent to
the managers of on-line game companies
on which factors should be considering
when measuring their companies’
intellectual capitalrealized that the index
of Intellectual capital measurement of On-
line game companies that On-line game
companies’ managers consider the index
that can be represented Intellectual capital.
(NOTE: Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.) And compare tThose
results can then be compared with the
criteria adopted by banks in measuring
intellectual capital of a businesshe bank
the index of Intellectual capital
measurement. T.  (NOTE: Although I
have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
Next, he difference exactly how banks and
on-line game companies differ when
measuring intellectual capital between the
bank and On-line game companies can be
realized todetermined useing Principal
Component Analysis( 因素分析的主成份
法 ). Collocating literature and based on
the above, the new index of Intellectual
capital measurement would be developed.
(NOTE:  I have omitted this sentence
because it is redundant of what you have
already stated.)  The rResults of this
studypaper can provide a valuable
reference for let banking institutions
attempting to understand how on-line
gaming companies measure their what the
Iintellectual capital measurement index
that On-line game companies opinion.
Moreover, The newthe proposed index
offor measuring the Iintellectual capital of
this growth sector can enhance
conventionally used measurement would
improve the traditions indexes and
increasepromote  measurement
accuracycorrectness.

Abstract (full paper)


Intellectual capital is a significant resource
for creating a company‘s wealth. Although
tangible assets such as property, facilities,
and equipment continue to play a vital role
in manufacturing products and providing
services, their relative importance has
declined with the increasing importance of
knowledge-based assets. Although capable
of measuring the value of tangible assets
that can be quantified in a company,
conventional accounting methods do not
include knowledge-based assets,
subsequently inducing an underrating of a
company’s value.  Additionally, scientific
and technological advances have
heightened the importance of intellectual
capital. For instance, on-line gaming
companies emphasize the ownership of
intellectual capital rather than tangible
assets. With this respect, the value of on-
line gaming companies has seldom been
measured in previous studies. Therefore,
this work presents a novel index to
measure the intellectual capital value of
on-line gaming companies. Questionnaires
are sent to the managers of on-line game
companies on which factors should be
considering when measuring their
companies’ intellectual capital.  Those
results are then compared with the criteria
adopted by banks in measuring intellectual
capital of a business.  Next, exactly how
banks and on-line game companies differ
when measuring intellectual capital is
determined using Principal Component
Analysis. The proposed index for
measuring the intellectual capital of this
growth sector can enhance conventionally
used indexes and increase measurement
accuracy. Results of this study can provide
a valuable reference for  banking
institutions attempting to understand how
on-line gaming companies measure their
intellectual capital.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a novel index to
measure the intellectual capital value of
on-line gaming companies. Questionnaires
are sent to the managers of on-line game
companies on which factors should be
considering when measuring their
companies’ intellectual capital.  Those
results are then compared with the criteria
adopted by banks in measuring intellectual
capital of a business.  Next, exactly how
banks and on-line game companies differ
when measuring intellectual capital is
determined using Principal Component
Analysis. The proposed index for
measuring the intellectual capital of this
growth sector can enhance conventionally
used indexes and increase measurement
accuracy.  Results of this study can
provide a valuable reference for banking
institutions attempting to understand how
on-line gaming companies measure their
intellectual capital.

32.  (Biotechnology)
Setting of work proposal: Latent
membrane protein 1(LMP1) expressed in
EBV-infected cells is a major
transforming protein. Epstein-Barr virus
(EBV) is a γ herpesvirus that infects more
than 90% of the human population,
although the majority ofdespite the fact
that most carriers remain asymptomatic.
EBV, is the causative agent of infectious
mononucleosis and, is associated with
several human lymphoid and epithelial
malignancies, including Burkitt’s
lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma
(NPC), T cell lymphoma and Hodgkin’s
disease.  LMP1, is an integral membrane
protein comprising 386 amino acids,
consists of the N-terminus cytoplasmic
domain of 24twenty four amino acids, six
membrane-spanning domains of 162
amino acids, and a long cytoplasmic C-
terminus of 200 amino acids.
Work problem: The phosphorylation of
LMP1 plays a significant role in
regulating the function of LMP1.The C-
terminus of LMP1, i.e., the main domain
engaging the intracellular signal
transductions, can be phosphorylated. The
C-terminus contains several activating
regions, i.e., named CTAR1, CTAR2, and
CTAR3, that determine the biological
functions of the molecule. In the
past,Although the function of CTAR2 has
been extensively studied, certain aspects
require further consideration. reported
thoroughly. About CTAR2 is still to leave
a matter for future consideration. For
instance, LMP1 is knownis known to  to
activate at least seven signaling pathways.
Quantitative specification of problem: It
has been reportedAccording to previous
studies, CTAR2 domains of LMP1
activates about 75% of NF-κB activity
compared to full-length LMP1. Further
investigation will reveal wWhether
CTAR1 is accounts for the
remainingothers 25% of NF-κB activity is
unknown.
Importance of problem: IfThe inability
to t is not known to identify and
characterize the remaining 25% function
of CTAR1, will not gain great insight into
prevents us from fully understanding how
this versatile molecule   implements its
function in EBV-induced transformation
and, possibly, preventing the perhaps
development of potential therapeutic
targets for EBV-associated cancers.

Work objective: Based on the above, we


should develop a model (NOTE: What
kind of model? In the “Anticipated
results”, you say “the proposed model”. 
What kind of ‘proposed model’?) by
analyzeing Epstein-Barr virus latent
membrane protein (that mutateds with C
terminus 204 and 206 OR that is mutated
with C terminus 204 and 206 OR , in
which C terminus 204 and 206 are
mutated).(NOTE:  Carefully select which
one is your intended meaning.) We should
observeBased on those results, the
phosphorylation and ubiquitination of the
mutated C terminus 204 and 206 can also
be found on the NF-κB signal pathway.
Method: To do so, the LMP1 DNA can be
selected by colony technique. To do so,
the DNA can be analyzed protein
expression by cell culture and Western
blotting.
As anticipated, results: T the proposed
model(NOTE:  What kind of ‘proposed
model’?) can effect 25%induce
phosphorylation on the NF-κB signal
pathway by 25%.(NOTE: Although I have
made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
Contribution to field: Taken together, by
iBy identifying and characterizing LMP1-
associated proteins, LMP1 mediated
signal pathway and LMP1 target genes,
we will gain great can provide further
insight into how this versatile molecule
executes its function in EBV-induced
transformation, making it possible to  and
perhaps  develop potential therapeutic
targets for EBV- associated cancers.

Abstract (full paper)


The phosphorylation of latent membrane
protein 1 (LMP1) plays a significant role
in regulating the function of LMP1.The C-
terminus of LMP1, i.e., the main domain
engaging the intracellular signal
transductions, can be phosphorylated. The
C-terminus contains several activating
regions, i.e., CTAR1, CTAR2, and
CTAR3, that determine the biological
functions of the molecule. Although the
function of CTAR2 has been extensively
studied, certain aspects require further
consideration, such as the ability of LMP1
to activate at least seven signaling
pathways. Therefore, this work presents a
model by analyzing Epstein-Barr virus
latent membrane protein that mutates with
C terminus 204 and 206.  Based on those
results, the phosphorylation and
ubiquitination of the mutated C terminus
204 and 206 are also found on the NF-κB
signal pathway.  The LMP1 DNA is
selected by colony technique. The DNA is
then analyzed with respect to protein
expression by cell culture and Western
blotting.  The proposed model can induce
phosphorylation on the NF-κB signal
pathway by 25%.  By identifying and
characterizing LMP1-associated proteins,
LMP1 mediated signal pathway and
LMP1 target genes can provide further
insight into how this versatile molecule
executes its function in EBV-induced
transformation, making it possible to
develop potential therapeutic targets for
EBV- associated cancers.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a model by analyzing
Epstein-Barr virus latent membrane
protein that mutates with C terminus 204
and 206.  Based on those results, the
phosphorylation and ubiquitination of the
mutated C terminus 204 and 206 are also
found on the NF-κB signal pathway.  The
LMP1 DNA is selected by colony
technique. The DNA is then analyzed with
respect to protein expression by cell
culture and Western blotting.  The
proposed model can induce
phosphorylation on the NF-κB signal
pathway by 25%.  By identifying and
characterizing LMP1-associated proteins,
LMP1 mediated signal pathway and
LMP1 target genes can provide further
insight into how this versatile molecule
executes its function in EBV-induced
transformation, making it possible to
develop potential therapeutic targets for
EBV- associated cancers.

33. (Biotechnology)
1.
 Proline-rich tyrosine kinase 2(PYK2),
is a non-receptor phosphorylation kinase. 
PYK2, is a numember of the focal
adhesion kinase(FAK)family.
2.
Although Iin vitro experiments, have
indicated that PYK2 is founded to
associated with macrophage mobility,
adhesion and regulation., such an
association has not been made through in
vivo experiments.
3.
For instance, PYK2 is deleted in the
cell(NOTE: Should you specify what kind
of OR what is the cell you are referring
to?) as mouse macrophage can eaffect to
function ( the phagcytosis ) function. 
(NOTE:  I don’t understand how this
sentence exemplifies how PYK2’s
association with macrophage mobility,
adhesion and regulation can not be made
through in vivo experiments.)
4.
These inability to observe its association
experiments can’t be observedthrough in
vivo.  experiments.  makes its impossible
to understand how So it must be important
to observed affectionthe role of PYK2 in
macrophage in vivo.
Work objective:
  Based on the above, we should develop a
novel animal model that can be observed
through macrophage in vivo experiments.

To do so, PYK2 gene can be cloned from


zebrafish embryos.  The PYK2
Morpholino (anti-sense RNA) can then be
produced from PYK2 gene.  Next, The
PYK2 gene of macrophage in zebrafish
can be deleted and macrophage motility
can be examined using a microscope.
Anticipated results:
  As anticipated, Tthe proposed animal
model can observe (the mobility and life
cycle of macrophage OR macrophage
mobility and life cycle), and can assist to
research inthus facilitating embryo
development research.

Contribution to field:
  The proposed novel animal model is
highly promising for use can be utilized to
investigate in related bio-medicine fields.

Abstract (full paper) 


Proline-rich tyrosine kinase 2 ( PYK2, a
non-receptor phosphorylation kinase, is a
member of the focal adhesion
kinase(FAK)family.  Although in vitro
experiments have indicated that PYK2 is
associated with macrophage mobility,
adhesion and regulation, such an
association has not been made through in
vivo experiments.  Therefore, this work
presents a novel animal model that can be
observed through macrophage in vivo
experiments. PYK2 gene is cloned from
zebrafish embryos. PYK2 Morpholino
(anti-sense RNA) is then produced from
PYK2 gene.  Next, the PYK2 gene of
macrophage in zebrafish is deleted via
PYK2.  Additionally, Morpholino and
macrophage motility is examined using a
microscope. The proposed animal model
can observe the mobility and life cycle of
macrophage, thus facilitating embryo
development research.  The proposed
model is highly promising for use  in
related bio-medicine fields.

Abstract (conference paper)

This work presents a novel animal model


that can be observed through macrophage
in vivo experiments. PYK2 gene is cloned
from zebrafish embryos. PYK2
Morpholino (anti-sense RNA) is then
produced from PYK2 gene.  Next, the
PYK2 gene of macrophage in zebrafish is
deleted via PYK2.  Additionally,
Morpholino and macrophage motility is
examined using a microscope. The
proposed animal model can observe the
mobility and life cycle of macrophage,
thus facilitating embryo development
research.  The proposed model is highly
promising for use  in related bio-medicine
fields.

34.  (Biotechnology)
Syphilis isAs a disease commonly spread
through sexual transmissionan easy infects
disease, it cause by young boys and girls’
sex drive. , syphilis also occurs through
Beside the reason of sex contagion, the
blood transfusions 、 , exchange of body
fluid or through thea mother’s placenta to
the fetalus, these also lead to the syphilis
happened, Notably, Ttreponema pallidum
is the most common causative agent of
syphilis.
TheA typical diagnosis methods, the first
method is doing involves performing the
initial screening 〝nontreponemal tests〞,
like, e.g., VDRL ( Vvenereal Ddisease
Rresearch Llaboratory (VDRL) ) and
RPR(Rrapid Pplasma Rreagin (RPR) tests.
As the basic syphyilis screen order, VDRL
and RPR tests are the basic syphilis screen
order. These two methods used a patient’s
serum tofor testing. In general, if A
situation in which a patient havse the
monocyte infection or malaria infection, it
can often interference with the test results,
not only yields a probability of to bring
the false positive chance (aboutof around
20%), butit also to causes a high degree of
the non-specificity highly. Another typical
diagnosisSecond method involves
performingdo the a confirmation test,
commonly referred to as 〝 treponemal
tests 〞 , which includelike
TPHA ( TTreponema pallidum
haemagglutination n(TPHA) ) and FTA-
ABS(Fluorescent Treponemal Antibody
Absorption (FTA-ABS). However, tThese
methodshandle  are too expensiveded and
inefficientwaste time.
The researchConventional diagnostic
methods of traditions records, it easily
miss a patient’s latent phase, and have a
poor make diagnosis accuracy of effect is
not good. And it only can reacharound
80% during examinatione.
The inability to resolve the limitations of
conventional methods, i.e., the high non-
specificity, expensiveness and inefficiency
of If the problem of tradition methods :
VDRL 、 RPR 、 TPHA and FTA-ABS,
high non-specific 、 expended and waste
time not to solve. will require not only
more personnel The laboratory examine
will need more and more people to
diagnoseappraisal  a disease during
laboratory examination., but also a higher
cost per Patient also need to spend more
money to pay examineation used. A
disease in The patients in the who have
latent phase, it does not easy to be is
difficult to detect. A and the disease will
likely toalways s spread.
Work objective:
Based on the above, we should develop a
syphilis diagnostic kit, which can directly
detect in only one step the anti-treponema
specific antibodies in thea patient’s serum
or plasma bind binding to the antigen. The
method just needs one step to detect.
Method:
    To do so, the serum samples of syphilis
patients  can be analyzed. TheAn
experiment involving the syphilis
diagnostic kit  can then be performed
with  the Treponema pallidum antigen,
TpN 15 、 TpN17 and TpN 47. To
utilizedNext, the gene recombinant
method can be adopted to make
theproduce treponemal antigens (TpN15-
TpN17-TpN47 fusion protein).
AdditionallyNext, the fusion protein can
be used to world ofachieve protein
expression  in the E.coli expression
system. MoreoverAdditionally, the
recombinant technology can set up thea
syphilis recombinant system can be
established using recombinant technology.
Anticipate results:
    As anticipated, the TpN 15 、 analysis
results can indicate that TpN17 and TpN
47 to form the  a fusion protein   can be
formed using TpN 15 、 TpN17 and TpN
47.  That protein can then be. It can be
used by the gene recombinant technology
to reachachieve procreation on a large
scale. When the pProduct procreation on a
large scale, hope can hopefully elevate the
sensitiveity of detecting syphilis disease to
within an accuracy of  can reach 100﹪.
Contribution to field:
    Results in this study demonstrate that;
With a high degree of accuracy and
specificity, develop of athe syphilis
diagnostic kit developed herein can be
applied to use in establish three of the
genetic engineering 、 , protein
construction and examine reagent key
technology. The syphilis diagnostic kit
also has high validity and high specific. In
the futureMoreover, the diagnostic kit is
highly promising for commercialization if
the reagent can be developed successfully
open up and develop, the market
necessarily have powerful
competitiveness. The significant can to cut
down, thus reducing the diagnostisc time,
and to raise the while increasing its
diagnosis accuracy significantlyte.

Abstract (full paper)


As a disease commonly spread through
sexual transmission, syphilis also occurs
through blood transfusions, exchange of
body fluid or through a mother’s placenta
to the fetus.  Both expensive and
inefficient, conventional diagnostic
methods easily miss a patient’s latent
phase and have a poor diagnosis accuracy
of  only around 80% during examination. 
Therefore, this work develops a syphilis
diagnostic kit, which can detect in only
one step the anti-treponema specific
antibodies in a patient’s serum or plasma
binding to the antigen. The serum samples
of syphilis patients are analyzed. An
experiment involving the syphilis
diagnostic kit  is then performed with  the
Treponema pallidum antigen, TpN
15 、 TpN17 and TpN 47. Next, the gene
recombinant method is adopted to produce
treponemal antigens (TpN15-TpN17-
TpN47 fusion protein). Additionally, the
fusion protein is used to achieve protein
expression in the E.coli expression
system. Moreover, a syphilis recombinant
system is established using recombinant
technology.  Analysis results can indicate
that a fusion protein can be formed using
TpN 15 、 TpN17 and TpN 47.  That
protein can then be used by gene
recombinant technology to achieve
procreation on a large scale. Product
procreation on a large scale can hopefully
elevate the sensitivity of detecting syphilis
disease to within an accuracy of 100. 
With a high degree of accuracy and
specificity, the syphilis diagnostic kit
developed herein can be applied to use in
genetic engineering, protein construction
and reagent key technology.  Moreover,
the diagnostic kit is highly promising for
commercialization if the reagent can be
developed successfully, thus reducing the
diagnostic time while increasing its
accuracy significantly.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work develops a syphilis diagnostic
kit, which can detect in only one step the
anti-treponema specific antibodies in a
patient’s serum or plasma binding to the
antigen. The serum samples of syphilis
patients are analyzed. An experiment
involving the syphilis diagnostic kit  is
then performed with  the Treponema
pallidum antigen, TpN 15 、 TpN17 and
TpN 47. Next, the gene recombinant
method is adopted to produce treponemal
antigens (TpN15-TpN17-TpN47 fusion
protein). Additionally, the fusion protein is
used to achieve protein expression in the
E.coli expression system. Moreover, a
syphilis recombinant system is established
using recombinant technology.  Analysis
results can indicate that a fusion protein
can be formed using TpN 15、TpN17 and
TpN 47.  That protein can then be used by
gene recombinant technology to achieve
procreation on a large scale. Product
procreation on a large scale can hopefully
elevate the sensitivity of detecting syphilis
disease to within an accuracy of 100. 
With a high degree of accuracy and
specificity, the syphilis diagnostic kit
developed herein can be applied to use in
genetic engineering, protein construction
and reagent key technology.  Moreover,
the diagnostic kit is highly promising for
commercialization if the reagent can be
developed successfully, thus reducing the
diagnostic time while increasing its
accuracy significantly.

35.  Biotechnology
The cCellular signal transduction to
includes is very wide, presently already to
have many the cell signal(NOTE: OR
omit ‘cell signal’ since you have already
mentioned it in the first part of the
sentence.) pathways, an area having
received considerable  a quilted cover to
research interest. The cell endoplasmic
reticulum ( ER ) Ca2+ pool is
cellattempts to maintainkeep cellular
calcium an ion concentration balance of
cellular calcium, which is an the very
extremely important organelle, and . 
aAmong the calcium, an ion is cellular ER
to proceed with the protein translation、,
protein translocation、, the folding、 and
cellular ER translation protein to confirm
embellish、protein to exist each organelle
to convey , the ER Ca2+ pool to plays the
role of special important a significant role
. However, these functions should mainly
cause the implementation of to many
resident ER Ca2+–binding
proteins.proteins to implement, already to
have many evidence to be clear about to
point outThe existence of many Ca2+-
binding proteins in the ER, is widely
documented. Additionally, although these
protein is passive toin giveproducing ER
inside the high concentration calcium to
combine, these proteinsbut also to point
out to have anmore important the
physiologyical function.. Andditionally,
the protein kinase C is the cell to accepts
some physiologyical functions after to
stimulateion .  The pProtein kinase C to
belongs to serine-threonine kinase about
the message transduction. Appropriate t
The cell-related quilted cover hormone or
growth factor is used to stimulate proceed
to the next step tofor activation of
phospholipase C, thus to produceing DAG
, last to activation.  Finally, the protein
kinase C is activated.

研究問題:
ButHowever,  the PKC in addition to
having many iisoforms is very many , and
the PKC to approve tocan differentiate
between the conventional PKCs (, 1,
2, and ), novel PKCs (, ,ηandθ),
atypical PKCs (ζandλ/ι) .
PreviousBefore to research focused onto
point out ER and how to regulate the
calcium concentration of the regulation
intracellular pathway. calcium
concentration about, t.  Therefore, these
PKC isoforms activateion to haveto some
degree correlation.
ButHowever, PKC cannot to clearly and
identifydefinite to point out the different
types of cell lines tothat inhibitor ER Ca2+
sequestering activity affect .
And PKC has also not been not
haveinvestigated with respect to the  to
research intracellular Ca2+ pool after to
evacuate whether effect the cell to exist
intracellular PKC various isoform
phenotype to some extent different .

問題量化:
However, once upon a time to research is
not as regards ER Ca2+ pool has not been
investigated with respectgard to the PKC
isoforms in the cell signal transduction ,
the functions of PKC and and the DNA
transcription or translation as well asnd
various intracellular pathwaysthe
physiology detailed to study and to
explain .
Conventionsal research cell culture
methods can not thoroughly unable 100%
to understand the cellular pathway of
PKC, so can not real to know making the
cellular apoptosis mechanism unclear as
well.
問題的中心:
The inability toIf these question not have
complete to settle, thoroughly understand
it will can as regards the research
personnel to intracellular the protein
kinase C and the cell singnal pathway to
cause great effect, will negatively impact
the physiological characteristics of PKC
with respect to cellular life and death.
proceed to the next step to effect the cell
live and death the physiology
characteristic .
Work objective:
Based on the above, we should attempt to
understand what role macrophage
secretion cytokine to plays the role in the
human immune system.
Method:
To do so, NO can be examineding, as
found between the different macrophage
cells, (RAW 264.7 cell and J774 cell).
Next, we can give iAn identical
stimulateor  and inhibitor can then be
inserted into RAW 264.7 and J774 murine
macrophage cells. , allowing Finally, we
can observe RAW264.7 and J774 cells not
only to produce the cytokine andbut also
to  can observe the cell induce apoptosis
physiology..  To do so, we can survey
Moreover, NO content and cell apoptosis
circumstancescan be examined. Next, we
can use different glucose concentration
medium. FinallyFurthermore, RAW 264.7
and J774 cells tocan be treated with the
LPS in different glucose concentration
mediaum.
Anticipate results:
As anticipated, analysis results can
indicate that the NO and other cytokines
can be find more locate than different
many signal pathways of the
macrophagecell immune message.  
Additionally, As anticipated, the NO
content and protein kinase C of cellular
signal regulation can find outidentify the
RAW 264.7 or J774 cell morphology in
the different glucose concentration
mediaum.
Contribution to field:
Results in this study demonstrate that, in
addition to possibly the NO maybe
induceing the cell apoptosis pathway,
andNO can promote the human immune
system to reachachieve an appropriate
immune bbalance between
cytokines.condition.
Abstract (full paper) (NOTE:  Make sure
that your background belongs to your
objective.)
In addition to having many isoforms, PKC
can differentiate between conventional
PKCs (a, b1, b2, and g), novel PKCs (d,
e,ηandθ), atypical PKCs (ζandλ/ι) . 
However, incapable of identifying clearly
the different types of cell lines that inhibit
ER Ca2+ sequestering activity, PKC has
not been investigated with respect to the
intracellular Ca2+ pool.  Therefore, this
study attempts to understand what role
macrophage secretion cytokine plays in
the human immune system.  NO is
examined, as found between  different
macrophage cells, RAW 264.7 and J774.
An identical stimulator and inhibitor is
then inserted into RAW 264.7 and J774
murine macrophage cells, allowing
RAW264.7 and J774 cells not only to
produce the cytokine but also to   induce
apoptosis physiology.  Moreover, NO
content and cell apoptosis are examined.
Furthermore, RAW 264.7 and J774 cells
are treated with the LPS in different
glucose concentration media.  Analysis
results  indicate that NO and other
cytokines can locate  many signal
pathways of the macrophage.
Additionally, the NO content and protein
kinase C of cellular signal regulation can
identify the RAW 264.7 or J774 cell
morphology in different glucose
concentration media.  Results in this study
demonstrate that, in addition to possibly
inducing the cell apoptosis pathway, NO
can promote the human immune system to
achieve an appropriate balance between
cytokines.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study attempts to understand what
role macrophage secretion cytokine plays
in the human immune system.  NO is
examined, as found between  different
macrophage cells, RAW 264.7 and J774.
An identical stimulator and inhibitor is
then inserted into RAW 264.7 and J774
murine macrophage cells, allowing
RAW264.7 and J774 cells not only to
produce the cytokine but also to   induce
apoptosis physiology.  Moreover, NO
content and cell apoptosis are examined.
Furthermore, RAW 264.7 and J774 cells
are treated with the LPS in different
glucose concentration media.  Analysis
results  indicate that NO and other
cytokines can locate  many signal
pathways of the macrophage.
Additionally, the NO content and protein
kinase C of cellular signal regulation can
identify the RAW 264.7 or J774 cell
morphology in different glucose
concentration media.  Results in this study
demonstrate that, in addition to possibly
inducing the cell apoptosis pathway, NO
can promote the human immune system to
achieve an appropriate balance between
cytokines.

36.  (Biotechnology)
Helicobacter pylori, a gram-negative
bacterial pathogen, can causes type B
gastritis, a mucosa-associated lymphoid
tissue lymphoma in humans.
While Helicobacter pylori haves(NOTE: 
Sometimes you use the singular verb for
Helicobacter pylori, but other times you
use the plural verb.  Be consistent in your
usage.) a natural transformation ability, in
present study so think to understand
unknoexactly wn how the functional gene
HP1089 correlateds with natural
transformation competence in
Helicobacter pylori remains unknown.
Having received considerable attention in
the Medical Department of National
Taiwan University Hospital, Gene
HP1089 in Helicobacter pylori  (tuch  : 
Misspelling?) strain ( National Taiwan
University Hospital of  the medical
department island) tois concerned with
complementing(NOTE: OR can you
directly say ‘complements the DNA
sequence’ OR ‘attempts to complement
the DNA sequence’?  Check your intended
meaning.) the DNA sequence, function
and mechanism of natural transformation
(still to nothing at all  :  I have no idea
what you mean by ‘still to nothing at all’
in the context of this sentence.). 
Helicobacter pylori is As one of the most
successful microorganism pathogens,
Helicobacter pylori could could
potentially infect approximatelyabout 50%
of the worldall humans worldwide.
Because twelve years science’s
dDiscovered over a decade ago,
Helicobacter pylori is associated with
peptic ulceration, so thatallowing
physiciansdoctors to use antibiotics tofor
treatment.  However, buas one of the most
diverse bacteria,t  Helicobacter pylori is
one of the most diverse bacteria and this is
has probably developed into an adaptation
of Helicobacter pylori that can reside in
an individual host duringfor several years
and even decades ofas an infection, after
some years Helicobacter pylori eventually
leading to mortality among infected
persons cause dead.  (NOTE: Your
original sentence is six lines and should be
broken up into at least two sentences.  I
have done so with the second sentence
beginning with “However,”  Although I
have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that this
is your intended meaning.)
The inability to understand what role gene
HP1089 plays role in the natural
transformation of Helicobacter pylori 
natural transformation and would make it
impossible not only to resolve the above
problem, but also try to development
biotechnological methods solve above
questionapplications(NOTE: For what
areas could these biotechnological
applications be for?)

Based on the above, we should to


analyze what role gene HP1089 of
function and gene HP1089 plays a role in
the natural transformation competence of
Helicobacter pylori natural transformation
competence.
 To do so, amplification of DNA size can
be amplified to detectable levels using can
be Ppolymerase Cchain Rreaction (PCR).
In tThe case foreign gene HP1089 can
then be inserted into a cell usingcan be
electroporation.
Next, Wwhether to understand
geneHP1089 is related to the natural
transformation competence of
Helicobacter pylori natural transformation
competence can be determined using the
gene knockout method.
Additionally, Wwhether to realize to gene
HP1089 structure and others bacteria
homologyies have a similar identity and
similarity composition can be computer
analysesdetermined useusing a
bioinformatics database search websites:of
NCBI, and TIGR websites.
This database search can ultimately enable
us to determineIn order to know the
frequency of DNA transformation by
natural transformation and capability of
Helicobacter pylori gene HP1089 mutant.
As anticipated analysiszed the results can
to demonstrateindicate that gene HP1089,
a novel gene essential for the natural
transformation of Helicobacter pylori and
gene HP1089’s function, more significant
to understand gene HP1089 plays a
significanto role in Helicobacter pylori.
Result in this study can identification of
gResults of this study can be used to
identify those genes associated with
natural transformation competence in
Helicobacter pylori..
 Because antibiotics resistance rates range
from less than 10% to more than 80% in
Helicobacter pylori strains has emerged
worldwide recently, on purpose solve the
question must be try to discover
association between natural competence
and antibiotics resistance.
Further Helicobacter pylori natural
transformation competence can be applied
inserted into foreignicother gene 
applications oninvolving recombinant
DNA and biotechnology.

Abstract (full paper)


Discovered over a decade ago, 
Helicobacter pylori is associated with
peptic ulceration, allowing physicians to
use antibiotics for treatment.  However, as
one of the most diverse bacteria, 
Helicobacter pylori has probably
developed into an adaptation  that can
reside in an individual host for several
years and even decades as an infection,
eventually leading to mortality among
infected persons. Therefore, this study
analyzes what role HP1089 plays in the
natural transformation competence of
Helicobacter pylori.  DNA size is
amplified to detectable levels using
polymerase chain reaction (PCR).  The
foreign gene HP1089 is then inserted into
a cell using electroporation.  Next,
whether eneHP1089 is related to the
natural transformation competence of
Helicobacter pylori is determined using
the gene knockout method.  Additionally,
whether gene HP1089 and other bacteria
homologies have a similar composition is
determined using a bioinformatics
database search of NCBI and TIGR
websites.  This database search can
ultimately enable us to determine the
frequency of DNA transformation by
natural transformation and capability of
Helicobacter pylori gene HP1089 mutant. 
Analysis results indicate that gene
HP1089, a gene essential for the natural
transformation of Helicobacter pylori and
gene HP1089’s function, plays a
significant role in Helicobacter pylori. 
Results of this study can be used to
identify those genes associated with
natural transformation competence in
Helicobacter pylori.
Abstract (conference paper)
This study analyzes what role  HP1089
plays in the natural transformation
competence of Helicobacter pylori.  DNA
size is amplified to detectable levels using
polymerase chain reaction (PCR).  The
foreign gene HP1089 is then inserted into
a cell using electroporation.  Next,
whether eneHP1089 is related to the
natural transformation competence of
Helicobacter pylori is determined using
the gene knockout method.  Additionally,
whether gene HP1089 and other bacteria
homologies have a similar composition is
determined using a bioinformatics
database search of NCBI and TIGR
websites.  This database search can
ultimately enable us to determine the
frequency of DNA transformation by
natural transformation and capability of
Helicobacter pylori gene HP1089 mutant. 
Analysis results indicate that gene
HP1089, a gene essential for the natural
transformation of Helicobacter pylori and
gene HP1089’s function, plays a
significant role in Helicobacter pylori. 
Results of this study can be used to
identify those genes associated with
natural transformation competence in
Helicobacter pylori.

37.  (Biotechnology)
Setting of work proposal:
Consumers demand The present day,
people used shampoos  withto demand the
natural ingredients and without any
harmful side effectsnot injury.
Manufacturers normally Usually factory
selects material for natural plant additives
and . However, factory canattempt to
reduce the chemical composition toof such
additives. Theseis combination often
means a  commodities for this reason to
obtain more relatively high retail price of
shampoos.
Work problem:
Although Ttraditional herbsal of from
South Africa are frequently used in
shampoo, moreover effect very excellent,
but scientific literature inthe use of China
herbsal in shampoo has received little
attention varies few. Chinaese herbsal to
often depend on the use of China is fine
trauma medicines. Most China herbal
isAlthough  notn- toxicity and mild.,
Chinese herbs are seldom used in
However, non-often used in commodities
such as shampoo.
Quantitative specification of problem:
While Ttraditional South African herbsal
of South Africa to base on documents
aboutcan restrain the microorganism effect
with a success rate of to have 90 %
upwards. We conjecture, Chinesea herbsal
are believed to have the same
effectsuccess rate to haveof 99% upwards.
This makes erefore used Chinaese herbsal
highly promising for to proceeding with
attempts to restrain microorganisms and
achieve safely testing., implying
Therefore safe production safe and
substantial high price product revenues.
However, WHAT IS THE PROBLEM
THAT PREVENTS FROM
DEVELOPING CHINESE HERBS FOR
SHAMPOO OR OTHER
COMMODITIES?  YOU HAVE NOT
CLEARLY STATE THE PROBLEM
HERE.)
Importance of problem:
(NOTE:  This is not the importance of the
problem. This is what you want to do, i.e.,
your objective.  You need to explain what
is the importance of the inability to
develop Chinese herbs for shampoos or
commodities (from both a researcher’s
perspective and
from a practical perspective.)We research
station to emphasize for China herbal
source material select and among effective
composition extraction. we try to expand
have restrain microorganism effect by
products.

Based on the above, the we should


develop a novel formulation can
isinvolving the use of applied Chinese
herbal medicine that in sweeping the
thing, replacesing thate formulation of the
widely usedpresent South African herbal
medicine, borrowing to promote to sweep
the power and safeties.
Used method

To do so, Chinese herbal medicine can be


analyzed to suppress gram (-) bacteria.
Cell culturing method can then be used to
understand why Chinese herbal medicine
does not have negative side effects. Next,
GC and HPLC methods can be used to
understand the adaptability of
incorporating compounds of Chinese
medicine in shampoo.
 how know that the Chinese herb medicine
has the germ result of suppress, for using
the method of suppressing the germ to
understand.How know that it can not harm
the body and security of, experiment for
the sake of the usage animal and the
method that cell develop.How know his
smell why, know for the sake of the usage
HPLC and method of GC.
Anticipated results
As anticipated, Hope analytical result,the
proposed formulation can enableprove
these five kinds of in theChinese herbal
medicine canto achievehave the more
good result a better outcome than South
African herbal medicine in terms of
suppressing gram (-) bacteria..And have
the good smell and safe.
Contribution to field
In addition to providing a valuable
reference for Chinese herbal medicine
research, the proposed formulation
Results, the this study can provide local 
healthcare product manufacturers with a
viable alternative to developing
shampoos.  the industry field a kind of
lately valid formulation to promote the
economic effect.Can also provide this
kind of Chinese herbal medicine of is
made use of sex.And also provide the
reference value of related Chinese herbal
medicine research.

Abstract (full paper)


Consumers demand shampoos with natural
ingredients and without any harmful side
effects. Although traditional herbs from
South Africa are frequently used in
shampoos, the use of China herbs in
shampoo has received little attention.
Therefore, this work presents a novel
formulation involving the use of Chinese
herbal medicine that replaces that of the
widely used South African herbal
medicine.  Chinese herbal medicine is
analyzed to suppress gram (-) bacteria.
Cell culturing method is then used to
understand why Chinese herbal medicine
does not have negative side effects. Next,
GC and HPLC methods are used to
understand the adaptability of
incorporating compounds of Chinese
medicine in shampoo.  The proposed
formulation can enable the five kinds of
Chinese herbal medicine to achieve a
better outcome than South African herbal
medicine in terms of suppressing gram (-)
bacteria.  In addition to providing a
valuable reference for Chinese herbal
medicine research, the proposed
formulation can provide local  healthcare
product manufacturers with a viable
alternative to developing shampoos. 

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a novel formulation
involving the use of Chinese herbal
medicine that replaces that of the widely
used South African herbal medicine. 
Chinese herbal medicine is analyzed to
suppress gram (-) bacteria. Cell culturing
method is then used to understand why
Chinese herbal medicine does not have
negative side effects. Next, GC and HPLC
methods are used to understand the
adaptability of incorporating compounds
of Chinese medicine in shampoo.  The
proposed formulation can enable the five
kinds of Chinese herbal medicine to
achieve a better outcome than South
African herbal medicine in terms of
suppressing gram (-) bacteria.  In addition
to providing a valuable reference for
Chinese herbal medicine research, the
proposed formulation can provide local
healthcare product manufacturers with a
viable alternative to developing
shampoos. 
38. (Biotechnology)
1. Setting of work proposal
As an island, The ocean is in all directions
of Taiwan has abundant seafood available
for consumption.and have plentiful
aquatic products. Of particular concern is
Vibrio parahaemolyticus, is an epidemic
pathogen commonly found in the seafood.
This pathogen Vibrio parahaemolyticus
can cause sitotoxism, a disease with an
incidence rate in Taiwan that is the highest
worldwide(NOTE: ‘worldwide’ OR
‘islandwide’?)and that to occur rate is
number one in the Taiwan. Often a result
of insufficiently cooked seafood,
sitotoxism is Eespecially prevalent from in
the May to August to occur, when a large
amount of seafood is consumed
islandwidebecause our compatriots are
like to eat aquatic products. If seafood is
cooking uncompleted will be cause
sitotoxism..

2. Work problem
As Tthe current standardconventional
means of method for definitive
identifyingication of Vibrio
parahaemolyticus requires serotyping.
This method, serotyping is expensive,
tedious, and time- consuming. There is
applied different Various molecular
subtyping techniquesmethods are also
applied to identify an appropriate method
forof differentiating Vibrio
parahaemolyticus isolates from other
serotypes. Thus However, whether
reasoned that molecular subtyping
methods might provide a more rapid and
sensitive alternatives for differentiating
among Vibrio parahaemolyticu strains is
unknown.

3. Quantitative specification of problem


For instance, serotyping requires Because
the traditions method is need seven days
tobefore supplying reliable results and, in
doing so, is relatively did not have
inefficientcy., t Thus nenecessitating the
need for a viable alternativeed molecular
methods to improve the traditions
methods.
4. Importance of problem
The inability to develop a more reliable
and efficient means of identifying Vibrio
parahaemolyticus If unsolve this
problems, there will lead to an
increasingly higher incidence rate of  can
not to prevent our compatriots cause
sitotoxism disease. in Taiwan. Because
this pathogen cause sitotoxism disease
cause often in Asia eastern country.
(NOTE: I omitted this final sentence
because it is redundant of what you have
already stated.)

Based on the above, we should develop a


rapid molecular identificationthe method
of  method quick identify, using the high
specific gene of tdh gene in bacteria
chromosome to do a major detect iona
major target.

To do so, tdh gene can be detected by


polymerase chain reaction (PCR),.
whether to know the relation ofExactly
how V. parahaemolyticus and antibiotics
are related can be determined useusing a
drug sensitivity test. Using this same test,
Even can understand whether bacteria
have the phenomenon ofare drug resistant
or drug sensitive can be determined as
well. Additionally, to know the V.
parahaemolyticus epidemic phenomenon
in in the surrounding environment
environment bycan be more thoroughly
understood using pulsed field gel
electrophoresis.

As anticipated, the proposed moleculer


methodology molecular identification 
method can provide the result in few hours
to detection the presence of V.
parahaemolyticus in the environment in
only a few hours. Additionally, tThe
pulsed field gel electrophoresis results can
to knowprovide further insight into  the
moleculear epidemic phenomenon in the
surrounding environment.

The proposed methododel can also


provide fastrapid and accurate moleculear
biology results tofor detected V.
parahaemolyticus in the environment.
Result in this study can provide V.
parahaemolyticus in environment.

Abstract  (full paper)


As an island, Taiwan has abundant
seafood available for consumption. Of
particular concern is Vibrio
parahaemolyticus, an epidemic pathogen
commonly found in seafood.  As the
conventional means of identifying Vibrio
parahaemolyticus, serotyping is
expensive, tedious, and time consuming.
Various molecular subtyping methods are
also applied to identify an appropriate
method of differentiating Vibrio
parahaemolyticus isolates from other
serotypes. However, whether molecular
subtyping methods provide a more rapid
and sensitive alternative for differentiating
among Vibrio parahaemolyticu strains is
unknown.  Therefore, this work presents a
rapid molecular identification method
using the high specific gene of tdh gene in
bacteria chromosome to detect a major
target.  tdh gene is detected by polymerase
chain reaction (PCR). Exactly how V.
parahaemolyticus and antibiotics are
related is then determined using a drug
sensitivity test. Using this same test,
whether bacteria are drug resistant or drug
sensitive is  determined as well.
Additionally, the V. parahaemolyticus
epidemic phenomenon in the surrounding
environment is more thoroughly
understood using pulsed field gel
electrophoresis.  The proposed molecular
identification method can detect the
presence of V. parahaemolyticus in the
environment in only a few hours.
Additionally, the pulsed field gel
electrophoresis results can provide further
insight into the molecular epidemic
phenomenon in the surrounding
environment.  The proposed method can
also provide rapid and accurate molecular
biology results to detect V.
parahaemolyticus in the environment.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a rapid molecular
identification method using the high
specific gene of tdh gene in bacteria
chromosome to  detect a major target.  tdh
gene is detected by polymerase chain
reaction (PCR). Exactly how V.
parahaemolyticus and antibiotics are
related is then determined using a drug
sensitivity test. Using this same test,
whether bacteria are drug resistant or drug
sensitive is  determined as well.
Additionally, the V. parahaemolyticus
epidemic phenomenon in the surrounding
environment is more thoroughly
understood using pulsed field gel
electrophoresis.  The proposed molecular
identification  method can detect the
presence of V. parahaemolyticus in the
environment in only a few hours.
Additionally, the pulsed field gel
electrophoresis results can provide further
insight into the molecular epidemic
phenomenon in the surrounding
environment.  The proposed method can
also provide rapid and accurate molecular
biology results to detect V.
parahaemolyticus in the environment.

39.  (Biotechnology)
Setting of work proposal
Because of the ease of manipulation and
growth of unicellular yeast cells with
eukaryotic post-translational processing
and modifications, yYeast expression
systems are widely usedextensively
adopted in producingtions of proteins for
pharmaceutical or technical applications
owing to the ease of manipulation and
growth of unicellular yeast cells with
eukaryotic post-translational processing
and modifications.

2. Work problem
While, the application ofHowever, among
the several limitations of Saccharomyces
cerevisiae as a host for production has
shown a number of limitations in the
protein production system, such as include
low production of secreted proteins and
decreased biomass yield affected by
ethanol. Although The production systems
as non-Saccharomyces yeasts have been
studied, including e.g., Pichia
pastoris 、 Hansenula
polymorpha 、 Kluyveromyces
lactis 、 Schizosaccharomyces
pombe 、 Schwanniomyces
accidentalis 、 and Yarrowia lipolytica, but
the security of the greater part inmajority
of these species is suspicionunclear.

3. Quantitative specification of problem


For instance, Tthe dedevelopedveloped
production systems can notwere incapable
to  reach thea yield thatof 1 g/L,
consubsequently must expend
muchraising production prime costs tofor
purification. Among the yeasts, only K.
lactis 、 Y. lipolytica are classified as
GRAS by the American Food and Drug
Administration (United States) in the
developed production systems.
Additionally, K. lactis produces low
amounts of secreted proteins, andwhile Y.
lipolytica can produce only a limited
number of proteins in high magnitude.
Consequently, the developed production
systems are severely limited with respect
to restriction for the actuality applications.
4. Importance of problem
The inability of If the developed
production systems unimprovedto resolve
the problems of theinvolving biomass
yield and the security, there will notmakes
it not only impossible to quantifyication of
analysis results at the science research
level,  andbut also extremely difficulties
for practice application atto achieve
medicine and food science-related
applications field.
1. Work objective 工作目標
Based on the above, we should
develop a new protein production system
of Saccharomycopsis fibuligera. To do so,
the uracil auxotrophic marker mutants
willcan be screened , followed by the and
development of a protein overproduction
strain to increase the efficiency of the
transformation system. The constructed
transformation system can thenwill be
expandedincreased for its secretion,
stability and efficiency.

2. Anticipated results 希望的結果


As anticipated, an integrative
plasmid containing the a DNA sequence
with athat high efficient promoter, signal
peptide, reporter gene and selection
marker canwill be constructed in order to
increase the efficiency and variety of ato
transformation system. And proceed theA
transformation experiment can then be
performed to firmly establish firmly the
efficiency of the transformation system.
With respect to itsExpect this integrative
plasmid capability, expression stability to
can be used as an insert into the yeast
chromosomal DNA.

3. Contribution to field 領域的貢獻


The protein production system is not
only promising Results on this study can
provide that not only provides
economically potential , but also regards
the protein application at the medicine and
food science to develop a new protein
production and secretion system. As
Iillustrated with an example, the protein
production can produce the remedy aof
protein that the medical treatment can use,
or be used as the additives appliance on
an additive in the food science sectorand
technology.

Abstract (journal paper)


Yeast expression systems are extensively
adopted in producing proteins for
pharmaceutical or technical applications
owing to the ease of manipulation and
growth of unicellular yeast cells with
eukaryotic post-translational processing
and modifications.  However, among the
several limitations of Saccharomyces
cerevisiae as a host  in the protein
production system include low production
of secreted proteins and decreased
biomass yield affected by ethanol.
Additionally, although  production
systems as non-Saccharomyces yeasts
have been studied, e.g., Pichia
pastoris 、 Hansenula
polymorpha 、 Kluyveromyces
lactis 、 Schizosaccharomyces
pombe 、 Schwanniomyces
accidentalis 、 and Yarrowia lipolytica, the
security of the greater majority of these
species is unclear.  Therefore, this work
develops a novel protein production
system of Saccharomycopsis fibuligera.
The uracil auxotrophic marker mutants are
screened, followed by the development of
a protein overproduction strain to increase
the efficiency of the transformation
system. The constructed transformation
system is then expanded for its secretion,
stability and efficiency.  An integrative
plasmid containing a DNA sequence with
a high efficient promoter, signal peptide,
reporter gene and selection marker can be
constructed to increase the efficiency and
variety of a transformation system. A
transformation experiment can then be
performed to firmly establish the
efficiency of the transformation system.
With respect to its integrative plasmid
capability, expression stability can be used
as an insert into the yeast chromosomal
DNA.  The protein production system is
not only promising economically, but also
regards the protein application at the
medicine and food science to develop a
new protein production and secretion
system. As illustrated with an example,
the protein production can remedy a
protein so that the medical treatment can 
be used as  an additive in the food science
sector.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work develops a novel protein
production system of Saccharomycopsis
fibuligera. The uracil auxotrophic marker
mutants are screened, followed by the
development of a protein overproduction
strain to increase the efficiency of the
transformation system. The constructed
transformation system is then expanded
for its secretion, stability and efficiency. 
An integrative plasmid containing a DNA
sequence with a high efficient promoter,
signal peptide, reporter gene and selection
marker can be constructed  to increase the
efficiency and variety of a transformation
system. A transformation experiment can
then be performed to firmly establish the
efficiency of the transformation system.
Expect for this integrative plasmid
capability, expression stability can be used
as an insert into the yeast chromosomal
DNA.  The protein production system is
not only promising economically, but also
regards the protein application at the
medicine and food science to develop a
new protein production and secretion
system. As illustrated with an example,
the protein production can remedy a
protein to the extent that medical
treatment can  be used as  an additive in
the food science sector.

40.  (Nuclear Science – Radiotechnology)


Setting of work proposal: While Ccancer
isranks as the tenth leading cause of
mortality. For this reason, the medical
field strives to detect cancer in its early
stages andalong with appropriate therapy
is the goal of the medical field. Using
radioactive rays is an effective means of
one of the ways to helping physicans to
doctors’ diagnose whether aif the tumor
exists., and  And it is also useding in
therapy tumor patients therapy.
Nevertheless, we can’t neglect the harm
byHowever, radiation poses a potential
harm. Hence, , necessitating the
importance of controlling the dosage
levelsis a pivotal role when d during
diagnostic radiology and therapy.
Work problem: InThe  cconventional
radiological active therapy, eutic cobalt-60
procedure and the traditional linear
accelerator canouldn’t not adequately
control the let radiation beam limit in
awith respect to the  tumor sizevolume
range. The shows thatSubsequently, when
using radiation to eradicate abnormal
cells, there may be some normal cells may
suffer from radiation. By the rate rising of
radiology, the normal tissue will absorb
more and more radioactive dosage.
Therefore, physicians and radiologists
heavily emphasize the need to So how to
adequately control the dosage forom a
linear accelerator become the important
point to the medical physics and treatment
team.. Among the numerousThere are
many methods available to estimate
radiation dosage. And using,
Thermoluminescence Dosimeter (TLD) is
the most convenient and precise
onemethod at the present day. Upon the
aAccurate measurements obtained from of
TLD, it’s can be adopteding to test and
verify thewhether if the irradiated area
made by a linear accelerator is even or
not. And by usingAdditionally, using TLD
to estimate radiation dosage can also put
to proofverify the effectiveness of a  the
therapyeutic planstrategy.
Quantitative specification of problem:
According to the ICRP suggest, the
radiology technology ation related
professionals people should not be
exposed to aaccept radiation level
exceeding more than 5rem per year of
effective dose of whole bodyannually.
Andditionally, to the general public, they
suggestcan not to accept levels surpassing
more than 0.5rem annuallyper year. There
might be; otherwise dire critical
consequences such as  when over the
suggested value, such as tirednessfatigue,
nausea, or lead to death.mortality may
occur. The data display the influence of
radiation. So to accurate estimate and
verity instrumentation is a needed and
vital topic for study.
Importance of problem: By using TLD to
test and verify the irradiate area made by
linear accelerator and the dosage can
ensure the quality of accelerator. And to
verify the medical treatment therapy plan
can more confirm the dosage and result of
the plan.

Work objective: Based on the above, we


should develop a TLD measurement
method that can compare the radiation
dose predicted by a therapeutic treatment
plan and actual dose measurements for
verification purposesgrasp the radiation
dose truly and the exposure area accuracy.
To do so, TLDs can be used to measure
the radiation dose. The mMeasurement
results obtainedf using TLDs and ion
chamber can then be compare to obtain an
accurately dosage. And using TLDs to test
and verify Next, the exposure uniformity
can be verified using TLDS, thus and
further confirms the effectiveness of the
therapeutic treatment plansplans.
Anticipated results: The proposedUsing the
TLDs measurement method, can reduce
percentage error of therapeutic treatment
plans by 5%.   measure the radiation
dosage can be measure accurately.
According to the characteristic of TLDs,
the dosage can be measured respectively.
Separating put TLDs in different parts of
tissue, and measure the absorption dosage
of each TLDs. The exposure uniformity
can be verified by compare each TLDs’
absorption dosage. Hence, TLDs’
absorptionthe dose accuracy of TLDs can
be further verifiedproving  if the treatment
plan is a detailed oneplan. Additionally,
Tthe dosage measure of TLDs can be
compared with the treatment plan. It can
approve, thus improving the conciseness
the exactness of treatment plans if the
TLDs’ measurement dosage of TLDs is
the same as that of with the treatment
plans. And if the result is different, we can
accord to the point to improve the
treatment plans.
Contribution to field: By applying the
method of TLDs measurement, we can
test and In addition to verifying the
reliability of therapeutic treatment plans.,
the proposed measurement method can
ensure that such To make the treatment
plans more adjustadhere to the standard of
quality assureance (QA) standards and
raise the accuratecy and safety level when
treating in therapy carcinogenesis
patients.     

Abstract (full paper).                  


Using radioactive rays is an effective
means of  helping physicans to  diagnose
whether a tumor exists, and is also used in
tumor patient therapy.  However,
conventional radiological therapeutic
cobalt-60 procedure and the traditional
linear accelerator can not adequately
control the  radiation beam with respect to
the  tumor size,  possibly leading to
radiation among normal cells.  Therefore,
this work presents a TLD measurement
method that can compare the radiation
dose predicted by a therapeutic treatment
plan and actual dose measurements for
verification purposes.  TLDs are used to
measure the radiation dose. Measurement
results obtained using TLDs and ion
chamber are then compared to obtain an
accurate dosage. Next, the exposure
uniformity is verified using TLDS, thus
further confirming the effectiveness of the
therapeutic treatment plans.  The proposed
TLD measurement method can reduce
percentage error of therapeutic treatment
plans by 5%.  In addition to verifying the
reliability of therapeutic treatment plans,
the proposed measurement method can
ensure that such  plans adhere to quality
assurance (QA) standards and raise the
accuracy and safety level when treating
carcinogenesis patients. 

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a TLD measurement
method that can compare the radiation
dose predicted by a therapeutic treatment
plan and actual dose measurements for
verification purposes.  TLDs are used to
measure the radiation dose. Measurement
results obtained using TLDs and ion
chamber are then compared to obtain an
accurate dosage. Next, the exposure
uniformity is verified using TLDS, thus
further confirming the effectiveness of the
therapeutic treatment plans.  The proposed
TLD measurement method can reduce
percentage error of therapeutic treatment
plans by 5%.  In addition to verifying the
reliability of therapeutic treatment plans,
the proposed measurement method can
ensure that such  plans adhere to quality
assurance (QA) standards and raise the
accuracy and safety level when treating
carcinogenesis patients. 

41.  (Business Management)


Operation process cComplexicate
administrative procedures within cause
Taiwan’s nNational hHealth iInsurance
(NHI) schemeorganization( 投 保 單 位 )
apply have led to errors in insurance
claimse(加退保) error and time mucmuch
hinefficiency. For instance, adhering to all
national health insuranceNHI regulations ,
would require filling out more than about
thirty forms( 表 格 ) to provide, depending
on various different business commercial
demands, (i.e.g., insureance claims 、 ,
salary readjustment 薪 資 調 整 、 , and
modifyication of  insurer’s/claimant’s
name 更改姓名、……). With subsequent
errors made over That national health
insurance organization( 投 保 單 位 )
confusione in filling out appropriate
forms, the NHI staff spends much time in
handling errors and then requesting
insurers and claimants to amend erroneous
information. what is correct to use often.
We must spend much time to differ error.
Then error form send by post to them,
they write correct and send reply. That
Despite the enormous amount of
administrative cost time and costs
involved in handling these errors, this
growing concern and its larger
implications have not been addressed in
previous literaturefees. There is no to
research the related subject, it involve vast
range.  The inability to gradually reduce
the amount of hHuman resources involved
in handling insurer and claimant errors
and simplify administrative procedures as
well as NHI forms  reduce gradually
,cann’t enhance Operation process and
simply form(簡化表格) will lead not only
to higher operational costs at NHI but
eventually higher insurance
premiums.cause  human resource
insufficient , raise both sieds (insurance
organization 投 保 單 位 and the national
health insurance 中央健康保險局) work
time and cost mail fees.  That’s loss for
two parties.  Therefore, a method must be
developed…

42.  (Business Management)


Taiwan emergenThe feasibility of
applying cy medical kknowledge
management to Taiwan’s emergency
medical units has received increasing
attentionto set into action at nowadays.,
especially the role of Kknowledge assets
isn effectively managing the emergency
medical to have a foothold and to stride
the chiefmain resources of such units.
(NOTE: Although I have simplified these
two awkward sentences by combining
them into one, make sure that I did not
change your intended meaning.)  The
competition predominance source is to
make up the organization Wwhether an
organization can  effectiveaccumulate
knowledge skills efficiently  to collect and
apply them effectively ication a
professional knowledgelargely determines
its competitive strength. That , an area
which knowledge management of is
emergency medical unitsknowledge
management need to find ou has not yet
been identifiedt.  As well known,
Documents have to indicate the four items
in knowledge management comprises four
activities involving knowledge. That is
about:  its circulation knowledge circulate,
creationknowledge create,
accumulationknowledge accumulate and
disseminationknowledge spread., which
only have an efficiency of  It difficult to
knowledge circulate is can not get
information about 77%. It hart to
knowledge create is no body can overall
planning about, 66%. It heavy going to
knowledge accumulate is not have a
standard about, 49%. That last difficult to
spread is not have a great way about and
25% in emergency medical units,
respectively.  As each Due to the different
organization has its own uniqueve a
features, characteristic. Eemergency
medical units must identify which need be
find the suit knowledge management
practices are the most appropriate. For this
reason emergency medical knowledge
management will can not do or loss in
transfer. Therefore, a  method must be
developed ….(NOTE:  Specify what kind
of method must be developed.)

 43.  (Business Management)


Purchasing on credit Enjoying before
payment is increasingly common in
Taiwan, as evidenced by the rise in
customer loans granted by local accepted
by customers, and Taiwan’s banks in
recent years.  While advertising
aemphasize of the simplified procedure of
receiving and the rapidly granting loadns
quickly., banks extensively adopt a credit
rating system to determine Thus, the
customer loans increase rapidly in recent
years. The credit score card is extensively
used to judge whether or not to grant
suchthe customer loans. However, Wwhen
processing the amount of the loans
applications, the banking officeroperator
frequently scores thea customer’s credit
rating based on a manual un-objectively,
moreover, this conventional procedure
standard that lacks objectivity and
expends a considerable amountalso spends
a lot of human resourcespower. According
to the statistical data of the Ministry of
fFinance data onf December at 2003, the
逾 放 比 of the ssmall finance institutions
had a defaulted loan  rate ofis 15.67 %,
i.e., which is much significantly higher
than the 5% , the average rate of 5%
levied by the international finance
institutions.  Consequently, the rate of
overduedefaulted loans will increase more
rapidly if still using the conventional
credit rating score cardsystem is used to
processed the customer loan
applicationsgrant. Therefore, a credit risk
analysis   processmethod (NOTE:  Specify
what kind of method.) capable of finding
outidentifying the features of the customer
loans must be developed that adopted
thein which data (mining OR exploration)
technology and thean effective business
structure are adopted to decrease the
probability of overcome the wrong loans
grantsing high risk loans.
 44.  (Business Management)
Medical and healthcare expenditures
have accounted for an increasing share
of occupied household consumption in
Taiwan expenditure is increasingly in
recent years.  In line with this trend, the
establishment of local pharmacies are
establishing more and more amounts.
has risen. While Cconventional forecast
methods rely on large quantities of data to
predict the number of and demographics
involving forecast amount ofnew
pharmacies in coming several years,
should use quantities of data, but it is
difficult to collect accumulating such data
is extremely difficult.  Based on
TheAccording to Department of Health
statistics, defined of narrow local
pharmacies in Taiwan increased amount
from 6,394 to 6,990 units during the
period since 1999 to 2002 in Taiwan.  The
inability to accurately forecast the number
of and demographics involving local
pharmacies to be established amount
accurately, not onlymakes it nearly
impossible for managers to cannot analyze
market competition correct,precisely and
but also difficult to develop effective
strategyies.  Therefore, an applicable
reliable forecasting method must be
useddeveloped to predict the number of
and demographics involving forecast local
pharmacies to be established amount in
coming several yearsthe near future.
  45.  Business Management
In light of The increasing popularity of
credit cards; in Taiwan has led to
therefore credit card market is
significantlystringent competition
domestically. Banks are seen issuing
credit cards and encourage prospective
customers to hold multiple credit cards
bythrough relaxinged approval and credit
reference procedures. However, such
practicesthe above behavior has  have
significantly undermined the
creditworthiness of issuing banks, leading
to increased outstanding debts, and thusa
higher risk of defaulted loansbad debts
each year.  With this respect, previous
studies have seldom measured
quantitatively to the varying degrees of
risk among  exercise different life style to
discriminate the potentialtarget credit card
customers to identify both varying degrees
of risk and reasons for credit card debtof
credit card has seldom been measured in
previous studies. Addition to understand
why happen bad debts. To illustrate the
severity of this problem, Taiwan has an
average of 2.8 cardholders from the here
are presentlycurrently 6,321 credit cards
available domesticallyin Taiwan market
and everybody on average has 2.8 credit
cards. And, with credit cards’ bad debts
reaching 46%. Therefore, a quantitative
measurement method must be developed
to discriminate between varying degrees
of risk  among the target customers
ofpotential credit card customers must be
developed that solve too much credit cards
and bad debts. Banks would promote
profits, and abates bad debts cost.(NOTE: 
I have omitted the last sentence because
this belongs to your hypothesis, not your
problem statement.)
 46.  (Business Management)

Taiwan’s biotechnology industry has


rapidly evolved in recent years,
subsequently increasing marketing efforts
in the local cosmetics sector, which
originally focused only on healthcare
products. The especially in light of
increasing Center for Bioscience &
Technology ( 生物科技中心 )coCosmetic
manufacturers are concerned not only with
s marketing practices, but also as with
well as concern over the potential
lowering of product and service quality
attitude offered. Center for Bioscience &
Technology(生物科技中心) must thus,
necessitating the adoption of  emphasize
marketing practices to attract customers
through  4P method  marketing.  
Although receiving the role of 4P method
marketing in tradition way marketing has
received considerable attention in
conventional marketing, the 4P method
has seldom been explored with respect to
its effectiveness in its role in Center for
Bioscience & Technology cosmetics
marketing practices has seldom been
addressed. in order   4P method marketing
practices adopts business marketing to
enhance the competitiveness in theand
cosmetics market share of related
manufacturers.   The failureinability of a
Center for Bioscience &
Technologycosmetics manufacturers to
adopt the 4P method in its marketing
practices will make it less competitive in
promoting its market share as well as
products and services. While bioscience
has increasingly emphasized the role of 4P
method in cosmetics marketing practices
in order to enhance Center for Bioscience
& Technology management, the failure to
adopt this approach will result in a loss of
competitiveness in the intensely
competitive cosmetics market sector
share. (NOTE:  I have omitted this
sentence because it is redundant of what
you have already said.)  Therefore, a 4P
method for  cosmetics manufacturers must
be developed that
considers/incorporates…  .
Must be, use bioscience cosmetics suitable
marketing of Center for Bioscience &
Technology cosmetics marketing in 4P
method practices.
47.  (Business Management)
Taiwan’she extremely competitive
medical market sector has become
intensively competitive, largely spurred by
the increasing popularity of in Taiwan due
to the iInternet commerce was developed. 
Hospitals must thus effectively exploit the
use of the Internet to attracting new
patients more effectively form internet for
hospital business.  Of tHowever, the
relatively few approaches studies that
have addressed  marketing practices in the
medical sector have not focused on the
Internet’s impactin this area, conventional
approaches substantiation channel not
fictitious channel, internet.  Online
purchases increased by 1,900,000,00 US
dollars from  Since 1997 to 1998, the total
gaining was raised 19 hundred million
dollars from purchase on internet. The
latent capacity of internet channel can be
manifest form Consumer purchasing
power on the iInternet is definitely an area
that the medical sector must focus on.
The inability of hospitals to If not attach
importance to the issue of effectively
exploit the use of the Internet not only
makes it impossible to lower overhead
costs, but also severely limits  develop
medical e-market. The hospitals will can
not down cost of place and ultimately miss
their commercean organization’s
competitiveness.  Therefore medicalan e-
marketing strategy for the medical sector
must be developed that adopts the
business marketing practices to enhance
the competitiveness of this growth in the
medical sector.

  48.  Business Management


Taiwan’s growing elderly population
has increased the demand for Llong-term
healthcare facilities and services. While
Fforecasting the medical market trends
(both in supply and demand) is a
fundamental aspect ofnd  feasibility
analysis, both governmental social welfare
sector policymakers of social welfare
trends and commercialbusiness investors
areheavily rely on the forecasting reports
to remain abreast of decide both in
regulations governingg relation health
finance policies and to develop new
inventory projects of nation. Whereas the
modeling method has seldom been
adopted to concern over the market
forecasting of market trends in Llong-term
care in Taiwanhas seldom been addressed
with the modeling method, most studies
focus mainly on various kinds of the
consumer’s percentagesindexes used
which estimates by experts to forecasting
the market supply and demand yet neglect
those market and natural factors that are
correlated to the long-term heathcare
sector.(NOTE: Although I have tried to
make the problem of your research more
clear, make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.) According to Anikeeff
(1999) suggest that, one particular
variable:, i.e., the variation of the
population over age 85 years old, is highly
correlated to the Llong-term healthcare
market. The inability to estimate those the
market and natureal factors that are
correlatedion of to the Llong-term
heathcare sector, makes it difficult not
only interpret various forecasting reports,
but also to  makes confusion and difficult
to decaide what policies or inventory
projects should be implementeding.
Ultimately, theThe long-term heathcare
sector will lack a standard nationwide
market can’t keep balance yet, it
impossible for nation to have a high level
of quality services. Therefore,  a method 
must be developed that can….  (NOTE:
State your objective here.

  49.  (Biotechnogy)
Epstein-Barr virus (EBV), is a human
herpesvirus which , is associated with
several malignancies, including Burkitt’s
lymphoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma
(NPC), T cell lymphoma and Hodgkin’s
disease. As a versatile protein, The
Epstein-BVarr virus latent membrane
protein 1 (LMP 1) is a versatile protein
that has significantly influencesprofound
effects on target cells, e.g. lymphocytes
and epithelial cells. NPC is a malignant
tumor originating in the squamous
epithelium and expressed in the posterior
nasopharynx. NPCThis carcinoma has a
high incidence rate in the ethnic Chinese
population, especially in southeastern
Asia, including Taiwan and China. The
gGenetics and dietary habits may play an
important role in be important factor for
NPC transformation. Interestingly, the
LMP1 gene has been isolated from
Chinese NPC patients. Additionally, Tthe
phosphorylation of LMP1 plays a
significant role in regulating the function
of LMP1. To our knowledge, the 210 site
of C-terminal-activating region 1
(CTAR1) ihas never been had examined
(nor identified OR and determined).
(NOTE:  Although ‘nor identified’ makes
the sentence grammatically correct, make
sure that it does not change your intended
meaning.) Importantly, tThe
phosphorylation 210 site of CTAR1
affects whether affects athe ratio of NPC
patients. According to pPrevious studies,
have demonstrated that, for LMP1 in
normal nasal tissue, nasopharyngeal
mucosal tissue and nasal lymophoma
tissue, showed that deleted LMP1 wais
more common in tumor tissues (91%) than
in normal nasal tissues (63%). Therefore,
tThe CTAR1 210 site must thus be
identified in NPC patients. The inability to
do so would CTAR1 210 site prevents us
from fully understanding how this
versatile molecule implements its function
in EBV-induced transformation and,
possibly, preventsing(NOTE: ‘inhibits’
OR ‘hinders’ as well as ‘prevents’) the
development of potential therapeutic
targets for EBV-associated cancers. 
Therefore, a model of the mutated C
terminus 210 of LMP1 must be developed
to identify the CTAR1 210 site in
nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC) patients
by analyzing Epstein-Barr virus latent
membrane protein 1 that is mutated with C
terminus 210.

  50.  (Biotechnology)
Gene expression requires thatneeds
many proteins interact with regulated
element.(NOTE: “elements” instead of
“element”?  If not, then play ‘a’ in front of
‘regulated’) BeforeHowever, modulation
of gene expression has not been
thoroughly investigated, making it
impossible to determine the is not
researched clearly. So period and location
of gene expression are unable to know.
However, expression of the same gene in a
diverse cell can be regulated based on to
different expressions and, thus, can’not be
expressed 100%. The inability to
thoroughly understand the If mechanism
of distinct gene expression can not be
thoroughly understood, peoplemakes it
impossible to understand how this unique
mechanism affects don’t know
development of embryo development can
be effected by unusual mechanism.
 
51.  (Biotechnology)
Proteinase inhibitors are Commonly
found universal existence in a seed of the
legume seeds. P, proteinase inhibitors play
a critical role in the regulationg of several
physiological processes such as blood
coagulation, complement fixation,
fibrinolysis, and fertilization. Most of
these inhibitors areAs proteins having
characteristic polypeptide scaffolds,
andmost of these inhibitors are grouped
into a number of several families
including the Kunitz, Kazal, Burman Birk,
Serpin and mucus families. As well
established,  lot of research report
indicated that the cancer cells the
production, invasion and transfer of
cancer cells are significantlyhave large
related toionship with proteinase
inhibitors. However, But there is not to
develop suppress cancer proteinase
inhibitors have not been able to be
suppressed owing to the inability to
identify yet. The previously investigate
unable to find the proteinase inhibitors
that can interrelated with to suppress
cancer more over than 80﹪of all cancer
cells.  :  NOTE:  I have no idea what you
mean by ‘over than 80%’ in the context of
this sentence.).  Consequently, the
inability to understandIf the physiological
role of proteinase inhibitors physiology
significance not have adequate to
understand in the plant,s makes it
impossible to ultimately understandd and
unable to obtain the role that proteinase
inhibitors play the role in thein cancer
occur process.(NOTE: ‘cancer cells’
instead of ‘cancer’?)

52.  (Biotechnology)
Commonly found in the RAW 264.7
cell, endoplasmic reticulum (ER) calicium
pool is cell to keepplays a significant role
in regulating the concentration of cellular
calcium ion concentration important site.
Additionally, mong the, ER calcium pool
can facilitateproceed protein translation,
protein transfer, and protein
embellishment. According to Rrecent
investigations, reports have suggested that
elevated intracellular Ca2+ concentration,
[Ca2+]i, can initiate apoptosis, where an
increase in; in addition, [Ca2+]i is
observed prior toincreases before genome
fragmentation and cell death. The
endoplasmic reticulum As well known,
(ER) ias a major intracellular reservoir of
Ca2+ in nonmusculear cells, endoplasmic
reticulum and this reservoirER is essential
for manya number of  cellular functions,
including protein processing within the
ER .  However, while previous studies
investigated how the previously research
are regard to murine macrophage cell line
regulatesor the signal pathway of ER
calicium pool signal pathway., exactly
how  But not have regard to the signal
pathways of cellular TNF-α, NF-γB,
and MAPK regulates the concentration of
cellular calcium ion remains unclear
signal pathway to thorough understand. 
For instance, The conventions regard to
cell ER pool investigations have not
identified the signal pathways  ofresearch
a defect is unable definite to look for the
TNF-α, NF-γB, and MAPK signal
pathwaywithin an accuracy of 80% , thus
making it impossible to determine how
RAW 264.7 in  cellular regulates the
signal pathway.  The inability to
thoroughly understand the signal
pathways of If the intracellular TNF-α,
NF-γB, and MAPK signal pathway to
thorough understand. For the researcher,
makes it impossible to determine  with
regard what role to cell ER calicium pool
and induced cytokine unable know to play
play the role in the RAW 264.7 cell.

  53.  (Biotechnology)
Tuberculosis is spreads through by
close personal-to-person contact through
the inhalation ofin which infectiouns
aerosols are inhaled. Mycobacterium
tuberculosis has its was worldwide with
highest incidence in under developinged
countries and non seasonal incidence.
(NOTE: What do you mean by ‘and non
seasonal incidence’?  Do you mean
‘regardless of the season’?) As
Ttuberculosis is thea (common OR typical
OR classic) human mycobacterial
disease., its Ggrowth properties and
colonial morphology are used for the
preliminary identification of (NOTE: If
‘preliminary’ is not important, can you
simply say ‘to identify’ instead of ‘for the
preliminary identification of’?)
mycobacterium because.  This is owing to
that mycobacterium tuberculosis is a
slowing-growing bacteria and
mycobacteria can be identified using
biochemical tests, although yielding but
results requires at least need three weeks. 
So want to dDeveloping a new method
that can rapidly may fast identify
mycobacterium tuberculosis only is thus
of high priorityday.  Mycobacterium
tuberculosis is a communicablepublic
disease, with and increased prevalence of
diseaseamong immunocomproruised
patients, the homeless,and as well as
abusers of drugs or alcohol abusers.  The,
thereby demonstrating that  adequately
controlling the spread of tuberculosis wais
both a medical and societal problem. 
Therefore, aA rapid diagnostic test must
be developed to is required for identify
this ication disease.

54.  (Biotechnology)
Setting of work proposal  Originally an
Taiwan founds a state with the
agricultureal based economy that has
shifted to an industrial based one, .Taiwan
now overproduces plants the wastes of
agricultureal produce that can be found in
rice as well as the rice and traditional
vegetable and fruit markets.  However,
even with these traditional markets,
produce quite a few, can't carry on the
treating effectively dealing with for this
kind of wastes of agricultureal
overproduce is problematic. The wastes of
aAs for agricultureal overproduce ofin the
international community, is too few the
cellulose microbe with of cellulose can
n'ot effectively curtail foodquilt
processing, largely owing to thereason is
natural boundary ability of enzyme
production for a thermostable enzyme. 
Work problem  The cellulase in the
cultural heritage is subjected to the hot
stability, which is currently not high; and
the enzyme yield is low as well. 
Andditionally, the natural boundary only
has a smalllittle amount of mould and
actinomyceses to havefor the cellulase.
Therefore, owing to that the natural
boundary is not can't be fast enough, and
the processing agricultureal overproduce
can not be processed efficiently wastes of
the availability.  Quantitative specification
of problem  For instance, according to
Tthe Environmental Protection
Administration of the Republic of China,
Taiwan statisticses, havinghas 6,000,000
wasteses of agriculture of the tons of
agricultural overproduce that must be
processed to want to process about every
year annually,.  However, this
overproduce can not be  and these wastes
can't completely of is processed.  Taiwan
has The wastes that plants the rice creation
contain 2,300,000 tons of agricultural
overproduce in rice, while traditional
vegetable and fruit markets generate the
born wastes contain 600,000 tons.  Such
overproduce can not be These wasteses
can't be processed efficientlyectively. 
Importance of problem  The inability to
produce aIf the thermostable enzyme have
no to be produced out, would make it
impossible to handle the overwhelming
amount of agricultural produce in  Taiwan
has already counted ten thousand wasteses
of agriculture of the tons can't be
processed, only can adopt wild cover up
the method, as a, resulting in  cause
serious theenvironmental pollution of the
environment.  Project need  Therefore, a
method must be developed to achieve So,
the high cellulase of hot stability and
enzyme activities is a necessity to be
evolved out, and want to be effectively
applied in the lifefor daily and industriesal
purposes.

55.  (Biotechnology)
Setting of work proposal Widely
distributed in the aquatic environment,
Bbacteria in the genus Vibrio are widely
distributed in the aquatic environment and
are considered to be autochthonous
bacteria in marine and estuarine waters.
Capable of causing infection in humans,
Ssome Vibrio species can also cause
infections in humans and have been
isolated from a variety of intestinal and
extraintestinal sites. Specifically, Tthis
bacteria can cause gastroenteritis in
humans.

Work problem  PCR method is the


conventional means of The cultural
heritage of the past usually is the method
of PCR to detecting the target with the tdh
gene or trh gene. Moreover, can make use
of, in which the specificity in the
chromosome of V. parahaemolyticus gene
of chitinase, can be used as the detection
marker of PCR.  However, this method is
inefficient.

Quantitative specification of problem


For instance, PCRThe tradition
consultation method requiresneed seven
days to and can be aauthenticated the
effect, the resultsbut the uses.  However,
the PCR method can be used as long as
several can know to authenticate the effect
can be authenticated. The moleculer
biology method is an effective means of
can knows to aauthenticateing the results
efficiently effect quickly.

Importance of problem  The inability to


detect the target with the tdh gene or trh
gene more efficiently If this problem can't
resolve within a short time, will lead to a
higher incidence of  can't prevent the
occurrence of the people food poisoning
from in advance in humans from aquatic
foods., with an especially high incidence
during  Go to the case of food poisoning
between autumn and will increase in the
spring season.

Project need  Therefore, this method ofa


PCR method must be developed andfor
applyication in the consultation(NOTE:  I
don’t know what you mean by
‘consultation’ in the context of this
sentence.) in bacteria, using a chitinase
gene that has the a high specificity.

56.  Biotechnology
It is reported that gGreen tea
polyphenols have been reported to have s
goodexcellent antioxidation activity toin
inhibiting high blood pressure,
cardiovascular diseases, and diabetes…
etc.  Based on the above, many researcher
would like to investigate
thatConsequently, reagents for
antiresisting high blood pressure reagent,
anti cardiovascular diseases reagent, and
anti diabetes reagent…etc have received
considerable attention for potential
medical applications. Therefore, it will
become much convenient for patient of
high blood pressure, cardiovascular
diseases, diabetes…etc.  As a leading
Bbiotechnology manufacturer, your
company has been successful in adopting
a the power of trial and error approach to
success, and to developing a very
wonderful product technologiesby
yourself. Rather than confining myself to
my technical skills, I hope to contribute to
your company as a technology
professional with as a researcher worker. I
believe that I will make your, hopefully
adding to your company’s more  growth
and growth by month and month.

57.  (Biotechnology)

The yYeast fungus, is a


dominantcardinal  microorganism species
found in the peka, is used to for the
fermentation at the traditional white-
wine, and also there has been the research
making.  The feasibility of usinge of the
yeast fungus to do theto produce proteins
production system has received
considerable attention. Additionally, The
yeast can be used to secrete has the ability
of the extracellular protein secretions.
That can understand the protein secretion
capability of these yeasts, making it
possible to and find outidentify the
strength protein promoter and signal
peptide by strains protein production
characteristic assay.
So far,However, except the safety was
be suspicions the developed protein
production system, the has a low yield
was the another large limit., thus limiting
Make the economic benefits of existing
protein production system is not good, and
relatedthe applications also will be
limited. Importantly, pProduction
capability is significantlyhave  related
togreatly with the promoter strength of
thean enzyme’s production system.
For instance, the developed production
systems can not achievereach a yield of 1
g/L, subsequently raising production costs
for purification. Among the yeasts, only
K. lactis 、 Y. lipolytica are classified as
GRAS by the Food and Drug
Administration (United States) in the
developed production systems.
Additionally, K. lactis produces low
amounts of secreted protein, while Y.
lipolytica can produce only a limited
number of proteins in high magnitude.
Consequently, the developed production
systems are severely limited with respect
to actual applications.

The inability of In existing protein


production systems to have a sufficiently
high if can't effectively yield, then will
increase the instability(NOTE: ‘the
instability’ of WHAT?) and appliances to
be subjected toseverely limit on the
researchresearch efforts. Moreover,
protein production systems can not be
Also can't applyied to therapyeutically in
the clinical practice effectively, thus
increasing the  in addition to the risk of
the pathogenic risky on thein food and
clinical applications. processing.

58. (Nuclear Science –


Radiotechnology)
Setting of work proposal Effect  ofThe
time interval between breast-conserving
surgery and radiation therapy significantly
affects whether on ipsilateral breast
recursrence.  Work problem  However,
conventional methods(NOTE: What kind
of methods?  that solely rely on the
clinical experiences of physicians only
depended on doctors with their clinical
experiences, do not have alack an
objective classification standard to
(determine OR estimate) the optimal time
interval for between breast-conserving
surgery and radiation therapy., so many
difference choose appear and have a no
idea .       Quantitative specification of
problem  While Now in clinical the time
interval for between breast-conserving
surgery and radiation therapy is currently
8~12eight to twelve weeks, if can not find
the most suoptimalitable  interval time has
not been determined, making it impossible
to that will can not to elevate the five-
years survival prognosisrate for breast
cancer patients.  Project need  Therefore, a
the optimalsuitable interval time between
breast-conserving surgery and radiation
therapy must be determined using SPSS
analysis software that accumulates must
be developed with a statistics method and
collect data that provide doctor's in
treatment time reference and the basis.
Obtains accuratecorrect and the objective
data of clinical treatments by using the
SPSS analysis software discovers most
suits the time interval.
 

59. (Nuclear Science - Radiotechnology


How to eEstimateing the totalaccurate
radiation dose taken byfor patients
quicklyefficiently is extremely important
in hospital when patients takeessential
during a radiation examination or
radiotherapy course. While
Conventionally, a thermoluminescent
dosimeter (TLD) is conventionally used to
estimate the radiation dose, this approach
but TLD  spends too much time in many
hours  annealing for the next radiation
dosetime using. For instance, TLD
requires approximately needs about 4-6
hours tofor annealing based on according
to different temperatures. Thus, And
therefore the same group of TLDs can
only make twoice countsing in one day.
The inability to reduce the time that If the
problem of TLD spends in ing too many
hours annealing results in an unnecessarily
long time in does not be solved, users
have to consume too much time cost
waiting for experimental results.
Therefore a new method--a chemical
vapor deposition method (CVD) must be
developed to reduce the annealing time
spent in estimating the dose for radiation
examination or radiotherapy course.

60. (Nuclear Science –


Radiotechnology)
Setting of work proposal Taiwan has a
high incidence of head-related injuries,
such as brains,-related  brain tumors and
brain related diseases. Brain imagery is
thusAs a significant nuclear medicine-
based technology, brain imagery that can
diagnose such diseases. Therefore, such as
the use of brain uptake
radiopharmaceuticals can be used in brain
imagery to accurately diagnose the early
stages of brain-related diseases.  Work
problem However, according to clinical
studies, the amount and concentration of
brain uptake radiopharmaceuticals have a
low stability. Therefore, the inability to
enhance, severely limiting their ability
conventionally used radiopharmaceuticals
makes it impossible  to diagnose brain-
related diseases accurately and efficiently. 
Quantitative specification of problem For
instance, following intravenous injection,
only 8-10% of most radiopharmaceuticals
enter the brain, while the same amount
entering the liver, kidney, and blood
exceeds 35%. Consequently, for the brain
and other organ hypertakes. Subsequently
leading to, inaccurate clinical diagnoses
and over radiation dose are made for
radiationof patients.   Importance of
problem  The inability to enhance
conventionally used radiopharmaceuticals
makes it impossible not only to
achievevery the combination or chemical
affinity of radiopharmaceuticals
chemicals, but also to increase the amount
of brain uptake by using monodentate
thiol, ultimately leading to a poor disease
prognosis.

61. (Nuclear Science – Radiotechnology)


The pPatients with cutaneous
lymphoma have lesions around their total
skin area, making thus they cannot be
treatmented with surgical operation
impossible.  What they can choose areand
chemotherapy orand radiation therapy as
the only viable options.  Radiation therapy
canould lighten alleviate the condition of
skin scratches.(NOTE:  I don’t understand
what you mean by ‘skin scratches’ in the
context of this sentence.  Do you mean
‘stretch marks on the human skin’?) The
most effective best treatment method of
radiation therapy is the Standford
(technique OR procedure OR method OR
approach) of six dual fields.  However,
For this treatment way it needrequires a
relatively longe distance away from the
patient in the r distance in treatment rroom
so that the oom for covering patient’s
body can be covered. (NOTE: Although I
have simplified this sentence, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.) Consequently, for this reason
need to setthe source-to-surface distance
mustto be set to 415cm, i.e., which longer
than other hospital department uses, with
electron beams having an in the energy
range of 4 to 9 MeV. for this reason. If aA
hospital without a large treatment room
would find such treatment impossible to
perform, it cannot do this job.  For clinical
considerations, we can spread this
(technique OR treatment method OR
approach OR procedure) must be spread
around (NOTE:  I have no idea what you
mean by ‘spread around’ in the context of
the sentence.) to if we (increase OR
improve) the dose distribution and
decrease the SSD to lessshorten than
300cm. I believe this technique can cure
more patients.

62. (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Owing to its high sensitivity, PET
(NOTE:  Spell out what PET stands for
the first time and then put PET in
parentheses.  Thereafter, just use the
acronym PET.) isbecomes the most
modernadvanced diagnostic toolprocedure
because of the high sensitivity in the
detectiong of both original tumors and
metastases of distant tumors.  However,
PET is so  far too expensive to befor
national health insurredance coverage in
Taiwan. Although carcinoembryogenic
antigen (CEA) is lacks of specificities
(NOTE:  Do you mean ‘has a low
specificity’ instead of ‘lacks
specificities’?), CEA values have been
usedapplied to indicate (NOTE: ‘identify’
OR ‘detect’ instead of ‘indicate’?  Check
intended meaning.) tumor metastases after
surgeryical operation.  Its changesChanges
in CEA values induring pre-operation and
post-operation reflectpresent whether the
surgery is successful or not.  In many
patients reports case studies, CEA values
also provide the information onf the
likelihood of tumor recurrence and distant
metastases .  However, But conventional
CEA evaluation methods of CEA are still
uncertain to verifycannot reliably
determine how the cancer may be
regrowingappear in anotherpreviously
unaffected tissues.  This unreliability is
owing to that Because the reference range
between 0-5 ng/mL in CEA does not
accuratelyprecisely represent whether the
patients have recovered from colon
carcinoma.  An iInaccurately
measuringement in CEA values will yields
errors in treatment options, leading to the
patients to mortalitydeath in a
relativelyvery short timeperiods. 
Therefore, the correlation between
metastatic evaluation reference range in
CEA and PET scan must be obtained for
that constructing an optimal procedures in
order to determinedefine whether the
colon cancer will metastasize or not,, as
well as and producing a combineation of
anatomic function diagnosis and
serodiagnosis‧.

63. (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


A neutron leak incident occurred in the
beginning of 2004 at Cheng Ching
Hospital, in Kaohsiung of southern
Taiwan Gao-xiong occurred an even of
neutron leak, causing heightened concern
among radiology technology give rise to
all interrelated technical personnel is very
panic in January of this year. Therefore,
both increaseing work safety of work field
is very important for security of protection
technical personnel and patients.
Additional, and developing more excellent
and lower dose radiotherapy methods are
of priority concern also very significant,
let’s radiotherapy become indispensable
for benefit to patient. Consequently, need
a medical physicist must for regularly
monitor detection radiation dose in theof
workplace field and also assist withthe
oncologist toin designing radiotherapy
planning, as well asand deviseing a safety
radiotherapy room. (NOTE:  This should
be the background for your second
research proposal, not the employment
application statement.)  Your hospital’s
Ccancer center for tumor therapy is
known for its strict adherence to quality
standardsvery authoritativeness in your
hospital, as well as its frequent and often
publishjournal publications on many new
novel radiotherapy procedurestechnique
and clinical experiences in periodical. If
successful in securing employment at
wish I can contribute to your hospital, I
will bring  for display my all of
professional knowledge, ex. in areas such
as detectionng the radiation dose in the of
workplace field, designing appropriate
radiotherapy planning and deviseing
appropriate shielding offor a radiotherapy
room. I hope that my contribution to your
hospital will allow Let’s technical
personnel to more naturally can carefree
servicetend to the patients’ needs, and
patient accept therapy, hopefully resulting
in a positive therapeutic outcome more
relieved for increase whole medical
treatment quality.

64. (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


The Vvertebral column ins humans
body's bones primary bracket and used for
protects the spinal cord and cerebrospinal
fluid (CSF). Spine is being cConsistsed of
a vertebrae body and intervertebral disk.,
the Shuman spine of human can becauseis
prone to injury owing to external force or
disease to be injured. Treatment for spine-
related injuries normally includes Patients
usually takean Xx-ray, CT and MRI
examinations of the patientfilms, CT, MRI
check up, and thenfollowed by
determination of appropriate treatment by
the clinical physiciandoctors decide
treatment style. While These methods of
making only alleviateing the patient’s
injury location of patients, such
approaches do not consider injured
spine'sthe reconstruction and renovateion
of the injured spine. According to Ministry
of 2002 years iInteriors' statistics from
2002, traffic-related mortalities in Taiwan
accident death total are forreached 10,973
persons, i.e., a mortality rate of 50.3
individuals per population of every
100,000 persons death rate for 50.3
persons., or one of the highest rates  World
Health Annual (WHO) Statistics pointed
that Taiwan with globally according to the
World Health Organization country
compares with belongs to high value
deflection primary. The inability to create
a If vertebrae body and intervertebral disk
has not be create, would make it
impossible for clinical physicians to adopt
a doctors have not multipleies treatment
process to reconstruction and renovate a
patient's spine. that would ultimately
Patient can not alleviate the patient’s
suffering pain and enable independentce
activity. Therefore, the different age
laminar structures must be made of a
human’s vertebrae body and intervertebral
disk must be made, using a filler to
repairfill the damage position to replace
surgery operativethe fixed bracket inserted
during surgery.(NOTE: Although I have
made this sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)

 65.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Setting of work proposal Industrial
Technology Research Institute (ITRI) of
Taiwan has been exploring the feasibility
of using natural radioactive material in
clothing to In order to let the people’s
clothing have higher ability to preserve
warmth and comfortable. ITRT advance a
new theory that put the natural
radioactivity material into the clothing.,
with tentative plans to  The research result
evinces the method to put the radioactivity
material into the clothing indeed enhance
the warmth. And the  manufacture such
clothing with radioactivity material in the
near futurewill be quantity manufactured
by ITRI.  Work problem However,
Noneither a comprehensive entire
verification system and nor standards have
been established for this  are build up
since the method owing to its novel
technological applicationed by ITRI is a
whole new technology., possibly leading
to damage to the human body from Tthe
radiation spontaneously irradiated by
natural radioactivity nuclei may be
damage to human body except thedespite
the original intention of producing warmth
made it.  Quantitative specification of
problem Owing to their According to the
difference of cellsvarying characteristics,
cells have different radiation dose
acceptance levels ability. For instance,
while Ssome cells, e.g.,such as completed
division cells, can receive a 20Gy
radiation dose of 20Gy to induce certain
biologyical effects, . But some
otherscells, such ase.g., uncompleted
division cells, in casecan not receive over
5Gy a radiation dose exceeding 5Gy, the
biology effect will be vital. Importance of
problem The inability to ensure that
humans would not incur radiation harm
from such an application in clothing
manufacturing would neglect the potential
of adopting method of join the natural
radioactiveity material is verified to up
grading the property ofto sustain body
warmth and comfort in apparel wear, the
biology effect causing by radiation can not
be ignore.. Project need To establish aA
verification system must therefore be
developed to is a matter of cardinal
significance. In this way we can obtain
more warmth and without neglected
clothing,(NOTE:  I have omitted this part
of the sentence because it is too redundant
of what you have already stated.  You
need to more fully describe the
characteristics of this verification system.)

Based on the above, we should develop


aA novel prediction model can be
developed to identify the turnover rate of
customers in the medical sector and
determine how to retain themfor hospital
business. Of the relatively few studies that
have focus on prediction customer churn
on medical sector.  To do so, thea database
containingof pertinent hospital patient
data can be useutilized through use of a
data mining method to identify draw a
conclusion to collect the factors associated
with of customer turnover ratechurn.  Data
mining method can be discovery of
potential issue or opportunity. 
Additionally, pPertinent literature can be
reviewed to supportconfirm  the
reliabilitybelievable o of variables in the
database.  Next, Qquestionnaires can be
sent to the managers hospital
administrators regarding the level of of
customer satisfactionory degree., with
those results subsequently analyzed.  As
anticipated, the proposed novel prediction
model can be adopted utilized to design
and implementplan the precautionary
measures towards customer turnover rates
in related customer churn fields.  The
study In addition to identifying the major
important factors underlying in customer
turnover rate, the proposed model can
offer churn and put forth feasible
strategies to for cope with this
dilemmacustomer churn, with a view to
uncovering whatever unidentified
customer churn and eventually achieve the
management goals.  Moreover, the
proposed model can contribute to efforts
to maintain Results of this study
prediction model for customer churn is not
only to discover customer churn, but also
designed to keep the customers, in the
highly competitive medical market sector
as well as so as to provide a valuable
reference for healthcare managers in
enhancing future customer relations
actions.

Abstract (full paper)


The extremely competitive medical market
sector in Taiwan and budget deficits
incurred from the island’s National Health
Insurance scheme have led to the
implementation of a Global Budget
System. Whereas hospitals heavily
prioritize attracting new patients, the
patient turnover rate has received
increasing attention.  Of the relatively few
studies that have addressed the medical
sector in this area, conventional
approaches calculate the number of
patients on a daily basis without
differentiating between new and return
patients. Therefore, this work presents a
novel prediction model to identify the
turnover rate of customers in the medical
sector and determine how to retain them. 
A database containing pertinent hospital
patient data is utilized through use of a
data mining method to identify the factors
associated with customer turnover rate. 
Pertinent literature is reviewed to confirm
the reliability of variables in the database. 
Next, questionnaires are sent to hospital
administrators regarding the level of
customer satisfaction, with those results
subsequently analyzed. The proposed
prediction model can be adopted to design
and implement precautionary measures
towards customer turnover rates in related 
fields.  In addition to identifying the major
factors underlying customer turnover rate,
the proposed model can offer  feasible
strategies to cope with this dilemma and
achieve management goals. Moreover, the
proposed model contributes to efforts to
maintain  customers in the highly
competitive medical market sector as well
as provides a valuable reference for
healthcare managers in enhancing
customer relations.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a novel prediction
model to identify the turnover rate of
customers in the medical sector and
determine how to retain them.  A database
containing pertinent hospital patient data
is utilized through use of a data mining
method to identify the factors associated
with customer turnover rate.  Pertinent
literature is reviewed to confirm the
reliability of variables in the database. 
Next, questionnaires are sent to hospital
administrators regarding the level of
customer satisfaction, with those results
subsequently analyzed.  The proposed
prediction model can be adopted to design
and implement precautionary measures
towards customer turnover rates in related
fields.  In addition to identifying the major
factors underlying customer turnover rate,
the proposed model can offer feasible
strategies to cope with this dilemma and
achieve management goals. Moreover, the
proposed model contributes to efforts to
maintain customers in the highly
competitive medical market sector as well
as provides a valuable reference for
healthcare managers in enhancing
customer relations.

66. (Business Management)


In order to the foregoing background,
must to take root applicableA knowledge
management-based method for emergency
medical units can be developed to system
to make use of benchmarking knowledge
management staff  performances the same
closs emergency to do engineering ,
ultimately enhancing the quality of than
can to advance the emergency medical
qualityservices.  To do so, Professional
questionnaire can be determine emergency
medical system attitudes towards how to
incorporatemake knowledge management
practices in emergency medical units can
be solicited via a questionnaire survey.
Based on those results, Next principal
components can be for afind knowledge
management-based performance’s index
can be identified. Finally Appropriate
benchmarks to assess the performances of
emergency unit staff can then be identified
by using analytic hierarchy process
(AHP).analytic hierarchy process (AHP)
can be find benchmarking emergency.  As
anticipated, S the proposed knowledge
management-based method for emergency
medical units imulation results indicate
that performance modle can prove to can
enhanceimprove orientationon the job
training’s and related contents, as well
determine the programme appropriate
frequency and timeof such training.
Capable of It is can to enhanceelevating
worker’s the number productivity of staff
personnelpersons present. To build up
resources enjoy something together than
to advance worker’s performance  to 80%.
It, the proposed method can ensure that
the rate of  is important to fastrapidly
diagnosisng the ailments of for emergency
patients can be increased to 90%. 
Importantly, the ability of the proposed
method to Additionally,  the proposed
model to raise the quality of emergency
medical services and upgrade the
knowledge skills of medical professionals
can allow staff personnel to fully realize
their quality and to step up workers new
knowledge and technology. Next, workers
potential ability can be development.
Furthermore can bethrough knowledge to
shareing.
Abstract (full paper)
The feasibility of applying knowledge
management to Taiwan’s emergency
medical units has received increasing
attention, especially the role of knowledge
assets in effectively managing the main
resources of such units. Whether an
organization can accumulate knowledge
skills efficiently and apply them
effectively largely determines its
competitive strength, an area which
knowledge management of  emergency
medical units has not yet been identified. 
Therefore, this work presents a knowledge
management-based method for emergency
medical units to benchmark staff
performances, ultimately enhancing the
quality of medical services.  Attitudes
towards how to incorporate knowledge
management practices in emergency
medical units are solicited via a
questionnaire survey. Based on those
results, principal components for a
knowledge management-based
performance’s index are identified.
Appropriate benchmarks to assess the
performances of emergency unit staff are
then identified by using analytic hierarchy
process (AHP).  The proposed knowledge
management-based method for emergency
medical units can enhance orientation
training and related contents, as well
determine the appropriate frequency of
such training. Capable of elevating work
productivity of staff personnel to 80%, the
proposed method can ensure that the rate
of rapidly diagnosing the ailments of
emergency patients can be increased to
90%.  Importantly, the ability of the
proposed method to raise the quality of
emergency medical services and upgrade
the knowledge skills of medical
professionals can allow staff personnel to
fully realize their potential through
knowledge sharing.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a knowledge
management-based method for emergency
medical units to benchmark staff
performances, ultimately enhancing the
quality of medical services.  Attitudes
towards how to incorporate knowledge
management practices in emergency
medical units are solicited via a
questionnaire survey. Based on those
results, principal components for a
knowledge management-based
performance’s index are identified.
Appropriate benchmarks to assess the
performances of emergency unit staff are
then identified by using analytic hierarchy
process (AHP).  The proposed knowledge
management-based method for emergency
medical units can enhance orientation
training and related contents, as well
determine the appropriate frequency of
such training. Capable of elevating work
productivity of staff personnel to 80%, the
proposed method can ensure that the rate
of rapidly diagnosing the ailments of
emergency patients can be increased to
90%.  Importantly, the ability of the
proposed method to raise the quality of
emergency medical services and upgrade
the knowledge skills of medical
professionals can allow staff personnel to
fully realize their potential through
knowledge sharing.

67.  (Business Management)


Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, we should develop
aA novel evaluation method can be
developed questionnaire to
identifydiscriminate the  target customers
of credit card customers. in which the
characteristics associated with the
lifestyles of such customers and factors
that contribute to easily incurred debts are
incorporatedPreviously studies focus on
why happen bad debts; population
statistics how to affect customers take bad
debts. Few researches discuss customer
life style of credit card, and what
characteristic and life style easily occur
bed debts.  To do so, pertinent Interrelated
literatures can be reviewed to identify the
characteristics of credit card customers
and how their  would support reliability of
L life styles affect their purchasing
questionnaires. Therefore, life style
questionnaires can be discovery
customers’ characteristic and behavior.
Consequently qQuestionnaires can then be
sent to the customers to determine when
measuring their personality characteristics
and life style in relation to their
purchasing behavior. NextBased on those
results, cluster analysis can be performed
to would classify credit card customers
into different categoryies. The proposed
evaluation methodResults of this study ca
can provide a valuable reference for
banking institutions attempting to
accurately identify desirable target
customers of credit card customers.,
eventually leading not only to the
development of a  When banks realized
target customer of credit cards, it can
develop m marketing strategy to attract
suchhis target customers., but also to the
lowering of  Therefore, banks would
decrease operating costs, in banks and and
promote achievementscredit risks.

Abstract (full paper)


The increasing popularity of credit cards in
Taiwan has led to stringent competition
domestically. Banks encourage
prospective customers to hold multiple
credit cards by relaxing approval and
credit reference procedures. However,
such practices have significantly
undermined the creditworthiness of
issuing banks, leading to increased
outstanding debts and a higher risk of
defaulted loans.  With this respect,
previous studies have seldom measured
quantitatively the varying degrees of risk
among   potential credit card customers to
identify both varying degrees of risk and
reasons for credit card. Therefore, this
work presents a novel evaluation method
can be developed to identify target credit
card customers in which the
characteristics associated with the
lifestyles of such customers and factors
that contribute to easily incurred debts are
incorporated. Pertinent literature is
reviewed to identify the characteristics of
credit card customers and how their
lifestyles affect their purchasing behavior.
Questionnaires are then sent to customers
to determine their personality
characteristics and lifestyle in relation to
their purchasing behavior. Based on those
results, cluster analysis is performed to
classify credit card customers into
different categories. The proposed
evaluation method can provide a valuable
reference for banking institutions
attempting to identify desirable credit card
customers, eventually leading not only to
the development of a marketing strategy
to attract such target customers, but also to
the lowering of bank operating costs and
credit risks.
Abstract (conference paper)
This work presents a novel evaluation
method can be developed to identify target
credit card customers in which the
characteristics associated with the
lifestyles of such customers and factors
that contribute to easily incurred debts are
incorporated. Pertinent literature is
reviewed to identify the characteristics of
credit card customers and how their  
lifestyles affect their purchasing behavior.
Questionnaires are then sent to customers
to determine their personality
characteristics and lifestyle in relation to
their purchasing behavior. Based on those
results, cluster analysis is performed to
classify credit card customers into
different categories. The proposed
evaluation method can provide a valuable
reference for banking institutions
attempting to identify desirable credit card
customers, eventually leading not only to
the development of a marketing strategy
to attract such target customers, but also to
the lowering of  bank operating costs and
credit risks.

68.  (Business Management)


Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, aAn feasible
forecasting appropriate for method can be
developedused to estimateforecasting the
growth of medical and health care
expenditures as well asand pharmaceutical
units in Taiwan.  To do so, data of medical
and health care expenditure-related data
during the period 1999 to 2002 arecan be
obtained from the Central Region Office
Directorate-General of the Budget,
Accounting and Statistics, Executive
Yuan-Central Region Office.  Moreover,
dData ofn pharmaceutical units arecan
then be obtained from the 2003 Annual
Report of the Department of Health.
Based on  data from those sources,
Additionally, GM (1, N) model ofof the
Grey theory can than be used for
forecasting purposes.  As anticipated, thise
proposed forecasting method model can
precisely estimate forecasting medical and
health care expenditures as well as nd the
number of pharmacies fromsince 2003 to
2005. The results of this study can provide
a valuable reference for both
governmental authorities in formulating
policies and pharmaceutical managers in
developing competitive marketing
strategies.

Abstract (full paper)


Medical and healthcare expenditures have
accounted for an increasing share of
household consumption in Taiwan in
recent years.  In line with this trend, the
establishment of local pharmacies has
risen. While conventional forecast
methods rely on large quantities of data to
predict the number of new pharmacies in
coming years, accumulating such data is
extremely difficult.  Therefore, this work
describes a feasible forecasting method to
estimate the growth of medical and health
care expenditures as well as
pharmaceutical units in Taiwan.  Medical
and health care expenditure-related data
during the period 1999 to 2002 are
obtained from the Central Region Office
of the Budget, Accounting and Statistics,
Executive Yuan.  Data on pharmaceutical
units are then obtained from the 2003
Annual Report of the Department of
Health.  Based on data from those sources,
GM (1, N) model of the Grey theory is
applied for forecasting purposes.  Analysis
results indicate that the proposed
forecasting method can precisely estimate
medical and health care expenditures as
well as the number of pharmacies from
2003 to 2005. The results of this study can
provide a valuable reference for both
governmental authorities in formulating
policies and pharmaceutical managers in
developing competitive marketing
strategies.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study describes a feasible forecasting
method to estimate the growth of medical
and health care expenditures as well as
pharmaceutical units in Taiwan.  Medical
and health care expenditure-related data
during the period 1999 to 2002 are
obtained from the Central Region Office
of the Budget, Accounting and Statistics,
Executive Yuan.  Data on pharmaceutical
units are then obtained from the 2003
Annual Report of the Department of
Health.  Based on data from those sources,
GM (1, N) model of the Grey theory is
applied for forecasting purposes.  Analysis
results indicate that the proposed
forecasting method can precisely estimate
medical and health care expenditures as
well as the number of pharmacies from
2003 to 2005. The proposed method can
provide a valuable reference for both
governmental authorities in formulating
policies and pharmaceutical managers in
developing competitive marketing
strategies.

(Business Management)
Hypothesis statement)
An administrative procedure can be
developed for classifying and simplifying
forms to pay insurance premiums and file
other insurance-related claims in Taiwan’s
National Health Insurance (NHI) scheme.
Base on the above ,we should classify
diversity and simplify form(or table list)
,and open aA database containing detailed
information of NHI insurance holders can
also be accessed while ensuring the
confidentiality of such information census
register sluice gate . That will reduce cost
and time, thus reducing administrative
costs and the number of personnel
involved.  To do so, three insurance claim-
related majority of forms with different
characteristic can be developed to reduce
the redundancy of the more than thirty
existing ones, therebyintegrated reduceing
data processing significantly. , a A highly
restricted networked-based web  system
can then be useaccessed to ensure the
confidentiality of NIH customer
datacontrol secure , to protect personal
census register data .Census register sluice
gate star can inquire about information
quickly and directly. Common people will
not provide paper again.   and also reduce
the amount of paperwork that insurance
holders must submit. As anticipated , the
proposed administrative procedure can
streamline the process of filing insurance-
related claims by strategy thatsimplifying
the form simplifyprocedure and enable
access to relevant customer dataopen
census register sluice gate can check data
in time on line and accurate in an efficient
manner.  Importantly, the proposed
procedure Result in the study ccan
significantly reduce not only the amount
of time to fill out insurance claims
common people time for apply census
register, but also postage  and frugal mail
fees owing to the ability of the network-
based system to accelerate and swift data
processing and enhance common people
satisfration..

Abstract (full paper)


Complex administrative procedures within
Taiwan’s National Health Insurance (NHI)
scheme have led to errors in insurance
claims and much inefficiency. For
instance, adhering to all NHI regulations
would require filling out more than thirty
forms, depending on various commercial
demands, e.g., insurance claims, salary
readjustment, and modification of
insurer’s/claimant’s name. Despite the
enormous amount of administrative time
and costs involved in handling these
errors, this growing concern and its larger
implications have not been addressed in
previous literature.  Therefore, this work
presents a novel administrative procedure
for classifying and simplifying forms to
pay insurance premiums and file other
insurance-related claims in Taiwan’s
National Health Insurance (NHI) scheme.
A database containing detailed
information of NHI insurance holders is
also accessed while ensuring the
confidentiality of such information, thus
reducing administrative costs and the
number of personnel involved.  Three
insurance claim-related forms are
developed to reduce the redundancy of the
more than thirty existing ones, thereby
reducing data processing significantly. A
highly restricted networked-based system
is then accessed to ensure the
confidentiality of NIH customer data and
also reduce the amount of paperwork that
insurance holders must submit. The
proposed administrative procedure can
streamline the process of filing insurance-
related claims by simplifying the form
procedure and enable access to relevant
customer data on line in an efficient
manner.  Importantly, the proposed
procedure can significantly reduce not
only the amount of time to fill out
insurance claims, but also postage fees
owing to the ability of the network-based
system to accelerate data processing.
Abstract (conference paper)
This work presents a novel administrative
procedure for classifying and simplifying
forms to pay insurance premiums and file
other insurance-related claims in Taiwan’s
National Health Insurance (NHI) scheme.
A database containing detailed
information of NHI insurance holders is
also accessed while ensuring the
confidentiality of such information, thus
reducing administrative costs and the
number of personnel involved.  Three
insurance claim-related forms are
developed to reduce the redundancy of the
more than thirty existing ones, thereby
reducing data processing significantly. A
highly restricted networked-based system
is then accessed to ensure the
confidentiality of NIH customer data and
also reduce the amount of paperwork that
insurance holders must submit. The
proposed administrative procedure can
streamline the process of filing insurance-
related claims by simplifying the form
procedure and enable access to relevant
customer data on line in an efficient
manner.  Importantly, the proposed
procedure can significantly reduce not
only the amount of time to fill out
insurance claims, but also postage fees
owing to the ability of the network-based
system to accelerate data processing.

-------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------
---------

(Business Management)
Hypothesis statement
Biotechnology industry cosmetic A 4P-
based marketing methodstrategy can be
developed for the local cosmetics sector
within Taiwan’s biotech industry by
considering consumer needs under the
principles of product, price, promotion
and place.  has can evolved, subsequently
create good increasing marketing in the
cosmetics sector.  To do so, a
questionnaire can be submitted to
cosmetic manufacturers on the most
appropriate marketing method of
questionnaire test, followed
bysubsequently Ffactor analysis of those
resultsquestionnaire test, the sample can
be analyzed and find vital factor
associated with such an approach that
adopts . The cosmetic marketing method
has can evolve of Biotechnology industry
cosmetic marketing 4P principlesmethod.
Therefore, a 4P method for cosmetics
manufacturers must be developed that
considers customer need and incorporates
Product, Price, Promotion, and Place. 
Adopting this marketing strategy can
enable local ditionally, the cosmetics
manufacturers to adopt the 4P method in
its marketing practices will make it and
promoting itsincrease their market share
as well asin related products and services. 
As anticipated, in addition to encouraging
product innovation, the 4P-based
marketing strategy proposed herein can
provide Taiwan’s biotech industry with
clear guidelines on how toResults in this
study can provide research worker
edification and aspect in the future.
Results in this study can provide 4P
marketing strategies for Biotechnology
industry cosmetic manufacturers  equip
management in the local cosmetics sector
with appropriate and efficient has right
and fast marketing policies policies
command for subordinate, marketing
processes can obtainthat will ultimately
decrease operating costs, and enhance
competitiveness.

Abstract (full paper)


Taiwan’s biotechnology industry has
rapidly evolved in recent years,
subsequently increasing marketing efforts
in the local cosmetics sector, which
originally focused only on healthcare
products. Although receiving considerable
attention in conventional marketing, the
4P method has seldom been explored with
respect to its effectiveness in cosmetics
marketing practices in order to enhance
the competitiveness and market share of
related manufacturers.  Therefore, this
work presents a 4P-based marketing
strategy for the local cosmetics sector
within Taiwan’s biotech industry by
considering consumer needs under the
principles of product, price, promotion
and place. A questionnaire is submitted to
cosmetic manufacturers on the most
appropriate marketing method, followed
by factor analysis of those results
associated with such an approach that
adopts 4P principles.  Adopting this
marketing strategy can enable local
cosmetic manufacturers to increase their
market share in related products and
services.  In addition to encouraging
product innovation, the 4P-based
marketing strategy proposed herein can
provide Taiwan’s biotech industry with
clear guidelines on how to equip
management in the local cosmetics sector
with appropriate and efficient marketing
policies that will ultimately decrease
operating costs and enhance
competitiveness.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a 4P-based marketing
strategy for the local cosmetics sector
within Taiwan’s biotech industry by
considering consumer needs under the
principles of product, price, promotion
and place. A questionnaire is submitted to
cosmetic manufacturers on the most
appropriate marketing method, followed
by factor analysis of those results
associated with such an approach that
adopts 4P principles.  Adopting this
marketing strategy can enable local
cosmetic manufacturers to increase their
market share in related products and
services.  In addition to encouraging
product innovation, the 4P-based
marketing strategy proposed herein can
provide Taiwan’s biotech industry with
clear guidelines on how to equip
management in the local cosmetics sector
with appropriate and efficient marketing
policies that will ultimately decrease
operating costs and enhance
competitiveness.
(Business Management)
Hypothesis statement
A credit risk assessment model can be
developed, through by analyseszing thea
mass volume of data or detectsing the
concealedhidden  models, (NOTE: What
kind of ‘models’ are you referring to?)
thus can be developed to reduceing the
defaulted loan burdenbad load of small
financial institutions.  To do so,
conducting a database capable of
warehouse can integrateing the customer
data, can be constructed, in which  a
powerfulhighly effective data mining
approaches are technologies can be
applied to find outidentify the attributes of
each customer account, such as overdraft
records, outstanding loans and income
level etc.  Furthermore, aA credit ranking
criteria based on a decision tree solution
products credit scoring rule  can then be
established for all the customers in the
bank database.  As anticipated, the credit
risk assessment model does not only to
helpin addition to greatly facilitating the
decision of a banking officer on whether
to  the operator grant a loan loan more
effectively and accurately, the credit risk
assessment model can but also reduceto
save the operationg costs by enhancing
through improving the process flow. 
BesidesMoreover, the credit risk
assessmentproposed model, can pave the
way for there are other potential data
mining applications infor financial
institutions, such as more thoroughly
understanding the customers and
customers better in order to improve the
customer satisfactionying customers
through more effective marketing
strategies based on acquired data, and the. 
The proposed model can be highly
promising for  model are applicable to
other industryial applications as well.       
Abstract (full paper)
Purchasing on credit is increasingly
common in Taiwan, as evidenced by the
rise in customer loans granted by local
banks in recent years.  However, when
processing the amount of the loan
applications, the banking officer
frequently scores a customer’s credit
rating based on a manual standard that
lacks objectivity and expends a
considerable amount of human resources. 
Therefore, this work presents a credit risk
assessment model by analyzing a mass
volume of data or detecting concealed
models, (NOTE: What kind of ‘models’
are you referring to?) thus  reducing the
defaulted loan burden of small financial
institutions.  A database capable of
integrating customer data is constructed,
in which highly effective data mining
approaches are  applied to identify the
attributes of each customer account, such
as overdraft records, outstanding loans
and income level.  A credit ranking criteria
based on a decision tree solution is then
established for all customers in the bank
database.  In addition to greatly
facilitating the decision of a banking
officer on whether to grant a loan, the
credit risk assessment model also reduces
operating costs by enhancing the process
flow.  Moreover, the proposed model
paves the way for other potential data
mining applications in financial
institutions, such as more thoroughly
satisfying customers through more
effective marketing strategies based on
acquired data.  The proposed model is
highly promising for other industrial
applications as well.
Abstract (conference paper)
This work presents a credit risk assessment
model by analyzing a mass volume of data
or detecting concealed models, (NOTE:
What kind of ‘models’ are you referring
to?) thus  reducing the defaulted loan
burden of small financial institutions.  A
database capable of  integrating customer
data is constructed, in which highly
effective data mining approaches are
applied to identify the attributes of each
customer account, such as overdraft
records, outstanding loans and income
level.  A credit ranking criteria based on a
decision tree solution is then established
for all customers in the bank database.  In
addition to greatly facilitating the decision
of a banking officer on whether to grant a
loan, the credit risk assessment model also
reduces operating costs by enhancing the
process flow.  Moreover, the proposed
model paves the way for other potential
data mining applications in financial
institutions, such as more thoroughly
satisfying customers through more
effective marketing strategies based on
acquired data.  The proposed model is
highly promising for other industrial
applications as well.

72.  (Business Management)


Hypothesis statement
Therefore, this study develops two
forecasting models can be developed to
estimateforecast the market demand of the
elderlyearly population in Taiwan with
respect to the available and the supply of
resources ofin the long-term healthcare
sectorgment in Taiwan. To do so, aA
multi-regression model can be developed
to measure and forecast not only the
quantity of early demand, but also the
relationship between the demand and the
importancecritical factors by accumulating
collecting the great quantitya significant
amount of data and seeking the
importanceidentifying such factors. The
data can then be collected by the qvia a
questionnaire investigation method; and ,
with the factors can be quantitatively
measured based on a method found in by
literature review method. Next, aThe
second model of this study is the GM (1,
1) model of Gary System. The GM (1, 1)
model based on the Grey Theory can be
developed to accurately forecast the
supply of available long term healthcare
resources exactly by using less data which
can be acquired onfrom the website of
Taiwan’s Ministry of the Interior website. 
As anticipated, Results of this study not
only can search out in addition to
identifying the importantrelevant factors
that which can affect the quantity of
demand, the proposed forecasting models
but also can also exactly measure
precisely the quantity of demand and
supply of long-term healthcare resources
in Taiwan. Moreover, the rResults of this
study can provideing a new information
and notion to the  a valuable reference for
health care policy makers、,  investors in
the medical sector 、 , administrators
business manager and the academicsian
when devising up relevant policies and
strategies.

Abstract (full paper)


Taiwan’s growing elderly population has
increased the demand for long-term
healthcare facilities and services. While
forecasting the medical market trends
(both in supply and demand) is a
fundamental aspect of feasibility analysis,
both governmental policymakers of social
welfare trends and commercial investors
heavily rely on forecasting reports to
remain abreast of regulations governing
health finance policies and to develop new
inventory projects. Whereas the modeling
method has seldom been adopted to
forecast market trends in long-term care in
Taiwan, most studies focus mainly on
various consumer indexes used to forecast
the market supply and demand yet neglect
those market and natural factors that are
correlated to the long-term heathcare
sector.  Therefore, this work presents two
forecasting models to estimate the market
demand of the elderly population in
Taiwan with respect to the available
resources in the long-term healthcare
sector. A multi-regression model is
developed to measure and forecast not
only the quantity of early demand, but
also the relationship between the demand
and critical factors by accumulating a
significant amount of data and identifying
such factors. The data is then collected via
a questionnaire, with the factors
quantitatively measured based on a
method found in literature review. Next, a
GM (1, 1) model based on the Grey
Theory is developed to accurately forecast
the supply of available long term
healthcare resources by using data
acquired from the website of Taiwan’s
Ministry of  Interior.  In addition to
identifying relevant factors that affect the
quantity of demand, the proposed
forecasting models can also measure
precisely the quantity of demand and
supply of long-term healthcare resources
in Taiwan. Results of this study provide a
valuable reference for health care policy
makers, investors in the medical sector,
administrators and academics when
devising relevant policies and strategies.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents two forecasting models
to estimate the market demand of the
elderly population in Taiwan with respect
to the available resources in the long-term
healthcare sector. A multi-regression
model is developed to measure and
forecast not only the quantity of early
demand, but also the relationship between
the demand and critical factors by
accumulating a significant amount of data
and identifying such factors. The data is
then collected via a questionnaire, with the
factors quantitatively measured based on a
method found in literature review. Next, a
GM (1, 1) model based on the Grey
Theory is developed to accurately forecast
the supply of available long term
healthcare resources by using data
acquired from the website of Taiwan’s
Ministry of  Interior.  In addition to
identifying relevant factors that affect the
quantity of demand, the proposed
forecasting models can also measure
precisely the quantity of demand and
supply of long-term healthcare resources
in Taiwan. Results of this study provide a
valuable reference for health care policy
makers, investors in the medical sector,
administrators and academics when
devising relevant policies and strategies.

(Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, we should develop
aA model of the mutated C terminus
210 of LMP1 can be developed to
identify the CTAR1 210 site in
nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC)
patients by analyzing Epstein-Barr virus
latent membrane protein 1 that is
mutated with C terminus 210.  Based on
those results, the phosphorylation and
ubiquitination of the mutated C
terminus 210 can also also be found on
the nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC). 
To do so, the mutated C terminus 210 of
LMP1 DNA can be selected by colony
technique. To do so, tThe DNA can then
be transfected to 293T cells and
analyzed, with protein expression
subsequently analyzed by Western
blotting. Next, Tthe protein of
expression mutated C terminus 210 can
be analyzed by a mass spectrometer.  As
anticipated, the proposed model of the
mutated C terminus 210 of LMP1 can
induce the phosphorylation and
ubiquitination on the NPC by 65%. 
Although Tthe role that epithelial cells
play in the normal biology of infection
with EBV remains controversialhas
been called into question, EBV is found
in this cell type of but there are several
disease, including NPC, oral hairy
leukoplakia, gastric carcinoma and
breast cancer, that EBV is found in this
cell type. Results of this study
contribute to efforts to Further work to
characterize any additional viral factors
that can influence cell fusion is needed.
Abstract (full paper)
As a malignant tumor originating in the
squamous epithelium and expressed in the
posterior, nasopharynx, nasopharyngeal
carcinoma (NPC) has a high incidence
rate in the ethnic Chinese population,
especially in southeastern Asia. Genetics
and dietary habits may play an important
role in NPC transformation. Interestingly,
the LMP1 gene has been isolated from
Chinese NPC patients, with those results
indicating that the phosphorylation of
LMP1 plays a significant role in
regulating the function of LMP1. To our
knowledge, the 210 site of C-terminal-
activating region 1 (CTAR1) has never
been examined.  Therefore, this study
describes a novel model of the mutated C
terminus 210 of LMP1 to identify the
CTAR1 210 site in nasopharyngeal
carcinoma (NPC) patients by analyzing
Epstein-Barr virus latent membrane
protein 1 that is mutated with C terminus
210.  Based on those results, the
phosphorylation and ubiquitination of the
mutated C terminus 210 are also found on
the NPC.  The mutated C terminus 210 of
LMP1 DNA is selected by colony
technique. The DNA is then transfected to
293T cells, with protein expression
subsequently analyzed by Western
blotting. Next, the protein of expression
mutated C terminus 210 is analyzed by a
mass spectrometer.  Analysis results
indicate that the proposed model can
induce the phosphorylation and
ubiquitination on the NPC by 65%. 
Although the role that epithelial cells play
in the normal biology of infection with
EBV remains controversial, EBV is found
in this cell type of several disease,
including NPC, oral hairy leukoplakia,
gastric carcinoma and breast cancer.
Results of this study contribute to efforts
to characterize additional viral factors that
can influence cell fusion, which are
currently underway.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study describes a novel model of the
mutated C terminus 210 of LMP1 to
identify the CTAR1 210 site in
nasopharyngeal carcinoma (NPC) patients
by analyzing Epstein-Barr virus latent
membrane protein 1 that is mutated with C
terminus 210.  Based on those results, the
phosphorylation and ubiquitination of the
mutated C terminus 210 are also found on
the NPC.  The mutated C terminus 210 of
LMP1 DNA is selected by colony
technique. The DNA is then transfected to
293T cells, with protein expression
subsequently analyzed by Western
blotting. Next, the protein of expression
mutated C terminus 210 is analyzed by a
mass spectrometer.  Analysis results
indicate that the proposed model can
induce the phosphorylation and
ubiquitination on the NPC by 65%. 
Although the role that epithelial cells play
in the normal biology of infection with
EBV remains controversial, EBV is found
in this cell type of several disease,
including NPC, oral hairy leukoplakia,
gastric carcinoma and breast cancer.
Results of this study contribute to efforts
to characterize additional viral factors that
can influence cell fusion, which are
currently underway.

(Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, The mechanism of
gene _expression in a cell must be
elucidated owing to the importance of
understood for acquiringaintance genes
in thea cell and in the process offor
embryo development is important.  To
do so, the  regulatingory role of a gene
in the upstream of the gene as promoter
and enhancer, can be analyzed by
adoptingusing molecular cloning
methods. Next, the reportidentified gene
can be linked with a regulating gene to
clarify how for understanding regulating
gene _expression sites are regulated.  As
anticipated, The proposed analysiszed
results can clarify thebe understood
mechanism of gene _expression in cells
and regulation of tissue-specificity
genes regulation for us.  Results of this
study can provide a valuable reference
for efforts to develop Additionally, the
proposed research can provide a
newtherapeutic method of gene
_expression for therapy of gene defect
patients with genetic defects.
Abstract (full paper)
Gene expression requires that many
proteins interact with regulated elements.
However, modulation of gene expression
has not been thoroughly investigated,
making it impossible to determine the
period and location of gene expression. 
Therefore, this study attempts to elucidate
the mechanism of gene expression in a
cell owing to the importance of acquiring
genes in a cell for embryo development. 
The regulatory role of a gene in the
upstream as promoter and enhancer is
analyzed by adopting molecular cloning
methods. The identified gene is then
linked with a regulating gene to clarify
how gene expression sites are regulated. 
Analysis results clarify the mechanism of
gene expression in cells and regulation of
tissue-specificity genes.  Results of this
study provide a valuable reference for
efforts to develop a therapeutic method of
gene expression for patients with genetic
defects.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study attempts to elucidate the
mechanism of gene expression in a cell
owing to the importance of acquiring
genes in a cell for embryo development. 
The regulatory role of a gene in the
upstream as promoter and enhancer is
analyzed by adopting molecular cloning
methods. The identified gene is then
linked with a regulating gene to clarify
how gene expression sites are regulated. 
Analysis results clarify the mechanism of
gene expression in cells and regulation of
tissue-specificity genes.  Results of this
study can provide a valuable reference for
efforts to develop a therapeutic method of
gene expression for patients with genetic
defects.
(Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Coffee Senna is a Leguminosae that
belongs to the bean sub-family tThe
coffee senna trypsin inhibitor (CSTI), to
which Coffee Senna, i.e., a leguminosae
that belongs to its bean sub-family, the
coffee senna trypsin inhibitor can be
purifiedcation and characterizedation by
using the protein purification handle.
Essential to understanding the
fundamental principles of protein
purification, The protease inhibitors are
important tools to understanding of
fundamental principles can be used able to
to design new substances capable of
effectively for the controlling of diseases
and pathological processes. To do so, the
coffee senna seeds can be analyzed. The
coffee senna trypsin inhibitor (CSTI) can
then be extracted withusing a crude
extraction method ( containing
Aammonium Ssulfate precipitate). Next,
the senna trypsin inhibitor can then be
make preliminary purifiedcation to utilize
the column (i.e., gel filtration 、 affinity
chromatography 、 ion exchange column)
of various characteristics (i.e., molecular
size 、 molecular charge 、 as well as
molecular polar and affinity).
Additionally, the purifyied protein can be
analyzed to further the characterizeation
with further method( its heat stability 、
and different SDS concentrations in order
to achieve stability). As anticipated
results, analysis results can indicate that
the coffee senna trypsin inhibitor (CSTI)
can be extracted and to know what the
type of coffee senna seed can be identified
as well. Besides characterizing CSTI The
coffee senna trypsin inhibitor also can be
doing the faultless characteristic precisely
through analysis., Theits extraction and
characterization characterization analysis
of coffee senna trypsin inhibitor (CSTI)
can be used to classify the coffee senna
type. Moreover, tThe coffee senna trypsin
inhibitorCSTI sequence can achieve
sequential alignment of do the protein
sequence alignment with other legumes.
Result of this study can to understand the
In addition to providing insight into the
physiological significance of coffee senna
trypsin inhibitor physiology significance
CSTI in the plants, results of this study
also can contribute to efforts to design
new substances for thecapable of
effectively controlling of diseases and
pathological processes.

Abstract (full paper)


The production, invasion and transfer of
cancer cells are significantly related to
proteinase inhibitors, which play a critical
role in regulating several physiological
processes such as blood coagulation,
complement fixation, fibrinolysis, and
fertilization. However, cancer proteinase
inhibitors have not been able to be
suppressed owing to the inability to
identify  proteinase inhibitors that can
suppress more  than 80﹪of all cancer
cells.  The coffee senna trypsin inhibitor
(CSTI), to which Coffee Senna, i.e., a
leguminosae that belongs to its bean sub-
family, can be purified and characterized
using protein purification. Essential to
understanding the fundamental principles
of protein purification, protease inhibitors
are used in this study to design new
substances capable of effectively
controlling diseases and pathological
processes. Coffee senna seeds are
analyzed, followed by extraction of CSTI
using a crude extraction method
containing ammonium sulfate precipitate.
The senna trypsin inhibitor is then purified
to utilize the column (i.e., gel
filtration 、 affinity chromatography 、 ion
exchange column) of various
characteristics (i.e., molecular
size 、 molecular charge 、 as well as
molecular polar and affinity). Next,  the
purified protein is analyzed to further 
characterize its heat stability and different
SDS concentrations in order to achieve
stability. Analysis results indicate that
CSTI can be extracted and the type of
coffee senna seed can be identified as
well. Besides characterizing CSTI
precisely through analysis, its extraction
and characterization can be used to
classify the coffee senna type. Moreover,
the CSTI sequence can achieve sequential
alignment of the protein with other
legumes. In addition to providing insight
into the physiological significance of
CSTI in plants, results of this study  
contribute to efforts to design substances
capable of effectively controlling diseases
and pathological processes.

Abstract (conference paper)


Essential to understanding the fundamental
principles of protein purification, protease
inhibitors are used in this study to design
new substances capable of effectively
controlling diseases and pathological
processes. Coffee senna seeds are
analyzed, followed by extraction of CSTI
using a crude extraction method
containing ammonium sulfate precipitate.
The senna trypsin inhibitor is then purified
to utilize the column (i.e., gel
filtration 、 affinity chromatography 、 ion
exchange column) of various
characteristics (i.e., molecular
size 、 molecular charge 、 as well as
molecular polar and affinity). Next, the
purified protein is analyzed to further
characterize its heat stability and different
SDS concentrations in order to achieve
stability. Analysis results indicate that
CSTI can be extracted and the type of
coffee senna seed can be identified as
well. Besides characterizing CSTI
precisely through analysis, its extraction
and characterization can be used to
classify the coffee senna type. Moreover,
the CSTI sequence can achieve sequential
alignment of the protein with other
legumes. In addition to providing insight
into the physiological significance of
CSTI in plants, results of this study 
contribute to efforts to design substances
capable of effectively controlling diseases
and pathological processes.

(Biotechnology)
TNF-α and NF-κB  of RAW 264.7 cell
line the TNF-α and NF-κB can be
analyzed by using the cell culture
handlemethods, providing insight into
how the cell signal pathway and
immunity regulation of it’s can more
understand the nitro oxide in cellular
endoplasmic reticulum (ER) calcium
pool complete cell signal pathway and
immunity regulation to beare related.
The TNF-α,NF-κB and MAPK can also
be determined to be closely associated
with the signal pathways of both human
diseases such as cancer. are to join in
the singing the human disease and
cancer to be closely linked. Recent
reports have suggested that an elevated
intracellular Ca2+ concentration,
[Ca2+]i, can initiate apoptosis, where an
increase in [Ca2+]i is observed prior to
genome fragmentation and cell death. 
To do so, the RAW 264.7 cell line can
be analyzed. The experiment can be
performed with using Griess reagent
(1% Sulfanilamide, 0.1% NED) and
chemiluminescence. Next, tThe PKC
protein can then be analyzed dy useing
Wwestern Bblot Aanalysis . Next, NF-
κB and MAPK can be analyzed using
primary and secondary
antibodiesAdditionally, to use the
primary antibody and secondary
antibody to analysis NF-κB and MAPK
. Moreover, to useAdditionally, the
mouse fibroblasts can be used by adding
, L929, were added to serial dilutions of
the conditioned media at 5×104 cells per
well (in 96-well plates), followed by
and treatedment with 1 μg/ml
actinomycin D. FurthermoreMoreover,
Aafter 24 h of treatment, the viability of
cells can bewas measured by MTT
assay. TNF-α was used to defineFinally,
a standard curve can be defined using
TNF-α.  As anticipated, analysis results,
we  can indicate that to search out the
TNF-α,NF-κB and MAPK can be found
in the RAW 264.7 cell line of the
cellular endoplasmic reticulum (ER)
calcium pool singnal pathway.
Andditionally,  also to accomplish this
pathway can be understood with respect
toregard to the cancer faultless
characteristic assay elucidating the
characteristics of cancer.  Results of this
study can to reach understand the
inability to thoroughly understancan
dprovide further insight into not only
the signal pathways of intracellular
TNF-α, NF-γB, and MAPK makes it it
impossible to determine what , but also
the role in which ER calicium pool and
induced cytokine play in the RAW
264.7 cell.

Abstract (full paper)


As well known, as a major intracellular
reservoir of Ca2+ in nonmuscular cells,
endoplasmic reticulum ER is essential for
many cellular functions, including protein
processing within ER.  However, while
previous studies investigated how the
murine macrophage cell line regulates the
signal pathway of ER calicium pool,
exactly how the signal pathways of
cellular TNF-α, NF-γB, and MAPK
regulates the concentration of cellular
calcium ion remains unclear.  Therefore,
this study analyzes TNF-α and NF-κB  of
RAW 264.7 cell using cell culture
methods, providing insight into how the
cell signal pathway and immunity
regulation of nitro oxide in cellular
endoplasmic reticulum (ER) calcium pool
are related.  TNF-α,NF-κB and MAPK is
also determined to be closely associated
with the signal pathways of both human
diseases such as cancer. First, the RAW
264.7 cell is analyzed using Griess reagent
(1% Sulfanilamide, 0.1% NED) and
chemiluminescence. The PKC protein is
then analyzed using western blot analysis.
Next, NF-κB and MAPK is analyzed
using primary and secondary antibodies.
Additionally, the mouse fibroblasts are
used by adding  L929 to serial dilutions of
the conditioned media at 5×104 cells per
well (in 96-well plates), followed by
treatment with 1 μg/ml actinomycin D.
Moreover, after 24 h of treatment, the
viability of cells is measured by MTT
assay. Finally, a standard curve is defined
using TNF-α.  Analysis results indicate
that the TNF-α,NF-κB and MAPK can be
found in the RAW 264.7 cell of the
cellular endoplasmic reticulum (ER)
calcium pool signal pathway. Additionally,
this pathway can be understood with
respect to elucidating the characteristics of
cancer.  Results of this study provide
further insight into not only the signal
pathways of intracellular TNF-α, NF-γB,
and MAPK, but also the role in which ER
calicium pool and induced cytokine play
in the RAW 264.7 cell.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study analyzes TNF-α and NF-κB  of
RAW 264.7 cell using cell culture
methods, providing insight into how the
cell signal pathway and immunity
regulation of nitro oxide in cellular
endoplasmic reticulum (ER) calcium pool
are related.  TNF-α,NF-κB and MAPK is
also determined to be closely associated
with the signal pathways of both human
diseases such as cancer. First, the RAW
264.7 cell is analyzed using Griess reagent
(1% Sulfanilamide, 0.1% NED) and
chemiluminescence. The PKC protein is
then analyzed using western blot analysis.
Next, NF-κB and MAPK is analyzed
using primary and secondary antibodies.
Additionally, the mouse fibroblasts are
used by adding  L929 to serial dilutions of
the conditioned media at 5×104 cells per
well (in 96-well plates), followed by
treatment with 1 μg/ml actinomycin D.
Moreover, after 24 h of treatment, the
viability of cells is measured by MTT
assay. Finally, a standard curve is defined
using TNF-α.  Analysis results indicate
that the TNF-α,NF-κB and MAPK can be
found in the RAW 264.7 cell of the
cellular endoplasmic reticulum (ER)
calcium pool signal pathway. Additionally,
this pathway can be understood with
respect to elucidating the characteristics of
cancer.  Results of this study provide
further insight into not only the signal
pathways of intracellular TNF-α, NF-γB,
and MAPK, but also the role in which ER
calicium pool and induced cytokine play
in the RAW 264.7 cell.

(Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, aA rapidly and
efficiently in vivo-induced antigen
method to identify Mycobacteria
tuberculosis can be developed for use
duringin clinical examinationse article. 
To do so, identification of gTo do so,
genes associated with the virulence
factor in Mycobacteria tuberculosis can
be identified in a about genees library
can be construction in order to achieve
transformation and ligation.  His tag and
Western blot can then be performed to
achieve recombinant expression and
purification for mMost virulence
proteins associated with Mycobacteria
tuberculosis can be recombinant
expression and purification so as to do
His tag and Western blot.  Next,
Cconsiderable quantities of the
virulence protein associated with
Mycobacteria tuberculosis can be
purifiedcation in height-throupghput for
in order that antibody production. 
Additionally, dot-blot hybridization can
be performed to Whether to understand
screening for proteins uniquely
expressed in vivo by Mycobacteria
tuberculosis so as to do dot-blot
hybridization.  As anticipated,  most
Mycobacteria tuberculosis in vivo
expressed proteins can be able to
cloneding, as well as achieve
recombinant expression and
purification.  The most , which are all
deemed essentialsignificant to to
researchinvestigate proteins expressed
by Mycobacteria tuberculosis during
human infection.  In vivo-induced
antigen technology (IVIAT) to iCapable
of identifying Mycobacteria
tuberculosis genes that are specifically
expressed during human infection.,  the
proposed in vivo-induced antigen
method In vivo-induced antigen is
technology more faster, more
flexibleeasy and specific than
conventionalroutine clinical
examineation methods: of bacteria
culture and acid fast stain.  The
proposed method In vivo-induced
antigen technologycan also detect could
prevent and early phases to detect
Mycobacteria tuberculosis in its early
stages for subsequent therapeutic
proceed to the next step to treatment.

Abstract (full paper)


As tuberculosis is a common human
mycobacterial disease, its growth
properties and colonial morphology are
used for the preliminary identification of
mycobacterium.  This is owing to that
mycobacterium tuberculosis is a slowing-
growing bacteria and mycobacteria can be
identified using biochemical tests,
although yielding results requires at least
three weeks. Therefore, this work presents
a rapid and efficient in vivo-induced
antigen method to identify Mycobacteria
tuberculosis for use during clinical
examinations.  Genes associated with the
virulence factor in Mycobacteria
tuberculosis are identified in a  gene
library  to achieve transformation and
ligation.  His tag and Western blot are then
performed to achieve recombinant
expression and purification for most
virulence proteins associated with
Mycobacteria.  Next, considerable
quantities of the virulence protein
associated with Mycobacteria tuberculosis
are purified in height-throughput for
antibody production.  Additionally, dot-
blot hybridization is performed to to
screen for proteins uniquely expressed in
vivo by Mycobacteria tuberculosis. 
Analysis results indicate that most
Mycobacteria tuberculosis in vivo
expressed proteins can be cloned, as well
as achieve recombinant expression and
purification, which are all deemed
essential to investigate proteins expressed
by Mycobacteria tuberculosis during
human infection. Capable of identifying
Mycobacteria tuberculosis genes that are
specifically expressed during human
infection, the proposed in vivo-induced
antigen method is faster, more flexible and
specific than conventional clinical
examination methods of bacteria culture
and acid fast stain.  The proposed method
can also detect  Mycobacteria tuberculosis
in its early stages for subsequent
therapeutic treatment.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a rapid and efficient in
vivo-induced antigen method to identify
Mycobacteria tuberculosis for use during
clinical examinations.  Genes associated
with the virulence factor in Mycobacteria
tuberculosis are identified in a  gene
library  to achieve transformation and
ligation.  His tag and Western blot are then
performed to achieve recombinant
expression and purification for most
virulence proteins associated with
Mycobacteria.  Next, considerable
quantities of the virulence protein
associated with Mycobacteria tuberculosis
are purified in height-throughput for
antibody production.  Additionally, dot-
blot hybridization is performed to to
screen for proteins uniquely expressed in
vivo by Mycobacteria tuberculosis. 
Analysis results indicate that most
Mycobacteria tuberculosis in vivo
expressed proteins can be cloned, as well
as achieve recombinant expression and
purification, which are all deemed
essential to investigate proteins expressed
by Mycobacteria tuberculosis during
human infection. Capable of identifying
Mycobacteria tuberculosis genes that are
specifically expressed during human
infection, the proposed in vivo-induced
antigen method is faster, more flexible and
specific than conventional clinical
examination methods of bacteria culture
and acid fast stain.  The proposed method
can also detect Mycobacteria tuberculosis
in its early stages for subsequent
therapeutic treatment.

(Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, we should
investigate the feasibility of applying
investigatean assay method that can of
not only to identifying tea polyphenols
thatto pass through the human intestines
and stomach in human, but also to
determine weahether it will
hydrochloric acid in gastric juice affects
change it’s their antioxidiation ability.by
hydrochloric acid in gastric juice or not,
and to identify wWheather tea
polyphenols wican ll control it’sthe
apoptosis of RAW 264.7 cell or not, too
can be determined as well.
  To do so, the catechin samples
( catechin ) can be analyzed., followed by
dissolution of Ccatechin of green tea will
dissolve in pH6.86 buffer, and as well as
the addition of the different pH values of
buffer to simulate hydrochloric acid in
gastric juice.
  Next, to measure tThe DPPH of catechin
can then be measured to determine the
antioxidation ability of tea polyphenols.
  AdditionallyNext, the cell apoptosis
iscan be induced by AAPH methods,
followed by and then measurement of the
cell expression via by flow cytometry.
  An anticipated, the proposed assayto
bring up methods, can confirm not only
that the catechin can maintains good
antioxidation at a low pH, but also that
and it’s antioxidation ratepercent can over
and above  exceeds 60%. The proposed
method can further confirm that In
addition to anticipated catechin can inhibit
free radicals and reduce the apoptosis of
an intestinal cell.
  Importantly, results of this study can
contribute to efforts to So, it will reduce
the likelihoodo occur of cardiovascular
diseases, andas well as inhibit cancer
growth.
1st Abstract
Abstract (full paper)
The presence of many polyphenols in tea is
well documented.  For example,
polyphenols such as ECg, EGCg, and
catechin have excellent antioxidative
capabilities to inhibit free radicals in
humans. Additionally, although the
antioxidative ability of polyphenol has
been investigated in vitro, doing so in vivo
has been unsuccessful owing to that the
way in which the antioxidative ability
impacts the intestines and stomach in vitro
differs from that in vivo.  Therefore, this
work investigates the feasibility of
applying an assay method not only to
identify tea polyphenols that pass through
the human intestines and stomach, but also
to determine whether hydrochloric acid in
gastric juice affects  their antioxidation
ability. Whether tea polyphenols can
control the apoptosis of RAW 264.7 cell
can be determined as well.  Catechin
samples are analyzed, followed by
dissolution of catechin of green tea in
pH6.86 buffer as well as the addition of 
different pH values of buffer to simulate
hydrochloric acid in gastric juice. The
DPPH of catechin is then measured to
determine the antioxidation ability of tea
polyphenols.  Next, the cell apoptosis is
induced by AAPH methods, followed by 
measurement of the cell expression via
flow cytometry. Analysis results indicate
that the assay method verifies not only
that the catechin maintains good
antioxidation at a low pH, but also that it’s
antioxidation rate exceeds 60%. The
proposed method further verifies that 
catechin can inhibit free radicals and
reduce the apoptosis of an intestinal cell.
Importantly, results of this study can
contribute to efforts to reduce the
likelihood of cardiovascular diseases, as
well as inhibit cancer growth.
Abstract (conference)
Therefore, this work investigates the
feasibility of applying an assay method
not only to identify tea polyphenols that
pass through the human intestines and
stomach, but also to determine whether
hydrochloric acid in gastric juice affects 
their antioxidation ability. Whether tea
polyphenols can control the apoptosis of
RAW 264.7 cell can be determined as
well.  Catechin samples are analyzed,
followed by dissolution of catechin of
green tea in pH6.86 buffer as well as the
addition of  different pH values of buffer
to simulate hydrochloric acid in gastric
juice. The DPPH of catechin is then
measured to determine the antioxidation
ability of tea polyphenols.  Next, the cell
apoptosis is induced by AAPH methods,
followed by  measurement of the cell
expression via flow cytometry. Analysis
results indicate that the assay method
verifies not only that the catechin
maintains good antioxidation at a low pH,
but also that it’s antioxidation rate exceeds
60%. The proposed method further
verifies that  catechin can inhibit free
radicals and reduce the apoptosis of an
intestinal cell.  Importantly, results of this
study can contribute to efforts to reduce
the likelihood of cardiovascular diseases,
as well as inhibit cancer growth.
(Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement 
The presence of many polyphenols in tea
is well documented.  For example,
polyphenols such as ECg, EGCg, and
catechin Although, based on the previous
investigate that presence of many
polyphenols in tea is well documented.
For example, polyphenols such as
ECg 、 EGCg 、 catechin…ate. In
particular, Ggreen tea polyphenols have
been reported to inhibit intestinal α-
amylase or sucrase and are known to have
excellent antioxidation activity to inhibit
free radicals in humans. This explains why
potential implications for reagents for anti
high blood pressure reagent, anti
cardiovascular diseases reagent, and anti
diabetes reagent have all received
considerable attention.
  However, while the antioxidative ability
of tea polyphenols has been investigated
in vitro, doing so in vivo has been
unsuccessful owing to that the way in
which the antioxidative ability impactsing
the intestines and stomach in vitro differs
from that in vivo.
  Therefore, while in vitro the previous
investigateions thathave demonstrated tea
polyphenols has having antioxidation
ability of around about 50 percentage by
in vitro. However,%, the corresponding
amount for its  the antioxidation ability is
unknown for unin an- in vivo
investigation remains unknown.
  The By in vivo, to observe the
antioxidation ability of tea polyphenols to
inhibit by inflammation response in the
human intestines and stomach of human
must be investigated in vivo.

79.  (Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, we should
investigateAn assay method that can be
developed to of identifyidetermine
whether ng antioxidation ability of tea
polyphenols inhibits inflammation  in the
human intestines and stomach in vivo tea
polyphenol to inhibit inflammation in
intestines and stomach in human. To do
so, the PGE2 can be analyzed by EIA kit.
The RAW 264.7 can then be induced to
PGE2 by LPS. Next, The content of PGE2
content can be analyzed by EIA kit and,
followed by dyeing of the cell can be
dyeing by MTT to determinemeasure the
survival rate of the cell.  Ans anticipated,
according to the proposed assay to bring
up methods, EGCG can inhibit PGE2 and
100μM of EGCG can inhibit content of
the PGE2 content completely.
Andditionally, the other polyphenols in
green tea, e.g., for example, ECG, EC,
EGC and catechin, are all inhibit the
efficacy of LPS, subsequently inducinge
the PGE2 in macrophage. Among those
polyphenolsHowever, EGCG isinhibits
the most efficacy of LPS the most.  In
addition And then, to reduceing the
symptoms of irritation, fever and edema…
by PGE2. It, the tea polyphenols can also
avoid the negative side effects of by
NSAIDs and prevent cancer.

2nd Abstract

Abstract (full paper)


Green tea polyphenols have been reported
to inhibit intestinal α-amylase or sucrase
and are known to have excellent
antioxidation activity to inhibit free
radicals in humans, thus having many
potential implications for reagents for anti
high blood pressure, cardiovascular
diseases, and diabetes have all received
considerable attention.  While in vitro
investigations have demonstrated tea
polyphenols as having antioxidation
ability of around 50%, the corresponding
amount for its  antioxidation ability in an
in vivo investigation remains unknown. 
Therefore, this work describes an assay
method to determine whether
antioxidation ability of tea polyphenols
inhibits inflammation  in the human
intestines and stomach in an in vivo study.
PGE2 is analyzed by EIA kit. RAW 264.7
is then induced to PGE2 by LPS. Next, The
PGE2 content is analyzed by EIA kit,
followed by dyeing of the cell  by MTT to
determine the survival rate of the cell. 
According to the proposed assay method,
EGCG can inhibit PGE2 and 100μM of
EGCG can inhibit the PGE2 content
completely. Additionally, other
polyphenols in green tea, e.g.,  ECG, EC,
EGC and catechin, all inhibit the efficacy
of LPS, subsequently inducing the PGE2
in macrophage. Among those polyphenols,
EGCG inhibits the most efficacy of LPS
the most.  In addition to reducing the
symptoms of irritation, fever and edema…
by PGE2, the tea polyphenols can avoid
the negative side effects of NSAIDs and
prevent cancer.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work describes a novel assay method
to determine the role of tea polyphenols in
inhibiting inflammation in the human
intestines and stomach in an in vivo study.
PGE2 is analyzed by EIA kit. RAW 264.7
is then induced to PGE2 by LPS. Next, The
PGE2 content is analyzed by EIA kit,
followed by dyeing of the cell  by MTT to
determine the survival rate of the cell. 
According to the proposed assay method,
EGCG can inhibit PGE2 and 100μM of
EGCG can inhibit the PGE2 content
completely. Additionally, other
polyphenols in green tea, e.g.,  ECG, EC,
EGC and catechin, all inhibit the efficacy
of LPS, subsequently inducing the PGE2
in macrophage. Among those polyphenols,
EGCG inhibits the most efficacy of LPS
the most.  In addition to reducing the
symptoms of irritation, fever and edema…
by PGE2, the tea polyphenols can avoid
the negative side effects of NSAIDs and
prevent cancer.

 (Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
The technique of theA PCR-based
molecular biology method can be
developed to detectidentify thea
particularity gene of Vibrio
parahaemolyticus. Making use of this
gene comes to rapidly identify Vibrio
parahaemolyticus.  To do so, this gene
in a chromosome can be extracted
forom bacteria. This gene can
Amplification of this gene can be
achieved make by usinge of the PCR
method to come to amplify. For
subsequent PCR-based assays, can then
be made by preparing all of the whole
genomic DNAs of the strains were
prepared in Tris-EDTA buffer (TE; pH
8.0) according to previous
literatureessentially as described
elsewhere. Next, tThe purity and the
amount of DNA in each preparation can
bewere estimated colorimetrically,
withand the DNAs weresubsequently
stored at 4°C until further use.
Additionally, Can understand whether
germs can be found in exist the seafood
can be determined using or not by t the
PCR method of PCR.  As anticipated,
the proposed PCR-based molecular
biology method this method of PCR of
putting forward can be used to the
technique of rapidly identify of being
thethe presence of marine bacteria in the
early stages. Can be the basis found in
early days.  The method of this
molecular biology canIn addition to
provideing quickly results with a, high
degree of sensitivitye degree, the result
of the high particularity, for the sake of
rapid identify of the Vibrio
parahaemolyticus. T, the proposed
method can also provideyield rapid and
accurate molecular biology results to
detect V.ibrio parahaemolyticus in the
environment.
Abstract (full paper)
Widely distributed in the aquatic
environment, bacteria in the genus Vibrio
are considered autochthonous bacteria in
marine and estuarine waters.  PCR method
is the conventional means of  detecting the
target with the tdh gene or trh gene, in
which the specificity in the chromosome
of V. parahaemolyticus gene of chitinase
can be used as the detection marker. 
However, this method is inefficient. 
Therefore, this work presents a PCR-
based molecular biology method to
identify a particular gene of Vibrio
parahaemolyticus rapidly.  This gene in a
chromosome is extracted from bacteria.
Amplification of this gene is then
achieved by using the PCR method. PCR-
based assays are then made by preparing
all of the genomic DNAs of the strains in
Tris-EDTA buffer (TE; pH 8.0)according
to previous literature. Next, the purity and
the amount of DNA in each preparation
are estimated colorimetrically, with the
DNAs subsequently stored at 4°C until
further use. Additionally, whether germs
can be found in  seafood is determined
using  the PCR method.  The proposed
PCR-based molecular biology method
rapidly identifies the presence of marine
bacteria in the early stages. In addition to
providing quick results with a high degree
of sensitivity, the proposed method yields
rapid and accurate results to detect Vibrio
parahaemolyticus in the environment.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work presents a PCR-based molecular
biology method to identify a particular
gene of Vibrio parahaemolyticus rapidly. 
This gene in a chromosome is extracted
from bacteria. Amplification of this gene
is then achieved by using the PCR
method. PCR-based assays are then made
by preparing all of the genomic DNAs of
the strains in Tris-EDTA buffer (TE; pH
8.0)according to previous literature. Next,
the purity and the amount of DNA in each
preparation are estimated colorimetrically,
with the DNAs subsequently stored at 4°C
until further use. Additionally, whether
germs can be found in  seafood is
determined using  the PCR method.  The
proposed PCR-based molecular biology
method rapidly identifies the presence of
marine bacteria in the early stages. In
addition to providing quick results with a
high degree of sensitivity, the proposed
method yields rapid and accurate results to
detect Vibrio parahaemolyticus in the
environment.

 (Biotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
The reference of A biochemistry method
for Taiwanese salivary
biochemistryglands can be developed
for have to be established in clinical
diagnostic applications that instead of
theas an alternative to the conventional
approach measurements of blood
examination.  To do so, Ssaliva of
receptions of for both all genders and
various age groups can be are used to
collect andfor treatment, such as for
distance, so as to do decreaseing the
interference of peroxidase,. tThe saliva
specimens can then be used to avoidare
employed to heat that could avoid. Next,
high speed centrifugation of And also,
the saliva specimens are high speed
centrifugedcan be achieved tofor
precipitant proteins or impurities of
saliva. The specimens can then be
detected based on enzyme
immunoassay-based measurements is
utilized to detect the specimens. The
analysis methodstrategy, e.g.for
distance, the preservation or expiration
date of saliva, iscan be validated not
only tofor evaluatione the at room
temperature, 4 degrees and –20 degrees,
and also, to but also for evaluateion of
the stability overduring several days
( one day, threeird days, fivefth days,
seventh days…). that is the firstThis
must be established first to achieve the
indicateion of that preservation has been
achieved. The second,Additionally, the
correlation between salivary
testosterone and serum testosterone can
be madeare identified to compare the
salivary testosterone concentration and
the serum total, as well as the free
testosterone concentration. The
statistical significantce can be
determined as well are utilized to
verifycorroborate the correlation and
ratio. And the thirdMoreover, the
salivary testosterone reference level of a
healthy Taiwanese male and female of
Taiwanese are establishedcan be
identified to apply in thefor clinical
diagnostic applicationsis.
FurthermoreThe fourth, the quality
control can be established are made up
to perform to achieve the recovery,
intraassay, interassay CV%, sensitivity,
accuracy and precision of salivary
testosterone.  As anticipated, Tanalysis
he results can be used to establish a
biochemistry method for Taiwanese
salivary glandsare anticipated to identify
the reference of salivary biochemistry
that in which validity correlates with
blood concentration. The salivary
testosterone concentration and serum
total, free testosterone are evaluated
according to the ratio.  The medical
examination of saliva glands has
become a globalwas a trend in the
world,, in which if the salivary steroid
analysis must be is validated to stable,
equivalently, the.  Additionally, other
salivary biomarkers can beare
developed in the futureto research. And
then, these can apply to for clinical
diagnostic applications such as in
treatingis, for example, systemic
diseases 、 , viral diseases 、 , drug
monitoring 、 , and monitoring of
hormone levels monitoring.

Abstract (full paper)


(NOTE:  I need the setting of your research
proposal and your research problem in
order to make this full paper abstract
complete.  I did not receive your
homework 5.)

This work describes a novel biochemistry


method for Taiwanese salivary glands for
clinical diagnostic applications as an
alternative to the conventional approach
measurements of blood examination. 
Saliva of receptions for both genders and
various age groups is used for treatment,
such as  decreasing the interference of
peroxidase. The saliva specimens are then
used to avoid heat. Next, high speed
centrifugation of the saliva specimens is
achieved for precipitant  proteins or
impurities of saliva. The specimens are
then detected based on enzyme
immunoassay-based measurements. The
analysis method, e.g., the preservation or
expiration date of saliva, is validated not
only for evaluation at room temperature, 4
degrees and –20 degrees, and also, but
also for evaluation of the stability over
several days ( one day, three days, five
days, seven days). This must be
established first to indicate that
preservation has been achieved.
Additionally, the correlation between
salivary testosterone and serum
testosterone is made to compare the
salivary testosterone concentration and the
serum total, as well as the free
testosterone concentration. The statistical
significance is determined as well to
verify the correlation and ratio. Moreover,
the salivary testosterone level of a healthy
Taiwanese male and female is identified
for clinical diagnostic applications.
Furthermore,  quality control is
established to achieve the recovery,
intraassay, interassay CV%, sensitivity,
accuracy and precision of salivary
testosterone.  Analysis results can be used
to establish a biochemistry method for
Taiwanese salivary glands in which
validity correlates with blood
concentration. The salivary testosterone
concentration and serum total, free
testosterone are evaluated according to the
ratio.  The medical examination of saliva
glands has become a global trend, in
which the salivary steroid analysis must
be validated.  Additionally, other salivary
biomarkers can be developed in the future
for clinical diagnostic applications such as
in treating systemic diseases, viral
diseases, drug monitoring, and monitoring
of hormone levels.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work describes a novel biochemistry
method for Taiwanese salivary glands for
clinical diagnostic applications as an
alternative to the conventional approach
measurements of blood examination. 
Saliva of receptions for both genders and
various age groups is used for treatment,
such as  decreasing the interference of
peroxidase. The saliva specimens are then
used to avoid heat. Next, high speed
centrifugation of the saliva specimens is
achieved for precipitant  proteins or
impurities of saliva. The specimens are
then detected based on enzyme
immunoassay-based measurements. The
analysis method, e.g., the preservation or
expiration date of saliva, is validated not
only for evaluation at room temperature, 4
degrees and –20 degrees, and also, but
also for evaluation of the stability over
several days ( one day, three days, five
days, seven days). This must be
established first to indicate that
preservation has been achieved.
Additionally, the correlation between
salivary testosterone and serum
testosterone is made to compare the
salivary testosterone concentration and the
serum total, as well as the free
testosterone concentration. The statistical
significance is determined as well to
verify the correlation and ratio. Moreover,
the salivary testosterone level of a healthy
Taiwanese male and female is identified
for clinical diagnostic applications.
Furthermore,  quality control is
established to achieve the recovery,
intraassay, interassay CV%, sensitivity,
accuracy and precision of salivary
testosterone.  Analysis results can be used
to establish a biochemistry method for
Taiwanese salivary glands in which
validity correlates with blood
concentration. The salivary testosterone
concentration and serum total, free
testosterone are evaluated according to the
ratio.  The medical examination of saliva
glands has become a global trend, in
which the salivary steroid analysis must
be validated.  Additionally, other salivary
biomarkers can be developed in the future
for clinical diagnostic applications such as
in treating systemic diseases, viral
diseases, drug monitoring, and monitoring
of hormone levels.
(Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Whether Tthe time interval between
breast-conserving surgery and radiation
therapy significantly affects whetherthe
likelihood of recurring ipsilateral breast
recurscancer can be
determinedelucidated by by using thea
statistical method .  To do so, the
difference patients data can be
analyzedsis can be performed  to
determine whether forecast the time
interval between breast-conserving
surgery and radiation therapy
significantly affects whether ipsilateral
breast recurs, accurately from the input
data.  The accumulated patient data can
then be evaluated according to various
categories such as divided many groups
that including : age, sex gender,
histology, tumor size, residence, and
pathological T stage…etc, then can be
collect and evaluated. Additionally, the
data can be input into the employed to
for using SPSS analysis software
program for further analysis.    As
anticipated, According to the analysis
results can establish an find a
effectiveness and  criterion for
determining how the timeing interval
between breast-conserving surgery and
radiation therapy significantly affects
whetherthe likelihood of recurring
ipsilateral breast recurscancer., thus
Then hope to elevateing breast cancer
patient`sthe survival rate of cancer
patients markedly.  Results in this study
can provide a valuable reference for to
relative and correct information for  
doctorphysicians in to diagnosis and
treating breast cancer patients during in
the clinical examinations.

Abstract (full paper)


The time interval between breast-
conserving surgery and radiation therapy
significantly affects whether ipsilateral
breast recurs. However, conventional
methods, which solely rely on the clinical
experiences of physicians, lack an
objective classification standard to
determine the optimal time interval
between breast-conserving surgery and
radiation therapy.  Therefore, this study
attempts to determine whether the time
interval between breast-conserving
surgery and radiation therapy significantly
affects the likelihood of recurring
ipsilateral breast cancer by using a
statistical method.  Patient data are
analyzed to determine whether the time
interval between breast-conserving
surgery and radiation therapy significantly
affects whether ipsilateral breast recurs. 
The accumulated patient data are then
evaluated according to various categories
such as age, gender, histology, tumor size,
residence, and pathological T stage.
Additionally, the data are input into the
SPSS analysis software program for
further analysis.    Analysis results can be
used to establish an effective criterion for
determining how the time interval
between breast-conserving surgery and
radiation therapy significantly affects the
likelihood of recurring ipsilateral breast
cancer, thus elevating the survival rate of
cancer patients markedly.  Results in this
study provide a valuable reference for
physicians in diagnosis and treating breast
cancer patients during clinical
examinations.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study attempts to determine whether
the time interval between breast-
conserving surgery and radiation therapy
significantly affects the likelihood of
recurring ipsilateral breast cancer by using
a statistical method.  Patient data are
analyzed to determine whether the time
interval between breast-conserving
surgery and radiation therapy significantly
affects whether ipsilateral breast recurs. 
The accumulated patient data are then
evaluated according to various categories
such as age, gender, histology, tumor size,
residence, and pathological T stage.
Additionally, the data are input into the
SPSS analysis software program for
further analysis.    Analysis results can be
used to establish an effective criterion for
determining how the time interval
between breast-conserving surgery and
radiation therapy significantly affects the
likelihood of recurring ipsilateral breast
cancer, thus elevating the survival rate of
cancer patients markedly.  Results in this
study provide a valuable reference for
physicians in diagnosis and treating breast
cancer patients during clinical
examinations.

(Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Neural transmitters were play an
essential very important role
fortransmitting messages transition into
and from the brain. Anyway , previous
investigation applies the instrument
HPLC (Whereas, in clinical practice,
high performance liquid
chromatogxygraphy (HPLC) has been
adopted to analyze neural transmitters,
e.g., ex: dopamine ,and glutamate…of
the brain., indeed thethis method of
HPLC will decreaselowers the survival
rate of laboratory animals mice and
increases injury of neuron damage.
Therefore , this propose present another
instrument anda noninvasive means
ofthod to detectings neural transmitters
,can be developed that
containsincorporates a new instrument
MRS (magnet resonance spectrum
(MRS) instrumentand a non-invasive
method for neural transmitter detection
meantime and, meanwhile, increases the
survival rate of laboratory animalsmice.
To do soFirst, give thean appropriate
suitable dosage or urethane can be
administered to laboratoryfor
animalsmice for anesthesia . Next ,
animals were   The mice can then be
placed at a space that around in close
proximity to a magnet coil .
NextSubsequently , the neural
transmitters could been, as observed by
MRS, can  causeyield the various
differentdegrees of polarization and
chemical constituentse . By applying
MRS, And the noninvasive means of
detecting neural transmitters proposed
herein canfor applies MRS could
increase the survival rate of animals was
verify and laboratory mice, as
confirmed by experimental results.
Importantly , the ability of the proposed
method to increase the survival rate of
laboratory miceproposed instrument and
method can facility to increase the
survival rate when researcher work on
experiments by the animal model , can
ultimately lower the neuron damage
caused byincurred when detecting
neural transmitters detection. 

Abstract (full paper)


Neural transmitters play an essential role
transmitting messages to and from the
brain. Whereas, in clinical practice, high
performance liquid chromatography
(HPLC) has been adopted to analyze
neural transmitters, e.g., dopamine and
glutamate, this method lowers the survival
rate of laboratory animals and increases
neuron damage. Therefore, this work
describes a noninvasive means of
detecting neural transmitters  that
incorporates a new magnet resonance
spectrum (MRS) instrument and,
meanwhile, increases the survival rate of
laboratory mice. An appropriate dose or
urethane is administered to laboratory
mice for anesthesia.  The mice are then
placed in close proximity to a magnet coil.
Next, the neural transmitters, as observed
by MRS, yield various degrees of
polarization and chemical constituents. By
applying MRS, the noninvasive means of
detecting neural transmitters proposed
herein  increases the survival rate of
laboratory mice, as confirmed by
experimental results. Importantly, the
ability of the proposed method to increase
the survival rate of laboratory mice
ultimately lowers neuron damage incurred
when detecting neural transmitters.
Abstract (conference paper)
This work describes a noninvasive means
of detecting neural transmitters  that
incorporates a new magnet resonance
spectrum (MRS) instrument and,
meanwhile, increases the survival rate of
laboratory mice. An appropriate dose or
urethane is administered to laboratory
mice for anesthesia.  The mice are then
placed in close proximity to a magnet coil.
Next, the neural transmitters, as observed
by MRS, yield various degrees of
polarization and chemical constituents. By
applying MRS, the noninvasive means of
detecting neural transmitters proposed
herein  increases the survival rate of
laboratory mice, as confirmed by
experimental results. Importantly, the
ability of the proposed method to increase
the survival rate of laboratory mice
ultimately lowers neuron damage incurred
when detecting neural transmitters.

(Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, we should develop
aA high lipophilicity
radiopharmaceutical method can be
developed that synthesizess of two new
[99m
Tc] [SNS/S] complexes carrying a
monothiolate coligand and
aminedithiolate (SNS) ligand ,
tosubsequently increaseing the
radiopharmaceutical high lipophilicity
level in order to maintain a human
brain’s stability and uptake.  To do so,
monothiolate and aminoedithiolate can
be used to synthesizes of  two new [99m
Tc] [SNS/S] complexes carrying a
pendant ethyl ester group on the
common monthiolate coligand, but
containingwith each containing a
different aminedithiolate(SNS) ligand. 
Two of the new ligands containingthat
[SNS/S] can then be to partially
combined with 99mTc’s 1-3 ligand. Next,
hHigh performance liquid
chromatographic (HPLC) and Tthinck
layer chromatographic (TLC) can be
used to purelyify and analyzesis the
newly synthesizeds
radiopharmaceutical. Additionally, the
new radiopharmaceutical can be
injected in laboratory mice, with the
radiopharmaceutical uptake number of
each mouse organ analyzed as well.  As
anticipated, the proposed high
lipophilicity radiopharmaceutical
method can ensure stability in a
mice’sthe brain of mice with an uptake
number approaching 15% and other
organ’sthe uptake number of other
organs lower than 30%.  The proposed
methodResults of this study can
contribute to efforts to increase the
clinical accuracy of diagnosing brain
diseases as early as possible for curative
purposes, subsequently lowering the
radiation dose of patients with brain-
related diseases.
Abstract (full paper)
Taiwan has a high incidence of head-
related injuries, such as brain-related
tumors and diseases. As a nuclear
medicine-based technology, brain imagery
can diagnose such diseases, such as the
use of brain uptake radiopharmaceuticals 
to accurately diagnose the early stages of
brain-related diseases.  However,
according to clinical studies, the amount
and concentration of brain uptake
radiopharmaceuticals have a low stability,
severely limiting their ability to diagnose
brain-related diseases accurately and
efficiently.  Therefore, this work describes
a high lipophilicity radiopharmaceutical
method that synthesizes two new [99m Tc]
[SNS/S] complexes carrying a
monothiolate coligand and aminedithiolate
(SNS) ligand, subsequently increasing the
radiopharmaceutical high lipophilicity
level to maintain a human brain’s stability
and uptake.  Monothiolate and
aminoedithiolate are used to synthesize 
two new [99m Tc] [SNS/S] complexes
carrying a pendant ethyl ester group on the
common monthiolate coligand, with each
containing a different
aminedithiolate(SNS) ligand.  Two of the
new ligands containing [SNS/S] are then
partially combined with 99mTc’s 1-3 ligand.
Next, high performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC) and thick layer
chromatography (TLC) are used to purify
and analyze the newly synthesized
radiopharmaceutical. Additionally, the
new radiopharmaceutical is injected in
laboratory mice, with the
radiopharmaceutical uptake number of
each mouse organ analyzed as well.  The
proposed high lipophilicity
radiopharmaceutical method ensures the
stability in the brain of mice with an
uptake number approaching 15% and the
uptake number of other organs lower than
30%.  The proposed method can
contribute to efforts to increase the clinical
accuracy of diagnosing brain diseases as
early as possible for curative purposes,
subsequently lowering the radiation dose
of patients with brain-related diseases.

Abstract (conference paper)


This work describes a high lipophilicity
radiopharmaceutical method that
synthesizes two new [99m Tc] [SNS/S]
complexes carrying a monothiolate
coligand and aminedithiolate (SNS)
ligand, subsequently increasing the
radiopharmaceutical high lipophilicity
level to maintain a human brain’s stability
and uptake.  Monothiolate and
aminoedithiolate are used to synthesize 
two new [99m Tc] [SNS/S] complexes
carrying a pendant ethyl ester group on the
common monthiolate coligand, with each
containing a different
aminedithiolate(SNS) ligand.  Two of the
new ligands containing [SNS/S] are then
partially combined with 99mTc’s 1-3 ligand.
Next, high performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC) and thick layer
chromatography (TLC) are used to purify
and analyze the newly synthesized
radiopharmaceutical. Additionally, the
new radiopharmaceutical is injected in
laboratory mice, with the
radiopharmaceutical uptake number of
each mouse organ analyzed as well.  The
proposed high lipophilicity
radiopharmaceutical method ensures the
stability in the brain of mice with an
uptake number approaching 15% and the
uptake number of other organs lower than
30%.  The proposed method can
contribute to efforts to increase the clinical
accuracy of diagnosing brain diseases as
early as possible for curative purposes,
subsequently lowering the radiation dose
of patients with brain-related diseases.

(Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)

Hypothesis statement
The feasibility of adopting total skin
electron beam irradiation (TESI) was
forto treating a patients with pruritus
skin cancer can be examined by
attempting to improve the dose
distribution and decrease the SSD to
less than 300 cmcurrently. It could help
patients to decrease pain and symptom
until being healed. The through
variation of the dosage level, as
achieved by may be changed by electron
energy, the material of scattering
material, proximity of patient to the
electron beamtreatment distance and
tovariation in  change treatment angle.
To do so, For uniform dose distribution
and reduced photon dose tofor patients
can be achieved under the following
conditions:  , detected the results ina
range of 4 MeV – 12 MeV toof electron
energy, a distance of 3 – 5 meters
between the patient receivingto
treatment and the electron beam,
anddistance and a range of 15 – 20
degrees toin treatment angle. The
material of scattering material can
comprisewas included with acrylic, wire
netting and plastic material. Finally, We
measure the dose distribution can be
measured under variousin the different
conditions.  The results of this study can
provide a valuablecould be referencered
to by other hospitals. It is easily to when
treating  a patients with pruritus skin
cancer by the results.
Abstract (full paper)
Patients with cutaneous lymphoma have
lesions around their total skin area,
making  treatment with surgical
operation impossible and
chemotherapy or radiation therapy as
the only viable options.  Radiation
therapy can alleviate the condition of
stretch marks on the human skin
However, the most effective radiation
therapy, the Standford technique of six
dual fields. requires a relatively long
distance away from the patient in the
treatment room so that the patient’s
body can be covered.  Therefore, this
study examines the feasibility of
adopting total skin electron beam
irradiation (TESI) to treat patients with
pruritus skin cancer by attempting to
improve the dose distribution and
decrease the SSD to less than 300 cm
through variation of the dosage level,
as achieved by electron energy, the
scattering material, proximity of patient
to the electron beam and variation in
treatment angle. Uniform dose
distribution and reduced photon dose
for patients are achieved under the
following conditions:  a range of 4
MeV – 12 MeV of electron energy, a
distance of 3 – 5 meters between the
patient receiving treatment and the
electron beam, and a range of 15 – 20
degrees in treatment angle. The
scattering material comprises acrylic,
wire netting and plastic material.
Finally, the dose distribution is
measured under various conditions. 
The results of this study provide a
valuable reference when treating
patients with pruritus skin cancer.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study examines the feasibility of
adopting total skin electron beam
irradiation (TESI) to treat patients with
pruritus skin cancer by attempting to
improve the dose distribution and
decrease the SSD to less than 300 cm
through variation of the dosage level,
as achieved by electron energy, the
scattering material, proximity of patient
to the electron beam and variation in
treatment angle. Uniform dose
distribution and reduced photon dose
for patients are achieved under the
following conditions:  a range of 4
MeV – 12 MeV of electron energy, a
distance of 3 – 5 meters between the
patient receiving treatment and the
electron beam, and a range of 15 – 20
degrees in treatment angle. The
scattering material comprises acrylic,
wire netting and plastic material.
Finally, the dose distribution is
measured under various conditions. 
The results of this study provide a
valuable reference when treating
patients with pruritus skin cancer.

(Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
To comprehend relationship
betweenExactly how the deliveries
number of deliveries  and the bone
mineral density are related can be
analyzed can be by useing dual energy
X-ray absorptiometry for analysis. To
do so, bone mineral density can be
determined by examining how the
Effect of number of deliveriesies
number ins relatedion to bone mineral
density can be useing dual energy X-ray
absorptiometry for detection bone
mineral density. Delivery experience of
study object and diet habit can use A
questionnaire’s method survey on
delivery experiences and dietary habits
can be issued to patients in a control
groupobtain life condition of study
object. consisting of females in the
Experiment object was women of
menopause phase, with and ages
ranging from field in 50 to 80 years old
for investigate. As anticipated, the
reportanalysis results can indicate that
the number of prove deliveries number
trulysignificantly eaffects to bone
mineral density. In addition to providing
a valuable the future this can be a
reference when attempting to identify
factor of osteoporosis-related factors
cause for expert of investigation
osteoporosis. Furthermore, the results of
this study can contribute to efforts to
decrease the likelihood of also can be a
advice for desire prolific woman to
decrease probability of osteoporosis in
women undergoing
menopauseosteoporosis fall ill.

Abstract (full paper)


A neutron leak incident occurred in the
beginning of 2004 at Cheng Ching
Hospital in Kaohsiung of southern
Taiwan, causing heightened concern
among radiology technology personnel.
Both increasing work safety for technical
personnel and patients and developing
lower dose radiotherapy methods are thus
of priority concern. Therefore, this study
analyzes exactly how the number of
deliveries and the bone mineral density
are related by using dual energy X-ray
absorptiometry.  Bone mineral density is
determined by examining how the number
of deliveries is related to bone mineral
density using dual energy X-ray
absorptiometry. A questionnaire survey on
delivery experiences and dietary habits is
then issued to patients in a control group
consisting of females in the menopause
phase, with ages ranging from 50 to 80
years old Analysis results indicate that the
number of deliveries significantly affects
bone mineral density. In addition to
providing a valuable reference when
attempting to identify osteoporosis-related
factors, the results of this study can
contribute to efforts to decrease the
likelihood of osteoporosis in women
undergoing menopause.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study analyzes exactly how the
number of deliveries and the bone mineral
density are related by using dual energy
X-ray absorptiometry.  Bone mineral
density is determined by examining how
the number of deliveries is related to bone
mineral density using dual energy X-ray
absorptiometry. A questionnaire survey on
delivery experiences and dietary habits is
then issued to patients in a control group
consisting of females in the menopause
phase, with ages ranging from 50 to 80
years old Analysis results indicate that the
number of deliveries significantly affects
bone mineral density. In addition to
providing a valuable reference when
attempting to identify osteoporosis-related
factors, the results of this study can
contribute to efforts to decrease the
likelihood of osteoporosis in women
undergoing menopause phase.

(Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)
Hypothesis statement
The bBone marrow density of cancer
patients from different age groups can
be analyzed for inquire into understand
how bone marrow and a benign
disease's are relatedivity. To do so,
pPatients can bewere examined for
benign diseases –, specifically, for back
pain or sciatica recurring after disk
surgery, or normal bone marrow. Then,
the patterns of dynamic enhancement of
normal spinal bone marrow in adults
undergoingat gadolinium-enhanced
magnetic resonance (MR) imaging can
then be determined, as well asand the
changes that occur with aging were to
determine. NextFurthermore, areas of
the interesting areas of in the bone
marrow can be identifiedselected to out.
AdditionallyFinal, the maximum
percentage of enhancement (Emax),
enhancement slope, and washout can
bewere determined from bone marrow
enhancement time curves (ETCs) of the
bone marrow.  As anticipated, The
desiring analysis results can indicating
the take different age class of bone
marrow density modes of different age
groups, can be used to identify and to
find the relative proportion of those
different agegroups with respect to of
bone marrow and benign diseases have
certain relative proportion. This analyze
resultresults of this study can contribute
to the efforts of  can let traditional
Chinese hHerbalist doctors physicians
in developing medicineal to aggrandize
d for different age groups based on of
bone marrow density to and protect the
human spinebody backbone.
Abstract (full paper)
Treatment for spine-related injuries
normally includes an x-ray, CT and MRI
examinations of the patient, followed by
determination of appropriate treatment by
the clinical physician. While alleviating
the patient’s injury, such approaches do
not consider the reconstruction and
renovation of the injured spine. 
Therefore, this study analyzes the bone
marrow density of cancer patients from
different age groups to understand how
bone marrow and a benign disease are
related. Patients are examined for benign
diseases, specifically for back pain or
sciatica recurring after disk surgery, or
normal bone marrow. The patterns of
dynamic enhancement of normal spinal
bone marrow in adults undergoing
gadolinium-enhanced magnetic resonance
(MR) imaging are then determined, as
well as the changes that occur with aging.
Next, areas of interest in the bone marrow
are identified. Additionally, the maximum
percentage of enhancement (Emax),
enhancement slope, and washout are
determined from enhancement time curves
(ETCs) of the bone marrow.  Analysis
results indicating the  bone marrow
density modes of different age groups can
be used to identify the relative proportion
of those groups with respect to bone
marrow and benign diseases. Results of
this study contribute to the efforts of
traditional Chinese herbal physicians in
developing medicine for different age
groups based on bone marrow density to
protect the human spine.

Abstract (conference paper)


This study analyzes the bone marrow
density of cancer patients from different
age groups to understand how bone
marrow and a benign disease are related.
Patients are examined for benign diseases,
specifically for back pain or sciatica
recurring after disk surgery, or normal
bone marrow. The patterns of dynamic
enhancement of normal spinal bone
marrow in adults undergoing gadolinium-
enhanced magnetic resonance (MR)
imaging are then determined, as well as
the changes that occur with aging. Next,
areas of interest in the bone marrow are
identified. Additionally, the maximum
percentage of enhancement (Emax),
enhancement slope, and washout are
determined from enhancement time curves
(ETCs) of the bone marrow.  Analysis
results indicating the  bone marrow
density modes of different age groups can
be used to identify the relative proportion
of those groups with respect to bone
marrow and benign diseases. Results of
this study contribute to the efforts of
traditional Chinese herbal physicians in
developing medicine for different age
groups based on bone marrow density to
protect the human spine.
88.  (Telecommunications)
Work Proposal  
Mobile phones have pervaded daily life
since became more popular from the end
of 2002, and as evidenced by the number
of subscribers in Taiwan surpassing the
entire the mobile phone
number/population percentage was over
100%. That percentage increased to 113%
aiwan became the top one country in the
world. Atby the third season quarter of
2003, it even reached 113%, which mean
that there were with 25,275,000
subscribers at that time and island wide, or
an average of every 100 people have 113
mobile phone numbers per 100
individualsin the average.
Work problem
  If some sSubscribers find it extremely
difficult to wants to change from
oneswitch telecommunication providers
owing to the inability to transfer the
original phone number to the new service
provideroperator to the other, there is only
one way to go – give up the current
mobile phone number he uses now, and
select a new number. Continuously he has
to inform everyone who has his old
number about the new number. Mobile
phone numbers are not portable at present
so it’s really inconvenient to change
operators for subscribers.
Quantitative specification of problem
  A recent survey indicated that two-thirds
of
From the investigation, 6,000,000 millions
subscribers don’t dissatisfyied with their
current service providers telecom
operators and 4 millions subscribers want
to change theswitch operators. However,
many of those individuals find it
impossible to do so given Because of the
inconvenience and complex of the
changing the original mobile phoneused
number, many subscribers cannot but
succumb to the original operator.
Importance of problem
  The inability to transferIf the original
mobile phone number from one telecom
provider to another severely restricts
portability can’t be solved efficiently, it
substantially reduces the desire of the
changing operators. To the subscribers,
creating an unfair advantage for
established operators and extremely
difficult for they can’t choose the
operators they want at any time and are
restricted to use the same operator all the
time. To the newly established ones
telecom operators, it’s even difficult to
attract customers to select their product.
The vicious circle will make the old
operators always take the advantage and
the new operators can’t do anything about
it. The number portability is really a
critical issue in telecommunication.
Work objective
  To overcome the problem
mentionedBased on the above, we propose
toshould establish a number portability
centralized database to includecontaining
all the portableing mobile phone numbers
in Taiwan.

Methodology to achieve objective


  To do soAt first, establish the
specifications can be established to which
describes the communication protocol and
the wholecomplete architecture. Secondly,
develop aA simulator can then be
developed for operators to test in the early
stagestime. Thirdly, make theNext, a field
tryial can be made with all the
operatorstelecom service providers. Finall

yAdditionally, the number portability


centralized database containing portable
mobile phone numbers can be
implemented under the auspices of the
goes live and is operated by Telecom
Technology Center.
Anticipated results
  As anticipated, the proposed centralized
database can enable We expect that every
subscribers to switch telecomcan move to
the new  operatorproviders withile
retaining the original same number instead
of a new phone number. The entirewhole
procedure for subscribers to switch
providers can be completedshould be
proceeded in four working days from the
subscriber submits the change request first
time.

Contribution to field
  The number portability centralized
database not only can make each In
addition to enabling mobile phone
subscribers to follow their wish to
choosefreely select their service providers,
the proposed centralized database can
pave the way for operator but also
enormously improves the chance of the
new telecom operators to increase the
quality of service in the local sector. The
proposed database can also provide a
valuable assets produced by whole
proceeding process are also can be
reference byfor other countries which
don’t have numberwithout portabileity,
mobile phone numbers such as Singapore,
Malaysia …etc.

Problem statement
Mobile phones have pervaded daily life
since the end of 2002, as evidenced by the
number of subscribers in Taiwan
surpassing the entire population. That
percentage increased to 113% by the third
quarter of 2003 with 25,275,000
subscribers island wide, or an average of
113 mobile phone numbers per 100
individuals.  However, subscribers find it
extremely difficult to switch
telecommunication providers owing to the
inability to transfer the original phone
number to the new service provider.
(NOTE:  Add 2-3 more sentences more
thoroughly explaining the problem.  Give
examples, statistics, or particular features
of the problem in the local context.)  A
recent survey indicated that two-thirds of
6,000,000 subscribers dissatisfied with
their current service providers want to
switch operators. However, many of those
individuals find it impossible to do so
given the inconvenience of changing the
original mobile phone number.  The
inability to transfer the original mobile
phone number from one telecom provider
to another severely restricts  subscribers,
creating an unfair advantage for
established operators and extremely
difficult for newly established ones  to
attract customers.  Therefore, a centralized
database containing all portable mobile
phone numbers in Taiwan must be
established.

Hypothesis statement
A centralized database containing all
portable mobile phone numbers in Taiwan
can be established.  To do so,
specifications can be established to
describe the communication protocol and
the complete architecture. A simulator can
then be developed for operators to test in
the early stages. Next, a field trial can be
made with all telecom service providers.
Additionally, the centralized database
containing portable mobile phone
numbers can be implemented under the
auspices of the Telecom Technology
Center. 

As anticipated,
experimental/analysis/analytical/simulatio
n/theoretical  results can indicate
that….the proposed centralized database
can enable  subscribers to switch telecom
providers while retaining the original 
phone number. The entire procedure for
subscribers to switch providers can be
completed in four working days.  In
addition to enabling mobile phone
subscribers to freely select their service
providers, the proposed centralized
database can pave the way for  new
telecom operators to increase the quality
of service in the local sector. The proposed
database can also provide a valuable
reference for other countries without
portable mobile phone numbers.

Abstract (203 words)


Although  SETTING, PROBLEM.
Mobile phones have pervaded daily life
since the end of 2002, as evidenced by the
number of subscribers in Taiwan
surpassing the entire population. 
However, subscribers find it extremely
difficult to switch telecommunication
providers owing to the inability to transfer
the original phone number to the new
service provider.  Therefore, this
work/study/investigation
( article/note/letter) describes a centralized
database containing all portable mobile
phone numbers in Taiwan.  Specifications
are established to describe the
communication protocol and the complete
architecture. A simulator is then 
developed for operators to test in the early
stages. Next, a field trial is made with all
telecom service providers. Additionally,
the centralized database containing
portable mobile phone numbers is
implemented under the auspices of the
Telecom Technology Center. 
Experimental results indicate/reveal that…
The proposed centralized database can
enable subscribers to switch telecom
providers while retaining the original
phone number. The entire procedure for
subscribers to switch providers can be
completed in four working days.  In
addition to enabling mobile phone
subscribers to freely select their service
providers, the proposed centralized
database can pave the way for  new
telecom operators to increase the quality
of service in the local sector. The proposed
database can also provide a valuable
reference for other countries without
portable mobile phone numbers.

89. (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Work Proposal
In high-speed optical communications
system, the Cclock and Ddata Rrecovery
(CDR) circuit is a critical component that
is in charge oflargely responsible for the
recovery of the clock used to sample the
data bits. The signal stream Iin some
point-to-point communication systems,
such as SONET, the signal stream is
continuous or; otherwise, during the idle
time, some synchronization bits are
transmitted to maintain the bit-level
synchronization between the transmitter
and the receiver. In these systems, CDR
based on Phase Lock Loop (PLL) design
is widely recognized as the optimalbest
solution. Nowadays there are still a fair
amount of research addressed on PLL
based CDR has been increasingly studied
to remain apace of progress with higher
data rate system requirements. Time
Ddivision Mmultiplexing (TDM) Ppassive
Ooptical Nnetwork (PON) is currently
considered a promising solution tomeans
of resolving bottlenecks in broadband
access bottleneck. SomeAmong the
standards have been specified and the
most widely accepted ones areinclude
Ethernet PON and Gigabit PON
standardized by IEEE and ITU-T,
respectively.
Generally iIn these TDM PON systems,
the upstream traffic aggregating to the
Ooptical Lline Tterminal (OLT) is
composedconsists of bursts from various
Ooptical Nnetwork Uunits (ONU).
Therefore, recovering a clock in a
relatively short time to increase efficiency
is problematic given that Since the burst
length in the standardizedconventional
PON systems is no longer than thousands
of bits, how to recover a clock in a short
time to enhance the efficiency is a very
important issue.

The aApplying the conventionally adopted


ication of traditional PLL CDR to PON
systems is problematicsuspicious because
of given its relatively long recovery time.
Generally,A commercial PLL-CDR chip
used in legacy continuous optical link
generally takes two couple of thousand
bits to lock its Vvoltage Ccontrolled
Ooscillator (VCO) to the incoming data in
both phase and frequency.

Apparently tThis long locking time


appears to be is intolerable for systems
like PON.

Based on the above, we should Therefore,


Industrial and Technical Research Institute
(ITRI) developed newa novel CDR
techniquesscheme, which canpable of
rapidly recovering a clock efficiently to
improveincrease the packet efficiency inof
PON systems.

To do so, we proposeda Hhybrid Pphase


and Ddelay Llock Lloop architecture. can
be derived,  The hybrid loop main
structure consistsing of: a Voltage
Controlled Oscillator (VCO), Vvoltage
Ccontrolled Ddelay Lline (VCDL),
Pphase detector (PD), Ccharge Ppump
(CP) and Llow Ppass Ffilter (LPF). Then
do the HSPICE can then be simulatedion.
Finally, we designNext a prototype can be
designed to demonstrate itthe
effectiveness of the CDR scheme.
As anticipated, ourthe proposed
monolithic designscheme can acquire the
sampling phase well within 50 ns in a 2.5
Gbps system such as PON.

Our design can In addition to averting


guarantee a frequency jittering no
largergreater than 6MHz, which isi.e.,
4800ppm., the proposed CDR scheme can
facilitate a Mmore aggressive design can
be pursued readily with an even lower
loop gain.

Problem statement
In high-speed optical communications, the
clock and data recovery (CDR) circuit is
largely responsible for recovery of the
clock used to sample the data bits. The
signal stream in point-to-point
communication systems such as SONET
is continuous; otherwise, during the idle
time, some synchronization bits are
transmitted to maintain the bit-level
synchronization between the transmitter
and the receiver. In these systems, CDR
based on Phase Lock Loop (PLL) design
is widely recognized as the optimal
solution. PLL based CDR has been
increasingly studied to remain apace of
higher data rate system requirements.
Time division multiplexing (TDM)
passive optical network (PON) is a
promising means of resolving bottlenecks
in broadband access. Among the standards
specified and the most widely accepted
ones include Ethernet PON and Gigabit
PON standardized by IEEE and ITU-T,
respectively. In these TDM PON systems,
the upstream traffic aggregating to the
optical line terminal consists of bursts
from various optical network units.
Therefore, recovering a clock in a
relatively short time to increase efficiency
is problematic given that the burst length
in conventional PON systems is no longer
than thousands of bits.  Applying the
conventionally adopted PLL CDR to PON
systems is problematic given its relatively
long recovery time. A commercial PLL-
CDR chip used in legacy continuous
optical link generally takes two thousand
bits to lock its voltage controlled oscillator
(VCO) to the incoming data in both phase
and frequency.  This long locking time
appears to be intolerable for systems like
PON.  Therefore, a novel CDR scheme
must be developed, capable of recovering
a clock efficiently to increase the packet
efficiency of PON systems.

Hypothesis statement
A novel CDR scheme can be developed,
capable of recovering a clock efficiently to
increase the packet efficiency of PON
systems.  To do so, a hybrid phase and
delay lock loop architecture can be
derived, consisting of a VCO, voltage
controlled delay line, phase detector,
charge pump and low pass filter. HSPICE
can then be simulated. Next a prototype
can be designed to demonstrate the
effectiveness of the CDR scheme.  As
anticipated, the proposed monolithic
scheme can acquire the sampling phase
well within 50 ns in a 2.5 Gbps system
such as PON.  In addition to averting
frequency jittering greater than 6MHz,
i.e., 4800ppm, the proposed CDR scheme
can facilitate a more aggressive design
with an even lower loop gain.

Abstract (205 words)


Time division multiplexing (TDM) passive
optical network (PON) is a promising
means of resolving bottlenecks in
broadband access. Among the standards
specified and the most widely accepted
ones include Ethernet PON and Gigabit
PON standardized by IEEE and ITU-T,
respectively.  In these TDM PON systems,
the upstream traffic aggregating to the
optical line terminal consists of bursts
from various optical network units.
Therefore, recovering a clock in a
relatively short time to increase efficiency
is problematic given that the burst length
in conventional PON systems is no longer
than thousands of bits.  Therefore, this
work presents a novel CDR scheme,
capable of recovering a clock efficiently to
increase the packet efficiency of PON
systems.  A hybrid phase and delay lock
loop architecture is derived,  consisting of
a VCO, voltage controlled delay line,
phase detector, charge pump and low pass
filter. HSPICE is then simulated. Next a
prototype is designed to demonstrate the
effectiveness of the CDR scheme. The
proposed monolithic scheme can acquire
the sampling phase well within 50 ns in a
2.5 Gbps system such as PON.  In
addition to averting frequency jittering
greater than 6MHz, i.e., 4800ppm, the
proposed CDR scheme can facilitate a
more aggressive design with an even
lower loop gain.

90.  (Computer Science)


Work Proposal
Human-computer interface
(HCI)Recently, a profound shift isis
increasingly interpreting the now
occurring toward embracing users’ natural
behavior of computer usersas the center of
the human-computer interface (HCI).,
explaining the considerable attention paid
to So multimodal HCI has received
considerable attention. Given the ability of
mMultimodal interfaces allow to facilitate
human to interaction with machines
through multiple modalities such as
speech, gestures, and gazes. Studies
showed that these, such interfaces support
a more effective human-computer
interaction, for example, bycan ultimately
reducinge both the time to complete tasks
completion time and task errors rates.

Essential Tto develop a multimodal


human-computer interface, the critical
module was the multimodal interpretation.
This module fusedintegrates information
from various modalities, e.g. speech,
gestures and understood completely what
user want to do with computer
commands.  In the convention ,
multimodal interpretation justHowever, in
addition to only adoptingused symbolic
approaches and treateds varying
modalities as operating independently,
furthermore, theythis module seldom uses
the rich interaction contexts.
Consequently, besides its low portability
in other application domains So, the
multimodal interpretation module such
approaches had slightly portability in
other application domains and can not
enhance its interpretation accuracy owing
to the inability to exploit did not take
advantage the mutually compensative and
contextual information of variousdifferent
modalities's mutual compensative
information and contextual information to
enhance the interpretation accurancy.

InEvaluating a multimodal HCI, the


evaluation wa is often subjective and
reliedant on various application domains.
For instanceIn general, in the map-based
information seeking applications , the
accuracy of integration speech integration
with gestures would be only aroundabout
70%.

Despite enhancements, Though


multimodal interpretation accuracy have
been upgraded, but it still can not be
accepted byfalls below user requirements.
that HCI accurately interpret the natural
behavior of If we can not upgrade it, the
principle of covering users’ natural
behavior in HCI will not be success. As IT
technology progress, wireless and hand-
held device users will be more popular in
the future, so we will need a more nature
and more convenient, thus severely
restricting the applicability of this
information-access method.

Based on the above, we should develop an


efficient multimodal interpretation
approach,scheme that including utilizing
theincorporates a rich interaction context
and offering a statistical model to
characterize the mutual compensation
between all kinds of modalities.

To do soIn our approach, we combined the


symbolic and statistical features can be
integrated,. firstly we present theA fine-
grained semantic model can then be
derived to that capture(identify OR
retrieve) the meanings of user inputs and
thean overall conversation, and identifies. 
Next, the semantics of user inputs can be
identified using a wide varietydiverse
array of contexts and statistical
estimatesion.

As anticipated, the proposed multimodal


scheme can increase the interpretation
approach will be elevate 20% accuracy in
theof map-based information seeking
applications by 20%.

The proposed scheme can contribute to


efforts to further enhance HCI with
emotional intelligence by facilitating Once
we can achieve user natural behavioral
communication with computers, we can 
further enhance HCI with emotional
intelligence. Given the large discrepancy
in Since there can be large individual
differences in people’s abilitiesskills and
preferences toin useusing various
commmunication different modes of
communication, the multimodal
interpretation schememultimodal
interfaces will can also provide a valuable
reference for efforts underway to  increase
thecomputing accessibility regardless of
computing for users of a user’s different
ages, skill levels, cognitive styles, sensory
and motor impairments, native languages,
or even temporary illnesses.

Problem statement
Human-computer interface (HCI)is
increasingly interpreting the  natural
behavior of computer users, explaining the
considerable attention paid to multimodal
HCI. Given the ability of multimodal
interfaces to facilitate human interaction
with machines through multiple
modalities such as speech, gestures and
gazes, such interfaces can ultimately
reduce both the time to complete tasks
error rates.  Essential to develop a
multimodal human-computer interface,
the multimodal interpretation module
integrates information from various
modalities, e.g. speech, gestures and user
computer commands.  However, in
addition to only adopting symbolic
approachs and treats varying modalities as
operating independently, this module
seldom uses rich interaction contexts.
Consequently, besides its low portability
in other application domains  the
multimodal interpretation module can not
enhance its interpretation accuracy owing
to the inability to exploit the mutually
compensative and contextual information
of various modalities.  Evaluating a
multimodal HCI is often subjective and
reliant on various application domains.
For instance, in map-based information
seeking applications, accuracy of speech
integration with gestures would be only
around 70%.  Despite enhancements,
multimodal interpretation accuracy falls
below user requirements that HCI
accurately interpret the natural behavior
of  wireless and hand-held device users,
thus severely restricting the applicability
of this information-access method. 
Therefore, an efficient multimodal
interpretation scheme must be developed
that incorporates a rich interaction context
and a statistical model to characterize the
mutual compensation between all
modalities.

Hypothesis statement
An efficient multimodal interpretation
scheme can be developed that incorporates
a rich interaction context and a statistical
model to characterize the mutual
compensation between all modalities.  To
do so, symbolic and statistical features can
be integrated. A fine-grained semantic
model can then be derived to (identify OR
retrieve) the meanings of user inputs and
an overall conversation.  Next, the
semantics of user inputs can be identified
using a diverse array of contexts and
statistical estimates.  As anticipated, the
proposed multimodal scheme can increase
the interpretation   accuracy of map-based
information seeking applications by 20%. 
The proposed scheme can contribute to
efforts to further enhance HCI with
emotional intelligence by facilitating 
natural behavioral communication with
computers. Given the large discrepancy in
individual skills and preferences in using
various communication modes, the
multimodal interpretation scheme can also
provide a valuable reference for efforts
underway to  increase computing
accessibility regardless of of a user’s age,
skill level, cognitive style, sensory and
motor impairments, native language, or
even temporary illnesses.

Abstract (240 words)


Essential to develop a multimodal human-
computer interface, the multimodal
interpretation module integrates
information from various modalities, e.g.
speech, gestures and user computer
commands.  However, in addition to only
adopting symbolic approachs and treats
varying modalities as operating
independently, this module seldom uses
rich interaction contexts. Consequently,
besides its low portability in other
application domains  the multimodal
interpretation module can not enhance its
interpretation accuracy owing to the
inability to exploit the mutually
compensative and contextual information
of various modalities.  Therefore, this
work presents an efficient multimodal
interpretation scheme can be developed
that incorporates a rich interaction context
and a statistical model to characterize the
mutual compensation between all
modalities.  Symbolic and statistical
features are integrated. A fine-grained
semantic model is then derived to
(identify OR retrieve) the meanings of
user inputs and an overall conversation. 
Next, the semantics of user inputs are
identified using a diverse array of contexts
and statistical estimates.  The proposed
multimodal scheme can increase the
interpretation  accuracy of map-based
information seeking applications by 20%. 
The proposed scheme can contribute to
efforts to further enhance HCI with
emotional intelligence by facilitating 
natural behavioral communication with
computers. Given the large discrepancy in
individual skills and preferences in using
various communication modes, the
multimodal interpretation scheme can also
provide a valuable reference for efforts
underway to  increase computing
accessibility regardless of of a user’s age,
skill level, cognitive style, sensory and
motor impairments, native language, or
even temporary illnesses.

91.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Work Proposal
Title:  Optimization of Digital AGC
Strategies inof Frame-based OFDM
Systems Using a Novel Digital AGC
Approach

Setting of work proposal.


Automatic gain control (AGC) is
significantly urgentessential in frame-
based OFDM systems given because its
ability tomust adjust the gain of received
signals fastefficiently and accurately in the
beginning of eachvery frame.

Work problem.
However, conventional analog AGC
approaches can not provide accurate gain
dueowing to difficulty in measuring the
analog measurement of received signal
strength even though despite theyir rapid
convergence quite fast.

Quantitative specification of problem.


The inaccuracy of analog approaches may
cause up toincur a loss of 3-dB loss ofin
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) tofor received
signals.

Importance of problem.
The SNR loss degradesleads to a series of
the performance loss of all receiver
algorithms, including frame detection,
timing and frequency synchronization, as
well as channel estimation, etc.

Work objective.
Based on the above, we should develop a
digital AGC approach that can provide an
accurate gain adjustment and fastrapid
convergence simultaneously.

Methodology to achieve objective.


To do so, mMagnitude levels of received
signals can be estimated accurately after
analog-to-digital conversion (ADC).
Appropriate volumes of gain adjustment
can then be obtained by subtracting the
estimated levels from the desired level of
ADC. Next, Ddigital volumes of gain
adjustment arecan be mapped to analog
control signals for variable gain amplifiers
through digital-to-analog converters
(DAC).

Anticipated results.
As anticipated, iIn addition to fastrapid
convergence by the half of the first OFDM
symbol, the proposed digital strategy can
adjust gain accurately with smaller than 5
% inaccuracy of the desired level.

Contribution to field.
The proposed digital AGC strategyAGC
approach can maximize the SNR of
received signals, enabling so that
subsequent receiver algorithms canto
operate wellefficiently with the robust
signals. Additionally, the digitalproposed
approach can beis easily to implemented
in popularconventional CMOS
technologies.

Problem statement
Automatic gain control (AGC) is essential
in frame-based OFDM systems given its
ability to adjust the gain of received
signals efficiently and accurately in the
beginning of each frame. However,
conventional analog AGC approaches can
not provide accurate gain owing to
difficulty in measuring the analog of
received signal strength despite their rapid
convergence.  (NOTE:  Add 2-3 more
sentences more thoroughly explaining the
problem.  Give examples, statistics, or
particular features of the problem in the
local context.)  The inaccuracy of analog
approaches may incur a loss of 3-dB in
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) for received
signals.  The SNR loss degrades the
performance loss of all receiver
algorithms, including frame detection,
timing and frequency synchronization, as
well as channel estimation. Therefore, a
digital AGC approach must be developed,
capable of providing an accurate gain
adjustment and rapid convergence
simultaneously.

Hypothesis statement
A digital AGC approach can be developed,
capable of providing an accurate
gain adjustment and rapid convergence
simultaneously. To do so, magnitude
levels of received signals can be estimated
accurately after analog-to-digital
conversion (ADC). Appropriate volumes
of gain adjustment can then be obtained
by subtracting the estimated levels from
the desired level of ADC. Next, digital
volumes of gain adjustment can be
mapped to analog control signals for
variable gain amplifiers through digital-to-
analog converters (DAC). As anticipated,
in addition to rapid convergence by half of
the first OFDM symbol, the proposed
digital strategy can adjust gain accurately
with smaller than 5 % inaccuracy of the
desired level.  The proposed digital AGC
approach can maximize the SNR of
received signals, enabling subsequent
receiver algorithms to operate efficiently
with the robust signals. Additionally, the
proposed approach can be easily
implemented in conventional CMOS
technologies.
Abstract ( 190 words)
Automatic gain control (AGC) is essential
in frame-based OFDM systems given its
ability to adjust the gain of received
signals efficiently and accurately in the
beginning of each frame. However,
conventional analog AGC approaches can
not provide accurate gain owing to
difficulty in measuring the analog of
received signal strength despite their rapid
convergence.  Therefore, this work
presents a novel digital AGC approach,
capable of providing an accurate gain
adjustment and rapid convergence
simultaneously. Magnitude levels of
received signals are estimated accurately
after analog-to-digital conversion (ADC).
Appropriate volumes of gain adjustment
are then obtained by subtracting the
estimated levels from the desired level of
ADC. Next, digital volumes of gain
adjustment are mapped to analog control
signals for variable gain amplifiers
through digital-to-analog converters
(DAC). In addition to rapid convergence
by half of the first OFDM symbol, the
proposed digital strategy can adjust gain
accurately with smaller than 5 %
inaccuracy of the desired level.  The
proposed digital AGC approach can
maximize the SNR of received signals,
enabling subsequent receiver algorithms
to operate efficiently with the robust
signals. Additionally, the proposed
approach can be easily implemented in
conventional CMOS technologies.

92.  (Computer Science)


Work proposal:
Despite increasing The security issue
ofconcerns over electronic data and
copyright protectionare getting
increasingly attention, however, the
computer nowadays is not reliable in data
protection. Mmalicious programs such as
viruses can easily compromiseendanger
the confidential data stored in computers.
Work Problem:
The present cComputers stores data in
theunencrypted storage devices (, e.g.,
Hhard disks), making it easy to  without
encrypted, in other words, everyone has
copies of the data can easily read and
modify such datait, although there has. 
Despite the availability of numerous many
software data encryption programs that
can perform the data encryption, but the
encryption key is also stored in plan-text
on a storage device, so this type of
protection onlyfurther complicatesing the
data process of retrievingal process data,
not truly protects and leaving the data not
entirely protectedin essence.
Quantitative specification of problem:
Statistics over ally showing, in the past
5five years, indicate that the malicious
programs and the tampering of
confidential data cost enterprises over  75
billion US dollars every yearannually.
Importance of problem:
The inability to resolve this If this
problem will lead not only to further
financial can’t be effectively resolved, the
losts, but also to the diminishing of
product innovation given the inability to
will increase every year, and theensure
copyright protectionblem of electronic
data will cause creative companies
disappear.
Work objective:
Based on the above, we should develop
Aa tamper-proof devicescheme with
encryption/decryption capabilities can
resolve the above problem. (NOTE:  This
objective is incomplete because you don’t
describe the main feature that makes this
tamper-proof scheme different from others
in previous literature.)

Methodology to achieve objective:


To do so, First, we design a new security
chip with tamper-proof storage and crypto
capabilities; can be designed for
attachment it to thea computer
motherboard of current computer. Next,
when confidential data needs to be stored,
we perform tThe encryption operation,
can then be performed when confidential
data must be stored, and storewith the
cipher-text stored in a normal storage
device (, e.g., hard disk). Next, Tthe
encryption key can be storesd in
thetamper-proof storage of a security
chip’s tamper-proof storage, making it
impossible to retrievethen the key can’t be
retrieved without privilege, and we need
not to worry about if the and alleviating
concerns over data compromisewill be got
by other person.

Anticipated results:
As anticipated, the proposed tamper-proof
schemethis new security chip will can
effectivelysignificantly reduce the
probabilityincidence of confidential data
stolencompromised, andthus ensuring
copyright protection copyright of
electronic data.
Contribution to field:
The proposed method can contribute to
efforts to ensuregives a new aspect of data
protection, making it highly promising for
we hope this method will be adopted
widespread useand becomes a standard.
Problem statement
Despite increasing security concerns over
electronic data and copyright protection,
malicious programs such as viruses can
easily compromise confidential data
stored in computers.  Computers store data
in unencrypted storage devices, e.g., hard
disks, making it easy to  read and modify
such data.  Despite the availability of
numerous software data encryption
programs, the encryption key is also
stored in plan-text on a storage device,
further complicating the data retrieval
process and leaving the data not entirely
protected.   Statistics over the past five
years indicate that malicious programs and
the tampering of confidential data cost
enterprises over  75 billion US dollars
annually.  The inability to resolve this
problem will lead not only to further
financial loss, but also to the diminishing
of product innovation given the inability
to ensure copyright protection of
electronic data.  Therefore, a tamper-proof
scheme with encryption/decryption
capabilities must be developed.  (NOTE: 
This objective is incomplete because you
don’t describe the main feature that makes
this tamper-proof scheme different from
others in previous literature.)

Hypothesis statement
A tamper-proof scheme with
encryption/decryption capabilities can be
developed. (NOTE:  This objective is
incomplete because you don’t describe the
main feature that makes this tamper-proof
scheme different from others in previous
literature.)  To do so, a security chip with
tamper-proof storage and crypto
capabilities can be designed for
attachment to a computer motherboard.
The encryption operation can then be
performed when confidential data must be
stored, with the cipher-text stored in a
normal storage device, e.g., hard disk.
Next, the encryption key can be stored in
tamper-proof storage of a security chip,
making it impossible to retrieve the key
without privilege and alleviating concerns
over data compromise.  As anticipated, the
proposed tamper-proof scheme can
significantly reduce the incidence of
confidential data compromised, thus
ensuring copyright protection of electronic
data.  The proposed method can contribute
to efforts to ensure data protection,
making it highly promising for widespread
use.
Abstract ( 173 words )
Computers store data in unencrypted
storage devices, e.g., hard disks, making it
easy to  read and modify such data. 
Despite the availability of numerous
software data encryption programs, the
encryption key is also stored in plan-text
on a storage device, further complicating
the data retrieval process and leaving the
data not entirely protected.  Therefore, this
work presents a tamper-proof scheme with
encryption/decryption capabilities.
(NOTE:  This objective is incomplete
because you don’t describe the main
feature that makes this tamper-proof
scheme different from others in previous
literature.)  A security chip with tamper-
proof storage and crypto capabilities is
designed for attachment to a computer
motherboard. The encryption operation is
then  performed when confidential data
must be stored, with the cipher-text stored
in a normal storage device, e.g., hard disk.
Next, the encryption key is stored in
tamper-proof storage of a security chip,
making it impossible to retrieve the key
without privilege and alleviating concerns
over data compromise.  The proposed
tamper-proof scheme can significantly
reduce the incidence of confidential data
compromised, thus ensuring copyright
protection of electronic data.  The
proposed method can contribute to efforts
to ensure data protection, making it highly
promising for widespread use.
93. (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Setting of work proposal :

Consumer demand for strongerenhanced


functions in smart phones and PDAs
phones to ensure more convenient use has
ushered in led to the development of more
powerful RF (radio frequency) PA (power
amplifier) modules to ensure user
convenience.

Work problem 工作問題 :


High power, high linearity and high
integration are increasingly important
features of tHowever, the RF(radio
frequency) PA(power amplifier) module in
the smart phones and PDA phone.s must
possess a high power, linearity and
integration                       to ensure 3G and
Wi-Fi applications, thus complicating
hardware design and the miniaturized
module size.

3G and Wi-Fi applications play an


increasingly important role in daily living.

Work problem 工作問題 :


However, this trend increases the
complexity of designing hardware and
size issue in the RF PA modules.

Quantitative specification of problem 問題


的量化 :
For instance, the An EVM(eerror vector
magnitude) is below ? % for 3G W-
CDMA PA modules and below 15% for
WLAN 11a/b/g PA modules.  The 3G W-
CDMA PA output power must be exceed
27 dBm and then, necessitating that the
WLAN 11a/b/g PA modules must be
bigger larger than 22 dBm.  However the
conventionally adopted PCB material
requires an larger size(NOTE:  ‘a larger
size’ of/for WHAT?), and the advanced
LTCC materials canould reduce the size
(NOTE:  ‘the size’ of WHAT?) by only
30% or lessower.

Importance of problem 問題的中心


Consequently, the lack of ainsufficient PA
output power would be decreasereduces
the distance between users and the
basestation to ensure transmission.

Problem statement
Consumer demand for enhanced functions
in smart phones and PDAs has ushered in
the development of more powerful RF
(radio frequency) PA (power amplifier)
modules to ensure user convenience.
However, the RF(radio frequency)
PA(power amplifier) module in smart
phones and PDAs must possess a high
power, linearity and integration to ensure
3G and Wi-Fi applications, thus
complicating hardware design and the
miniaturized module size. (NOTE:  Add 2-
3 more sentences more thoroughly
explaining the problem.  Give examples,
statistics, or particular features of the
problem in the local context.)  For
instance, the error vector magnitude is
below ? % for 3G W-CDMA PA modules
and below 15% for WLAN 11a/b/g PA
modules.  The 3G W-CDMA PA output
power must exceed 27 dBm, necessitating
that the WLAN 11a/b/g PA modules be
larger than 22 dBm.  However the
conventionally adopted PCB material
requires a larger size(NOTE:  ‘a larger
size’ of/for WHAT?), and advanced LTCC
materials can reduce the size (NOTE:  ‘the
size’ of WHAT?) by only 30% or less. 
Consequently, insufficient PA output
power reduces the distance between users
and the basestation to ensure transmission.

94.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Work Proposal
  (Setting of work proposal) Today, the
requirement of wWireless networks is
increasing quickly. By wireless
communication,must transfer information
can be transferred moreefficiently and
conveniently and comfortablyto comply
with consumer demand. (Work problem)
However, compared to cabled networks,
the data rate of wireless networks is
verymarkedly lower than that of cable
networks, explaining the significant
amount of and it will spend much  time
spent in to transferring a lot oflarge
amounts of datea such as audio and video
information. (Quantitative specification of
problem) For exampleinstance, the data
rate of a cabled network can reach
overexceed 100 Mega bytes per second,
while that of a  of data rate and the
wireless network is onlyjust 6 Mega bytes
per second., i.e., a difference in The speed
of cabled network is 15fifteen times the
wireless one!. (Importance of problem)
Such a low data rate offor wireless
networks makes us need to spend very
muchrequires a significant amount of time
toin downloading or uploading
information from thea server. Hence, it is
crucial to developing a high-speed
wireless network system. Wi with a high
data rate of wireless network, the goal of
could greatly facilitate watching real-time
video programs can even be reached
transmissions and we can watch TV
programsming everywhere and anytime w
without conventional constraints of place,
time or taking cables with us.

95.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Work Proposal
Consumer demand for a scalability
distribution system has significantly
increased in recent years owing to the
more mincreased mobility of users and
their digital appliances such as PDAs, and
mobile phones.
However, the traditionalconventional
distribution systems can not easily support
such  nodes ( ie. User with personal digital
appliance) athat are frequently changing
their location and communicateing
wirelessly, such as PDA users between
each other.
Then theFor instance, conventional
distribution systems can only support the
message ttransfer messages in the  a
mobile network.
The inability to If we don’t develop a new
distributeion system for mobile network,s
severely limits  we can not
communicateions between wireless users
with each other.
Based on the above, we should develop a
novel subscript/publishing system to
supportfacilitate communicationgs in a
mobile network.
To do so, we need a context-aware routing
algorithm can be developed, which
canpable of maketransferring messages
transfer between nodes more efficiently,.
As anticipated, the context-aware routing
algorithm can makedecrease the failure
rate about transferin message transfers
decreases to   5% .
In addition to makingachieving a high
message transfer rate, the proposed
algorithm can be easily implemented in
the future.

Problem statement
Consumer demand for a scalability
distribution system has significantly
increased in recent years owing to
increased mobility of users and digital
appliances such as PDAs and mobile
phones.  However, conventional
distribution systems can not easily support
such nodes that are frequently changing
location and communicating wirelessly,
such as PDA users.  (NOTE:  Add 2-3
more sentences more thoroughly
explaining the problem.  Give examples,
statistics, or particular features of the
problem in the local context.)  For
instance, conventional distribution
systems can only  transfer messages in a
mobile network.  The inability to develop
a new distribution system for mobile
networks severely limits communications
between wireless users.  Therefore, a
novel subscript/publishing system must be
developed to facilitate communications in
a mobile network.

Hypothesis statement
A novel subscript/publishing system can be
developed to facilitate communications in
a mobile network.  To do so, a context-
aware routing algorithm can be developed,
capable of transferring messages between
nodes efficiently.  As anticipated, the
context-aware routing algorithm can
decrease the failure rate in message
transfers to 5%.  In addition to achieving a
high message transfer rate, the proposed
algorithm can be easily implemented in
the future.

Abstract
Consumer demand for a scalability
distribution system has significantly
increased in recent years owing to
increased mobility of users and digital
appliances such as PDAs and mobile
phones.  However, conventional
distribution systems can not easily support
such nodes that are frequently changing
location and communicating wirelessly,
such as PDA users.  Therefore, this work
presents a novel subscript/publishing
system to facilitate communications in a
mobile network.  A context-aware routing
algorithm is developed, capable of
transferring messages between nodes
efficiently.  The proposed context-aware
routing algorithm can decrease the failure
rate in message transfers to 5%.  In
addition to achieving a high message
transfer rate, the proposed algorithm can
be easily implemented in the future.

96.  (Computer Science)


Work Proposal
Setting of work proposal Many credit card
issuing companies have adopted use RSA
crypto hardware to achieve thesecure
transactions secure in recent years. Work
problem However, Cconventional RSA
crypto hardware costsexpends a large
amount of gate count to getachieve a high
amount of security (long, i.e., a
considerable RSA key length).
Quantitative specification of problem For
instance, Tthe gate count of conventional
RSA crypto hardware is proportioned to
the square of RSA key length. Importance
of problem Such a large amount of gate
count causesincurs high cost credit card
costs.

Work objective Based on the above, we


should design a low gate count RSA
crypto hardware to getachieve high level
of security. Methodology to achieve object
To do so, the modifiedenhanced word-
based Montgomery’s algorithm iscan be
proposed. Using tThe modified word-
based Montgomery’s algorithm, can then
be used to significantly reduce the gate
count of RSA crypto hardware is reduced
significantly. Anticipated results As
anticipated, tThe gate count of RSA crypto
hardware iscan be independent of RSA
key length. Contribution to field The
proposed scheme can design an arbitrary
length of RSA length without increasing
hardware area space.

Abstract
Many credit card issuing companies have
adopted RSA crypto hardware to achieve
secure transactions in recent years.
However, conventional RSA crypto
hardware expends a large gate count to
achieve a high amount of security, i.e., a
considerable RSA key length.  Therefore,
this work presents a low gate count RSA
crypto hardware to achieve high level of
security.  The enhanced word-based
Montgomery’s algorithm is proposed. The
algorithm is then used to significantly
reduce the gate count of RSA crypto
hardware.  Analysis results indicate that
the gate count of RSA crypto hardware is
independent of RSA key length. The
proposed scheme can design an arbitrary
length of RSA length without increasing
hardware space.

97.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal:
IEEE 802.11 wireless network cannot
effectively address Hhandoff issues don’t
be addressed well in IEEE 802.11 wireless
network.

Work problem:
A mobile host processesing a hard-handoff
in IEEE 802.11 wireless networks can not
satisfyfails to comply with  most of real-
time service requirements such as those
for VoIP or instant message applications.

Quantitative specification of problem:


OriginallyFor instance, a mobile host
spends 300 – 400 ms on the handoff
procedure. It is unsatisfactory because, for
example,, which is too high for the
recommended maximum handoff latency
of 50ms for VoIP applications is 50 ms.

Importance of problem:
The inability to decrease the If handoff
latency of the mobile host in IEEE 802.11
wireless networks makes it impossible to
does not be improved well,operate most of
real-time services can be run on IEEE
802.11 wireless networks well efficiently,
. It will blockultimately stymieing the
market growth of WLAN’s marketing.

(Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Work Proposal
A project that q(Features OR
Characteristics OR Qualities) forof CMMI
level 2 can not asensure its product
quality. Major CCL CMMI level 2 models
developed at CCL/ITRI don't have process
tocan not monitor the quality of
workmanufactured products. More thean
50% of all CMMI level 2 models suffer
from poorare deficient in product quality.
DecreasingSubstandard quality will cost
CCL to postponedelay theproduct delivery
date and results in a losts of future
contracts for CCL. Based on the above,
we should adapt the verification process
area in CMMI level 3 for CCL, The
oOrganizational culture should be of
primary concernthe core, while the
verification process area maerges with
CCL the process management system at
CCL. To do so, a peer review system for
major workmanufactured products
shouldcan be established. Source code
review meetings shouldcan then be
conducted periodically as the project
progresses. Next, aA complete interface
test shouldcan be executeperformed when
all product components are
donecompleted. Additionally, Thea formal
verification test shouldcan be enforced
before the product is deliveredy.  As
anticipated, the CMMI-level-3-adapted
process management system should
improvecan not only  tincrease the defect
removal removalrate before testing from
50% to 70%, andbut also reduce identified
defects from 6.6 to 2.1 per KLOC. The
new process management system can
provide better In addition to enhancing
product quality to our products and
betterincreasing customer satisfaction.
Moreover, the process management
systemsystem can provide a valuable
reference for also allow other
organizations similar to CCL that are
attempting to adapt CMMI level 3 easier.

(Telecommunications)
Work Proposal
The developments ofAdvances in
telecommunications industry are
increasing, andhave popularized cell
phone use becomes the daily necessity in
the recently years. However, subscribers
must give up their original telephone
numbers belong to when switching
telecommunication enterprise in the
conventional methodsproviders. When the
subscribers want to change their
telecommunication businesses, they also
must alter the phone number. More than
40% of all  users assess to adjust the
companies,having switched
telecommunication providers  and still
retainown their original number. This,
thus restrictsing market the liberalization
and the public ownership of
telecommunication. Based on the above,
we should constructdevelop a model that
includes oneincorporates a database to
stores each pre-code of the phone
numbers, and oneas well as an
administrative system to deal with the
message exchanges. The proposed model
can make number portability thatenable
users to can transfer their original number
when switching to a new
telecommunication company without
modifying their phone numberprovider.
Additionally, the proposed model can
reduce 20% phone call fees by 20% and
lead to more effective management of
make phone numbers management
effectively.

(Computer Science)
Work Proposal
Hsin Chu City Government aggressively
advocates is heavily promoting the use of
public transportation use to alleviate the
growing heavy traffic congestion.
However, the obsolete bus routes and
services of the public transportation, city
services bus, fail to satisfy the citizens’
needs that shifted fall below consumer
demand given the rapid development of
the Hsinchu Science-based Industrial Park
as the science park developed in recent
years.

Although While the city government has


doubled its investments in the
electronical-powered buses, thepublic
passengers declined by 10% last year. The
iInefficiently management of theing
public transportation not only exacerbates
deteriorates the traffic congestion, but also
wastes the governmental resources,
causing a chaos impression of Hsin Chu.

Private sectors of traditional industry


normally file vPrivate enterprises often
enter visitor information asinto their
valuable database as a form of customer
relations management. for relationship
maintenance. However, the paperpaper-
based documents fail to presentis often
unsystematic and updated data, causing
inefficiencyt when identifying in
contacting with these and contacting
potential customers. The failure to renew
database information invalidates outdated
Certain key information of the data, such
as e-mail addresses orand telephone
numbers, becomes invalid due to the
difficulty to renew the database. The
inefficient control of theIneffectively
manager a potential customer database
inhibits the business strategy of
enterprises to broaden its business
strategically.

(Computer Science)
Work Proposal
Although Rreal-time applications onfor
Wireless LANs arehave increased ingly
interested in recent years. C, conventional
methods fail to meetsatisfy the bandwidth
and low-power
requirements runningfor real-time
applications oin a handheld devices.
Typically theFor  instance, a wireless
LAN module typically consumes 40% of
all power ofin a handheld
device in active mode. T, whereas the
efficiency of transmitting VOIP packets
on
Wireless LAN is only 3%. With such a
high power consumption and low
bandwidth efficiency, the network service
providersoperators can'not provide
satisfactory
real-time service and thea sufficient
battery life of thefor handheld devices is
decreased.

102.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Work Proposal
The sSelectiong the most appropriate of
circuit design and fabrication process will
significantly affects the performance of
the a chipset.
However, the failure to do so will increase
if the above problems have not been
properly solved, t the cost of thea chipset
will go higherby more than 30% and. 
Additionally, the power consumption of
thea chipset will spend more 40% higher
than the most appropriate fabrication
process.
Based on the above, wWe should adopt
the CMOS (Ccomplementary Mmetal
Ooxide Ssemiconductor (CMOS) process
in the to manufactureing of RF and base-
band chipset; it could readily integrate t. 
Using this process, these two chipsets can
be integrated into the SOC (Ssystem Oon
a Cchip (SOC) platform.
The purpose of thisproposed methodology
can significantly increase theenhance
product performance and reduce the cost
of WiMax chipset by the use ofutilizing
the 90nm CMOS process.

103.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


As is widely anticipated, Ddigital
television broadcasting will become
popular in globally. Additionally,
pPortable manufacturers will
occupycapture a large number in the
market share. Compact portable products
heavily rely on a miniaturizedSmall size
and broad band antenna is key technology
for design antenna in compact portable
product. However, Aall of small -sized
antennas can not support a full band for
digital television. In the paper, wBased on
the above, we should design an antenna
that can adjust frequency. It can adjust
frequency when the variable capacity is
placed at the end of the antenna. Large
capacity value obtains a lower resonance
frequency. Applicableying a varying
capacity value can adjust the resonance
frequency from 460MHz to 800MHz.
Additionally, tThe band is able tocan
support a full digital broadcasting band.
Above measures can make feasible efforts
to make ntenna in product is not dream for
portable digital television broadcasting
manufactures.a mainstream application.

104.  (Computer Science)


Setting of work proposal
Proxies can play potentially significant
roless in a mobile computing
environment.
Work problem
Unaware of movements, lLegacy
applications are un-aware of movements. 
They  can’not dynamically associate with
nearby proxies.
Quantitative specification of problem
For instance, tThe long haul redirection of
remote proxies may cause an unnecessary
delay of 100~300 ms unnecessary delay
and contributes 50% traffic overhead to
the core network.
Importance of problem
The inability of legacy applications to
dynamically associate with nearby proxies
will reduce the quality of service and
increase the probability of traffic
congestion in the core network.

105.  (Computer Science)


In an uUbiquitous Ccomputing
environment, positions are a very play a
significant role with respect to context.
Services providesd by Uubiquitous
Ccomputing arehave relatedion with to
positioning. How to do , highlighting the
importance of accuracyte in positioning is
very important. Positioning in the
buildingduring construction depends on
the signal which broadcasted by user’s
electronic equipment(like, e.g., Wifi). But
theHowever, the signal is toonot  unstable
to be a source tofor positioning in the real
world applications. There is always owing
to the presence of noise everywhere. The
nNoise will interferesnce with a user’s
signal. Recent research has indicated an
inaccurate rate of Location of the user has
5 meters inaccurate rate at least in recently
researchin terms of location. Doing so
makes it impossible to utilizeThis will
cause the service oin ubiquitous
computing can not be well utilized.
Because ofGiven inaccurate positioning,
the service canould not be provided
immediately and correctlyefficiently and
accurately. For instance, the visitors to the
Taipei customer now at the building 101
in 信 義 area . He needsshopping center
require a guide system for assistancehelp
him. But uses.  However, using a
positioning technique, we can not get the
can not ensure an accurate location from
hisa signal like Wifi. Therefore, only a So
we just can provide the guguiidance
system an cover all of the 信 義 area to
him.area. It’s serial problem. Based on the
above, we should develop a new method
to analysisnovel signal analysis method
that neglectsand ignore noise doingwhile
undertaking accurately positioning. We
use theTo do so, the particle filter
algorithm can be employed to analyzesis
the continuous signal and use data mining
as wellskill training model. Use tThis
model , can then be used to  determine the
accurate positioning can be calculated
accurately. As anticipated, the proposed
method We  can limited the range aboutfor
accurate positioning forby 3 meters. We
can implementMoreover, location service
can be implemented ion ubiquitous
computing.
106.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Generally speaking, the hHome care
has become an integral part of the network
is seemed as a subnet of Internet. As the
rapidly development of Internet rapidly
evolves, the applications of home network
applications are increasinglybecomes
attractive. The hHome care is essential in
one of the critical research directions of a
home network. However, traditional issues
ofconventional home care research
focuses on status management and health
monitoring for the elderlyold  and the
children. Home appliances have not been
considered in The study of home care
researchthat aims at home appliances is
never proposed., explaining the  Thus, the
accidents caused by improper operations
to appliances in home are frequently
happened incidence of appliance-related
accidents. In the other wordsRestated, lack
of studies for family members and thetheir
relation to home appliances have seldom
been studiedis a problem worthy
mentioned..
Based on the above, we should
developpropose a novel mechanism for
operating home appliances in home that
cares about the relationships
betweeneffectively address how the family
members and appliances are related. In
tThe proposed mechanism, the can
integrate radio frequency identification
(RFID) technology and the activity
monitoring technology can be combined.
The distance measurement function of
RFID can thus be created. The estimation
method for actActivities of daily living
can be estimated as wellpresented. In
aAdditionally, thea three-levels
responding model can be constructed. The
proposed mechanism can not only indicate
a new study direction for theIn addition to
contributing to research efforts in domain
of  the home network, butthe proposed
mechanism can also reduce the
probabilitylikelihood of the accidents
caused by improper operations to
appliances in home down to 50%.
107. (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
I-Q modulation techniquesmethods are
extensively adoptedused in
traditionalconventional RF linear
transmitters. However, Although this
architecture requires a high linearity PA to
prevent signal distortion. But, high
linearity PAs usuallynormally adopt the
back-off method to ensure the high
linearity thus cause badand, ultimately,
poor power added efficiency. For instance,
back-off 3dB usuallynormally costs 30%
power add efficiency. Therefore, this
architecture creates a trade-off relation
betweenmakes the linearity and efficiency
of PAs be trade-off relationship.
108.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
The mMulti media applications are
increasinglyhas become popular,
especially in automobilesfor vehicle
application. For exampleinstance,
automobiles contain much there are many
people set DVB (digital video
broadcasting (DVB) equipment into their
car. Most of DVB systems use a
monopole antenna, which is posted on the
front side car- glasswindow shield in,
order to receive a wireless signal.
However, such an this kind of antenna
usuallynormally has a large size of 15 ×
10 cm2. With the kind ofSuch size, causes
the antenna wouldto block the driver’s
visionual line and affect the safety of the, 
posing a potential risk to car safety. Thus,
developing a transparent conductor to
design an antenna is an effective means of
re good way to ssolveing the above
problems described above. The step of the
research is: 1st Based on the above, we
should examine the studying transparent
conductor characteristics, 2nd
implementing.  To do so, the transparent
conductor can be implemented onto glass,
3rd researching.  Next, transparent dipole
characteristics, can be examined. and 4th
designing aAdditionally, a broadband
transparent antenna can be designed.
Based on the above Using these methods,
a totally uinvisible antenna can be adopted
to resolve will be proposed and the
driver’sing visual line issue will be solved
easilyproblems.

109.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


The configuration of NG-SDH’s LCAS is
more complex than that of conventionally
adopted traditional SDH because it must
configureowing to the higher number of
more parameters to be configured.

TraditionalThe conventionally adopted


configuration method often has errors in
mistakes parameters easily.

When configuring 63-provisioned VC-12


is configured, the error rate exceeds 30%.
TheA high error rate leadsincreases
inefficiency in the LCAS research
inefficiency to us, and increases the, thus
raising operational costs of service
providers.

Based on the above, we should develop a


novelew  configuration interface that has
more LCAS related constrains than
traditionalconventional ones do.

To do soFirst, a WEB based interface can


be developed.

Second, theThe behavior of the controls


can then be modified with JavaAVA
Script for LCAS’ characteristics.
Finally,Next, only the correct parameters
can be submitted.

As anticipated, Tthe proposed method can


ensures that the the accuracy of submitted
parameters are correct.

In addition to minimizeing the error rate


of configuring a LCAS system, the
proposed method can reduce the
operational costs of service providers.

110.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


The cCircuit emulation service
provides the transparent transport of TDM
traffic in a packet network. With Via this
technology, the enterprises can
keepmaintain their older PBX and TDM
equipments in the modern developing
packet network in order toto reduce the
Capex of network.
The cCircuit emulation service in the
packet switched network needs a lot
ofrequires many de-jitter buffers and clock
recovery circuits to reduce the clock
jittering that arises which comes from the
traffic transport in the packet network.
Conventional methods fail to recover the
clock when there is no common clock
information is available in the both ends.
Although the common clock
information can be transmitted easily to
both ends now bby GPS or the nNetwork
Ttime Pprotocol, they need require
additional devices to do thatachieve their
objective.
Moreover, The Eequipment-related
costs are too prohibitively high.

(Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
PDAs, mobile phones, and several kinds
of consumer devices greatly facilitate
have made the a pervasive computing
environment possible. However, the
security issue is not well addressed in a
pervasive computing does not
adequately address security issues.
Although Some protocols arehave been
proposed to enhance the security level.
Nevertheless, the limitation of
bandwidth limitations largely
compromise the is often the foundation
of security onf these protocols. Given
As the growing communication
bandwidth grows, the adversary only
needs several hours, instead of months
as anticipated, to can breach crack the
system. The inability to establish If aa
secure infrastructure is not
established,makes users would hesitante
to adopt a pervasive computing
environment for concerningwith respect
to privacy and security.
Based on above, we attempt toshould
develop a novel security infrastructure for
a pervasive computing environment. To do
so, a novel security infrastructure willcan
be proposed. Those available security
protocols will be considered can be
assumed to be merged into the framework.
Finally, a pervasive computing
environment for dedicated application
willcan be established to verify the
security of the proposed strategy. As
anticipated, a vertical application of
pervasive computing can be well
integrated, and .  Additionally, its
secureity issues will be highlighted and
resolved.can be effectively addressed The
proposed security infrastructure can form
a will build a sturdy secure foundation
when developing other applications ofin a
pervasive computing environment.
112.  (Management)
Setting of work proposal
--Due toAs R&D forms the main impetus
of is the main force of high technology
industryindustries, , it is a challenge for
Prpublic relations staff employees  find it
extremely challenging to shift from a
transfer their working function from
supportiveng to active capabilitywork .

Work problem
-- Technical divisions often require inform
PR departments to function in a  for
supportive role during  when the event is
going toproject implementation, which
makes Prreducing its role from that of a
pioneer to that of a follower but not a
pioneer for a project. 

Quantitative specification of problem


--From past experiences, sSome technical
divisions realize the importance of
involving the already understand that it
would be more beneficial for PR
department to involve the project earlier
on.
However, someother technical divisions
are still issue used to have emergent
requests for the PR department, thisthus
restricting the time and ability of the PR
department’s time for to engage in
brainstorming activities.
Importance of problem
-- It is important to educate tTechnical
divisions must be oriented on the distinct
role that athat PR department plays in
completing has its own procedure to finish
a project. It also need moreFurther
discussion and collaboration between
technical divisions and PR department are
also necessary.
dDivisions are still used to havecontinue to
make emergent requests forto its PR
department, thus restricting the time and
ability of the PR department to engage in
brainstorming activities.
this restrict PR department’s time for
brainstorming
113.  (Computer Science)
ording toPervasiveness of the Internet has
ushered in many related been popular, the
applications on the Internet grow up
increase.
A larger number of InternetThe more
applications run on the Internet, the
implies a greater more data flow run on
throughout the Internet backbone.
In average, the uUser wait on average
spends about 60% of their time in
percents for waiting for the server
responses in the normal regular Internet
access.
If we didn’t enlargeThe inability to
increase Internet the capacity of Internet
backbone, lowers the effectiveness of the
backbone must become less effective, the
user.  Users must thus spend more time
forin waiting for the server responses in
the future.
Up to this reasonBased on the above, we
should develop a novelew architecture
was proposed for building oneto construct
a large backbone capacity with a smaller
size.
A largerThe capacity of the newovel
architecture should be larger, implies a
smaller the size should be smaller, and
theand decreased waiting time should be
decrease.
As anticipated, the proposed architecture
can enlarge increase theInternet capacity
of backbone and adjust the capacity with
stack-up the architecture.
The proposed architecture achievesmakes
the stack-up realized, and the user get
more applications increase with a large
data flow run on the Internet backbone..

114. (Computer Science)


The increasing number of Internet users
corresponds to the accelerated growth of
related population and applications are
growing rapidly.
The elements in the A network are using a
combinesation of hardware,
software and communication protocols
with inherent security vulnerabilities due
to this new configuration.
The nNetwork security and robustness are
of priority concernbecome the critical
issue now.
More than one attack pattern is explored
every weekly, andwith a new defencse
must be provided in a timely manner.
However, how to emulateing the attacks
and everifying the validation of solutions
are time-consuming tasksso far.
The PC-based Internet traffic records and
replay are available now. The attacking
patterns are 
plug-in with the kernel. Besides, the
packet loss, delay, jitter and bandwidth
can be simulated
as in actual the real Internet
applicationsworld.
With two PCs and free Linux operating
systems, users can efficiently doperform
regression testing efficiently
on their own network system.
Approximately 30% of all human
resources and working hours can be
reduced.
This emulation system can be applied to
the industrial areas such as Firewall, IDS,
and IPS,
as well as the academic researches
oncenters researching Nnetwork security
and performance-related issues.

115.  (Computer Science)


Increasingly, various types of products are
sold in gGlobal franchisers sell various
products in shopping malls and
department stores., necessitating Vvarious
advertising strategies methods are used to
promote hota new product lines
periodically. Few customers are attracted
to conventional adverting contents, like
posters and static pictures. Therefore, a
nAmong those, numerous multimedia
advertisementing campaigns through use
of  clients that display advertising
contents, including videos and pictures in
digitized format, have replaced
conventional advertising ploys such as
posters and billboards are used to
persuadeattract customers to purchase
promoting product.
Work problem
Despite increased sales volume through
Though the multimedia advertising
contents increases sales volume, the
replacing rate of hot products turnover
rate has increased as well is fast;,
requiring a constant change in the
multimedia advertising contents have to
be replaced accordingly. and, ultimately,
Aa significant  large amount of time and
manpowercompany personnel and
resources are consumed.

Quantitative specification of problem


For instance, whereas three minutes is
necessary for a staff to replaceing the
content in onea multimedia advertisement
requires an average of three minutes,
client;doing so in one thousand
multimedia advertisements clients will
expends cost fifty hours to finish it.

Importance of problem
The inability to efficiently utilize
company personnel and resources
involved in changing multimedia
advertising content will ultimately lead to
prohibitively high overhead costs for the
advertising agency and lower the profits If
this issue is leaving unsolved, such a large
amount of time and manpower are wasted
and the profit oof shopping malls and
department stores will be corroded.
Project need
Therefore, a centralized multimedia
advertising system must be developed to
maximize both an enhancement for the
current multimedia advertisement client
satisfaction and company resourcesto
reduce the need of manpower is required.

Work objective
A centralized multimedia
advertisementing system, consist of one
server and numerous of multimedia
advertisement clients, can be developed,
capable of using a client-server
architecture that enables advertising staff
to replace the advertising contents for
numerous multimedia advertising clients
simultaneously through a centralized .
That allows a staff to simultaneously
replace all the advertising contents in the
clients from the server at once.

Methodology to achieve objective


To do so, Vvarious networking
capabilities can be implemented in thea
multimedia advertisementing system to
support not only wired networks, likee.g.,
Ethernet LAN, but also wireless
networkones, like e.g., WLAN, PHS,
GPRS, and CDMA. Additionally, a
network management program can then be
developed to supportfacilitate a
dynamically switch among all the
networking capabilities according to
theunder various environmentsal
constraints. Next, an administration
program can be performedimplemented in
the server, allowing a user to send updated
multimedia advertising contents to all the
clients. Moreover, a receiver program can
be executed infor each client to
continuously accept the updated
multimedia advertising contents from the
server. Furthermoreinally, a
reportercurrent status program can be
executed for in each client can be
executed to calculate the display time,
analyze the status of the client, and report
theall results to the server.

Anticipated results
As anticipated, the centralized multimedia
advertisementing system with a client-
server architecture can help theenable staff
to continuously and simultaneously update
the multimedia advertising contents for all
clients from thea centralized server. That
can, thus reduceing the amount of
personnel and company resources required
to do sothe required manpower and time
to finish updating. The profit of shopping
malls and department stores will be
increased accordingly.

Contribution to field
The proposed system can In addition to
provideing shopping malls and department
stores with an efficient means thod toof
broadcast continuously the updateding
multimedia advertising contents to
customers. It, the proposed system can
ultimately increase company also reduce
the requirement of manpower and time to
increase profits. Moreover, the diverse
networking ability of the proposed system
can adopt itself to various network
environments. That can, thus alleviate the
streamlining efforts to deploy the
numerous multimedia advertisement
clients in the shopping malls and
department stores.
Problem statement
Global retailers sell various products in
shopping malls and department stores,
necessitating various advertising strategies
to promote a new product line.Among
those, numerous multimedia advertising
campaigns through use of  videos and
pictures in digitized format have replaced
conventional advertising ploys such as
posters and billboards to attract customers.
Despite increased sales volume through
multimedia advertising, the product
turnover rate has increased as well,
requiring a constant change in multimedia
advertising contents and, ultimately, a
significant amount of company personnel
and resources.  For instance, whereas
replacing the content in a multimedia
advertisement requires an average of three
minutes, doing so in one thousand
multimedia advertisements expends fifty
hours.  The inability to efficiently utilize
company personnel and resources
involved in changing multimedia
advertising content will ultimately lead to
prohibitively high overhead costs for the
advertising agency and lower the profits
of shopping malls and department stores. 
Therefore, a centralized multimedia
advertising system must be develop to
maximize both  client satisfaction and
company resources.

Hypothesis statement
A centralized multimedia advertising
systemcan be developed, capable of using
a client-server architecture that enables
advertising staff to replace the advertising
contents for numerous multimedia
advertising clients simultaneously through
a centralized server.  To do so, various
networking capabilities can be
implemented in a multimedia advertising
system to support not only wired
networks, e.g., Ethernet LAN, but also
wireless ones, e.g., WLAN, PHS, GPRS
and CDMA. A network management
program can then be developed to
facilitate a dynamic switch among all
networking capabilities under various
environmental constraints. Next, an
administration program can be
implemented in the server, allowing a user
to send updated multimedia advertising
contents to all clients.
AdditionallyMoreover, a receiver program
can be executed for each client to
continuously update multimedia
advertising contents from the server.
FurthermoreMoreover, a current status
program can be executed for each client to
calculate the display time, analyze the
status of the client and report all results to
the server.  As anticipated, the centralized
multimedia advertising system with a
client-server architecture can enable staff
to continuously and simultaneously update
multimedia advertising contents for all
clients from a centralized server, thus
reducing the amount of personnel and
company resources required to do so.  In
addition to providing shopping malls and
department stores with an efficient means
of continuously updating multimedia
advertising contents, the proposed system
can ultimately increase company profits.
Moreover, the diverse networking ability
of the proposed system can adopt itself to
various network environments, thus
streamlining efforts to deploy numerous
multimedia advertisement clients in
shopping malls and department stores.

Abstract  (329  words)


Global retailers sell various products in
shopping malls and department stores,
necessitating various advertising strategies
to promote a new product line.Among
those, numerous multimedia advertising
campaigns through use of  videos and
pictures in digitized format have replaced
conventional advertising ploys such as
posters and billboards to attract
customers.  Despite increased sales
volume through multimedia advertising,
the product turnover rate has increased as
well, requiring a constant change in
multimedia advertising contents and,
ultimately, a significant amount of
company personnel and resources. 
Therefore, this work presents a centralized
multimedia advertising system, capable of
using a client-server architecture that
enables advertising staff to replace the
advertising contents for numerous
multimedia advertising clients
simultaneously through a centralized
server.  Various networking capabilities
are implemented in a multimedia
advertising system to support not only
wired networks, e.g., Ethernet LAN, but
also wireless ones, e.g., WLAN, PHS,
GPRS and CDMA. A network
management program is then developed to
facilitate a dynamic switch among all
networking capabilities under various
environmental constraints. Next, an
administration program is implemented in
the server, allowing a user to send updated
multimedia advertising contents to all
clients. Moreover, a receiver program is
executed for each client to continuously
update multimedia advertising contents
from the server. Furthermore, a current
status program is executed for each client
to calculate the display time, analyze the
status of the client and report all results to
the server.  The centralized multimedia
advertising system with a client-server
architecture can enable staff to
continuously and simultaneously update
multimedia advertising contents for all
clients from a centralized server, thus
reducing the amount of personnel and
company resources required to do so.  In
addition to providing shopping malls and
department stores with an efficient means
of continuously updating multimedia
advertising contents, the proposed system
can ultimately increase company profits.
Moreover, the diverse networking ability
of the proposed system can adopt itself to
various network environments, thus
streamlining efforts to deploy numerous
multimedia advertisement clients in
shopping malls and department stores.

Research proposal
Paragraph 1
Global retailers sell various products in
shopping malls and department stores,
necessitating various advertising strategies
to promote a new product line.  Among
those, numerous multimedia advertising
campaigns through use of  videos and
pictures in digitized format have replaced
conventional advertising ploys such as
posters and billboards to attract customers.
(NOTE:  Add 2-3 more sentences
describing the setting of the work
proposal)

Paragraph 2
Despite increased sales volume through
multimedia advertising, the product
turnover rate has increased as well,
requiring a constant change in multimedia
advertising contents and, ultimately, a
significant amount of company personnel
and resources. (NOTE:  Add 2-3 more
sentences describing the setting of the
work problem)  For instance, whereas
replacing the content in a multimedia
advertisement requires an average of three
minutes, doing so in one thousand
multimedia advertisements expends fifty
hours.

Paragraph 3
The inability to efficiently utilize company
personnel and resources involved in
changing multimedia advertising content
will ultimately lead to prohibitively high
overhead costs for the advertising agency
and lower the profits of shopping malls
and department stores.  (NOTE:  Add 2-3
more sentences describing the importance
of the work problem)  Therefore, a
centralized multimedia advertising system
must be develop to maximize both client
satisfaction and company resources.

Paragraph 4
A centralized multimedia advertising
systemcan be developed, capable of using
a client-server architecture that enables
advertising staff to replace the advertising
contents for numerous multimedia
advertising clients simultaneously through
a centralized server.  To do so, various
networking capabilities can be
implemented in a multimedia advertising
system to support not only wired
networks, e.g., Ethernet LAN, but also
wireless ones, e.g., WLAN, PHS, GPRS
and CDMA. A network management
program can then be developed to
facilitate a dynamic switch among all
networking capabilities under various
environmental constraints. Next, an
administration program can be
implemented in the server, allowing a user
to send updated multimedia advertising
contents to all clients. Moreover, a
receiver program can be executed for each
client to continuously update multimedia
advertising contents from the server.
Furthermore, a current status program can
be executed for each client to calculate the
display time, analyze the status of the
client and report all results to the server.

Paragraph 5
As anticipated, the centralized multimedia
advertising system with a client-server
architecture can enable staff to
continuously and simultaneously update
multimedia advertising contents for all
clients from a centralized server, thus
reducing the amount of personnel and
company resources required to do so. 
(NOTE:  Add 2-3 more sentences
describing your anticipated results.  For
instance, how can you quantitatively
demonstrate the effectiveness of your
proposed system.)

Paragraph 6
In addition to providing shopping malls
and department stores with an efficient
means of continuously updating
multimedia advertising contents, the
proposed system can ultimately increase
company profits. Moreover, the diverse
networking ability of the proposed system
can adopt itself to various network
environments, thus streamlining efforts to
deploy numerous multimedia
advertisement clients in shopping malls
and department stores. (NOTE:  Add 2-3
more sentences describing the
contribution of your proposed system to a
particular field, as well as its practical
implications).

Research paper:  Introduction


Paragraph 1:  Background
Global retailers sell various products in
shopping malls and department stores,
necessitating various advertising strategies
to promote a new product line.  Among
those, numerous multimedia advertising
campaigns through use of  videos and
pictures in digitized format have replaced
conventional advertising ploys such as
posters and billboards to attract customers.
(NOTE:  Add 2-3 more sentences
describing the setting of the work
proposal)  Despite increased sales volume
through multimedia advertising, the
product turnover rate has increased as
well, requiring a constant change in
multimedia advertising contents and,
ultimately, a significant amount of
company personnel and resources.
(NOTE:  Add 2-3 more sentences
describing the setting of the work
problem)  For instance, whereas replacing
the content in a multimedia advertisement
requires an average of three minutes,
doing so in one thousand multimedia
advertisements expends fifty hours.  The
inability to efficiently utilize company
personnel and resources involved in
changing multimedia advertising content
will ultimately lead to prohibitively high
overhead costs for the advertising agency
and lower the profits of shopping malls
and department stores.  (NOTE:  Add 2-3
more sentences describing the importance
of the work problem)  Therefore, a
centralized multimedia advertising system
must be develop to maximize both client
satisfaction and company resources.

Paragraph 2:  Literature review


Dogs have been extensively studied./Dogs
have received extensive (attention OR
interest)./ Dogs have been increasingly
studied./Dogs have received increasing
(attention OR interest).  Lin (2001)…. 
Chang (2002)  then…  Next,  Additionally,
Moreover,
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they
failed to (STATE MAIN LIMITATION)
Paragraph 3:  Objective + Methodology
Therefore, this work presents a centralized
multimedia advertising system, capable of
using a client-server architecture that
enables advertising staff to replace the
advertising contents for numerous
multimedia advertising clients
simultaneously through a centralized
server.  Various networking capabilities
are implemented in a multimedia
advertising system to support not only
wired networks, e.g., Ethernet LAN, but
also wireless ones, e.g., WLAN, PHS,
GPRS and CDMA. A network
management program is then developed to
facilitate a dynamic switch among all
networking capabilities under various
environmental constraints. Next, an
administration program is implemented in
the server, allowing a user to send updated
multimedia advertising contents to all
clients. Moreover, a receiver program is
executed for each client to continuously
update multimedia advertising contents
from the server. Furthermore, a current
status program is executed for each client
to calculate the display time, analyze the
status of the client and report all results to
the server.

Paragraph 4:  Main results + Contribution


to field
The centralized multimedia advertising
system with a client-server architecture
can enable staff to continuously and
simultaneously update multimedia
advertising contents for all clients from a
centralized server, thus reducing the
amount of personnel and company
resources required to do so.  (NOTE:  Add
2-3 more sentences describing your
anticipated results.  For instance, how can
you quantitatively demonstrate the
effectiveness of your proposed system.) 
In addition to providing shopping malls
and department stores with an efficient
means of continuously updating
multimedia advertising contents, the
proposed system can ultimately increase
company profits. Moreover, the diverse
networking ability of the proposed system
can adopt itself to various network
environments, thus streamlining efforts to
deploy numerous multimedia
advertisement clients in shopping malls
and department stores. (NOTE:  Add 2-3
more sentences describing the
contribution of your proposed system to a
particular field, as well as its practical
implications).

Paragraph 5:  Contents of paper


The rest of this paper is organized as
follows.  Section 2
introduces/reviews/describes/highlights/pr
esents/summarizes/demonstrates… 
Section 3 then…  Next,  Section 4… 
Additionally, Section 5… 
Conclusions are finally (drawn OR made)
in Section 6.

116. (Computer Science)


Problem statement
Internet hHot spots enable online access
pervade in themany public areas, such
asincluding airports, campuses, and
theaters…etc, at present so people can surf
in the internet everywhere at anytime.
However, the commonly adopted
Aauthentication, Aauthorization and
Aaccounting (AAA) procedure so far are
justis too complexicated. Taking
Mcdonalds foFor instance, customers at
McDonalds stand have to get in the line
with others who want to buypurchasing
food together. Then pay up in the counter
and getto buy an ID/Ppassword card for
one hour use. After the Next, start your
user’s equipmentcomputer is turned on
and open the browser. is opened
Additionally, enter, the ID/Ppassword on
the card is entered for to do the
authentication and authorization. The
entirewhole process may last more than
tentake you 10 minutes even longer. After
an Moreover, if one hour passeshas gone
by, the user must stand you have to get in
the line again and repeat the process. 
Such complexity seriously inhibits . The
restriction enormously degrade the
consumer desire ofto usinge wireless
lanLAN in the public splaces.

Given the popularity of However most


people have mobile phone use today and
the AAA procedure done by mobile phone
is complete and convenient up to present.
Therefore, an efficient AAA procedure
must be developed using a wireless
lanLAN environment integrateding with
mobile phone designshould be presented.

Hypothesis statement
An efficient AAA procedure can be
developed using a wireless LAN
environment integrated with mobile phone
designefficient AAA procedure using
wireless lan integrating with mobile phone
can be presented.  To do so, a client server
architecture can be developed,  capable tof
accessing a sim card in the a mobile phone
should be developed. A sim-based AAA
server can then be constructed able to
communicate with HLR can then be build.
Next, install the client server
architectureprogram can then be installed
onin the user’s computerequipment and u
for use itn to doimplementing the AAA
procedure with a server. As anticipated,
the proposed sim-based AAA procedure
can enable customers to access the
Internet in a use wireless lanLAN
environment effortlessly with no burden,
just a click of button. and automatically
receive billing on their monthly  It even
integrates the accounting into the telecom
billpaymenting per month. In addition to
simplifying the stepsInternet hotspot
access in a using wireless LANlan in the
hot spots environment, itthe proposed
procedure can also provides the a secure
way tomeans of surf inbrowsing the
iInternet outdoors.

Research proposal
Paragraph 1
Internet hHot spots enable online access
pervade in themany public areas, such
asincluding airports, campuses, and
theaters…etc, at present so people can surf
in the internet everywhere at anytime. 
(NOTE:  Add 3-4 more sentences
describing the setting of the work
proposal)

Paragraph 2
However, the commonly adopted
authentication, authorization and
accounting (AAA) procedure is too
complex.  (NOTE:  Add 3-4 more
sentences describing the work problem.)
For instance, customers at McDonalds
stand in line with others purchasing food
togetherto buy an ID/password card for
one hour use. After the  user’s computer is
turned on and the browser is opened, the
ID/password on the card is entered for
authentication and authorization. The
entire process may last more than ten
minutes. After an hour passes, the user
must stand in  line again and repeat the
process. 

Paragraph 3
Such complexity seriously inhibits
consumer desire to use wireless LAN in
public spaces. Given the popularity of
mobile phone use, an efficient AAA
procedure must be developed using a
wireless LAN environment integrated
with mobile phone design.

Paragraph 4
An efficient AAA procedure can be
developed using a wireless LAN
environment integrated with mobile phone
design.  To do so, a client server
architecture can be developed, capable of
accessing a sim card in a mobile phone. A
sim-based AAA server can then be
constructed to communicate with HLR.
Next, the client server architecture can
then be installed in the user’s computer for
use in implementing the AAA procedure
with a server.

Paragraph 5
As anticipated, the proposed sim-based
AAA procedure can enable customers to
access the Internet in a  wireless LAN
environment effortlessly and
automatically receive billing on their
monthly telecom payment. (NOTE:  Add
2-3 more sentences describing more
anticipated results)

Paragraph 6
In addition to simplifying Internet hotspot
access in a wireless LAN environment, the
proposed procedure can provide a secure
means of browsing the Internet outdoors.
(NOTE:  Add 3-4 more sentences
describing the contribution to the field.)

117. (Computer Science)


Enhancement of the MIMO technique
using a novel method of jJoint detection
and decoding in wireless communication
systems using an enhanced MIMO system
  (Setting of work proposal) Despite the
increasing application of The wireless
communications technology is
increasingly applied to everybody’sin
daily life. However, the data rate of a
wireless network is greatlymarkedly lower
than that of a cable network, i.e., a
greatsignificant difference in speed of
downloading audio or video information.
In order to solve this problem, a multi-
input multi-output (MIMO) technique has
been developing recently. (Work problem)
Although the recently developed multi-
input multi-output (MIMO) systemthe
MIMO technique can raise a significantly
increase the amount of transferringal
speed, theits system performance of
MIMO is much worseis substantially
lower than that of conventional
skillmethods, i.e., a single-input single-
output (SISO) techniquemethod.
(Quantitative specification of problem)
For instance, MIMO and SISO systems
differ with respect to the signal-to noise
ratio (SNR) has a difference ofby several
decibels between a MIMO and a SISO
system in an indoor environment.
(Importance of problem) The fact ofA loss
of several decibels loss in SNR will result
in a markedly degradesation of system
performance. Hence, even although
implementing a MIMO systemtechnique
is implemented and yields a higher data
rate is reached, the error probability of
information is extremelyvery high and
data should be delivered repeatedly. (Work
objective) To improve the SNR lossBased
on the above, we should develop aAn
advanced channel coding scheme can be
developed for has been applied to MIMO
systems to reduce the SNR loss since
some erroneouswrong information could
be avertedcorrected without transferring
again. Nevertheless, the capacity of
channel coding is limited, that isi.e., the
code cannot make the performance of
ensure that MIMO systems perform as
well good as of SISO systems.
(Methodology to achieve objective) To do
so, a novel method of joint signal
detection and channel coding scheme can
be developed. An effective means of
detecting First, find out a good method of
signals detection deemed
appropriatesuitable for the MIMO system
can then be identified. Next, design a
gooda reliable advanced channel coding
scheme can be designed, which canpable
of eliminating correct most of error in
communication errors. Additionally,
jointly designa detection and coding
scheme can be jointly designed to achieve
a low data error rate in MIMO systems.
(Anticipated results) As anticipated, tThe
outcome of joint detection and decoding
capabilities of the enhanced let the
performance of MIMO systems be very
closely match those of to SISO systems.,
(Contribution to field) Hence, the novel
methodthus upgradesing greatly the
system performance of MIMO greatly and
yielding a high data rate can be achieved
without a high data error rate.

Research proposal
Paragraph 1
Despite the increasing application of
wireless communications in daily life, the
data rate of a wireless network is
markedly lower than that of a cable
network, i.e., a significant difference in
speed of downloading audio or video
information.  (NOTE:  Add 3-4 more
sentences describing the setting of the
work proposal.)

Paragraph 2
Although the recently developed multi-
input multi-output (MIMO) system can
significantly increase the transferal speed,
its system performance is substantially
lower than that of conventional methods,
i.e., a single-input single-output (SISO)
method.  .  (NOTE:  Add 3-4 more
sentences describing the setting of the
work problem.)  For instance, MIMO and
SISO systems differ with respect to the
signal-to noise ratio (SNR) by several
decibels in an indoor environment.
Paragraph 3
A loss of several decibels in SNR markedly
degrades system performance. Hence,
although implementing a MIMO system
yields a higher data rate, the error
probability of information is extremely
high and data should be delivered
repeatedly.   (NOTE:  Add 3-4 more
sentences describing the importance of the
work problem.)

Paragraph 4
An advanced channel coding scheme can
be developed for MIMO systems to
reduce the SNR loss since some erroneous
information could be averted without
transferring again. Nevertheless, the
capacity of channel coding is limited, i.e.,
the code cannot ensure that MIMO
systems perform as well as SISO systems.
To do so, a joint signal detection and
channel coding scheme can be developed.
An effective means of detecting  signals
detection deemed appropriate for the
MIMO system can then be identified.
Next, a reliable advanced channel coding
scheme can be designed, capable of
eliminating most communication errors.
Additionally, a detection and coding
scheme can be jointly designed to achieve
a low data error rate in MIMO systems.

Paragraph 5
As anticipated, the joint detection and
decoding capabilities of the enhanced
MIMO systems closely match those of
SISO systems.  .   (NOTE:  Add 2-3 more
sentences describing anticipated results.)

Paragraph 6
Doing so upgrades the system performance
of MIMO greatly and yielding a high data
rate without a high data error rate.  .  
(NOTE:  Add 3-4 more sentences
describing the contribution to the field.)

118.  (Computer Science)


   Efficient and Energy-aware Security
Protocol for Optimization of Wireless
Sensor Networks Using an Efficient and
Energy-Conserving Security Protocol

   Wireless Ssensor Nnetworks (WSNs)


hasves been extensively studied  risen
intensive research because of itsowing to
theirits potential on several applications
such as in military surveillance, elderly
health care for elders, or and house
security. The devices of a WSN devices
largely operateesssentially work under a
resource-limited  conditions. The
cComputing capability, energy, and
communicationg bandwidth are the most
precious resources. However, a secure and
energy-aware communication protocol on
WSN is still not unavailable offor
practical applicationsusage. Although
Tthe S-MAC protocol proposed by Wei Ye
et al. presents an example on theof
specific research interests, but the protocol
addresses only focus on the issues of
energy conservation and self-
configuration-related issues. When
aApplying the S-MAC protocol to
conjugate with other security protocols,
increases the connection delay of WSN by
roughly increases about 30-50 %. Under
this tremendous timing cost, making it
impossible to establish a reliable and
efficient WSN cannot be established.

    Based on the above, we should develop


aA n novel security protocol can be
developed, which canpable of
cooperateing efficiently with other energy-
awareconserving communication
protocols. To do so, a complexicated WSN
is builtcan be constructed to befunction as
the operating platform. Next, the
performance of three varied
communication protocols arecan be
evaluated under the condition ofwhen
operating with several essential security
protocols (including oursthe proposed
one). Moreover, the drained-energy and
the timing cost arecan be statistically
compared to indicate the simulationg
results.
As anticipated, the power spent does not
increase, and the overhead on connection
delay is under 20 %. The proposed
method can be adopverted to form a
foundation of energy-efficient and
dependable WSNs.

Research proposal
Paragraph 1
Wireless sensor networks (WSNs) have
been extensively studied owing to their
potential applications such as in military
surveillance, elderly health care and house
security. WSN devices largely
operateunder resource-limited conditions.
(NOTE:  Add 3-4 more sentences
describing the setting of the work
proposal.)

Paragraph 2
However, a secure and energy-aware
communication protocol on WSN is still
unavailable for practical applications.
Although the S-MAC protocol proposed
by Wei Ye et al. presents an example of
specific research interests, the protocol
addresses only energy conservation and
self-configuration-related issues.  (NOTE: 
Add 3-4 more sentences describing the
setting of the work problem.)

Paragraph 3
Applying the S-MAC protocol to conjugate
with other security protocols increases the
connection delay of WSN by roughly 30-
50%, making it impossible to establish a
reliable and efficient WSN. (NOTE:  Add
3-4 more sentences describing the
importance of the work problem.)

Paragraph 4
A novel security protocol can be
developed, capable of cooperating
efficiently with other energy-conserving
communication protocols. To do so, a
complex WSN can be constructed to
function as the operating platform. Next,
the performance of three  communication
protocols can be evaluated when operating
with several  security protocols (including
the proposed one). Moreover, the drained-
energy and timing cost can be statistically
compared to indicate the simulation
results.
Paragraph 5
As anticipated, the power spent does not
increase, and the overhead on connection
delay is under 20%. (NOTE:  Add 2-3
more sentences describing anticipated
results.)

Paragraph 6
The proposed method can be adopted to
form a foundation of energy-efficient and
dependable WSNs.  (NOTE:  Add 3-4
more sentences describing the
contribution to the field.)

119.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Optimization of a hHigh-radix divider
using a domino logic circuit

Problem statement
Modern cComputer architectures simplify
complex arithmetic operations usesing a
float-point processor unit (FPU) to deal
with complex arithmetic operation. While
mMany FPUs adopt a divider to achieve
high-speed arithmetic operations.
However, conventional dividers expends
numerous basic arithmetic operations
including addition, subtraction and shift to
generateion of a quotient.  The execution
time and power dissipation of a divider
positively correlate with the number of
basic arithmetic operations. Thereby,
explaining why  this divider consumes
muchis timeing and power consuming.
For instance, a conventional divider
requiresneeds m/2 additions, m
subtractions and m shifts to resultproduce
the m-bit quotient. The timinge-
consuming feature limits clock speed of
the device embedded divider. The
pPortable devices have difficulty in is
hard to useing the conventional divider
owing to high-power dissipation.
Therefore, necessitating the development
of a high-speed and low-power divider
must be established.

Hypothesis statement
A Hhigh-speed and low-power divider can
be established. (NOTE:  This objective is
incomplete because you do not describe
how this divider differs from conventional
ones in terms of features or functions.) To
do so, the iterations of generating quotient
can be significantly reduced by a high-
radix arithmetic system. The operations of
addition can then be eliminated with a
non-restoring algorithm. Next, the power
dissipation can be diminished byvia a
domino logic circuit. As anticipated, the
proposed divider using a high-radix
arithmetic system and a non-restoring
algorithm is faster 35% faster than
conventional dividers.
FurthermoreMoreover, the divider based
on a domino logic circuit can decrease
15% in power dissipation by 15%.
Furthermore, The proposed scheme can
prin addition to provideing further insight
into developing a high-speed and low-
power divider. It also, the proposed
scheme can be easily utilizedimplemented
in portable devices owing to its low-power
consumptionfeature.

Research proposal
Paragraph 1
Computer architectures simplify complex
arithmetic operations using a float-point
processor unit (FPU). (NOTE:  Add 3-4
more sentences describing the setting of
the work proposal.)
Paragraph 2
While many FPUs adopt a divider to
achieve high-speed arithmetic operations,
conventional dividers expend numerous
basic arithmetic operations including
addition, subtraction and generation of a
quotient.  (NOTE:  Add 3-4 more
sentences describing the work problem.)
For instance, a conventional divider
requires m/2 additions, m subtractions and
m shifts to produce the m-bit quotient.
The time-consuming feature limits clock
speed of the embedded divider.

Paragraph 3
Portable devices have difficulty in using
the conventional divider owing to high-
power dissipation, necessitating the
development of a high-speed and low-
power divider.
(NOTE:  Add 3-4 more sentences
describing the importance of the problem.)

Paragraph 4
A high-speed and low-power divider can
be established. (NOTE:  This objective is
incomplete because you do not describe
how this divider differs from conventional
ones in terms of features or functions.) To
do so, the iterations of generating quotient
can be significantly reduced by a high-
radix arithmetic system. The operations of
addition can then be eliminated with a
non-restoring algorithm. Next, the power
dissipation can be diminished via a
domino logic circuit.

Paragraph 5
As anticipated, the proposed divider using
a high-radix arithmetic system and a non-
restoring algorithm is 35% faster than
conventional dividers. Moreover, the
divider based on a domino logic circuit
can decrease power dissipation by 15%.
(NOTE:  Add 2-3 more sentences
describing the anticipated results.)

Paragraph 6
Furthermore, in addition to providing
further insight into developing a high-
speed and low-power divider, the
proposed scheme can be easily
implemented in portable devices owing to
its low-power consumption.  (NOTE:  Add
3-4 more sentences describing the
contribution to the field.)

120. (Telecommunications)
Title: Optimizing Control Technology for
Antenna Radiation Patterns Control
Technology

Wireless communications is increasingly


popular, especially in mobile phone and
USB dongle card applications. The
Aantenna of these devices is arrangesd ion
the edge of a ground plane in a wireless
system ground plane, making the antenna
radiation patterns asymmetryical and the
peak radiation power moving towards the
system ground. For instance, in Take
mobile phones as an instance, the human
hand absorbs the peak radiation power.
This fact, subsequently degradcreasesing
communication quality and shortensing
the range of communication distance. On
the other handHowever, an increasedthe
power consumption rises that causes
reduces mobile usable time of mobile
phonesreducing. For nowadays wireless
devices, the peak radiation power’ is
locatedion is at θ> 90° and the antenna
gain at θ= 90° plane is loweress than 0
dBi. BesidesAdditionally, the 50%a
radiation power of  50% expends in a
human hand, this leads makes the
communication distance is only the half
that of the theoryetical value, which is
estimated in free space. The patterns
aAsymmetryical characteristics of the
patterns consume an excessive amount
ofwill yield power waste, thus leading to
degradingcrease in the performance of
wireless communications performance.

Thus, developing aA control technology


method for radiation patterns can be
developedcontrol technology is
significant. To do so, the pattern direction
can be adjusted using an Conventional
patterns control method uses additional
metal reflector from conventional
patternsto adjust the patterns direction, h. 
However, this method increases the cause
a large system size, which is not
suitableinappropriate for portable device
applications. SinceAsymmetry of the
antenna radiation patterns asymmetry is
caused originates from the
differentvarious current distributiongs on
the system ground plane and the antenna. 
Thus, canceling the ground plane current
can be used to avertprevent destructive
interference in the far field. Next, out of
phase ground plane current can be
changed to be in the phase current to
contributeproduce interference in the far
field. Additionally, RF chlock can be
putplaced into the system to filter out of
phase current. Moreover, contracting the
ground plane size can be adopted to avoid
an unnecessary ground current occurs. As
anticipated, the proposed methods can
changealter the location of the peak
radiation power’s location from θ> 90° to
θ< 90°. Meanwhile, the antenna gain
atθ= 90° willcan reaches to 0.5 dBi. And
tThis modificationupgrade leads
longerincreases the communication
distance, lowers power consumption, and
betterenhances communication quality.

121.  (Computer Science)


Planning and Navigationgal System offor
Simplifying Operational Procedures
during Brain Surgery Using a Novel
Planning and Navigational System

Computer graphic capabilities of storing


and displaying 2D CT images play an
increasingly importantsignificant role in
brain surgeriesy., in which Ssurgeons
must plan the surgery by therely upon
these  digitalized2D CT  images to ensure
success on computer. However,
diagnosing and imaginingdetermining the
exact 3D reconstructed structure of a brain
and disease target is extremely difficult.
Besides the complexity involved in
explaining Patient cannot understand the
diagnosis to patients clearly. During
surgery, identifying and
predictingdetermining the position and
direction of the target is also
hardproblematic. In clinical
practiceConventionally, the error in
determiningpredicting the target position
usuallynormally exceeds 1 cm. The
surgeon must therefore has to enlargen the
cutinicision of the patient’s sckull.
TheSuch inaccuracy makes high-quality
medical care impossible and harm the, not
only causing patient injury. It, but also
expends wastes a lot ofmany resources
offrom the national healthcare system.
Therefore, an accurate planning and
navigationgal system offor brain surgery
must be developed.
Based on the above, we should develop a
A planning and navigationgal system ofor
brain surgery based on 3D computer
graphics and infrared ray tracking device
can be developed to solve the increase
accuracy problem. To do so, the 2D CT
images can be reconstructed to 3D models
and any cross-section can be
showndisplayed immediately on a
monitor. A tracking device canis then be
installed on the surgical instrument to
monitor so that theits position and
direction of the instrument can be tracked
during surgery. Next, the transformation
matrix of the reconstructed 3D model and
instrument’s coordinate systems can be
calculated automatically based on the
reference points of the patient’s face.
Additionally, the instrument can be
displayed in the 3D reconstructed image
exactly. As anticipated, the proposed
system can enable surgeons canto
diagnose maladies and plan the surgery
easily and exactly by the proposed
system.precisely. Besides enabling During
surgery, the surgeons to identify can know
where he is and where the target
is.properly and simplify operational
procedures, Tthe proposed system can
reduce the errors of the estimated target
position prediction to less than 1 cm.
Moreover, the surgeon can be more
confident of the conventionally difficult
brain surgery, thereby the, thus
minimizing complications and patient
trauma of patient can be minimized.

122.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Writing the problem statement

High power conversion efficiency is


essential in has been always an important
task for designing a mobile RF transmitter
to achieve a longer battery recharge cycle.
Among the various Up to date a variety of
transmitter architectures developed have
been exploited to meetto achieve this goal.
One of, the popular architectures is I-Q
modulation scheme . This architecture is
extensively adopted in many RF linear
transmitters. Despite its Although this
architecture has excellent RF
performances, this type ofsuch a
transmitter must use different kinds
ofvarious power amplifiers (PAs)
according tobased on the modulation
scheme of a particular system. TheA non-
constant envelope modulation scheme
such aslike QPSK requireds a high
linearity PA, whereas thea constant
envelope modulation scheme such as like
GFSK and GMSK requireds highly
efficientcy ones. However, for designing a
PA it is usuallyoften requires a tradeoff
between linearity and efficiency. For
instance, most highly linear PAs in mobile
transceivers have an optimum exhibit their
best efficiency ofies only between 30%
andto 40%.This fact, makemaking it
impossible for that the I-Q modulation
architecture can notto support multi-mode
mobile systems simultaneously. Therefore,
a transmitter architecture must be
developed, which canpable of be
simultaneously operateding in a multi-
mode mobile system must be developed to
overcome the tradeoff between PA’s
linearity and efficiency in PA.

123.  (Computer Science)


Embeddedd Linux Test (NOTE:  This is
an incomplete title for a journal.)

The frequency of embedded Linux's test


has significantlyis increasedingly large in
recent years owing
to consumer demand for the market
request of audio and video hand-held
devices, as well as and increased product
diversificationvariation.

For instance, variable mp3 players are


constructed using variousby different h
hardware platforms, with and each
platform requiring a needs specialized
embedded Linux. Consequently,
explaining the increasingly larger
frequency of embedded Linux's test is
increasingly large.

However, the conventional method


cannotfor verifying completeness and
validity of embedded Linux can't be done
in a short timeefficiently, thus expending
enormoushuge human resources are
needed and a prohibitively high error rate
is too high.

For instance, tThe conventional method


requires roughly about 10 months and four
qualified staff members4 human
resources.
Andditionally, the average error rate is
aroundbout 5% in a 40,000 thousand lines
source code.

A prohibitively large amount of Too much


time and human resources spent in
verifying the completeness and validity of
Embeded Linux result in increased
overhead costs up, thus delaying missing
timing to market delivery and incurring
significant lose much profit loss.
Moreover, a hHigh error rate causeslet
customers to lose their confidence oin the
products quality.

Based on the above, we should develop a


novel method for verifying the
completeness and validity of Embedded
Linux forby requiring 3only months and 2
human resourcestwo qualified staff
members to do so. And the average error
rate is lower than 2%.

To do so, the proposedis novel method can


adopts an automation mechanism to test
all Embeded Linux and reportsdisplay the
results in graphicsally. The Engineers can
selectchoose the parts portions of the
embedded Linux they want tofor testing.
The Engineers can then analyze the code
coverage aboutfor those tests can then be
analyzed. Next, according to the code
coverage, the Engineers decide whether
the tests are complete or not and whether
additional test patterns are required can be
determined. Additionally, base on the test
result to correct error paortions of the
embeded Linux can be corrected based on
the test results. Moreover, repeat the
above procedure can be repeated until all
tests are completedpassed. Therefore, thus
satisfying the minimal time requirement
be satisfied using this automation method.

As anticipated, in addition to completing


the completeness ofa test can be arrived
using the code coverage information, the
minimal time requirement can be satisfied
using this automation method.  Moreover,
the minimal human resources can be
expendedacquired using this automation
method.
Moreover,Furthermore, the average error
rate is only 1.5%.

The novelproposed method can lower


overheadet company costs down and get
moreincrease profit revenuesfrom the
market owing to a low error rate.

124.  (Computer Science)

The elements in the rResidential networks


are using a combineation of hardware,
software and communication protocols
with inherent security vulnerabilities due
to this new configuration. One of such
components is the Voice over IP (VoIP)
gateway, which in many cases isoften
replacesing the current Internet gateway
thusto provideing network as well as VoIP
connectivity. The new VoIP gateways are
required tomust provide more robustness
and security than the current Internet
gateways.
Based on the above, we should This
article illustrates the results of a study that
aimed atattempt to identifying security
issues
associated with residential VoIP gateways,
including signaling, media data,
operations, and network management in
order to understand how theiry impact on
end users and service providers.
The findingsResults of this study suggest
that attacks such as message, replay,
Denial of Service, annoyance and
eavesdropping along with
misconfiguration and several other
weaknesseslimitations can have a
severenegatively impact on the
communication and conversation.
Next we provide aA novel method can be
established by setting a limitation oning
the number of connectivityy within the
gateway, and.  Additionally, simulation
results demonstrate that  displays the
robustness of the improved device is
better than that of the conventional one.
Such anThe improvement resolves the
limitations of the new VoIP challenges and
offers instruction on shows you how to
evaluate the security devices.

125.  (Computer Science)


Title: TDM over IP (NOTE:  This is an
incomplete title for a research paper.)
Problem statement
Setting of work proposal
TDM voice networks have had service
performance requirements based on
expertise of the end user’s quality of
experience. As a physical layer parameter,
Ssynchronization is a physical layer
parameter that has tomust be designed to
meetcomply with performance standards
inof the TDM network. More and moreAn
increasing number of real-time services
are now being offered over iInternet
-based networks, where timestamp based
synchronization is utilized for billing,
maintenance, call control, one way delay
measurements and inter-media stream
synchronization.  Internet services can
also be offered by connecting existing
TDM equipment using an Internet
Pprotocol (IP) network that enables
backward compatibility. In TDMoIP, data
and signaling from TDM equipment will
be encapsulated or de-encapsulated in the
inter-working functions situated at the
interfaces of TDM and IP networks.
Service quality requirements are expected
to be the same as those for TDM service
as the end user is not unaware of the IP
transport.  Importance of problem Without
proper clock synchronization, a service
offered over the TDM network
experiences errors, i.e., missing data that
contributes to reduceds service quality and
availability.

Hypothesis statement
Work objective
Based on the above, we need aAn
adaptive clock recovery method can be
developed to of generatinge the clock
signal to synchronize the clock. And
make, ensureing that the received data
meetsfulfills the criteria. To do so, he
general method to achieve the clock
recovery is called “referred to herein as
differential clock recovery”., the proposed
This method can utilizeuses common
clock information ion both ends. The
transmitting side and receiving side can
beare synchronized with each other
basedecause ofn common clock
information. The GPS devices or some
network time protocols canmust be used
similarly to as using the “differential clock
recovery” method. This method
willDespite increaseing the cost. Bus, this
method has a drawbackcertain limitation.
No GPS signal is received Wwhen the
TTDMoIP equipment areis in thea
building, there is no GPS signal begin
received.  We use aAnother method,
adaptive clock recovery, can be adopted to
achieve the clock recovery, called
“adaptive clock recovery”.
EmployingUsing  this method we don’t
have adoes not require additional devices,
e.g., alike GPS receiver, to generate the
synchronized clock. As anticipated, the
adaptive clock recovery method can
enable re-use of make the oldexisting
TDM equipment in thea building to be re-
used. This fact will, thus reduceing 10%
the cost of replacing equipment
replacementby 10%.

Problem statement
As an asynchronous network, Tthe IP
network is an asynchronous network with
nolacks knowledge of the physical layer
and, until recently, it was solely used for
data transport until recently. With the
introduction of real-time IP services, the
need arose to set specifications had to be
set for QoS related parameters –: delay,
delay variation and packet loss. Main
sources of packet loss are bandwidth
limitations at the edges, network
congestion, clock related impairments and
large delay variations that cause the jitter
buffer to drop or add.

Hypothesis statement
ITU-T has published ITU-T
Recommendation Y.1541 on performance
objectives for Layer 3 based network
parameters – end-to-end packet delay,
packet delay variation and packet loss –
based on different classes of service.
Efforts are ongoingunderway to set
additional service classes with reduced
packet loss objectives. However,
synchronization at the physical layer is a
topic of discussionof concern only for
TDMoIP services in ITU-T and ANSI
standard bodies.

126.  (Computer Science)


Most Efficient Methodology ofUsing a
Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithm
(NOTE:  This is an incomplete title.  The
algorithm is used to do what?)

Setting of work proposal

In the EPON network topology,


dDownstream traffic in EPON network
topology is broadcasted to eachvery client
nodes, and upstream traffic is transmitted
unicastly which based on the TDM
mechanism. The TDM mechanism is
utilizedapplied to allocate the upstream
granted for eachvery client.

Work problem

The sStatic bandwidth allocation is aa


conventional means of thod to allocateing
the upstream bandwidth. Although a
Ffixed upstream bandwidth is assigned to
eachvery client. However, this method can
not achieve a optimizeation of a
bandwidth utilization.
A client who has acquiredwith grants but
not transmitted data will occupyies the
upstream bandwidth. Anddditionally, a
client who haswith data will waits for
transmissiontting until its time is up. This
will, subsequently waste theing upstream
bandwidth.

Quantitative specification of problem

The methodology of theAllocating static


bandwidth allocation will wastesexpends
an upstream bandwidth of between 20%-
50%twenty percentages to fifty
percentages.

Importance of problem

The inability to devise If an efficient


algorithm does not be devised tocapable
of countdetermining each client’sthe
upstream bandwidth of each client, will
expend a substantial amount of upstream
bandwidth will be wasted substantially.

Work objective

For this reason, aAn efficient mechanism


can be developed, will be
developed.capable of Ooptimizing
utilization and decreasing wasted of the
upstream bandwidth will be achieved by
employed this mechanism..

Methodology to achieve objective

To do soachieve this object, a dynamic


bandwidth allocation (DBA) algorithm
mustcan be derivedinvestigated. First,
look for some pParameters which willthat
eaffect allocation of bandwidth allocation,
e.g.for instance, RTT, SLA and queue
report, extcan then be identified. Next,
correct each client’s report which is about
the with respect to buffer utilization of
buffer can be modified. Additionally, the
DBA algorithm can be used to determine
Tthe efficient bandwidth length of each
client will be counted by DBA algorithm,.

Anticipated results

Eighty percentages of bandwidth


utilization will be achieved by
employedAs anticipated, the proposed
DBA algorithm can achieve bandwidth
utilization of 80%.

Contribution to field

The proposed algorithm can efficiently


utilizeation of upstream bandwidth will be
attained by using DBA algorithm. And as
follow the least , subsequently lowering
costs will be attained, too.

127.  (Computer Science)


Problem statement
Online Mmessenger services(, e.g., MSN),
are increasingly has been used much more
commonly. Besides used on the
computers, smart phones and PDAs, users
can also send and receive messages on
their mobile devices. However, most of
current designs do not support
cryptography functions, making such that
the communication between messenger
users might be easily grabbedfeasible. The
cost of the iInformation leaked out
occasionally  sometimes could beextract
an extremely heavy cost. For instance, the
leaking out information abouton company
policy would lead to a hugeincur an
enormous profit loss. The inability to
considerIf the lacking of the cryptography
functions in the messenger design does
not be considered, the makes it impossible
to protect personal privacy could not be
protected, and ultimately reduces the
profits of company profitswould be
reduced.. Therefore, a messenger service
with effective cryptography functionalitys
must be developed, capable of averting
such that the grabbing (NOTE: ‘grabbing’
makes no sense.  Do you mean
‘manipulation’?) of communication could
be avoided.

Hypothesis statement
A secure messenger service which haswith
effective cryptography functionsality
would can be developed., capable of
avoiding the leaking out of The
communication messages leaked out
would be avoided. and resisting Tthe
grabbing (NOTE:  Do you mean
‘manipulation’ instead of ‘grabbing’?) of
the communication between messenger
users could be resisted. Moreover, the
integrity and the message sender of the
messages couldan be verified. As
anticipated, the proposed secure
messenger service can could use the
developed cryptography functionality to
protect the personal privacyconfidentiality
and avoid the information leak out. The
proposed method can contribute to efforts
to provide a new application field to
integrate cryptography and messenger
services, thus averting and the leaking of
avoid the information leak out to protect
personal data and company profits.

128.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)

Hybrid Ffiber Ccoax network, commonly


known as cable network, is widely
propagated given its ability to provideing
of not only cable TV but also the
developingburgeoning multimedia
services such as video-on-demand and
Voice-over-IP. However, at present, low
transmission of real-time data on Hybrid
Fiber Coaxcable network is presents a
poor quality and, resultsing in to up to 60
% losts rate ofin multimedia data
transmission rate. In practice, video clips
or voices would be delayed during
publicwhen being broadcastinged to
public. Such delayThis situation hinders
the popularity of multimedia services on
cable network, since modern consumers
demand thea smooth voice and video
communications as parameters for quality
multimedia services. Moreover, the failure
to provide a quality transmission also
impedes the industrial investment and
development oin multimedia services.

Accordingly, aAn effective priority


scheme for Hybrid Fiber Coaxcable
network can be developed is required to
enhance Quality of Service for real-time
data transmission forin services such
aslike Video-on-Demand and Voice-over-
IP. To do so, In this scheme, three priority
queues can be are assigned for a constant
bit rate, variable bit rate and available bit
rate traffic, respectively, with
differentvarious competitive ratios, thus
increasing the likelihood of probability for
the high priority queue to compete for the
“request minislot”. Further, we present a A
novel ideal “microslot” can then be
developed to acceleratebolster constant bit
rate transmission. As
anticipatedConsequently, the proposed
scheme can optimize the data transmission
rate and offer guaranteed Quality of
Service for high priority traffic in a HFC
network through successive transmission
without requesting the upstream
bandwidth repeatedly. Additionally, the
proposed scheme can also be adaopted
toin other networks to upgrade the
transmission quality of multimedia
services.

129.  (Computer Science)


Mobile MMS (Mmulti Mmedia Sservice
(MMS) is one of the mosta popular
applications for the mobile phone
application.  By using MMS service,
enables individualspeople not only to
transfer audio, but also to send video and
text to other people through mobile
devices.  The GCF (Gglobal certification
Fforum (GCF)  of 3G make clear
forfacilitates all the product need toin
passing the conformance and
interoperability tests in order to receivegot
the MMS application certificationed. 

Enormous consumer demand for Huge


demanding of MMS testing
toolsprocedures comes from operators,
mobile manufacturers, testing labs. and
other observers.  The MMS testing tool
design specification has been announced
and the, with a procedure alreadytool has
been developed.  However, most of this
kind of tool procedures can only perform
the testing itself products, but lack an
short of the administrator function and test
result report generationor for test results
feature.

The GUI (GA graphic user interface)


implemented providesing  project
managers with can remote access to a the
database in order to review the test
results.  The system is also designed for
variousdifferent users to access this
system; the tester, supervisor, and
management have different authorization
levels for the database accessarea. 
ItAdditionally, the system effectively
addresses provides security concerns ofver
recording the name of the login tester at
the starting time, duration and testing
items.  ThisDoing so can save 10% time
for theof overall project management
time.  More over, the report generation
feature can save 25% ofreduce the time of
the entirewhole procedure by
25%duration. 

Thise MMS testing proceduretool


provides the following:
The test report can been generated at the end
of the test, eliminating  so that nothe need
to manually generate have hand made
resultresults in table form to reduce the
mistake oferrors in the pass rate.;
The testing toolprocedure has an authorized
user login control so that hasto ensure
better securitiesy control.;
The testing toolprocedure has a centralized
database to storekeep all test results so
thatfor a manager to can remote access
remotelythe reports.;
Most test results can be verifieddict
automatically to reduce the
possibilitieslikelihood of errormistake.;
The test case parameters can be pre-
programmable.; and
The testing procedure tool has been is
designed based on followed by GCF
requirements.

In order to have aAbove qualities of the


testing proceduretool, can be ensured by
we useing TTCN-3 (Testing and Test
control Notation, version 3 (TTCN-3) to
devise the do our development language.
By using TTCN-3 testing language to
write the testing proceduretool, we can
program the verdict feature for the test
results can be programmed.  

130.  (Computer Science)


Given the increasing popularity of The
developments of iInternet-based and
information technologyies are
increasing ,every developed, industrialized
countrycountries aggressively implement
sets NII ( the Nnational Iinformation
Iinfrastructure)s (NII) into action greatly
for building upto foster their
globalinternational competitiveness. Since
1987, tThe Department of Health in of the
Executive Yuan has, since 1987, started to
promoted “Na national medical
Iinformation Medicine Nnetwork”, it has
become a policy and trend to be accepted
by the healthcare authority to integrate the
medical resources from everyof all
hospitals island wide through the proposed
medicine network. However, the
conventional meansodel of sharing the of
exchanging medical resources does n’ot
effectively integrate information from thea
heterogeneous environment inside thea
hospital, or between the different
hospitals. Therefore, it is essential to have
a unified medical information exchange
standard must be established.
The Mmedical information standard is
divided into two major can be
categorizes:d as either an one is
information standard; the other one is or a
security onestandard. Among the
standards of relevant case history, HL7
(Health Level/Seven (HL7) is the most
familiar object for the medical information
industrysector, which has gradually
become the most widely recognized
hospital information exchange standard
acknowledged by many countriesglobally.
Based on the definition of Through the
information exchange standard’s
definition in the application system of
Medicine, HL7 simplifies the complexity
within the application system; and then,
to, thus achieveing the principleobjective
of sharing the medical resources.
Recently, HL7 has recently been
adoptedendeavored  to develop the version
3.0. Describing tThe grammar and
meaning of HL7 are described by means
of XML (eXtensible Markup Language
(XML) and defining the tag is definedn
order to expand the scopeability of
medical information exchanges. The main
point ofImportantly, the new model adopts
HL7 as a unified documental format, in
which eE-Mmailing facilitates exchanges
information exchanges through XML as
an information interchange medium.
Consequently, using the technique of
DOM (DDocument Object Model (DOM),
Flexibly stores the XML document is
flexibly stored into a database; m. 
Moreover, focusing on referral as a model
enablesprovides the system designer to
carryperform transferrtransferalsing out in
the heterogeneous environments.

131.  (Computer Science)


Problem statement:
  AcceleratedThe rapid  development of
Internet-based technologies has made
network brings the explosion of
information published on World Wide
Web, almost all of the information widely
accessiblecan be found on Internet.
However, if not classified systematically,
information on the Internet is too difficult
to assimilatemuch for people to
manipulate, if it is not classified
systematically. Even sSearch engines can
findlocate millions of web sitespages
related to based on keywords in less than
one second.  According to recent,
statistics, indicates that people
useindividuals spend an average 60% of
time online in to filtering out unwanted
the information they want, means people
wastes over half of the time to do the
meaningless work. This problem has
motivatedcaused many research
laboratories devote to derivefind  an
efficient solution, because if.  The
inability to resolve this problem can be
resolved, people can find makes it
impossible for individuals to locate
valuableprecious information more
efficiently, then have more time to do
research essentially. This note proposed a.
Therefore, a methodfiltering scheme must
be developed to filter out unwanted
information byautomatically based on
personal attributes automatically, after
training for a period of time.
Hypothesis statement:
  A new filtering scheme can be developed
to resolve the above problem above.. To
do so, an intensive small learning program
with artificial intelligence can be installed
on thea computer of each person, t.  This
program can acquire learning attributes of
individualsthe person, e.g., information
collectedive habits, and loves and personal
preferences. Next, tThehese personal
attributes then arecan be sent to another
filtering program as parameters, at this
time,; this filtering program has been
trainedcan be oriented to fitmatch the
interests of a each individual this person.
Additionally, when Next, at each time of
search data is retrieved from a search
engine, this filtering program can filter the
resulting web pages first, by based on
personal attributes. As anticipated, the
filtering scheme can provide remaining
information will be probablythat is more
meaningful to an individualthis person,
substantially reducing finally saves the
time toin filtering out information
manually. The proposed method can
provides an effective means of  a method
for filtering out unwanted searching
results from the Internet, and provides a
more efficiently way to find useful
information on the Internet.

132.  (Computer Science)


Roaming in thea wireless Internet
environment requires a handover process
to facilitatesupport applications with a
continuous connection continuity. 
Although the inability of accessing a
network during the handover process often
leads to a only makes a short period of
bblackout period, this handover latency
can significantly degradeinduce a
tremendous Quality of Service (QoS)
degradation for real-time sensitive
applications such as VoIP.  VoIP demands
the requires that handover latency to be
less than 400 ms for a smoothly handover
process.  However, multi-layers including
MAC, network, and application layer are
involved in the handover process.  They
totally bring one to thirty seconds,
producing a latency period ranging from 1
to 30 seconds to applications when the
mobile node moves between two different
networks.  The inability to resolve If tthis
problem can’t be solved, the makes it
impossible to deployment of high quality
QoS VoIP applications is impossible. 
Based on the above, we should develop
aAn integrated mobility management
meschemechanism can be developed,
capable of that can provideing real time
sensitive applications with a seamless
handover.  To do so, a cross layer mobility
management scheme can be established by
means ofvia a Session Initialization
Protocol.  The handover process of
network layer can be then be completed
immediatelydone just right after the
handover occurs.  In additionNext, the
handover latency and packet loss rate can
be reduced by a relay server.  As
anticipated, the integrated mobility
management scheme can complete the
handover process in 400 ms for mobile
nodes.  The proposed approach has fewer,
i.e., a lower packet loss rate than
conventional ones.  With ourVia the
proposed mobility management scheme,
real time sensitive applications can
resolvecounter the the handover problem,
making it feasible to  and the deployment
of wireless VoIP services is feasible.
(Computer Science)
Problem statement
The last decade has seen a general trend in
Human Ccomputer Iinteraction (HCI)
tohas emulated certain aspects of human-
human communication in the recent
decade. Consequently the development of,
opening possibilities for machines that are
able to sustain ato converseation with a
humans being has received considerable
attention.  Only recently, hHowever,
substantial improvements in the scheme of
sspeech recognition schemes have
substantially improved in terms of and
understanding have enabled the
implementationg of experimental spoken
dialogue systems (SDS), acting that
function within specific semantic
domains. The dialogue management (DM)
module can be used to control
conversation strategy between humans
and computers, thus DM asubsequently
affectings significantly the performance of
SDS significantly.  However, in addition
to only adopting finite state machine
approaches to represent the states of
dialogue and treatings each user as a
similar conversational behaviorng
similarly, this module can not learn from
various conversational contexts.  SDS can
not perform as humans owing to the
inability to exploit the discrepancies
between users and a lacking of automatic
adaptation. Given the difficulty of
Eevaluationg of SDS is difficult, many
evaluation parameters have been used in
some previous research, i.e., the total time
of the utterances, the number of
user/machine dialogue turns, and the
transaction success. As a rule, iIn the air
travel domain, SDS correct responses of
SDS would be only around 80%. Despite
enhancements, SDS accuracy falls below
user requirements, thus severely
restricting the development of speech
applications i.e., voice portal, and
ultimately moreover incurring a collapse
of human-human communication in HCI.

Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, we should develop
aAn efficient SDS scheme that
incorporates user diversity of user and an
evolutionary model can be developed to
adapt to various conversational contexts.
To do so, Aa fine-grained user model can
then be derived to theaccurately
representation of a user’s situation; the
user model comprises a skill level tofor
the system, knowledge level on the target
domain and degree of hastiness. Next,
tThe adaptation of SDS can be achieved
using reinforced learning approach.  As
anticipated, the proposed SDS scheme can
increase the response accuracy of air
travel-related problems question and
responseanswer system by 15%.  The
proposed scheme can contribute to efforts
to further enhance HCI with robustness by
facilitating natural speech dialogic
communication with computers, Given the
large discrepancy in individual behavior
of conversation, the spoken dialogue
scheme can also provide a valuable
reference for efforts underway to model
the divergence of the users.

134.  (Computer Science)

Enhancing Mobile Commerce Using an


Novel RFID-based Intelligent Architecture

Problem statement
The cConstructiong and applyingications
of intelligent environments have received
considerable interestis an attractive
research direction in industrial and
academic cyircles. In these years, dDigital
life has also received much interest in
recent years, with is the most popular
study and the identification technology
playsing a critical role in intelligent
environment research. Many IT
manufacturers design and produce various
handheld 3C products in order to gain a
foothold in the emerging more benefit
from digital life market. However,
conventional digital life studies given its
focus on home care, home learning, and
home entertainment. The bound of, digital
life applications are is limited into the
home. Additionally, the radio frequency
identification (RFID), which isi.e., the
conventionally adoptedcurrent critical
identification technology, is seldom
adopted in digital life studies;, thus
restrictsing the creation of digital life’s
R&D efforts in digital life. The above fact
not only shows the lack ofreflects the
inability to integrateion of different
various intelligent environments, but also
indicates that only ten percentages10% of
all 3C products can be used as expected as
their prime scenario due to an unsound
intelligent environment. Therefore, the
promotional efforts in of mobile
commerce is baffledare not well defined.
The market of digital life is arduous to
enlarge; the pProfits from digital life
market  is just close to ten
percentagesaccount for only 10% of theat
from total entire 3C market. Based on the
above, we should developTherefore, a
novel intelligent architecture must be
developed, capable of
enhancingincreasing the efficiency and
effect of mobile commerce.

Hypothesis statement
A novel intelligent architecture can be
developed, capable of increasing the
efficiency of mobile commerce.  The
proposed architecture can integrates the
applications of several environments, i.e.,
home, mart, shopping mall, and banks.
AndAdditionally, the RFID technology is
well adopted. To do so, the intelligent
info-filtering mechanism for tags reading
can be established. The status-
management mechanism of daily
commodities can thenus be presented.
Next, aThe secure settlement and payment
mechanism can be proposed as well.
Additionally, a practical info-interchange
method can be constructed. As anticipated,
the proposed architecture can integrate
RFID and context awareness technologies
in a ubiquitous environment to
increaseenhance the efficiency and effect
of mobile commerce. In addition to
contributing to indicate a novel research
effortsdirection in digital life, the
proposed architecture can also
enhanceimprove the potential
enhancement of mobile commerce and
increase the profits from digital life
market by up to thirty percentages30% of
that from the entiretotal 3C market.
Besides thatMoreover, the proposed
architecture can lead some freshprovide a
valuable reference for business models
and, ultimately provideing opportunities
for 3C manufacturers to consume value-
added products.

 (Computer Science)
Time Division Multiplexing Passive
Optical Network (TDM PON) is a
promising solution to remove the
bottleneck of bandwidth provisioning in
current mass-deployed access networks.
In TDM PON, the traffic is carried by a
single wavelength in each direction,
andin which users share the bandwidth
in the time domain.

Given the increasing availability of As the


bandwidth-intensive and high-quality
services such as HDTV, and VoIP, etc.
become available to and demanded by
users, the capacity of current TDM
systems will eventually getbecome
exhausted. Wavelength Division
Multiplexing (WDM) PON is an
auspicious solution to promising means of
upgradeing the capacity and performance
from of current TDM systems. However,
sincegiven the importance of a
competitive affordable component price
for the end-users in order for  is crucial for
PON to prevail, it is questionablewhether
to widely deploy high-priced devices in
the user houses and the distant field,
remains questionable, as well as whether
to and dedicate use an expensive costly
DWDM transmitter tofor a single user.
Besides, for services requiring high
reliability, e.g., emergency call, protection
scheme is desirable for the PON system.

We propose aA novel hybrid TDM/WDM


PON must be developed, not only that
enablesing a gradual graceful evolution
from cost-effective TDM to high-
performanceing WDM PON, andbut also
providesing 1+1 protection against fiber
cuts.

To achieve optimizatione among cost,


upgardability, and system evolvability,
DWDM and CWDM are adopted for the
downstream and upstream traffics,
respectively. In the remote node, a cost-
effective and reliable CWDM AWG is
employed for wavelength routing. Two
pairs of feeding fibers are deployed and
connected to variousdifferent sides of the
AWG. Two DWA modules are
utilizedemployed  in a full-grown system
to serve a large numberamount of users,
enable protection from laser failure, and
optimize packet latency and jittering.

As anticipated, the proposed architecture


intrinsically improvescan enhance the
packet latency and jittering more than
compared to TDM PON can. For a
comparison of equivalent resource and
background traffic loading, assume that a
TDM PON has single FL for 16sixteen
users and the DWA module has 2TLs
multiplexed by 100/50(GHz) interleaver
for 32thirty two users.

The proposed hybrid TDM/WDM PON


architecture with protection from fiber
cuts and laser failure can achieve cost-
effectiveness. The OLT DWA module
comprising fast tunable lasers and
interleavers outperforms conventional
TDM PON in packet delay and jitter
performance.

136.  (Telecommunications)
Network communication systems focus
mainly on pProviding users with non-
break-downreliable and Hhighly
Aavailabileity for telecom services are the
basically requirement in the modern
network communication. Conventional
communication architecture is equipment-
based. If the equipment breaokes down,
the telecom services should be stopped
forcurtailed to replaceing the telecom
equipment. The conventional architecture
is proprietary tofor each other. Each
equipment provider doeis not compatible
to each other. For a shorter development
schedule, a lower development cost and
variedous network services, conventional
architectures with proprietary hardware
and software arehas been out of dated.
The uUsers spend a lot of moneymuch
capital for hardware and software updated
with non-reuse equipment and software.
While proprietary architecture is updated,
the users take moneyspend capital for the
newly updated proprietary architecture as
well as buypurchase a new one. A lot of
moneyMuch capital has been
wastedexpended. The proprietary
architecture creates a gap between makes
the equipment providers have a gap
increase with each other. After updating
proprietary architecture is updated, the
older hardware and software have
beencome obsolete  useless forto users.
Therefore, the open architecture for
network communication should be
provided. Additionally, the equipment
providers should developed system by
building blocks.
Based on above, aA new novel open
architecture can be developedshould be
proposed for telecommunication purposes,
and should be builtfor construction with
building blocks. To do so, the
communication architecture can be
separated by several functional blocks.
And then modularized for eEach
functional blocks can then be
modularized. Next, each functional block
can be implemented bythrough
differentvarious providers. As anticipated,
for a situation in which if the telecom
equipment modules breaoke down, the
telecom services willare not be stopped by
replacing the equipment modules. The
High Aavailability willcan be achieved by
serveding with thean open architecture. It
can be, which is an emerging the trend in
the next generation of telecom
communication. And then the serService
providers can then update the equipment
by each module, without an update of all
whole equipment update. Such continuity
makes Next, users aware that a breakdown
in will not know if the telecom equipment
has occurredbroke down or not.

137.  (Computer Science)


Enhancing the Predictiveon Accuracy of
DBA ofin PON Networks

[Setting of work proposal]


A pPassive optical networks (PONs) plays
an increasingly significant role in fiber to
the x networks e.g. fiber to the home
(FTTH), and fiber to the building (FTTB),
etc. A PON specified by G.983.1 is
comprised ofs an optical line terminal
(OLT) connected to multiple optical
network terminals (ONTs) in a point-to-
multi-point network. A basic characteristic
of a PON network is characterized by its
ability to the shareing of upstream
bandwidth between OLT and ONTs. The
OLT is responsible for the allocationg of
bandwidth to the ONTs according tobased
on traffic contracts.(NOTE: ‘conditions’
OR ‘congestion’ instead of ‘contracts’? 
Check intended meaning.) The OLT
should devise a dynamic bandwidth
allocation (DBA) method to allocate
bandwidth dynamically, thus responding
effectively to the dynamic changes in
traffic demands of the different for various
ONTs to use the network resources
efficiently.

[Work problem]
However, the Cconventional DBA is
based on queue-status reports (SR) sent by
ONTs to OLT periodically. The grant
scheduler at the OLT defines a granting
cycle W. OnDuring each W period, the
OLT solicits the queue-status reports from
ONTs,; the ONTs respond with queue-
status reports,; and, then, the grant
scheduler processes these reports and
assigns bandwidth for the next W period.
There is a minimal response time
determined by tThe SR delay time, the
OLT processing time, and the PON round-
trip time determine the minimal response
time. During this time period, the queue
status changes, and thereforeoften causing
SR-DBA to fall belowypically does not
achieve optimal accuracy. In addition to
bandwidth efficiency, SR-DBA
deployment heavily depends highly on
interoperability between OLT and ONT
systems. Specifically, the complexity of
ONTs complexity increases due to the
higher real-time constraints and additional
circuitry requiredneeded to support queue-
status reports.

[Quantitative specification of problem]


SR-DBA is not inefficient under varying
traffic conditions. For instance, Tthe
overall bandwidth utilization remains
under 80%. T and the packet delay
exceeds 4 ms in most cases. SR-DBA also
implies high buffer requirements over
4MB and a high packet loss ratio
exceeding 5%.

[Importance of problem]
SR-DBA is inefficient for FTTH. The,
creating a situation in which inefficient
bandwidth utilization wastes a lotexpends
a considerable amount of investment ofin
PON networks. AdditionalMore resources
are necessaryis required to achieve the
required bandwidth required. Additionally,
The delay-sensitive services such as voice
or interactive services cannot meetcomply
with the standard requirements under a
high packet delay circumstance.
Moreover, The users cannot endure to
wait for a response from the peer for a
long (delay :  OR OMIT) time. The hHigh
buffer requirements also meanimply high
overhead costs for service provider and,
ultimately, high subscription charges for
the users. In sum, a hHigh packet loss
ratio cannot satisfy the service level
agreement and influencedeteriorates the
quality of several services such as video
and FTP.

[Work objective]
Based on the above, we should develop a
the predictive DBA based on pseudo
status-report from ONTs should be
developed to increasemprove the DBA
efficiency. The predictive DBA fully
grants the excess bandwidth and grants
each active ONT at leaset once in a W
period to decrease the packet delay and
increase the link throughput.

[Methodology to achieve objective]


To do so, the usage pattern for ONTs
bandwidth usage pattern can be monitored
as pseudo status-reports. In a period W,
the allocated bandwidth and used
bandwidth of each ONT can then be
compared. Next, several parameters can
be manipulatedinstrumented to control the
trade-off between optimizing link
throughput and packet delay. Additionally,
the bandwidth in the next W period can be
predicted. Moreover, a bandwidth
assignment map for the next W period can
be builtconstructed based on these demand
predictions. Furthermore, the DBA can be
fine-tuned for variousdifferent scenarios,
e.g. FTTH vs FTTC.

[Anticipated results]
As anticipated, the predictive DBA can
elevate the PON efficiency. While Tthe
overall bandwidth utilization can exceed
80%. T, the packet delay can be reduced
to lowerss than 4 ms. pPredictive DBA
also implies low buffer requirements
under 4MB and a low packet loss ratio not
exceeding 5%. The predictive DBA also
implies low buffer requirements less than
4MB, and an extremelyvery low packet
loss ratio under 5%. The, thus satisfying
requirements of delay and packet loss
sensitive services can be satisfied.
Additionally, the predictive DBA
approach can simplifiesy ONT design and
reduces the risk of having inter-operability
problems between OLTs and ONTs from
different vendors. Moreover, the
predictive DBA can supports not only
dynamic bandwidth allocation, but also a
static one that is used for fixed bandwidth
traffic such as voice and leased line traffic.
Furthermore, the proposed method is
instrumentedcan contain with several
parameters that not only control the trade-
off between throughput optimization and
packet-delay optimization, andbut also
provides the ability to fine-tune the DBA
for variousdifferent scenarios. The
predictive DBA can also be used to
accurately reflect somea certain level of
fairness amongst ONTs by
measuredetermining the effective traffic
rate and packet delay.

[Contribution to field]
The proposed predictive DBA method
iscan be more efficient than SR-DBA. The
predictive DBA can with respect to
increaseing the PON efficiency in order to
reduce the amount of equipment needed in
PON systems. ItThe proposed method can
also reduces the overhead costs of the
service providers implementing PON
networks. The users can accept the
cheaper and high quality, ultimately
making next generation network services
less expensive and of high quality.

138.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


  Time to market delivery and reduction of
overhead costs down in the electronics
industry arehave received increasingly
attentionimportant in recent years owing
not only to the keenstringent competition
in audio and video hand-held devices, but
also to and the increasing number of
companies join in this market is
increasing. For instance, this market niche
includes various mp3, photo and MPEG4
players are provided in the market.
Therefore, allowing customers to base
their decisions on can choose those
products according to the price, the
appearance, thestorage capacity of
FLASH or mini hard disk, the quality of
audio or video quality, as well asthe
functions and operational interfaces. A
notable example isTake iPod for example,
The Apple Click Wheel iAs a fascinating
operational interface to some customers
and its, the Apple Click Wheel possesses
20G or 30G large capacity that enables let
users to storecan put around  thousands of
mp3 files in there.
  However, the conventional hardware
design method to design the hardware
only depends only on the designer's
experience of the designer. As mentioned
above, time to market delivery and
reduction of overhead costs are vital to
down are the two keys to decide the
product will success or failure in the
market. Unfortunately, those two such
requirements are normallyusually
exclusive if designers adopt the use
conventional method. The Consequently,
ddesigners will add redundant hardware
components inf case of hardware
computational power is insufficient.
Insufficientf hardware computational
power is insufficient, the hardware fails to
satisfy the basic product requirements of
the product undoubtedly. Adnditionally,
more functions required then more
complicateds hardware designwill be,
explaining the so the number of
redundantcy in hardware components will
increase.

  For instance, the likelihood of success


probability to ain hardware design inat
ABC cCompany using the conventional
method is roughly 50 %. SoTherefore,
ABC cCompany mandatestake the policy
that two teams process the same hardware
design. Then, resulting in at least one team
willexperiencing success according to the
success probability. Given the competition
between the No one team want to lose
another one due to the competition of two
teams to succeed, so they tend to add more
hardware components are added to ensure
that thesufficient hardware computational
power is enoughin order to comply with
productmeet the requirements of product.
The above behavior will result inSuch
tendency increases higher hardware costs
and power consumption. Power
consumption is significantly
importantessential to hand-held devices,
because given that batteries are the power
resource of suchhand-held devices is
battery.
  An excessive prohibitively large amount
of human resources expendedspent in
hardware design lowers owing to the
success probability is lower than below
100 %. Andditionally, the success
probability varieswill change  according to
knowledge expertiseexperience and skill
of the designers. Given the inability to
reduceThe  high hardware costs can't be
reduced,, many redundant hardware
components are added, owing to the
inability to ensure because thesufficient
computational power the product required
can't be ensured. Power consumption can't
be reduced will, ultimately resulting in the
failure inof hand-held device owing
thebattery constraints of battery.
  Based on the above, we should develop a
novel method to determinefor ensuring
whether the hardware design meets
thecomplies with minimum product
requirements to the product and ensure
that the hardware design contains no
redundant hardware components exists in
the hardware design.

  To do so, we simulate the hardware


cycle- can be simulated accurately.
SystemC is a C++ class library and a
methodology that you can use to
effectively create a cycle-accurate model
of hardware architecture, as well asand
interfaces of your SoC (System On a Chip
(SoC), so we adopt.  Therefore, SystemC
can be adopted as to be the simulator
language of our simulator. For instance, if
designers want to design the hardware,
such as MEPG4 decoder, the hardware
can be simulated by writing the simulator
using SystemC. Designers can then feed
the MPEG4 data to the simulator and
evaluate whether the computational power
whether the computation power is
sufficient to comply with meet the
requirement of the product requirements,
e.g.,for instance, 30 frames per- second.
Next, if the computational power is
sufficientenough, can we remove some
redundant hardware components? can be
removed. If computation power is not
insufficient, we add some hardware
components, likee.g., digital signal
processors ( DSPs ), can be added to
increase the computational power.
Evaluate tThe computational power can be
evaluated again until the fewestminimum
number of hardware components can be
used to meet the requirement of
theconform to product requirements.
Additionally, the power consumption
model can be addedincorporated into the
simulator help us to evaluate the power
consumption.
 
  As anticipated, the proposed method can
minimize the hardware costs can be
minimized because the fewestbecause
minimal hardware components are used to
meet the requirement of thecomply with
product requirements; and hence, the
success probability approachesrrives 100
%. The process of aAdding or removing
hardware components in a simulator is
easier than doing so in realactual
hardware. Therefore, thus reducing the
time needed to verify the soundness,
completeness and performance of
hardware will be significantly reduced.
Moreover, the added power consumption
model can helps designers to design a
morehigher power-saving hand-held
devices.

  The proposed method can orient give


hardware designers a clear picture how the
designed hardware functionsworks, what
performance the hardware performs and
the situation of power- consumption about
the hardware. Additionally, Ccompanyies
can minimize the hardware overhead costs
and reduce the period of time-to-market
delivery periodby using the proposed
methods. Next,Furthermore, the proposed
method can contribute to efforts of  the
hardware architecture researchers can
investigateing what hardware architecture
is performed effectivelys optimally and
power-savinges power.

139. (Telecommunications)
Title: Antenna in package
technonology(NOTE:  This is an
incomplete title because it does not
emphasize the contribution of your
research and the method to achieve so.
Use this structure to write a complete
research title:

WLAN (wWireless local area network


(WLAN) has becomes increasingly
popular, since it has given its relatively
low operational cost and high-
convenience in providing flexible Internet
accesscharacteristics. Users adaptsattach a
WLANA card to their computer in order
to access the Internet contact website.
USB dangle card has advantages of
miniaturizedcompact size, light weight,
and large memory size. These facts lead,
explaining why users prefer the USB
dangle card over thean PCMCIA card.
USB dangle card uses a chip antenna,
PIFA (planar inverted-F antenna (PIFA),
or monopole antenna to deliver wireless
data.

    However, aboveThese antennas suffer


from have disadvantages as follow: the a
prohibitively costly of chip antenna is too
high, theand excessively large sized of
PIFA and monopole antenna is too large.
Besides, these antennas are descreat
components for RF system. In other
wordsRestated, the total system
specifically requires an space for antenna
space. For instance, PIFA requires
approximatelyneeds about 32 × 2 × 3 mm3
to achievesatisfy WLAN bandwidth
requirements. Additionally, designer of RF
system designers require need
otheradditional time of normally one
month to tune antenna characteristics.
Generally, the tuning time is about 1
month.

However, the Cconventionally adopted


USB dangle card with the above
mentioned antenna mentioned above
hashas a large size; this does not attract,
which is discouraging to customers to buy
thepurchasing wireless products. The
additional time required to tune the
characteristics of Since the antenna need
more time to tune it’s characteristics, the
cost of theincreases material product and
personnel costsmanpower increases. This
fact leads conventional, explaining why
the USB dangle card is losing its cannot
catch trend of the time and is not
competitiveness.

ThusBased on the above, we should


development of a total RF system module
is very important.  To do so, given that
Since the antenna is a descreat component,
antenna designed in package (AiP)
canould be used to achieve highly
integration. Next,A shielding case can
thenshould be integrated with the antenna
to preventavoid the radiation field from
affecting the single (NOTE: ‘the single’
WHAT?  You are missing a noun for this
adjective to modify.)  on the RF circuit.
Additionally, broadband technology
should be developed to satisfy bandwidth
requirement of WLAN system. Moreover,
antenna with EMC technology should be
researched to shorten the tuning time. 

As anticipated, the proposed RF system


modulemethod can decrease overhead
productthe costs of the product, achieve
highly integration purpose, and avoid the
interference between the radiation signal
and RF circuit signal.

The proposed module can contribute to


efforts not only to satisfy bandwidth
requirement of WLAN systems, but also
to develop an antenna with EMC
technology to shorten the tuning time. The
total RF system module increases the
functions of the conventional RF module.
Additionally, tThe AiP technology
developed in this project canould increase
the value of package companies, e.g. ASE
and SPIL. The antenna with EMC
technology wouldcan promote antenna
competitiveness of local antenna
manufacturers as well in our country., thus
satisfying domestic Besides, technologies
mentioned above would lead wireless
communication needs industry of Taiwan
to an innovative boundary.

140.  (Computer Science)


Setting of work proposal
As a novel network architecture, Tthe
wireless sensor network (WSN) represents
the maturity of hardware and software
technologies for electrical devices and the
enhancedment of wireless network
capabilitiesy lead to a novel network
architecture - wireless sensor network
(WSN). Its Wireless sensor network can
be applications can be found in ed to
health care, military, disaster support,
environmental monitoring and factory
management.

Work problem
However, mMany features and issues of
wireless sensor networkWSN architecture-
related issues have not been effectively
addressed are still under development.
Numerous researches on, including multi-
hops, multiple-access abilities, routing
capabilities, and self-organization, …etc.,
are being studied. These researches need a
nNumerous WSN nodes to cooperateing
with each other are necessary to alleviate
the above difficulties.

Quantitative specification of problem


For instance, monitoring thea forested
area environment of the forest needs
requires deploying at least one thousand
of WSN nodes deployed in such a large
area. Exactly hHow engineers configure
all those WSN nodes and how to distribute
them normally in thisover such a large
area are challenging issues.

Importance of problem
Although capable of simulating all WSN
nodes to manage and configure the WSN,
a pure simulation model lacks authentic
WSN behaviors. Therefore, if an inability
to devise an WSN-based experimental
platform of wireless sensor network is not
created to manage such a large
amountnumber of WSN nodes,
researchers and engineers will require an
excessive amount of waste plenty of time
toin deploying and configureing thousands
of WSN nodes. Such a predicament
severely restrictsThey cannot concentrate
on their wireless sensor network WSN
studies.

Work objective
Pure simulation model that simulate all
WSN nodes is the most convenience
proposal to manage and configure the
wireless sensor network, but it lacks
actuality of the wireless sensor network
behaviors. Based on the above, we should
develop a simulation model that can
cooperate withintegrated into WSN
hardware devices. T to create a more
realistiche observation will be more
realistic.

Methodology to achieve objective


To do so, a software simulation platform
can be created. Some Certain functions
should be provided from the simulation
model can then be provided for
researchers to easily create, terminate, and
configure a simulated WSN node.
Additionally, a mini kernel canshould be
implemented in the simulation model to
provide an operating system that upper
applications can operaterun on it.
NextMoreover, basic WSN protocols,
e.g.,like IEEE 802.15.4 PHY/MAC and
Zigbee NWK/APP, shouldcan be
equipped, enabling  therefore researchers
can implementation of their novel unique
algorithms based on the underlying
protocols. Moreover, API drivers
canshould be supplied for programmers to
manipulate the underlying hardware,
likesimilar to a RF transceiver. Finally,
certainsome interfaces canshould be
provided to interact and communicate
among simulated WSN nodes and
actualreal WSN hardware nodes. These
interfaces can send and receive data
between simulated or/and practical WSN
nodes.

Anticipated results
As anticipated, theis proposed simulation
model can provide theenable programmers
to manipulate the hardware, as well asand
send or receive data among WSN nodes.
ItThe model also provides a kernel and the
basic WSN protocols for researchers to
implement their proposed algorithms and
protocols to resolve or enhance the
wireless sensor network issues,
likeincluding multi-hops, multiple-access
abilities, routing capabilities, and self-
organization.

Contribution to field
The proposed simulation model
cCanpable of provideing a more realistic
observation thean purely simulated one.s,
the proposed simulation model It can
reduce thesimplify efforts to deploy a
large numberamount of WSN nodes.
Researchers can only distribute some
practical WSN nodes to a small area and
simulate all the restthe remaining area
from the proposed simulation model to
verify their novel algorithms or protocols.
ItDoing so will enablehelp the researchers
to concentrate on their major studies, not
waste theirexpend considerable time on
deployments and configurations of the
WSN nodes.

141.  (Computer Science)


tTitle: Optimization of Active Queue
Management Using Fuzzy Control
Setting of work proposal
Effectively controlling traffic congestion
during In the current InInternet,
congestion control access is a critical
timely issue., particularly with the
enormous The amounts of data, which is
carried in the Internet is increased rapidly
available. Moreover, Furthermore to
supporting new Internet applications such
as, e.g., voice over IP and video on
demand, it is necessary to drequires
designing of effective congestion control
and queue management algorithms.

Work problem
However, A designing of effective
congestion control and queue management
algorithms is difficult,extremely complex
given the  because of variety of services
supported ion the Internet and their
various demands for Quality of Service
(QoS).

Quantitative specification of problem


The currentThe Internet can only provide
best effort service. In the best effort
services, in which traffic is processed as
quickly as possible, but there is no
guarantee as to; however, timeliness or
actual delivery can not be ensured. By
developing new Internet services,
necessitating QoS for new Internet
serviceshas become much needed.
Importance of problem
The fundamental problem of aActive
queue management is limited in that it
uses queue length as a congestion
indicator. ThisSuch an indicator cannot
completely show accurately reflect the
severity of congestion. On the other
handHowever, average queue length
varies with the level of congestion and
with the parameter settings. As a result,
thus making the queuing delay of Random
Early Detection (RED) is too sensitive to
traffic load and parameter settings.

Work objective
Based on the above, we should develop
We propose a a novel approach for TCP
congestion control scheme, Fuzzy BLUE,
i.e., which is an extension tof the
conventraditional BLUE mechanism. An
integral The main part of designing the
Fuzzy BLUE is to designing the Fuzzy
BLUE Controller (FBC), which
functionsacts as a congestion controller in
the routers.

Methodology to achieve objective


To do so, a two-input-single-output fuzzy
logic controller can beis implemented.
The input linguistic variables are packet
loss and queue length. The output
linguistic variable is the drop probability
(i.e., pm). BecauseOwing to their
computational simplicity, triangular and
trapezoidal shaped membership functions
offer more computational simplicity, we
have ucan be used them for packet loss
and queue length, as well as for and also
pm.
Design of aA rule base is designed by
setting  has two steps: first, linguistic rules
are set and, then, determining the
membership functions of linguistic values
are determined. There are two ways for
designing the rule base: can be designed
either by a trial and error approach andor
theoryetical approach. In the trial and
error approach, based on the knowledge
obtained from the experiment, a set of if-
then fuzzy rules isare constructed based
on experimental   knowledge; and then the
system is then tested. Notably, rules are
changed again If tif the desired behavior is
not observed, rules are again changed.
This process is continuesd till until the
functionality of the controller is satisfied.
In the theoryetical approach, rules are
designed soin such a way that specific
functionality of a parameter (such as
throughput) is guaranteedensured. In order
to achieve the best result, we combined
bHere, both approaches can be combined
to yield optimum results.

Anticipated results
The aAs anticipated, applyingication of
the fuzzy control scheme to the problem
ofcontrol congestion control is feasible
given difficultiesappropriate due to
problems in obtaining a precise model
using conventional methods. The
proposedOur suggested approach, is
Fuzzy BLUE, which actsfunctions more
effectively and robustly in comparison
withthan other approaches such as BLUE.

Contribution to field
The proposed Fuzzy BLUE could In
addition to achieveing a nearly 100%
throughput. Furthermore, simulation
results show that the proposed, Fuzzy
BLUE mechanism  has a better loss
performance and queue length behavior
than the conventionally adoptedtraditional
BLUE mechanism does.
142.  (Computer Science)
1. 工作提案
Computers and the Internet have become
an integral part of so embedded in the
daily lifefabric of people’s lives that they
simply cannot live without them.
activities, including We used this
technology to work, to communicateion,
to shopcommerce, retrieval of to seek out
new information, and to eentertainment
ourselves. Given the increasing diffusion
of computers in society, hHuman-
computer interaction (HCI) has become is
increasingly essential to our daily lives
with this ever-increasing diffusion of
computers in society. Researchers of HCI
devoted themselvesrelevant in order to
ensuringe that human-computer
communication is as natural as human-
human communication in last decade. In
addition to verbal partscues, emotions
weare vital tocrucial of human intelligence
and have been shown to play a significant
role in theprofoundly impact human
communication process. These findings,
together with recent advances in sensing,
tracking, analyzing, and animating human
nonverbal communicative signals, have
fueled interest among advanced HCI
researchers produced a surge of interest in
affective computing by researchers of
advanced HCI. This emergingintriguing
new field focuseds on computational
modeling of human perception of affective
states, synthesizing of affective
expressions, and design of affect-sensitive
HCI.
2. 工作問題、特性、量化
Affective computing was thatattempts to
ensure that a device canhaving the ability
to to detect and appropriately respond to
emotions of its user in HCI.
Approximately 80% to 90% of all human-
to-human communication is nonverbal
and emotional. Thus, to succeed in
HCI,necessitating that developers
emphasizecould not disregard affective
computing to ensure success in HCL.
Given this capacity, aA computing device
with this capacity could gatheraccumulate
cues tofrom user’s emotions from a
variety of sources., e.g., Ffacial
expressions, posture, gestures, speech, the
force or rhythm of key strokes and the
temperature changes of the user hand on a
mouse.  Such sources can  could all
signify changesing in the emotional state
of users, and these couldcan be detected
and interpreted byvia a computer. A built-
in camera that retrievescaptured  images
of the user and algorithms can bewere
used to process the data in order to yield
meaningful information. Speech
recognition and gesture recognition
werare among the other promising
technologies being explored ffor affective
computing applications, f.  For instance, in
e-learning situations, the computer can
sense ould detect from available cues
when the user wais having difficulty and
offer expanded explanations or additional
information. Although beneficial for a
various research and application areas,
tackling these problems is a complexwas
not an easy task. Research involving
affective computing problems has heavily
stressed howThe fact that how to
recognizeing and modeling the affectivity
have received considerable attention
among the affective computing problems.
However, those such approaches can not
always failed to cope with the emotions
that arecharacterized by dynamically
changeable and highly fuzzy owing to
only adoptingthe ability (NOTE:  Do you
mean ‘inability’?  Check intended
meaning.) of pattern recognition
approaches to recognize emotionalthe
states of emotions and treating each
emotional state as a static and not fuzzy
one. Evaluating a affective computing in
HCI is often subjective, andsubsequently
relyingiant on various application
domains. Inin the Media Laboratory at
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
media lab, they achieved 80% accuracy of
eight emotional states.
3. 問題中心
Despite the recent emergence ofAlthough
affective computing was the new filed in
HCI, many researchers believeds that
successfully eding in dealing with
emotional states in HCI would enhance
the recognition accuracy of various
modalities, . For instancee.g., the speech
recognition.
People will benefit from aAffective
computing can assist individuals in
becoming because the technology will
make them more comfortable with their
use of computer use. If a computer
cCapable of ould detecting whether that a
human user is under stress or is confused
or sad,, a computer it could react by
changingalter the environment, perhaps
changing the user's to positively affect the
emotional state of users.
4. 目標,實驗步驟
Based on the above, we should develop
aAn efficient affective modeling scheme
that incorporates fuzzy emotional
measurement of the users and aAn
evolutionary learning algorithm can also
be developed to model and learning
emotions from users.  To do so, a user
behavior video corpus mustcan be
constructedbuilt. Appropriate member
functions of the fuzzy-logic model can
then be completed by analyszing the
corpus,. Next, the mapping of the events
and emotional states canould be
mappedcomplete, and inductive learning
algorithms can be used to understand the
context of events and emotional states
could be obtained by inductive learning
algorithms. The context consisteds of
patterns of events, associations among
objects, and expectations. Moreover, The
adaptation of affective modeling can be
adaptedchieved using a learning classifier
system approach.
5. 預期結果
As anticipated, the proposed affective
modeling scheme can increase the
accuracy of emotional recognition
accuracy ofin educational game problems
by 10%. Additionally, inductive learning
algorithms can facilitate semi-automatic
learning of And the relation betweenhow
events and emotion states are relatedcan
be semi-automatically learned by
inductive learning algorithms;, thus
reducing human efforts by  This fact
reduces 30% of the human efforts.
Moreover, the adaptations to the new
environments can be performedmade as
well.
6. 貢獻
The proposed scheme can contribute to
efforts to further enhance HCI to be
affect-sensitive HCI by facilitating
affective senses with computers. Affective
computing scheme will reduces the
intrusiveness of HCI and perhaps make
applications of, possibly making
individuals more receptive to HCI
applicationsmore acceptable to people
because ofgiven their more natural
interactions and their seamless presence in
the environment. Corporations could use
affective computing to learn more about
their employees through affective
computers, and usewith this knowledge
used to run more efficient workdays and
gain superiormaximize work productivity.
For instance, affective computers could
help determine when employees They
may be able to determine when employees
are not in the right state of mind toon
completely focused on completeing their
tasks or determineing the optimal
conditions and most productive situations
for each individual. Corporations will
want to useAdditionally, affective
computing can also enhance customer to
sservice their customers better, for
instance, e.g., through betterenhanced
call-center services, or phone-free access
or data miningand also to gain valuable
information about consumers. Such efforts
could They will be able to monitor
consumer reactions of consumers
totowards televisioncommercial
advertisements on television through
facial-recognition networked software
embedded in the televisions and apply
that; such knowledge could ultimately
enhnceto improve marketing campaigns.
Given the large discrepancyvast array of
in individual human emotion, the affective
modeling scheme can also provide a
valuable reference for efforts underway to
model the emotion of users.
143.  (Computer Science)
Optimization of a multiplier block using
carry-save adders

Paragraph 1
In mMany DSP algorithms multiply onea
data sample is multiplied by several
constants. For instance, a finite impulse
response filter samples onean input data to
be multiplyied by the filter coefficients.
Multiplier block isrefers to the module to
deal withperform such above arithmetic
operations. Multiplier-less realization that
isdeemed efficient for a multiplier block is
implementedation is achieved by
replacing the multiplication with shifts,
additions and subtractions. As additions
and subtractions are similar operations,
the adder can be used for both operations.
Thereby, explaining why the number of
adders dominates the performance of a
multiplier block.

Paragraph 2
The Cconventional multiplier block
utilizes a graph representation algorithm
into minimizeing the number of carry
propagation adders (CPAs) with two
inputs and one output. However, carry-
save adder (CSA) is a better choice
thanpreferable over CPA for high-speed
applications. The latency of CSA is
independent of the data length owing to
the ability to eliminateing carry
propagation. For instance, when of adding
two n-bit operands, CPA requiresneeds n
gate delay of a full adder and then; CSA
then expends one gate delay of a full
adder.

Paragraph 3
Although CPAs that composecontain a
conventional multiplier block can map
into CSAs, thissuch mapping (is
inconsistent inwith  OR contradicts) the
number of CSAs required for a given
number of CPAs for a multiplier block.
Hence, above mapping approach is
obviously an clearly not a infeasible
means ofway to  generateing a multiplier
block using CSAs. The inability to
minimizeing in the number of CSAs will
degrade the lead to lower performance of
multiplier blocks. Therefore, a novelew
multiplier block algorithm must be
developed to minimize the number of
CSAs in a multiplier block.

Paragraph 4
Based on the above, we should develop a
novelNew multiplier block algorithm can
be developed, capable of minimizing the
number of CSAs in a multiplier block. To
do so, the the even even fundamentals can
be eliminated by dividing an appropriate
suitable power of two. Even fundamentals
must be removed bBecause the new
multiplier block algorithm only considers
odd fundamentals, the removing of even
fundamentals is necessary. Next, the
fundamentals can be developed bymade
up of  combiningation of two already
realized fundamentals can be achieved
bby subexpression sharing. (NOTE: 
Although I have simplified this sentence,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.) Thereby,
sSubexpression sharing thus eliminates
the redundancies between the coefficients
in the multiplier block to minimize the
number of CSAs.

Paragraph 5
As anticipated, the proposed multiplier
block algorithm using new multiplier
block algorithm is 35% faster than the
conventional multiplier block without
minimizing the number of adders.
Moreover, the multiplier block based on
new multiplier blockproposed algorithm is
15% faster than the conventional
multiplier block with a minimum number
of CPAs. Compareding with the graph
representation algorithm, new multiplier
blockthe proposed algorithm can decrease
8% in the number of CSAs by 8%.

Paragraph 6
The proposed New multiplier block
algorithm for carry-save adders has been
presented. The algorithm can eliminates
redundancies between the coefficients ifin
the case that one data is multiplied with
multiple coefficients to minimize the
number of CSAs. In addition to providing
further insight into developing multiplier
block using CSAs, the proposed scheme
also can be easily implemented in high-
speed DSP devices.

144.  (Computer Science)


Today, vVoice over Internet protocol
(VoIP) has emerged as an importantviable
application capable of handling increasing
amounts of and is expected to carry more
and more voice traffic. However, the
present Internet only offers best-effort
service due to its nature. Thus, in which
packet loss, delay and jittering degrade
speech quality is mainly impaired by
packet loss, delay and jitter.
Speech quality is subject since it is largely
determined by the listener’s perception.
The Mean Opinion Score (MOS) test is
extensively adopted as a conventional
means of widely accepted as a standard
for rating speech quality rating. However,
the subject MOS test is time-consuming
and prohibitively expensive. Among the
Recently, several objective MOS measures
were developed, recently include  e.g.
Pperceptual aAnalysis Mmeasurement
Ssystem (PAMS) and Pperceptual
Eevaluation of Sspeech Qquality (PESQ).
Such approachesThey measure determine
the distortions based on the perceptual
representation of two signals, i.e. a
reference signal and onea degraded signal.
On the other handHowever, ITU-T G.107
defines the E-model, a computational
model combining all the impairment
factors into a value.
In tThis work research we investigates
the effects ofhow packet loss and delay
onaffect speech quality. CODECs G.723
and G.729 are used. Several error
concealment methods, e.g., the Pareto
distributed network delay, and a fixed
buffer policy, are simulated. A new
parameter is incorporatedadded to
represent the impairment from delay.
Additionally, a new formula is proposed
to quantify all of these effects and,
finally, incorporated into the E-model.
The novel development is a joint
modelcollaboration to
accuratelyeffectively represent the
combined effects of packet loss and
delay by examining the cross
correlations between these two factors.
The rest of the paper is organized as
follows: s.  Sectssion two2
introducesreviews the E-model and
reviews pertinent literature., s  Sectssion
3three then describes the simulation
system and measurement methods.
Finally, cConclusions are finally
drawnmade in session fourSection 4.
145.  Computer Science
Title:
Optimization of Generic Code Acquisition
Architecture in DS-CDMA
Communication Systems Using a Generic
CA Architecture

1. Setting of work proposal:


Direct-sequence code-division multiple-
access (DS-CDMA) technique has been
adopted in the 3rd generation (3G) cellular
systems because ofowing to its higher data
rate, enhancedbetter quality, and larger
capacity than the modulation schemes of
existingavailable systems.(NOTE:  Should
you specify what kind of systems?)
Mobile stations must acquire cell-specific
spreading codes or code phases before
receiveing system information from cell
sites in DS-CDMA systems. Code
acquisition (CA) procedures inevitably
require enormous operations to correlate
and sum up on each chip of the spreading
codes. Application-specific hardware or
digital signal processors (DSPs) can be
used to implement CA procedures. In
aAdditionally, software defined radio
(SDR) concept has received increasingly
attentions. More than one system
specification will be incorporatedput in to
user equipments in the near future. How to
accomplishimplement various CA
procedures efficiently is thus of priority
concerns.
2. Work problem: more sentences to
describe the problem
Implementing CA procedures by software
on DSP is definitely convenientfeasible
for SDR-based user equipments regardless
of cost and power consumption. Although
state-of-the-art DSPs can provide more
than 1 giga-instruction-per-second (GIPS),
most CA procedures are still implemented
using application-specific hardware
because intense data dependency of CA
operations corrodesminimizes the benefits
of pipelining and parallelizing of
arithmetic architecture in DSPs. Various
spreading codes necessitate long design
progresses of application-specific
hardware, respectively. In aAdditionally,
individual CA modules can significantly
elevate expend hardware costs extremely.

3. Quantitative specification of problem


DSPs can provide around 1 to 2 GIPS
using pipelining and parallelizing
schemes. These calculating capabilities
will be degraded to 100 to 200 MIPS only
due to data dependency of CA procedures.
Unfortunately, more than 1 giga-
operation-per-second (GOPS) is required
in CA procedures. These CA operations
usually expend normally require more
than one instruction. Application-specific
hardware thus becomes the only viable
means of way to implementing various
CA procedures on the same platform.

4. Importance of problem:
A generic CA architecture is therefore
essential to a SDR-based user equipments.

5. Work objective:
Based on the above, we should
developpresent a generic CA architecture
to execute various CA procedures on the
same platform.

6. Methodology to achieve objective:  (3-4


sentences)
Correlation of sSpreading codes can be
correlatedimplemented in a generic
correlating element (CE) array. Correlated
results can then be directed to appropriate
components for summation. Next, Tthese
added results arecan be combined,
followed by a comparison of  Ccorrelation
results can be then compared with each
other to find outto identify the maximum.
(NOTE:  ‘the maximum’ WHAT?  You are
missing a noun for this adjective to
modify.) The desired code phase is the
time instant with the maximal results.

7. Anticipated results:
As anticipated, the proposed generic
architecture can execute various CA
procedures on the same platform. The
length of spreading code can behave a
length of 256 chips. Its operation clock
rate will be up tocan reach 100 MHz. 

8. Contribution to field:
The generic CA architecture While
providesing a useful platform for CA in
various DS-CDMA systems., It isthe
generic CA architecture can be used to
implement the CA procedure immediately
for single-system and multi-system user
equipments.

146. (Computer Science)


Wire-speed Security Network(NOTE: 
This is an incomplete title because it does
not emphasize the contribution of your
research and the method to achieve so. 
Use this structure to write a complete
research title:

With the arrival of the nNetwork,


applications enable the transmission of
data, voice and images can be transmitted
between any two userspoints., enabling
them  Users can access the Internet
network very conveniently to acquire
information in the network.

However, the Internet has public access,


with But network is an opened area;
information can be eeasily acquired or
alteredamended by malicious hiackers.,
thus compromising network  This is a un-
security environment.

ConventionallyIn practice, a CPU will


processes all traffic. CPU can by
encrypting the outgoing traffic and
decrypting the incoming traffic. An
inevitably increased The loading of CPU
load will increase; this will cause theincur
a lossing of frames and effect
thenegatively impact CPU  normal
operations.

If aA lost frame has lost, theleads to the


discarding of related frames will be
discarded. And this will, subsequently
(incurring OR causeing) the other
side(NOTE:  ‘the other side’ of WHAT?)
to re-transmit data. and ultimately
increasingThe overhead of the network
costswill increase.

Based on the above, we should develop a


For this reason, a novel mechanism will
be developed(NOTE:  Can you specify
what kind of mechanism?) to improve this
affection alleviate the above negative
impact. The CPU will not (descript : 
MEANING?) the traffic. By processing
oOnly the control frame will be processed
by CPU., the CPU will executedo  its
main functions, but not doperform
encryption/decryption for traffic. T, thus
reducing he loading of CPU loading will
be decreased. And theand achieving high
wire-speed will be achieved.

To do soFor this aim, security mustcan be


implemented by hardware. FPGA, i.e., is a
prototype for hardware implementation.
The following is steps of hHardware can
be implemented as followsation. First,The
design can be distinguished into two parts:
one part isdivided into the control plan,
and the other part is the data plan. Next,
the CPU can be used to will write some
control parameters into hardware’s control
registers of the hardware through the
control plan. Additionally, all traffic
coming into the data plan will be putcan
be incorporated into a cryptal engine to
encrypt or decrypt.(NOTE: ‘encrypt or
decrypt’ WHAT?  Specify.) Andditionally,
outgoing data after encryption willcan
become cipertext(cybertext?), and
incoming data after decryption willcan
become plantext(plaintext?). Additionally,
hHardware willcan be implemented by
using the Verilog code. Moreover, the And
Verilog code willcan be downloaded into
the FPGA prototype.

Wire-speed willcan be achieved by


hardware implementation. Encryption and
decryption can be executed by hardware.
Wire-speed can decrease the CPU loading.
All traffic will not come intoenter the
CPU. Andditionally, the CPU can be
absorbed to execute its main function.,
thus decreasing Fframe lossesing will be
decreased, and alleviating the traffic
congestionwill become smoothly.,
reducing Llatency will be decrease and
enhancing and network will be more
security.

147.  (Computer Science)


A Novel Architecture of Elliptic Curve
Crypto Accelerator for Both Polynomial
Field and Prime Field(NOTE:  This is an
incomplete title because it does not
emphasize the contribution of your
research and the method to achieve so. 
Use this structure to write a complete
research title:

Background

The cComputer networks and electronic


data pervade are widely used in daily life.
All the iInformation accessed from
flowing on tthe iInternet or transferreding
between electronical devices must be
protected to ensure prevent the leak of
personal informationconfidentiality. Thus,
wired or wireless communication
protocols have adopted differentcontain
various cryptography algorithms to
achieve the confidence ofensure
confidentiality and authentication,.
Among all cryptography algorithms, ECC
( EOf those, elliptic Ccurve
Ccryptography (ECC) has becomes
popular with the emergence of as the
wireless applications bursts. ECC can
owing to its ability to provide the
requireda mandatory security level with
fewerless bit numbers
comparing tothan the RSA algorithm does,
which is extensively used in current
cryptography applications.

Work problem + Quantitative


specification of the problem

For facilitating the usage of crypto


algorithm, tThe crypto module is often is
implemented in hardware to facilitate
crypto algorithm applications. Despite the
availability of Tthe ECC hardware
accelerator surely is available. However,
the ECC algorithm has two different
fields: finite polynomial field, and finite
prime filed. In these two varied  fields, the
operators of ECC have different
definitions. These hardware accelerators
can be only used either in a finite
polynomial field or in a finite prime field.
Because of theGiven this limitation, users
should either embed two ECC hardware
accelerators capable of handling a specific
field, or lose the flexibility to select which
field of ECC application to utilize. If
embedding two varied crypto accelerators
are embedded in singlea chip, the area
overhead is quite large and the chip cost
markedly increases highly owing the
considerably large area requirement of
because the crypto hardware accelerator
requires considerably area. Moreover, the
power consumed by the redundant ECC
accelerator lowers the competitiveness of
makes the producedthe manufactured chip
less competitive.

Importance of Problem

    The inability to develop a ECC


accelerator that can be utilize to handle for
use in both finite polynomial field and
finite prime field can solve the problem
stated above, andmakes it difficult to
integrate the support ECC crypto
algorithm easily integrated in all
communication protocols.

Work Objective + Methodology to achieve


objective
     Based on the above, we should
developpropose a novel architecture of
ECC hardware crypto module, which
canpable of  equip the flexibility to bee
used in both the finite prime field and the
finite polynomial field. The ECC crypto
module can switch to thea specific field by
justsimply configuring the programming
registers. To do soachieve the stated goal,
Tthe shared components of the operations
in the finite polynomial field and the finite
prime field canshould be surveyed
thoroughly. Efficient data path and special
instruction set can then be defined based
onaccording to t the shared components.
Next, aAn ECC hardware crypto
accelerator can be implemented.

Anticipated results
    As anticipated, the proposed
architecture can decrease the area and
power consumption overhead can be
minimized bby 40 % over that of a
comparing the chip usesing separated
ECC crypto modules for varioused fields.
The flexibility of tThe ECC hardware
component can flexibly support its
application in variousdifferent
communication protocols, e.g. 802.11n.
 
Contribution to field
    The proposed architecture can be used
We offer a novel scheme to design an
ECC hardware crypto module that can
achieve the capability in handleing the
finite polynomial field and the finite prime
field. The aAdaptability of the proposed
ECC crypto module can facilitate use of
the ECC algorithm to used in
variousdifferent computing devices to
establish a secure communication channel.
148.  Computer Science
Research Proposal
Paragraph 1
Internet security has significantly
increased raised significantly attention in
recent years., as evidenced by the growing
number of enterprises that construct
Companies build up computer firewalls to
withstand externalresist attacks and
viruses outside their Intranet. And some of
these companies also using Virtual Private
Network (VPN) toCapable of protecting
data transactions between the Internet and
theira company Iintranet., a virtual private
network (VPN)  VPN uses utilizes a
reliable encrypting mechanism to protect
all data transfers, and.  VPN is normally
adopted usually used within a company or
betweeny several companies to
establishorganize a private communication
network over a public network like the
Internet.

Paragraph 2
However, building up theconstructing a
VPN requires a customized hardware
server and complexicated expertise
settings, often involving prohibitively with
extremely high overhead costs that, small
companies cannot afford to this enormous
expense. FurthermoreAdditionally, VPN
uses a tunnel scheme, e.g., IPSec, and
SSL, preventing these protocols may
notfrom passing through all firewalls, t. 
Thus, some VPN servers need tomust be
setationed outside of the firewall,
makingthus compromising the security of
the VPN server itself insecure. Recent
Sstatistics indicate that shows that nearly
70% of all VPN servers are under attack
in everyeach hour if they are not protected
by the firewall protection is unavailable.
WithstandingResisting these attacks
expends considerablewastes the
computationaling power of VPN servers,
thus slowdowns thesubsequently
degrading VPN performance.
Paragraph 3
Above limitations The inefficiency of
VPN leads tocreate high overhead costs
inof transaction time, and .  Additionally,
the extremely high setting upprohibitively
expensive outlay set up incurs small
companies hanging back,
makingcompromises the security of
thesetransactions from small companies
that cannot afford VPNtransact insecurely.
Therefore, an economically feasible
scheme must be developed to reduce the
cost of installing setting up price of VPN,
and increaseenhance efficiency based on
the ability to prevent of setting behind all
firewalls to free it of attacks of a company
firewall from the Internetpublic network.
Paragraph 4
Based on the above, we should develop an
economically feasible scheme to reduce
the cost of installing  VPN and increase
efficiency based on the ability to prevent 
attacks of a company firewall from the
Internet. From above, an ease of installing
scheme can be developed, and capable of
allowing VPN servers to be set behind all
type of firewalls. To do so, instead of
using a customized hardware VPN server,
this work developsa pure software
environment can be devised that
comprises both ofthe server and client
programs, e.  Each computer can function
as become a VPN server by installing the
server one.(NOTE:  Do you mean ‘once’
instead of one’?) This software solution
can effectively lower construction costs of
a VPN environmentdown the building
expense. Next, forto achieve transparency
toamong all firewalls, a tunneling scheme
based on “https” protocol is can be
adopted to the program to pass through the
firewalls, since the https protocol is
transparent toamong all firewalls, and t. 
This protocol can possess sufficienthas
strong enough  security capabilities to
protect the confidentiality of transactions.
Additionally, for enhancing the transaction
performance, can be enhanced by basing
this program is developed based on a
network layer comprised of two of MAC
layers, instead of layer three of IP layers,
thus increasing the efficiency of making
this program more efficient.  (NOTE:
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
Paragraph 5
As anticipated, the proposed scheme can
enhancethe performance enhanced
almostby nearly 50% over that of the
conventional relative to the traditional
VPN topology, and extremely low-price in
.  The economically feasible set up cost
setting up causing the pure software
environment, further, for proving the
ensures transparency toamong firewalls,. 
Until now, this program has passed
through total fifty testing firewalls without
being filtered out.
Paragraph 6
In addition to reducing setting up price
ofinstallation costs of a VPN, the
proposed scheme canalso makes the
transaction transparent to firewalls.
Setting the VPN server behind firewalls
secures the VPN server, also  ensures
security and increases the efficiency.
Resutls of this study can contribute to
efforts underway to establish other This
work proposed another aspects of VPN
setting mechanism,s that economically
feasible for  and provided an economical
solution for small companies to benefit
form VPN..

149.  (Computer Science)


Setting of work proposal
Mobile aAdvertising on mobile handheld
devices has increased with raised
considerable interest as the technologyical
has advanceds and companies worldwide
are startingglobal efforts to adopt apply
not only text-based messages, but alsoand
multimedia messages in their marketing
communication. The iInterest can be
found is shown in newspapers (e.g.
Manninen, 2004, and Taulavuori, 2005),
trade press, and in research (e.g. Barnes
2002). Moreover, there’s a wide research
interest in mobile marketing on mobile
handheld devices has been extensively
studied (e.g. Barnes and Scornavacca
2004, Facchetti et al. 2005) or mobile
commerce/business (e.g. Denk and Hackl
2004, Varshney 2003). In aAdditionally,
the tremendous subscription rate of mobile
services exceeding of over 90% in
advanced countries has presented a huge
and burgeoningenormous market
potential. The mMarket development is
bolstered by both technical development
and a cultural context, which has
integrated themobile communications
mobility into public daily livfes, as
attested by the expanding consumption of
text-based and multimedia messages.

Work problem

In Despite of the rapid increasincreasing


number of e in studies focusing on mobile
marketing communication, the
theoryetical development and especially
the conceptualizations of mobile means of
communication seem appear to suffer
from a lack of attention. Marketing terms
(here referred to herein as mobile
marketing terms) are being used although
not explicitly defined and different. 
Various terms appearseem  to refer to the
same phenomenon. In addition to the
conceptual variety and confusing usage,
the relations of the exactly how applied
terms are related to other concepts haves
not been clarified.

Quantitative (References / Literature


review) specification of problem
The following two examples clarify theAs
evidence of conceptual confusion. M,
mobile marketing in many studies seems
toapparently refers to smaller groups of
processes that the conceptthe marketing
concept involvesdoes. For
exampleinstance, Kalakota and Robinson
(2002) defined mobile marketing as “the
distribution of any kind of message or
promotion that adds value to the customer
while enhancing revenue for the firm”.
From a traditionalconventional marketing
management perspective, thissuch a
description would beis more appropriate
tofor the 4thP strategy (e.g. promotion),
marketing communications, rather to
thethan dynamic mobile marketing.

Advertising as a one-way communication


from the marketer to the consumer
seemsappears to be much more restricted
than what mobile phones enables
marketers to do. In the latter channel, the
receiver of the message can react by
phoning the marketer, sending the
company a text message, or clicking itself
to the company’s web-pages site (if the
Iinternet connection is supported by the
devices). As mobile advertising is much
more interactive and personal than
conventionaltraditional advertising, a
systematic use of the channel must be
systematically usedis essential for the
marketers. Therefore, a  conceptual
analysis of the terms around marketing
communication that is sent and received
through mobile and hand-held devices
(e.g. PDA) is imperative for research to
(promulgate OR propagate) the mobile
commerce.

Importance of problem
The cConfusion ofover mobile marketing
terms inhibits hinders the speed of
research efforts, which has lagged behind
the rampantaccelerated demand for
growth of the mobile services
consumption in reality. The amateur
ofPreliminary research ion consumption
behavior and service supply in mobile
marketing results to the leads to
suspension of regulatoryion  institutions
and the evolvement of mobile
businesscommerce.

Work objective
Based on the above, we should develop a
novelThe confusion in the terminology
requires a scheme to fulfillcompensate for
the research gap between
tradiconventional and mobile marketing
by specifically clarifying the meaning of
implications of mobile advertising and
mobile marketing.

Methodology to achieve objective


To do so, questions can be posed on this
scheme first asks, how is the phenomenon
of ‘sending ads to mobile phones’
depicted within scholarly research?. This
question will be answered through aA
description and analysis can then be made
on how to of the ways of defineing the
phenomenon. Next, the elements of the
phenomenon and theits relations of it to to
the existing definitions of marketing
communication concepts canwill be
examined. AdditionallyThen, a novel
means new way of depicting the
phenomenon canwill be
developedsuggested. Moreover, Tthe
suggestion iscan be derived from anby
elaborationg ofupon the distinct
characteristics of the phenomenon.
Furthermore, The method applied is
conceptual analysis can be performed and
data is derived from content analysis of
literature focusing on the phenomenon.

Anticipated results
As anticipated, the terms of “mobile
advertising” and “mobile marketing”
willcan be defined for research of mobile
marketing research. Elements, including
the subject, marketer and receiver
interaction and mutual expectation,
commercialization implications, and the
innovative machine-human interface, can
be used  are concluded to determine the
terms. Furthermore, a new marketer and
consumer relationship  can be determined
based on built upon machine interface will
be discovered.

Contribution to field
The universal definition to theof mobile
marketing terms can not only contribute to
the research of thea rapidly
emergingdeveloping market, but also
enable helping the operators and service
providers to address and even predict
market trendsneeds, as well as and
advance their marketing strategies
theoretically, but also and assist with
thgovernmental e regulatoryion
institutions of the government.
Furthermore, the innovative
interdependent marketer and consumer
relationship through machine interface can
contribute to the development of a will
spur a new discipline in the field of
mobile commerce, given to the rapid
evolvement of human-machine life styles.

150. (Telecommunications)
An efficient encoding process achieved by
Optimization of repeat-accumulate codes
in MIMO systems using an efficient
encoding process

  (Setting of work proposal) Multi-input


multi-output (MIMO) schemes attempt
Tto increase the data rate in a wireless
communications system, the multi-input
multi-output (MIMO) schemes have been
developed for several years. If N antennas
are used in MIMO systems, the data rate
of MIMO systems can be N times that of
conventional systems, i.e., single-input
single-output (SISO) systems; and
hencethus, the data rate is enhanced
significantly. Despite the higher data rate
of MIMO systems, its performance is
muchmarkedly lower than that of SISO
systems since many channels exists in
MIMO systems contain maintain many
channels and to recognizeing data of each
antenna is very extremely difficult. Hence,
MIMO systems adopt an advanced
channel coding scheme, called low-
density parity-check (LDPC) code, are
adopted in MIMO systems.
(Work problem) The LDPC codes can
significantly upgrade the system
performance significantly if
adequatelywell  designed; h.  However,
the disadvantage of LDPC codes are
limited owing to their is its complex
encoding process. In LDPC codes, an
extremely very large generator matrix G
must be multiplied for encoding.
(Quantitative specification of problem)
For instance, the dimension of G
approximates to 2000 by 2000 in IEEE
802.11n standard and to multiply G
spends a markedexpends a considerable
amount of time. However, only six
registers are necessaryrequired to
complete an encoding for process of a
conventional channel coding, i.e.,
convolutional codes. Therefore, a
significant difference in encoding
complexity exists between LLDPC and
conventional codes significantly differ in
encoding complexity.
(Importance of problem) If the complexity
of encoding process is extremely
complexvery high, the system
requiresneeds a significant amountgreat
quality of power to complete the
encoding. However, for a small wireless
communication device such as a mobile
phone, notebook computer and PDA, the
power is a highly very valuable resource
since the battery power supply of batteries
is limited. Hence, how to conservesave
power is a crucial subject and an
efficiency encoding process for LDPC
codes is the next majoralso problematic
for MIMO systems.
(Work objective) Based on the above, we
should develop a novel LDPC structure,
called a repeat-accumulate (RA) code, has
been as proposed in 2002. RA codes can
giveprovide the system with an
extremelya very low error rate of data, but
an efficient encoding process. Its encoding
is likeresembles the encoder of
convolutional codes, explaining  and
hence thethe low complexity is low. Then,
the major problem becomesOf priority
concern is how to design an RA code such
that the system performance can approach
to the “system capacity”, as mentioned by
the most famousrenowned
communications researcher scientist,,
Shannon, in 1948. (Methodology to
achieve objective) To do so, some
methods are follows. Aan extrinsic
information transfer (EXIT) chart can be
simulated in MIMO channel to become
the design baseline of MIMO systems.
Next, tThe MIMO system capacity can
then be calculateddetermined by some
formulas, as providedgiven by Shannon,
to derivegain an appropriate value of the
signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). Additionally,
based on this appropriate SNR, a curve
fitting can be derivedperformed to match
the EXIT chart. Moreover, a probability
density function of “variable nodes” and
“check nodes” in RA code can be
determinedcided by the above curve and,
finally, the design of RA codes is
finishedcan be completed. Furthermore,
We confirmation can be made that the RA
code decided by the way ofdetermined via
the above methods has significant
performs wellance in MIMO systems.
(Anticipated results) As anticipated, if the
well-adequately designed RA code is
applied, the MIMO system can have an
extremelyvery low data error rate of data
aand, simultaneously, keepmaintain the
advantage of a high data rate at the same
time. Based on they simulation results, the
MIMO system with RA codes performs as
well asequivalent to the SISO system.
Hence, the most critical problem ofthe low
performance problem in MIMO systems is
resolved by adoptingpplying the well-
designed RA code.
(Contributions to field) Wireless
communications has become increasingly
common application in daily life because
of given the nature of property of cable-
freeless devices. For the property of
“cCable-less”,free wireless
communication devices needsrequire
batteries to provide power. However, the
battery power supply of batteries is
limited, accentuating the importance of
and hence the resource of power
resourceis very crucial. For If the wireless
devices canto perform efficiently, thea
battery can supply the system for an
extended period long time. Hence,
simplify the encoding process is
necessarymust be simplified when
applying LDPC to MIMO systems. If the
proposed RA code, one class of LDPC, is
used in MIMO system device, the efficient
encoding process can become efficient
gained and power is saved significantly.
Hence, small wireless communication
devices can operate for extended periods a
long time without using battery chargers
on one’s person.
 
151.  Computer Science
Among the numerous Proxies have many
advantages of proxies include, e.g.
controlling access, conserving network
bandwidth, reducing communication
delay, and alleviating loads of original
servers’ loads.  Therefore, various proxies
appear in today’sthe Internet according to
the requirements ofbased on application
requirements, e.g., a HTTP proxy for
WWW, a FTP proxy for file transmission,
and a SOCKS proxy for firewall traversal.
Meanwhile, most applications can
communicate through a proxy.
However, the mobile computing paradigm
brings negatively impacts to certain
applications.  Referred to as mobility-
unaware applications, the applications
designed for fixed network environments
are unaware of the movements of mobile
devices’ movements.  When roaming,
theysuch applications access the Internet
through the configured proxies probably
far from the visited network rather than
through nearby proxies.  The behavior
hardly getsbarely achieves advantages of
the proxy’s advantages, and .  
Additionally, communication may suffer
disturbancesincur interferences, e.g.,
gettingbecoming congested, suffering a
long delay, encountering a firewall’s
obstacle, or becoming intercepted.
It is troublesome to manManually
changechanging the proxy configurations
of applications’ proxy configurations at
during handoffs.  However, using a Proxy
Auto-Config file (pac file) neither satisfies
non-HTTP applications nor works
forenables users to roam at will freely.
Therefore,Although many proposals are
available to obtain offer ways to getthe
address of the nearby proxy’s address.
However, applications have to detect the
movements, acquire the address of the
nearby proxy’s address, and utilize the
nearby proxy.  While creating mobility-
aware applications burdenshinders
developers, application modification may
be impracticable due to a lacking of
source codes.  The facts are justified in
givingProviding applications is an
effective means of a way to
communicateing through a nearby proxy
without application modification.
Based on the above, we should develop
apropose Tapster as the transparent proxy
redirector for mobile computing.  The
Tapster quietly redirects the requests of
applications’ requests to the nearby proxy
without application awareness,
configuration, and modification.  The
applications functionwork as if they were
staying at the home network and
interacting with the configured proxy.
The Tapster supports various proxies, not
merely the HTTP proxy.  Here, We
implement the Tapster can be
implemented in Windows XP and have
experiments can be performed.

152.  (Computer Science)


IT research heavily emphasizes the
importance of an intelligent environment
has become a critical issue of IT
researches. As the Internet rapidly
evolves, intelligent environment
applications are increasingly attractive.
Constructing and applying intelligent
environments have received considerable
interest in industrial and academic circles.
Intelligent environment-related researches
revealsindicate the following trends.
Digital life has received much
interestextensive attention in recent years.
Identification technology plays a critical
role in intelligent environment research.
And mMany IT manufacturers design and
produce various handheld 3C products to
gain a foothold in the emerging digital life
market.

However, given its focus on home care,


home learning, and home entertainment,
digital life applications are limited to the
home. Therefore, despite the
numerousmany  digital life studies have
been proposed, the vision of digital life
seems unappears to be impractical,
especially for mobile commerce
applications. Additionally, radio frequency
identification (RFID), i.e., the
conventionally adopted critical
identification technology, is seldom
adopted in digital life studies, thus
restricting the creation of R&D efforts in
digital life. The above fact not only
reflects the inability to integrate various
intelligent environments, but also
indicates that only 10% of all 3C products
can be used as expected as their prime
scenario due to an unsound intelligent
environment. Therefore, promotional
efforts in mobile commerce are not
welladequately defined. Profits from
digital life market only account are
onlyfor nearly 10% of the entire 3C
market. Therefore, a novel intelligent
architecture must be developed, capable of
increasing the efficiency of mobile
commerce.

Mobile handheld devices have been seen


as important rolesare viewed as essential
in realizing digital life. How to provide
mobile commerce for digital life haves
also received been increasing
studiedattention. Murugesan and
Venkatakrishnan (2005) addressed the
challenges of webInternet-based
applications on mobile handheld devices.
Hu edt al. (2005) then presentedexamined
how to use Internet-enabled mobile
handheld devices for mobile commerce.
Although above studies
indicateemphasizing the importance and
usages of mobile handheld devices when
applying web Internet-based applications
and mobile commerce, theyabove studies
failed to adopt RFID in their approaches,
and lacked to the ability to integrate
various intelligent environment
applications. Furthermore, some related
functions for advanced mobile commerce,
e.g., such as information retrievingal and
filtering, as well as secure tunneling , and
etc have n’ot been discussed.

Based on the above, we should develop


aA novel intelligent architecture can be
developed, capable of increasing the
efficiency of mobile commerce. The
proposed architecture can integrate the
applications of several environments, i.e.,
home, mart, shopping mall and banks.
Additionally, the RFID technology is well
adoptedmature. To do so, the intelligent
info-filtering mechanism, in conjunction
with context awareness technologies, for
tags reading can be established. The
RFID-based status-management
mechanism of daily commodities can then
be presented. Next, a secure settlement
and payment mechanism using secure
tunneling schemes can be proposed as
well. Additionally, a practical info-
interchange method can be constructed.
AndMoreover, a complete mobile
commerce architecture can be constructed.

As anticipated, the proposed architecture


can integrate RFID and context awareness
technologies in a ubiquitous environment
to increase the efficiency of mobile
commerce. In addition to contributing to
research efforts in digital life, the
proposed architecture can also extend the
research domain of pervasive and mobile
computing. Besides thatAdditionally, the
proposed architecture can enhance the
potential of mobile commerce and
increase profits from digital life market by
up to 30% of that from the entire 3C
market. Moreover, the proposed
architecture can provide a valuable
reference for business models, ultimately
providing opportunities for 3C
manufacturers to consume value-added
products.

The rest of this paper is organized as


follows. Section 2 reviews the related
studiespertinent literature for mobile
handheld devices, RFID applications,
context awareness scenarios, and secure
mobile commerce architectures. Section 3
then introduces the paradigm of the
proposed architecture, with some
corresponding sample scenarios. Next,
Section 4 describes the intelligent info-
filtering mechanism for tags reading, the
RFID-based status-management
mechanism of daily commodities, the
secure settlement and payment
mechanism, and the practical info-
interchange method respectively.
Additionally, Section 5 demonstrates the
sample system constructed by the
proposed architecture, and highlights
some comparisons with current mobile
commerce systems. Conclusions and
future works are finally drawn in Section
6, along with recommendations made for
future research.

153.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


1. Setting of work proposal
Given the trend towards product We need
increasingly miniaturization product and
lower manufacturing costs down. So that,
IC design must include moreadditional
functions to reduce the total size and costs
in order to (comply with OR satisfy OR
fulfill OR adhere to OR meet) customer
requirements.

2. Work problem
We will meet the different function
interfere each other when we cHowever,
(combineding OR integrating) several
functions into the one chip often leads to
different functions interfering with each
other. For instance, Unfortunately, we
maybe couldn’t solve
spaceminiaturization and cost-related
issues in an integrated IC. can not be
addressed Bbecause we lost the flexibility
of placement in the PCB layout is lost.,
mMoreover, we need use (special OR
customized) packages must often be used
in thean integrated IC, which have a
higher cost that cause the total cost
increase due to it wasowing to their not
unpopularity OR infrequent use) package.

3. Quantitative specification of problem


Whereas We will increase 50% cost
compare with(an integrated IC costs 50%
more than a and discrete IC  OR an
integrated IC and a discrete IC differ in
cost by 50%) . And then, we reduce the,
although 80% of the component space, is
reduced, but we wasted 50% of the PCB
areas is wasted although 80% of the
component space is reduced. Therefore,
So we also wasted 30% more of the PCB
areas compare with in an Iintegrated IC is
wasted than that in  and a discrete IC.

4. Importance of problem
The inability to (comply with OR satisfy
OR fulfill OR adhere to)We couldn’t meet
customer requirements makes it
impossible to  if we don’t realize
theachieve an integrated IC.  The designer
don’t how to design the integrate IC if we
don’t solve the space a with
miniaturization and cost
considerationsproblem.

154.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


TheAn efficient DC-to-DC converter can
(extend OR prolong) the lifetime of
battery-powered products. The, in which
precise zero current detection is essential
to theits efficiency of DC-to-DC
converter. However, different wafer
fabrication procedures can widely vary in
the current threshold of conventional
detection circuits could have widely
varied current threshold caused by wafer
fabrication’s variation. For instance, The
varieda current threshold rangeding from
–100mA to 100mA decreases the
efficiency. The inability to automatically
adjust the current threshold of detection
circuits, which couldn’t adjust the current
threshold automatically,  lowers the
efficiency of DC-to-DC converter and
can’t be, making mass production
(infeasible OR impossible).

155.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal:
High speed comparators are
(conventionally adopted OR commonly)
used in power management ICs to
(accurately OR precisely) control the
power switches.

Work problem:
However, Cconventional comparators fail
to timelycan not react timely to and
accurately turn on/off the power switches
on and off accurately, (incurring OR
causing) a power loss during power
transition.

Quantitative specification of problem:


For instance, Aa comparator with a
reaction delay (exceeding OR
surpassing)more than 50ns reaction delay
may lossincur an efficiency loss of 2%~-
3% efficiency in power regulation.

Importance of problem:
The inability to develop If a faster
comparator couldn’t be realized in
(modern :  OR OMIT ) power regulation
ICs, will not only (shrink OR decrease)
battery lifetime will be shrunk due to extra
transition power loss, and the
associatedbut also make handheld
electronic products will be less
competitive in marketwise.

156.  (Electrical Engineering)

Setting of work proposal


Supply voltage range of a pPortable
electrical products have a narrow range in
supply voltageis not so wide.

在可攜型電子產品應用方面,通常電源
可操作的範圍並不會太大。

Work problem
A continuously operating battery does not
always keep inmaintain a constant voltage
in continuity operate condition.

電池在連續操作的情況下,維持在一固
定電壓的時間並不會太長。

Quantitative specification of problem

A continuously operating It is not easy for


battery to keep in a portable electrical
product specification in continuity operate
condition. is severely restricted, with the
battery having a usage capacity of  But
battery only use 40% power at this time.

通常可攜型的電子產品,在連續使用的
情形下電池的電壓很容易就不符合可攜
型的電子產品的要求。通常在此情況下
只消耗了電池 40%的能量。

Importance of problem increase

The inability to maintain the minimal


operation voltage of If a battery in a
portable electrical product is not always
keep in it’s minimal operation voltage. It
will will reduce its  result in continuityous
operateion period too short. If we use
steady voltage IC will result in continuity
operate period increase.(NOTE:  I omitted
this last sentence because this is related to
the objective of your study, not the
background of your research.)
若使用在可攜型的電子產品的電池,若
無法是一個穩定的電壓會使得可攜型的
電子產品可連續使用的時間過短;若使
用穩壓 IC 則可使使用時間大大增長。

157.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


1.Setting of work proposal 工作提案建構
The design integrates the Power-
Ssupply and the Mmotor-Ddriver
electronic circuits are integrated into a
single chip for the DVD pPlayers.

2.Work problem 工作問題


At present the PPower-Ssupply and the
Mmotor-Ddriver electronic circuits are
embedded separatelyrespectively isin a
single chip. It, which falls below product
design requirements owing to WHAT?is
quite unsuitable for future design of
customer’s product. (NOTE:  You have
not finished this sentence.  WHY does this
fall below product design requirements?)

3. Quantitative specification of problem


問題的量化
Failing to integrate these circuits into a
single chip may It might cause the
customer delay theirthe design schedule
and increase about 10% overhead costs of
the components by (about OR around OR
roughly OR approximately) 10%.
4. Importance of problem 問題的中心
The inability to integrateIf these circuits
are unable to integrate into a single chip,
two chips solution can’t bemakes it
impossible not only to satisfy consumer
demand for the future product that is more
smallminiaturized, light and slim
products. Furthermore, the result won’t
be, but also to reduce time constraints in
of the customer’s design schedule and
production costs.

姓名: 張銘智
158.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Market demand for The technical ofmotor
drive ICs with sensorless brushless DC
(BLDC) motor drive IC applied capacity
is strong in the market of the home
appliances sector, HVAC industry, and
automotive applications is significant.
However, the conventional means of
method to driveing the sensorless BLDC
motor to start and to rotateor before
entering closed-loop control is limited in
that the lack of exists problems. Without
position information provided by hall-
effect sensors, optical sensors or synchro
resolvers, makes it occasionally difficult
for a BLDC sensorless system to start the
motor is critical and sometime difficult for
a BLDC sensorless system. Whereas inIN
the conventional scheme, open-loop
starting the motor is started with open-
loop control, in which accomplished by
providing a rotating stator field with an
certain increasing frequency profile is
provided. However, for some applications,
i.e.e.g., automotive fuel pumping, requires
that the start-up has to be finishedis
completed with 200ms. It is very, making
it extremely difficult to tune the start-up
(using OR via) the open-loop starting
algorithm

159.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal 工 作 提 案 建 構
Video applications needrequire a wide
bandwidth and high speed operational
amplifier. (NOTE:  You have not
completed this sentence.  FOR WHAT
PURPOSE   OR OWING TO WHAT
REASON do video applications require a
wide bandwidth and high speed
operational amplifier?) Work problem 工
作 問 題 Conventional operational
amplifiers don’t suit to theare
(inappropriate OR insufficient OR
inadequate) for video applications because
ofowing to their insufficient speed and
narrow bandwidth. Quantitative
specification of problem 問 題 的 量 化
Actually, the specifications ofFor instance,
an operational amplifier in video
applications requires a bandwidth of
180Mhz bandwidth and slew-rate
(NOTE:  Check spelling.) of 220 V/us
Slew-Rate. Importance of problem 問題的
中 心 Whereas Aan operational amplifier
with a wide bandwidth can experience
large vibration and stable operations
whereas, an operational amplifier with a
narrow bandwidth leads to slow
convergence and frequencyt instability.
Consequently, an unreliableThe inability
of operational amplifier speed will limit
voltage level transformation and settling
(NOTE: ‘setting’?) times.

160. (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)

Rising pollution and increasingly depleted


non-renewable resources have popularized
Recently,the solar cells has an emerged as
one of the maining areas of industrial
growth owing to high pollution and
declining production quantities of
chemical fuels.L, as evidenced by the
considerable ots of enterprentrepreneurial
investment and ises strive for an
admission ticket to this market.And the
stock market speculationwas also infected
with this kind of atmosphere.  Given the
strong investor interest in Any solar cell
concept stock would perform
outstandingly during last half a
year.innovations over the past six months,
an increase number of We forecast more
and more products are widely forecasted
to reach commercialization as the will be
born
accompany with the growth ofthe solar
cell industry matures, dramatically
transforming and they will definitely
result a revolution to human daily life as a
result. 

(NOTE:  This homework is too short.  I


need at least 300 words.  Look at this
example from my graduate student on
solar power technologies:

As an innovative technology, solar energy


power is extensively developed in many
industrialized countries. In this area,
efficient production of solar energy panels
is essential to generate electricity from the
sun. As evidence of its commercial
potential, solar energy panels are
increasingly found in batteries and
automobiles. The relative inexpensiveness
of solar panels and their environmentally
friendly use reflect the current trend to use
renewable resources instead of non-
renewable ones such as petroleum,
especially given its growing retail price
and scarcity. Solar panels are a
particularly attractive alternative to
petroleum in transportation. Competitions
involving solar energy driven automobiles
are common,  subsequently raising public
awareness of the latest advances and the
advantages of solar energy. Encouraging
an environmental consciousness among
the general public is another effective
means of raising the awareness of  solar
energy and its environmental benefit.
However, in practice, solar energy panels
still have certain limitations, such as use
for extended periods or use in poor
weather conditions, explaining the
hesitancy among the general public to
accept it as a viable alternative to non-
renewable energy sources. Therefore,
effectively promoting the use of solar
energy requires an emphasis not only on
its  continuous development to gain public
confidence in its ability to provide for
energy consumption in the future, but also
on its applicability in a diverse array of
product appliances and facilities.
  
161.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Setting of work proposal:
Application engineers highly prioritize
(customizing OR Fframing) an IC
specification for the customer’s(based on
OR according to) consumer
(specifications OR requirements) is the
most important work of application
engineer.

Work problem:
However, the detail comprehension can’t
be very well from reading the
competitor’s IC datasheets from
competitors provide inadequate detail on
how to comply with those consumer
specifications.
Quantitative specification of problem:
Misinterpreting understanding of IC
specifications frequently leads to
additional resources and overhead costs in
causes the reworks of IC design
frequently.

Importance if problem:
Redundant personnel use and overhead
costs associated with peated IC design
work seriously delays the time to market
delivery.

162. (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)

題 目 : PWM converter Optimization of


non-overlapping timing control in a PWM
converter

Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)


Enhance conversion efficiency of a PWM
DC/DC converter is a crucial point to
increaseLengthening the usage time of a
portable devices depends on the ability to
increase the conversion efficiency of a
PWM DC/DC converter. Also, efficiency,
which is a critical index for converter
performanceabout PWM DC/DC
converters.

Work problem (工作問題)


As nNon-overlapping time of the control
signal ofin the converter’s switches
actuallysignificantly impacts the
efficiency of DC/DC converters much., If
the time is too long,an excessive amount
of time will increase the ripple of output
will increase or generate a current spike
will be generated;.  Correspondingly, an
insufficient amount of time  if it is too
short, lowers efficiency or destroys the
switches due to them bewhen turned on
simultaneously.

Quantitative specification of problem ( 問


題的量化)
For instance, a variation of up to 20% in
tThe non-overlapping time varies up to
20% ascauses a fluctuation in process,
temperature, or supply voltage varies.
Important of problem (問題的中心)
The inability to adequately control If the
non-overlapping time is not well-
controlled, thewill adversely impact
generated revenues owing to a  profit
won’t be increased since low efficient
(NOTE: “efficiency” instead of
‘efficient’?) conversion, competivenessng
ability, and low yield.

163.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)
Designing a  the current controller which
without thea slope compensator tocan
(expand OR diversify OR increase)s the
product applications territory.
設計無斜率補償的電流控制器以增加應
用領域。

Work problem (工作問題)


HoweverWhereas, the apresent  current
controller must join the(incorporates OR
contains) a slope compensator to ensure
that revise duty cycle to be greater
than(exceeds OR surpasses) 0.5. But,
variation among exterior components to
vary can lead to causeinsufficiency or
excessiveness of the slope compensator to
the insufficiency or excessively, creates
thesubsequently incurring system to be
uninstabileity.
目前的電流控制器需加入斜率補償來修
正責任週期大於 0.5 的應用。但外部元
件的變化會導致斜率補償不足或過多,
造成系統不穩定。

Quantitative specification of problem ( 問


題的量化)
A variation in Because the inductance
value by 20%-30% can along with in
theduring manufactureing with respect to
and the temperature to vary, has
approximately 20% ~ 30% change
quantity. Ccauses insufficiency in the
slope compensator the insufficiency,
subsequently createsing two resonances in
the system occur two resonance.  (NOTE: 
What is the system you are referring to? 
Although I have simplified this confusing
sentence, make sure that I did not change
your intended meaning.)

由於電感值會隨著製造與溫度上的變化,
產生約 20~30%的變化量。導致斜率
補償不足,造成系統發生二次諧振。

Importance of problem (問題的中心)


The If is uinabileity to abbreviatesimplify
the current controller slope compensator,
and (selects a material quality worse or
operation at the boundary : I HAVE NO
IDEA WHAT THIS PART OF THE
SENTENCE MEANS.  CAN YOU
DELETE IT WITHOUT CHANGING
THE SENTENCE’S OVERALL
MEANING?) , then is will easily lead to
create the control to be system
iunstabileity.

如果無法省略電流控制器的斜率補償,
而選用材質較差或操作太過於邊界,則
容易造成控制異常。

164.  (Electrical/Electronics
Engineering)  

Setting of work proposal


Design the lLinear voltage
regulatorregulators must be designed with
a high current driving (NOTE: ‘driving’
WHAT?  speed?) to (comply with OR
satisfy OR fulfill OR adhere to OR meet)
aconsumer  specifications for clients.

設計高驅動的電流線性電壓控制器為符
合客戶的一項規格。

Work problem

However, system instability often occurs


when a general linear voltage regulator
when(operates at OR has) a high current
driving experience the system stability
issue. (NOTE: ‘driving’ WHAT?  speed?)

然而在一般的線性電壓控制器在大電流
驅動時,就會產生系統穩定性的問題。

Quantitative specification of problem

For thea heavy load, (NOTE:  Should you


specify what kind of load?  traffic load?
computational load?) system
compensation makescomplicates circuitry
to be more complex, and increases power
consumption will be increase.
RelativeCorrespondingly, high current
driving(NOTE: ‘driving’ WHAT?  speed?)
requires a needs the current limit to
protect devices.(NOTE: “protect devices”
FROM WHAT?)

在輸出為重載時,系統上的補償會使電
路更為複雜,並且所耗的功率將會增加。
相對的,在大電流驅動時,就需電流限
制電路來保護元件。

Importance of problem

The inability to If not separate the output


and current limit circuit, will lead to
failure of the ( essential :  OR OMIT )
current limit function will be fail. 

如果沒有設法將電流限制架構與輸出作
隔離,在短路的狀況發生,會使的基本
的電流限制功能失效。

165.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal
Using tThe voltage-mode control method
is adopted to designs the internal
compensator in a step-down converter IC.
At present the sSimilar specification ICs
are externally compensated.

Work problem
A limited Due to IC sizearea is limited, so
restricts the area of the compensator area
can not too large. When the compensator
area is limited, often making it extremely
difficulty to stabilize the step-down
converter is much difficult to stable.

Quantitative specification of problem


(NOTE:  I don’t see how these following
sentences quantify your stated-above
problem.  You should quantify the
restricted area of the compensator or
instability of the step-down converter and
describe its/their consequence.)
A Ccompensator is made of(consists of
OR comprises) resistors, capacitors and a
transconductance amplifier. The
maximum of resistance and capacitance
are 200kΩ and 250pF, respectively.
Meanwhile, Tthe transconductance
amplifier gain iscan not exceed s 150μs.

Importance of problem
If IC doesn’t have The lack of an internal
compensator, in an integrated circuit will
create instability in the step-down
converter will be unstable and cause the
external compensator to increase the area
of external application circuit area(s?) and
component cost.

166.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal:
In high output wattage, high efficiency of
a dc to dc converter, with respect to its
high output watt high efficiency is very
importantof priority concern in an
operationg system.

Work problem:
However, efficiency Iin high output watt
operation,s is extremely low owing to the
large turn on power loss becauseof the
synchronous rectifier diode turn on power
loss too large, so the efficiency is very
low.

Quantitative specification of problem:


For instance, the turn on power loss of the
synchronous rectifier diode Base on the
synchronous rectifier diode turn on loss,
the reduces efficiency reduceby more than
10%.

Importance of problem:
The inability to resolve this efficiency
problem lead to greater energy
consumption from the added input wattage
of If no solution, the converter will added
input watt to consume energy and morea
higher design cost.

167.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


1. Setting of work proposal:
Develop tTest programs are developed to
domonitor productionmanufacturing and
adjust productsion accordinglyissues in
production.

2. Work problem :
  While developing test programs for
Nnew products require considerable need
more time to develop test program.
  O, operator and tester-related problems
consubsequently lower production yield of
production.
3. Quantitative specification of problem:
  For instance, In production, manual testing
during manufacturing requires 1ea need 3
seconds for each product, whereasbut
useing tester requires only needs for a
second.

4. Importance of problem:
  The lack of Not automated production
requires an enormous amount of can
spends massive time and
manpower.personnel during testing.
  While developing a test program for nNew
products requires a tremendous amount of
time, spends massive time develop test
program and Ooperator or tester-related
errors during operation can negatively
impact production and lower the
company’s overall lost the market
competitivenesson value and influence of
production.
 

168.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Device mis-matching always complicates
causes circuitry design difficultly because
owing to the inability to identify the
(origin of error OR root cause) is not
clear., thus accentuating the importance of
Pprocess control is the most important
factor. TraditionallyIn practice, circuit
designers must add more and morean
increasing number of devices in their
circuitry to overcome the process
deviation. For exampleinstance, mis-
matching can generate 20~30%a chip area
loss of 20-30%. Whereas aThe larger chip
area will causeimplies a higher product
price. Moreover, a higher retail price will
loss itslowers market competitiveness.
Therefore, the inability to fully resolve
this mis-matching dilemma effect makes it
impossible to detect and control the
process variation in wafer processing.

169.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal: In device, the
lLogic circuits can beachieve
optimumization by (full OR fully
comprehensive) custom design flow (, i.e.,
manual design and layout)., resulting in an
enhancedGets better performance and
lower cost than the design flow of HDL
(hardware description language (HDL)
design flow. In contrastConversely, the
larger logic ASIC includes more than one
million gates in onea chip, which is
difficult to implemented by
(comprehensive OR full)y custom design.
Work problem: For a larger ASIC, (fully OR
comprehensive) custom design flow
requires additional needs more human
resourcepersonnel, making it extremely
and becomes difficult forto achieve time
to market delivery.    
Quantitative specification of problem: HDL
design flow isrequires half the (working
OR production) time than (fully OR
comprehensive) custom design does.
ThisSuch a benefit willis proportional to
the logic ASIC scale.
Importance of problem: Owing to the
extensive time required for modification
and verification, Usiadopting (fully OR
comprehensive) custom design needs
much time to modify and verify. Iin
different processes, it is harddifficult to re-
use as an IP. Therefore can’t, making it
impossible to (comply with OR satisfy OR
fulfill OR adhere to OR meet) the market
(requirements OR demand OR
specifications).

170.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Process variation haves significantly
abated hugely influenced about the loses
of IC product yield. Because of theGiven
limitations in stability and accuracy of
productiong machines’ stability and
accuracy equipment, FABfabs are
especially have the difficult in process
control. So, theGiven the constant role of
process variation in manufacturing always
takes place., a small This makes few
percentage of product yield loses occurs in
producingmanufacturing ICs., ultimately
And these yield lose will increaseing the
cost of IC products.
171.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Setting of work proposal

Power efficiency is an important issue for


the portable devices such as digital
cameras, MP3 players and cellular phones
is of priority concern in the electronics
industrious nowadaysy., highlighting the
importance of  So designing the efficient
power management chips inside those
such devices play an important role in to
conservesaving power.

Work problem

However, conventional power


management chips might work(function
OR operate) at the same switching
frequency, either at theunder a heavy or
light loading or at the light loading. Theis
consistentconstant frequency would cause
the ill-leads to inefficiency atunder a light
loading due to the switching loss.

Quantitative specification of problem

For instance, Tthe efficiency of thea


conventional chip atunder a light loading
is approximatelyabout 70%~75%. Which
might, possibly shortening the operational
time of electronic devices working time
aboutby roughly 1~-2 hours.
Importance of problem

The inability of electronic devices to


workoperate efficiently atunder a light
loading will limit the chip usage in many
portable devices. A and lose consumerthe
electronics devices would not be appealed
to the custo.

172.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


As an integral part of the In current mode
dc to dc system, the current sensing block
is the most important. Current sensing
block not only influences the stability of a
close loop, but also significantly
contributes to the non-linearity of cause
the output voltage non-linear. The other
advantage is current sensing block can
also be over current protection. However,
the Cconventionally adopted current
sensing block varies with process ,
temperature, and power supply. The
variation is rough from – at a range of
10% to 30%. The inability to adequately
control the If current sensing block cannot
be well controlled,  might lead to
instability of the dc to dc system might
unstable. It also affect and adversely
impact the unity of a chip, leading to error
and make a wrong judgment in testing.
Finding reasonableIdentifying an
acceptable current sensing value would
increase testing time and lower product
yield products. Moreover ,, subsequently
it might cause the delaying of
timedelivery to market and lowering se
market competitivenesson. 

173.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)

Setting of work proposal

To develop the algorithm onA DSP


modulation algorithm plays a profound
role in to driveing the sensorless motors
for application of start-up, position and
speed control applications.

Work Problem
Given the narrow Due to the applications
of sensorless motor drivers is not
extensive, the difficulty is how to
decidetermining that to be suitable
forappropriate applications of
traditionalconventional senor motor
drivers is (problematic OR difficult).

Quantitative specification of problem

To achieve for customized requirements,


adjusting various electrical (characteristics
OR properties OR attributes OR features)
will increase not only the number of pins
ofin sensorless motor driver ICs will be
increased for adjusting some electrical
characteristic. B, but also theit will
increase (external : OR OMIT ) 30% chip
size by 30% and 50%overhead costs by
50%.

Importance of problem

In tTheoryetically, the advisable start-up


of a driver can avoid broking the motor
breakdowns. The aAccurate speed and
position control can (be applied to motor
control OR apply for more motor control).
In factpractice, the start-up, speed and
position control applications mean(refer to
OR imply) the standard performance of
motor driver ICs., which will ultimately
determine Tthe competitiveness of the
driver IC market will be decided by these
performances.

174.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal

The electronics industry heavily


emphasizes timely product Ddeliverying
product in the right time to customers has
become the essential success factor in the
electronic industry, to ensure time to the
market,. Project leaders must have
enough(sufficient OR adequate)
information about theon product
development status so that they canto
resolve problems timely, and allocate
resources appropriately.  

Work problem
Given that Aa complete product
development cycle includes at least 8eight
critical steps, 5 and the involvement of
functional departments involvement, any
missing link gap in the work flow will
(incur OR create OR cause) seriously
project delays and extra
expensesadditional overhead costs.  ,
therefore, an efficient and tailor-made
project management system is crucial to
prevent problems and shorten
development cycle.(NOTE: I omitted this
part because this belongs to the objective
of your research, not your research
problem.)

Quantitative specification of problem


According to a non-official statistics, our
aAverage product development time in
our company lagged was 25% behind the
planning schedule by 25%, and and
exceeded 20% higher than the budget
expenditures by 25%.

Importance of Problem
The inability to resolve this problem If we
couldn’t improve this awkward situation,
we will suffer theincur high development
costs, missing the adversely impact time
to market advantagedelivery, and
eventually, lowersing our market
competitiveness position.

175.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


1.Setting of work proposal
White LED drivers play an
increasingly prominent role in consumer
electronic products, including ; such as
cellular phones, PDAs, LCD monitors,
LCD TVs and car lighting systems.

2. Work problem
In white LED drivers, the charge
pump switching control structure,
feedback control structure and power
consumption constitute bottlenecks for
further development.
3. Quantitative specification of problem
For instance, The complicateda
complex control structure may increase
10% to 20% power consumption and 20%
to 30% chip area by 10% to 20% and 20%
to 30%, respectively,
thus/thereby/subsequently/ultimately
increasing production. Therefore, the total
cost raises.

4. Importance of problem
The inability to develop an enhanced
better control structure in white LED
drivers will not only (miniaturize OR
reduce) also shrink the battery life due to
the extra power consumption, but also
enlarge makethe total chip area too large
and loweress market competitiveness
marketwise.

1. Work objective
Based on the above, we should
develop a white LED driving method
containing an efficient charge pump
switching control and adequate suitable
feedback control capabilities/competence.

2. Methodology to achieve objective


To do so, a switch control network can
be established to compose a charge pump
model. A bBehavioral simulation can then
be performeddeveloped to
replicatesimulate the control structure in
theits early stages. Next, a feedback
control circuits can be simulated with
charge pump circuits. Additionally, the
white LED driver, including charge pump
circuits and feedback control circuits, can
be implemented with other analog circuits
in the same chip.

3. Anticipated results
As anticipated, in addition to
increasing power efficiency to more than
90%, the proposed white LED driver not
only can get more than 90% power
efficiency , but also can reduce the
extranumber of chip components for the
chip.
4. Contribution to field
The proposed method can significantly
be used contribute to efforts/provide a
valuable reference for / elucidate /clarify/
shed light on / pave the way for  to design
a novel white LED driver with
betterincreased power efficiency and less
extraproduct components than
beforefound in conventional design.

Research paper:  Abstract


White LED drivers play an increasingly
prominent role in consumer electronic
products, including cellular phones,
PDAs, LCD monitors, LCD TVs and car
lighting systems.  However, in white LED
drivers, the charge pump switching
control structure, feedback control
structure and power consumption
constitute bottlenecks for further
development.  Therefore, this work
presents a white LED driving method
containing an efficient charge pump
switching control and adequate feedback
control capabilities. A switch control
network is established to compose a
charge pump model. Behavioral
simulation is then performed to replicate
the control structure in its early stages.
Next, feedback control circuits are
simulated with charge pump circuits.
Additionally, the white LED driver,
including charge pump circuits and
feedback control circuits, is implemented
with other analog circuits in the same
chip.  In addition to increasing power
efficiency to more than 90%, the proposed
white LED driver can reduce the number
of chip components.  The proposed
method can significantly contribute to
efforts to design a novel white LED driver
with increased power efficiency and less
product components than found in
conventional design.

176.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)

Setting of work proposal:


High speed comparators are
conventionally adopted in power
management ICs to precisely control
power switches.
Work problem:
However, conventional comparators can
not react timely to and turn power
switches on and off accurately, incurring a
power loss during power transition.
Quantitative specification of problem:
For instance, a comparator with a reaction
delay exceeding than 50ns may incur an
efficiency loss of 2%-3% in power
regulation.
Importance of problem:
The inability to develop a faster
comparator in modern power regulation
ICs will not only shrink battery lifetime
due to extra transition power loss, but also
make handheld electronic products less
competitive marketwise.

Work objective:
Based on the above, we should develop a
novel recognition framework capable of
accelerating input signal differentiation,
without appending complicated circuits.
Methodology to achieve objective:
To do so, a small dynamic-range circuit
can be constructed in the firstpreliminary
stage to enhance the sensitivity of a
comparator. A dynamic-range clamping
circuit can then be placed in the
subsequentfollowing stages to expedite
signal diagnosis. Additionally, the level-
shifter, which redeems normal dynamic-
range, can be practicedimplemented to
regain driving capability of the
comparator.
Anticipated results:
As anticipated, the proposed recognition
frameworkarrangement can increase
efficiency 30ns-50ns over that of promote
up to 30ns-50ns than conventional
structures by adding less than  figuring no
more than 5% extra circuitry.
Contribution to field:
Without reckoning upincreasing circuit
complexity, the proposed
methodologyframework can be
usedfacilitate efforts to design a high
speed comparator in order to effectively
suppress switching power loss, making it
particularly attractive for particularly
beneficial in high-efficiency demanding
systems such as portable electronic
products.

Research paper:  Abstract


High speed comparators are conventionally
adopted in power management ICs to
precisely control power switches. 
However, conventional comparators
cannot react timely to turn power switches
on and off accurately, incurring a power
loss during power transition.  Therefore,
this work presents a novel recognition
framework capable of accelerating input
signal differentiation without appending
complicated circuits.  A small dynamic-
range circuit is constructed in the
preliminary stage to enhance the
sensitivity of a comparator. A dynamic-
range clamping circuit is then  placed in
the subsequent stages to expedite signal
diagnosis. Additionally, the level-shifter,
which redeems normal dynamic-range, is
implemented to regain driving capability
of the comparator.  The proposed
recognition framework can increase
efficiency 30ns-50ns over that of
conventional structures by adding less
than 5% extra circuitry.  Without
increasing circuit complexity, the
proposed framework can facilitate efforts
to design a high speed comparator in order
to effectively suppress switching power
loss, making it particularly attractive for
high-efficiency demand systems such as
portable electronic products.

177. (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)

Setting of work proposal 工作提案建構


Power-supply and the motor-drivern
electronic circuits are integrated into a
single chip for DVD players.

2.Work problem 工作問題

Power-supply and motor-drivern


electronic circuits are embedded
separately in a single chip, which falls
below product design requirements owing
to the two-chips solution that expends
considerable which spends more time in
product designing product and is difficult
tomakes product miniaturizeation
extremely difficult product.

3. Quantitative specification of problem


問題的量化
Failing to integrate these circuits into a
single chip may delay the design schedule
and increase overhead costs of
components by approximately 10%.

4. Importance of problem 問題的中心


The inability to integrate these circuits
into a single chip makes it impossible not
only to satisfy consumer demand for
miniaturized, light and slim products, but
also to reduce time constraints in design
schedule and production costs.

5. Work objective
  Based on the above, we should develop
an integratinged power-supply and the
motor-drivern electronic circuits project ,
the proposal to simplifiesy product design
than the convention. (NOTE:  This is an
incomplete research objective.  Instead of
saying “to simplify product design”, you
should specify how your electronic circuit
differs from conventional ones in order to
simplify product design.)
  根據以上的事實, 我們應該提出一個整
合電源及馬達趨動電路的計畫. 較傳統
方式來簡化產品設計.

6. Methodology to achieve objective


  To do so, the power--supply and the
motor-drivern electronic circuits can be
analyzed. Finding common cirCircuits
found in both of the power--supply and
the motor-drivern electronic circuits can
then be combined to savereduce chip’s
area, MoreoverNext, whilein terms of the
chip layout , the noise and the coupleing
effect needs to can be restrained. (NOTE: 
This sentence is incomplete.  You do not
state HOW noise and the coupling effect
can be restrained.)
為了達到整合電路的目的,要將分析
電源及馬達趨動電路, 將可相同的電路
共用以節省晶片面積, 及在晶片佈局時
需做好雜訊及偶合效應的抑制

7. Anticipated result & Contribution to


field
As anticipated, the integrating circuit
proposal can be effective to in addition to
simplifying product design and
miniaturizeing product size., the proposed
integrated circuit can Further more reduce
overhead costs of customer product, and
increase market competitionveness. 
(NOTE:  You should quantify how your
proposed circuit simplifies product design
and miniaturizes product size.  Also you
do not mention the theoretical contribution
of your proposed circuit in terms of
facilitating a larger research/product
design direction.)
希望提出整合型晶片方案可有效地簡
化產品的設計, 及使產品容易縮小化.
進而降低客戶的生產成本, 並增加市場
競爭力.

Research paper:  Abstract


Power-supply and motor-driven electronic
circuits are integrated into a single chip
for DVD players.  However, power-supply
and motor-driver electronic circuits are
embedded separately in a single chip,
which falls below product design
requirements owing to the two-chip
solution that expends considerable time in
product design and makes product
miniaturization extremely difficult. 
Therefore, this work presents an
integrated power-supply and motor-driven
electronic circuit to simplify product
design.  Power-supply and motor-driven
electronic circuits are analyzed. Circuits
found in both the power-supply and the
motor-driven electronic circuits are then
combined to reduce chip area, Next, in
terms of the chip layout, noise and the
coupling effect are restrained.  In addition
to simplifying product design and
miniaturizing product size, the proposed
integrated circuit can reduce overhead
costs and increase market
competitiveness.

178.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)

Market demand for motor drive ICs with


sensorless brushless DC (BLDC) capacity
is strong in the home appliances sector,
HVAC industry and automotive
applications. However, the conventional
means of driving the sensorless BLDC
motor to start and rotate before entering
closed-loop control is limited in that the
lack of position information provided by
hall-effect sensors, optical sensors or
synchro resolvers makes it occasionally
difficult for a BLDC sensorless system to
start the motor. Whereas in the
conventional scheme, the motor is started
with open-loop control, in which a
rotating stator field with an increasing
frequency profile is provided. However,
some applications, e.g., automotive fuel
pumping, requires that the start-up is
completed with 200ms, making it
extremely difficult to tune the start-up
using the open-loop starting algorithm

Based on the above, we should develop an


effective useful tuning procedure with the
help of that incorporates a dc tachometer
whose output is a dc voltage directly
proportional to the speed. To do so, Aan
adaptive increasing frequency profile
iscan be established by getting
theacquiring information from the
tachometer. The question is how to set
tThe rightcorrect time for each step in
commutation can then be set. If Next, the
instant motor speed can be identified to
ensure is known,that the rightcorrect time
is setdetermined for each step is certain.
So, thus enabling the motor keepsto
acceleratione continuously. Additionally,
maximum acceleration can be achieved by
performing Tthe commutation during
start-up is turned in this way such that the
motor speed has the maximum
accelerationmanner. As anticipated, The
proposed procedure while successfully
resolveings the starting issue, the
proposed tuning procedure can be  and is
applicable for all different sensorless
BLDC systems. (NOTE:  This is the
contribution of your research, but you
have not introduced the main results:  you
need to quantify the effectiveness of the
proposed tuner, e.g., accuracy of 90%,
efficiency of 40%, reduction in overhead
costs by 10%, etc.)

Research paper:  Abstract


Market demand for motor drive ICs with
sensorless brushless DC (BLDC) capacity
is strong in the home appliances sector,
HVAC industry and automotive
applications. However, the conventional
means of driving the sensorless BLDC
motor to start and rotate before entering
closed-loop control is limited in that the
lack of position information provided by
hall-effect sensors, optical sensors or
synchro resolvers makes it occasionally
difficult for a BLDC sensorless system to
start the motor.  Therefore, this work
presents an effective tuning procedure that
incorporates a dc tachometer whose output
is a dc voltage directly proportional to the
speed. An adaptive increasing frequency
profile is established by acquiring
information from the tachometer. The
correct time for each step in commutation
is then set. Next, the instant motor speed
is identified to ensure that the correct time
is determined for each step, thus enabling
the motor to accelerate continuously.
Additionally, maximum acceleration is
achieved by performing the commutation
during start-up in this manner. While
successfully resolving the starting issue,
the proposed tuning procedure can be
applicable for all sensorless BLDC
systems.

179.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal 工 作 提 案 建 構
Video applications require a wide
bandwidth and high speed operational
amplifier. The operational amplifier can be
used to drive the LCD backplane (VCOM)
or the gamma-correction divider string.
Work problem 工 作 問 題 Conventional
operational amplifiers are inappropriate
for the video applications owning to their
insufficient speed and narrow bandwidth.
Quantitative specification of problem 問
題 的 量 化 For instance, an operational
amplifier in video applications stipulate
bandwidth of 180Mhz and slew-rate of
220 V/us. Importance of problem 問題的
中 心 Whereas an operational amplifier
with a wide bandwidth can experience
large vibration and stable operations, an
operational amplifier with a narrow
bandwidth leads to slow convergence and
frequency instability. Consequently, an
unreliable operational amplifier speed will
limits voltage level transformation and
settling times.

Work objective 工 作 目 標 Based on the


above, we should develop a high- speed
operational amplifier for video
applications. Additionally, we improve the
amplifier’s oOperating range of the
amplifier can be extended to rail-to-rail
supply, thus capable of maximizeing
system flexibility. Methodology to achieve
objective 達成目標的方法(實驗室步驟)
To do so, the architecture for a high speed
operational amplifier architecture can be
proposed and developed that incorporates
a rail-to-rail circuitry can be added to
satisfy system adaptability. Next, cClose
loop and open loop frequency can then be
simulatedions can be analyzed owning to
given concerns over frequency response
stability. FurthermoreNext, transient
responses for small signal and large
signals transient response for various
supplies can then be simulated for high
speed voltage level switchesing.
Anticipated results 希 望 的 結 果 As
anticipated, the proposed operational
amplifier can be used to satisfy video
function-related requests and make a high
performance adequately in video
applications. Contribution to field 領域的
貢 獻 The proposed operational amplifier
can promoteincrease the operating speed
in video applications owning togiven its
bandwidth of 180 MHz and slew-rate of
220 V/us. Additionally, rail-to-rail
operating range can improveenhance
system flexibility appropriatetowards
various operating voltages.

Research paper:  Abstract


Video applications require a wide
bandwidth and high speed operational
amplifier. The operational amplifier can be
used to drive the LCD backplane (VCOM)
or the gamma-correction divider string.
However, conventional operational
amplifiers are inappropriate for video
applications owing to their insufficient
speed and narrow bandwidth.  Therefore,
this work presents a high-speed
operational amplifier for video
applications. Operating range of the
amplifier can be extended to rail-to-rail
supply, thus maximizing system
flexibility.  The architecture for a high
speed operational amplifier is developed,
that incorporates rail-to-rail circuitry to
satisfy system adaptability. Close loop and
open loop frequency are then simulated
given concerns over frequency response
stability. Next, transient responses for
small and large signals for various
supplies are simulated for high speed
voltage level switches. The proposed
operational amplifier can satisfy video
function-related requests and perform
adequately in video applications.
Moreover, the proposed operational
amplifier can increase the operating speed
in video applications given its bandwidth
of 180 MHz and slew-rate of 220 V/us.
Furthermore, rail-to-rail operating range
can enhance system flexibility towards
various operating voltages.

180.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Established in Nov/ember 1998,Aimtron
corporation with a specialityze in analog
IC designs.In Dec/2000, Aimtron
transferred its operations to was proved to
move into Hsinchu sScience-based
Industrial pPark in December, 2000,
andwith a branch established in Shenzhen,
China branch was established in
2004.Until March/2006, the total sStaffsed
by is 105 employeespeople.Furthermore,
in Feb/2004,, Aimtron received passed the
ISO9001 authenticationaccreditation in
February, 2004 and became a publicly
listed stock on the IPO in Taiwan
capitalstock market i in July/, 2005, which
ismarking an important milestone for
anthe enterprise. The major products of
Aimtron primarily manufacturers are
power ICs, Mmotor drivers and mixed
signal ICs, and with the power IC product
line contributed almost fifty
percentaccounting for nearly 50% of
overall revenues.  As a locally
fomousrenowned analog IC design
company, Aimtron has provided thes a
total PMIC solution offor digital still
cameras, making it a leader that deserves
number one among other localdomestic
enterprises.  Except for DSC applications,
Aimtron has extended its power IC
product applications also provided the
power IC forto ODDs, LCD TVs, LEDs
and portable devices to extend our
application opportunity. Optimistic of its
prospects in the upcomingLooking
forward in next decade, Aimtron will
strives continuously to provide excellent
productgood quality, excellent and
performance at a competitive retail price
for its and cost effective product to serve
the customers worldwide.
181.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Setting of work proposal
 
The electronics industry Given the heavily
emphasizes on timely product delivery to
the market within the electronics industry,.
P project leaders must have sufficient
information on product development
status to resolve problems timely and
allocate resources
appropriatelyefficiently. 

Work problem
Given thatAs a complete product
development cycle includes at least eight
critical steps and the
involvementcollaboration of functional
departments, a gap in the work flow will
incurs serious project delays and
additional overhead costs. 

Quantitative specification of problem


For instance, Aaverage product
development time in our company lagged
behind the planning schedule by 25% and
exceeded budget expenditures by 25%.

Importance of Problem
The inability to resolve this problem will
incur high development costs, adversely
impact time to market delivery and lower
market competitiveness.
Work Objective
Based on the above, we should
constructdevelop an efficient and taylor-
madecustomized project management
system to prevent problems and shorten
development cycle. (NOTE:  This research
objective is incomplete.  “to prevent
problems and shorten development cycle”
are the result of your management
system.  You need to explain the main
feature(s) of your management system - in
contrast to conventional management
systems - that enables it to achieve such
good results.)

Methodology to achieve objective


To do so, aAn eight -steps work flow
diagram can be designed as level-one
activities to illustrate the working
relationship between departments. The
subset of each diagram can then be
defined as level-two activities to
demonstrate the project sequence within
each department. Next, the per person
work time spent per employee day can be
determinedcalculated to set up
reasonableestablish an acceptable time for
completion of each activity.
FinallyAdditionally, thea gGantt chart can
be drawn to show updisplay the project
flow, allocation of human resources
allocation and the estimated project
schedule.
Anticipated results
As anticipated, the proposed project
managementwork flow system can be
used tofacilitate synergy create seamless
communication for different among
multidisciplinary field engineers and
reduce the product development time by
30%.

Contribution to field
The proposed approach canIn addition to
provideenabling project leaders on-line
project status to eliminate inefficient
communication by monitoring project
status on-line, the proposed management
system can enhancinge competitiveness
by reducing overhead costs and
onaccelerating timeproduct delivery to
market.

Research paper:  Abstract


Given the heavy emphasis on timely
product delivery to the market within the
electronics industry, project leaders must
have sufficient information on product
development status to resolve problems
timely and allocate resources efficiently. 
However, as a complete product
development cycle includes at least eight
critical steps and the collaboration of
functional departments, a gap in the work
flow incurs serious project delays and
additional overhead costs.  Therefore, this
work presents an efficient customized
project management system to prevent
problems and shorten development cycle.
(NOTE:  This research objective is
incomplete.  “to prevent problems and
shorten development cycle” are the result
of your management system.  You need to
explain the main feature(s) of your
management system - in contrast to
conventional management systems - that
enables it to achieve such good results.) 
An eight-step work flow diagram is
designed as level-one activities to
illustrate the working relationship between
departments. The subset of each diagram
is then defined as level-two activities to
demonstrate the project sequence within
each department. Next, work time spent
per employee is determined to establish an
acceptable time for completion of each
activity. Additionally, a Gantt chart is
drawn to display the project flow,
allocation of human resources and
estimated project schedule. The proposed
project management system can facilitate
synergy among multidisciplinary field
engineers and reduce product
development time by 30%.  In addition to
enabling project leaders  to eliminate
inefficient communication by monitoring
project status on-line, the proposed
management system can enhance
competitiveness by reducing overhead
costs and accelerating product delivery to
market.
182.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
題 目 : Optimization of non-overlapping
timing control in a PWM converter

Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)


Lengthening the usage time of portable
devices depends on the ability to increase
the conversion efficiency of a PWM
DC/DC converter, which is a critical index
for converter performance.

Work problem (工作問題)


As non-overlapping time of the control
signal in the converter switches
significantly impacts the efficiency of
DC/DC converters, an excessive amount
of time will increase the ripple of output
or generate a current spike.
Correspondingly, an insufficient amount
of time lowers efficiency or destroys the
switches when turned on simultaneously.

Quantitative specification of problem ( 問


題的量化)
For instance, a variation of up to 20% in
the non-overlapping time causes a
fluctuation in process, temperature, or
supply voltage.

Important of problem (問題的中心)


The inability to adequately control the
non-overlapping time will adversely
impact generated revenues owing to a low
efficiency conversion, competitiveness
and yield.

Work objective (工作目標)


根據以上的結果,我們應該設計一控制
回路,可以依不同的製程,溫度變化或
電 源 的 電 壓 變 化 而 自 動 調 整 non-
overlapping 時間。
Based on the above, we should design a
feedback control loop, which canpable of
automatically modifying the non-
overlapping time when process,
temperature or supply voltage varies.

Methodology to achieve objective ( 達 成


目標的方法)
為 了 達 成 此 目 標 , 一 個 初 始 的 non-
overlapping time 可以被設定。再來,開
關的控制信號及 LX 的 node voltage 可
以被一偵測電路所偵測,並逐步縮短
non-overlapping 時 間 。 當 non-
overlapping 時間過導致開關可能被同時
導通時,則增加 non-overlapping 時間。
To do so, an initial amount of  preliminary
non-overlapping time can be set. Next,
tThe control signal of switches and node-
voltage of LX can then be detected by a
detection circuit, followed by and
shortening of the non-overlapping time
sequentially. Otherwise, increasing the
time of non-overlapping time is increased
if thean insufficient time is so short
thatleads to simultaneous turning on of the
two switches might be turn-on
simultaneously.

Anticipated results (希望的結果)


此一 feedback 電路將可有效提昇電源轉
換效率 1~3%。
As anticipated, the proposed feedback
control loop can improve theincrease
power conversion efficiency forby 1 to 3
percentages%.

Contribution to field (領域的貢獻)


此一控制方法可降低由外在環境對轉換
器的影響進而提昇產品良率。
The proposed control circuits In addition
to reducing the extent to which the lower
the effect of ambient environment
toaffects the PWM DC-to-Dc converter,
the proposed control look can and increase
the yield of products yield.

Research paper:  Abstract


Lengthening the usage time of portable
devices depends on the ability to increase
the conversion efficiency of a PWM
DC/DC converter, which is a critical index
for converter performance.  However, as
non-overlapping time of the control signal
in the converter switches significantly
impacts the efficiency of DC/DC
converters, an excessive amount of time
will increase the ripple of output or
generate a current spike. Correspondingly,
an insufficient amount of time lowers
efficiency or destroys the switches when
turned on simultaneously.  Therefore, this
work presents a feedback control loop
capable of automatically modifying the
non-overlapping time when process,
temperature or supply voltage varies.  A
preliminary non-overlapping time is set.
The control signal of switches and node-
voltage of LX is then detected by a
detection circuit, followed by shortening
of the non-overlapping time sequentially.
Otherwise, the non-overlapping time is
increased if an insufficient time leads to
simultaneous turning on of the two
switches.  The proposed feedback control
loop can increase power conversion
efficiency by 1 to 3%.  In addition to
reducing the extent to which the ambient
environment affects the PWM DC-to-Dc
converter, the proposed control look can
increase product yield.

183.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)
Designing a current controller without a
slope compensator can increase product
applications.
設計無斜率補償的電流控制器以增加應
用領域。

Work problem (工作問題)


Whereas a current controller contains a
slope compensator to ensure that duty
cycle exceeds 0.5, variation among
exterior components can lead to
insufficiency or excessiveness of the slope
compensator, subsequently incurring
system instability.

目前的電流控制器需加入斜率補償來修
正責任週期大於 0.5 的應用。但外部元
件的變化會導致斜率補償不足或過多,
造成系統不穩定。

Quantitative specification of problem ( 問


題的量化)
A variation in the inductance value by
20%-30% during manufacturing with
respect to temperature causes
insufficiency in the slope compensator,
subsequently creating two resonances in
the current controller of the DC-DC
converter.

由於電感值會隨著製造與溫度上的變化,
產生約 20~30%的變化量。導致斜率
補償不足,造成直流轉換器的電流控制
器發生二次諧振。

Importance of problem (問題的中心)


The inability to simplify the function of
the current controller slope compensator
to selects a  material quality worse or
boundary operations at the boundary will
easily lead toincur system instability.

如果無法省略電流控制器的斜率補償,
而選用材質較差或操作太過於邊界,則
容易造成控制異常。

Work objective (工作目標)


Based on the above, we should design
thea novel current controller, the increase
direct capable of enhancing dc-dc
converter performance and the
simplificationying compensator design. 
(NOTE:  This objective is incomplete. 
“capable of enhancing dc-dc converter
performance and simplifying compensator
design” are results of the proposed
controller…something which other
controllers have also tried to achieve. 
You do not describe how your controller
differs from conventional ones so that it
can achieve such good results.)
為了這個事實,我們應該設計新型的電
流控制器,增加直流轉換器性能與簡化
補償器設計。

Methodology to achieve objective ( 達 成


目標的方法)
To do so, various ways in which
differently detects the electric current the
way the limits which brings to the current
controller to be possible tocan be
analyzed. Next, returns gives theFactors
that influence which the compensateor
control can then be identifiedbrings to be
possible to analyze. Next, whether
Furthermore, when circuit design must
considercan consider the entityre electrical
circuit is whether easy to achievecan be
determined as well.  (NOTE:  Although I
have made these confusing sentences
grammatically correct, make sure that I
have not changed your intended meaning.)
為了達到此目標,不同偵測電流的方式
對電流控制器所帶來的限制可被分析。
接著迴授補償控制所帶來的影響可被分
析。最後電路設計時需考量實體電路是
否容易達成。
Anticipated results (希望的結果)
As anticipated, the novel proposedelectric
current controller maycan reduce the slope
compensator, subsequently increasesing
50% duty cycle applications by 50%.
如預期般新型的電流控制器可以減少斜
率補償器,增加 50%的責任週期應用
性。

Contribution to field (領域的貢獻)


Given its ability to reduce instability, tThe
proposed novel current controller may
reduce is unstable, then can increase direct
dc-dc converter stability and widen the
scope of applications for promotion
electric current controllers, in which
application scope which the inductance
value theyields changes brings.
新型電流控制器可以降低電感值的變化
所帶來的不穩定,進而增加直流轉換器
的穩定性與提升電流控制器的應用範圍。

Research paper:  Abstract


Designing a current controller without a
slope compensator can increase product
applications.  However, whereas a current
controller contains a slope compensator to
ensure that duty cycle exceeds 0.5,
variation among exterior components can
lead to insufficiency or excessiveness of
the slope compensator, subsequently
incurring system instability.  Therefore,
this work presents a novel current
controller capable of enhancing dc-dc
converter performance and simplifying
compensator design.  (NOTE:  This
objective is incomplete.  “capable of
enhancing dc-dc converter performance
and simplifying compensator design” are
results of the proposed controller…
something which other controllers have
also tried to achieve.  You do not describe
how your controller differs from
conventional ones so that it can achieve
such good results.)  Various ways in
which the electric current  limits the
current controller are analyzed. Factors
that influence the compensator control are
then  identified. Next, whether circuit
design can consider the entire electrical
circuit is determined as well.  The
proposed current controller can reduce the
slope compensator, subsequently
increasing duty cycle applications by
50%.  Given its ability to reduce
instability, the proposed controller can
increase direct dc-dc converter stability
and widen the scope of applications for
electric current controllers, in which the
inductance value yields changes.

184.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Setting of work proposal
Linear voltage regulators must be
designed withoperate under a high current
driving speed to meetcomply with
consumer specifications.
設計高驅動的電流線性電壓控制器為符
合客戶的一項規格。

Work problem

However, system instability often occurs


when a linear voltage regulator operates at
a high current driving speed.

然而在一般的線性電壓控制器在大電流
驅動時,就會產生系統穩定性的問題。

Quantitative specification of problem

For a heavy load, system compensation


complicates circuitry and increases power
consumption. Correspondingly, a high
current driving speed requires a current
limit to protect devices.

在輸出為重載時,系統上的補償會使電
路更為複雜,並且所耗的功率將會增加。
相對的,在大電流驅動時,就需電流限
制電路來保護元件。

Importance of problem

The inability to separate the output and


current limit circuit will lead toincur
failure of the essential current limit
functions. 

如果沒有設法將電流限制架構與輸出作
隔離,在短路的狀況發生,會使的基本
的電流限制功能失效。

Work objective
Based on the above, we should develop a
highly efficiencyt and high anti-noise
architecture forto control linear voltage
controlling, capable of operating at a high
input voltage.  (NOTE:  This research
objective is incomplete.  “to control linear
voltage  operating at a high input” is the
result of your proposed architecture.  You
do not describe how your architecture
differs from conventional ones so that it
can achieve such good results.)
Simulation procedure
To do so, various input voltages of a In
view of the linear voltage regulator, can
be simulatesd under varying  differently
input voltage, with different temperatures
situation, the.   circuit wWhether variation
in time, different output loads and stability
of output voltage affects the does have not
the normal movement, of circuits can then
be determined and under time change,
different output load, its output voltage
stability.  (NOTE:  This methodology is
too short.  You need to add at least 1 or 2
more sentences if you want me to write a
full research paper abstract.)
Anticipated results
As anticipated, tThe proposed architecture
can ensure that the operateions  at 18V for
input voltage and 100mA for output load.
Contribution to field
The highly efficient architecture
embedded in our ncy linear voltage
regulator can elevate our company’s
technical and profitmarket position.
(NOTE:  You do not mention the
theoretical contribution of this
architecture, only the practical
contribution.  How does this architecture
contribute to design efforts underway in a
larger field?)
Research paper:  Abstract
Linear voltage regulators must operate
under a high current driving speed to
comply with consumer specifications.
However, system instability often occurs
when operating at such a high current
driving speed.  Therefore, this work
presents a highly efficient and high anti-
noise architecture to control linear voltage
operating at a high input.  (NOTE:  This
research objective is incomplete.  “to
control linear voltage  operating at a high
input” is the result of your proposed
architecture.  You do not describe how
your architecture differs from
conventional ones so that it can achieve
such good results.)  Various input voltages
of a linear voltage regulator are simulated
under varying temperatures.  Whether
variation in time, different output loads
and stability of output voltage affect the
normal movement of circuits is then
determined.  (NOTE:  This methodology
is too short.  You need to add at least 1 or
2 more sentences if you want me to write
a full research paper abstract.)  The
proposed architecture can ensure
operations at 18V for input voltage and
100mA for output load. Additionally, the
highly efficient architecture embedded in
our  linear voltage regulator can elevate
our technical and market position.
(NOTE:  You do not mention the
theoretical contribution of this
architecture, only the practical
contribution.  How does this architecture
contribute to design efforts underway in a
larger field?)

185.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Device mis-matching always complicates
circuitry design owing to the inability to
identify the (origin of error originOR root
cause), thus accentuating the importance
of process control. In practice, circuit
designers must add an increasing number
of devices in the circuitry to overcome
process deviation. For instance, mis-
matching can generate a yield loss of 20-
30%. Whereas a larger chip area implies a
higher product price, a higher retail price
lowers market competitiveness. Therefore,
the inability to resolve this mis-matching
dilemma makes it impossible to detect and
control process variation in wafer
processing.

Based on the above, we should


investigatinge the correlation between
process parameters and product yield is
our experimental goal. (NOTE:  Are you
the first one to do such an investigation? 
If not, then how does this investigation
differ from previous ones?) Using SPC(To
do so, by adopting the statistical process
control (SPC) method, the process
parameters can be collected from the in-
line WIP. The statistical method can be
determined by using correlation analysing,
therefore, Major the key factor of process-
related factors can then be identified using
correlation analysis. Next, splitting these
key factors to verify the product yield can
be executedverified based on these
factors. FinallyAdditionally, tighten
control these process parameters can be
stringently controlled to decrease the loss
of productcan improved the yield loss for
our product.
As anticipated, the proposed methodwhile
analysis results can clarifiedy the
correlation between process parameters
and product yield. At the same time,
circuitry designers can focus on
incorporating the abovethese key factors
and doesn’t need putwithout increasingly
device sizein their design. Thus,
ultimately reducing the chip area can be
reduced and lowering the retail price can
be lower.

Research paper:  Abstract


Device mis-matching always complicates
circuitry design owing to the inability to
identify the error origin, thus accentuating
the importance of process control. In
practice, circuit designers must add an
increasing number of devices in the
circuitry to overcome process deviation. 
Therefore, this study investigates the
correlation between process parameters
and product yield.  By adopting the
statistical process control (SPC) method,
process parameters are collected from the
in-line WIP. Major  process-related factors
are then identified using correlation
analysis. Next, the product yield is
verified based on these factors.
Additionally, these process parameters are
stringently controlled to decrease the loss
of product yield.  While analysis results
clarify the correlation between process
parameters and product yield, circuitry
designers can focus on incorporating the
above factors without increasing device
size, ultimately reducing the chip area and
lowering the retail price.
186.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Setting of work proposal: Logic circuits
can achieve optimization by full custom
design flow, i.e., manual design and
layout, resulting in anthus enhanceding
product performance and lowering
overhead costs than achieved by the
design flow of hardware description
language (HDL). Conversely, thea larger
logic ASIC includes more than one
million gates in a chip, which is difficult
for full custom design to implement by
full custom design.
Work problem: For a larger ASIC, full
custom design flow requires additional
personnel, making it extremely difficult
to achieve time to market delivery.    
Quantitative specification of problem:
HDL design flow requires half the
production time than full custom design
does. Such a benefit is proportional to the
logic ASIC scale.
Importance of problem: Owing to the
extensive time required for modification
and verification, adopting full custom
design in different processes is difficult to
re-use as an IP, making it impossible to
satisfy market demand.

Work objective: Based on the above, we


should designdevelop an HDL-based
scheme for designing logic circuits by
HDL, not only cancapable not only of re-
use as an IP in different processes, but
also of can automatically generateion of
physical circuits.
Methodology to achieve objective: To do
so, all of the logic circuits can be
described by program editing. The
programs can then be synthesized to gate
level formats. Next, all the gates can be
placed and routed by auto-place-and-
route (APR) software to physical layered
circuits . Additionally, simulation
parameters can be estimated from APR
software. Moreover, the APR results can
be confirmed by thevia simulation or
whichthat includes the processed
parameters. Furthermore, all the
description programs can be re-used.
(NOTE:  Should you specify “re-used”
for what?  OR to do what?)
Anticipated results: Using HDL,In
addition to automatically generating
production the procedures can be
automatically generated byvia software.,
the proposed HDL-based scheme can The
processes decreases personnel by 50%
personnel for the same IP proceduregress
and accelerates time to market
scheduledelivery.
Contribution to field: Automatic design
flow can avoid personal
mistakesmanually controlled errors and
consequently, ultimately increasesing
product throughput, decreases and
reducing personnel.

Research paper:  Abstract


Logic circuits can achieve optimization by
full custom design flow, i.e., manual
design and layout, thus enhancing product
performance and lowering overhead costs
than achieved by the design flow of
hardware description language (HDL).
Conversely, a larger logic ASIC includes
more than one million gates in a chip,
which is difficult for full custom design to
implement.  However, for a larger ASIC,
full custom design flow requires
additional personnel, making it extremely
difficult to achieve time to market
delivery.  Therefore, this work presents an
HDL-based scheme for designing logic
circuits, capable not only of re-use as an
IP in different processes, but also of
automatic generation of physical circuits.
All logic circuits are described by
program editing. The programs are then
synthesized to gate level formats. Next, all
gates are placed and routed by auto-place-
and-route (APR) software to physical
layered circuits. Additionally, simulation
parameters are estimated from APR
software. Moreover, the APR results are
confirmed via simulation that includes the
processed parameters. Furthermore, all
description programs can be re-used.  In
addition to automatically generating
production procedures via software, the
proposed HDL-based scheme can
decrease personnel by 50%  for the same
IP procedure and accelerate time to market
delivery. Via the proposed scheme,
automatic design flow can avoid manually
controlled errors, ultimately increasing
product throughput and reducing
personnel.

187.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Process variation has significantly abated
loss of IC product yield. Given limitations
in stability and inaccuracy of production
equipment, fabs are especially
difficultproblematic in process control.
Given the constant role of process
variation in manufacturing, a small
percentage of product yield loss occurs in
manufacturing ICs, ultimately increasing
the retail cost of IC products.

Based on the above, we should develop an


analysis method to analyzeclarify the
relation betweenhow the variation of
process parameters and product yield rate
are related, exe.g., resistors, using
differentvarying resistor widths of
resistors on a circuit layout. To do so,
product yield rate can be analyzed by the
below method. First, putsplacing the
product with differentvarying resistor’s
widths on different wafers. Next, these
wafers that are be manufactured on FABin
a fab. Then, monitors the yield rate of
these wafers, can then be monitored, with
and obtains the bestoptimal resistor’s
width obtained when the wafer yield rate
of the wafer is the highest. As anticipated,
the proposed analysis ccording to this
method, can enable the bestoptimal
resistor’s width in process can be found to
reduce the influence toon product yield
rate when the resistors vary. And this will,
thus increaseing product yield rate. By
considering This method with
changingvarying process parameters, the
proposed method can be applied to
analyze the variation of product yield rate,
ultimately decreasesing the overhead
manufacturing costs of manufacture, and
increases theing market competitiveness
of the product in the market.
 
Research paper:  Abstract
Process variation has significantly abated
loss of IC product yield. However, given
instability and inaccuracy of production
equipment, fabs are especially problematic
in process control. Given the constant role
of process variation in manufacturing, a
small percentage of product yield loss
occurs in manufacturing ICs, ultimately
increasing the retail cost of IC products.
Therefore, this work presents a novel
analysis method to clarify how the
variation of process parameters and
product yield rate are related, e.g.,
resistors, using varying resistor widths on
a circuit layout. Product yield rate is
analyzed by placing the product with
varying resistor widths on different wafers
that are be manufactured in a fab. The
yield rate of these wafers is then
monitored, with the optimal resistor width
obtained when the wafer yield rate is the
highest. The proposed analysis method
can enable the optimal resistor width to
reduce the influence on product yield rate
when the resistors vary, thus increasing
product yield rate. By considering varying
process parameters, the proposed method
can be applied to analyze the variation of
product yield rate, ultimately decreasing
the overhead manufacturing costs and
increasing market competitiveness.

188.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


As an integral part of the current mode dc
to dc system, the current sensing block not
only influences the stability of a close
loop, but also significantly contributes to
the non-linearity of the output voltage.
However, the conventionally adopted
current sensing block varies with process,
temperature and power supply – at a range
of 10% to 30%. The inability to
adequately control the current sensing
block might lead to instability of the dc to
dc system and adversely impact the unity
of a chip, leading to error in testing.
Identifying an acceptable current sensing
value would increase testing time and
lower product yield, subsequently
delaying delivery to market and lowering
market competitiveness.

目標:
Based on the above, we should design For
this fact, a sensing circuit that not only can
ensure proportionality of the current
flowing through power mos, but also can
be  should be designed. In addition, the
sensing current would modify as
availableied according to the current
voltage value.
實驗步驟:
To do soFor this purpose, a high speed and
easily implemented sensing circuit should
be presented. The sensing circuit can be
analyzed with differentunder varying
loading currents and varied linearly
variations with the loading current. Next,
thThe sensing value can then be only
slightly altered very less when during
simulationg with variousdifferent
temperatures. AdditionNext, the value of
variation in the sensing circuit iscan be
deemed acceptable when during
simulationg with variousdifferent process
models. 
預期結果:
Given various With different process
models and temperatures, the value of
variation in the proposed sensing circuit
wouldis lower less than 1%. In
aAdditionally, the sensing value is linear
with the loading current.
貢獻:
The proposed sensing circuit facilitates the
precise We can measurement preciselyof
the current in differentvarying sizes of
power mos with this novel sensing circuit.
In addition, thisMoreover, the sensing
circuit can madebe embedded in a chip
and without the need for an outer resistor,
as required by  comparing with the
conventional method. Such features
ensure that Consequently, we can
supplyits reliable application complies
with consumer specificationsand satisfy
all customers. 

Research paper:  Abstract


As an integral part of the current mode dc
to dc system, the current sensing block not
only influences the stability of a close
loop, but also significantly contributes to
the non-linearity of the output voltage.
However, the conventionally adopted
current sensing block varies with process,
temperature and power supply – at a range
of 10% to 30%.  Therefore, this work
presents a novel sensing circuit that not
only can ensure proportionality of the
current flowing through power mos, but
also can be  modified according to the
current voltage value.  A high speed and
easily implemented sensing circuit  is
analyzed under varying loading currents
and linear variations with the loading
current. The sensing value is then only
slightly altered less during simulation with
various temperatures. Next, the value of
variation in the sensing circuit is deemed
acceptable during simulation with various
process models.  Given various process
models and temperatures, the value of
variation in the proposed sensing circuit is
lower than 1%. Additionally, the sensing
value is linear with the loading current. 
The proposed sensing circuit facilitates the
precise measurement of the current in
varying sizes of power mos. Moreover, the
sensing circuit can be embedded in a chip 
without the need for an outer resistor, as
required by the conventional method.
Such features ensure that its reliable
application complies with consumer
specifications. 

189.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


工作提案建構
Setting of work proposal
An intelligence thermostat testing system
canpability to analyze that thehow
environmental temperatures causes the
ucause instabileity in the properties of
integrated circuits (ICs)IC characteristic.  
工作問題
Work problem
However, conventional analysis methods
can not analysis and record accurately
ofdetermine precisely those factors that
influence IC the temperatures that ICs can
factor operate under.

問題的量化
Quantitative specification of problem
For instance, although ICs can
workfunction normally in theat a room
temperature of room temperature 25°C but
cause IC to output , an atypicalunusual
voltage or, current or frequency often
occurs at temperatures ranging from
55°C-80°C owing to because of non-linear
factors of temperature in 55°C~80°C.

問題的中心
Importance of problem
The lack of precise temperature test will
lead to cause IC failure at a  because of
temperature changes betweenrange of
55°C and -80°C after quantity is
produced.

工作目標
Work objective
Based on the above, we should Ddevelop
an intelligencet thermostat testing system
for ICs thermo-testthat can be long-time
control temperature changes for extended
periods and the writing down therecord
data from an expand USB and relay
switch over and can , while
simultaneously controlling 127 groups of
test systems at the same time.

達成目標的方法
Methodology to achieve objective
To do so, an intelligence thermostat test
system automatically controlled
environmental temperature can be
automatically controlled. and precise
record amount examines the dData can
befor parameter settings can then be
recorded preciselythe test of parameter
and procedure combine the.  Next,
hardware circuitry and performance
algorithms can be integrated. Additionally,
Design a wWindows-based application
program can be designed tofor record and
analyzesis of the results.

3. 希望的結果
Anticipated results
An anticipated, capable of analyzing
temperature-related characteristics of ICs,
an intelligencethe proposed thermostat
testing system thatcan adequately control
temperature variations within a range of
all right 20°C ~-120°C of temperature
changes and  for 127 groups of test
systems on a data- log of every 240 hours.
The effective temperature characteristic to
IC is analysis.
4. 領域的貢獻
Contribution to field
The proposaedl thermostat testing
systemmethod can monitor and effectively
control factors that would enable a
variation in from the effect that the
temperature charge causes to enhance IC
characteristics improve produce good rate
and shorten 20% ofreduce the overhead
costs of IC’s products.

Research paper:  Abstract


An intelligence thermostat testing system
can analyze how environmental
temperatures cause instability in the
properties of integrated circuits (ICs).
However, conventional analysis methods
cannot determine precisely those factors
that influence the temperatures that ICs
can operate under.  Therefore, this work
presents an intelligent thermostat test
system for ICs that can control
temperature changes for extended periods
and record data from an expand USB and
relay switch, while simultaneously
controlling 127 groups of test systems. 
Environmental temperature is
automatically controlled. Data for
parameter settings are then recorded
precisely.  Next, hardware circuitry and
performance algorithms are integrated.
Additionally, a Windows-based
application program is designed to record
and analyze results. Capable of analyzing
temperature-related characteristics of ICs,
the proposed thermostat testing system
can adequately control temperature
variations within a range of 20°C-120°C
for 127 groups of test systems on a data
log every 240 hours.  Moreover, the
proposed thermostat testing system can
monitor and effectively control factors
that would enable a variation in
temperature to enhance IC characteristics
rate and reduce the overhead costs of IC
products.
190.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Setting of work proposal

A DSP modulation algorithm plays a


profoundly impacts role in driving
sensorless motors for in terms of start-up,
position, and speed control applications.

Work Problem

Given the narrow applications of


sensorless motor drivers determining the
appropriate applications of conventional
sensor motorsuch drivers is extremely
difficult.
Quantitative specification of problem

To achieveComplying with customized


requirements, involves adjusting various
electrical characteristics, subsequently
will increaseing not only the number of
pins in senseorless motor driver Ics, but
also the external chip size by 10% as well
asand overhead costs by 20%.

Importance of problem

Theoretically, the advisable start-up of a


driver can avoid motor breakdowns.
Accurate position and speed control can
be applied to motor control. In practice,
start-up, position, and speed control
applications refer to the standard
performance of motor driver ICs ; which
will, ultimately determineing the
competitiveness of the driver IC market.
(NOTE:  This is not importance of the
problem.  This is describes what you want
to achieve in your research.  You should
use this structure:  “The inability to … DO
WHAT?…makes it impossible to…DO
WHAT?)

Work objective

Based on the above, we should develop an


algorithm based on using sinusoidal
current control to driveprevent the
sensorless motor from stopping, through
start-up to constant speed can be made.

Methodology to achieve objective

To do so, the all of information about


sensorless motor-related information can
be incorporated into the integrated to
newproposed algorithm to drive the
senesorless motor by using DSP.
The speed range of start-up can then be
estimated inunder various different load
conditions.
Next, Tthe initial position of static motor
can be evaluated for preventing a reverse
forward situation of the motor reversed
forward.
Anticipated results

As anticipated, tThe proposed algorithm


based on sinusoidal current
controlproposal way can be shown that
theintegrate information forom the
sensorless motor, likee.g., phase voltage
and phase current, can be integrated to
new algorithm in order towhile  ignore the
ing information provide byfrom the
conventional sensor.

Contribution to field

Theoretically, theBy avoiding errors


caused by sensors, as brought on by
because of motor’s llow speed of the
motorwill be avoid. In practice, the
proposed algorithm can enable the
senesorless motor drivers willto save the
cost of ssensor-related costs for motor
applications. Moreover,T the sinusoidal
current control for a sensorless motor will
decreases the torque ripple and increases
efficiency.

Research paper:  Abstract


DSP modulation algorithm profoundly
impacts driving sensorless motors in terms
of start-up, position and speed control
applications.  However, given the narrow
applications of sensorless motor drivers
determining the appropriate applications
of such drivers is extremely difficult. 
Therefore, this work presents a novel
algorithm based on sinusoidal current
control to prevent the sensorless motor
from stopping, through start-up to
constant speed.  All sensorless motor-
related information is incorporated into
the  proposed algorithm to drive the
sensorless motor by using DSP.  The
speed range of start-up is then estimated
under various load conditions.  Next, the
initial position of static motor is evaluated
for preventing a reverse forward situation
of the motor.  The proposed algorithm
based on sinusoidal current control can
integrate information from the sensorless
motor, e.g., phase voltage and phase
current, while  ignoring information from
the conventional sensor.  By avoiding
errors caused by sensors, as brought on by
low speed of the motor, the proposed
algorithm can enable  sensorless motor
drivers to save sensor-related costs for
motor applications. Moreover, the
sinusoidal current control for a sensorless
motor decreases the torque ripple and
increases efficiency.

191.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


1.   Setting of work proposal:
Low application voltage band-gap circuits
are conventionally used in analog and
mixed signal circuits.
2.  Work problem:
However, tThe conventional band-gap
circuits can only be operated above 1.8v,
and thisthus limiting the minimum
application voltage of the analog circuits.
3.  Quantitative specification of problem:
For instance, a low voltage band-gap in
low voltage applications requires a
application voltage below 1.8v , and in
order to extend 20~30% application life
time application by 20-30%.

4   Importance of problem:


The inability to design a low voltage
band-gap circuit in advance IC will not
only shrinkreduce application lifetime, but
also against the developinhibit the
development of next generation ICs.
Work Objective
Base on above, Wwe should establish a
current and voltage detection function in a
low voltage Bband-gap circuit.
Methodology to achieve Object
To do so , a low threshold voltage device
can be tuned for reducing the component
application voltage. A device model can
then be developed for SPICE simulationg.
Next, a new current and voltage detection
circuit can dbe simulated and
implemented. Additionally, this new
structurer proposed band-gap circuit cabn
be implemented in other processes.
Anticipated Rresults
As anticipated  , the proposed circuit
current and voltage detection function can
reduce the application voltage form 1.8V
to 1.2V and, improveincrease the circuit
lifetime of circuit by about 15%.  The new
structure Band-gap circuit can and reduce
the overall  application voltage .
Contribution to filed
  In addition to reduceing the application
voltage , the proposed low voltage Bband-
gap circuit can not only increase the
quality of the analog IC design. The
proposed circuit can, but also provide an 
accuracy te reference voltage for other
analog IC circuits.

Research paper:  Abstract


Low application voltage band-gap circuits
are conventionally used in analog and
mixed signal circuits.  However,
conventional band-gap circuits can only
operated above 1.8v, thus limiting the
minimum application voltage of analog
circuits.  Therefore, this work presents a
current and voltage detection function in a
low voltage band-gap circuit.  A low
threshold voltage device is tuned for
reducing the component application
voltage. A device model can then be
developed for SPICE simulation. Next, a
new current and voltage detection circuit
can be simulated and implemented.
Additionally, the proposed band-gap
circuit can be implemented in other
processes.  The proposed current and
voltage detection function can reduce the
application voltage form 1.8V to 1.2V,
increase the circuit lifetime of circuit by
about 15% and reduce the overall
application voltage.  In addition to
reducing the application voltage, the
proposed low voltage band-gap circuit can
not only increase the quality of analog IC
design, but also provide an  accurate
reference voltage for other analog IC
circuits.

192.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement
As Gground noise and supply noise isare
essential, especially in the feedback
voltage of white LED drivers. The f,
feedback voltage will influences the
accuracy of the control current accuracy
and the brilliant illuminant feature of
white LEDs. However, the risingan
increasing ground and supply noise of the
drivers areis inevitable. B because thea
large supply transient current is necessary
to control the white LED drivers. The
inability to resolve thesesuch noise-related
problems leads to malfunctioning of cause
the drivers malfunction and a
overalldegraded performance lower. 
Additionally, a reductiong in supplythe
white LEDs current is uinfeasible, its will
induceing not only an unsatisfactory
performance of the white LEDs to
perform unsatisfactorily., but also
Moreover, thean uncorrected hue of white
LEDs is uncorrected.  Therefore, an
enhanced white LED driver circuits with
less noise must be developed that is,
capable of decreasing the total circuit
noise as well asand reducing the quiescent
current of the chips.

193. (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)  


Problem statement

Charging flash-light-capacitance circuits


are integrated into a single chip for DSC
(digital still cameras). TheHowever,
previousconventional circuits comprise
thecontain discrete components.The
consequence may, not only increaseing
overhead costs of components by
approximately 20%, but also increase
producetion size by approximately 10%.
The inability to integrate these circuits
into a single chip makes it impossible not
only to satisfy consumer demand for
miniaturized, light and slim products, but
also to reduce time constraints in a design
schedule and production costs.  Therefore,
an integrating project for charging flash-
light-capacitance circuits must be
developedintegrated, capable of easily
supporting miniaturized products.

194. (Electrical/Electronics
Engineering)

Problem statement

SSmall-format TFT LCDs requires an


analog video decoder, while and large-
format TFT LCDs requires a digital one.
An analog video decoder can convert
composite video signals to RGB color
signals for deliveringy to panel data lines.
Whereas small-format TFT LCD has two
specific systems, NTSC and PAL, the fact
that conventional analog video decoders
can justonly decode the alternative,
(NOTE: ‘the alternative’ WHAT?  You are
missing a noun for this adjective to
modify.) thus minimizes theing system
flexibility. An analog video decoder must
be developed that can automatically sense
and switch between NTSC and PAL
systems is required. TheAn analog video
decoder reduces the number of peripheral
components by around 20% owing to its
equips with a function thatability to
convert NTSC and PAL signals to drive
TFT LCD simultaneously. The analog
video decoder eliminates the need to
create different designs for
variousdifferent video systems such, e.g.,
NTSC and PAL. The user can also can
switch between different systems without
manually doing so action. Consequently,
the inabilityinadequate functions of an
analog video decoder’s function will limit
product applications. Therefore, an
automatically sensing and switching
NTSC/PAL function must be developed,
capable of enabling in which our analog
video decoder to improveenhance video
system adaptability.

195.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement

A unique control method for Optimization


of micro-stepping motor functions using a
novel control method

Stepping motors are widely


usedextensively adopted in modern
electronic consumer products such as
DVDs, digital cameras and cellular
phones due toowing to their high-
resolution position capability and
smallminiaturized size. However, a
controller with external driving devices
increases not only the complexity of PCB
layout, complexity but also the overhead
costs. In aAdditionally, the
Cconventionally adopted driving method
suffersincurs an intolerable amount of
large vibration and generates much noise
duringwhile operating under the pulse-
shaped driving signal. For instance, aA
480 g-cm torque, 0.15W, 4.5V stepping
motor under no-load condition generates
60 dBA at 30cm from motor housing.
ThisSuch vibratedion from a and noisy
stepping motor falls below consumer
expectations will be rejected by customer
aand decreases operational efficiency, so
thatultimately lowering the market
competitiveness of new generation
products and profit capability. Therefore,
a unique control method with the
capability of micro-stepping capabilities
must should be developed to effectively
remove the vibration and noise originating
fromcausing by a non-uniform force of
motors.

196. 
Problem statement

Designing a variable-frequency novel


digital control method for the inductor
current in switched-mode DC-DC
converters is introduced in this proposal.
This method is predictive in nature
because the MOSFETs off-time required
for achieving the target current is
calculated ahead of time. The MOSFETs
on-time is kept constant, which results in
variable switching frequency. While the
MOSFETs off-time required for achieving
the target current is calculated ahead of
time, the MOSFETs on-time is maintained
constant, resulting in variable switching
frequency.   WhereasThe analog current
mode as usuallyis normally implemented
in switching power supplies actuallyto
senses and controls the peak inductor
current. This gives rise toAmong the many
serious problems, that subsequently arise
includinge poor noise immunity, a need
for slope compensation, and peak to
average current errors whichthat the
inherently low current loop gain cannot
correct.  Whereas Tthe analog peak
current mode control method is inherently
unstable at duty ratios exceeding 0.5. T,
the current ramp is usually quitegenerally
much smaller thancompared to the
programming level, especially when duty
ratios exceed 0.5. As a result,
subsequently making this method is
extremely susceptible to noise.  The
inability to simplify the function of the
analog peak current control boundary
operations will easily incur system
instability. The peak to average current
error inherent in the peak method of
inductor current control is usuallyoften
poses a serious problem in power supply. 
Therefore, a variable-frequency novel
digital control method must be developed,
capable of easily supporting a high
switching frequency more thanexceeding
4MHz. Additionally, thise proposed
method can comply with are introduced to
meet the requirements of tightstrict output
voltage regulation, high-speed dynamic
response, and programmability without
external passive components.

197.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement

Decreasing a comparator offset, and high


speed outputting with fast acquisition
circuit- designed, can helpenable the dc-dc
converter to detect a reverse current in a
show time (NOTE:  Do you mean ‘slow
time’ instead of ‘show time’?) with a
lightly load mode.  However, conventional
methods (NOTE:  Should you specify
what kind of conventional methods? 
analysis? detection? simulation?) can not
detect such a current onlydo so just by
utilizing general an (operation OR
operating OR operational) amplifier since
the dynamic range and offset is not are
inappropriate specifications.  While an
(operation OR operating OR operational)
amplifier with high speed operating at a
high speed causes a large quiescent
current and a high offset error, a reverse
current circuit leads to an erroneouswrong
switch sequence that takehas a lower
efficiency in an asynchronous dc-dc
converter efficiency less than theat in a
synchronous one. Furthermore, an
(operation OR operating OR operational)
amplifier with a high offset may not
operate accurately amplify while the
reverse current error originates from a low
side power MOS, ultimately leading
toincurring failure in the asynchronous dc-
dc converter.   Therefore, a method
(NOTE:  You should specify what kind of
method.) with an additional apparatus
must be designed to select efficiently the
offset of the (operation OR operating OR
operational) amplifier efficiently. 

198.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement

As tThe increasingly popularity of


portable electronic products, for
examples,e.g., notebook computers,
PDAs, MpP3 players and cellular phones,
explains aggressive efforts underway to
managing the power and reducinge power
consumption in such devicesbecome more
critical. While extending the If users want
longer battery service life, of such
products requires they must prepare
muchadditional battery; power and
subsequently this will increased costs. So,
power consumption is thus a critical
constraint for portable products.
ConventionallyIn practice, circuit
designers always force a constant voltage,
likee.g., 1.8V, 3.3V or 5V, on a chip with
different loadings. The inability to If we
can appropriately to adjust the bias
voltage when a chip work on theoperates
under different situation,conditions makes
it impossible to significantly reduce power
consumption can significantly be reduced.
This method accounts for 25% of the total
power consumption from the simulation
results.  Therefore, an IC productdesign
architecture  withthat integrates the
adjusting bias voltage method must be
designeddeveloped.

Hypothesis statement
An IC design architecture that integrates
the adjusting bias voltage method can be
designed. First, aTo do so, a functional
block can be designed to detect the
loading at the output stage can be
designed. Next, tThe loading signal can
then be feed back to the bias voltage
block. Finally, the bias voltage can be fine
tuned according to the loading. As
anticipated, the proposed design
architectureis  method can fulfill
theadhere to IC performance requirements
and minimize the power consumption. In
addition to making a highenhancing the
performance of portable products and
lengthenextending the battery service life,
this methode proposed architecture can be
easily integratedembedded in future
products.

Research paper:  Abstract


The increasingly popularity of portable
electronic products, e.g., notebook
computers, PDAs, Mp3 players and
cellular phones, explains aggressive
efforts underway to reduce power
consumption in such devices. While
extending the battery service life of such
products requires additional battery power
and subsequently increased costs, power
consumption is thus a critical constraint
for portable products.  Therefore, this
work describes a novel IC design
architecture that integrates the adjusting
bias voltage method. A functional block is
designed to detect the loading at the
output stage. The loading signal is then
fed back to the bias voltage block. Finally,
the bias voltage is fine tuned according to
the loading. The proposed design
architecture can adhere to IC performance
requirements and minimize power
consumption. In addition to enhancing the
performance of portable products and
extending the battery service life, the
proposed architecture can be easily
embedded in future products.

199.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement

The LCD panels use an analog input


signal as a data source andthat is
compatible towith a CRT monitor.
However, the This conventionally adopted
interface can’not improveenhance display
quality or comply with high resolution
requirements. The signal of the analog
interface must (encode to
compositeencode the composite OR be
encoded to compose the  WHICH ONE?)
RGB signal and be generated by DAC (a
digital-to-analog converter (DAC). The IC
with analog interface requires extraan
additional ADC to convert the analog
input to a digitalized format and decodes
the composite signal to each each RGB
dataum. Therefore, the source datum
distort by the DAC and ADC distort the
source datum, inducing thesubsequently
lowering display quality. Moreover,
additional Extra video decoder circuits
increase interference noise in the data.
Alternatively, a Ddigital interface for the
panel can reduce the number of ADCs,
DACs, video encoders and decoders to
achieve a higher display quality and
resolution than the analog one.
BesidesFurthermore, discrete IC
components have lower total cost less than
analog ones. Importantly, a Ddigital
interface can reduce 50%decrease the
design schedule by 50% when adopting
the HDL-based scheme. For mass
production, analog IC has more than 20%a
yield loss exceeding 20% and is sensitive
to process drift.(NOTE: ‘drifting’ OR
‘variation’ instead of ‘drift’?  I don’t
exactly understand what you mean by
‘process drift’.) Thise above predicament
case will increase IC testing costs and
difficultycomplexity, making it extremely
difficult to achieve time to market
delivery. High performance, high
resolution and low cost are market’s
requirements. The conventionally adopted
analog interface can not reach this
specificsatisfy market requirements of
high performance, high resolution and low
retail cost. Therefore, a digital interface
must be developed. B, in which both of
the data source and panel mustare
modifyied for integrationto adapt digital
interface.      

200.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement
Start-up algorithms play a significantly
essential role inprofoundly impact motor
control performance, as evidenced by the
increasing popularity of . In particular,
highly efficient and highly (integral OR
integrated?) driven ICs become
increasingly popular in the market.
Appropriate start-up control and low
current consumption dominate the
entireoverall systematic performance.
Conventional control procedures adopt
utilized either a complex DSP or MCU
system to implement algorithms. Powerful
functions weare exploited to detect
feedback signals, obtain motor rotor
position, and drive accurate control
signals to avertoid a large current. These
start-up algorithms require fixed control
steps synthesized on either the DSP or
MCU system. This frequently,
subsequently involvesing specific and
complexicated functions. These faculty
haves that ultimately make it difficulty in
to implementing ICs. These algorithms
should be analyzed and simplified within
as respect ofto the signals process and
position estimation should be analyzed
and simplified.  Therefore, a novel
algorithm with an effective start-up
control and low output current must be
developed. And for integrationg into ICs
must be achieved.
201.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Problem statement
                                        
As an integral part of the voltage mode dc
to dc system, the oscillator block not only
influences the stability of a duty cycle, but
also significantly contributes to the non-
linearity of the output voltage.  However,
in addition to conventional oscillator
blocking the exercise resistor and
capacitor,  and the size is largethe
conventional oscillator is too large.  For
instance, tThe conventionally method
varies with process, temperature,
frequency and power supply – at a range
of 5% -to 20%.  An oscillator block with a
resistor and capacitor may limit the
(operation OR operating OR operational)
frequency and the (peak value OR value
of peak to peak).  Furthermore, the non-
unity oscillator value would increase
testing time and lower product yield,
subsequently ultimately delaying delivery
to market and lowering market
competitiveness.  Therefore,  a method
must be developed…  (NOTE:  You
should describe your research objective
here in the form of your project need.)

202.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement

An intelligencet battery charger and a


residual capacity estimator are used the
proposed structure ofin the serial circuit
and battery equalizer with an intelligent
fuzzy charger algorithm to charge of La
lead-Aacid battery.  However,
conventional charger methods cannot
achieve the goal ofa fast and uniform
charge to three cells of the lLead-Aacid
battery within 2 to 3 hours. (NOTE: 
Where is quantification of the work
problem?  Where is significance of the
problem – theoretical and practical?) 
Therefore, an intelligent battery charger
with a residual capacity estimator for a
multi-cell lead-acid battery must be
developed, capable of providing different
charging currents (depending on the
voltage, capacity and temperature of the
battery when using the intelligent fuzzy
charge algorithm), while simultaneously
charging six groups of the series circuit
equally.

Hypothesis statement
Therefore, this work presents aAn
intelligent battery charger with a residual
capacity estimator for a multi-cell Llead-
Aacid battery can be developed, that
canpable of giveproviding different
charging currents (dependsing on the
voltage, capacity and temperature of the
battery ofwhen using the intelligent fuzzy
charge algorithm), while simultaneously
equalizer charging 6six groups of the
series circuit equally.  Battery current and
voltage can be precisely controlled with
an intelligent fuzzy charge algorithm.  To
do so, Measurethe internal resistor can
then be measured to precisely estimate
precisely the residual capacity of a
battery.  Next, aA DSP controller can then
be designed according to algorithm and
control-related factors.  Additionally,
monitor and recordNext, charge data-log
of battery can be monitored and recorded
forin 120 hours.  As anticipated, Ccapable
of implementing the fuzzy charge
algorithm of battery, the proposed battery
charger can giveprovide different charging
currents, dependsing on the voltage,
capacity and temperature, within a range
of 120-180 minutes for three cells of the
lLead-Aacid battery.  Moreover, the
proposed intelligent battery charger and
residual capacity estimator system  can be
used to use equalizer adjust the battery
voltage of batteryequally, to increase 30%
duringthe run time by 30%, and achieve
50 numbers cycle life cycles with the
fuzzy charge algorithm.

Research paper:  Abstract


An intelligent battery charger and a
residual capacity estimator are used in the
serial circuit and battery equalizer with an
intelligent fuzzy charger algorithm to
charge a lead-acid battery.  However,
conventional charger methods cannot
achieve a fast and uniform charge to three
cells of the lead-acid battery within 2 to 3
hours.  Therefore, this work presents an
intelligent battery charger with a residual
capacity estimator for a multi-cell lead-
acid battery, capable of providing different
charging currents (depending on the
voltage, capacity and temperature of the
battery when using the intelligent fuzzy
charge algorithm), while simultaneously
charging six groups of the series circuit
equally.  Battery current and voltage can
be precisely controlled with an intelligent
fuzzy charge algorithm.  The internal
resistor is measured to estimate precisely
the residual capacity of a battery.  A DSP
controller is then designed according to
algorithm and control-related factors. 
Next, charge data-log of battery is
monitored and recorded for 120 hours. 
Capable of implementing the fuzzy charge
algorithm, the proposed battery charger
can provide different charging currents,
depending on the voltage, capacity and
temperature, within a range of 120-180
minutes for three cells of the lead-acid
battery.  Moreover, the proposed battery
charger and residual capacity estimator
can be used to adjust the battery voltage
equally, increase the run time by 30% and
achieve 50 life cycles with the fuzzy
charge algorithm.

203.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement

Despite their extensive use in multi-power


systems, CMOS Llow-Ddropout
Rregulators (LDO) are conventionally
used in multi-power system. However, the
conventional CMOS LDO can not prove
fasterhave a slower load transient response
than it in bipolar LDO. It, thus limiting the
CMOS LDO applications inwith respect to
fast load changes in advanced power
systems.   For instance, a LDO requires a
fast load transient response below
50mV/1us in order to proveide a stable
voltage tofor other components.  The
inability to design a faster transient
response LDO in high current change
applications will not only cause errors in
make other components error, but also
inhibit thethe development of  CMOS
LDO development in advanced power
system ICs.  Therefore, a current and
voltage sensing function must be
established in the error-amp of LDO
circuits

Hypothesis statement
Base on above, we should establish aA
current and voltage sensing function can
be established in the error-amp of LDO
circuits.  To do so, Aa current mode
control circuit can be designed for sensing
the output   current .  A current feedback
path can then be analyzed. Next ,, a new
ovel current and voltage feedback circuit
can be simulated, along with effectiveness
and verified beforeduring wafer
outprediction.  Additionally, the proposed
LDO control circuit can  be used in other
linear control systems.. As anticipated,
the proposed current sensing circuit can
improve tin addition to increasing both the
speed of a feedback signal, increase and
the bandwidth of a control system. It, the
proposed current and voltage sensing
function can minimize the load transient
response forom 50mV/us to 25mV/us. 
Moreover, iIn addition to minimizeing the
voltage of the load transient response, the
proposed advanced CMOS LDO circuit
can not only improve enhance the quality
of power systems, but also provide an
accurate output voltage tofor other analog
or digital  IC circuits. In SOC(System -on
a-cChip (SOC) design, we often need
requires internal LDOs for minimizing the
noise effect between two  circuit blocks.
We believe that The proposed CMOS
LDO circuit can improveupgrade the
quality of multi-power systems in a SOC
chip.

Research paper:  Abstract


Despite their extensive use in multi-power
systems, CMOS low-dropout regulators
(LDO) have a slower load transient
response than in bipolar LDO, thus
limiting CMOS LDO applications with
respect to fast load changes in advanced
power systems.  Therefore, this work
establishes a current and voltage sensing
function in the error-amp of LDO circuits. 
A current mode control circuit is designed
for sensing the output current.  A current
feedback path is then analyzed. Next, a
novel current and voltage feedback circuit
are simulated, along with their
effectiveness verified during wafer
prediction.  Additionally, the proposed
LDO control circuit is used in other linear
control systems. In addition to increasing
both the speed of a feedback signal and
the bandwidth of a control system, the
proposed current and voltage sensing
function can minimize the load transient
response from 50mV/us to 25mV/us. 
Moreover, in addition to minimizing the
voltage of the load transient response, the
proposed advanced CMOS LDO circuit
can not only enhance the quality of power
systems, but also provide an accurate
output voltage for other analog or digital
IC circuits. System-on-a-chip (SOC)
design often requires internal LDOs for
minimizing the noise between two circuit
blocks. The proposed CMOS LDO circuit
can upgrade the quality of multi-power
systems in a SOC chip.

204.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Solar power has been extensively studied
inAs modern powering technology. has
extended the potential applications of
solar power, A highly efficient and reliable
packaging is essential in a solar power
system whilefor use of solar panels are
generally adopted in extreme outdoor
environments. However, conventional
steady solar panels can not be optimally
reach full powering full during
daytimelight hours because owing to
variation in the sunlight angles is
changing. For instance, the light-to-
electricity translation efficiency although
canpable of reaching 15% efficiency at
noontime, light-to-electricity translation
efficiency but lessis lower than 5% at
dawn and evening periods. The inability to
constantly retain efficient translation will
restrict the total amount of conductible
power. Consequently, additional solarcell
array, which is the most costly portion in
solar system, will be required respectively
to acquire sufficient power requirement.
Therefore, a versatile packaging method
must be developed through integration of
an additional solar cell array, i.e. the most
costly portion in solar system, to achieve a
sufficient power requirement to and
enhance the capability of a solar panel
capabilities.

205.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement
Small-format TFT LCDs require an
analog video decoder, while large-format
TFT LCDs require a digital one. An
analog video decoder can convert
composite video signals to RGB color
signals for delivery to panel data lines.
Whereas small-format TFT LCDs have
two specific systems, NTSC and PAL,
conventional analog video decoders can
only decode the NTSC or PAL, thus
minimizing system flexibility. An analog
video decoder must be developed that can
automatically sense and switch between
NTSC and PAL systems. An analog video
decoder reduces the number of peripheral
components by around 20% owing to its
ability to convert NTSC and PAL signals
to drive TFT LCDs simultaneously. The
analog video decoder eliminates the need
to create different designs for various
video systems, e.g. NTSC and PAL. The
user can also switch between different
systems without manually doing so.
Consequently, inadequate functions of an
analog video decoder limit product
applications. Therefore, an automatic
sensing and switching NTSC/PAL
function must be developed, capable of
enabling our analog video decoder to
enhance video system adaptability.

Hypothesis statement
An analog video decoder can be
developed that can automatically sense
and switch between NTSC and PAL
systems. Based on the above, we should
analyze analog video decoder to video
system applications. To do so, a composite
video signal decoder circuit mustcan be
developed and then, which contains a
VCOM amplifier can be contained in the
chip, too. Next, sSensing and switching
functions can then be addedincorporated
for differentiating between specific
systems, NTSC and PAL.
AdditionallyNext, a PLL circuit must be
requiredcan be added owing to that the
NTSC demand frequency of NTSC is 3.58
MHz and PAL the demand frequency of
PAL is 4.43 MHz. MoreoverAdditionally,
various system circuits, such ase.g., trap
filters, can select various frequencies for
the signal process. FurthermoreMoreover,
output stages must havecan be equipped
with sufficient driving capability to
deliver RGB signals to panel data lines.
As anticipated, the proposed analog video
decoder can be used to satisfy video
functions requested and makeachieve a
high performance appearance. The video
decoder can alsoCapable of reduceing the
cost of system peripheral components cost
owing to its integration of NTSC and PAL
systems. T, the analog video decoder is
the first chip in video application in
Taiwan owing to its ability to which
decode both NTSC and PAL color signals
is the first chip in video application in
Taiwan. Moreover, tThe proposed chip
can enhance flexibility in systems
applications flexibility and
promoteenhance user’s convenience.

Research paper:  Abstract


Small-format TFT LCDs require an analog
video decoder, while large-format TFT
LCDs require a digital one. An analog
video decoder can convert composite
video signals to RGB color signals for
delivery to panel data lines. Whereas
small-format TFT LCDs have two specific
systems, NTSC and PAL, conventional
analog video decoders can only decode
the NTSC or PAL, thus minimizing
system flexibility.  Therefore, this work
presents an analog video decoder that can
automatically sense and switch between
NTSC and PAL systems.  A composite
video signal decoder circuit is developed,
which contains a VCOM amplifier.
Sensing and switching functions are then
incorporated for differentiating between
specific systems, NTSC and PAL. Next, a
PLL circuit is added owing to that the
demand frequency of NTSC is 3.58 MHz
and the demand frequency of PAL is 4.43
MHz. Additionally, various system
circuits, e.g., trap filters, select various
frequencies for the signal process.
Moreover, output stages are equipped with
sufficient driving capability to deliver
RGB signals to panel data lines.  The
proposed analog video decoder can be
used to satisfy video functions requested
and achieve a high performance. Capable
of reducing the cost of system peripheral
components owing to its integration of
NTSC and PAL systems, the analog video
decoder is the first chip in video
application in Taiwan owing to its ability
to decode both NTSC and PAL color
signals. Moreover, the proposed chip can
enhance flexibility in system applications
and enhance user convenience.

206.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Optimization of micro-stepping motor
functions using a novel control method
Stepping motors are extensively adopted
in electronic consumer products such as
DVDs, digital cameras and cellular
phones owing to their high-resolution
position capability and miniaturized size.
However, a controller with external
driving devices increases not only the
complexity of PCB layout, but also
overhead costs. Additionally, the
conventionally adopted driving method
incurs an intolerable amount of vibration
and generates much noise while operating
under the pulse-shaped driving signal. For
instance, a 480 g-cm torque, 0.15W, 4.5V
stepping motor under no-load condition
generates 60 dBA at 30cm from motor
housing. Such vibration from a noisy
stepping motor falls below consumer
expectations and decreases operational
efficiency, ultimately lowering the market
competitiveness of new generation
products. Therefore, a unique control
method with micro-stepping capabilities
must be developed to smoothly drive
stepping motors by effectively removeing
the vibration and noise originating from a
non-uniform force of motors.

A unique control method with micro-


stepping capabilities can be developed to
smoothly drive stepping motors by
effectively removing the vibration and
noise originating from a non-uniform
force of motorswith lower vibrates and
noise. TheMathematic models of stepping
motor and driving waveform can be
mathematically analyzed. Next, tThe level
of quasi-sinusoidal waveform can then be
easilysimply calculated for a pre-given
level of numbers. AdditionallyNext, a
driving circuit with a quasi-sinusoidal
output current can be designed with a
DAC and a current drive circuit. As
anticipated, the proposed micro-stepping
control method can provide locate more
preciselyly position capability and
decrease vibrateion and noise
originateding from pulsed-waveform
driving by 10%. The proposed method can
locate and minimize vibrateion and noise
whileduring motors operatesion and
position the motor more precisely to be
more than other commercially available
ones cancompetitive then other products.

Research paper:  Abstract


Stepping motors are extensively adopted in
electronic consumer products such as
DVDs, digital cameras and cellular
phones owing to their high-resolution
position capability and miniaturized size.
However, a controller with external
driving devices increases not only the
complexity of PCB layout, but also
overhead costs. Additionally, the
conventionally adopted driving method
incurs an intolerable amount of vibration
and generates much noise while operating
under the pulse-shaped driving signal. 
Therefore, this work presents a unique
control method with micro-stepping
capabilities to smoothly drive stepping
motors by effectively removing the
vibration and noise originating from a
non-uniform force of motors.
Mathematical models of stepping motor
and driving waveform are analyzed. The
level of quasi-sinusoidal waveform is then
easily calculated for a pre-given level of
numbers. Next, a driving circuit with a
quasi-sinusoidal output current is designed
with a DAC and a current drive circuit. 
The proposed micro-stepping control
method can locate precisely and decrease
vibration and noise originating from
pulsed-waveform driving by 10%.
Importantly, the proposed method can
locate and minimize vibration and noise
during motor operation more than other
commercially available ones can.
 

207.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement

Start-up algorithms profoundly impact


motor control performance, as evidenced
by the increasing popularity of highly
efficient and highly integrated driven ICs.
Appropriate start-up control and low
current consumption dominate the overall
system performance. However,
Cconventional control procedures adopt
either a complex DSP or MCU system to
implement algorithms. Powerful functions
are exploited to detect feedback signals,
obtain motor rotor position and drive
accurate control signals to avert a large
current. These start-up algorithms require
fixed control steps synthesized on either
the DSP or MCU system, subsequently
involving specific and complex functions
that ultimately make it difficult to
implement ICs. These algorithms should
be analyzed and simplified with respect to
the signal process and position
estimation.  Therefore,  an efficient
algorithm with an effective start-up
control and low output current can be
developed, capable of accurately locating
the position of the motor and effectively
driving it to achieve integration into ICs. a
novel algorithm with an effective start-up
control and low output current must be
developed for integration into ICs.

Hypothesis statement

Based on the above, aAn efficient


algorithm with an effective start-up
control and low output current can be
developed, capable of accurately locating
the position of the motor and effectively
driving it. to achieve integration into ICs.
To do so, an experimental platform which
consists ofcomprising a DSP, motor,
driven circuit, and control software can be
constructed for estimating motors.(NOTE:
‘estimating’ WHAT about motors? ‘the
number of motors’ ‘the efficiency of
motors’? ‘the output of motors’?  Clarify
your meaning.) Software can then be
exploited to control the motor bybased on
various conditions. According to
observing the relation of control signals
and output resultsNext, the table of
commands can be compiled, along with
the and positions can be built by observing
how control signals and output results are
related. Additionally, And we can check
this table to findtthe accurate position of
the motor whichthat reduces output
current for driving motors can be
determined by referencing to this table.
Moreover, adjusting the speed of control
signals finds out the optimal one (NOTE: 
What is ‘one’?  ‘current’ ‘signal’?) to
drive the motor can be identified by
adjusting the speed of control signals. This
improves, thus increasing the efficiency
inof driven motors. Finally, onea table and
onean optimal speed control signal can be
developed. As anticipated, this proposed
algorithm with an effective start-up
control and low output currentprocedure
of start-up motor can be easily simply
implemented into IC design. Furthermore,
tThe proposed algorithm can minimize
hardware implementation, and efficiently
drive motors, and further for easily
manipulateion.

Research paper:  Abstract


Start-up algorithms profoundly impact
motor control performance, as evidenced
by the increasing popularity of highly
efficient and highly integrated driven ICs.
Appropriate start-up control and low
current consumption dominate the overall
system performance. However,
conventional control procedures adopt
either a complex DSP or MCU system to
implement algorithms.  Therefore, this
work presents an efficient algorithm with
an effective start-up control and low
output current, capable of accurately
locating the position of the motor and
effectively driving it to achieve integration
into ICs.  An experimental platform
comprising a DSP, motor, driven circuit
and control software is constructed for
estimating motors.(NOTE: ‘estimating’
WHAT about motors? ‘the number of
motors’ ‘the efficiency of motors’? ‘the
output of motors’?  Clarify your meaning.)
Software is then be to control the motor
based on various conditions. Next, the
table of commands is compiled, along
with the positions built by observing how
control signals and output results are
related. Additionally, the accurate position
of the motor that reduces output current
for driving motors is determined by
referencing to this table. Moreover,  the
optimal one (NOTE:  What is ‘one’? 
‘current’ ‘signal’?) to drive the motor is
identified by adjusting the speed of
control signals, thus increasing the
efficiency of driven motors. Finally, a
table and an optimal speed control signal
are developed. The proposed algorithm
with an effective start-up control and low
output current can be easily implemented
into IC design. Furthermore, the proposed
algorithm can minimize hardware
implementation and efficiently drive
motors for easy manipulation.
 208.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)
Problem statement
While the MOSFETs off-time required for
achieving the target current is calculated
ahead of time, the MOSFETs on-time is
maintained constant, resulting in variable
switching frequency. The analog current
mode is normally implemented in
switching power supplies to sense and
control the peak inductor current. Among
the many serious problems that
subsequently arise include poor noise
immunity, a need for slope compensation
and peak to average current errors that the
inherently low current loop gain cannot
correct.  Whereas the analog peak current
mode control method is inherently
unstable at duty ratios exceeding 0.5, the
current ramp is generally much smaller
than the programming level, especially
when duty ratios exceed 0.5, subsequently
making this method extremely susceptible
to noise.  The inability to simplify the
function of the analog peak current control
boundary operations will easily incur
system instability. The peak to average
current error inherent in the peak method
of inductor current control often poses a
serious problem in power supply. 
Therefore, a variable-frequency novel
digital current controller method  must be
developed for valley, peak or average
currents, capable of easily supporting a
high switching frequency exceeding
4MHz.  Additionally, the proposed method
can comply with requirements of strict
output voltage regulation, high-speed
dynamic response and programmability
without external passive components.

Work objective (工作目標)


Hypothesis statement
A variable-frequency novel digital current
controller can be developed for valley,
peak or average currents, capable of easily
supporting a high switching frequency
exceeding 4MHz. Based on the above, we
should design a novel digital current
controller for valley, peak or average
current. It is found that fFor each variable
of interest (valley, peak or average
current), there is a choice of the
appropriate PWM method is selected to
achieve digital current control without
oscillation problem. Methodology to
achieve objective (達成目標的方法 ) To
do so, various ways in which the digital
current control method can be analyzed in
various ways. Factors that influence the
compensator control can then be
identified. Next, whether circuit design
canis capable of considering the entire
electrical circuit can be determined as
well.Anticipate results ( 希 望的 結果 ) As
anticipated, the proposed digital current
controller can be examined under trailing
edge modulation can be examined with
reference. We conclude that uUnder
trailing edge modulation, the proposed
method hasexperiences the same
instability problem under the operationg
conditions when the duty cycle is greater
thanexceeds 0.5. Contribution to field (領
域 的 貢 獻 ) The proposed digital current
controller method can be used in a diverse
range of power factor conversion
applications, including rectifiers with
power factor correction (PFC). The
implementationDoing so requires only one
current sample per period and haswith
relatively modest processing
requirements. In addition to complying
with requirements of strict output voltage
regulation, high-speed dynamic response
and programmability without external
passive componentsThe novel digital, the
proposed current controller method iscan
be derived for all basic converter
configurations and for three different
control variables of interests: valley, peak
or average currents.

Research paper:  Abstract


While the MOSFETs off-time required for
achieving the target current is calculated
ahead of time, the MOSFETs on-time is
maintained constant, resulting in variable
switching frequency. The analog current
mode is normally implemented in
switching power supplies to sense and
control the peak inductor current. Among
the many serious problems that
subsequently arise include poor noise
immunity, a need for slope compensation
and peak to average current errors that the
inherently low current loop gain cannot
correct.  Therefore, this work presents a
variable-frequency  digital current
controller for valley, peak or average
currents, capable of easily supporting a
high switching frequency exceeding
4MHz.  The digital current control method
is analyzed in various ways. Factors that
influence the compensator control are then
identified. Next, whether circuit design is
capable of considering the entire electrical
circuit is determined.  The proposed
digital current controller can be examined
under trailing edge modulation. Under
trailing edge modulation, the proposed
method experiences the same instability
under operating conditions when the duty
cycle exceeds 0.5.  Additionally, the
proposed digital current controller can be
used in a diverse range of power factor
conversion applications, including
rectifiers with power factor correction
(PFC). Doing so requires only one current
sample per period with relatively modest
processing requirements. In addition to
complying with requirements of strict
output voltage regulation, high-speed
dynamic response and programmability
without external passive components, the
proposed current controller can be derived
for all basic converter configurations and
for  valley, peak or average currents.

 209.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement
LCD panels use an analog input signal as
a data source that is compatible with a
CRT monitor. However, the
conventionally adopted interface cannot
enhance display quality or comply with
high resolution requirements. The signal
of the analog interface must be encoded to
compose RGB signal and be generated by
a digital-to-analog converter (DAC). The
IC with analog interface requires an
additional ADC to convert the analog
input to a digitalized format and decode
the composite signal to each RGB datum.
Therefore, DAC and ADC distort the
source datum, subsequently lowering
display quality. Moreover, additional
video decoder circuits increase
interference noise in the data.
Alternatively, a digital interface for the
panel can reduce the number of ADCs,
DACs, video encoders and decoders to
achieve a higher display quality and
resolution than the analog one.
Furthermore, discrete IC components cost
less than analog ones. Importantly, a
digital interface can decrease the design
schedule by 50% when adopting the HDL-
based scheme. For mass production,
analog IC has a yield loss exceeding 20%
and is sensitive to process variation The
above predicament will increase IC testing
costs and complexity, making it extremely
difficult to achieve time to market
delivery. The conventionally adopted
analog interface can not satisfy market
requirements of high performance, high
resolution and low retail cost. Therefore, a
digital interface must be developed, in
which both the data source and panel are
modified for integration to decrease the
design schedule and IC testing costs.      

Hypothesis statement
A digital interface can be developed, in
which both the data source and panel are
modified for integration to decrease the
design schedule and IC testing costs.  
Based on the above, we should develop a
protocol with digital interface to decrease
the design schedule and IC testing costs.
To do so, implement a digital video
interface, e.g., CCIR, and digital RGB
interface can be implemented. Next, tThe
digital signal processing can then be
simulated by the software ofusing MatLab
software. AdditionallyNext, logic circuits
can be described by program editing.
MoreoverAdditionally, programs adopt
CAD tool to generate the physical circuits
can be generated using CAD software. As
anticipated, iIn addition to automatically
generating production procedures via
software, the proposed digital interface
can enhance the performance, e.g. display
quality and high resolution. Furthermore,
thise proposed interface for the panel can
reduces the number of ADCs, DACs,
video encoders and decoders,
subsequentlyultimately decreasing the
power consumption and production costs.

Research paper:  Abstract


LCD panels use an analog input signal as
a data source that is compatible with a
CRT monitor. However, the
conventionally adopted interface cannot
enhance display quality or comply with
high resolution requirements.  Therefore,
this work presents a digital interface, in
which both the data source and panel are
modified for integration to decrease the
design schedule and IC testing costs.  A
digital video interface, e.g., CCIR, and
digital RGB interface are implemented.
The digital signal processing is then
simulated using MatLab software. Next,
logic circuits are described by program
editing. Additionally, the physical circuits
are generated using CAD software. In
addition to automatically generating
production procedures via software, the
proposed digital interface can enhance the
performance, e.g. display quality and high
resolution. Furthermore, the proposed
interface for the panel reduces the number
of ADCs, DACs, video encoders and
decoders, ultimately decreasing power
consumption and production costs.

210.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Problem statement
Charging flash-light-capacitance
circuits are integrated into a single chip
for digital still cameras. However,
conventional circuits contain discrete
components, not only increasing overhead
costs of components by approximately
20%, but also increaseing production size
by approximately 10%. The inability to
integrate these circuits into a single chip
makes it impossible not only to satisfy
consumer demand for miniaturized, light
and slim products, but also to reduce time
constraints in a design schedule and
production costs.  Therefore, an integrated
circuit must be developed to simplify
conventional circuits and easily support
miniaturized products.charging flash-
light-capacitance circuits must be
integrated, capable of easily supporting
miniaturized products.

Hypothesis statement
5. Work objective Based on the above, we
should develop aAn integrated circuit can
be developed to simplify conventional
circuits and easily support miniaturized
products.6. Methodology to achieve
objective  To do so, conventional circuits
can be analyzed. Circuits can then be
combined to reduce the chip area. Next, in
terms of the chip layout, adding a
substrate ring can restrain the noise and
the coupling effect.7. Anticipated result 
As anticipated, the proposed integrated
circuit can reduce overhead costs and
increase market competitiveness. 8.
Contribution to field  In the fieldmarket of
digital still cameras, the proposaled
integrated circuit can simplify product
design and miniaturizinge product size.

Research paper:  Abstract


Charging flash-light-capacitance circuits
are integrated into a single chip for digital
still cameras. However, conventional
circuits contain discrete components, not
only increasing overhead costs of
components by approximately 20%, but
also increasing production size by
approximately 10%.  Therefore, this work
presents an integrated circuit to simplify
conventional circuits and easily support
miniaturized products.  Conventional
circuits are analyzed. Circuits are then
combined to reduce the chip area. Next, in
terms of the chip layout, adding a
substrate ring restrains the noise and the
coupling effect. The proposed integrated
circuit can reduce overhead costs and
increase market competitiveness.  In the
market of digital still cameras, the
proposed integrated circuit can simplify
product design and miniaturize product
size.

211. (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)
Pipe jacking and horizontal drilling
methods are adopted to comply with
budgetary and time constraints in
completing In order to enable the
GaoxiongKaohsiung maysanMeishan~-
Cchochi 161 kvm cCable lLine pProject
completes in the work budget and the
deadline, must use pipe jacking and
horizontal directional drilling method.
Work problem (工作問題)
The traditionalConventional constructs, e.g., the (open excavation pipeline method,) on the urban
roadwaysroad often need torequire migrateconstant movement or hangscaffolding to protects the
pipeline.

Quantitative specification of problem( 問


題的量化)
The time of coCompletesion time of thea
pipeline project is extremely to migrate or
hang is very difficult to estimate when
constant movement or scaffolding is
involved.
 
Importance of problem(問題的中心)
The inability to forecast such estimates
will make costs involving design and
constructional technology of pipe jacking
and horizontal directional drilling method
is prohibitively higher.
212.  (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal
Application of bored pile with diameter up
to 2~2.5 meter as foundation for the
hHigh-rise buildingss in China and
Taiwan in recent years hasve been
increasingly applied a bored pile with a
diameter up to 2-25 meters as the
construction foundation in Taiwan and
Mainland China in recently years.
Work PlanProblem
However, the existing empirical analysis
methods and the conventional
construction procedures can not
effectively determineobtain the required
bearing capacity of large-diameter bored
piles designed.
Quantitative specification of problem
Based onAccording to measurements of
the in-situ pile load test results conduced
in from various sites in Taiwan and
Mainland China and Taiwan, the actual
bearing capacity of the bored pile only
reaches 60~-80% of the design value.
Importance of problem
IfThe inability of the large-diameter bored
pile, which forms the used as f foundation
of high-rise buildings, could notto provide
sufficient bearing capacity, in addition to
the and incorporate safety considerations,
will significantly increase the cost and
duration of pile construction-related costs
and project duration will increased
significantly.

213.  (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal:
While water shortage isAlthough a
worldwide problem,global phenomenon,
water shortages it is more so in northern
Taiwan are severe during the summer.   
months of the year. Taiwan’s
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
has, inIn addition to encouraging the
consumers to reduce cut down on thewater
consumption of water, , the Environmental
Protection Administration of the Republic
of China, Taiwan has collaborated with
academics and engineering
professionalsfirms to explore an adopt
advanced wastewater treatment
technologyies aimeding at upgrading the
quality of treated water in order to adhere
to the targeted governmental goal meet the
new official standard of 85% water
reclaimation.
Work problem:
However, the dilemma facing us is that the
conventional method of treating domestic
and industrial wastewaters treatment
methods can not comply with such a goal
is unable to meet the demand for water
reclamation because the quality of treated
water quality faills belowto satisfy the
stringent requirements for water recycling
or reuse requirements.
Quantitative specification of problem:
Although introduced a decade ago as an
advanced wastewater treatment
technology, known as the Membrane
Filtration Technology, which uses that
combination ofes ultrafiltration
membranes and biological treatment
processes, was introduced a decade
ago,membrane filtration technology buhas
been prohibitively expensive to gain t high
capital cost of the treatment system had
prevented it from being widelyspread
acceptance, until recently that is with the
continuously lower cost of ed by
engineering firms until a few years ago,
accredited to the steady cost-decline of
membrane products.
Importance of problem:
Despite the declininglower cost of
membrane products in recent years,
however, the initial cost of the biological
membrane system initially costs higher
than s still considered too high to compete
with the conventional wastewater
treatment systems, despite the advantages
of the though the former, e.g., has many
advantages that the latter can not match –
such as its superbior treated water quality,
muchsignificantly loweress space
requirement, complete automation of the
system with less need for operating
personnel required owing to its fully
automated system, and low maintenance
cost for maintenance, etc. and, therefore,
the total cost is now becoming very
competitive. However, the inability to
continuously The problem remains is that
in addition to a continued effort to reduce
the membrane costs, and more promotion
and publicizety of unique advantages the
merits of biological membrane technology
over the conventional wastewater
treatment methods will definitely be
helpfulmakes it impossible to fully
promulgate this technology and reduce
environmental loading.

214.  (Electrical/Electronics Engineering)


Comsumer demand on power supply in
summer has significantly insuifficiency
owing to The green house effect,
phenomenon and theaccelerated industrial
growth of high techological industry, and
strong consumer demand as exacerbated
by  as well as elevated living standards.
account for insufficient power supply
during the summer. While Traditional
power supply in Taiwan relies on are
water, fossil fuels and nuclear power for
its power supply,. Nno suitableadequate
water source is available to setestablish a
waterhydro power plant at present,. As
evidence of their prohibitively high costs
in operations, operating costs for fossil
fuel power plants costs several billion at
least  and a nuclear power plants can run
into the costs usually over thousand
billions of dollars such as the NOo. 4
Nuclear pPower Pplant. The inability to
devise a more economically means of
preventing power shortages induring
summer causeswill ultimately lower living
standards as well as huge amount of
industryand industrial revenues loss
dueowing to frequent power lapsesshut
down.

215.  (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal
While pPublic construction projects
operate under strict financial constraints,
applies lowest price for purchase
operation. How can aapplying the
technical standards ofoutlined in the
contract to work construction? work is a
challenging task.
Work problem
With public construction projects
operating under strict financial
constraints,Public construction applies
lowest price for purchase operation.
Ccontractors find it impossible to can’t
apply the technical standards outlined in
the of contract to work construction
work. :  This sentence is redundant of the
above sentence in setting of work
proposal.) If oFor overseers attempting to
adoptaction for the the technical standards
ofoutlined in the contract. during project
implementation, Ccontractor’s profits will
not enoughare insufficient for
construction. If not the, subsequently
lowering the qualitiesy of public
construction projectswill have reduced.
Quantitative specification of problem
For instance, nearly 70-80% of About
seventy to eighty percent of tthe technical
standards governing public projects come
copied from the Public Construction
Commission. The copy data is high
standards by the Commission qualities
andmandate the lowest bid price to
complete a  hardly to work for the
generally public construction and must
have lowest price.project, making it nearly
impossibleSo for contractors can’tto apply
those technical standards to work
construction and have enough generate
sufficient profits simultaneously.
Importance of problem
The inability to resolve this disparity will
compromise the quality of If this problem
can’t improve. The qualities of generally
public construction projects or lead to a
breach of will reduce or the contractsor
will cancel the contract or discontinuation
of the project owing to insufficient
fundingclose down result from haven’t
enough profits. And that will cause more
economic problem.

216. (CivilEngineering)
The eEnvironmentally induced vibration
would cause theincreases the percentage
of production defeacts ratio increasing,
makes the high precision instrument
inaccurate or inoperableout of work, and
raises concerns from the nearby general
populationpeople feel the uncomfortable
tremor. TraditionallyIn practice, the
engineers make their solution to eliminate
the vibration is eliminated bythrough
either reducing the intensity of the energy
source energy or isolating the transmitting
path. However, The uncertainty or
unincompleted of the dynamic
(features/attributes/properties/characteristi
cs), e.g., such like the vibration time-
dependaent behavior and the structureal
interaction, that would misled often lead
to error in the engineering judgment
improperly. For exampleinstance, the
bestoptimum performance of a rubber pad
damper should be , i.e., 5~-10Hz, itcan not
only incapable to thewithstand equipment
vibration ranging from in 1000~-3000Hz,
but also induces the vibration
amplification, commonly as known as the
resonance behavior.

217. (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal:
    While science-based industrial parks
represent the hub of To develop high T
technology, we must establish science
park. development in Taiwan To develop,
high speedmodern transportation, we must
construct necessitates the construction of a
high speed rail way. infrastructure, which
is infeasible for transportation inside of
Bur, where intruded by high speed rail
way is not suitable for sciencesuch
industrial parks.
Work problem:
     The vibrations of the high speed rail
way running may In addition to interfering
with manufacturing worsen the quality
within a ies of the qualities of the science
park production, vibrations from a high
speed railway systemAnd even, they may
subsequently discourage enterprises from
establishing their operations inside of such
decrease the intentions of companies to
establish workshops in science parks then.
Quantitative specification of problem:
For instance, Thea high speed rail way
system running, will induces ambient
ground surface vibrations toexceeding
50dB more, i.e., intolerable manufacturing
which can not tolerated by the producing
conditions for of the high science-
-technology workshops companies.,
adversely impacting revenues by science
parks, which are currently  And even,
these phenomena shall influence the
production amount (valued aboutat around
500 billion N.ew Taiwanese dollars) badly
in the science park.
Importance of problem:
   The inability to If we can not reduce the
vibrations induced by the high speed
railway systems running tto less than 50
dB on the ambient ground surface as soon
as possible, the yearlywill reduce the
annual production amount value of the
companies within science-based industrial
parks will drop. And even more,
ultimately stagnating development inside
of suchthe science park area shall not
develop soundly and may grow less and
less eventually industrial zones.

218.  (CivilEngineering)
Taiwaneseo help reconstruction efforts in
the work in tsunami- stricken area of Aceh
province, Indonesia, Taiwan shows
inefficiently have been below par.
18Eighteen months after the disaster,
except for TZUCI , the Taiwanese
government still has not distributed funds
collected from can’t sent the help
collected from overseas Taiwanese to the
stricken area .

Global response to the disaster was


immediate, Helps came from the world
immediately after disaster,with 40,000 and
30,000 housing units donated by of house
came from Canada and 30,000 units from
America,the United States, respectively, as
well as $US 80 millions US  dollars in
relief came from Japan …etc. Despite
financial donations from although many
helps came from Taiwanese that were
deposited in a but those helps is still
collected in a specified account at Taipei
bank account, and lack of effective on-site
activities atin the stricken sitearea have
been sparse.

Despite this Has specialrelief fund


account, but has no specific organization
has assumed responsibility for distributing
these funds, thus tarnishing the alized
department to execute the help not only
loss the meaning of help but also defect
the image of Taiwan. 

219.  (CivilEngineering)
The safety under earthquake and
construction cost have guided the cWhile
conventional construction materials and
methods highly prioritize earthquake
damage prevention and stringently
controlled operating budgets. The, global
and market demands have promulgated
the use of enhanced materials and
numerous buildings in Taiwan must face
the improved material and sourcebuilding
codes in Taiwanese-built structures under
the global and local market challenge.

Owing to The increasing real estate prices


in cost of land and construction materials,
is making the significant structural
difference between the low-rise and high-
rise buildings significantly differ in
structural composition.

The rising costs of For instance, concrete,


rebar and steel costs have risen over 50%
comparing toover the past five years ago
extensively, significantly affecting the
construction applications in
today’smodern commercial and residential
buildings. The higher labor cost is also
another issue for Construction managers
owner and engineers also toaggressively
searching the for economical and efficient
material for substitutes in light of
increasing labor costs.

Given the above predicament, The civil


engineer must be thinking and studying in
addition to the inability to secure an
adequate improved ssupply onof all kind
construction materials. T, he engineers fail
to comply with also need to make sure all
situations are under the required building
codes and safety measures given the
inability to secure and the alternative
isconstruction supplieds that are more
economic and adhere to  and lasting in the
big global standardscircumstance.  

220.  (CivilEngineering)
In Taiwan traditionalThe conventionally
adopted underground excavation method
has caused many disasters in Taiwan,
andposing harm to  damage to
neighboring residents and the project
itself.

The main cause is complicatedComplex


geologyical features are the source of this
problem, i.e., many kind soil properties,
for example
Sincluding sand, clay gravel and rocks. A
bused traditionalThe conventional slurry
wall method induceds piping, heaveing
and squeeze-related problems ion the
jobsite, simultaneously cause damage
ofing house structures and
overturning,even collapsing roads
collapsed etc.
While over 80% of all In Taiwanese
construction projects have adopted the
over 80% jobsite adopted slurry wall
method, its use only accounts for nearly
but in the foreign almost 20%
overseasonly, especially in Japan.

Continued use of the Abuse


slurry wall method, resulting in
causeddamage to many building
structures, roads and underground
pipes system damage,, will
adversely impact especially urban
renewal efforts currently
underway problem, this will
cause death of urban life
gradually.
221.  (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal 工作提案建構  
CEC coordinates efforts to provide Thai
migrant laborers involved in Taipei public
construction projects with Suppling an
alone,legal and comfortable dormitory
accommodationsfor Thai labours of
CEC’s jobsites in Taipei
region.                                                       
Work problem 工作問題
Recently years, the eEconomic reflation
cause construction’s prospersity in Taiwan
in recent years has led to a boom in the
construction industry., with the demand
for construction The buildings are erected
attracting massive workers. required
outstripping the local supply for
Relatively the public civil engineering
projectsare lack of workers. The failure to
comply with project If the work
schedulinges will not only lead to imposed
fines, but also a tarnished image for
building fall behind,the contractors will be
fined and get the worse reputation.
Large scale The Thai labours rioting among
migrant construction laborers from
Thailand working on the mass rapid
transit system in event which happened at
Kaohsiung in southern Taiwan MRT’s
jobsite in 23th,August 2005 alarmed casue
the Taiwanese’s fear. public, making them
resistant to live in close proximity to this
migrant groupThe willing of neighbor
with Thai labours is very low.
Additionally, he rental price ofing
affordable and comfortable dormitory
living that complies with legal standards
for these migrant laborers in Taipei region
is very high. It is difficult to find out a
alone,legal and comfortable oneextremely
difficult.

Quantitative specification of problem


問題量化
The inability of the If CEC cannot supple
theto provide dormitory, facilities that
satisfy the above requirements  CEC will
increase expenditures for other spend
more money to rent other legal houseing
arrangements, subsequently . It will
increaseincreasing labor costs of migrant
laborers by 6% personnel expense per
Thai labour.  
Importance of problem 問題的中心
Moreover, the inability of the If CEC to
resolve this predicament will lead to
protests from supple dependent,illegal and
uncomfortable dormitory, it will be caused
(1)neighborsing residents, further
obstacles in securing licensed demonstrate
and obstruct (2)someone turns in the
dormitory facilities and
undissatisfiedaction among migrant Thai
labourers escape and affect the, ultimately
jeopardizing workproject schedulinges.    
222.  (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)
Pipe jacking and horizontal drilling
methods are adopted to comply with
budgetary and time constraints in
completing the Kaohsiung Meishan-
Chochi 161 kv Cable Line Project.
Work problem (工作問題)
Conventional constructs, e.g., the open
excavation pipeline method, on urban
roadways often require constant
movement or scaffolding to protect the
pipeline.
Quantitative specification of problem( 問
題的量化)
Completion time of a pipeline project is
extremely difficult to estimate when
constant movement or scaffolding is
involved.
 
Importance of problem (問題的中心)
The inability to forecast such estimates
will make costs involving design and
construction technology of pipe jacking
and horizontal directional drilling
prohibitively high.
Worwk objective(工作目標)
Based on the above, we should develop a
technological method of design anda
construction design method that adopts
pipe jacking and horizontal directional
drilling to avoid a time delay timein the
project schedule 
Methodology to achieve objective ( 達 成
目標的方法)
TheTo do so, a vertical shaft can be
constructedExecuted in a nearby
underground obstacleobstacle.
additionally ,theA hole iscan then be
drilled that enables engineers to pass
through the underground obstacle byvia
the vertical shaft.  fFinally, thean electric
cable is built ocan be constructed and
placed in the hole.
Anticipated results (希望的結果)
As anticipated, the proposed Develop the
design and construction design method
maycan pass through the underground
obstacle, eliminating the need and avoid to
move the pipeline.
Contribution to field (領域的貢獻)
Thus,the proposed optimization method
can provide a valuable reference for
governmental authorities or construction
companyies when pass through thedealing
with underground obstacles.

Abstract
Pipe jacking and horizontal drilling
methods are adopted to comply with
budgetary and time constraints in
completing the Kaohsiung Meishan-
Chochi 161 kv Cable Line Project. 
However, conventional constructs, e.g.,
the open excavation pipeline method, on
urban roadways often require constant
movement or scaffolding to protect the
pipeline.  Therefore, this work presents a
construction design method that adopts
pipe jacking and horizontal directional
drilling to avoid a time delay in the project
schedule.  A vertical shaft is constructed
in a nearby underground obstacle. A hole
is then drilled to pass through the
underground obstacle via the vertical
shaft.  Finally, an electric cable is
constructed and placed in the hole.  The
proposed construction design method can
enable engineers to pass through the
underground obstacle, eliminating the
need to move the pipeline.  Moreover, the
proposed method provides a valuable
reference for governmental authorities or
construction companies when dealing with
underground obstacles.

223.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement
The sShield method is adopted to
comply with budgetary and time
constraints in completing thea
Taipei Daam 345 kv Ccable Lline
Projectof the Taipei Dam Project. 
However, Cconventional
constructs, e.g., the open
excavation pipeline method, on
urban roadways often require
constant movement or scaffolding
to protect the pipeline., making it
extremely difficult to estimate
Ccompletion time of a pipeline
project is extremely difficult to
estimate when constant
movement or scaffolding is
involved.  The inability to
forecast such estimates will make
costs involving design and
construction technology of shield
prohibitively high.  Therefore, an
optimal technology must be
developed, capable of
selectingchoosing an the most
appropriate method well to
adequatelyfor a constructional
system project.

224.  (CivilEngineering)
Construction onf China’s Three Gorges
Dam will reach completion is set to finish
next weekshortly, creating and the world’s
largest hydropower operations with
project will have a generating capacity of
18 gigawatts.  Despite the inexpensive and
clean energy source of Tthe hydropower
project, its give the cheapest and cleanest
power but the environmental
consequences remain unclearhave yet to
be learned. So, is it really cheapest and
cleanest?  The resettlement of roughly
need to resettle the Dam about 1.3 million
inhabitants away from the people flooded
plains caused by the Dam out of their
home, an environment impacts ofsoil
erosion and the tones of sewage flowing
into the dam’s reservoir each yearannually
raise environmental concerns over the
actual benefits of the project.  Given that
The true costs of power-related costs are
much higher than originally projected, and
must particular count up. Therefore, not
only the construction costs,
accommodations for  will be considered
but also a displaced population of 1.3
million people’s home, an environment
impacts ofsoil erosion and maintaienance
costsfee each year must all be
additionalconsidered.
 
225.  (CivilEngineering)
Although While the number of colleges
and universitiespost-secondary
educational institutions in Taiwan has
more than doubled since the early 1990s,
the qualityacademic competence of the
students has been on a rapidly declined. 
Whaether are the causes of for such a
decline in student quality? is owing to less
Are the students today not as intelligent or
hard workingand diligent students than
previously or  as those before them? Does
it have anything to do with the steady
increase in number of colleges and
universities in Taiwaneducational
institutions in recent years?remains
unclear.   According to the official record
released by Taiwan’s Ministry of
Education (MOE), the acceptance rate for
students taking the joint college and
university entrance examination has
increased from less than 50% in the early
1990s to nearly 90% in 2005 was almost
90% of qualified applicants, as compared
to less than 50% in early 1990s, an
astonishing increase of about 40%. As is
generally assumed, academic competence
is bound to suffer with an increasing
conventional wisdom is that as the number
of students accepted into Taiwanese
educational institutionsgoes up, the quality
of students is bound to go down. For
instance, many newly established schools
accept A below grade-D high school
graduates with barely passing academic
marks, which would have been impossible
only a few years ago in who was almost
sure to be rejected by most of average-
level educational institutionscolleges some
years ago, is now welcome by many
newly established schools.  A widely held
consensus among academics regarding
Tthe decline in the quality ofacademic
competency among junior college and
university students today, as many believe,
is the MOE’sresult of progressiveliberal
policyies of the Ministry of Education,
and now is the major topic of concern in
the academic community. Additionally, a
decline in overall academic competence of
The general consensus among faculty
members at many college campuses is that
poor students quality appears to hasve
adversely impacted the resulted in decline
in quality of collegepost-secondary
education as a whole, and may ultimately
erodeing the national strength of Taiwan. 
Therefore,  is an urgent need today to re-
evaluate the policy of higher MOE
educational policy  administered by the
Ministry of Education. must be re-
evaluated with the aim of scaling down
Tthe number of colleges and
universitiespost-secondary educational
institutions must be scaled down to a level
to be determined byin line with the
principle of supply and demand of
academic manpowerpersonnel and
demand for educational attainment.

226.  (CivilEngineering)
Comsumer Market demand onfor large-
sized aera  housing, accommodations
despite but limited  land space in Taiwan
explains the large number of is available,
therefore mordern building are not only
hight –risinge complexes, as well as  on
above ground, but also deep level
basement on underground basement
facilities. It is very difficult toHowever,
disposeing of  larger scale amounts of  soil
and ground materials from excavation
material owing to deep basement
excavation is extremely difficult.  Still, On
the otherhand some construction projects
requirework need a lotlarge amount of
natural backfill  material to attain an
adequate suitable elevation of the building
foundationground. Therefore, we can store
disposal materials can be stored to provide
the requirement of comply with backfill
requirements, thanus resolving soil
disposal problems is sloved and reducing
backfill material costs will be down. It is
necessary to set upA soil bank system
must be established to doachieve soil
balance workoperations.  A Ssoil bank
requiresneed a large area to store
excavatedion soil, a convenient
flexible/feasible traffic patternsystem for
dump trucks to unload orand unload soil,
and a close proximity to not too far away
from urban areas to reducesave traffuc
transportation time.  Additionally, a Ssoil
bank must have somea basic structure
(NOTE: ‘structural foundation’ instead of
‘structure’?) to provideevent damage.
(NOTE: ‘prevent damage’ TO or FROM
what?) Dike systems are required to
prevent soil loss due to flooding and ; a
sufficent area is also required to
classifyensure that dispoasal soil to
provide differentcomplies with various
backfill requirements of backfill.
Moreover, an adequateReasonable
drainage system are needis necessary to
protectprevent flooding of the soil bank
flood. Base on aboveA large area along a
river or mountain is optimal zonea
preferable location for a soil bank.

227.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement
The goal managing ability in cCivil
engineering associations lack adequate
goal management skills is insufficiency to
remain competent in fit the modern era.  
The job scope of the civil engineer’s daily
tasks is increasingly diminishedshrink day
by day., with less than 5% of all
occupations belonging to   The proportion
of working for civil engineering themself
is less than 5%.  Subsequently, the
prestige The honor and value of the civil
engineering profession is on the
declinedecrease daily.   Based on the
above,we should developTherefore, a
strategic model must be developed to
enhance the goal management skills
forcompetency of civil engineers.

Hypothesis statement
A strategic model can be developed to
enhance the goal management
competency of civil engineers.  Based on
the above,we should develop a strategic
model to enhance goal management skills
for civil engineers.   To do so,the a
commitee of goal management committee
can be establishedset up. The means by
which thod to elective main board
members are elected can then be
improved. Next, the elective opion
progression can be heldmade regarding
opinions on the election. Additionally,the
opinions ofregarding goal management
can be  discussed freelyopenly. Moreover, 
the predictiveforecasted goals can be
debated. Furthermore, annual the proposal
goals of every year can be
establishedmade. Next, the feasibility of
how achievement of  goals are
executedion can be examined.
Additionally, the member’s satisfiacation
can be assessedinvestigted. Finally,
effectiveness of the new proposaled
strategic model goal can be redetermined-
evaluated.  As anticipated, the proposed
strategic modelsystem  can help civil
engineers to set upestablish goal
management skills., further developing
Tthe field of civil engineering fieldcan be
developed normaly.

Abstract
Civil engineering associations lack
adequate goal management skills to
remain competent in the modern era.   The
scope of the civil engineer’s daily tasks is
increasingly diminished, with less than
5% of all occupations belonging to civil
engineering.  Therefore, this work
presents a strategic model to enhance the
goal management competency of civil
engineers.  A goal management committee
is established. The means by which board
members are elected is then improved.
Next, progress is made regarding opinions
on the election. Additionally, opinions
regarding goal management are  discussed
freely. Moreover, forecasted goals are
debated. Furthermore, annual  goals  are
established. Next, the feasibility of how
goals are executed is examined.
Additionally, member satisfaction is
assessed. Finally, effectiveness of the
proposed strategic model is re-evaluated. 
The proposed strategic model can help
civil engineers to establish goal
management skills, further developing the
civil engineering field.

228.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement      
The current policy of population can not
stop the trend of population decreasing,
due to Ministry of Interior statistics
demonstrate an annually declining shows
that the birth rate is slope down annually
in Taiwan area., Recently the birth rate
decreasing from 2.44% in 1979 to 0.96%
in 2004 in this Nation ( Taiwan area ) ..
Although governmental Taiwan
Auauthorityies have attempted to address
this issue through various incentive
programs,  intended to increase the quality
of people to deal with this problem only.
But new born baby greatly reduced
206,922 capital comparingthe number of
annual births significantly declined by
206,999  2004 tofrom 1979 to 2004. A
declining the factor of  population will
adversely impact all facets of society,
including reduction is very complicate and
induces education problem 、 , labor
manpower problem 、 bforce and ring up
problem and resource allocation problem
in the near future.  Therefore, an optimal
model based on a self-adaptive hybrid
genetic algorithm ( SAHGA ) , non-
adaptive hybrid genetic
algorithm(NAHGA)and simple genetic
algorithm ( SGA ) must be developed,
capable of devising an effective policy
aimed at mitigating declines in population
by maintaining the annual birth rate at
above 0.5%.

Hypothesis statement
Based on above, we should research aAn
optimal model based on a self-adaptive
hybrid genetic algorithm ( SAHGA ) ,
non-adaptive hybrid genetic
algorithm(NAHGA)and simple genetic
algorithm ( SGA ) can be developed,
capable of devisingeloping an effective
policy aimed at mitigating declines in to
cease population reduction problem, by
maintaining the annual at least keep the
birth rate at above 0.5%. To do so, Aa
special committee of academics can be
organized, includingcomprising
mathematicians 、 , economists 、 ,
physicians 、 , chemists 、 doctor and
governmental officials etc. was organized.
The performances of eight different test
functions, including unimodal, multimodal
and constrained optimization problems,
can then be compared Ausing a self-
adaptive hybrid genetic
algorithm ( SAHGA ) 、 , non-adaptive
hybrid genetic algorithm(NAHGA)and
the simple genetic algorithm(SGA) )
can be compared the performance on eight
different test functions, including
unimodal, multimodal and constrained
optimization problems. As anticipated, by
incorporating use of Using SAHGA 、 ,
NAHGA and SGA, the proposed   method
optimal model can provide an appropriate
strategy for  best modal to form a suitable
policy of reducing and/or ceasing the
slope downmitigating the declining birth
rate. In addition to providing a valuable
reference for These method can also
improve the poor determination of
population policypolicies, the proposed
method can alleviate concerns over labor
shortages  and point out a hopeful and
happy life direction in Taiwan area and/or
in the whole world overseas.
Research paper:  Abstract
Ministry of Interior statistics demonstrate
an annually declining birth rate in Taiwan,
from 2.44% in 1979 to 0.96% in 2004.
Although governmental authorities have
attempted to address this issue through
various incentive programs, the number of
annual births significantly declined by
206,999 from 1979 to 2004.  Therefore,
this work presents an optimal model,
capable of devising an effective policy
aimed at mitigating declines in population
by maintaining the annual birth rate at
above 0.5%.  A special committee of
academics is organized, comprising
mathematicians, economists, physicians,
chemists and governmental officials. The
performances of eight different test
functions, including unimodal, multimodal
and constrained optimization problems,
are then compared using a self-adaptive
hybrid genetic algorithm ( SAHGA ) ,
non-adaptive hybrid genetic
algorithm(NAHGA)and simple genetic
algorithm(SGA) By incorporating use
of SAHGA, NAHGA and SGA, the
proposed optimal model can provide an
appropriate strategy for  mitigating the
declining birth rate. In addition to
providing a valuable reference for
population policies, the proposed method
can alleviate concerns over labor
shortages in Taiwan and overseas.
229.  (CivilEngineering)
Structural The effect of earthquake
damage incurred by earthquakes to
structures can go well beyond lifeposes
more than safety risks and costlyexpensive
building repairs of the structures.
Structural Ddamage to a structure thatcan
severely disrupts function can impact the
local economyic of the infrastructure as
well as, post-earthquake emergency relief
responses, repair, and reconstruction
operations. Although anIt is impossible to
prevent the occurrence of earthquake can
not be prevented, but it is possible to
alleviate theirits destructive effect,impact
can be mitigated by but can eastablishing
goodstringent building codes and
specifications to prevnt earthquake. 
Eventually the goal of eEarthquake
resistant design must thus is to produce a
structure that can resist a certain level of
ground tremorsground shaking without
incurring excessive damage. Method of
aAnalysis and design methods, codes and
specifications are in continuously
developedment to improveenhance the
performance of structures against seismic
force.  Based on the above a large number
ofMany structures were thus designed and
constructed at a timewhen either structural
codes had nolacked seismic design
provisions, or when these structures may
sufferincur severe earthquake damage
when struck by earthquakes, as evident by
moderate earthquakes. Linearly elastic
procedures are sufficient as long as the
structure behaves within elastic limits. If
theFor structures respondsing beyond the
elastic limits, linear analyses may indicate
the location of first yielding, but cannot
accurately predict failure mechanisms and
account for redistribution of forces during
progressive yielding. This factSuch
limitation makes it impossible for the
above procedures insufficient to
adequately perform assessment and
retrofitting evaluation for these structures
in general.  Nonlinear (Sstatic and
dynamic) procedures are the solutions that
can overcome this problem and show
display the performance level of the
structures under any loading level.

3. Problem Statement
Performance-based design should be
included in future code requirements in
the future. Applying performance-based
design without nonlinear analysis
procedures is impractical since most of
structures will respond beyond the
elastic limits when subjected to moderate
and strong earthquakes. As mentioned
beforce,NDP is not always feasible be the
panacea for seismic problems since it is
too sophisticatedgiven its complexity and
time consumingption. Nonlinear-static
procedure (NSP) will beis the best most
promising alternative tohat can
accomplish the goal (P achieve
performance-based design) goals by
giving goodyielding satisfactory results
with an acceptablereasonable effort.
The aApplied technology (ATC,1996)
mentionedadopts the availablefollowing
static procedures as;:
(1)the capacity spectrum method (CSM)
(ATC,1996);
(2) the displacement method (DCM)
(FEMA-273,1997);
(3) the scant method [e.g.City of Los
Angesles (COLA,1995)];
(4) Mmodal pushover analysis(MPA)
(Chopra and Goel,2001)
While the NSP is widely
adoptedrecognized in earthquake design
and analysis, numerous efforts are
underway many studies are still being
performed to improve to enhance its
performance and alleviatemitigate its
shortcominglimitations.

230.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement
Responsible for Most80-90% of all of
public construction projects operating
operates for C, construction Ccompanyies
and Eengineering consultancy firms
Office. The Construction Company and
Engineer Office do not havelack personnel
with artistic-related back grounds.,
explaining the absence of an aesthetic
quality in So they design the public
construction project design do not have
artistic quality. Thise lack of such design
considerations can not compromise
theprevent a city from emitting a unique
landscape or imageor disrupt city.   As
most The general engineers are concerned
mainly with study construction analysis-
related issues, at school, but have not
artistic course. So they just think about
how to analysis and calculation, no artthe
aesthetic quality of engineering design is
not of priority concern. And the public
construction was not compromise with
city that we often have seen the public
construction.  For instance, nearly 80-90%
of Construction Company and Engineer
Office design while public construction
projects, unless the building and landscape
engineering. And the Construction
Company and Engineer Office do not have
artistic back ground. Their design can not
compromise with city.  If this problem
can’t improve. The landscape of city have
not characteristic. (NOTE:  I deleted these
sentences because they are redundant of
what you stated above.)  The inability to
incorporate an aesthetic quality into
engineering design makes the urban
landscape bland Aand we can’t have a
beautiful andless comfortable to
liveresident place.  Base on the above, we
should aAdditional artesthetic at planning
must be included in the public
construction projects. And then we can
improve  to revitalize the city landscape of
city and instill in help the residents an
appreciation of  to enjoy the art.

Hypothesis statement
Additional aesthetic planning must be
included in public construction projects to
revitalize the city landscape and instill in
residents an appreciation of art.  Base on
the above, we should additional art at plan
in the public construction projects. And
then we can improve the landscape of city
and help the resident to enjoy the art.  To
do so, we can set up the Investigate an
exploratory lLandscape Ggroup
ofgoverning public construction projects
can be established, whose members have
art-relatedthey must have the back
grounds of art. WeThose members can
then decide how to incorporate an
aesthetic quality in the public construction
projects need to have back ground of
company or not. Next, we can plan 、
ddesign and construction can be
undertaken by incorporating the group
recommendations if need not to have back
ground of company to plan.
Additionally,Moreover, the group can
function in an advisory role for  if the
public construction projects need back
ground of company to plan, we must  to
clearly plan out investigatethe landscape
settingof plan. We can design and
construct the engineering when have
investigated landscape of plan.  As
anticipated, the proposed exploratory
landscape groupmethod can reduce
concerns of the incompatibileity between
as landscape setting and city construction
of city. And make a art city by integrating
an aesthetic quality in urban planning. 
Doing so The proposed, we can
significantly improve the urban landscape
of city and instill in residents an
appreciation of help the resident to enjoy
the art. And we can make a characteristic
city. Next, we can educate resident taste in
art.
Research paper:  Abstract
Responsible for 80-90% of all public
construction projects, construction
companies and engineering consultancy
firms lack personnel with art-related
backgrounds, explaining the absence of an
aesthetic quality in project design.  The
lack of such design considerations can
prevent a city from emitting a unique
landscape or image.  Therefore, this study
attempts to incorporate additional
aesthetic planning in public construction
projects to revitalize the city landscape
and instill in residents an appreciation of
art.  An exploratory landscape group
governing public construction projects is
established, whose members have art-
related backgrounds. Those members then
decide how to incorporate an aesthetic
quality in public construction projects.
Next, design and construction are
undertaken by incorporating the group
recommendations. Additionally, the group
functions in an advisory role for public
construction projects to clearly plan out
the landscape setting.  The proposed
exploratory landscape group can reduce
concerns of incompatibility between
landscape setting and city construction by
integrating an aesthetic quality in urban
planning.  Doing so can significantly
improve the urban landscape and instill in
residents an appreciation of art..

231.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement
Mostly theWhile damaging rail tracks
damage and raising the public concern,
mplaint are related with the vibration. The
railway vibration problemrailway
vibration is not only lowers the quality of
residential livinginferior the neighborhood
environment, but also requires
continuousshortens the maintenance
period and accelerates the structureal
replacements., leading to larger structural
damage if left unattended   Furthermore,
the vibration would accumulate its defect
and expand its damage gradually.   To
effectively address this concern, he
vibration behavior studies are diversified
and complicated, e.g.attempt to
distinguishing the between energy
resources, assessing the dynamic
characteristics, analyzeing the  structureal
interaction and simulateing the effect
emission effects. Such investigations The
above studies must asensure that field
instrumentation their devices can monitor
and determine precisely capture and
measure the wave propagation precisely;. 
The inability to do so would lead to
otherwise, their result would commit to be
scanty of verification errors.  According
toThe ISO2631, standard mandates that it
suggests the human vibration sensitivity
threshold to sshould bereach 70dB,.
Furthermore, Gordon (1991) established a
more stringenteverely criteria for the high
precesision manufacturing, f.  For
instanceexample, thea  semiconductor
FABwafer fab should adopt either the VC-
D level in 48dB or VC-E level in 42 dB. If
the vVibration that exceeds these
restraints, would increase the production
defective rate would increasein
production.  Usually, implyingAlthough
the massive retain wall is assumed to be
the most effective means of common
solution to decrease theing vibration; even
so, the poor soil propertyies could
exacerbateamplify the confined wave
magnitude as the overlapping effect
occurs. The aAn ambient vibration survey
can clarify the structure dynamic
propertyies of a structure,
additionally;while thean artificial neuroal
network would can analyze the in situ soil
interaction and help the engineer to derive
a termine their  solution. Therefore, an
efficient neuroal network analysis
program must be developed to
facilitatesupport the engineering design
decisions on theinvolving vibration
control.

232.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement
All countries, with Taiwan no exception,
emphasize The economic development to
ensure sustained national growthis a main
executive policy in a country,
consequently Taiwan is the same, such as
especially in its high -technology industry
sector. While science-based industrial
parks represent the hub of high tech
development in Taiwan, modern
transportation necessitates the
construction of a high -speed railway
infrastructure, which is infeasible for
transportation inside of such industrial
parks. Constructing such an infrastructures
may have some what adverse influences
onhinder science-based industrial park
operations in some ways. In addition to
interfering with manufacturing quality
within a science parks, vibrations from a
highgh -speed railway system may
subsequently discourage enterprises from
establishing their operations inside of such
parksfacilities. Governmental authorities
must strive to resolve this dilemma. But
the administration organizations in Taiwan
government must swish of the dreadful
night-mare. Therefore, a vibration
mitigation method must be developed to
mitigate the adverse impact of a high-
speed railway system.

Hypothesis statement
Therefore, this work presents a A
vibration mitigation method can be
developed to eliminatemitigate the
adverse influences incurred byimpact of a
high- speed railway system. Vibrations
induced by a high speed railway system.
To do so, Vvibrations induced by a high
-speed rail-way system can be observed in
all operational aspects of jobsite
operations. Vibrations arecan then be
observed all day long continuously at the
jobsite. W, with estimations
correspondingly made accordingly. Next,
the vibration properties arecan be
analyzed, including frequencies, velocities
and various vibration sources from the
ambient ground surface. Additionally,
properties involving the geology,
topography and related soil indexes arecan
be analyzed on all estimated lines.
Moreover, above data and related project
purposesobjectives arecan be integrated
and perused to design the intended
mitigation infrastructure. As anticipated,
tThe proposed vibration mitigation
method can ultimately paves the way for
achieving the effectiveness ofmitigate the
adverse impacts of vibrations mitigation
from a high -speed rail-way system, thus
eliminating concerns of administrators in
high -technology industrial-based parks.
Effectiveness of the proposed vibration
mitigation method can be helpful in
determining the feasibilityfacilitate the of
implementationing of vibration
phenomena-related projects.
Consequently, manufacturing production
will reach an acceptable rate and generate
projected revenues in high -technology
industrial-based parks.  To aAchieveing
the intended purposes,above goals
requires that the accredited practitioners
and academics professional organizations
and the scholastic units must make
reunion and cooperate tightly to make a
short-cut integrate their efforts to reach an
efficient solution.

Research paper:  Abstract


While science-based industrial parks
represent the hub of high tech
development in Taiwan, modern
transportation necessitates the
construction of a hi-speed railway
infrastructure, which is infeasible for
transportation inside of such industrial
parks. Constructing such an infrastructure
may hinder park operations in some ways.
In addition to interfering with
manufacturing quality within a science
park, vibrations from a high-speed railway
system may subsequently discourage
enterprises from establishing their
operations inside of such facilities. 
Therefore, this work presents a novel
vibration mitigation method to mitigate
the adverse impact of a high-speed
railway system.  Vibrations induced by a
high-speed rail-way system are observed
in all operational aspects. Vibrations are
then observed continuously at the jobsite,
with estimations correspondingly made.
Next, the vibration properties are
analyzed, including frequencies, velocities
and various vibration sources from the
ambient ground surface. Additionally,
properties involving the geology,
topography and related soil indexes are
analyzed on all estimated lines. Moreover,
above data and related project objectives
are integrated and perused to design the
intended mitigation infrastructure.  The
proposed vibration mitigation method can
ultimately mitigate the adverse impacts of
mitigation from a high-speed railway
system, thus eliminating concerns of
administrators in hi-tech industrial-based
parks. Effectiveness of the proposed
vibration mitigation method can facilitate
the implementation of vibration
phenomena-related projects.
Consequently, manufacturing production
will reach an acceptable rate and generate
projected revenues in hi-tech industrial-
based parks.  Achieving the above goals
requires that practitioners and academics 
integrate their efforts to reach an efficient
solution.

233.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement
With the upcoming Asia-Pacific
Economic Cooperation (APEC) Meeting
to 2007 will be hoeld in Bandun, i.e., the
provincial capital of West Java, province
oin May 2007., the Indonesian
government must needs a construct a
convenient and rapid freeway connecting
Jakarta and Bandun to serve APEC
activities. This undertaking will attempt
may ppromote the country’s image with
respect to technical accomplishmentsof
Indonesia. PT. Jasa Marga (Persero) (JM),
an Indonesia governmental enterprise,
won the bidding rights in 2005 to
construct for freeway had tendered to
buildthe Cikampek-Cipularang fFreeway
(CCF) forthat will connecting the Jakarta-
Bandun fFreeways. (JBF) since January
2005.  Failure to complete Cconstruction
works of the CCF must be completed by
the ends of April 2007 will mean a lost
opportunity during otherwise the service
aim forthe APEC Meeting to showcase
Indonesia’s rise to the international
stagewill be failed. The most difficult
aspect of the CCF project is the Cikubang
Bridge (CB), which is located ing in a
mountainous region is the most difficult
and critical project of CCF. Construction
progress of CB and will largely
determinates whether the the completion
time of CCF project is completed on time. 
However, construction work of the
Cikubang Bridge CB washad delayed
eight months delaybecause of ed because
of weakened financial standingtight
budgetary constraints and poor
construction management of contractor.
With the project facing a The construction
time for contract is only twelve months
remaining.deadline for completion,  a new
For reaching the mission, changing
contractor is necessarymust be assigned
the task. ButHowever, ifthe
conventionally adopted construction
model is notmust be adjusted to comply
with already tight scheduling delay
constraintsthat is impossible to catch up
delayed schedule. The inability to make
such an adjustments may deal a blow to
Consequently, it can not fulfill the needs
for APEC. Furthermore it may strike the
image of Indonesia’s image, reflecting the
ineptitude of  and harm the faith of people
to the governmental policy and a low
confidence level among the general
public.  Therefore, an efficient and
urgentlytimely construction model must
be constructed to compensate for for
catching up scheduleing delays must be
developed.

234.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement
The steel material price iInflated steel
costsion in Taiwan in the beginning ofover
the lpast two years hasve led to increased
the construction costs; relatively, to
decrease the and lower industrial profits.
Subsequent delays in At that time, the
owner of the steel bridge construction
projects have made it impossible for the
delayed to hand over the land within the
construction range. CEC (NOTE:  Spell
out what the acronym stands for the to
couldn’t forecast the launching ofwhen
thea project started to erect., posing a high
The risk to new construction effortswas
evaluated very highly. Previously, the
CEC authorized a According to the
contract giving contractor the right, CEC
submitted the rescission of theto undertake
a steel bridge project., which It the owner
subsequentlywas rejected by the owner.
The owner claimed thataffirmed the
contractor made a breach of
contracttransgressing the treaty. They  and
insisted on confiscating the performance
bond of the steel bridge project,
compensating for the difference in the fee
for rre-bidding fee and publicizing this
shing the transgressiong fact o in thea
government procuringement bulletin so
thatto prevent CEC cannotfrom bidding on
for the public projects withinfor a year.
The dispute need solve by the meditative
conference of Public Construction
Commission, of the Executive Yuan
served as a mediator to settle the dispute
to avert pendingor the litigation of law
court. A mediation method must therefore
be developed to enable the CEC to resolve
contractual disputes in the construction
industry.  
Hypothesis statement
A mediation method can be developed to
enable the CEC to resolve contractual
disputes in the construction industry.
Based on the above, .CEC’s goal is to win
the dispute extremely.To do soFirst, CEC
staffs must study and clarify the contract’s
treaty contents can be carefully studied to
determine know the rights and obligations
of the contractor. Photographic evidence
can then be accumulated from the Next, to
take photos continuously in these days at
the jobsite and neighboring then reserve
the photos. AdditionallyNext, to bail the
lawyers can serve as representatives of
both parties to act as theresolve disputes
representative and discuss with him..
Finally, to win over the disputes can be
resolved via a on the meditativeon
conference or the litigation of law court.
The proposed mediation method can
letenable the project owner of the
projectto return the performance bond ofn
the steel bridge project and receiveget the
expended compensation. Moreover, Tthe
proposed method can orienttrain CEC’
staffs on how to enhance the professional
ability of contract management skills.

Abstract

Inflated steel costs in Taiwan over the past


two years have increased construction
costs and lower industrial profits.
Subsequent delays in steel bridge
construction projects have made it
impossible for the CEC, posing a high risk
to new construction efforts.  Therefore,
this work presents a mediation method to
enable the CEC to resolve contractual
disputes in the construction industry. The
contract contents are carefully studied to
determine the rights and obligations of the
contractor. Photographic evidence is then
accumulated from the jobsite. Next,
lawyers serve as representatives of both
parties to resolve disputes. Finally,
disputes are resolved via a mediation
conference or litigation. The proposed
mediation method can enable the project
owner to return the performance bond on
the steel bridge project and receive
compensation. Moreover, the proposed
method can orient CEC staff on how to
enhance contract management skills.

235.  (CivilEngineering)
The green house effect, accelerated
industrial growth and strong consumer
demand as exacerbated by elevated living
standards account for insufficient power
supply during the summer. While Taiwan
relies on  water, fossil fuels and nuclear
power for its power supply, no adequate
water source is available to establish a
hydro power plant. As evidence of their
prohibitively high costs in operations,
operating costs for fossil fuel power plants
and nuclear power plants can run into the 
billions of dollars such as the No. 4
Nuclear Power Plant. The inability to
devise a more economically means of
preventing power shortages during
summer will ultimately lower living
standards and industrial revenues owing to
frequent power lapses.
Based on the above, we should develop
morea wind power strategy for increasing
the power supply. For from a wind power
plant that does n'ot cause any CO2
pollution, alsoand low  operatesion  cost
economically. We can set planty ofThe
wind power plant can be established at a
location with a highstrong wind
currentforce place in Taiwan such as on
the west coast andor in the southern part
of the island. If allAn adequate wind
source ismust be available to establish a
wind power plant. The proposed wind
power strategy can provide about 10% of
all power requirements. Additionally, a
wind power plant can minimize the costs
of fuel demand and provide a cleaner
environment.

Abstract
The green house effect, accelerated
industrial growth and strong consumer
demand as exacerbated by elevated living
standards account for insufficient power
supply during the summer. While Taiwan
relies on water, fossil fuels and nuclear
power for its power supply, no adequate
water source is available to establish a
hydro power plant.  Therefore, this work
presents a wind power strategy for
increasing the power supply from a wind
power plant that does not cause CO2
pollution, and operates economically. The
wind power plant can be established at a
location with a strong wind current in
Taiwan such as on the west coast or in the
southern part of the island. An adequate
wind source must be available to establish
a wind power plant. The proposed wind
power strategy can provide about 10% of
all power requirements. Additionally, a
wind power plant can minimize the costs
of fuel demand and provide a cleaner
environment.

236.  (CivilEngineering)
S
Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)
Predicting diaphragm wall deformation in
deep excavation has been extensively
studied.

Work problem (工作問題)


Accurately predicting the wall
deformation of the next stage and
examineing whether the max deflection is
within the control range. The results are
provides can function as valuable
guidelines oin site safety and risk
management.

Quantitative specification of problem( 問


題的量化)
 If we define that theA prediction is
defined as having failed when the relative
percentage error exceeds 20%. (between
actual and predicted deformation).
 
Importance of problem(問題的中心)
Although Then 77% of all cases are
considered to have acceptable predictions,
butthey are too low.

Worwk objective(工作目標)
Based on the above, we should develop a
forecasting predict system (EFNIM).
(NOTE:  You need to finish the sentence. 
How does this system differ from
conventional ones so that yields better
results(accuracy)?)

Methodology to achieve objective( 達成目


標的方法)
Combined with the strengthsFeatures of a
genetic algorithm, fuzzy theory, and
neural network can be integrated to
develop an “Eevolutionary Ffuzzy
Nneural Wwall Ddeformation Pprediction
Ssystem” to accurately predict wall
deformation.
Anticipated results(希望的結果)
As anticipated, accuracy of predicting
diaphragm wall deformation can
percentage rise up to exceed 80%.

Contribution to field(領域的貢獻)
Thise proposed forecasting method can
model allows contractors to utilize the
knowledge expertise and experience from
previousast projects to accurately predict
wall deformation ofin the future new
projects.

Research paper:  Abstract


Predicting diaphragm wall deformation in
deep excavation has been extensively
studied.  Accurately predicting the wall
deformation of the next stage and
examining whether the max deflection is
within the control range can function as
valuable guidelines in site safety and risk
management.  Therefore, this work
presents a novel forecasting system
(EFNIM).  Features of a genetic
algorithm, fuzzy theory and neural
network are integrated to develop an
evolutionary fuzzy neural wall
deformation prediction system to
accurately predict wall deformation.  The
proposed forecasting system can predict
diaphragm wall deformation can  with an
accuracy exceeding 80%.  The proposed
forecasting method can allow contractors
to utilize knowledge expertise from
previous projects to accurately predict
wall deformation in the future.

237.  (CivilEngineering)
  Setting of work proposal 工作提案建議 
Time schedule is a very important issueof
priority concern in civil engineering
projects contract., with company Oowners
and contractors often struggling to reach a
consensus on always have the contention
to his schedule deadlines and constraints.
The, requiring that regulations,
standardconstruction practices and &
anorm schedule be clearly agreed upon in
the contract must be conferred.
Work problem 工作問題 While the tTime
schedule outlined in a contract is defined
according to have calendar dateys,
working days and mile stone.project
phases, Now, the works actual
construction tasks are often complex and
can often not comply with complicated.
Aantiquated time schedules can not handle
it. Quantitative specification of problem
問 題 的 量 化 For exampleinstance,
although scheduled for completion in
three years, the in Taipei Mass Rapid
Transit project, if the time schedule was 3
years, but it was finished lasted more
thean 4 or 5four years. Theis discrepancy
between forecasted and actual project
completion time required more capital and
resources that originally forecasted event
was made a great damage in cost and time.
Importantce of problem 問題的中心 The
inability to resolve constant contract Just
now, a disputes with contract constantly
occur. is owing to unacceptable  A factor
was the contract time schedule admit on
unreasonable completion time.

Work objective 工 作 目 標   Based on the


above, we should develop an enhanced
improve the contract time schedule that
incorporatesused calendar dates, working
days and project phasescalendar day, work
day and mile stone. In contract, theAs
duration of a contract includeds many
different kind of situation.circumstances,
So, just useing only one type of time
framework to determinecalculate the
wholeentire project schedule time is an
unreliable approachmistaking. that will
create friction between the company The
problems perplex owner and contractor.
All foreseeable circumstances must be
integrated into We must integrate into
ameliorated the contract schedule
collective every type of situation.  
Methodology to achieve objective 達成目
標 的 方 法 To do so, the scope of the
project’s activities can be
determinedworks must be fastened. Next
every work’sA time schedule for each
work task can willthen  be confirmed.
AdditionallyNext, the duration weather
conditions during the project can also be
forecastedintended.
MoreoverAdditionally, the role of
influence in alternative design and
administrationve assignments document
during the implementation of the contract
can be evaluated. Furthermore, any other
ways in which the contractor influences
on this contracted work can be assessed.
Finally, considerthe above-mentioned all
of the influences ion this contract can be
considered to determineand combined to
calculate that the realactual project
schedule time. Anticipated results 希望的
結果 As anticipated, the proposed contract
time scheduleThe purposed reality time
can research more accurately determine
time constraints in a construction project
than conventional methods can. In
addition to achieving a more accurate
Next the purposed of budget can be gotten
more accurately thean the originally
forecasted one, budget. Additionally the
proposed schedule can ensure a higher the
purposed of quality can be sure more good
then formerlythan previous ones.
Contribution to field  領 域 的 貢 獻   In
addition to accurately predicting project
completion, the proposed Thus, not only
the time schedule is more corrected but
also can determine the budgetary
constraints precisely is more accurately.
Research paper:  Abstract  

Time schedule is of priority concern in


civil engineering projects, with company
owners and contractors often struggling to
reach a consensus on schedule deadlines
and constraints, requiring that regulations,
construction practices and a schedule be
clearly agreed upon in the contract. While
the time schedule outlined in a contract is
defined according to calendar dates,
working days and project phases, actual
construction tasks are often complex and
can often not comply with antiquated time
schedules.  Therefore, this work presents
an enhanced contract time schedule that
incorporates calendar dates, working days
and project phases. The scope of the
project’s activities is determined. A time
schedule for each work task is then 
confirmed. Next, weather conditions
during the project are also forecasted.
Additionally, the role of alternative design
and administrative assignments during
implementation of the contract is
evaluated. Furthermore, other ways in
which the contractor influences this
contracted work are assessed. Finally, the
above influences on this contract are
considered to determine the actual project
schedule time.  The proposed contract
time schedule can more accurately
determine time constraints in a
construction project than conventional
methods can. In addition to achieving a
more accurate budget than the originally
forecasted one, the proposed schedule can
ensure a higher quality than previous ones.
In addition to accurately predicting project
completion, the proposed  time schedule
can determine  budgetary constraints
precisely.

238.  (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)
Problem statement
Slope mitigation efforts in many
countries, including Taiwan, have focused
on Rrainfall induced, shallow type
landslides of lateretic soil have been the
major task on the slope mitigation
objective in many countries such as
Taiwan. Work problem ( 工 作 問 題 )
Although saturated soil mechanics is
conventionally adopted to The analyzeses
on slope stability have been
conventionally carried out by saturated
soil mechanics. However, many slopes
remain maintain unsaturated condition
during the ordinary weather and stormy
conditions. Quantitative specification of
problem(問題的量化) The major fault of
cConventionally adopted saturated soil
mechanics procedures are limited applied
in slope analyses owing to the inability to
is that the analyses couldn’t explain why
the slope remains maintain stable under a
sharp slope angle during the dry season
and make a exact prediction on the failure
time of the slope during the stormy
conditions can be accurately predicted.
Importance of problem( 問 題 的 中 心 )
Theoretically, the inability of slope
stability analyses should considerto
determine the realactual degree of
saturation of soil slope during the dry and
wet seasons. makes it impossible The
slope stability analyses involved in to
incorporate unsaturated soil theory could
in order to simulate the real mechanism of
soil slope mechanism.  Therefore, rainfall
induced shallow type landslides in Taiwan
must be investigated by adopting the
theory of unsaturated soil mechanics.
Work objective(工作目標)
Hypothesis statement
Rainfall induced shallow type landslides
in Taiwan can be investigated Based on
the above, this study appliedby adopting
the theory of unsaturated soil mechanics.
to investigate the rainfall induced shallow
type landslide in Twaiwan. Methodology
to avhieve objective(達成目標的方法) To
do so, his novel methodology with capable
of determining calculation the shear
strength of the soil during the dry and
rainy seasons, this novel methodology can
be used to estimate the safety factor of the
slope during different under various
conditions. Additionally, tThe rainfall
intensity and infiltration rate of slope
surface can then be simulated using the
SEEP/W. ThenNext, the distribution of
water pressure of soil slope during
different under various conditions willcan
be determinedcalculated via SEEP/W.
Finally, the results of SEEP/W will can be
used as an as one of the input to the
SLOPE/W in order to calculatedetermine
the slope stability during different under
various conditions. Anticipated results( 希
望 的 結 果 ) As anticipated, Uusing the
unsaturated soil theory, the process
proposed hereinmethod can evaluate the
failure mechanism and failure time of
nature soil slope. Additionally, the method
canould explain why the slope can
maintain a sharp slope angle during the
dry season. Contribution to field( 領 域 的
貢 獻 ) Importantly, the proposed
processmethod willcan increase the
accuracy of slope stability analyses
accurately. The failure mechanism and
mitigation methods for the shallow type
landslides will beare more confidently in
thereliable for future applications. 

Research paper:  Abstract


Slope mitigation efforts in many
countries, including Taiwan, have focused
on rainfall induced, shallow type
landslides of lateretic soil.  Although
saturated soil mechanics is conventionally
adopted to analyze slope stability, many
slopes remain unsaturated during ordinary
weather and stormy conditions. 
Therefore, this study investigates rainfall
induced shallow type landslides in Taiwan
by adopting the theory of unsaturated soil
mechanics.  Capable of determining the
shear strength of soil during  dry and rainy
seasons, this novel methodology is used to
estimate the safety factor of the slope
under various conditions. The rainfall
intensity and infiltration rate of slope
surface are then simulated using SEEP/W.
Next, the distribution of water pressure of
soil slope under various conditions is
determined via SEEP/W. Finally, results
of SEEP/W are used as an input to the
SLOPE/W in order to determine the slope
stability under various conditions.  Using
the unsaturated soil theory, the proposed
method can evaluate the failure
mechanism and failure time of nature soil
slope. Additionally, the method can
explain why the slope can maintain a
sharp slope angle during the dry season. 
Importantly, the proposed method can
increase the accuracy of slope stability
analyses. The failure mechanism and
mitigation methods for the shallow type
landslides are more reliable for future
applications. 

239.  (CivilEngineering)

Hypothesis statement
Based on the above, we should develop a
A construction design scheme method that
adopts the shield method can be
developed to avoid a time delay in the
project schedules.  To do so, a vertical
shaft can be constructed in a nearby
underground obstacle. A hole can then be
drilled to enable engineers to pass through
the underground obstacle via the vertical
shaft.  Finally, an electric cable can be
constructed and placed in the hole.  As
anticipated, the proposed construction
design method can pass through the
underground obstacle, eliminating the
need to move the pipeline.  The proposed
method can provide a valuable reference
for governmental authorities or
construction companies when dealing with
underground obstacles.

Research paper:  Abstract


The shield method is adopted to comply
with budgetary and time constraints in
completing a 345 kv cable line of the
Taipei Dam Project.  However,
conventional constructs, e.g., the open
excavation pipeline method, on urban
roadways often require constant
movement or scaffolding to protect the
pipeline, making it extremely difficult to
estimate completion time of a pipeline
project when constant movement or
scaffolding is involved.  Therefore, this
work presents a construction design
scheme that adopts the shield method to
avoid a time delay in project schedules.  A
vertical shaft is constructed in a nearby
underground obstacle. A hole is then
drilled to enable engineers to pass through
the underground obstacle via the vertical
shaft.  Finally, an electric cable is
constructed and placed in the hole.  The
proposed construction design scheme can
pass through the underground obstacle,
eliminating the need to move the pipeline. 
The proposed scheme can provide a
valuable reference for governmental
authorities or construction companies
when dealing with underground obstacles.
240.  (CivilEngineering)
Hypothesis statement
Objective of work proposal 工作目標  To
find out Exactly how many hydropower
operations are stillunder  developed in
thement worldwide can be determined?
And, as well as how manymuch human’s
electricity powers are obtained by is
supplied through hydraulic power.?
Methodology to achieve objective 達成目
標 的 方 法 TTo do so, through
worldwideglobal water conservatories,
ncy find the river-related information of
rivers -– can be obtained, e.g., including a
river basins, elevation difference, and
storage land storageetc. We can Much
information can then be obtained many
fitregarding efforts to develop generate
electric power generationfactory from
here.
Anticipated results 希 望 的 結 果   As The
anticipated, analysis results can indicate
that is human human’s electricity powers
can be obtained from water more thancan
exceed 15%.
Contribution to field 領域的貢獻 Results
of this study allow us to determine the
amount of These day, we just know the
amount of global hydropower. As ,
making it possible to determine we can
sure still have how much hydropower
space can be open up? potential is
available to identify We will truly know
the substitutealternative power sources
amount.

241.  (CivilEngineering)
Hypothesis statement
Work objectiveAn iIncreases ofin the
number of university and student
enrollment in Taiwan inover the past
decade the past ten years can be
determined based on the records released
by the Ministry of Education (MOE)
records. The minimum scores for the
students being admitted by the Colleges of
Science, Engineering and Liberal Arts at
some prestigious universities during theis
same period of time arecan tabulated for
comparison.  Methodology to achieve
objective  To do so, sStatistical models
arecan be established using the above
data, along with  obtained above and the
annual change in the number of
universities, students being admitted and
minimum acceptance scores.  Anticipated
results  As anticipated, the proposed
modelanalysis results can show indicate a
rapid decline in the minimum scores for
the admitted students with timeover the
same period as the number of university
increasesd, though the rate of decrease in
scores mightdespite the possible varyiance
among with different Ccolleges and
Uuniversities with respect to the rate of
decrease in scores.  Contribution to field 
Results of this study can help theprovide a
valuable reference for the MOE to reform
its policy on higher education policy in
Taiwan to reverse the deteriorating
academic competenceworsening quality of
university students.

Research paper:  Abstract


Although the number of post-secondary
educational institutions in Taiwan has
more than doubled since the early 1990s,
the academic competence of students has
rapidly declined.  Whether the cause for
such a decline is owing to less intelligent
and diligent students than previously or
the steady increase in educational
institutions remains unclear.  Therefore,
this study attempts to determine increases
in the number of university student
enrollment in Taiwan over the past decade
based on Ministry of Education (MOE)
records. The minimum scores for the
students admitted by the Colleges of
Science, Engineering and Liberal Arts at
some prestigious universities during this
period are tabulated for comparison as
well.  Statistical models are established
using the above data, along with the
annual change in the number of
universities, students admitted and
minimum acceptance scores.  Analysis
results indicate a rapid decline in the
minimum scores for admitted students
over the same period as the number of
university increased, despite the possible
variance among colleges and universities
with respect to the rate of decrease in
scores.  Results of this study provide a
valuable reference for the MOE to reform
its higher education policy in Taiwan to
reverse the deteriorating academic
competence of university students.

242.  (CivilEngineering)
Implementation of Artificial Neural
Network System in Optimization of
Ventilation Control Using Artificial
Neural Network-based System
Hypothesis statement[Work objective]
Most pPublic venuesbuildings like such as
auditoriums, theaters, shopping malls and
mainsubway stations have the large a large
capacity containing space and unpredicted
people quantity, making therefore, the
ventilation operating and the energy
efficiency both equally saving are very
important. An economically efficient
ventilation system can should be
abledeveloped, capable of to
detecmonitoring the air circulation
requirements in relation the number of
highly mobile individuals in a public
spaceand the people mobilizing,
additionally, the equipment operation
would be monitor in the most economic
performance.  [Methodology to achieve
objective]  To do so,An artificial neural
network (ANN) system can be
implemented to analysis the
environmental data which is
detectedacquired by thea sensor array
system can be analyzed using an artificial
neural network (ANN) system. In the
ANN algorithm procedures, the control
system wouldcan then be trained and
learned to adjust the parameters based on
the analysisfrom each results. EspeciallyIn
particular, the sensors wouldcan survey
the ambient temperature in real time and
feedback that data to the ANN system to
make thefor assessment.  [Anticipated
results]  As anticipated, the proposed
ANN system with thea senor array can
automatically control the air ventilation
system., in which operational efficiency is
ensured with the automatic data Moreover,
the instantly feedback procedure would
assist the equipment operating efficiently.
[Contribution to field]  The proposed
model In addition to contributing to can
provide a valuable reference for the
research on smart design architecture
technology., the proposed system can By
minimizinge the time in which the
ventilation system respondings to changes
in a defined public space period, enabling
engineers canto further enhance their
ventilation design.
Research paper:  Abstract

Public venues such as auditoriums,


theaters, shopping malls and subway
stations have large a large capacity space,
making ventilation and energy efficiency
both equally important. Therefore, this
work presents an economically efficient
ventilation system, capable of monitoring
air circulation requirements in relation the
number of highly mobile individuals in a
public space.  Environmental data
acquired by a sensor array system are
analyzed using an artificial neural network
(ANN) system. In the ANN algorithm
procedures, the control system is then
trained to adjust the parameters based on
the analysis results. In particular, the
sensors can survey the ambient
temperature in real time and feedback that
data to the ANN system for assessment. 
The proposed ANN system with a senor
array can automatically control the air
ventilation system, in which operational
efficiency is ensured with the automatic
data feedback procedure.  In addition to
contributing to research on smart design
architecture technology, the proposed
system can minimize the time in which the
ventilation system responds to changes in
a defined public space, enabling engineers
to further enhance ventilation design.
243.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem Statement
Civil engineering profoundly impacts
daily life, plays an important role in
people’s livelihood.  That means people
can’t live without outcome of civil
engineering.especially in  Taiwan, because
of her given its unique geological
variety,diversity and has more abundantce
of natural landscapes than other places of
the world. Given the frequency of This
phenomenon brings challenges to civil
industry.  Besides, almost in every 50 or
100 years, foreign occupation people
came and occupied thisin the island’s
history,. such occupations were
characterized by  Those authorities
expanded their power by firstly
demolishing older civil struction and
secondly construction facilities and
reconstructing those structures with new
designs to exemplify their influence over
and over againTaiwan., as is still   Civil
facilities are evidencest in many of those
impacts.  Generally speaking, construction
or facility is easier to maintain existing
and to be seen than other abstract
activitiesstructures.  Based on historical
data accumulated from the civil industry
in Taiwan and subsequent analysis, an
Internet-based platform must be
developed to distribute information freely
and facilitate future information
exchanges. 
Hypothesis Statement
From the earlier description, this study is
separated into three phases.  In Phase One,
the work focuses on collecting Based on
historical data accumulated from onthe
civil engineering industry in Taiwan.  In
Phase Two, this study proposes setting
general rules to gather and subsequent
analysisze the collected information.  In
Phase Three, with the help of the Internet,
this study proposes a, an Internet-based
platform can be developed to distribute
the information freely.  In addition, the
platform is designed to manage the future
information usage and facilitate future
information exchanges.  To do so, In
Phase One, the work is to collect all kinds
ofcivil engineering-related information. in
various forms can be accumulated,
including It includes hand writing,
drawingsketches, original documents,
printingphotocopied material, microfilm,
digital files, or even in hearsayoral history
audio transcripts.  TheAn efficient method
to accumulate such materials can also be
devised to of gather needs to be carefully
planned before execution.  A full record of
this study is also needed in order to avoid
shortage, inefficiency, or redundant and
conflicting data conflict in the future.  The
civil engineering data can then be In Phase
Two, the work is to aanalyzed and
structure data in civil engineering
domain.   systematically by performing
smaller pilot trials, followed by analysis of
large amounts of data once reliability of
the analysis approach is verified.The work
should be tested first by a small amount of
data.  Once it succeed, the massive
information can be organized by the same
logic  In Phase Three, the work is to build
a system on theNext, an Internet-based
platform incorporating this data can be
constructed. using advanced data mining
and  In this situation, IT engineers involve
to help realizing the work.  The IT people
can apply the most up-to-date computer
skills and artificial intelligent
technologiesgy to civil industry.  As
anticipated, the proposed Internet-based
platform can orient practitioners and
academics on the progression of the result
from Phase One can help people to
understand the civilization process
engineering in Taiwan.  There wasn’t any
relative or similar research on this field
before since such a data source was
previously unavailable.  So, the result is
meaningful and expectative.  After the
Phase Two work, T he proposed platform
operates on a uniform standard created for
analyzing pertinent general rules for civil
engineering data analysis are set.  This
result helps to structure and analyze
information.  Data is ineffective unless we
can control the logic inside.  In this study,
we provide different ways to do. 
Additionally, various data mining.
approaches incorporated in the proposed
platform makes the data more reliable and
acquired The purpose is to reach the
effective and efficiently information. 
Moreover, the proposed system can
conveniently disseminate information to
the public As for the last phase of study,
all the previous results are expected to be
distributed to the public.  The purpose is
to build a system which is easy to
manipulate and friendly to realize via
Internet access.  In such case, the Internet
undoubtedly provides a powerful channel. 
A complete system on the Internet
includes, thus facilitating data mining,
collectinganalysis, distribution,
information exchanges, and a valuable
reference for future undertakingsmore
importantly, the dealing.  While
continuously updated with the latest civil
engineering developmentsAll those social
activities in the existing world can be
transferred to the new system on the
Internet.,   the proposed system can
provide a valuable framework for future
practitioners and academicsAs civil
engineers, we have responsibilities to
educate our descendants.  We can leave
evidences of technology evolution to later
generations.  Through the organized
record, people can understand better our
works and development. We hope more
people can join and share information by
this platform on the Internet. , thus
bridging the gap between recorded data
and its practical implications for future
engineering efforts. It shortens the
distance between civilian and professional
engineers.  This goal is the real purpose
for civil engineering.  By integrating the
expertise of Through this cross field co-
work by civil engineers and IT
professionals, the proposed platform
attests to the ability of people, we hope to
communicate between different experts,
then maximize the value of this project. 
Mmodern technologyies to comply with
the need to create a practical context for
data accumulated over many years in the
civil engineering professionshould be
developed based on basic life demand and
harmony in the nature.

Research paper:  Abstract

Civil engineering profoundly impacts daily


life, especially in Taiwan given its unique
geological diversity and abundance of
natural landscapes. Given the frequency of
foreign occupation in the island’s history,
such occupations were characterized by
demolishing older civil construction
facilities and reconstructing those
structures with new designs to exemplify
their influence over Taiwan, as is still
evident in many existing structures. 
Therefore, based on historical data
accumulated from the civil engineering
industry in Taiwan and subsequent
analysis, this work presents an Internet-
based platform to distribute information
freely and facilitate future information
exchanges.  Civil engineering-related
information in various forms is
accumulated, including hand writing,
sketches, original documents, photocopied
material, microfilm, digital files or even
oral history audio transcripts.  An efficient
method to accumulate such materials is
also devised to avoid inefficiency or
redundant and conflicting data.  The civil
engineering data are then analyzed
systematically by performing smaller pilot
trials, followed by analysis of large
amounts of data once reliability of the
analysis approach is verified.  Next, an
Internet-based platform incorporating this
data is constructed using advanced data
mining and artificial intelligent
technologies.  The proposed Internet-
based platform can orient practitioners and
academics on the progression of civil
engineering in Taiwan since such a data
source was previously unavailable.   The
proposed platform operates on a uniform
standard created for analyzing pertinent
civil engineering data.  Additionally,
various data mining approaches
incorporated in the proposed platform
makes the data more reliable and acquired
efficiently.  Moreover, the proposed
system can conveniently disseminate
information to the public via Internet
access, thus facilitating data mining,
analysis, distribution, information
exchanges and a valuable reference for
future undertakings.  While continuously
updated with the latest civil engineering
developments, the proposed system can
provide a valuable framework for future
practitioners and academics, thus bridging
the gap between recorded data and its
practical implications for future
engineering efforts. By integrating the
expertise of civil engineers and IT
professionals, the proposed platform
attests to the ability of modern
technologies to comply with the need to
create a practical context for data
accumulated over many years in the civil
engineering profession.

  244.  (CivilEngineering)
National The infrastructure projects of a
country is one of thereflect a country’s
global competitivenesson-symbols in the
world, and commitment to engineeringthe
quality of the infrastructure is also one of
the development-symbols in a country too.
In specialty, the publicAmong the many
benefits that civil engineering offer to the
general public includes is so relevant to
people benefits, such as: safety, comfort
and so on, that the construction industry is
defined as an accredited profession, and it
must be performed bycompliance with
legally and professional standardsworkers.
The cConstruction engineering is a
professional and qualified work, and it is
very important in  profoundly impacts
successful implementation of the
prosecuting construction-stage of life
cycle engineering (LCE). However, But
something must be spoken out that the
construction engineering is constantly
under public scrutinyqualities are still not
so reliable for common sense of society
that the engineer’s professional positive
abilities are doubted nowadays. We,
necessitating a reconsideration of
potentially adverse situations and how to
avoid them must think over above-
mentioned adverse phenomenon deeply
and try to eliminate it.
In order tTo facilitate such a discussion
among arouse engineering-field
participants thinking much of it
professionals, how to enhance
professional status of the parties
concerned focuse the attention of the
study on showing a construction-
supervision engineers should be
emphasized, as achieved under the  into
professionalism in advantage of finding
the proposals, as following, to bring up
professional supervisor. aims:
tTo clarify the role assure the awareness
of a construction-supervision engineer’s
proper position that can make him
fulfilled his capabilities and
responsibilities by self-respect and heart-
whole.;
Tto understand the activitieons of both
the workeremployees and occupations in
every stage of LCE is good for engineers
so as to distinguish the construction-
supervision role from the planning-
designing role around the engineering
circumstances  in areas such as: personnel,
subject, period, site,and materials and so
forth. Such an understanding makes one
aware of Then he can be conscious of
dueavailable professional abilitiesskills
and seeking the short cutapproaches to
enhance one’s competencyhis techniques.
Tto advance bring up engineering skills
of ability offor each generation, of new
engineers, increasing their  to control the
vocational education period in efficiency
is needed.
Tto create build up a reasonable
employment opportunitiescircumstance
for mental and laboring construction-
supervision engineers to ensure that
construction projects are is needed in
advantage ofimplemented smoothly
running of engineering.
To enable relevant horoughly
completing and implementing above-
mentioned conditions, the parties to
determine which concerned can predict
that the engineering qualities will be better
than they are of priority concern.,
increasing their competitiveness to
international levels such as that of  And
the professional engineers will have more
competitive potentialities in WTO, too.
To get more comprehensivelyacquire a
more objective and fairer points of view in
this thesis, there is an inquiry
toperspective regarding the current status
of field engineersing-field workers. It can
be reliable to support the proposals.

245.  (CivilEngineering)
Problem statement
With the upcoming Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation (APEC) Meeting to  be held
in Bandun, i.e., the provincial capital of
West Java, in May 2007, the Indonesian
government must construct a convenient
and rapid freeway connecting Jakarta and
Bandun. This undertaking will promote
the country’s image with respect to
technical accomplishments. PT. Jasa
Marga (Persero) (JM), an Indonesia
governmental enterprise, won the bidding
rights in 2005 to construct the Cikampek-
Cipularang Freeway (CCF) that will
connect the Jakarta-Bandun Freeways. 
Failure to complete construction  of the
CCF  by the end of April 2007 will mean a
lost opportunity during the APEC Meeting
to showcase Indonesia’s rise to the
international stage. The most difficult
aspect of the CCF project is the Cikubang
Bridge, which is located in a mountainous
region and will largely determine whether
the CCF project is completed on time. 
However, construction  of the Cikubang
Bridge was delayed eight months because
of tight budgetary constraints and poor
construction management. With the
project facing a  twelve month deadline
for completion,  a new  contractor must be
assigned the task. However, the
conventionally adopted construction
model must be adjusted to comply with
already tight scheduling delay constraints.
The inability to make such an adjustments
may deal a blow to Indonesia’s image,
reflecting the ineptitude of  governmental
policy and a low confidence level among
the general public.  Therefore, an efficient
and timely construction model must be
constructed to compensate for scheduling
delays.

Hypothesis statement
An efficient and timely construction
model can be constructed to compensate
for scheduling delays.  To do so,
aadjusting modified construction model
can be considered from four aspects of the
project. The four aspects are: changing
switching to a different contractor,
revising structureal design, altering
construction methodapproaches and
adding equipment. For girder structureal
design of girders, continuous box type can
be changesd to a simple supported beam
type. In the construction method, usingan
automatic slip-form system can be
implemented instead of a conventional
form system for erecting twenty pier
columns which are, i.e., over forty meters
height; to erecting and a girder by means
ofusing the horizontal pushing method
substitutesto replace the cantilever
method. For piling work, at least three sets
of boring rig must be added to the job site.
Re-contracting a clarified well-informed
contractor is the most urgent task. Despite
this responsibility, the clarifiedinformed
contractor must have powerfustrongl
financeial supporter and ample
construction resources such as, e.g.,
experiences of with similar projects,
abundant construction equipment and
manpower,personnel, reliable good
construction management; cap and the
ability in to reduce shorten time of
mobilization time .  An anticipated, the
proposed construction model can save
three months forof piling work, four
months for pier columns construction and
three months for girders erection. Totally,
the overall schedule may savecut down at
least eight and half months. Hopefully, the
proposed ing the new model can be
excused immediately then thefacilitate on
time or ahead of time completion of a
project may complete on time or ahead the
schedule.  JM has to take themust be
responsibilitye for limiting thepotential
on-site harm to settled policy. Moreover,
Tthe proposed model can admire for catch
up the goal of the achieve project goals,
although overall construction cost of this
proposed model might be increased six
percentages of6% in terms of the total
construction cost. IfThe ability of JM can
to effectively responsed to quickly for this
this challenge will gain public crisis then
he may strengthen the confidence of
people to government and upgrade theand
bolster Indonesia’s international image of
Indonesia.
Research paper:  Abstract
With the upcoming Asia-Pacific Economic
Cooperation (APEC) Meeting to  be held
in Bandun, i.e., the provincial capital of
West Java, in May 2007, the Indonesian
government must construct a convenient
and rapid freeway connecting Jakarta and
Bandun. This undertaking will promote
the country’s image with respect to
technical accomplishments. PT. Jasa
Marga (Persero) (JM), an Indonesia
governmental enterprise, won the bidding
rights in 2005 to construct the Cikampek-
Cipularang Freeway (CCF) that will
connect the Jakarta-Bandun Freeways. 
Failure to complete construction  of the
CCF  by the end of April 2007 will mean a
lost opportunity during the APEC Meeting
to showcase Indonesia’s rise to the
international stage.  Therefore, this work
presents an efficient and timely
construction model to compensate for
scheduling delays.  A modified
construction model is considered from
four aspects of the project: switching to a
different contractor, revising structural
design, altering construction approaches
and adding equipment. For structural
design of girders, continuous box type is
changed to a simple supported beam type.
In the construction method, an automatic
slip-form system is implemented instead
of a conventional form system for erecting
twenty pier columns, i.e., over forty
meters high and a girder by using the
horizontal pushing method to replace the
cantilever method. For piling work, at
least three sets of boring rig are added to
the job site. Re-contracting a well-
informed contractor is the most urgent
task. Despite this responsibility, the
informed contractor must have strong
financial support and ample construction
resources, e.g., experience with similar
projects, abundant construction equipment
and personnel, reliable construction
management and the ability to reduce
mobilization time.  The proposed
construction model can save three months
of piling work, four months for pier
columns construction and three months for
girders erection. The overall schedule may
cut down at least eight and half months.
Hopefully, the proposed model can
facilitate on time or ahead of time
completion of a project.  JM must be
responsibile for limiting potential on-site
harm. Moreover, the proposed model can
achieve project goals, although overall
construction cost  might be increased 6%
in terms of the total construction cost. The
ability of JM to effectively respond to this
challenge will gain public confidence and
bolster Indonesia’s international image.

246.  (CivilEngineering)
Inflated The steel material prices inflation
in Taiwan in the beginning of the lastover
the past two years hasve led to increased
the construction costs; relatively, to and
lowered decrease the contractor’s
profitrevenues. ConsequentlyAt that time,
the owner of thea construction company
responsible for completing a steel bridge
project has delayed its time schedule,
making it impossible for to hand over the
land within the construction range.the
CEC couldn’to forecast when the project
started to erectwill commence. The,
ultimately creating a highly risky situation
was evaluated very highly. According to
the contract givingthat contractor the right
to undertake this project, the CEC
submitted the rescission of the steel bridge
project. It, which was rejected by the
construction company owner. The owner
affirmed, which claimed that the
contractor had breached the
contracttransgressing the treaty. They
construction company demanded insist on
confiscating the performance bond (nearly
14 million $US 14 milliondollars) of the
steel bridge project, compensating the
difference fee for rebidding and
publishicizing the transgressing fact
onbreach of contract in the governmental
procuringement bulletin so that CEC
cannot bid for the public projects within
for a year. The dispute need solve by the A
mediatativeion dispute panel held by
conference ofthe Public Construction
Commission, Executive Yuan and the
litigation of law court. litigation
subsequently ensued to resolve this
dilemma. Based on the above, .CEC’s goal
intends to win the dispute extremely. First,
CEC staffs by closely must studying and
clarifying the contract’s treatycontents to
become fully aware of its know the rights
and obligations. Next, to take
pPhotographs continuously inare also
taken  these days at the jobsite and
neighboring then reserve the photos as to
proveas proof of non-compliance.
Additionally, to bail thea lawyer to acts as
thea dispute representativemediator and
discuss with him. Finally, to ultimately
win over the dispute on thethrough either
meditativeon or  conference and the
litigation of law court. The proposed
method can let theallow construction
project owners of the projectto return the
performance bond (nearly $US 14 million
US dollars) of the steel bridge project and
get the receive expended compensation.
Moreover, Tthe proposed method can
trainorient CEC’ staffs on how to enhance
the professional competence of contract
management.         

247.  (CivilEngineering)
Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)
The Sshield method is adopted to comply
with budgetary and time constraints in
completing the 345 kv Cable Line of the
Taipei Daam 345 kv Cable Line Project.
Work problem (工作問題)
However, Cconventional constructs, e.g.,
the open excavation pipeline method, on
urban roadways often require constant
movement or scaffolding to protect the
pipeline.
Quantitative specification of problem( 問
題的量化)
Completion time of a pipeline project is
extremely difficult to estimate when
constant movement or scaffolding is
involved.
 
Importance of problem(問題的中心)
The inability to forecast such estimates
project completion will make costs
involving design and construction
technologyies adopted of shield
prohibitively high.
Work objective(工作目標)
Based on the above, we should develop a
construction design method that adopts the
shield method to avoid a time delay in the
project schedule. 
Methodology to achieve objective ( 達 成
目標的方法)
To do so, a vertical shaft can be
constructed in a nearby underground
obstacle. A hole can then be drilled to
enable engineers to pass through the
underground obstacle via the vertical
shaft.  Finally, an electric cable can be
constructed and placed in the hole.
Anticipated results (希望的結果)
As anticipated, the proposed construction
design method can pass through the
underground obstacle, eliminating the
need to move the pipeline.
Contribution to field (領域的貢獻)
The proposed method can provide a
valuable reference for governmental
authorities or construction companies
when dealing with underground obstacles.
Technological advances in Dives the
shield method to have unceasingly to
research and develop the breakthrough
towill expand its serviceability, will dive
the shield methodespecially in facilitating
promotion for the metropolistan
underground projects technology, the
correlation research including
theinvolving cross section diversification,
the biglarge cross sections, the and greats
depth and so on.

 
Abstract
The shield method is adopted to comply
with budgetary and time constraints in
completing the 345 kv Cable Line of the
Taipei Dam Project.  However,
conventional constructs, e.g., the open
excavation pipeline method, on urban
roadways often require constant
movement or scaffolding to protect the
pipeline.  Therefore, this work presents a
construction design method that adopts the
shield method to avoid a time delay in the
project schedule.  A vertical shaft is
constructed in a nearby underground
obstacle. A hole is then drilled to enable
engineers to pass through the underground
obstacle via the vertical shaft.  Finally, an
electric cable is constructed and placed in
the hole.  The proposed construction
design method can pass through the
underground obstacle, eliminating the
need to move the pipeline.  Technological
advances in the shield method will expand
its serviceability, especially in facilitating
metropolitan underground projects
involving cross section diversification,
large cross sections and greats depth. 
Additionally, the proposed method can
provide a valuable reference for
governmental authorities or construction
companies when dealing with
underground obstacles.

 248.  (CivilEngineering)

Title: The Educational Policy on Higher


Education in Taiwan and Enhancing the
Academic Competence of University
Students Through Assessment of Higher
Education Policies in Taiwan

Abstract

A number of Several studies published in


recent years have attributed the declining
academic competence of Taiwan’s
university students to the current policy of
Department of Education (DOE) policy
towardson the higher education.
Liberalized DOE policies have led to a
The fact speaks for itself, according to
some of the studies, the steady increase in
the number of universities in the
pastrecent decade, up: from aboutnearly
80eighty in the early 1990’s to more than
160 today, is the result of liberalized
policy of DOE on Taiwan’s higher
educationcurrently. TheAn increasincrease
in theing number of universities hasve
resultedled to in thea surge ofin student
enrollment, also reflected in the
acceptance rate of high school graduates
taking the joint university entrance
examination, i.e., up from about 50% in
the early 1990’s to almostnearly 89% in
2005. According to the Joint University
Examination Board, the minimum
admittance score was astonishingly low.

The increase inburgeoning university


acceptance rate for universities among the
aspiring high school applicants
understandably has caused theultimately
decrease in lowered the minimum
admittance scores. The decline in the
student’s academic competence, especially
among incoming students, has been
widely felt inprofoundly impacted the
classrooms, particularly among the
incoming students instruction. For
instance, in a In the classes of the author’s
Engineering sophomore engineering level
course of subject, “Fluid Mechanics,”
offered at Tamkang University, for
example, less than one -fifth of thea class
of aboutnearly fifty 50 students has
passedsatisfied course requirements over
in the past five years, which is in contrast
to as compared to at least one -third
passed ten yearsa decade ago.

The declining aAcademic competence has


also been reporteddeclined in many other
Taiwanese universities in Taiwan as well.
The, a situation which has is so serious
that now becomes the major subject of a
major concern on campuses across the
nationwide. Many educators conferbelieve
that immediate reform of the MOE’s
current policy on the higher educational
policy is necessary needs to undergo
immediate reform in a hope to reverse
Taiwan’s deteriorating academic
competence ofamong university students.
I
 
 
249.  (CivilEngineering)
 
Setting of work proposal (工作提案建構)
Accurately pPredicting diaphragm wall
deformation in deep excavation has
received considerable attentionbeen
studied.

Work problem (工作問題)


Guidelines on site safety and risk
management heavily emphasize predicting
the wall deformation of the next stage and
examineing whether the maximum
deflection is within the control range. The
results are provides as guidelines on site
safety and risk management

Quantitative specification of problem( 問


題的量化)
 If we define that the pPrediction is
considered a failedure when the relative
percentage error rate exceeds 20.%
(between actual and predict deformation).
 
Importance of problem(問題的中心)
Then 77% of cases are Although
considered to have acceptable predictions,
77% of all casesbut are too low in terms of
accuracy.
Worwk objective(工作目標)
Based on the above,we should develop a
predictforecasting system(, EFNIM).,
capable of accurately predicting
diaphragm wall deformation in deep
excavation.

Methodology to achieve objective( 達成目


標的方法)
Combined with the strengths Advantages
of a genetic algorithm, fuzzy theory, and
neural network can be combined to
develop an “Eevolutionary Ffuzzy
Nneural Wwall Ddeformation Pprediction
Ssystem” to accurately predict wall
deformation.
Anticipated results(希望的結果)
As anticipated, prediction accuracy of
diaphragm wall deformation in deep
excavationccuracy percentage rise up to
can exceed 80%.

Contribution to field(領域的貢獻)
Thise proposed EFNIM forecasting
system model a can allows contractors to
utilize the knowledge and expertisence
from previousast projects to accurately
predict wall deformation of new projects.  

250.  (Mechanical Engineering)


Auto-focusing of a Linear Actuator Using
Sliding Mode Control Based on the
Position Estimation Algorithm in a Digital
Video Cameras

Research proposalParagraph 1: Setting (4-


6 sentences)
As indispensable actuators for auto-
focusing (AF) and zooming, stepping
motors are extensively adopted in digital
video cameras (DVCs). Following on
rising consumer demand for of DVCs in
the electronical products markets, the
betterenhanced properties and advanced
functions play an increasingly pivotal role
in luring newbecome more important
buying factors to fascinate more
customers. Despite their fast dynamic AF
access, The last range ofeven the most
advanced DVCs have to own fast dynamic
AF access characteristics, low are limited
in terms of low power consumption and
highinadequate operational efficiency to
satisfy whole usersconsumer demand.

Paragraph 2: Problem + Quantification (4-


6 sentences)
The cConventional AF actuators in DVCs
are all steeping motors, and they own
somesubsequently limited by ations, such
asa slow dynamic AF speed, higher power
consumption and lower operational
efficiency. Moreover, moving noise
interferenceproduces from a steeping
motor in a DVC willis easily recorded into
the digital films easily induring AF
operation.  For instance, the operational
time for a A typical AF linear actuator for
AF in a DVC is only 1/6-thth  as short
time asthat of a conventional stepper
motor. Additionally, the power
consumption by using a linear actuator in
a DVC is only 1/3-rd as low asof that
when using a conventional steeping motor
for AF. Moreover, the operational
efficiency by using a linear actuator in a
DVC is only 1/2-nd as low as that of a
conventional steeping motor. Furthermore,
the acoustic noise interference caused by
using a linear actuator for AF in a DVC is
lower than that when operateding by a
conventional stepper motor. Therefore,
linear actuators are highly promising
alternatives have quite predominance to
replace conventional stepping motors in
DVCs gradually.

Paragraph 3:  Importance of problem


(theoretical and practical needs) (4-6
sentences)
In theoretical, the cTheoretically,
conventional steeping motors are limited
in terms of theira fixed resolution,
possibly incurring  and maybe have errors
steps bywhen using open-loop control in
AF operation. TheSuch limitations
causelead to unclear CCD images of CCD
in a DVC.  In practicalIn practice,, a size
of a conventional steeping motor is larger
than a linear actuator that ownsing to the
simple structure of the latter. Next,
aAdditionally, the conventional steeping
motor for AF system in a DVC leads to a
slow dynamic AF speed, high power loss
and low operational efficiency. Moreover,
the moving noise producesinterference
from a steeping motor is easily will
recorded into digital films induring AF
operation.

Paragraph 4:  Objective + Methodology


Based on the above, we should
adoptdevelop a sliding mode control
(SMC) method based on the position
estimation algorithm (PEA) for usinge in
AF of the linear actuator in a DVC to
obtainachieve low power consumption,
high operational efficiency and fast
dynamic AF access characteristics.  To do
so, a concrete and efficient linear actuator
with low power consumption and high
operational efficiency iscan be
manufactured for AF in a DVC. Next, aA
magneto-resistive (MR) encoder in the
linear actuator iscan then be adopted to
befor use as a position feedback sensor to
acquire the position of the moving part of
the linear actuator in AF operation.
AdditionallyNext, an interpolation chip
can be embedded in order to enhance the
resolution of a linear actuator in a DVC to
pick up, attain an clearerenhanced image,
and avoid an increasing the prime cost of
a DVC by using an interpolation chip.
Additionally, Tthe PEA iscan be
developed from the MR encoder to
determineevaluate accurately the position
of the moving part of the linear actuator in
a DVC accurately. Moreover, SMC
isoffers an effective means of approach to
positioning and controlling velocity
control because it possessesowing to its
many advantages, such ase.g.,
insensitivity to parameter variations,
disturbance rejection and fast dynamic
response. Hence, the SMC based on the
PEA written in a single chip strives to
enhancinge control performance in order
to improve increase focusing speed and
accuracy is required by the SMC based on
the PEA written in a single chip.

Paragraph 5:  Anticipated results (2- 3


sentences)
As anticipated, the proposed SMC method
can be adopted to manufacture a concrete
and efficient linear actuator with low
power consumption and high operational
efficiency is manufactured for AF
operation in a DVC rapidly. The proposed
PEA is proposed tocan accurately
determine the position of the moving part
of athe linear actuator in a DVC
accurately. Additionally, the SMC method
based on use of tthe PEA used in AF
operation in a DVC can reduce AF access
time inby several microseconds and avoid
the recording of to acoustic noise
interference recorded into the digital
films.

Paragraph 6:  Contribution (theoretical +


practical) (4-6 sentences)
In theoretical, the PEA is proposed to
determine the position of the moving part
of the linear actuator in a DVC accurately.
A SMC method based on the PEA used to
AF of the linear actuator in a DVC.
(NOTE:  You already stated this above.)
The proposed method is highly promising
for use in manufacturing In practical, an
concrete and efficient linear actuator with
low power consumption and high
operational efficiency is manufactured for
AF operation in a DVC rapidly. Moreover,
The AF system with a linear actuator
ownshas a fast dynamic AF speed quickly
and limited acoustic noise
softlyinterference.

Auto-focusing of a Linear Actuator Using


Sliding Mode Control Based on the
Position Estimation Algorithm in Digital
Video Cameras

ABSTRACT
As indispensable actuators for auto-
focusing (AF) and zooming, stepping
motors are extensively adopted in digital
video cameras (DVCs).  However,
conventional AF actuators in DVCs are all
steeping motors, subsequently limited by a
slow dynamic AF speed, high power
consumption and low operational
efficiency. Moreover, noise interference
from a steeping motor in a DVC is easily
recorded into the digital films during AF
operation.  Therefore, this work presents a
sliding mode control (SMC) method based
on the position estimation algorithm
(PEA) for use in AF of the linear actuator
in a DVC to achieve low power
consumption, high operational efficiency
and fast dynamic AF access
characteristics. A concrete and efficient
linear actuator with low power
consumption and high operational
efficiency is manufactured for AF in a
DVC. A magneto-resistive (MR) encoder
in the linear actuator is then adopted for
use as a position feedback sensor to
acquire the position of the moving part of
the linear actuator in AF operation. Next,
an interpolation chip is embedded to
enhance the resolution of a linear actuator
in a DVC, attain an enhanced image and
avoid an increasing prime cost of a DVC.
Additionally, the PEA is developed from
the MR encoder to determine accurately
the position of the moving part of the
linear actuator in a DVC.  The proposed
SMC method can be adopted to
manufacture a  linear actuator with low
power consumption and high operational
efficiency for AF operation in a DVC. The
proposed PEA can accurately determine
the position of the moving part of the
linear actuator in a DVC. Additionally, the
SMC method based on use of the PEA  in
AF operation in a DVC can reduce AF
access time by several microseconds and
avoid the recording of acoustic noise
interference into the digital films.  The
proposed method is highly promising for
use in manufacturing  an  efficient linear
actuator with low power consumption and
high operational efficiency for AF
operation in a DVC rapidly. Moreover,
The AF system with a linear actuator has a
fast dynamic AF speed and limited
acoustic noise interference.
INTRODUCTION
As indispensable actuators for auto-
focusing (AF) and zooming, stepping
motors are extensively adopted in digital
video cameras (DVCs). Following  rising
consumer demand for  DVCs in the
electronic products markets, enhanced
properties and advanced functions play an
increasingly pivotal role in luring new
customers. Despite their fast dynamic AF
access, even the most advanced DVCs are
limited in terms of low power
consumption and inadequate operational
efficiency to satisfy consumer demand.
Conventional AF actuators in DVCs are
all steeping motors, subsequently limited
by a slow dynamic AF speed, high power
consumption and low operational
efficiency. Moreover,  noise interference
from a steeping motor in a DVC is easily
recorded into the digital films during AF
operation.  For instance, the operational
time for a typical AF linear actuator in a
DVC is only 1/6th that of a conventional
stepper motor. Additionally, the power
consumption by using a linear actuator in
a DVC is only 1/3rd of that when using a
conventional steeping motor for AF.
Moreover, the operational efficiency by
using a linear actuator in a DVC is only
1/2 that of a conventional steeping motor.
Furthermore, the acoustic noise
interference caused by using a linear
actuator for AF in a DVC is lower than
that when operated by a conventional
stepper motor. Therefore, linear actuators
are highly promising alternatives to
conventional stepping motors in DVCs. 
Theoretically, conventional steeping
motors are limited in terms of their fixed
resolution, possibly incurring errors when
using open-loop control in AF operation.
Such limitations lead to unclear CCD
images in a DVC.  In practice, a
conventional steeping motor is larger than
a linear actuator owing to the simple
structure of the latter. Additionally, the
conventional steeping motor for AF
system in a DVC leads to a slow dynamic
AF speed, high power loss and low
operational efficiency. Moreover, noise
interference from a steeping motor is
easily recorded into digital films during
AF operation.

(_________ has been extensively studied. 


OR   _____________ has received
extensive (attention OR interest). )…..
(NOTE:  Introduce the main findings of 6
or 7 relevant studies.)  Although above
studies (STATE MAIN
CONTRIBUTION), they fail to/do not
address/lack/ do not consider (STATE
MAIN LIMITATION).
Therefore, this work presents a sliding
mode control (SMC) method based on the
position estimation algorithm (PEA) for
use in AF of the linear actuator in a DVC
to achieve low power consumption, high
operational efficiency and fast dynamic
AF access characteristics. A concrete and
efficient linear actuator with low power
consumption and high operational
efficiency is manufactured for AF in a
DVC. A magneto-resistive (MR) encoder
in the linear actuator is then adopted for
use as a position feedback sensor to
acquire the position of the moving part of
the linear actuator in AF operation. Next,
an interpolation chip is embedded to
enhance the resolution of a linear actuator
in a DVC, attain an enhanced image and
avoid an increasing prime cost of a DVC.
Additionally, the PEA is developed from
the MR encoder to determine accurately
the position of the moving part of the
linear actuator in a DVC.  SMC offers an
effective means of positioning and
controlling velocity owing to its many
advantages, e.g., insensitivity to parameter
variations, disturbance rejection and fast
dynamic response. Hence, the SMC based
on the PEA written in a single chip strives
to enhance control performance in order to
increase focusing speed and accuracy.

The proposed SMC method can be adopted


to manufacture a  linear actuator with low
power consumption and high operational
efficiency for AF operation in a DVC. The
proposed PEA can accurately determine
the position of a moving part of the linear
actuator in a DVC. Additionally, the SMC
method based on use of the PEA in AF
operation in a DVC can reduce AF access
time by several microseconds and avoid
the recording of acoustic noise
interference into the digital films.  The
proposed method is highly promising for
use in manufacturing an efficient linear
actuator with low power consumption and
high operational efficiency for AF
operation in a DVC rapidly. Moreover, the
AF system with a linear actuator has a fast
dynamic AF speed and limited acoustic
noise interference.

The rest of this paper is organized as


follows.  Section 2…  Section 3  then….  
Next, Section 4…  Additionally, Section
5…  Moreover, Section 6…. 
Furthermore, Section 7…  Conclusions
are finally (drawn OR made) in Section 8,
along with recommendations for future
research.

CONCLUSIONS
This paperwork presents a novel proposes
the sliding mode control (SMC) method
based on the position estimation algorithm
(PEA) to obtainachieve fast dynamic auto-
focusing (AF) characteristics, high
operational efficiency, and low power
consumption of the a linear actuator in a
digital video cameras (DVC). The PEA
has been developed herein can accurately
determine to calculate the position of thea
moving part of the linear actuator
accurately. The fact thatImportantly, the
proposed SMC method based on the PEA
is insensitivitye to parameter variations
and, disturbance rejection and a fast
dynamic response, thus compensateing
rapidly for the moving part of the linear
actuator in various different operational
postures rapidly. Simulation results
involving The experiments with extreme
cases of theminimum and maximum and
minimum loadings were conducted. The
experimental results showdemonstrate that
the control performance matches
thecomplies with design requirements.

 251.  Chemistry
Research proposal
Setting of work proposal:
Widely assumed to be essential for
releasing newly formed viruses from
infected cells and for efficiently spreading
viruses in the respiratory tractI, influenza
neuraminidase (NA) catalyzes the
cleavage of the terminal sialic acid
attached to glycoproteins and glycolipids.
This process is believed to be necessary
for the release of newly formed virus from
infected cells and for efficient spread of
virus in the respiratory tract. Therefore,
NA is thus recognized as a potential target
for developing agents against influenza
infection. As is postulated, It has been
proposed that the sialic acid cleavage by
NA might proceed via the oxonium cation
transition state. Carbocyclic NA inhibitors
have been designed Aiming atto
developing oral agents against influenza
infection, new carbocyclic NA inhibitors
has been designed.
Avian influenza is one ofa NA type
caused by avian (bird) influenza (flu)
viruses. The influenza viruses, which
occur naturally among birds. Wild birds
worldwideAlthough carrying the viruses
in their intestines, wild birds travelling
worldwide normally do not become illbut
usually do not get sick from them.
However,Still, avian influenza is
veryhighly contagious among birds and
can make some domesticated birds,
including chickens, ducks, and turkeys,
often leading to very sickness and kill
them.fatality. Avian influenza outbreaks
usuallytypically occur induring the winter
about once a yearannually, when the
influenza virusoften spreads widely in
theing community wide and in frequency.
Asian bird flu has become serious
increasingly.
Infected birds have been are the
primarymajor source of influenza A
(H5N1) infections in humans inamong the
Asian human population. Although
tTransmission betweenamong humans is
very limited at present, butthe current
situation must be continuedously
monitoring is requireded to identify any
increase indetermine whether viral
adaptation to human hosts increases.
Recent human isolates are fully resistant to
M2 inhibitors, and increased doses of oral
oseltamivir may be warranted for theto
treatment of severe illnesses. Despite
recent progress, knowledge of the
epidemiology, natural history, and
management of influenza A (H5N1)
disease in humans is
incomplete(necessitates OR warrants)
further investigation. There is an urgent
need for more coordination in cClinical
and epidemiological research among
institutiones worldwide must coordinate
their efforts in countries with cases
ofidentifying and treating influenza A
(H5N1) and internationallyoutbreaks.
The H5N1 virus that has caused human
illness and death in Asia is resistant to
amantadine and rimantadine, i.e., two
antiviral medications commonly used
(administered OR prescribed) for
influenza. Two other antiviral
medications, i.e., oseltamavir and
zanamavir, could possibly be
w(administered OR prescribed) forould
probably work to treating influenza caused
by H5N1 virus, but additional studies still
need to be done to demonstrate . 
However, their effectiveness must be
further demonstrated in clinical studies.
There currently is nNo commercially
available vaccine is currently available to
protect humans against the H5N1 virus
that is being seenoutbreaks in Asia and
Europe. Now TAMIFLU areis the only
prescription medications that can
prescribed for treating the flu.
Oseltamivir phosphate (s, old
commercially under the name  available as
Tamiflu), is an antiviral medication that
can be used to treat cases of influenza and
to prevent influenzarelated infection in
adults. This inhibitor treats the cause of
influenza infection by
inhibitingsuppressing the critical
neuraminidase protein on the virus surface
of the virus.
Work problem:
In addition to that Now tthe amount of
Tamiflu vaccine for treatmenting
influenza is limited. S, some synthesizing
steps of Tamiflu vaccines are dangerous
and difficult to purify. So now it is
difficult to produce on a, explaining the
difficulty of large scale production and
theinadequate storage capacity in Taiwan
is not enough.

Quantitative specification of
problem:
The most efficient synthesis
method of Tamiflu vaccine
needsrequires twelve steps.
Additionally the starting material
is veryprohibitively expensive and
difficult to obtain. The
mManufacturing of Tamiflu is complex
and involves 10ten main steps, some of
which have been identified as complicated
(e.g. azide chemistry). So it spends a lot,
explaining why a significant amount of
time is required for to synthesizes.

Importance of problem:
  Therefore, the inability to get acquire
sufficient quantities of Tamiflu vaccine as
soon as possible will lead to many people
dead,immediately will leading to a high
mortality rate among humans whenever
the bird flu outbreak occursare happened
in Taiwan.
Work objective:
  Based on the above, we should develop a
simplified chemical synthetic method to
produce the Tamiflu vaccine in order to
decrease the mortality rate in Taiwan.
Methodology to achieve object:
  To do so, a chiral compound can be
regarded as the starting material. The
chiral center can then be established by
using chiral reagent. TNext, the size and
geometry of side chains can be modified
systematically in order tto investigate
structure-activity relationships of this
compound class of compound.
Additionally, Ffunctional groups can be
transferred by using some nucleophilic
reagents. Moreover, Tthe product can be
purified by column chromatography. and
then. followed by determination of the
bioactivities need to be measured by using
X-ray crystallographicy.
Anticipated results:
As anticipated, we must to obtainthe
Tamiflu vaccine can be produced in two
months. After finishing the procedure the
product can be in sufficiently quantities
for furnished immediately use.
Contribution to field:
  AThe proposed new synthesis
ofprocedure for the promising
antiinfluenza drug has been completed.
achieves pProcessing efficiency has been
achieved by (containing OR possessing )
having no chromatography and only three
isolated crystalline intermediates. We can
provide tAdditionally, the new chemical
synthetic method tocan increase the
product improve the yield, and streamline
the et up a more quickly process
efficiently, enabling use of thus patients
can use the Tamiflu vaccine at an
economicwith low price.

252.  Industrial Engineering


Research proposal
Setting of work proposal 工作提案建構 :
Inventory irefers to the stock of any
organizational-related item or resource
used in an organization. All firms
maintaining an keep a supply of inventory
supplymay can satisfy get the advantages
of meeting variation to productconsumer
demand with respect to product variation.
However, Buta large amount of inventory
may causeincur long product cycle times
either. Andditonally, the proportion of
inventory and setup costs of a production
line to the total operational fund in a
company is extremely high, so
thathighlighting the importance of
developing an more economic inventory
order model to provide a lower cost to
satisfy production requirementsis quite
important.

Work problem 工作問題 :


The Eeconomic production quantity
(EPQ) is a model derives an optimal
production lot size that minimizes overall
inventory costs for a single item.
However, a situation when multiple items
are scheduled on a single facility, there is
does not (ensure OR guarantee) thata
feasible EPQ solution for each individual
item will be feasible so that no in order to
prevent stock -outs occurdepletion during
the productiong cycle. The rotation cycle
policy assumes that in each cycle there is
exactly one setup is available for each
product during each cycle., and. 
Additionally, all products are
producedmanufactured in the same
sequence induring each production cycle.
AlthoughDespite its feasibility, the
rotation cycle approach is feasible, it is
not optimal in terms of minimization ofing
overall  totalproduction costs.

Quantitative specification of problem 問


題的量化 :
For instance, there is afor product m1
thatwith a production time is twice thant
of m2, with the rotation cycle obtainings a
feasible solution, b.  Both the products are
produce manufactured once in a single
cycle, with the total cost is significantly
higher than the sum of two single optimal
solutions. ButHowever, using a
diagrammatic explanation, there can easily
find a solution can be easily found that
produces m1 once and produces m2 twice
atduring each cycle. The latter method is
obviously better thean the former is.

Importance of problem 問題的中心 :


The rotation cycle policy is
developed to (adjust OR modify) EPQ
when multiple items are scheduled on a
single facility, andas well as to (vary OR
adjust) the production time of all products
to the same frequency, so that .  Doing so
can lead to the establishment of a simple
and accessible formula. ButHowever,
when products vary too widely in terms of
manufacturingproducing time of each
product is differing too much, adopting
the the using of rotation cycle policy
createomes out a feasible solution, but not
optimal one, and causesleading to a
markedly higher cost as welleither.

Work objective 工作目標 :


Based on the above, we should
develop a process optimizationg
procedure capable of to modifying the
productiong cycle time based on the
rotation cycle method, and i.  nDuring
each common cycle, products may have
more than one setup. A solution procedure
can determine the appropriate cycle
length, number of setups for each item,
scheduling constraints for scheduling and
total inventory cost function. (Via OR
With) this procedure, the cycle of each
item cycle can be closely to the prime
solution derivedcomes f from the EPQ
model.

Methodology to achieve objective 達成目


標的方法 :
To do so, the model framework of
model iscan be devised in contrast with
constructed differ from  the rotation cycle
policy first, adjusts t.  The policy can be
adjusted to identify how each item is the
relatedionship of  with respect to optimal
cycle time on each item. Next, test the
fFeasibility of the proposed model can
then be verified, and make thewith desired
changes made accordinglyto revise it.
Additionally, establishNext a recycle time
formula, , conditions of model constraints
and total cost formula can be established.
With eExamining the rule by iteration, we
can allow us to analyze the rationality and
validitycorrectness of these models.
AdditionallyMoreover, using an actual
example can be applied to demonstratetest
the its feasibility, along with a and
compareison made it to the solution of the
primal rotation cycle.
FurthermoreMoreover, sensitivity
analyzessis can be performed are provided
to demonstrate the influence of how
alternation cycle time to(influences OR
impacts) total cost.

Anticipated results 希望的結果 :


As anticipated, a new the proposed
algorithm is constructed tocan resolve the
EPQ and rotation cycle problem of
multiple items onfor a production single
facility. With nNumerical analysiszing on
practical of a case (study OR example)
demonstrates, prove  that the proposednew
procedure can reduce totaloverall cost
more than rotation cycle policy can. In
doing so, Next, aim to the setup cost and
setup time; substitute it can be integrated
into thise new proposed algorithm
successfully. Additionally, to upgrade
facility of production line facilities can be
upgraded by , we centralizeing the idle
times at the samesimultaneously, thus
ensuring their so these idle times can be
utilizing efficiency, e.g., a rroutine
maintenance and allow flexibility in
production scheduling.

Contribution to field 領域的貢獻:


The proposed method can resolve
problems involving this research can solve
the question of multiple items onfor a
single facility. Thereby helpConsequently,
production management tocan construct a
feasible solution under multiple items on a
single facility, and the.  Additionally, a
larger the ratio offor optimal productiong
time foron one item to another, the more
implies more benefits we can getacquired
from thise proposed new algorithm.
Determineing production quintiles is often
referred to as a trade-off problem, in
which the formulase tryattempt to
minimize cost, and it does reducinge
inventory lower cost, improveenhance
product quality and enhanceincrease
corporate profits.

253.  (Finance)
Research proposal
Setting of work proposal
      AmeriBank, As a medium-sized bank
with branches throughout the United
States, AmeriBank is encountering headed
for dire economic circumstancesstraits.
The bank, which provides transactions,
savings, and, investment and loan
services, has been experienced shrinking
profits in ing a steady decline in its net
income over the pastthe recent year,
andwith trends forecasting a
continuousshow that the decline will
continue., as attributed to a large The bank
is simply losing customers turnover rate to
non-bank and foreign bankoverseas
competitors.

Work problem
      However, one strategy for
distinguishing AmeriBank can distinguish
itself from its competitors is to improveby
enhancing services that non-financial
institutionsbank and foreign bankoverseas
competitors do not (easily OR readily)
provide:, i.e., transaction services. A more
feasibleconvenient transaction method
must logically surpass the functions of
succeed the automatic teller machine, and
that.  Additionally, electronic banking
services over the Internet allows this
convenientsuch feasible transactions
method. Over the Internet, customers are
able tocan perform transactions (via OR
on) their desktop computers either at
home or at workwithout location
constraints. The explosion of the Internet
explosion impliesmeans that many
potential customers understand and use
the World Wide Web.Internet regularly.
Therefore that ifthe ability of AmeriBank
to offers Web Internet banking services (as
the practice of Internet banking is
commonly called), will attract new the
bank will attract many new customers.

Quantitative specification of problem


      Because differentGiven that various
age groups require different services,
AmeriBank is interested in surveying four
different age groups. The first group
encompasses customers who are 18 to 25
years old. The bank assumes that this age
group has a limited yearlyannual income
and performs minimal transactions. The
second group encompasses customers who
are 26 to 40 years old. This age group has
significant sources of income sources,
performs many transactions, requires
numerous loans for new houses and cars,
as well as and invests in various securities.
The third group encompasses customers
who are 41 to 50 years old. These
customers typically have the same level of
income and perform the same number of
transactions as the second age group, but. 
However, the bank assumes that these
customers are less likely to use
WebInternet banking services owing to the
unfamiliarity withsince they have not
become as comfortable with the explosion
of (Internet commerce OR computers or
the Internet). Finally, the fourth group
encompasses customers who are 51 years
of age and over. These customers
commonly crave security and require
continuous information on retirement
funds. The banks believes that it is highly
unlikely that such customers in this age
group will unlike use WebInternet banking
services., but  However, the bank desires
to learnidentify the needs of this age group
for the future reference. AmeriBank wants
to interview 2,000 customers with at least
20 percent% from the first age group, at
least 27.5 percent% from the second age
group, at least 15 percent % from the third
age group, and at least 15 percent% from
the fourth age group.
To ensure that the survey includes a
mixture of customers familiar with who
know the Internet usagewell and as well as
those who are notthat have less exposure
to the Internet. To ensure a correct mixture
for that AmeriBank obtains the correct
mix, that to interview at least 15 percent%
of all customers from the Silicon Valley
are interviewed, where Internet useage is
high, followed by at least 35 percent% of
all customers from biglarge cities where
Internet useage is medium, and at least 20
percent% of all customers from small
towns where Internet useage is low.
Importance of problem
      Not only is AmeriBank attempting to
recover lost profitsis not alone in its
struggle to stay out of the red. According
to From its daily industryial readings,
knows that many American banks have
incurred been suffering significant losses
because of iowing to increasing
competition from non-bankcommercial
banking institutions and overseasforeign
bankcompetitors competitors offering
services typically in the domain ofwith
typical American banksing services.
Because the non-bank and foreign bank
competitors Given their specialized in
particular services, such competitors can
they are able to better capture the market
share for those services by offering less
expensive, more efficient, and more
convenient services. For exampleinstance,
large corporations now turn to foreign
prefer overseas banks and commercial
paper offerings for loans, andwhile
affluent Americans now turn toinvest in
money-market funds for investment.
Banks face the daunting challenge ofmust
thus distinguishing themselves from non-
banking institutions and foreign
bankoverseas competitors.

Work objective
      Based on the above, we should attempt
before undertakes the project to make Web
banking possible, however, needs to
understand the market for WebInternet
banking services that and the services
AmeriBank shouldcan provide onlineover
the Internet. For exampleinstance, should
the bank only allow customers to access
account balances and historical transaction
information over the Internet?, or 
Additionally, should the banks develop a
strategy to allow customers to make
deposits and withdrawals over the
Internet? Moreover, sShould the banks
tryattempt to recapture a portion of the
investment market by continuously
running fluctuating stock prices and
allowing customers to make stock
transactions over the Internet for a
minimal fee? BecauseGiven that
AmeriBank idoes not in the business of
performing surveys, outsource the
surveythe project can be outsourced to a
professional surveyor company. Opened
the pProject up for bidding is open to by
several surveyors, with  companies and
will award the project awarded to the
company which is willing to perform the
survey for the most economicallyleast
cost. Finally, formulate a linear
programming model can be formulated to
minimize costs while meetingcomplying
with all survey constraints imposed by
AmeriBank. 
Anticipated results
      As anticipated, Define 12twelve
decision variables, one for each age group
surveyed in each region, can be defined.
All restrictions are easily modeled as
constraints. For exampleinstance, the
condition that at least 20 percent% of the
surveyed customers have to bemust come
from the first age group, which requires
that the sum of thalle variables for the age
group” 18 to 25” years old across all three
regions is at least 400.All the other
requirements are modeled similarly.
Therefore, the sum of all variables has
tomust equal 2000,, i.e.,  because that is
the number of customers wants to have
interviewed. Finally, the cost of
conducting the survey to comply
withmeeting all constraints imposed by
AmeriBank incurs cost of is $11,200. The
above spreadsheet displays the mixture of
customers is displayed in the spreadsheet
above.

Contribution to field
   Results inof this study can contribute to
efforts among enhance that the banks can
face the daunting challenge of
distinguishing themselves from non-
banking institutions and foreign
bankoverseas competitors.
 
 
254.  (Chemistry)
Tazer, a pharmaceutical
manufacturering company, entered the
pharmaceutical sector over a decade
agomarket 12 years ago with the by
introduction ofmarketing six new drugs.
Five of the six drugs were generic forms
of commercially available simply
permutations of existing drugs and, thus,
were not that profitable therefore did not
sell very heavily. The sixth drug, however,
addressedwas administered for
hypertension and was a tremendous
commercialhuge success. Since Tazer had
a patenting on the hypertension drug,
itTazer has had experienced no
competition, and profits from the
hypertensionis drug alone kepthave kept
Tazer in businessprofitable.
For more than a decadeDuring the past
12 years, Tazer has continued a moderate
amount of research and development, but
ithas not achieved commercial  never
stumbled upon a drug as successful as it
did with the hypertension drug. One
reason is that tThe company has never
been had the motivatedion to invest
heavily in innovative research and
development. The company, largely owing
to its  was riding the profits wave
generated byfrom its hypertension drug
and did not feel the need to commit
significant resources to finding new drug
breakthroughs.
Now Tazer is increasingly experiencing
beginning to fear the pressure of
competitionve pressure. With itsThe
patent for the hypertension drug
expiresing in 5five years, and Tazer
realizesknows that, upon its once the
patent expiresation, generic drug
manufacturersing companies will compete
for swarm into the market sharelike
vultures. Historical trends show that
gGeneric drugs generally reduce the
revenues of decreased sales of branded
name drugs by 75% percent.
Tazer is therefore looking tothus intends
to invest significant amounts of money
R&D capital into research and
development this year to begin the search
for a newpioneer breakthroughs drug that
would yield ill offer the company the
samesimilar success as the hypertension
drug. Tazer believes that if theA company
committed to begins extensive research
and development now,R&D hopes to
achieve the above aspirationthe
probability of finding a successful drug
shortly after the expiration of the
hypertension patent will be high.
A head of research and development at
Tazer is responsible for choosselecting
potential R&D projects and assigning
project directors to lead each of
theexecute such projects. Closely
examining After researching the needs of
the market, trends reveals the limitations
analyzing the shortcomings of current
drugs, and.  Additionally, closely
consulting with interviewing numerous
scientists regarding concerning the
promising areas of medical research,
trends he has revealed decided that his
department will pursuethe following five
separate projects, which are listed below:
Project Up: Ddevelop an antidepressant
that does not causeincur serious mood
swings.;  
Project Stable: Ddevelop a drug that
addressescopes with manic
depression.;                
Project Choice: Ddevelop a less intrusive
birth control method for women.;
Project Hope: Ddevelop a vaccine to
prevent HIV infection.; and
Project Release: Ddevelop an more
effectiveenhanced drug to lower blood
pressure.
For eEach of the five projects, he is
only able to can specify thea specific
medical ailment the research should
address; since he does not know what
compounds can not be identifiedwill exist
and be effective without research.
He also has fFive senior scientists to lead
the five projects. He knows that
sScientists are very temperamental
individuals who excel when people and
will work well only if they are challenged
and motivated by the project. To ensure
that the sSenior scientists are motivated by
assigned to projects they find motivating,
he has establishedonce a bidding system is
established for the projects. He has given
eEach of the five scientists are given 1000
bid points. They , which are assigned bids
to each project, giving a.  A higher
number of bid points are given to
preferred projects they most prefer to lead.

  255.  (Environmental Engineering)


The objectives of this study are
aimed to investigates the degree and
kindformation of membrane fouling
formed from the ultrafiltration (UF) of the
tertiary treatment water in an industrial
park, and to evaluate t.  The feasibility of
removing membrane fouling by ozone is
also evaluated. The material of membrane
material used in the experiments was
polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), as it
couldcapable of resisting the corrosion of
ozone. In order to assess tThe degree and
kind of membrane fouling, was assessed
by  the first step was to investigateing the
water quality characteristic of the tertiary
treatment water and, then, setting up the
basic characteristics of the membrane,
such asincluding the initial permeate flux,
the membrane resistance, and the pore size
of UF membrane. In order tTo offer
theprovide a reference for the real factory
operations, a bench-scale membrane
system was performed in the
experimentsimplemented to evaluate the
fouling removed by three kinds of
different ozonation types, such ase.g.,
influent preozonation, ozone in-line
dosing and ozone backwashing.
Experimental results showindicated
that the removal efficiency of iron,
manganese and SDI was 62%, 30% and
88%, respectively, after the 5μm
prefiltration and UF without ozone. From
the FTIR analysis of membrane fouling,
results showed revealed that the organic
functional groups were aromatic rings and
a few linear chain compounds of
chromophore and auxochrome in dyestuff.
SoTherefore, the tertiary treatment water
may induce the colloidal fouling and
organic fouling in the UF system.
Experimental results also showedOur
results further demonstrated that
preozonation could improve theenhance
the quality of tertiary treatment water and
UF permeateion quality. WhenAs the time
of preozonation was increased more,
improvement of water quality and effect
of UF were further enhanced more. When
the ozone gas mass flow rate was 13.99
mg/min and the time for preozonation was
4 minutes, the removal efficiency of iron
in the tertiary treatment water and the UF
permeate was 62% and 100%,
respectively.  and mMeanwhile, the
average particle size of the former
decreased from 682nm to 380nm and ,
while the latter decreased from 400nm to
280nm, and the.  The permeate flux
increased from 60% to 80% of the initial
flux, respectively. However, whenfurther
increasing the preozonation time more,
worsened the water quality and the effect
of filter effectwere worse.

256.  Industrial Engineering


Describing Product or Service
Development 產品或服務研發
SONOS nonvolatile semiconductor
memories

Driven by the IC industry, the


forecasted 2003 International Technology
Roadmap for Semiconductors (ITRS)
states that the 65-nm Fflash technology
node will be requiredadopted in industrial
production from the year 2007, for
applications ranging from high-density
data storage to high-performance code
storage. Nevertheless, Fflash technology
suffers from scaling issues for the coming
generations and.  Additionally, the ITRS
does not revealshow  clear guidelines for
future Fflash technology scaling. The key
issue forOf priority concern in floating–
gate nonvolatile semiconductor memories
(NVMs) is the scaling of the tunneling
oxide because the stress-induced leakage
current (SILC), which canpable of
dischargeing the wholeentire floating–gate
memory with even onea single defect,
becomes a severe problem atserious
limitation at an extremely very thin
tunneling oxide thickness. Recently,
silicon/metal–oxide–nitride–oxide–silicon
(SONOS/MONOS) charge-trapping based
NVM has received considerable interest
due toowing to that charges are stored in
discrete traps instead of continuous
floating gate in SONOS devices. As a
resultConsequently, such devices are more
robust to SILC since only charges near the
defect site can be discharged and the
tunneling oxide layer can be scaled more
aggressively than floating-gate devices.
The SONOS iAs a multi-dielectric
device, SONOS consistings of an oxide-
nitride-oxide (ONS) sandwich structure in
which the charge storage takes place in
discrete traps in the silicon nitride layer.
Either Tthe net positive or negative
charges can be stored in nitrides. One of
theAn oxide layers adjacent to the silicon
semiconductor, called the tunnel oxide,
permits the transfer of charge from the
silicon substrate to the silicon nitride
trapping layer by a process called
tunneling. The Another oxide layer
adjacent to the gate electrode, called the
blocking oxide, separates the control gate
from the silicon nitride trapping layer. The
function of this oxide layer is to isolates or
“blocks” the charges in the trapping layer.
This oxide permits the scaling of the
nitride film in the ONO sandwich
structure to realizeachieve a low
programming voltage.    

257.  (Chemistry)
Introducing a technology 科技介紹
Introduction of antibody microarray

The sSequenceing of the human


genome has been successfully decoded
and gives the chance of, creating the
opportunity to obtaining a large amount of
valuable information for understanding
complex cellular events simply and
rapidly( in a single experiment :  OR
OMIT ). In addressing these proteomic
studies, the importance of protein-
detecting microarray technology is
increasingly important. In the upcoming
few years, microarray technology is will
become a significantly promising and
indispensable in research and diagnostics
tool from just a theoretical technology. It
is cClearly, that the protein-detecting
microarray is supported by three
independent, but stronglyclosely related
technologies (, i.e., surface chemistry,
detection methods, and capture agents).
Antibody microarrays is one type of
thea microarray technology, have great
potentialhighly promising for significant
value in biological research applications.
Cancer research in particular could
especially benefit from theis unique
experimental capabilities of this
technology in experimental use.  Work is
ongoing in theEfforts are underway to
refinement of various aspects of the
protocols and the development of robust
methods for routine use. Antibody
microarray experimental formats can be
broadly categorized into two classes: (1)
direct labeling experiments, and (2) dual
antibody sandwich assays.
  In the direct labeling method, the
covalent labeling of all proteins in a
complex mixture provides an effective
means ofor detecting bound proteins after
incubation on an antibody microarray. If
proteins are labeled with a tag, such ase.g.,
biotin, the signal from bound proteins can
be amplified. In the sandwich assay,
proteins captured on an antibody
microarray are detected by a cocktail of
detection antibodies, ; each antibody is
matched to one of the spotted antibodies.
Each format has its distinct advantages
and disadvantagesmerits and limitations.
Among the Sseveral applications of
antibody arrays to cancer research have
been reported, includeing the analysis of
proteins analysis in blood serum, resected
frozen tumors, cell lines, and on
membranes of blood cells. These
demonstrations clearly showdemonstrate
the utility of antibody microarrays for
cancer research and signal the imminent
expansion of this platform to many areas
of biological research.

258.  (Management Science)


Setting of work proposal
As the most significant resource in
organizations, Kknowledge is the most
significant resource in organizations to
creates core competitive advantages and
(brings OR yields) commercial success of
business in a constantly
fluctuatingdramatically changing
environment. Organizations should have
appropriate strategies not only to preserve,
share and reuse such valuable assets, but
also to support knowledge workers
intelligently. Polanyi (1966) categorized
knowledge as tacit and explicit
knowledge. Nonaka &and Takeuchi
(1995) indicated that (further OR
additional OR more) organizational
knowledge could be created through the
conversion between tacit and explicit
knowledge. Generally, kKnowledge and
expertise are generusually codified into
textual documents, e.g. papers, manuals,
and reports etc., for preserving (NOTE:
‘preserving’ WHAT?) in the kKnowledge-
B base.
Work problem
In organizations, kKnowledge flow
(KF) in organizations, which represents
the long-term evolution of knowledge
requirements, preferences, referencing
behavior of codified knowledge and
knowledge accumulation, is identified
from working processes of knowledge
workers. Knowledge workers
usuallynormally have various task-needs
over time. AccordinglyTherefore,
organizations should analyze knowledge-
intensive tasks and worker’s needs in task
stages to provide adaptive and dynamic
knowledge support. However, knowledge
is dynamic and may, possibly flowing
from one task to another or from one
worker to another. Such KF, which
contains abundant working knowledge of
a knowledge worker, is difficult to acquire
from an organizational Kknowledge-B
base. Therefore, how to (identify OR
discovery) knowledge of either
individuals or groups knowledge to
recognize worker’sthe information needs
of workers is a critical research issueof
priority concern.
Quantitative specification of problem
Current KF researches focuses on
knowledge delivery among workers or
working processes within a workflow. For
exampleinstance, given the role of
because of KF oin academic research, a
researcher often devises novel concepts
based on previous literatureusually bursts
new ideas from other researchers’ papers.
However, no efficient method is
proposedavailable to identify KF of either
an individual andor a group to
comprehend worker’sthe information
needs of workers. Furthermore,
existingconventional KF approaches can
neither satisfy task requirements of
knowledge workers nor provide relevant
knowledge proactively.
Importance of problem
The inability to identify KF implies
that knowledge workers are ineffective
and efficient in collecting, managing,
sharing knowledge in organizations in
rapidly changing environment. Moreover,
organizations have difficulties in acquiring
tacit knowledge from workers,
comprehending their information needs
and referencing behavior of documents
over time, and offering task-relevant
documents proactively to them.
Work objective
Based on the above, we should
developThis paper proposes a KF-based
mining approach to resolve the above-
mentioned difficulties and the limitations
in previous researches. To infer
knowledge workers’ preference, task-
relevant topics and referencing behavior
of documents, such an approach can
identify flow of knowledge and long-term
information needs of knowledge workers
by analyzing their historical working
records. In the mining process of KF,
ourthe proposed approach considers not
only time factors, but also citation
relationships among knowledge resources
to adjust codified knowledge in order of
priority. According toBased on KFs and
similarity analysis, ourthe proposed
approach also provides operational
mechanism to integrate similar KFs as a
group’ KF for offering knowledge support
to a knowledge interested group of
interest.
Methodology to achieve objective
To do so, he KF mining approach
has following steps. Tthe KF definition
can be defined precisely. Next, to analyze
wWorking records and documents of
knowledge workers, can then be analyzed
by generating the various topics of
codified knowledge can be generated
byusing data mining, information retrieval
and clustering methods. AdditionallyNext,
codified-level KF arecan be identified by
sorting the codified knowledge in order of
reading time, while and topic-level KF
arecan be generated bythrough mapping
the codified KF onto relevant topics.
MoreoverAdditionally, the codified
knowledge in order of significance in KF
iscan be adjusted by analyzing citation
relations. FurthermoreMoreover, the
similar KF arecan be integrated as a
group’s KF through KF operations and
similarity comparison.
Anticipated results
As anticipated, the proposed KF
mining approach can identifiesy the flow
of knowledge and referencing behavior of
knowledge workers effectively and
efficiently to keep track(monitor OR
closely monitor OR remain abreast of) the
evolution of information needs. Because
ofGiven the adjustment, KF is morequite
flexible to present tacit knowledge and
support other knowledge workers.
Contribution to field
Capable of iIntegrating concepts and
methods of knowledge management,
document management, and information
retrieval and filtering, a novelthe proposed
approach is proposed to discoverycan
identify KF of individuals and a group of
knowledge workers. For knowledge
workers, KF can reduces working
obstacles in unfamiliar tasks, assists other
knowledge workers to work efficiently
and enhancinge knowledge sharing and
reuseing. For organizations, KF can
facilitates knowledge management and
assists in recognizing information needs
and referencing behavior of knowledge
workers to provide knowledge support
proactively and adaptively. The proposed
method can significantlywill greatly
contribute to both academic researches
and realpractical applications..

259.  Environmental Engineering


Research proposal
Setting of working proposal : 工 作 提 案
建構
Anaerobic sequencing batch biofilm
reactors(ASBBR) represent a (novel OR
unique OR new) reactor design for
(treating wastewater OR wastewater
treatment). Immobilization of the biomass
on an inert support (stabilizes OR allows
for more stable) operations by (enhancing
OR improving) the retention of
microorganisms, enabling the reactor to
cope with a highgreater biomass
concentration of biomass. The typical
operating cycle of an anaerobic
sequencing batch reactor (ASBR)
comprises four steps: feed, reaction,
settling and withdrawal of liquid. The
uUseing of an inert support for the
biomass to attach to allow foreither
minimizes or even eliminates the settling
step to be minimized or even eliminated,
thus reducing the overall cycle time.

Work problem:工作問題
One of the main questions concerning the
use of tThis reactor is the limitedation for
with respect to its technical application in
terms of organic loads to be-related
applicationsed.
A short-fill cycle operation could
endanger the system’sposes a threat to the
stability and performance of the system,
particularly when the reactor is fed with
easily degradable wastewater containing
rapidly acidified substrate as glucose.

Quantitative specification of problem 問


題的量化
The reactor showed operatingremains
stabilitye during operations when treating
a glucose concentration of approximately
500 mg/L, with filtered chemical oxygen
demand (COD) removal efficiencies
varying from 93% to 97%. Operational
instability occursred in the during
operations with glucose concentrations of
approximately 1000 and 2000mg /L,
caused mainly by a largely owing to
production of extracellular polymeric
substances (EPS), which led
tosubsequently incurring hydrodynamic
and mass transfer problems in the reactor.
The mean volatile acid concentration
values in the effluent weare approximately
159and 374 mg/L, respectively. A first-
order model wais adjusted to glucose
concentration profiles and a modified
model, including a residual concentration
of substrate, wais adjusted to COD
temporal profiles. To check(verify OR
confirm) the formation of EPS, the reactor
wais operated in three cycles with
concentrations of 500 and 1000 mg/L.

Importance of problem:問題的中心
(IUnstabilities in thee OR Fluctuating)
values of the influent and effluent
monitoring parameters weare observed
under the second operating condition. An
accumulation of microorganisms in the
feeding pipe explaineds the oscillation in
the influent values of the monitoring
parameters, (primarily OR mainly)
glucose and COD. A portionPart of the
glucose wais degraded in the pipe,
subsequently producing VFA (acetic,
propionic and butyric acids) and other
intermediate compounds. ThisSuch
degradation wais minimized bythrough
changing the pipes (biweekly OR twice a
weekly). FollowingAfter this procedure,
COD removal efficiencies increased,
reaching values of 75–90% . However,
the operation remained is unstable, since a
viscous material similar to EPS wais
formed and adhered to the reactor’s wall,
basket surface, shaft and impeller. This
material may have been the cause be a
result of the operational instability,
interfering in the hydrodynamic behavior
and in mass transfer fluxes from the bulk
liquid to the core of the bioparticle.
Hence, the equilibrium between the
populations of anaerobic microorganisms
wais (likely OR probably) affected.
However, the accumulation of EPS
appears to have been the main factor
largely responsible for this performance,
ultimately triggering a series of events
involving mainly mass transfer limitations
and creatingresulting in an imbalance of
the anaerobic degradation process.  One of
theA functions of EPS is to form a
protective barrier that increases the
cells’ular resistance to aggressive effects.
The sStress caused by starvation may be
one of the factors that caused
thecontribute to excessive EPS
production.

Work objective:工作目標
Based on the above, Here we should
develop a hope to the short-fill cycle
operation method forof an ASBBR fed
with an easily degradable wastewater
containing glucose as the main carbon
source. The influence ofExactly how
increased organic loading rates
oninfluences the reactor’s performance
and stability can also be examined.

Methodology to achieve objective : 實 驗


步驟
To do so, the reactor can bewas operated
in sequential eight cycles sequentially
with a short-fill cycle of twelve minutes.
During this stage, Aan enormous large
amount of a viscous material resembling
extracellular polymeric substances (EPS)
can then be was produced during this
stage. Next, Samples of influent and
effluent samples can bewere analyzed to
monitor the process. Additionally, Tthe
chemical oxygen demand (COD), pH, and
bicarbonate alkalinity (BA) can bewere
determined (in line with OR based on OR
according to) the Standard Methods for
the Examination of Water and Wastewater
. TMoreover, the glucose concentration
can be was measureddetermined using the
GOD-PAP enzymatic method. An analysis
ofFurthermore, volatile fatty acids (VFA)
was
Performedcan be analyzed by gas
chromatography. In each experiment,
when the effluent concentration of organic
matter varieds only slightly from one
cycle to the another, temporal profiles of
the monitoring parameters and of the
oxidation–reduction potential (ORP)
werecan be measured. Finally, ORP
wascan be (determined OR  measured)
using a combined platinum ring redox
electrode.

Anticipated results:預期結果
As anticipated, Tthe reactor operateds for
twenty   days (, i.e., 65 consecutive
cycles), under the first condition,
achieving an average COD removal
efficiency of 95% . The influent and
effluent total VFA concentrations were
very similarclosely resemble each other.
The reactor’s oOperationgal stability of
the reactor wais confirmed by consistently
higher values of effluent BA than the
influent values . The reactor’s
performance was stronglyheavily
dependsent on the production and
accumulation of EPS. The production of
sucSuch material may can be produced
largely owing ascribed to several factors
involving the survival strategies of
microorganisms under adverse conditions.

Contribution to field:領域的貢獻
1. Formation of a viscous material
resembling EPS that accumulates inside
the reactor inhibits Ththe e ttreatment of
easily degradable wastewater (glucose-
based) in the stirred ASBBR was impaired
by the formation of a viscous material
resembling EPS that accumulated inside
the reactor, subsequently interfering in the
hydrodynamic behavior and in mass
transfer fluxes from the bulk liquid to the
core of the bioparticle core.
2. Operating instabilities, with
accumulation of VFA, awere (largely
owing OR mainly attributed) to the
accumulation of EPS,which subsequently
affecteding the equilibrium between the
populations of anaerobic microorganisms.
3. A first-order kinetic model
suitably(appropriately OR adequately)
representeds the consumption of glucose
and intermediate products in the reactor.
4. The accumulated EPS largely affectsed
mainly the degradation of intermediate
products, since the apparent first order
kinetic constant for intermediate product
degradation dropped  decreases when a
large amount of this viscous material
accumulateds in the reactor.
5. The pProduction and accumulation of
EPS seemed to beapparently dependent
ofn the OVL applied to the reactor.

260.  (Business Management)


Research proposal
Taiwanese hospitals must effectively cope
with not only severe budgetary constraints
in the national health insurance scheme,
but also stringent mandates on medical
waste treatment from the Environmental
Protection Administration. While hospitals
dispose of large amounts of medical waste
to ensure sanitation and personal hygiene,
doing so inefficiently creates potential
environmental hazards and increases
operational expenses. The environmental
protection sector is just beginning to
address Development about “The harmful
waste that undertakingthe waste treatment
industry”sector is emitting, largely owing
to the lack of effective  has not or not yet
become ripe in the environmental
protection industry, so its specialized field
or subject technique ability and experience
of management experience in closely
monitoring daily operations are relatively
insufficient.  

The scope of services that medical waste


disposal firms provides does not always
match the needs of individual hospitals.  It
is not often in scope about the medical
waste disposal firms. According to the
Department of eEnvironmental Protection
Administration, the environmental
protection service trade to investigate
result to point out, the although 456
medical waste disposal firms add up to
456 household up towere operating by the
end of 2000, but its firms is not big intheir
small -scale, size to cause industry firm is
limited its scope of to economic scale, so
the services offered is very differentin
handling certain wastes. Therefore, the
ability to efficiently handle medical waste
depends on the ability of hospitals to
adopt sound  waste management practices
and coordinate their efforts with  waste
disposal firms. However, Taiwanese
hospitals lack an objective criterion to
select the most appropriate waste disposal
firm and evaluate its performance, instead
relying on their  own subjective judgment
and previous experiences.    

According to Department of Health


statistics, with approximately 17,500
hospital clinics operating domestically
with a bed capacity of roughly 120,000
beds, nearly 300 metric tons of medical
waste are produced daily,; among which,
15% is infectious, with its amount
increasing as well. Given the growth trend
of increasing medical waste, the inability
of hospitals to adopt an objective means of
evaluating a waste disposal firms and
theirits performance may lead to an
inappropriate selection and higher
operational costs, .  necessitating the
development of  Therefore, an effective
means of evaluating the performance of
waste disposal firms objectively must be
developed, thus reducing overhead costs
and enhancing medical waste
management. These medical waste must
to dealt with oneself of theOwing to that
either hospital staff or to trust
thecontracted waste firms. must handle the
medical wasteTherefore, such a the
medical mechanism certainly willwould
set an allocated budget for medical waste
disposal and closely monitor fixed charge
the  expenditures deal with expenses of
medical waste. Previously, while In the
past, a partmost hospitals haved facilities
to deal withprocess medical waste, but the
expenses incurred were must are all higher
than trustcontracting a firms to perform
the task. For this reasonTherefore, as most
hospitals contract waste disposal firms to
handle their wastethe greater part medical
mechanism at present are trust firms deal
with medical waste, in orderadministrators
need a reliable method to select the most
appropriate contracted firm in order to
closely reducemonitor and reduce
expenditures associated with this process
the administrative expenses of the
hospital.

Based on the above, we should develop


Aan AHP-based method to select
objectively medical waste disposal firms
can be developed based on the results of
interviews with experts in the field, thus
reducing overhead costs and enhancing
medical waste management.  To do so, an
AHP-based framework can be constructed
based on interviews with hospital
administrators.  A questionnaire can then
be designed and submitted to experts that
handle medical waste issuesAHP method
can be to build up a discuss and elect with
medical waste on. To be in consultation
with experts to design the questionnaire
on the firms to discuss and elect. Next,
tothose questionnaire results can be
analyzed using the AHP method and
collect the investigation result of the
questionnaire, and to decide the
influenceidentify the most important
factors in selecting  of themedical waste
disposal firms. Else use AHP to be
designed and studied the questionnaire,
and to proceed questionnaire investigation
and analyse the result, in order to obtain
the relative weight, and to proceed on
consistency examination. Additionally,
candidate set up the medical wastes
disposal firms ofcan be evaluated based
on the criteria.
  As anticipated, the proposed AHP-based
method can offer a more efficient and
precise means of selecting medical waste
firms than subjective assessment methods,
thus reducing the potential risks for
hospitals, and clearly defining for medical
waste disposal firms what can let the firms
know the demand of the hospital expects.

  Additionally, as anticipated this


researchthe proposed method can enhance
the way in which administrators promote
the management system of medical waste
matters of the hospital, enabling hospitals
to clearly practicable the classificationy
and decrementdefine the of thecontents of
potentially dangerous medical waste
amount, , thus establishing precise
guidelines for prmote the medical waste is
greatly and to deal with well-arranged,
and let the medical waste disposal firms
can to provide a better service.

Abstract
While Taiwanese hospitals dispose of large
amounts of medical waste to ensure
sanitation and personal hygiene, doing so
inefficiently creates potential
environmental hazards and increases
operational expenses.  However, hospitals
lack an objective criterion to select the
most appropriate waste disposal firm and
evaluate its performance, instead relying
on their own subjective judgment and
previous experiences.  Therefore, this
work presents an AHP-based method to
select objectively medical waste disposal
firms based on the results of interviews
with experts in the field, thus reducing
overhead costs and enhancing medical
waste management. An AHP-based
framework is constructed based on
interviews with hospital administrators.  A
questionnaire is then designed and
submitted to experts that handle medical
waste issues. Next, those questionnaire
results are analyzed using the AHP
method to identify the most important
factors in selecting medical waste disposal
firms. Additionally, candidate medical
waste disposal firms are evaluated based
on the criteria.  The proposed AHP-based
method offers a more efficient and precise
means of selecting medical waste firms
than subjective assessment methods, thus
reducing the potential risks for hospitals.
By providing hospitals with an effective
means of evaluating medical waste
disposal firms, the proposed AHP method
can reduce overhead costs and enable
medical waste management to understand
the market demand in the health sector. 
the proposed method can enhance the way
in which administrators manage medical
waste matters , enabling hospitals to
clearly classify and define the contents of
potentially dangerous medical waste, thus
establishing precise guidelines for medical
waste disposal firms to provide a better
service.

Introduction
Taiwanese hospitals must effectively cope
with not only severe budgetary constraints
in the national health insurance scheme,
but also stringent mandates on medical
waste treatment from the Environmental
Protection Administration. While hospitals
dispose of large amounts of medical waste
to ensure sanitation and personal hygiene,
doing so inefficiently creates potential
environmental hazards and increases
operational expenses. The environmental
protection sector is just beginning to
address  harmful waste that the waste
treatment sector is emitting, largely owing
to the lack of effective  management
experience in closely monitoring daily
operations.  The scope of services that
medical waste disposal firms provides
does not always match the needs of
individual hospitals.  According to the
Environmental Protection Administration,
although 456 medical waste disposal firms
were operating by the end of 2000, their
small-scale size limited its scope of 
services in handling certain wastes.
Therefore, the ability to efficiently handle
medical waste depends on the ability of
hospitals to adopt sound waste
management practices and coordinate
their efforts with  waste disposal firms.
However, Taiwanese hospitals lack an
objective criterion to select the most
appropriate waste disposal firm and
evaluate its performance, instead relying
on their own subjective judgment and
previous experiences.  According to
Department of Health statistics, with
approximately 17,500 hospital clinics
operating domestically with a bed capacity
of roughly 120,000 beds, nearly 300
metric tons of medical waste are produced
daily; among which, 15% is infectious,
with its amount increasing as well. Given
the growth trend of increasing medical
waste, the inability of hospitals to adopt
an objective means of evaluating a waste
disposal firm and its performance may
lead to an inappropriate selection and
higher operational costs, necessitating the
development of  an effective means of
evaluating the performance of waste
disposal firms objectively, thus reducing
overhead costs and enhancing medical
waste management. Owing to that either
hospital staff or contracted waste firms
must handle the medical waste, such a
mechanism would set an allocated budget
for medical waste disposal and closely
monitor expenditures. Previously, while
most hospitals had facilities to process
medical waste, expenses incurred were
must higher than contracting a firm to
perform the task. Therefore, as most
hospitals contract waste disposal firms to
handle their waste, administrators need a
reliable method to select the most
appropriate contracted firm in order to
closely monitor and reduce expenditures
associated with this process.

Dogs have been extensively studied. OR


Dogs have received extensive attention.
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they do
not (STATE MAIN LIMITATION.)

Therefore, this work presents an AHP-


based method to select objectively
medical waste disposal firms based on the
results of interviews with experts in the
field, thus reducing overhead costs and
enhancing medical waste management. An
AHP-based framework is constructed
based on interviews with hospital
administrators.  A questionnaire is then
designed and submitted to experts that
handle medical waste issues. Next, those
questionnaire results are analyzed using
the AHP method to identify the most
important factors in selecting medical
waste disposal firms. Additionally,
candidate medical waste disposal firms are
evaluated based on the criteria. 

The proposed AHP-based method can offer


a more efficient and precise means of
selecting medical waste firms than
subjective assessment methods, thus
reducing the potential risks for hospitals
and clearly defining for medical waste
disposal firms what  the hospital expects.
Additionally, the proposed method can
enhance the way in which administrators
manage medical waste matters , enabling
hospitals to clearly classify and define the
contents of potentially dangerous medical
waste, thus establishing precise guidelines
for medical waste disposal firms to
provide a better service.

The rest of this paper is organized as


follows.
Conclusions are finally drawn in
Section___, along with recommendations
for future research.

261. (Business Management)


Research Proposal
Senior Community Effectively
managementing senior citizen
residential communities the most
suitable to dispose using analytic
hierarchical process

Setting of work proposal


 Taiwan has already entered the advanced
age society, moreover toward advanced
age society acceleration advance.
According to the definition of the
World Health Organization, Taiwan
became an advanced aging society as of
the end of 1993, with over 7% of its when
the population over 65 years ofr
older age of local area reaches
the comparison of the total
number of populations over 7%
points, be called " advanced age
society". However Taiwan region has
already reached this level in the
end of 1993. Thereforee aging trend in
Taiwan explains the growing concern over
the market demand for long term care
residential communities, in which middle
to senior aged individuals live
independently in  the elder looks
after organization to establish in
succession in recent. At present the
pays own expenses rest home organization
of our country is gradually toward the
special-purpose houses or apartment units
designed for their special needs upon
retirement middle age and the old-age
population, such as the elder gathers
residence, elder retires residence
or senior community. Many industries
have already heavily invested in this
emerging industrygrowth sector.
Work problem
However,  Neverthelesswhile
conventional research concerning
the senior industry, its subject
majority of in order to discusses and
inquires intoevaluating the
success of  certain management
practices in satisfying consumer's demand,
senior community through some and
particular management activity
whether have critical position, or
some and particular management
activity to relate to the
management results of senior
community towards conducting
success or not. However in this
growing market sector, long term
care studies have seldom attempted to
identify success factors in did not
consider the mode of the
managementing senior citizen
residential  with angle of
enterprise.  Regarding must have
the study of those characteristics,
conditions and related
importance in proper orders for
the senior communitiesy
management is seldom.
Quantitative specification of problem
For instance, the lack of an objective
assessment method makes it impossible
for administrators of if the senior citizen
residential communitycommunities
to determine which executive
does not understand procedure
and condition of management,
approaches will be the reason
that influences the senior
community management
successful or notfailure.
Importance of problem
IfThe lack of an effective have no
management model to identify
success factors in managing that
way improvement will can't cause
the follow-up researcher know
the senior citizen residential
communityies enterprise,makes it
impossible to causing can't
measuredetermine tangible and
intangible its benefits in long
term care research. Moreover,
And senior citizen residential
communityies of differentvarying
scale sizes will have difficulty in
adopting effective management
strategies to remain also can't
realize and adopt what standard or
conduct the way to promote
oneself the competitiveon ability.
Work objective
Based on the above, we should
develop an AHP-based method
that would enables
administrators of senior citizen
residential communityies management
enterprise to selectidentify critical
factors for successful operations
factor, provide main compare basis
when the offering industry executive
manages.
Methodology to achieve objective
A questionnaire survey object can
be designed to select the most
appropriateestimation sampling method
to select. A valuation standard that
reflects enterprise values can
then be derived based on
interviews with experts in the
field. Next, critical factors for
successful operations can be
identified a successful critical
factor that influences enterprise
can be made using the AHP
method.
Anticipated results
 As anticipated, the proposed AHP-based
method  can enable enterprises
involved in the development of to
aims at senior citizen residential
communityies to identify the
features of and prerequisites for
successful operationsmust have
confer of those characteristics,
conditions and its related
importance sequence, presenting
with the important sequence of
critical successful factor.
Contribution to field
The proposed method can enable
Evaluateadministrators of senior
citizen residential communitycommunities
to  management the most suitable
to dispose,select the most feasible
options during decision making
by considering traditional finance
and market analysis –related
concerns, increase tactic analysis
and market analysis, generalize
successful critical factor of senior
community valuation in order to
ensure success in daily
operations. In addition to
enhancing the competency of
administrators in making their
residential communities
productive in this increasingly
competitive sector, Contribute to
the executive of senior community at
the strategy draw-up that to
competition the vigorous
environment. the proposed
method can provide a valuable
reference for Furthermore affiliation
by experts, scholaracademics and senior
community entrepreneur investors in the
long term sector attempt to devise relevant
marketing strategies.which the race
community manages experience and so on
opinion of the various aspects to collect
entire, will contribute to reference
of strategy draw-up and follow-
up researcher of the senior
community management.

 262. (Business Management)


Research proposal
According to the World Health
Organization, Taiwan became an
advanced aging society as of the end of
1993, with over 7% of its  population
65 years or older.Taiwan has already
entered the advanced age society,
moreover toward advanced age society
acceleration advance. According to the
definition of World Health
Organization, when the population
over 65 years of age of local area
reaches the comparison of the
total number of populations over
7% points, be called " advanced age
society". However Taiwan region has
already reached this level in the
end of 1993. According to
estimates from the Cof council for
eEconomic pPlanning and
dDevelopment, our countrythe
island’s elder'sly population's the
ratio of the total population will
amount towill account for
14.42% and 20.04% of the
population by in 2121, in and
2131, respectively will amount to
20.04%. That is to sayRestated,
one out of have every five
personalindividuals will be
classified ais belonging to the
advanced age elderly population.
Equally eight labor populations
want to bear an old age
dependence population each
time.  In recent years, our
country sTraditional societyal
values in which the elderly is at
family there is the graveness
change on the ethics idea, the old
parent’s lives with their together
trend that comparison keeps on
descending with the married son
and daughter-in-law have
diminished. Therefore, creating a
growing public awareness that the
elderly must make preparations
in advance for their long term
care looks after organization to
establish in succession in recent.
The aging trend in Taiwan explains the
growing concern over the market demand
for long term care residential
communities, in which middle to senior
aged individuals live independently in 
houses or apartment units designed for
their special needs upon retirement. Many
industries have already heavily
invested in this emerging growth sector. 
Given physical and mental health
factors, senior citizens must
adjust as traditional societal
values change.  To facilitate a
more ideal living environment for
the elderly, governmental
organizations and the private
sector must coordinate efforts to
create an environment in which
senior citizens living
independently is the norm
instead of the exception. In doing
so, numerous commercial
opportunities will arise.   For
instance, example RUENTEX
cConstruction Company in collaboration
with bloc under of Rien Fu Newlife
cCompany has established in a
senior citizen residential community ofin
dTan-shui by drawing afrom the
nd Japanese long term care
model elder industry technique
cooperates to provide residents
with a adopt hotel typestyle
management, approach. The
facilities providinge comfort,
high-quality comfort with a
environment have good appraisal,
300 hiring residential units capacity, all
of which have already been leased out is
all full to rent. Given population
trends and enhanced living
standards, the climate for growth
It suffices to indicate senior business
opportunityies in the long term care sector
in to Taiwan are favorable. Identifying
factors for successful operation of senior
citizen residential communities are thus
essential for businesses to gain a Only
have confidence successful factor
of the industry, can build up the
last long competitive aedvantage,
.explaining why governmental
authorities and industrial
planners are anxious to  Therefore
how to evaluate the most
appropriate management
strategies for further
developmentsenior community
residence management the most
suitable to dispose, has already
become important topic of the
government and industry.

    However, while evaluating the


success of certain management
practices in satisfying consumer demand
in this growing market sector,
long term care studies have seldom
attempted to identify success factors in
managing senior citizen
residential  communities.
Relevant considerations in the
management of thea senior citizen
residential community's
includinge the important factor of
the industrial environment analysis of the
location, analysis of relevant management
strategiesy analysis, attach importance to
serve quality, priceing and promotional
strategyies draws up, route strategy and
strategyic alliances etc. important factor
must to value. Correspondingly, all
success factors should be prioritized based
on their importanceUnder these senior
community management success
critical factor, should have its
different important order.

For instance, the lack of an objective


assessment method makes it impossible
for administrators of senior citizen
residential communities to
determine which management
approaches will be successful or
not.For instance, if the senior
community executive does not
understand procedure and
condition of management, will be
the reason that influences the
senior community management
success or failure.
The lack of an effective model to
identify success factors in
managing  senior citizen residential
communities makes it impossible to
determine tangible and intangible
benefits in long term care
research. Moreover, senior citizen
residential communities of varying
scale sizes will have difficulty in
adopting effective management
strategies to remain competitive. 

Based on the above, we should


develop an AHP-based method
that enables administrators of
senior citizen residential communities to
identify critical factors for successful
operations.  A questionnaire survey
can be designed to select the
most appropriate sampling method. A
valuation standard that reflects
enterprise values can then be
derived based on interviews with
experts in the field. Next, critical
factors for successful operations
can be identified  using the AHP
method. As anticipated, the proposed
AHP-based method can enable
enterprises involved in the
development of senior citizen
residential communities to
identify the features of and
prerequisites for successful
operations.
The proposed method can enable
administrators of senior citizen
residential communities to select the
most feasible options during
decision making by considering
finance and market analysis –
related concerns in order to
ensure success in daily
operations. In addition to
enhancing the competency of
administrators in making their
residential communities
productive in this increasingly
competitive sector, the proposed
method can provide a valuable
reference for experts, academics and
investors in the long term sector attempt to
devise relevant marketing strategies.
 
Abstract
The aging trend in Taiwan explains the
growing concern over the market demand
for long term care residential
communities, in which middle to senior
aged individuals live independently in
houses or apartment units designed for
their special needs upon retirement. 
However, while evaluating the
success of certain management
practices in satisfying consumer demand
in this growing market sector,
long term care studies have seldom
attempted to identify success factors in
managing senior citizen
residential  communities. 
Therefore, this work presents an
AHP-based method that enables
administrators of senior citizen
residential communities to identify
critical factors for successful
operations.  A questionnaire survey
is designed to select the most
appropriate sampling method. A
valuation standard that reflects
enterprise values is then derived
based on interviews with experts
in the field. Next, critical factors for
successful operations are
identified using the AHP method. 
The proposed AHP-based method can
enable enterprises involved in the
development of senior citizen
residential communities to
identify the features of and
prerequisites for successful
operations.  Moreover, the
proposed method can enable
administrators of senior citizen
residential communities to select the
most feasible options during
decision making by considering
finance and market analysis–
related concerns in order to
ensure success in daily
operations. In addition to
enhancing the competency of
administrators in making their
residential communities
productive in this increasingly
competitive sector, the proposed
method can provide a valuable
reference for experts, academics and
investors in the long term care sector
attempting to devise relevant marketing
strategies.
Introduction
According to the World Health
Organization, Taiwan became an
advanced aging society as of the end of
1993, with over 7% of its population
65 years or older. According to
estimates from the Council for
Economic Planning and
Development, the island’s elderly
population will account for
14.42% and 20.04% of the
population by 2121 and 2131,
respectively. Restated, one out of
every five individuals will be
classified as belonging to the
advanced age elderly population. 
Traditional societal values in
which the elderly parents live
with their son and daughter-in-
law have diminished, creating a
growing public awareness that the
elderly must make preparations
in advance for their long term
care. The aging trend in Taiwan explains
the growing concern over the market
demand for long term care residential
communities, in which middle to senior
aged individuals live independently in 
houses or apartment units designed for
their special needs upon retirement. Many
industries have already heavily
invested in this emerging growth sector. 
Given physical and mental health
factors, senior citizens must
adjust as traditional societal
values change.  To facilitate a
more ideal living environment for
the elderly, governmental
organizations and the private
sector must coordinate efforts to
create an environment in which
senior citizens living
independently is the norm
instead of the exception. In doing
so, numerous commercial
opportunities will arise. For
instance, RUENTEX Construction
Company in collaboration with  Rien Fu
Newlife Company has established
a senior citizen residential community in
Tan-shui by drawing from the
Japanese long term care model to
provide residents with a hotel
style management approach. The
facilities provide high-quality
comfort with a  300 residential unit
capacity, all of which have already been
leased out. Given population trends
and enhanced living standards,
the climate for growth opportunities
in the long term care sector in Taiwan are
favorable. Identifying factors for
successful operation of senior citizen
residential communities are thus essential
for businesses to gain a competitive
edge, explaining why
governmental authorities and
industrial planners are anxious to
to evaluate the most appropriate
management strategies for
further development.  However,
while evaluating the success of
certain management practices in satisfying
consumer demand in this growing
market sector, long term care studies
have seldom attempted to identify success
factors in  managing senior citizen
residential  communities.
Relevant considerations in the
management of a senior citizen
residential community include
environment analysis of the location,
analysis of relevant management
strategies, , pricing and promotional
strategies and strategic alliances.
Correspondingly, all success factors
should be prioritized based on their
importance  For instance, the lack of an
objective assessment method makes it
impossible for administrators of senior
citizen residential communities to
determine which management
approaches will be successful or
not.  The lack of an effective
model to identify success factors
in managing  senior citizen residential
communities makes it impossible to
determine tangible and intangible
benefits in long term care
research. Moreover, senior citizen
residential communities of varying
scale sizes will have difficulty in
adopting effective management
strategies to remain competitive.
Dogs have been extensively studied. OR
Dogs have received extensive attention.
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they do
not (STATE MAIN LIMITATION.)

Therefore, this work presents an AHP-


based method that enables
administrators of senior citizen
residential communities to identify
critical factors for successful
operations.  A questionnaire survey
is designed to select the most
appropriate sampling method. A
valuation standard that reflects
enterprise values is then derived
based on interviews with experts
in the field. Next, critical factors for
successful operations are
identified using the AHP method.

The proposed AHP-based method can


enable enterprises involved in the
development of senior citizen
residential communities to
identify the features of and
prerequisites for successful
operations.  Additionally, the
proposed method can enable
administrators of senior citizen
residential communities to select the
most feasible options during
decision making by considering
finance and market analysis –
related concerns in order to
ensure success in daily
operations. In addition to
enhancing the competency of
administrators in making their
residential communities
productive in this increasingly
competitive sector,  the proposed
method can provide a valuable
reference for experts, academics and
investors in the long term sector attempt to
devise relevant marketing strategies.
The rest of this paper is organized as
follows.
Conclusions are finally drawn in
Section___, along with recommendations
for future research.

263.  (Business Management)


Research proposal
Since the National Health Insurance
scheme was established in 1995, medical
expenditures have been recorded via
electronic media as the Taiwanese
government promotes the use of the
National Health Information Network
(HIN), enabling medical institutions island
wide to make data accessible and
transparent in a digital form.  In 1996, The
National Health Insurance Journal
addressed the status of computerization in
clinical practice, revealing that before
implementation of the National Health
Insurance scheme, computerization in
clinical practice was below a ratio of
20%.  However, according to current
statistics, the ratio now exceeds a ratio of
60% ratio.  In 1996, a hospital survey of
computerization and on-line impetus
groups noted a rapid increase in the
number of clinics that were computerized.
From 1994~-1996, the computerization
rate increased from 28% to 57%.  With
76.3% (6977) of all clinics having
computerized their operations Iin 1997,
again investigation result discovery the
computerized of the clinics condition had
already rapidly upgrade in which at 1994
wasthis was significant increase over
25.7% (4666), in 1994 amd  at 1996 was
54.9% (6509), at 1997 had already 76.3%
(6977). in 1996.  Moreover, 92.9% of all
Amount of hospitals forin Taiwan had
92.9% computerized werethat applied to
the National Health insurance for
reimbursement of service processing had
computerized their operations.  According
to analysis results of thea clinical software
source, indicated that the software main
origin waswas accounted for
approximately 84.6% “toof purchases
from contracted the information contractor
bought”vendors.  In terms of funds, 35.3%
of all hospitals had investmented below
$100,000 in computers for clinical use
was below $100,000 was 35.3%,, 32%
invested $100,000-$200,000 was 32%,,
25.1% invested above $200,000 was
25.1%, with 7.5% not replying at all. 
With mMost hospitals experienceding
difficulty in adjusting to modifications in
National Health Insurance laws, with
8.7% of the hospitals expresseding the
needdesire to provide computer education
and training.  SeveralMany hospitals can
be can outsourceing their medical
information system requirementsbesides
can concentrate the core business, or can,
reduce costs involvingsave the medical
software development and, maintenance
cost, and human expensepersonnel,
receive governmental subsidies
forassistance medical expenses reimburse,
and, in doing so, enhanceimproved staffs
performance  efficientlcy and
effectivelyness.  Thus, the advances in
information systems have greatly
facilitated administrative operations for
registers, sale price, charge priceing
strategies, and bookkeeping processing to
advance develop the information systems.
Recently, under the National Health
Insurance regulations, efforts have been
made to enhance and managesment steep
competence ition impact non-core
business partly through by theby
outsourcing certain operations to
management can be more clearly focus on
developing the core medical
technologiesique and savereducing
personnel expenseshuman cost. 
Generally, the decision-making process is
attempt to the best countermeasure of the
question, and mainly haslargely consists
of five steps: 1) Cconfirms the questions
to be addressed, 2) Ccollection
information, 3) Discoversidentify possible
options to prepare choosesselect the most
appropriate plan, 4) Aappraisale the
feasibility of each to prepare selecting
plan to be selectedof each condition
feasibility, 5) Chooseand select best
perhaps the most satisfactory plan (Guo
Yu-ying, 2002).  Due to
characteristicsUnique features of medical
organizations and various
environmentindustrial settings different
other industries cause largely influence the
decisions of hospitals to meet their inducts
the information  science and technology
the consideration factor to be also
differentrequirements.  

With the unique environment of Taiwan’s


National Health Insurance scheme and
trend for hospital clinics to outsource their
medical information needs to information
technology vendors, appraising potential
vendors to outsource those needs is
extremely difficult, especially given the
current ability of medical information
systems operating under the National
Health Insurance scheme to select the
most reliable information technology
supplier.  The 80% of all domestic
hospitals outsource at least have an
itemone business task to a contracted
firmto outsourcing (Chen Hui-Fang,
1998).  The oOutsourceing intends to take
advantage of purpose was anticipated to
through the human resources and
techniqueologies of from the vendeors to
became hospitals itself resource, which
and then provided the integrity the quality
services (Wu Yu-Xia, 1994). Therefore,
both sides of outsourcing can be
establishment a collaborative relation that
is mutually beneficial   cooperates and
manages the mechanism as will as create
the win-win situation.  Since
establishment of the National Health
Insurance scheme in 1995 and the
National Health Information Network
(HIN), medical-oriented information
technology has been extensively adopted
in clinical practice, as evidenced by the
widespread practice of information system
outsourcing.   As The software is the
soulforms the crux of whole computer
systems. Thus, hospitals find it extremely
challenging to select the most appropriate
software package for their needs.
Appropriate software can conform to a
user's demand and displays the largest
benefits (Lin Wan-Tan, 1995).  In practice,
adopting paths involving “made software
by case greatest” or “software package
greatest” in the software sources is of
priority concern.  Based on the
recommendations of Suggesting by the
hospitals scale size decision, and propose
clinics adopt “software packages greatest”
more than made “software by case
greatest.”  The hospital usWhile using s
the computers to satisfy information
requirements, hospitals haveand difficulty
in degree investigate results display when
hospitals execute cybernation must have
the moderate and good support can be
have a achieving a higher degree of
satisfaction among hospital
administrators.  Unit the present generally
basic on hIn this area, hospitals generally
advocate denounces is “the merchant to
the machine maintenance" and "the
software conforms to demand” these two
aspects (Qu Yan-Li, 1995).  Although
doctorPhysicians largely mostly favors the
purchaseing software packages to the
computer software, in order to avoid either
the machine tocomputers from crashing or
business vendors from not conforming to
the demand must to adopt forever business
venders to carry out the s of the medical
information systemsplan (Yang Ze-Quan
et. al., 1995).  Hsin-Ginn Hwang (2002)
noted in Research Issues in Healthcare
Information Systems that information
system outsourcing attempts to simplify
an enterprise's functions, thus enabling the
enterprise to concentrate its core business,
increase flexibility to compete with an
external environmental change and save
costs or cope with information technology
personnel shortages. Strategic decisions
involving information systems involve
various factors, such as the management
approach of IS outsourcing and consulting
with the contractor.  The above situation
explains why hospitals highly prioritize
selecting an appropriate contractor and
deciding the evaluation criteria. 
According to National Health Insurance
Bureau estimationestimates, hospitals
commerce opportunityies from  related
development of the Electronic
Healthcare Record (HER) of our
countryin Taiwan can yield annual profits
of bring $US383,000,000 a hundred
million.  In an economics study, Zhou
(2004) noted that, according to IDC
statistics, the American information
industry outsourced over
$US1,755,000,000 to the medical services
sector in 2001; the figure was
$US2,809,000,00 in 2005. As evidenced
by the average compound growth rate
growing 12.5%, outsourcing for
information systems in America’s medical
services sector has obviously increased. 
Along with technical technology
strivingGiven technological advances,
regardless of domestic or abroadlocal or
overseas investment in the medical
sectorindustry investment to application of
the, information science and technology-
related applications play a profound role
in the had already an important status to
the hospital decision-making process and
or the operational planning thinksof
hospitals.  The mManagers often adopt
their might subjectivitye views or
applying the past previous experiences in
decision- making process,. However, but
faced on tthe decision-making process
havefaces many uncertaintyies,
consideration multi-creation so
appliednecessitating the adoption of a
scientific method canto effectively
formulate the decision-making process. 

However, the inability of hospitals to


adopt an explicit and objective standard to
select information technology suppliers
may lead to an inappropriate selection,
subsequently increasing development and
maintenance-related costs, a waste in
human resources and time, inefficiency in
the processing of medical expenditures, as
well as the inability to promote the quality
of medical treatment.  Since the
implementation of primary care Global
Budget measures in the National Health
Service (NHS) payment payments of
Global Budget was practiced in 2001,
several clinics are faced with crisis which
to gopotentially bankrupt situations.
AidAdditionally, introduction of an online
National Health IC card on-line, requires
considerable investment in medical
information resourcescost invest more and
more overstep the bounds, thus posing a
significant challenge for the clinic’s
business manage faced with great
challengehospital administrators. Due
toGiven the peculiarities of the National
Health Insurance particularity
environment and medical specialization of
medical services, thus the clinics have
difficulty in faced to selecting the
outsourcedmost appropriate information
vendeor to outsource its medical
information requirementsis a difficult and
complex of decision-making. Success or
failure in the computerization of a clinical
practice depends on the expertise of the
computer company., subsequently raising
the question,  “How does one evaluate
which outsourced information vender is
the most qualified?”

Based on the above, we should develop an


AHP-based decision-making method for
hospital clinics to objectively assess the
quality of an information technology
supplier when outsourcing their medical
information needs, as an alternative to
previous decision-making approaches
based on subjective evaluations.  To do so,
an appraisal criterion for selecting an
appropriate information technology
vendor can be made using Delphi
technique to gain mutual recognition
among experts in the field. Criteria for
outsourcing vendors and sub-criteria of
medical information system for clinics can
then be evaluated using the group decision
process of the Delphi method. Next, a
questionnaire can be designed for
constructing the decision attributes in
order to evaluate MIS vendors.
Additionally, using the Delphi method,
preferences of the group members can be
elicited and a group consensus can be
achieved.  Moreover, results of interviews
with experts can be integrated with the
AHP method to establish an objective
evaluation criterion for MIS vendors. 
Furthermore, an AHP-based survey can be
designed using pairwise comparison to
respond to MIS outsourcing demand
scores for each item.  Moreover, each
criterion and rank can pass a consistency
test for decision-making of the AHP
model. Finally, participation and
involvement of the group experts
combined with AHP can be incorporated
to calculate the weights and optimum
alternatives.

The proposed AHP-based decision-


making method can provide hospital
administrators with a decision-making and
evaluation criteria that actively encourage
the medical sector outsource to
information technology contractors.  With
respect to establishment of a  Ccriterion
and weight establishment : tUsing,
integration of the group decision-making
process and the Delphi methodtechnology
can assist aim to at TTaiwan’s medical
clinics to establish thea medical
information system correlation expert (,
i.e., a private practitioner). Additionally,
group consensus formed in the opinion
and applying questionnaire survey can be
used to propose the suitablemost
appropriate criterion for evaluation
supplier's condition criterion and the
criterion weight value.  Next, the
participationg experts, i.e., ( private
practitioners), do can not be meeting with
each other, and each member on re for
related discussion subject. Then, a private
practitioner provides an individual’s
opinions through a and re- resubmitted
questionnaire survey repeatedly of refers
to the other members result until a general
consensus has been reachedhas the
consistency opinion.

In addition to avoiding unnecessary risks


and reducing overhead costs, the proposed
decision-making method can incorporate
an AHP evaluation model and several
evaluation criteria for large-scale hospitals
outsourcing their technological needs. 
With respect to establishment of an
Eevaluation model establishment : ,
Applingadopting the AHP method
establishment can be using on thecan
facilitate medical clinics not only in
evaluating the effectiveness of
outsourcing MMIS vendeors evaluation
modelwhen outsourcing their medical
information needs.  Using this AHP model
to , but also in decideing various
criterionsa and itstheir weight values. so
that Then, arrangement order of priorityies
can be established and, ultimately,  finally
selectiong to of the best alternative. 
Introduction

Since the National Health Insurance


scheme was established in 1995, medical
expenditures have been recorded via
electronic media as the Taiwanese
government promotes the use of the
National Health Information Network
(HIN), enabling medical institutions island
wide to make data accessible and
transparent in a digital form.  In 1996, The
National Health Insurance Journal
addressed the status of computerization in
clinical practice, revealing that before
implementation of the National Health
Insurance scheme, computerization in
clinical practice was below a ratio of
20%.  However, according to current
statistics, the ratio now exceeds a ratio of
60%.  In 1996, a hospital survey of
computerization and on-line impetus
groups noted a rapid increase in the
number of clinics that were computerized.
From 1994-1996, the computerization rate
increased from 28% to 57%.  With 76.3%
(6977) of all clinics having computerized
their operations in 1997, this was
significant increase over 25.7% (4666) in
1994 amd 54.9% (6509) in 1996. 
Moreover, 92.9% of all  hospitals in
Taiwan that applied to the National Health
insurance for reimbursement of service
processing had computerized their
operations.  According to analysis results
of a clinical software source, software was
accounted for approximately 84.6% of
purchases from contracted information
vendors.  In terms of funds, 35.3% of all
hospitals had invested below $100,000 in
computers for clinical use, 32% invested
$100,000-$200,000, 25.1% invested above
$200,000, with 7.5% not replying at all. 
With most hospitals experiencing
difficulty in adjusting to modifications in
National Health Insurance laws, 8.7% of
the hospitals expressed the desire to
provide computer education and training. 
Many hospitals can outsource their
medical information system requirements,
reduce costs involving medical software
development, maintenance and personnel,
receive governmental subsidies for
medical expenses and, in doing so,
enhance staff efficiency and
effectiveness.  Thus, the advances in
information systems have greatly
facilitated administrative operations,
pricing strategies and bookkeeping.
Recently, under National Health Insurance
regulations, efforts have been made to
enhance management competence by
outsourcing certain operations to  more
clearly focus on developing medical
technologies and reducing personnel
expenses.  Generally, the decision-making
process largely consists of five steps:
confirm the questions to be addressed,
collect information, identify possible
options to select the most appropriate
plan, appraise the feasibility of each plan
to be selected, and select the most
satisfactory plan (Guo, 2002).  Unique
features of medical organizations and
various industrial settings largely
influence the decisions of hospitals to
meet their  information  technology
requirements.  With the unique
environment of Taiwan’s National Health
Insurance scheme and trend for hospital
clinics to outsource their medical
information needs to information
technology vendors, appraising potential
vendors to outsource those needs is
extremely difficult, especially given the
current ability of medical information
systems operating under the National
Health Insurance scheme to select the
most reliable information technology
supplier.  80% of all domestic hospitals
outsource at least one business task to a
contracted firm (Chen, 1998). 
Outsourcing intends to take advantage of
human resources and technologies of
vendors, which  provide quality services
(Wu, 1994). Therefore, both sides of
outsourcing can establish a collaborative
relation that is mutually beneficial  . 
Since establishment of the National Health
Insurance scheme in 1995 and the
National Health Information Network
(HIN), medical-oriented information
technology has been extensively adopted
in clinical practice, as evidenced by the
widespread practice of information system
outsourcing.   As software forms the crux
of computer systems, hospitals find it
extremely challenging to select the most
appropriate software package for their
needs. Appropriate software can conform
to a user's demand and display the largest
benefits (Lin, 1995).  In practice, adopting
paths involving “made software by case
greatest” or “software package greatest” in
the software sources is of priority
concern.  Based on the recommendations
of hospitals, clinics adopt “software
package greatest” more than “software by
case greatest.”  While using  computers to
satisfy information requirements, hospitals
have difficulty in achieving a high degree
of satisfaction among hospital
administrators.  In this area, hospitals
generally advocate “the merchant to the
machine maintenance" and "the software
conforms to demand” (Qu, 1995). 
Physicians largely favor purchasing
software packages to avoid either
computers from crashing or business
vendors from not conforming to demands
of the medical information systems (Yang
et al., 1995).  Hwang (2002) noted in
Research Issues in Healthcare
Information Systems that information
system outsourcing attempts to simplify
an enterprise's functions, thus enabling the
enterprise to concentrate its core business,
increase flexibility to compete with an
external environmental change and save
costs or cope with information technology
personnel shortages. Strategic decisions
involving information systems involve
various factors, such as the management
approach of IS outsourcing and consulting
with the contractor.  The above situation
explains why hospitals highly prioritize
selecting an appropriate contractor and
deciding the evaluation criteria. 
According to National Health Insurance
Bureau estimates, commerce opportunities
from development of the Electronic
Healthcare Record (HER) in Taiwan
can yield annual profits of
$US383,000,000.  In an economics study,
Zhou (2004) noted that, according to IDC
statistics, the American information
industry outsourced over
$US1,755,000,000 to the medical services
sector in 2001; the figure was
$US2,809,000,00 in 2005. As evidenced
by the average compound growth rate
growing 12.5%, outsourcing for
information systems in America’s medical
services sector has obviously increased. 
Given technological advances, regardless
of local or overseas investment in the
medical sector, information technology-
related applications play a profound role
in the  decision-making process and
operational planning of hospitals. 
Managers often adopt their subjective
views or apply previous experiences in
decision making. However, the decision-
making process faces many uncertainties,
necessitating the adoption of a scientific
method to effectively formulate the
decision-making process.  However, the
inability of hospitals to adopt an explicit
and objective standard to select
information technology suppliers may
lead to an inappropriate selection,
subsequently increasing development and
maintenance-related costs, a waste in
human resources and time, inefficiency in
the processing of medical expenditures, as
well as the inability to promote the quality
of medical treatment.  Since the
implementation of Global Budget
measures in the National Health Service
(NHS) payments of in 2001, several
clinics are faced with potentially bankrupt
situations. Additionally, introduction of an
online National Health IC card requires
considerable investment in medical
information resources, thus posing a
significant challenge for hospital
administrators. Given the peculiarities of
the National Health Insurance and
specialization of medical services, clinics
have difficulty in  selecting the most
appropriate information vendor to
outsource its medical information
requirements. Success or failure in the
computerization of a clinical practice
depends on the expertise of the computer
company, subsequently raising the
question, “How does one evaluate which
outsourced information vender is the most
qualified?”

Dogs have been extensively studied. OR


Dogs have received extensive attention.
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they do
not (STATE MAIN LIMITATION.)

Therefore, this work presents an AHP-


based decision-making method for
hospital clinics to objectively assess the
quality of an information technology
supplier when outsourcing their medical
information needs, as an alternative to
previous decision-making approaches
based on subjective evaluations.  An
appraisal criterion for selecting an
appropriate information technology
vendor is made using Delphi technique to
gain mutual recognition among experts in
the field. Criteria for outsourcing vendors
and sub-criteria of medical information
system for clinics are then evaluated using
the group decision process of the Delphi
method. Next, a questionnaire is designed
for constructing the decision attributes in
order to evaluate MIS vendors.
Additionally, using the Delphi method,
preferences of the group members can be
elicited and a group consensus are
achieved.  Moreover, results of interviews
with experts are integrated with the AHP
method to establish an objective
evaluation criterion for MIS vendors. 
Furthermore, an AHP-based survey is
designed using pairwise comparison to
respond to MIS outsourcing demand
scores for each item.  Moreover, each
criterion and rank can pass a consistency
test for decision-making of the AHP
model. Finally, participation and
involvement of the group experts
combined with AHP are incorporated to
calculate the weights and optimum
alternatives. 

The proposed AHP-based decision-making


method can provide hospital
administrators with a decision-making and
evaluation criteria that actively encourage
the medical sector outsource to
information technology contractors.  With
respect to establishment of a criterion and
weight, integration of the group decision-
making process and the Delphi method
can assist Taiwan’s medical clinics to
establish a medical information system
correlation expert, i.e., a private
practitioner. Additionally, group consensus
formed in the questionnaire survey can be
used to propose the most appropriate
criterion for evaluation suppliers and the
criterion weight value.  Next, the
participating experts, i.e., private
practitioners, do meet with each other for
related discussion. Then, a private
practitioner provides an individual’s
opinions through a resubmitted
questionnaire survey until a general
consensus has been reached.

In addition to avoiding unnecessary risks


and reducing overhead costs, the proposed
decision-making method can incorporate
an AHP evaluation model and several
evaluation criteria for large-scale hospitals
outsourcing their technological needs. 
With respect to establishment of an
evaluation model, adopting the AHP
method can facilitate medical clinics not
only in evaluating the effectiveness of
MIS vendors when outsourcing their
medical information needs, but also in
deciding various criteria and their weight
values so that priorities can be established
and, ultimately, selection of the best
alternative. 

The rest of this paper is organized as


follows.  This study is divided into six
sections.  Section 1 presents the research
background and motive, question and
goal, object as well as the study structure
four major parts for the research.  Section
22 summarizes pertinent is the  literature
investigation content, includesing the
medical sectorindustry and, current status
of Mmedical Iinformation Ssystems
situation, development types,
organizational structure and function as
well as ways in which the selecting
vendeors are selectedoften applying of
ways and process,  and difficulties that the
medical sector industry faceds in to
selecting outsourcing vender’s
problemsvendors for outsourcing.  Section
3 then 3 is describesption of the research
methods for the group decision-making
wayprocess, Delphi technologymethod,
and AHP method of introduction at this
part.  Next, Section 54 is constructpresents
the selection model, step one is make
which consists of evaluateing creation
through the group decision-making way
process with the Delphi
technologymethod, and calculateing the
creation of the weight value, and next step
is using the AHP method to construct the
evaluateion model.  Additionally, Section
65 is appliesying the selection AHP model
to choose the suitableselect the most
appropriate and optimum MIS
Ooutsourcing Vvendeor for the Clinics
hospitals.  In section 6, the study
cConcludessions are finally made in
Section 6, along with include the
limitsations of the study and areas of
future potential research in the
furtherpointed out as well.

265.  (Business Management)


Importance and Orientation of Credit
Cooperatives
Research proposal

In the economic development of Taiwan,


the cCredit cooperatives have played a
pivotal role in Taiwan’s economic
development ias the important financial
institutions in the society of Taiwan.
Market liberalization policies of the
Taiwanese government since 1992 have
led to the emergence of several banks,
with financial organizations springing up
quickly, thus intensifying market
competition. Rapid growth of this market
sector has produced some adverse impacts
such as banks lowering their criteria for
loan approvals in order to remain
competitive, subsequently leading to an
increasingly higher incidence of defaulted
loans. SoTherefore, an increasing number
of more and more financial organizations
get the problem of managing for this
reasonhave run into this dilemma,
especially in the credit cooperatives.
Given turbulent political and economic
situations worldwide, And the financial
institutions ofin Taiwan must adopt
dramatic reform measures to maintain
their have to face the worldwide unstable
circumstances of politics and economic. In
this situation, the over-banking will make
the low competitiveness in the financial
market. So, it is necessary to speed up the
financial corrective actions and reform
process. The.  Despite  Ggovernmental
initiatives such as pushes the “nationwide
Financial Reform Project”. But, the
“Financial Reform Project” just only help
the banks to solve their problems, did not
help thenot credit cooperatives have
benefited. Therefore, the credit
cooperatives get , explaining the low
competitiveness of the latter in
theTaiwan’s financial market of Taiwan.

Although attempting to reform the


financial market, financial-related
research does not directly focus on market
developments;. iIn practice, while
financial organizations adopt the
Experience Rule to upgrade itstheir
competitiveness, doing so often leads to
the wrong investments and subsequent
defaulted loans,. This situation is
especially prevalent in theamong credit
cooperatives. So, the credit cooperatives
have a lot of problems of, explaining their
inability to reform and lower the rate of
defaulted loans. Corporate survival of
Therefore, the credit cooperatives will be
eliminated in theas financial institutions
market of in Taiwan is at a great risk.,
necessitating a further understanding of
their So, this proposal of research wants to
understand the importance and unique
featuresorientation of credit cooperative.

The inability of the Experience Rule and


financial research to reduce the risk of
defaulted loans will lead to further
corporate loss among Taiwan’s financial
organizations. In the situationUnder this
circumstance, the Taiwanese financial
organizations will become lessget the low
competitiveness., explaining their
shrinking number Thus, more and more
financial organizations have to withdraw
form the financial market., i.e.,  At the
present, base on the statistics there are
only thirty credit cooperatives currently
operating in Taiwan. as opposed to  In the
past, there were seventy- two
previouslycredit cooperatives in Taiwan.
Even following their elimination, many
The most of credit cooperatives have
already been eliminated in the financial
market of Taiwan. But, they leave several
unresolved financial problems to
solvebehind. Therefore in the fact,
subsequently creating a seriousthese
financial crisisproblems will cause the
huge economic crisis in Taiwan
domestically.

Despite the ability of An investment risk


models forto identify potentially defaulted
loans can be developed by directly
focusing on market developments to
enhance the performance of credit
cooperative. And, the past research,
previous studies have not analyzed did not
focus to study the importance and
characteristicsorientation of credit
cooperatives in this area., explaining the
ineffectiveness of governmental initiatives
such as the  For this reason, the
Government and the credit cooperatives
did not understand how to improve the
performance of credit cooperative. So, the
“Financial Reform Project” can not make
the efficacious function to revive their
productivity.

Based on the above, we should develop an


investment risk model that
understandanalyzes the features
characteristic of credit cooperatives in
Taiwan. To do so, a questionnaire can be
designed for loan officers in credit
cooperatives to accumulate relevant loan
information and the basebackground
information of credit cooperatives. The
characteristicFeatures of credit
cooperatives can then be analyzed using
fFactor analysis. FNext, factors
influencing whether or not financial
officers approve loans can then be
analyzed using SPSS statistical software.
NextAdditionally, potential areas of
defaulted loans can be identified using
MDS. FinallyMoreover, factors that
distinguish between the credit
cooperatives andfrom banks can be
analyzed using Ccluster analysis.

As anticipated, the proposed investment


risk model can enable loan officers in
banks and credit cooperatives to identify
potentially defaulted loans by directly
focusing on market developments that
previous financial research neglected.
Furthermore,Additionally, while previous
studies did not address the past research
did not take care about the financial
problems of credit cooperatives., the
proposed model can more thoroughly The
research wants to understand the features
importance and orientationand role of
credit cooperatives, and using the
characteristic of credit cooperative to find
the key  by identifying factors to for
enhanceing their performance of credit
cooperative.
In addition to compensating for limitations
of previous financial research and the
Experience Rule, the proposed model can
provide a valuable means of
understanding current market
developments in financial organizations,
as well as assisting the credit cooperatives
in making secure loan decisions to
maintain its market competitiveness. In
the theory, the research can understand the
importance and orientation of credit
cooperative. And in the fact, this research
will find the key factor for enhancing the
performance of credit cooperative. Thus,
the results Moreover, the proposed method
can provide a valuable reference for also
help the Taiwanese Government to reach a
consensus between the ruling and the
opposing parties to complete theinitiate
timely financial reforms that will enhance
the role of cooperatives quickly, and set
up a better “Financial Reform Project” for
getting the high competitiveness in the
financial market.

Abstract
Market liberalization policies of the
Taiwanese government since 1992 have
led to the emergence of several banks,
with financial organizations springing up
quickly, thus intensifying market
competition. Rapid growth of this market
sector has produced some adverse impacts
such as banks lowering their criteria for
loan approvals in order to remain
competitive, subsequently leading to an
increasingly higher incidence of defaulted
loans.  Although attempting to reform the
financial market, financial-related
research does not directly focus on market
developments. In practice, while financial
organizations adopt the Experience Rule
to upgrade their competitiveness, doing so
often leads to the wrong investments and
subsequent defaulted loans.  This work
presents an investment risk model that
analyzes the features of credit
cooperatives in Taiwan. A questionnaire is
designed for loan officers in credit
cooperatives to accumulate relevant loan
information and background information
of credit cooperatives. Features of credit
cooperatives are then analyzed using
factor analysis. Next, factors influencing
whether or not financial officers approve
loans are  analyzed using SPSS statistical
software. Additionally, potential areas of
defaulted loans are identified using MDS.
Moreover, factors that distinguish credit
cooperatives from banks are analyzed
using cluster analysis.  The proposed
investment risk model can enable loan
officers in banks and credit cooperatives
to identify potentially defaulted loans by
directly focusing on market developments
that previous financial research neglected. 
In addition to compensating for limitations
of previous financial research and the
Experience Rule, the proposed model can
provide a valuable means of
understanding current market
developments in financial organizations,
as well as assisting credit cooperatives in
making secure loan decisions to maintain
its market competitiveness.

Introduction

Credit cooperatives have played a pivotal


role in Taiwan’s economic development as
financial institutions. Market liberalization
policies of the Taiwanese government
since 1992 have led to the emergence of
several banks, with financial organizations
springing up quickly, thus intensifying
market competition. Rapid growth of this
market sector has produced some adverse
impacts such as banks lowering their
criteria for loan approvals in order to
remain competitive, subsequently leading
to an increasingly higher incidence of
defaulted loans. Therefore, an increasing
number of financial organizations have
run into this dilemma, especially credit
cooperatives. Given turbulent political and
economic situations worldwide,  financial
institutions in Taiwan must adopt dramatic
reform measures to maintain their
competitiveness.  Despite governmental
initiatives such as the nationwide
Financial Reform Project,  only banks not
credit cooperatives have benefited,
explaining the low competitiveness of the
latter in Taiwan’s financial market.
Although attempting to reform the
financial market, financial-related
research does not directly focus on market
developments. In practice, while financial
organizations adopt the Experience Rule
to upgrade their competitiveness, doing so
often leads to the wrong investments and
subsequent defaulted loans. This situation
is especially prevalent among credit
cooperatives, explaining their inability to
reform and lower the rate of defaulted
loans. Corporate survival of  credit
cooperatives as financial institutions  in
Taiwan is at a great risk, necessitating a
further understanding of their importance
and unique features. The inability of the
Experience Rule and financial research to
reduce the risk of defaulted loans will lead
to further corporate loss among Taiwan’s
financial organizations. Under this
circumstance, Taiwanese financial
organizations will become less
competitive, explaining their shrinking
number, i.e.,  only thirty credit
cooperatives currently operating in Taiwan
as opposed to seventy two previously.
Even following their elimination, many
credit cooperatives leave several
unresolved financial problems behind,
subsequently creating a serious financial
crisis domestically.  Despite the ability of
investment risk models to identify
potentially defaulted loans by directly
focusing on market developments,
previous studies have not analyzed the
importance and characteristics of credit
cooperatives in this area, explaining the
ineffectiveness of governmental initiatives
such as the Financial Reform Project to
revive their productivity.

Dogs have been extensively studied. OR


Dogs have received extensive attention.
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they do
not (STATE MAIN LIMITATION.)

Therefore, this work presents an


investment risk model that analyzes the
features of credit cooperatives in Taiwan.
A questionnaire is designed for loan
officers in credit cooperatives to
accumulate relevant loan information and
background information of credit
cooperatives. Features of credit
cooperatives are then analyzed using
factor analysis. Next, factors influencing
whether or not financial officers approve
loans are  analyzed using SPSS statistical
software. Additionally, potential areas of
defaulted loans are identified using MDS.
Moreover, factors that distinguish credit
cooperatives from banks are analyzed
using cluster analysis.  

The proposed investment risk model can


enable loan officers in banks and credit
cooperatives to identify potentially
defaulted loans by directly focusing on
market developments that previous
financial research neglected. Additionally,
while previous studies did not address the
financial problems of credit cooperatives,
the proposed model can more thoroughly
understand the features and role of credit
cooperatives by identifying factors to
enhance their performance.  In addition to
compensating for limitations of previous
financial research and the Experience
Rule, the proposed model can provide a
valuable means of understanding current
market developments in financial
organizations, as well as assisting credit
cooperatives in making secure loan
decisions to maintain its market
competitiveness. Moreover, the proposed
method can provide a valuable reference
for the Taiwanese Government to initiate
timely financial reforms that will enhance
the role of cooperatives in the financial
market.

The rest of this paper is organized as


follows.
Conclusions are finally drawn in
Section___, along with recommendations
for future research.

267.  (Business Management)


Determinants ofAssessment of Hospital
Efficiency Using Data Envelopment
Analysis: Case Study of a Central
Government Owned Hospital in Taiwan
the case of Central Government-owned
Hospital in Taiwan

工作提案
Research proposal
Given rapid Because the changesing fast
of in Taiwan’s health-care environment
environment, how with limited medical
resources to make efficient distribution
essential, nowadays the health-care
question perplexedwhich is of priority
concern among most of institutehealth
organizations. State level Agency
aadministrators at the state level should
analyze the productivity of each hospital’s
production Performance to determine the
effectiveness ofwhether resources are
utilizedation effectively. In many
countries, the state-ownedpublic sector
rather than non-profit organizations is a
major providers the majority of both
commercial and social services, and is not
non-profit organizations. So even
moremaking their contribution extremely
difficult to measure in terms of
traditionalconventional aggregative
performance indicators such as return on
investment (ROI), residual income (RI),
and profitability. All hospitals utilizse
resources to provide many types of
services, which isi.e., a measure of the
output for health-care organizations.
ComparativeThus, assessing the efficiency
assessment of how well input is used to
produce these services, then, becomes is
an important measure of performance. Of
the 14,474 public and private medical
institutions operating in Taiwan as of the
end of 1992, public and private medical
care institutions comprised ninety seven
hospitals as well as 479 clinics and 728
hospitals as well as 13,170 clinics,
respectively. Given the substantial amount
of resources that governments invest in
healthcareThe country puts into many
resources, so understand state-
ownedefficiency of public hospitals are
reasonably efficiency is also one of
contemporaryof priority concern. The
inability to do so makes it nearly
impossible to allocate determinants of
hospital efficiency, the government is
unable to find out about the performance
of every hospital, do effective medical
resources to hospitals  effectively from a
governmental levelallocation.

Based on the above, we should analyze


not only the efficiency of healthcare
services that public understand the state-
owned hospitals offer using data
envelopment analysis (DEA), but also
those ed the health-care service whether in
a rational efficiency. Second, understand
to find out about the influence factors to
enhanceof  the performance of the
hospitals, so that administrators can  help
the hospital to revise the directions of in
managingement accordingly. To do so,
combines data envelopment analysis
(DEA) evaluate the efficiency of a central
government-owned central government-
owned hospital in Taiwan over the years
between 2002 and 2004 can be evaluated
using data envelopment analysis (DEA). 
In Taiwan,As public hospitals in Taiwan
are can be divided into three broad
categorizes:d as either central
government-owned hospital, state-owned
hospital, and or county-owned hospitals.,
Tthe sample in this study can included
central government-owned hospitals only.
A multiple regression model iscan then be
adoptedemployed in which the efficiency
score obtained from the DEA
computations is used as the dependent
variable, and a number of hospital; several
operating characteristics of hospitals can
be are chosen as the independent variable.
In Step 1, define the input and output
factor whichthat assesses the performance
of ta he hospital can be defined. The
output is includesing total number of
facility inpatient days in a facility, total
number of inpatient and outpatient
surgeriesical operations, emergency room
visits and total number of outpatient visits.
The input is includinges totalall facility
expenses minus payroll, t and totalotal
hospital beds capacity. Identify tThe DEA
efficiency of the health care institution can
be identified utilizing using the BCC
approach presented. In Step 2, Iif the BCC
efficiency value <1 the DMU is
inefficient. After evaluating all the entities
are evaluated for technical efficiency,
increase the output values of the
technically inefficient units and rerun
model can be increased until they attain
BCC efficiency.

As anticipated, analysis results can


indicate that DEA constructs for the
underlying production technology of
organizations can be analyzed from
observed outputs and inputs, using
mathematical programming
techniquesmethods., and e.  Additionally,
efficiency iscan be assessed relative to the
computed production capacityfrontier.
Results of this study can provide a
valuable reference not only for hospital
administrators, but also The results
obtained from this study have the
following managerial and policy
plannersimplications.  Assessing the .
Measuring performance inof non-profit
organizations should include, in addition
to  cannot look at the efficiency
performance measure itself. It should also
include, the ability to identificationy and
evaluateion of relevant operating
characteristics because they are allowing
to their importantce in factors associating
efficiency organizational performance.

The rResults of this study further


demonstrate provides an indication that
inter-temporal efficiency gains can be are
attainedable in the health-care sector as
hospital administrators and policy
planners strive to in anticipation of the
implementation the hospital to revise the
direction of managingement directions to
increase efficiency.

摘要
Abstract
Given rapid changes in Taiwan’s healthcare
environment, limited medical resources
make efficient distribution essential,
which is of priority concern among health
organizations. State level administrators
should analyze the productivity of each
hospital to determine whether resources
are utilized effectively. In many countries,
the public sector rather than non-profit
organizations provides the majority of
commercial and social services, making
their contribution extremely difficult to
measure in terms of conventional
aggregative performance indicators such
as return on investment (ROI), residual
income (RI) and profitability.  Therefore,
this study analyzes not only the efficiency
of healthcare services that public
hospitals offer using data envelopment
analysis (DEA), but also those factors to
enhance the performance of hospitals so
that administrators can revise directions in
management accordingly.  The efficiency
of a central government-owned hospital in
Taiwan  between 2002 and 2004 is
evaluated using data envelopment analysis
(DEA).  As public hospitals in Taiwan are
categorized as either central government-
owned, state-owned or county-owned, the
sample in this study includes central
government-owned hospitals only. A
multiple regression model is then adopted
in which the efficiency score obtained
from the DEA computations is used as the
dependent variable; several operating
characteristics of hospitals are chosen as
the independent variable.  Analysis results
indicate that DEA constructs for the
underlying production technology of
organizations are analyzed from observed
outputs and inputs using mathematical
programming methods..  Additionally,
efficiency is assessed relative to the
computed production capacity. Results of
this study provide a valuable reference not
only for hospital administrators, but also
policy planners.  Assessing the
performance of non-profit organizations
should include, in addition to efficiency,
the ability to identify and evaluate
relevant operating characteristics owing to
their importance in  organizational
performance.  Results of this study further
demonstrate that inter-temporal efficiency
gains can be attained in the healthcare
sector as hospital administrators and
policy planners strive to revise
management directions to increase
efficiency.

Introduction
Given rapid changes in Taiwan’s healthcare
environment, limited medical resources
make efficient distribution essential,
which is of priority concern among health
organizations. State level administrators
should analyze the productivity of each
hospital to determine whether resources
are utilized effectively. In many countries,
the public sector rather than non-profit
organizations provides the majority of
commercial and social services, making
their contribution extremely difficult to
measure in terms of conventional
aggregative performance indicators such
as return on investment (ROI), residual
income (RI) and profitability. All hospitals
utilize resources to provide many services,
i.e., a measure of the output for healthcare
organizations. Thus, assessing the
efficiency of how well input is used to
produce these services is an important
measure of performance. Of the 14,474
public and private medical institutions
operating in Taiwan as of the end of 1992,
public and private medical care
institutions comprised ninety seven
hospitals as well as 479 clinics and 728
hospitals as well as 13,170 clinics,
respectively. Given the substantial amount
of resources that governments invest in
healthcare, efficiency of public hospitals is
of priority concern. The inability to do so
makes it nearly impossible to allocate
medical resources to hospitals  effectively
from a governmental level.

Dogs have been extensively studied. OR


Dogs have received extensive attention.
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they do
not (STATE MAIN LIMITATION.)

Therefore, this study analyzes not only the


efficiency of healthcare services that
public   hospitals offer using data
envelopment analysis (DEA), but also
those factors to enhance the performance
of hospitals so that administrators can
revise directions in management
accordingly. The efficiency of a central
government-owned hospital in Taiwan 
between 2002 and 2004 is evaluated using
data envelopment analysis (DEA).  As
public hospitals in Taiwan are categorized
as either central government-owned, state-
owned or county-owned, the sample in
this study includes central government-
owned hospitals only. A multiple
regression model is then adopted in which
the efficiency score obtained from the
DEA computations is used as the
dependent variable; several operating
characteristics of hospitals are chosen as
the independent variable.  DEA constructs
for the underlying production technology
of organizations are analyzed from
observed outputs and inputs using
mathematical programming methods.. 
Additionally, efficiency is assessed
relative to the computed production
capacity.  In Step 1, the input and output
factor that assesses the performance of a
hospital can be defined. The output
includes total number of inpatient days in
a facility, total number of inpatient and
outpatient surgeries, emergency room
visits and total number of outpatient visits.
The input includes all facility expenses
minus payroll and total hospital bed
capacity. The DEA efficiency of the health
care institution can be identified using the
BCC approach. In Step 2, if the BCC
efficiency value <1 the DMU is
inefficient. After all entities are evaluated
for technical efficiency, the output values
of the technically inefficient units and
rerun model can be increased until they
attain BCC efficiency.

Analysis results indicate that DEA


constructs for the underlying production
technology of organizations can be
analyzed from observed outputs and
inputs using mathematical programming
methods.  Additionally, efficiency can be
assessed relative to the computed
production capacity. Results of this study
provide a valuable reference not only for
hospital administrators, but also  policy
planners. Assessing the performance of
non-profit organizations should include, in
addition to efficiency, the ability to
identify and evaluate relevant operating
characteristics owing to their importance
in organizational performance. Results of
this study further demonstrate that inter-
temporal efficiency gains can be attained
in the healthcare sector as hospital
administrators and policy planners strive
to revise  management directions to
increase efficiency.
The rest of this paper is organized as
follows.
Conclusions are finally drawn in
Section___, along with recommendations
for future research.

268.  (Business Management)


Research proposal
Logistics centers play a pivotal role in
ensuring that the importing and exporting
activities of international firms are
implemented efficiently, ensuring that
commercial trade can satisfy consumer
demand and offer quality services. . While
Parts of enterprises outsource their logistic
needs for various reasonscompany want
management there are his all kinds of
reasons outside the committee their
logistics Outsourcing, but main Reason
not beyond the for, of priority concern is
reducing overhead costs down and raise
theand increasing efficiency.

However, conventional management


practices of logistics centers have
difficulty in complying with the demands
of local enterprises, negatively impacting
the quality of services delivered.
conventions logistics center it is unable to
demands fundamental to logistics
management of enterprise corporation,
therefor impact the efficiency of the
quality of service. owing to the inability to
effectively respond to demand type
attitude of enterprise corporatione
changes, the such as the demand for
increasingly smaller products and
materials demand tend towards many kind
a small amount of products , a shorter
product life cycle shorten , and limited
time in ordering for goods very brief and
purchasing goods. Given the important
role that logistics centeres play in an
important impact to enterprise’s success .,
How to control the cost , lowering
overhead costs ,etc..
considered for The speciality : is essential
in the following areas: The inventory
management , transportation
managingement, circulationg and
processing ,etc.. considered for the T,
technologyical know how is: Logistics
KNOW-HOW,  and information
infrastructure ,etc.. consider the.  In terms
of Sservice : React fast , a rapid reaction
and ability to immediately , cooperate
with enterprises is vital for logistics
centersin activity duration ,ect。

According to statistics from 1996 to 1998,


only 15% of all local enterprises in
Hsinchu City chose logistics centers to
fulfill importing and exporting
requirements owing their lack of
confidence in their effectiveness.
Moreover, according to a Ministry of
Economic Affairs report in And statistics
of economic department in 1999 ,
although market demand for logistical
support exceeds 55%, enterprise
corporation and demand logistics of
companyfirms fulfill only around about
35%, but of that demand exceed 55% at
present.

The lack of confidence among local


enterprises in the quality of services
offered by logistics centers will not only
curtail the growth of this sector, but also
impede sound management practices in
importing and exporting. The inability to
enhance the quality of service ,1.stems
from the inability to identify  Confirm
who is the customer the consumer
demand,  2.Grasp theunderstand
customer's intentionspurpose driver   3.
and Ooffer quality the enough serservices
gaol .consumer's requisition thethat satisfy
consumer demand  from quantity of
products, and then will regard customer
demand as the prerequisite.,. the enterprise
corporation great impact if without
choosing good the logistics center to grow
up on the performances of enterprises.

Based on the above, we should develop a


flexible and accurate fuzzy theory-based
AHP method that applies fuzzy theory to
the business ratings of logistics centers,
providing corporate managers with an
effective criterion to assess the
management practices of logistics centers
and the quality of services delivered. For
this fact, theIn doing so, enterprises can
identify the  corporation will find out
about the specialityies of the logistics
centeres and construct an effective
criterion to for assess as the administrators
to that evaluates the effectiveness of
logistics centers based on a clear criteria
the basis of the tactics. we want to analyse
the service quality to the logistics centre
of enterprise corporation, project and
reason paid attention to, assess the service
quality according with the logistics centre
at present.   To do so , a questionnaire can
be designed based on interviews with
managers of logistics centers. Data
obtained from those interviews regarding
service quality can then be analyzed using
the AHP method and fuzzy theory. at first
we visit and refer to the questionnaire with
the expert and   collected information data
about service standard quality of logistics
center by AHP method analyse . The
setting-up that Next, service quality of the
logistics centers can be determined using
an AHP-basedservice quality and assessed
criteria , but used for with ahp. To assess
the level structure to the quality
Additionally, quality of servingservice can
be assessed based on the corporate
expectationsas the enterprise-like
corporation. Resolve the complicated
problem to the low level by the high level,
elect the best logistics centre finally ,
enabling us to select the best logistics
center from available options.  Moreover,
Ccustomer service and other special
services must be The can be incorporated
into efforts to achieve customer
satisfaction of serving for improving the
customer, the logistics outsourcing must
cooperate and changes choosing another .
Especially there are a lot of special
demands at presenIn sum, outsourcing
corporate needs to logistics centers
requires satisfying specific demands that
are flexible in responding to sudden
changes in a business environmentt.

As anticipated, the proposed fuzzy theory-


based AHP method can enable local
enterprises to evaluate the effectiveness of
logistics centers based on a criterion
index, subsequently increasing corporate
competitiveness and efficiency by 25%
while reducing personnel costs by 10%.
Additionally, the proposed method
provides an effective means of assessing
the quality of services provided by
logistics centers,   Logistics centers must
respond to specialized consumer demands
at present, f.  For instanceexample: T, he
instantinventory stock management ing
Pay attention tomust comply with “Just In
Time’ policies, in which orders are
combined -into Oorder Consolidation ,
effective customer reaction, i.e., -
Efficient Consumer Response (ECR ), a
fast reaction -, i.e., Quick Response
(QR ) , mending continuously mending
Goods for- Continuous Replenishment
Process (CRP ) , sellerand manageing
stocks -– V, in which the vendor acts on
behalf of anoothers. DifferentVarious
demands , such asinclude Managed
Inventory (VMI ) ,etc.

The proposed AHP-based method and


fuzzy theory provides an effective means
of assessing the quality of services
provided by logistics centers, thus offering
the eenterprise managers corporation chief
executive officer(CEO ), to propose  with
the ability to enhance the quality of
serviceng and improving the strategy-
tactics model for the logistics
centersstrategic management procedures, .
ultimately enhancing the global
competitiveness of Taiwanese enterprises
by providing them with clear management
guidelines for evaluating their suppliers.

Owing to capitalthe Iinvestment of the


money , suin supplies are carried ,
sequence order of treatment and
transportation means of transport ,etc..
These because the, logistics outsourcing
The investment reducing, can turn into the
significantly enhance the investments of
the main key technology of the
company .ies. the Management and
Ppolitical Cconsiderations oin
management and policy are also
imperative to maintain a sound Check the
manufacturer , present existing customer
and financial state with existing in the
industry.

269.  Business Management


Constructing Application Selection Model
of Nursing care – Attendant Agencies
OutsourcingOutsourcing of Attendant
Agencies in Nursing Care using a Novel
Selection Model

Research proposal
A rapidly growing The elderly population
increase rapid andposes a major challenge
for long-term care management has
become problematic, needs to be
addressed, and requiresing immediate
solutions in the modern society due to
thegiven changing family structures, aging
population,  and the tendencyfrequency of
chronic illnesses. Employees in Hhospital
subsidizedary Rrespiratory care centers,
Rrespiratory care wards and Nnursing
homes, the worker are almostnearly all
Nnursing care- attendants. The Nursing
care- attendants areBelong to a sub-
specialized field inof a medical
department, nursing care attendants do not
hold specialized license certification nor
have a certain academic leveland provided
any education,.  These workers simply just
need require basic healthcare training base
skills and knowledge byof hospital or
governmental infrastructure apparatus or
authorize apparatus, through qualification
to establish somebody’s identity then can
carry out their workperform their tasks
efficiently. Playing an important role in
Taiwanese society, The Nnursing care-
Aattendants quire are important. The
patient or family pay the money ask to
accompany disabled individuals and
inability person. The Nursing care-
Attendants provided assistance in daily
living care. For example, activities such as
takeing a bath, feeding foodtaking meals,
managermonitoring urinary or stool
incontinencespecimens, changechanging
the posture of incapacitated stroke
victims, keep body clear and providing
general comfortable, find abnormal
condition, etc. Despite their contributions,
most Conventional employ Nnursing care-
Aattendants mode lack a uniform
managerment approach to ensure the
quality of  rule, don’t keep service quality.
given that these workers have no
restrictions on  The Nursing care-
Attendants training don’t limit age,
education, or experience -  just that they
are mentally and physically soundnormal,
not disable. Despite the abundance of
Even through have Nursing care-
Attendants outsourcing agencies for
nursing care attendants, the lack of but
don’t continue training standardized
training makes it impossible to control the
quality of service provided island wide
induce lack quality consist. Moreover,
Cchanges in Taiwan’s    National Health
Insurance scheme police have led to an
emphasis on controlling personnel
manpower  costs while maintaining and
provide highly service quality servicesto
explore strategy, further contributing to
thetherefore outsourcing produced.  of
nursing care attendants.

Conventional employ NuGenerally,


relatives or the patient directly employ
nursing care- attendants mode : The
family or patient have to employ by
himself, will not gain suitable without
adequate evaluative criteria to select the
most appropriate care provider. help
choose, have to change case by case can
suit customer’s needs.Additionally,
outsourcing firms also lack objective
criteria in selecting  Tentatively Nnursing
care- attendants outsourcing form is
difficult to choice effectively Nursing
care- attendants, leading to widespread
bring customer’s complain dissatisfaction
and increasing management difficulty.

Given the twenty two There are 22


Hhospital subsidizedary Nnursing homes,
and 18 Reighteen respiratory care wards
currently operating in Taiwan. Therefore
necessitating, the importance of Nnursing
care- Aattendants is obvious. The inability
to managehandle effectively the quality of
service that Nnursing care- Aattendants
providemanagement effectively, will lead
to a further declineloss in hospital
revenues, eventually leading to a
reduction in personnel and community
services.  

Based on the above, we should develop to


suitan effective selection model for use in
evaluating outsourced nNursing care-
attendants outsourcing evaluative criteria
and establish the selection models to help
managerhospital administrators select the
most productive choose  outsourcing
agencies. An NGT ( Nominal group
technique ) -based method can be collect
suitable establish eEvaluative criteria of
medical department in Taiwan for hospital
administrators to select among agencies
that outsource for Nnursing care-
attendants outsourcing agencies can be
established using a nominal group
technique-based method. Next use Fuzzy
Analytic Hierarchy Process method to
determine tThe relative weights of
evaluative criteria, change Fuzzy-
collective ( 模 糊 集 合 ) , can be
determined using fuzzy theory and the
analytic hierarchy process (AHP)  tothen
rank the alternatives and selects the
optimummost appropriate Nursing care-
attendants outsourcing agencies. Addition,
the models proposed can provided
Consequently, hospital administrators
have manager with a objective decision-
making and evaluative criteria to make
decisions optimally.

As anticipated, the proposed selection


model based on incorporating Ffuzzy
theory and the -AHP method can provide
an objective means of evaluating the
quality of establish Nnursing care-
attendants evaluative criteria model, thus
enhanceing the quality of service quality
of Nursing care- attendants, in addition to
foster, increasing customer satisfaction ied
level to 85% canand lowering personnel
manpower costs. ThroughVia an objective
evaluative criteria, to choose optimum
alternatives to outsource nursing care
needs in Taiwan can be selected
efficientlyis essential.

Abstract
Playing an important role in Taiwanese
society, nursing care attendants
accompany disabled individuals and
provide assistance in daily activities.
Despite their contributions, most nursing
care attendants lack a uniform
management approach to ensure the
quality of service given that these workers
have no restrictions on age, education or
experience - just that they are mentally
and physically sound. Despite the
abundance of outsourcing agencies for
nursing care attendants, the lack of
standardized training makes it impossible
to control the quality of service provided
island wide.  Therefore, this work presents
an effective selection model for use in
evaluating outsourced nursing care
attendants to help hospital administrators
select the most productive outsourcing
agencies. Evaluative criteria for hospital
administrators to select among agencies
that outsource nursing care attendants are
established using a nominal group
technique-based method. The relative
weights of evaluative criteria are then
determined using fuzzy theory and the
analytic hierarchy process (AHP) to rank
alternatives and select the most
appropriate outsourcing agencies.
Consequently, hospital administrators
have objective evaluative criteria to make
decisions optimally.  The proposed
selection model based on fuzzy theory and
the AHP method can provide an objective
means of evaluating the quality of nursing
care attendants, thus enhancing the quality
of service, increasing customer
satisfaction and lowering personnel costs.
Via an objective evaluative criteria,
optimum alternatives to outsource nursing
care needs in Taiwan can be selected
efficiently.
Introduction
A rapidly growing elderly population poses
a major challenge for long-term care
management, requiring immediate
solutions given changing family structures
and the frequency of chronic illnesses.
Employees in hospital subsidized
respiratory care centers, respiratory care
wards and nursing homes are nearly all
nursing care attendants.  Belong to a sub-
specialized field of a medical department,
nursing care attendants do not hold
specialized license certification nor have a
certain academic level.  These workers
simply require basic healthcare training
skills and knowledge of hospital or
governmental infrastructure to perform
their tasks efficiently. Playing an
important role in Taiwanese society,
nursing care attendants accompany
disabled individuals and provide
assistance in daily activities such as taking
a bath, taking meals, monitoring urinary
or stool specimens, changing the posture
of incapacitated stroke victims and
providing general comfort. Despite their
contributions, most nursing care
attendants lack a uniform management
approach to ensure the quality of service
given that these workers have no
restrictions on age, education or
experience -  just that they are mentally
and physically sound. Despite the
abundance of  outsourcing agencies for
nursing care attendants, the lack of
standardized training makes it impossible
to control the quality of service provided
island wide. Moreover, changes in
Taiwan’s National Health Insurance
scheme have led to an emphasis on
controlling personnel costs while
maintaining highly quality services,
further contributing to the outsourcing  of
nursing care attendants.  Generally,
relatives or the patient directly employ
nursing care attendants without adequate
evaluative criteria to select the most
appropriate care provider. Additionally,
outsourcing firms also lack objective
criteria in selecting nursing care
attendants, leading to widespread
customer dissatisfaction and increasing
management difficulty.  Given the twenty
two hospital subsidized nursing homes
and eighteen respiratory care wards
currently operating in Taiwan, the
importance of nursing care attendants is
obvious. The inability to manage
effectively the quality of service that
nursing care attendants provide will lead
to a further decline in hospital revenues,
eventually leading to a reduction in
personnel and community services.  

Dogs have been extensively studied. OR


Dogs have received extensive attention.
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they do
not (STATE MAIN LIMITATION.)

Therefore, this work presents an effective


selection model for use in evaluating
outsourced nursing care attendants to help
hospital administrators select the most
productive outsourcing agencies.
Evaluative criteria for hospital
administrators to select among agencies
that outsource nursing care attendants are
established using a nominal group
technique-based method. The relative
weights of evaluative criteria are then
determined using fuzzy theory and the
analytic hierarchy process (AHP) to rank
alternatives and select the most
appropriate outsourcing agencies.
Consequently, hospital administrators
have objective evaluative criteria to make
decisions optimally. 

The proposed selection model based on


fuzzy theory and the AHP method can
provide an objective means of evaluating
the quality of nursing care attendants, thus
enhancing the quality of service,
increasing customer satisfaction and
lowering personnel costs. Via an objective
evaluative criteria, optimum alternatives
to outsource nursing care needs in Taiwan
can be selected efficiently.

The rest of this paper is organized as


follows.
Conclusions are finally drawn in
Section___, along with recommendations
for future research.

  270.  (Industrial Engineering)


Research proposal
Unforeseeable circumstances in the
constantly fluctuating business climate
necessitate that Eenterprises confront
strange and changeful era, and in the
environment that is competed for day by
day, adopt effective inventory
management practices can help them to
strengthen their competitive aedvantage so
as to face the challenge in the future.  The
sInventory stock is a kind of stand-byoften
viewed as a somewhat static resource
withof economic valueworth, so with the
quality of itsinventory management
directly impacting will influence the
operation of the company
operationsdirectly.  Therefore, it is an
important factor to set up a set of goodan
effective stock inventory administrative
systems is essential in the supplying the
chain environmentof commercial
activities.

The past stock researches were aimed at


theHowever, while focusing on specific
stock inventory systems to do the most
suitableachieve the most appropriate
design, and the scholarsprevious studies
have seldom carried on the discussion
toaddressed the common delivered form
supplying chain strategy for stock
inventory tactics of multiple products and
many suppliers, and developed the
effective stock management policy. The
research directions and research methods
in Discussion of relevantinventory stock
policies developed previously widely
varyin the past, its research direction and
researchful methods are not the same. 
While Ssome policiesamong them regard
emphasize reducing the retailer’s buyer's
costcosts as the goal; some, other’s focus
on directly decreaseding the producer’s
overhead  seller's costs,. but wWhile
fiercea market with fierce competition
makes it difficult for a company to assess
its current marketat present can not
consider one's own position, efforts must
be made to must pass consulting way,
develop one of consideration how both
pato effectively managerties' stock
waysinventory so that both the producer
and the retail reap at the same time with
which both parties can get them own
profits.  Either simulation or statistical
approaches are adopted to The
establishment and settlement of inventory
stock management policyies mostly adopt
the simulation way or the mathematical
way to solve.  The Simulation requires
former dawdles much times and has,
making it inefficiencyt with questionable
results and the quality solved may not be
good;.  Statistical approaches the latter can
only set up mathematical patternsoffer
guidelines aimed at the simplifyinger
either the inventory stock administrative
system or simplify the complicateda
complex system intended to set
upestablish approximate mathematical
patterns, but the more complicated system
is; such approaches are often difficult to
interpret.

According to the investigations of


commercial practices in the United States
over the past decadeenterprises of the
whole America in the past ten years, the
overstockedsupply fund of theinventory
stock accounts for 20% that Americanof
the gross domestic products  (GDP), in the
United States, subsequently tying up
because of such a large number of stocks
piled up causedan enterprise's funds being
unable to use flexibly.  According toThe
American Council of Logistics
Management sStatistics, recently indicated
that having 20% - 30% in the incomeof
revenues generated from sales of different
industries is consumed in the interflow of
commodities cost.  From the upper reach’s
former sSuppliers and manufacturers have
produced a lot ofmany unnecessary
overhead costs that can be identified
through an effective inventory stock find
out the importance of the administrative
system of stocks.  Maloni and Benton
(1997 ) pointed outsuggested that develop
instituting inventory management
procedures throughout the entireto the
whole supplying chain’s each unit made
up can make itssignificantly reduce
overheadthe total costs, decreasesimplify
the procedure of interflow of commodities
and, increase the sharing of each other’s
information, and allow let each unit thatin
the supply with in the chain canto create
and increase economic benefits
andthrough efficiency .

Short supply or overstocked inventory is a


common dilemma Iin themodern business
circles, the state taking place most
frequently is “in short supply” and “there
is too much stock.”.  The inability to
enhanceIf having no idea to improve
stock inventory management practices
will exacerbate cause losses in short
supply situations, selling losses, increase
customers’ dissatisfaction dropping and
the, create bottlenecks of theon the
production line, even cause losses of the
and tarnish an enterprise’s business
reputation;.  Correspondingly, overstocked
inventory will tie up companykeep the f
funds stagnantly, cause the, subsequently
reducing of the return rate of investment
and the turnover rate of total assets,
andultimately lowering the effectiveness
of hinder the management of enterprises
management.

Based on the above, we should develop an


inventory stock management modelIn
order to effectively strengthen the
inventory management, under the
circumstances that coordinates the efforts
of suppliers and retailersboth parties
coordinate, in which explore the inventory
stock model of distribution for the
normality, is adopted to determine and
figure out the minimum total cost withvia
the metering method.  Under the
circumstances, the goal that different costs
minimize, the same decision parameter
will have the stipulating of different the
most suitable levels, and the way to solve
this conflict must pass the mechanism
coordinating, in order to regard the gross
profit maximization of the supplying chain
or the total cost minimization as the goal
through directing it against industry’s
demand of stock level and cost expense to
improve.  To do so, Adoptingthe (s, Q) the
policy of the inventory stock between the
supplier and the manufacturer, can be
adopted in order to reduce the amount of
safeminimum stock required and then
using the way that order the larger
quantity each time to reduce the expense
of the systematicthe total cost when
ordering larger quantities.  The pProblems
encountered between the supplier and the
manufacturer in predicting the required
amount of inventory of the stock can be
addressed prediction which may be
encountered between the supplier and the
manufacturer are stated one by
oneindividually. Next, Utilize (s , Q) the
stock model (s , Q) can be utilized to
derive the inventory stock models offor
the supplier and manufacturer separately
from without complex mathematicsal
equations, and when facingFor the
inventory stock cost, sales volumes and
orders in short supply, use random and the
most suitableappropriate control
channeling can be adopted byinto the
supplier and the manufacturer and do,
followed by mathematical analysis and
estimationprediction.
As anticipated, the proposed The
inventory management model hoped to set
up can calculatedetermine the most
economic amount of purchaseing amount,
the best purchaseing opportunity and the
bestinventory stock policy for both
between the supplier and the manufacturer
effectively.

Using random and the most


suitableappropriate control measures, the
proposed to propose the newest inventory
management model system  can
effectively calculatedetermine precisely
the demand between the supplier and the
manufacturers, reduce the expense of the
totaloverhead costs and enable enterprise
managers to select the most effective
inventory  and the best stock policy to let
the administrator appropriately regulate
and make the best decision so that
improve the to enhance overall operations
performance.

Abstract
Unforeseeable circumstances in the
constantly fluctuating business climate
necessitate that enterprises adopt effective
inventory management practices to
strengthen their competitive edge. 
However, while focusing on specific stock
inventory systems to achieve the most
appropriate design, previous studies have
seldom addressed the supplying chain
strategy for stock inventory of multiple
products and many suppliers.  Therefore,
this work presents an inventory stock
management model that coordinates the
efforts of suppliers and retailers, in which
the inventory stock model of distribution
for the normality is adopted to determine
the minimum total cost via the metering
method.  The (s, Q) policy of the
inventory stock between the supplier and
the manufacturer is adopted to reduce the
amount of minimum stock required  to
reduce the total cost when ordering larger
quantities.  Problems encountered between
the supplier and the manufacturer in
predicting the required amount of
inventory stock is addressed individually.
Next, the stock model (s , Q) is utilized to
derive the inventory stock models for the
supplier and manufacturer without
complex mathematical equations For the
inventory stock cost, sales volume and
orders in short supply, the most
appropriate control channel is adopted by
the supplier and the manufacturer,
followed by mathematical analysis and
estimation. The proposed inventory
management model can determine the
most economic purchasing amount,
purchasing opportunity and inventory
stock policy for both the supplier and the
manufacturer.  Using random and the most
appropriate control measures, the
proposed  management model can
determine precisely the demand between
the supplier and the manufacturers, reduce
overhead costs and enable enterprise
managers to select the most effective
inventory stock policy  to enhance overall
operations.

Introduction

Unforeseeable circumstances in the


constantly fluctuating business climate
necessitate that enterprises  adopt effective
inventory management practices to
strengthen their competitive edge. 
Inventory stock is often viewed as a
somewhat static resource of economic
value, with the quality of its management
directly impacting company operations. 
Therefore, an effective stock inventory
system is essential in the supply chain of
commercial activities.  However, while
focusing on specific stock inventory
systems to achieve the most appropriate
design, previous studies have seldom
addressed the supplying chain strategy for
stock inventory of multiple products and
many suppliers. The research directions
and research methods in inventory stock
policies developed previously widely
vary.  While some policies emphasize
reducing the retailer’s costs, other’s focus
on decreasing the producer’s overhead
costs. While fierce market competition
makes it difficult for a company to assess
its current market position, efforts must be
made to  consider how to effectively
manage stock inventory so that both the
producer and the retail reap profits.  Either
simulation or statistical approaches are
adopted to establish inventory stock
management policies.  Simulation requires
much time, making it inefficient with
questionable results.  Statistical
approaches can only offer guidelines
aimed at simplifying either the inventory
stock administrative system or a complex
system intended to establish approximate
mathematical patterns; such approaches
are often difficult to interpret.  According
to investigations of commercial practices
in the United States over the past decade,
the oversupply of inventory stock
accounts for 20% of the gross domestic
product  (GDP) in the United States,
subsequently tying up an enterprise's
funds.  The American Council of Logistics
Management Statistics recently indicated
that 20% - 30% of revenues generated
from sales of different industries is
consumed in the interflow of
commodities.  Suppliers and
manufacturers have many unnecessary
overhead costs that can be identified
through an effective inventory stock
administrative system.  Maloni and
Benton (1997) suggested that instituting
inventory management procedures
throughout the entire supply chain can
significantly reduce overhead costs,
simplify the interflow of commodities,
increase the sharing of information, and
allow each unit in the supply chain to
increase economic benefits through
efficiency.  Short supply or overstocked
inventory is a common dilemma in
modern business.  The inability to enhance
stock inventory management practices
will exacerbate short supply situations,
increase customer dissatisfaction, create
bottlenecks on the production line and
tarnish an enterprise’s reputation. 
Correspondingly, overstocked inventory
will tie up company funds, subsequently
reducing the return rate of investment and
the turnover rate of total assets, ultimately
lowering the effectiveness of enterprise
management.

Dogs have been extensively studied. OR


Dogs have received extensive attention.
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they do
not (STATE MAIN LIMITATION.)

Therefore, this work presents an inventory


stock management model that coordinates
the efforts of suppliers and retailers, in
which the inventory stock model of
distribution for the normality is adopted to
determine the minimum total cost via the
metering method.  The (s, Q) policy of the
inventory stock between the supplier and
the manufacturer is adopted to reduce the
amount of minimum stock required  to
reduce the total cost when ordering larger
quantities.  Problems encountered between
the supplier and the manufacturer in
predicting the required amount of
inventory stock is addressed individually.
Next, the stock model (s , Q) is utilized to
derive the inventory stock models for the
supplier and manufacturer without
complex mathematical equations For the
inventory stock cost, sales volume and
orders in short supply, the most
appropriate control channel is adopted by
the supplier and the manufacturer,
followed by mathematical analysis and
estimation.

The proposed inventory management


model can determine the most economic
purchasing amount, purchasing
opportunity and inventory stock policy for
both the supplier and the manufacturer.
Using random and the most appropriate
control measures, the proposed 
management model can determine
precisely the demand between the supplier
and the manufacturers, reduce overhead
costs and enable enterprise managers to
select the most effective inventory stock
policy  to enhance overall operations.
The rest of this paper is organized as
follows.
Conclusions are finally drawn in
Section___, along with recommendations
for future research.

272.  (Business Management)

Research Proposal
Setting of work proposal

Today, consumer no matter in domestic or


overseas, use "the cCredit cards are used
pervasively worldwide", encouraging  to
expense, namely can achieve the
security 、 economical and the
convenience consumer behavior, this
unify the cardholder while alleviating
security concerns and offering
convenience. 、 SendsCredit card issuing
companiesorganization 、 , retailers the
privilege store 、 , the receiptving bank ,
and the credit card agencies have become
five aspects consume way, has become the
mainstream means of societyal
transactions trade way nowadays. ; iIn a
no cashless  trade century, "credit card"s
encourage has consume spending by first
then pay money, credit circulation ,
borrowsing the cash for a purchase in
advance…etc advantage, has become a
main payment instrument under finance
create product.

Work problem

Given rapid changes in To follow the


consumer’s life change quickly trends,
credit card issuing companies often lose
their competitiveness owing to a high
banking industry discovered the credit
card which can sell good past, today
uncertain can sell good, tomorrow even
don’t  know can vanish from the market or
not. After all what method can let
enterprise to keep the consumer turnover
ratefor a long time, how can maintain the
relationship between the product and the
consumer .
Quantitative specification of problem

Asccording to businessman estimated, the


formerly credit card industrythe
economiescal of scale for the credit card
issuing sector is approximately 500,000
ten thousand credit cards.  However, with
the increasing number of but now sends
out credit card issuing
companiesorganization increasing day by
day, shouldthat figure will increase to
700,000 ten thousand ability achieve the
economical scale. While Taiwan currently
has At presently , 54 54 credit card
issuing companies,  Sends out credit card
organization in Taiwan, unexpectedly has
40 forty of those have not send out credit
card organization not to achieved the
economies of cal scale, explaining the
fiercetherefore cause malignant
competition between the card
organization.in this sector.

Importance of problem

The inability of After all the bank’s credit


card issuing companies to enhance
communication with consumers through
effective procedures such as Iintegrated
marketing communication (IMC), is
helpful to the  makes it impossible to
promoteion the brand recognition of the
banking sector industry's brand image or
not.in issuing credit cards.

Work objective

Based on the above, we should develop an


the purpose that banking industry carry
out Iintegrated marketing communication
(IMC)-based strategy (IMC), for the
banking sector  simply hope through
integrate each kind of communication
tool, except can to reduce senseless budget
wasteoverhead costs in marketing, another
side, also can transmit clear and
consistency image, and establishes thea
clear enterprise brand image for in the
consumers to easily recognize mind ,
genuine let communication display the
greatest efficiency.

Methodology to achieve objective


To do so,  can be

To do so, his research ofthe optimal


marketing resource allocation model can
be adopted to by quantitatively
investigateion way, the information of
nine  by collecting 9 bank credit card
issuers in banks with respect to the way in
which they allocate resources allocation
information, discusses by modify .  The
Delphi technique and Aanalytic
Hhierarchy Pprocess (AHP) method can
then be used to analyzes how the tTaiwan
bank sector industry optimal allocates its
marketing resources allocation model, and
through the.  Next, a consistencey
examination can be performsed to control
the accuracy of the research
resultscontent.  Additionally, a
questionnaire survey can be sent to
banking experts, along with an AHP-based
survey sent to experts in industry.  Based
on those results, a priority sequence for
the weight ration of the optimal marketing
resource allocation model can be derived .
Moreover, the relevant weight ratio of
each level and priority can be analyzed

Anticipated results
As anticipated, the proposed IMC-based
strategy can WHAT?This research through
passing out expert's question survey and
AHP industry question survey, after twice
question survey, generate optimal
marketing resource allocation model key
factor weight ratio priority sequence . The
relevant weight ratio of each level and
priority are analyzed as follows:

Contribution to field

The proposed IMC strategy can adopt


Results of this research, the optimal
marketing resource allocation theory can
proceed the rearch bybased on  Analytic
Hierarchy Process ( the AHP) method,
obtaining also can truly obtain an
objective expert’s opinion ,, obtain each
factor weight distribution, thus providing
a valuable reference for decision makers
concerned with the efficient allocation of
advantageously marketing resources
allocation decision-maker reference.

Abstract

Credit cards are used pervasively


worldwide, encouraging consumer
behavior while alleviating security
concerns and offering convenience. 
However, given rapid changes in
consumer trends, credit card issuing
companies often lose their
competitiveness owing to a high consumer
turnover rate. Therefore, this work
presents an integrated marketing
communication-based strategy for the
banking sector to reduce overhead costs in
marketing and establish a clear enterprise
brand image for consumers to easily
recognize.  The optimal marketing
resource allocation model is adopted to
quantitatively investigate the information
of nine credit card issuers in banks with
respect to the way in which they allocate
resources.  The Delphi technique and
analytic hierarchy process (AHP) method
are then used to analyze how the Taiwan
bank sector allocates its marketing
resources.  Next, a consistency
examination is performed to control the
accuracy of research results.  Additionally,
a questionnaire survey is sent to banking
experts, along with an AHP-based survey
sent to experts in industry.  Based on those
results, a priority sequence for the weight
ration of the optimal marketing resource
allocation model is derived . Moreover,
the relevant weight ratio of each level and
priority is analyzed.  The proposed IMC
strategy can adopt  optimal marketing
resource allocation theory based on  the
AHP method, obtaining an objective
expert’s opinion, each factor weight
distribution, thus providing a valuable
reference for decision makers concerned
with the efficient allocation of marketing
resources.

Introduction
Credit cards are used pervasively
worldwide, encouraging consumer
behavior while alleviating security
concerns and offering convenience. Credit
card issuing companies, retailers, the
receiving bank and credit card agencies
have become the mainstream means of
societal transactions. In a cashless century,
credit cards encourage consume spending
by  borrowing the cash for a purchase in
advance.  However, given rapid changes
in consumer trends, credit card issuing
companies often lose their
competitiveness owing to a high consumer
turnover rate. As estimated, the economies
of scale for the credit card issuing sector is
approximately 500,000 credit cards. 
However, with the increasing number of
credit card issuing companies, that figure
will increase to 700,000. While Taiwan
currently has  54 credit card issuing
companies,  forty of those have not
achieved economies of , explaining the
fierce competition in this sector. The
inability of credit card issuing companies
to enhance communication with
consumers through effective procedures
such as integrated marketing
communication makes it impossible to
promote the brand recognition of the
banking sector in issuing credit cards.

Dogs have been extensively studied. OR


Dogs have received extensive attention.
Although above studies (STATE
OVERALL CONTRIBUTION), they do
not (STATE MAIN LIMITATION.)

Therefore, this work presents an


integrated marketing communication-
based strategy for the banking sector to
reduce overhead costs in marketing and
establish a clear enterprise brand image
for consumers to easily recognize.  The
optimal marketing resource allocation
model is adopted to quantitatively
investigate the information of nine credit
card issuers in banks with respect to the
way in which they allocate resources.  The
Delphi technique and analytic hierarchy
process (AHP) method are then used to
analyze how the Taiwan bank sector
allocates its marketing resources.  Next, a
consistency examination is performed to
control the accuracy of research results. 
Additionally, a questionnaire survey is
sent to banking experts, along with an
AHP-based survey sent to experts in
industry.  Based on those results, a priority
sequence for the weight ration of the
optimal marketing resource allocation
model is derived . Moreover, the relevant
weight ratio of each level and priority is
analyzed.

The proposed IMC strategy can adopt


optimal marketing resource allocation
theory based on  the AHP method,
obtaining an objective expert’s opinion,
each factor weight distribution, thus
providing a valuable reference for
decision makers concerned with the
efficient allocation of marketing
resources.
The rest of this paper is organized as
follows.
Conclusions are finally drawn in
Section___, along with recommendations
for future research.

273.  (Business Management)

Setting of research proposal


The medical education of Taiwan is
increasingly emphasizing the Given its
extensive use for many centuries, Chinese
herbal medicine has received increasing
emphasis among clinical researchers in
Taiwan, as evidenced by . People already
have used the traditional Chinese
medicine for a long time. The traditional
Chinese medicine the analyzesis of its
efficacy by several analytical the scientific
methods assist.
 
Research problem
However, extracting To use the traditional
Chinese medicine requires a need a large
quantity of material of medicinal
usecomponents or vale and cooking for
extended periods a long time., making it
less efficient to produce than  To utilize
science methods may take a traditional
Chinese medicine become fast and
convenient, like Western medicine.

Quantitative specification of problem


For instance, preparingTo take traditional
Chinese medicine for intake requires
needat least 2 hours or more toin
arrangement. Therefore, making it an the
traditional Chinese medicine cannot too
inefficient procedure. 

Importance of problem
The inability to adopt In the event of that
sciencetific methods to cannot extract the
valid compounds of traditional Chinese
medicine valid compound. In the theory,
the Chinese medicine could not become
makes it unfeasible for modern. clinical
practice owing to its inefficiencyIn a fact,
take the Chinese medicine is unhandy.

Research objective
Based on the above, we should develop an
in order to extraction method for the valid
compounds of the traditional Chinese
medicine valid compound to applythrough
clinical trials in animals for eventual use
for humans experiment and actuality to
put in use in men.

Methodology
To do so,  (NOTE:  Add three or four
sentences that describes your
methodology.)
Anticipated results
As anticipated, Tthe proposed method can
reduce nearly half the time required by
conventional approaches in
extractingnovel the valid compounds of
Chinese medicine valid compound can
reduce a half time or more to arrangement.
In the end, take the Chinese medicine will,
making it a more economically viable
processze time.

Contribution to field
Additionally, the proposed extraction
method novel the Chinese medicine valid
compound can significantly reduce the
time required to prepare Chinese medicine
for consumption, as well as eliminate the
time waste, providingensure safe and
modern applications for clinical medicine
scientific Chinese medicine.

274.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Research Proposal
Setting of work proposal

Radiation exposure increases the risk of


cancer among the general populationOur
citizens great concern of Exposures to
radiation increase cancer risk .Exposure to
radiation including exposure to, as
evidenced by medical radiation or
radiation- contaminated environments
(e.g. such as 60Co contaminated
buildings, nuclear power plants,
professional use of radiation, and
radioactive substances). Given the
complexity In Taiwanese, the issue of
radiation exposures is more complicated.
Thus in Taiwan, a rationalmore thoroughly
understanding the safety of irradiation
safety-related issues is of priority concern
will have a beneficial effect.

Work problem

Despite the use of radiation dosimetery for


acute high dose exposure as an effective
means ofA fast and reliable approach to
estimateing the exposure for individuals
chronically exposed to ionizing radiation
over a protracted period is essential.
Radiation dosimetery for acute high dose
exposure has been employed for several
years. However, dose reconstruction for
individuals with previous long-term and
low dose-rate radiation exposure has
seldom been examinedreported.,
especially when attempting to assess
ionization radiation in order toWe will
define low dose rate exposures to
ionization radiation assessment system.   

Quantitative specification of problem

Exposing to the environments of high


dosages of ionizing radiation may induce
the development of the risk andincrease
the incident rate of various types of
cancers. For instance, Since 1982, more
than 200 buildings constructed in Taiwan
since 1982 have been found were found to
containconstructed with cobalt-60
contaminated steels.   The rate at which
individuals receiveMany people were
long-term and low dose-rate radiation
exposure was rangeds from 0.50 to 500.00
uSv/ hour, while the background dose
rates in most buildings in Taiwan was
rangesd from around 0.08 to 0.10uSv.
This kind of people can contribute the
source of the information and the possible
effects of chronic that eExposureing to a
low dose of ionizing radiation over an
extended long  period of time leads to
chronic illnesses.

Importance of problem

Ionizing radiation may cause thePossibly


damaginges of DNA and creatingthe
errors ofing DNA transcription.   It,
ionizing radiation may also directly induce
the death of cells or cause gene mutation,
thus increasing the incidence rate and then
increase the possibility of getting cancer. 
The lack of an effective low dose rate
assessment strategy for radiation-
contaminated environments (e.g., 60Co
contaminated buildings, nuclear power
plants, professional use of radiation, and
radioactive substances) poses a major
health threat to the general publicwill lead
to people living to be scare in Taiwan.

275. (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Research proposal
*Setting of work proposal
  The cancer, rRanking the first for the
globally amongten major causes of the
death at present. Furthermore, cancer also
causes the immunity of patients to
becomethe resistance oft to therapeutic
drugs will produce in most cancer
patients. Restated, as It means that the
cancer patient's cells develop a tolerance
towards strengthens chemotherapy
medicine tolerance, form the multidrug
resistance forms in tumour cells.

*Work problem
While mMultidrug resistance to
chemotherapy isposes a major obstacle in
the treatment ofing cancer patients., the
lack of alternative  However, is it the only
methods to aggravate medicine dosage or
radiotherapy or excise the part organ?
makes it impossible to resolve this
dilemma Are there other treatment ways to
object to these tumour cells?.

*Quantitative specification of problem


  While conventionalIn the tradition
treatsment the way, kill terminates those
multidrug resistance tumour cells can
from the by aggravating ofthe medicine
dosage, doing so can but it will produce
more seriously injurey to human body's
normal cells in the human body. following
Rradiotherapy and exciseing of organ,s it
will form more injury that human body
can't remedy.

*Importance of problem
 The inability to enhance the effectiveness
of conventional se methods are
maintherapeutic treatment methods on
medical science at present, there is not
very ideal methods. But if does not use
these to treat, the makes it impossible to
over drug resistance in tumour cells of
drug is not only unable to dispel , creating
an adverse impact towards the metastasis
of it may cause the serious effect that
these cells metastasis even more.
Ps. chemotherapy is usually used after
Radiotherapy and excise organ.

 
 276.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)
Setting of work proposal
The World Health Organization
(WHO) classified Taiwan as a serious
epidemic-stricken area when the extent of
severe acute respiratory syndrome during
the severe acute respiratory syndrome
((SARS)) in Taiwan became clear health
crisis. As of July 11, 2003, 671 probable
SARS cases werehad been identified in
Taiwan; and seven health care workers
had died as wellfrom the disease.
Radiographers were especially prone to
easily infected by SARS infection owing
to their because they had close contact
with suspected or probable cases while
conducting during chest Xx-ray
examinations., resulting in the contraction
of SARS by Tthree radiographers had
been infected by the end of May 2003.
Given this potential threatBecause of the
impact of SARS on the Radiology
Department, theradiology departments
established a SARS emergency infection
control team andto redesigned the
department's infection-control and
emergency-management procedures based
on the concept of risk-grade protection.
This effort included establishinglaunching
a radiographic room atin the fever-
screening station, reallocating human
resources in new personnel to the
Rradiology Ddepartment, training the
departmental staff in infection control, and
drafting new operational procedures for
radiographers conducting X-ray
examinations on SARS patients. The goal
of this program wasattempted to reduce
the infection rate and distribute materials
efficiently in the department. This article
introduces the emergency-management
procedure of the Radiology Department
during the SARS outbreak and the
infection-protection experience of the
department staff.
Problem
The pathogen that causesing severe
acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) is a
coronavirus mutation. When the human
body is infected with this pathogen,
diffuse pneumonia and respiratory failure
occur, possibly leading toand infection can
lead to death fatality. SARS originated
fromin the Canton province of mainland
China and then rapidly spread to Hong
Kong, Taiwan, Canada, Singapore, and
other countries in 2003. Taiwan's first
SARS case was diagnosed in February
2003, after whichfollowed by a massive
SARS infectious event broke out outbreak
in the Municipal Hoping Municipal
Hospital ofin Taipei during in April 2003.
The World Health Organization (WHO)
classified Taiwan as a serious epidemic-
stricken area because ofowing to the high
prevalence of SARS infection in this area.
On April 24, 2003, the government
ordered a quarantine of the hospital to be
isolated. However, the absence of because
infection controls were not in place at the
beginning of the outbreak, led to internal
infections occurred in 6six Taiwanese-area
hospitals from April to June 2003. These
hospitals were also quarantinedclosed and
stopped receiving new patients. Assistance
from Thanks toWHO specialists sent by
the WHO to help improve protection,
contributed to stabilization of the SARS
situation crisis in Taiwan has stabilised.
As of July 30, 2003, a total of 671
probable cases werehad been diagnosed.
Quantitative specification of problem
The latent period of SARS islasts
from 2 to 7 days. The initial sign of
infection is usuallynormally a fever
(>38ºC), which is often accompanied by
headaches, muscleular pain, and
weakness. Most SARS patients have local
pulmonary infiltrates in the early stages.
Some have focal consolidation on chest
X-ray images in the late stage. According
to previous studies, Research has shown
that the SARS virus spreads through
physical contact with patients, via
secretions and a fecal material. Because
theAs health care workerspersonnel who
diagnosed and managed SARS werehad
directly in contact with patients, those
without unprotected personnelion were
easily infected. Some staff members were
infected when diagnosing patients, and as
of mid-June 2003, ; seven health care
workers have died offrom SARS as of
mid-June 2003.
As suggested by the Upon the
recommendation of WHO, the Health
Department of Health of the Republic of
China classified categorized SARS into
suspected, probable, and confirmed cases.
Because As pulmonary infiltrate is an
important indicator by which to judge
index to determine the condition and
progress of SARS, chest X-ray
examination plays an important role in the
diagnosis ofng SARS cases. Because
radiographers had Owing to their close
contact with patients when they conducted
during chest X-ray examinations, their
radiographers were highly prone to
infectionus potential was high. As of By
the end of May 2003, three Taiwan-area
radiographers were infected with SARS.
The Disease Control Bureau of the
Republic of China classified hospital
departments into 3three risk levels: high
level, mid-level, and low levels., with
Tthe radiology department was considered
a high-level risk department. Facing a
shortage of personnel and material
resources, Because the Radiology
Department was required to serve the Xx-
ray imaging of SARS-suspected patients
at fever-screening stations and negative
pressure isolation rooms, it faced a
shortage of manpower and materials. The
department had to internallysubsequently
reallocated its staff and protection
materials, leading to the and establishment
of a complete emergency-management
program to maximize infection control
efforts and allow the rest of the
department to run ensure normally
departmental operations.
Importance of problem
During the SARS- outbreak period,
the department's emergency-management
and infection-control plan included 4
pointsfour priorities: (1) distributeing
protective materials based on the concept
of risk-grade protection to use resources
efficiently; (2) checking the operating load
during the SARS period, reallocateing
departmental personnel manpower to use
human resources efficiently, and
letallowing staff have days off by turns
work leave in sequence to reduce the
potential of cross-infection in the
department; and (3) drafting the
Ooperational Pprocedures for
Rradiographers Cconducting Xx-ray
Eexaminations for in SARS Ppatients to
reduce the likelihood of infectionus
potential in the Radiology Department;
and (4) planning emergency management
procedures to ensure normal make the
department departmental operationsrun
normally if some staff members personnel
were infected bywith  SARS and
quarantined.  segregated.
During the SARS- outbreak period in
Taiwan, Cheng-Hsin hHospital actively
participated actively in the efforts to
combat SARS. FirstInitially, the hospital
set upestablished a SARS emergency
infection-control team in charge of
responsible for SARS protection control
forof the wholeentire hospital. It began
establishing nNegative pressure isolation
rooms were then established with 48 beds
in April 2003 to receive suspected,
probable, and confirmed SARS cases. A
fever-screening station was also createdset
up outside the emergency room in May
2003 to protect its staff personnel and
patients from SARS infection.

277.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Setting of research proposal
Developed by Professor Rossi for
microdosimetric investigation of radiation
in 1960, Aa dosimetric method based on a
low pressure tissue equivalent
proportional counter which had been put
forward by Professor Rossi for
microdosimetric investigation of radiation
in 1960, has been widely used extensively
adopted in radiation dosimetry lately.
According to the International
Commission on Radiation Units and
Measurements, determine microdosimetric
parameters (comprise OR consist of OR
contain OR are composed of) energy
deposited, specific energy and energy
imparted. This counter is a spherical
chamber with a tissue equivalent wall and
filled with tissue equivalent gas. As the
principal instrument of microdosimetry
based on the Bragg-Gray cavity principle,
Ttheis above-mentioned gas-filled counter
is the principal instrument of
microdosimetry. The method is based on
the Bragg-Gray cavity principle. Its
proposal is to determinesmeasure the dose
and dose equivalent to small volumes of
human tissue, when we deal with high
energy radiation is behind the shielding of
high energy accelerator and spacecraft
ships.

Research problem
A lLinear accelerator can accelerate
electrons to producegenerate high energy
electrons or x-ray with different energy
regions. , thus producing a Pphotonuclear
reaction is produced by this accelerator
with  when the energy exceedsabove 10
MeV. Thise above-mentioned reaction
subsequently emits neutrons. When the
human tissue is irradiated by
bremmsstrahlung photon, created in a
linear accelerator, the patient will receives
a significant dose of photo-produced
neutrons. However, the calculation and
experimental investigation of tissue
equivalent proportional counter for a
linear accelerator with one or more
products and neutrons of microdosimetry
has not been investigated
experimentallyremain unknown.

Quantitative specification of problem


Additionally, the neutron response of a
tissue equivalent proportional counter
depends on the atomic composition of gas
in a neutron energy region below 300 keV.
And tThe neutron response depends on the
atomic composition of the counter for
neutrons above 300 keV. While Tthe
regular spherical shape of the counter was
chosenselected in orderso that its response
would be more or less independent of the
direction from which the radiation
comesemits, but the spherical shape is a
challenging task for technique to design
purposes.

Importance of problem
Neutron response will depends on
construction of the tissue equivalent
proportional counter construction and
atomic composition of materials, which
are used in a counter design. Therefore,
given various radiation types,
measurement methods and angles for the
linear accelerator, enhancing improvement
of the counter design and materials,
response to some types of radiation,
measurement methods and angles for
linear accelerator makes this research
difficult is problematic.

278.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Setting of work proposal
The purpose ofA wound dressing
iattempts to ensuremaintain an optimal
healing environment toby easinglighten
pain and preventingprotection trauma
infection. Both the cComposition of the
wound dressing and its the ability of
adhereence to the skin largely
determinethat influence the woundits
therapeutical effectivenessrequirement.
Additionally,The composition of the
medicine enableswill influence the wound
to heal over and the treatment effect,
andwhile the medicine carrier to
involveensures the staying power of the
wound dressing on the skin.

Work problem
Wounded hen skin is wounded, the
damage often destroys itsthe structure of
collagen in the skin., necessitating that for
this reason , the composition of the wound
dressing to contain collagen, in general
the. cCollagen extract from thean animal
organism, often needrequires to adding the
other materials helping to facilitate
extraction, possiblymay causeing the user
to become allergic to the wound dressing
concern with safety.

Quantitative specification of problem


As is widely assumed, Ccysteine protease
were actually believed to be is the
predominant class of protease in plants. Its
use Put into the  medicine, can help to
remove the wound bacterium, and shorten
and treatment time and improve the
security.

Importance of problem
The inability to resolve the possibility of
If the worry of the anaphylaxis can't
solve , may cause other adverse side
effects and reduce the effectiveness of
therapeutic treatingment.

279. (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Outlining the Work Proposal~ Describing
the Project Background

Setting of work proposal: The conventional


means of treatingment for coronary artery
disease is Ppercutaneous Ttransluminal
Ccoronary Aangioplasty (PTCA)
combining stents. However, according to
But the results of a 3three-year follow up
study, indicates the restenosis rate
approachesing 25%. So we should find
out, necessitating a more effective better
treatment procedure to decrease thise
restenosis rate.
Work problems: Conventional stent is
belongs to a foreign body for humans,
iteasily inducesing smooth muscle
proliferatione easily. If the stent was is an
eluted drug on its surface, how should it
been eluted to avoid the drug run off in a
relatively short time and how to determine
the most optimal dose? are of priority
concern.
Quantitative specification of problem: TheA
concentration under 10-2 μg offor the
eluted drug under 10-2 μg it would not
makes it impossible to control smooth
muscle proliferation. On the other
handHowever, if the a concentration
overexceeding 1 μg it will bewould be
toxic then, subsequently inducesing an
aneurysm. The drug was eEluted with a
polymer technique; it, the drug is  will be
classified 3 kinds by according to the
speed of releasinge: slow release, medium
release and  or fast release. We should
analyze which one is the most effective
must be determined.
Importance of problem: The inability of If
the stent that canto resist the proliferation
of a smooth muscle could not been
developed, makes it impossible to
decrease the probabilityincidence rate of
in-stent restenosis can’t be decrease.
280.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)
Setting of work proposal
Due to the rRapid advances in magnetic
resonance technology, have led to the
extensive use of magnetic resonance
cholangiopancreatography (MRCP) has
become widely used as a non-invasive
diagnostic method for evaluating the
biliary tree and pancreatic duct.
Problem
 Some of the invasive techniques,
including such as endoscopic retrograde
cholangiopancreatography (ERCP) and
percutaneous transhepatic
cholangiography (PTC), used either an
endoscope or a guided wire inside the
patient’s body to obtain an image of the
digestive system image, some of often
creating patients discomfort and possibly
leading to underwent the procedure must
tolerance the pain and  probability of
infection.
Quantification
Various pancreaticobiliary
obstruction lesions, including stones,
cholangitis, pancreatitis and choledochal
cyst, weare clearly shown. MRCP
combined with conventional MR images
couldan diagnosis cholangiocarcinoma,
pancreatic adenocarcinoma and liver
tumor accurately. This study aim to
promote the diagnostic rate of
pancreaticobiliary system disease to
nearly 95%.(NOTE:  Don’t mention your
anticipated results here.  You should be
providing a statistic that describes patient
discomfort or the incidence rate of
infection.)
Importance of problem
The uUpgraded of computer software
and the improvements of in scanning
techniques facilitateenable the production
of relatively high quality cholangiograms,
and even provideing super visualization of
normal pancreaticobiliary anatomy, with
the use of.  Adopting the patient
respiratory-trigger technique, obviously
decreases the motion artifact caused by a
patient’s respiratory system.  (NOTE:
Although I have edited your English, I
don’t think you are describing the
theoretical and practical impact of your
problem not being solved.)

  281.  (Nuclear Science-


Radiotechnology) 
Setting of work proposal
Recently changes in the daily diets of
Taiwanese towards foods with , because of
owing to the large consumption of high
fatcholesterol contents and high energy
food, along with sedentary and change in
life styles and meal habits, have increased
the annual rate of all of those factors let
the patients with Tthrombosis increase
yearly. For the Thrombosis, center on the
aAnti-platelet aggregation and
development of thean anticoagulation-
drug is very importanceare of priority
concern in combating thrombosis.
Work problem
However, given the many categories of
anticoagulation- drugs has a lot of
categories., the adverse effects of But the
limitation of traditioncommonly
administered drugs is too side effect too
high. On the other hand, while the
sensitivity of traditional platelet function
assays sensitivity is too low.
 Quantitative specification of problem
For exampleinstance, using
radioimmunoassay determinations, it only
obtained PF4 basal levels of 10–50 ng/ml
are obtained. But allowed However, a
veryhighly sensitive determination of PF4
by ELISA , which could detect as little as
0.6 ng /ml of PF4 basal levels.
Importance of problem
The inability to alleviate oretical, if have
no way enhance these adverseside effects,
after patients use the medicine there will
be  will lead to hemorrhage,ing or
allergyies following
administration of anticoagulation
drugs and so on. On the other hand, if
have no way Moreover, the inability to
increase the sensitivity of determination
sensitive, that can not makes it impossible
to detect the lowest levels of platelet
formation.

282.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Setting of work proposal
The doctor Physicians and patients are
prone to varying levels of were an
opportunity to adopt radiation dose in
during clinical diagnosis. Radiation is
cColorless, and tasteless and invisible.,
radiation is often impossible to detect
when  We are unable to find out about that
radiation when radioactivity exposure on
the distribute of spaceoccurs in a clinical
setting.
Work problem
Conventionally adopted to assess the In
traditional ideas, the distributedion
situation of radiation dose to generally
interpretation by way of 2D plane in a
clinical setting., a 2D plane The method
has difficulty in to assessing radiation and
surrounding material produced the
situation of functionimpacted. Must adopt
The 3D space ideaconcept is subsequently
adopted to to come to diagnose determine
the radiation dose in a clinical setting
room is assessed. 
Quantitative specification of problem
The dData of 3D space measuresments
are difficult that to quantifyzation to adopt
ways to a form. (NOTE: Although I have
made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.)
This involves Aadopting a mode of
isodose curve thatin which the data
distributed dose of 3D space come on
quantizationis quantified.,  (NOTE:
Although I have made this confusing
sentence grammatically correct, make sure
that I did not change your intended
meaning.)
Importance of problem work objective
In theory, Radiation exposure can be  all
detects examininged with an ion chamber
to identify all defects. (NOTE: Although I
have made this confusing sentence
grammatically correct, make sure that I
did not change your intended meaning.) 
In factMoreover, the volume of the ion
chamber is too large that not facile made
to give an to assignment the 3D space. 
(NOTE: Although I have made this
confusing sentence grammatically correct,
make sure that I did not change your
intended meaning.)

283.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Ssetting of work proposal
Although s the advances in ing of the
medical technology, and therapeutic
treatment have greatly increased the
survivingal rate of the patients diagnosed
with of the nasal and pharyngeal cancer
has greatly increasing after therapy, but
the patients receiving irradiation treatment
experience adversewould get some side
effects , including skin reaction, bone
necrosis, and hearing loss, which are. 
Such irreversible reactions .it would make
lower their living quality of living,
decrease so we try to find other
waysaccounting for the search for
alternative  of medical care or methods to
decrease the uncomfortable feeling that
are patient discomfort accompanyied with
radiation therapy.  
Wwork problem
However, given the increasing number of
there are more and more patients receiving
radiation therapy, which is less
uncomfortable than chemicalo therapy and
or surgery, adverse side effects of
especially the treating patients diagnosed
with of nasal and pharyngeal cancer so we
eager to must be resolved.
qQuantitative specification of problem
As is generally assumed, Traditionally, it
is thought that the side effect of the skin
reaction caused by treatment is
irreversible because the radial destroys the
dermal cell and the hearing cell; that is the
reason hat we always want to find out,
explaining the search for an effective
means of a method averting oiding these
side effects brought by irradiation
treatments for the patient patients of N.P.C
nasal and pharyngeal cancer.
iImportance of problem
The inability to eliminate the adverse side
effects of irradiation treatment makes it
impossible to If we don’t find any
improvement for the patient during the
therapyeutic outcome, it would decrease
the therapeutic succesibility. Because that
kind of uncomfortable feeling Patient
discomfort may cause them to would
make patient want to stop their therapy or
not to obeyadhere to their therapeutic
schedule that would greatly decrease the
therapeutic ability, explaining the urgency
to remedy this problemwe need to eager
out some improvements for them. Finally,
if we can Moreover, the ability to provide
better care for the patient,it would not
only decrease the patient’s harmfuladverse
side effects brought on by irradiation
treatment, but also increase the curative
rate of curing.  
(NOTE:  This belongs to your anticipated
results or contribution, not your problem.)
In addition to decreasing the likelihood of
skin reaction, e.g., carbuncular,
desquamating and ulcerations, caused by
irradiation treatment, results of this study
contribute to efforts to avert hearing loss
that leads to both physiological and
psychological effects.

 
284.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)
Setting of work proposal  The cancer cell
occurrence from a person, to use as
cCurcumin can inhibit the activation of
human cancer cells in humans activation.
Work problem  However, departed merely
to discuss to have plenty merely
consuming plenty of natureal foods such
as .vegetables、 and fruits does not ensure
a  etc., but without concrete expression to
circumvent the activation of cancer cells.
Quantitative specification of problem  For
instance, the inability to consistently
consume To use as 10μM of curcumin
consistency add to cancer cell that get will
not prevent activation of cancer cellsto
decrease.
Importance of problem  Theory inability
of proper amounts of curcumin to be
capable inhibit of cancer cell, growth
makes it impossible to  if not have inhibit
the cancer cell to get ensure sustained
growth.

285.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)

Setting of research proposal


As is well known, silver nanoparticles
have an affinity with a protein’s thiol and
amino- group. Surface plasma resonance
(SPR) is a biosensor whichthat can detect
proteins because silver nanoparticles have
a coating on SPR. Therefore, necessitating
the ability to discoveruse SPR sensitively
and accurately SPR to detect proteins is
necessary. For instance, a protein which
iscontaining amyloid β-derived diffusible
ligands (ADDLs) will causes Alzheimer’s
disease.

Research problem
In present report, Although Llocalized
SPR (LSPR) is more sensitively and
accurately than the conventionally
adoptedtraditional SPR. But, LSPR haves
many different kinds nanostructures.,
explaining why  So that, discover the most
sensitivelyity and accuratelycy are of
priority concern is required.

Quantitative specification of problem


Base on statistics,While the sensitivity of
SPR is 100pM, the LSPR must have
battera higher sensitivelity and
accuratelcy, hopefully bellow 1pM.

Importance of problem

(NOTE:  This is not importance of


problem.  This is the objective of your
study.)
Based on the above, we should Ddesign a
sensitively and accurately biosensor will
cause rapid and accurate find that can
identify special proteins efficiently, as
well asand detect some certain diseases in
their early stages.  For instance,
identifying Such as find the protein
ADDLs early willcan be used to diagnose
Alzheimer’s disease in its early stages so
that therapeutic and to be good for
treatment can be administered.

286.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Setting of research proposal:
While lLumbar spine herniated
intervertebral disc (HIVD) is known to
often cause osuppress the nerves. in
humans, But nobody knows lumbar spine
HIVD exactly why it causes a major
muscular load of bilateral Psoas major
muscle’s load and subsequently produce
lower back pain is unknown. To determine
if iIn vivo detection of the major muscle of
Psoas major muscle can be determined by
using hydrogen 1 magnetic resonance
spectroscopy (MRS). MRS can help
differentiate between normal and
abnormal Psoas major muscles of Psoas.

Work problem:
Psoas major muscle’s The MRS signal for
the major muscles of Psoas is varyied and
complex. Examinations will be performed
at 1.5T magnetic and do not yield a clear
obtain MRS signal will not vary clear.
How to, explaining why the in vivo
detection of Psoasthe major muscles of
Psoas in a qualitative analysis is the major
problematic.
Quantitative specification of problem:
Earlier investigations in muscle
biochemical analysis have many impose
and most investigations use the biopsy
technique in muscle biochemical analysis.
Given advances in Today medical
modalities are progress than pastin recent
years. Moreover, characterization of MRS
is with not invadesis (and survey
continuity:  NOTE:  I have no idea what
you mean by “and survey continuity” in
the context of this sentence.). This finding
can help differentiate between the
percentage of normal and abnormal Psoas
major muscle’s per centin Psoas.
Importance of problem:
(NOTE:  This is not the importance of the
problem.  This is the contribution of the
study.)

This finding can interpret In addition to


determining whether lumbar spine HIVD
whether affects bilateral Psoas major
muscle, results of this study can be used to
and it also can interpret Psoas major
muscle’s the magnetic resonance
spectroscopy for the major muscles of
Psoas. In theoretical, Although most MRS
investigations in MRS were have focused
on signals in the brain’s signal. But, MRS
has seldom been studied with respect to
focus onsignals of muscle’s signal was
few., which would be a valuable reference
for future investigations. No matter what
the results is? This finding can be the most
important reference for follow-up
investigations   

287.  (Biotechnology)
Setting of work proposal
In recent years Bacuolvirus expression
system has been extensively adopted in
was common using on the protein
expression engineeringin recent years.

Work problem
OIn the conventionally adopted
procaryote expression system, this system
posttranslational modification cannot be
compared with the baculovirus expression
system.

Quantitative specification of problem


Posttranslational modification of the
bBaculovirus expression system
posttranslational modification wasis better
than that of the procaryote expression
system, and.  Additionally, the baculovirus
expression system produces protein such
as those found in humans. This
baculovirus expression system requires
lessneed time was short compare with
than the mammalian expression system
does.
Importance of problem
The inability to If not use the baculovirus
expression system to produce proteins,
requires use of the mammalian expression
system to want produce such as human
proteins must use mammalian expression
system. Mammalian expression system
waswhich is inefficient and  cost time and
costly center.

 288.  (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Setting of work proposal
Recently, most patient caner  therapeutic
treatment of cancer patients uses radiation
in a high energy linear accelerator. An
energy level overexceding 10 MV in the
linear accelerator output with not only
hademits neutron leaking pollution, but
also causes reduced absorption dosage for
patients.

Work problem
Radiation therapy is a widely used option
in the curativeextensively adopted to
treatment of localized prostate cancer.
Although local control may be improved
by an increase ining the delivered
radiation dose can enhance local control, a
randomized dose escalation study
comparing 67.2 vs. 75.6 Gy was unable to
show can not demonstrate a clear benefit
in this matter. A high dose may therefore
be needed necessary to improve local
control. However, maximal treatment dose
may be limited by the relatively low
radiation tolerance of surrounding organs
(, i.e., rectum, bladder, and femur heads).
Increase ofing the prescribed dose beyond
70-74 Gy is associated with an
unacceptable of long term complications
(ex:, e.g., rectal bleeding, hematuria). 3D-
CRT is the initialwas first step towards
improveding the spatial dose distribution
in prostate cancer. Presently, oOptimized
IMRT delivery methods further improve
3D-CRT by more accuratelybetter
tailoring the high dose volume to the
target. However, in-depth conformation is
only possible with a high-energy proton
beam with their finite and energy
dependent range. Proton Bragg peak can
be modulated both across the treatment
plan in depth and improved in dose
distribution in IM proton methods. All
those steps towardsin precision therapy
have common the aim attempt to escalate
the dose to the prostate and reduceing the
dose delivered to organs at risk.
Quantitative specification of problem
Results of Thea study for 50of fifty
patients can be used to estimatewould
compute for four therapeutic treatment
plans, in which  and used the inverse
treatment planning system is used. For the
purpose of the study, oOn further dose
escalation to 99 Gy , the two IM plans
were recalculated with the same
optimization procedure as described
above, but with the tolerance dosages of
the various organs at risk scaled
accordingly. Relative weights for the
rectum and bladder were also adjusted
sucho that the absolute DVHs (in Gy) of
both organs matched those of the 81 Gy
plan, thus ensuring a similar complication
probability in these organs as for the 81
Gy plans. Four treatment plans were
compared in a prostate cancer patient
aiming to deliver 81 Gy to the tumor
target. Dose-volume histograms (DVH)
were used to physically compare the
treatment plans. DVH data were also used
to obtain normal tissue complication
probabilities (NTCP) and tumor control
probabilities (TCP).
Importance of problem
Conventional radiotherapy has proven
unsuccessful in controlling prostate
cancer, even in an its early stages,
with<70 Gy. This resultoutcome will
likely results in the have tumor
recurrentce of a tumor of risk. The patient
modeled in the presentis study was
planned in a supine position. This was,
which is in contrast with the usual prone
position for patients treated. The prone
position is preferable to the supine
position position in order to reduce the
irradiation dose of the rectal wall.
Conventional radiotherapy canould
destroy normal organs. This result will can
these organs for any function.
SoTherefore, the foure treatment plans
provide dose distributions capable toof
complying with the goal of delivering the
highest dose to the target while reducing
the treatment toxicity to acceptable levels.

Work objective
Based on the above, we should assess the
potential benefits of intensity modulated
proton beams in optimizing the dose
distribution to safely escalate the tumor
dose in prostate cancer radiotherapy.

Methodology
To do so, four treatment plans can be
compared in a prostate cancer patient
aiming to deliver 81Gy to the tumor
target. A dose escalation study can then be
performed to compare the two intensity
modulated (IM) methods when the target
dose is raised to 99 Gy.

289. (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)

Work objective
Based on the above, we should examine
the feasibility of using alternative
chemotherapy medicine or non-
therapeutic chemistry methods  A after the
cancer cell becomes drugproduces the
resistantce of a drug to the chemotherapy
medicine of a regular dosage., we should
use other chemotherapy medicine or not
methods therapeutically in chemistry.
Relatively to therapeutically cCancer
patients receiving therapeutic treatment of
by only uses thea single kind of
medicines, can avoid aggravating dosages
used in conventional methods in the past
in order to copedeal with the drug
resistance of cancer cells of resistance of a
drug , and can, thus preventing injury to
the human body's normal cell's to suffer
the serious injuryin the human body.

Methodology to achieve objective


To do so, Put into the anticancer drug and
deal with tumor cell, in vitro, the
resistance of cancer cells towards  an of
anticancer drug attempting to terminating
tumor cells in vitro can be screened
outidentified. Put into tThe anticancer
drug and deal with tumor cell in vitro, the
resistancte cancer cells of the anticancer
drug can then be to sift outisolated.  Once
isolated, After thedrug resistancet cancer
cells of drug is sift out, cell can then be
terminated kill becauseusing other drug
from alternative chemotherapy medicine. 
Next, Use the not n-medication methods,
like such a high- temperature, high
pressure or radioactive rays, can be used
to either terminate the cancer cells can
also be death, or block the transformation
to make theleading to cancer cell apotosis.

Anticipated results
As anticipated,   Tthese alternative
approaches to are not chemotherapy
medication methods; hope to be utilized to
can alleviate the clinical patients from
receiving who avoids accepting toohigh
dosage levels of much chemotherapy
medicine dosage.

Contribution to field
  Results of this study contribute to efforts
to provide a viable alternative for cancer
In theory, the method can be to the
patients unable to fullytotally recover,
after undergoing following chemotherapy
medication, especially given the resistance
of and continue massacring the cancer
cells towards such medication that has
already produced the resistance of drug to
the medicine in the body at this moment..
In fact, on theWith respect to clinical and
therapeutically effect outcomes, the
alternative approaches presented herein
can reach and kill allterminate cancer cells
without the high dosage of chemotherapy
medicine that has all already produced in
the body.

Abstract
Ranking first globally among major causes
of fatality, cancer also causes the
immunity of patients to become resistant
to therapeutic drugs. Restated, as cancer
cells develop a tolerance towards
chemotherapy, multi-drug resistance
forms in tumor cells.  While multi-drug
resistance to chemotherapy poses a major
obstacle in treating cancer patients, the
lack of alternative methods to aggravate
medicine dosage or radiotherapy or excise
the part organ makes it impossible to
resolve this dilemma.  This study
examines the feasibility of using
alternative chemotherapy medicine or
non-therapeutic chemistry methods after
the cancer cell becomes drug resistant to
chemotherapy medicine of a regular
dosage. Cancer patients receiving
therapeutic treatment of only a single 
medicine can avoid aggravating dosages
used in conventional methods to cope with
the drug resistance of cancer cells, thus
preventing injury to normal cells in the
human body.  The resistance of cancer
cells towards an anticancer drug
attempting to terminating tumor cells in
vitro is identified. The resistant cancer
cells of the anticancer drug are then
isolated. Once isolated, drug resistant
cancer cells are then terminated using
alternative chemotherapy medicine.  Next,
non-medication methods such a high
temperature, high pressure or radioactive
rays are used to either terminate cancer
cells or block the transformation leading
to cancer cell apotosis.  Analysis results
indicate that these alternative approaches
to chemotherapy can alleviate patients
from receiving high dosage levels of
chemotherapy medicine.  Results of this
study contribute to efforts to provide a
viable alternative for cancer patients
unable to fully recover following
chemotherapy, especially given the
resistance of cancer cells towards such
medication. With respect to clinical and
therapeutic outcomes, the alternative
approaches presented herein can terminate
cancer cells without the high dosage of
chemotherapy medicine.

  290. (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)

Problem statement
Developed by Professor Rossi for
microdosimetric investigation of radiation
in 1960, a dosimetric method based on a
low pressure tissue equivalent
proportional counter has been extensively
adopted in radiation dosimetry. According
to the International Commission on
Radiation Units and Measurements,
microdosimetric parameters consist of
energy deposited, specific energy and
energy imparted. This counter is a
spherical chamber with a tissue equivalent
wall and filled with tissue equivalent gas.
As the principal instrument of
microdosimetry based on the Bragg-Gray
cavity principle, this gas-filled counter
determines the dose and dose equivalent
to small volumes of human tissue when
high energy radiation is behind the
shielding of high energy accelerator and
spacecraft. A linear accelerator can
accelerate electrons to generate high
energy electrons or x-ray with different
energy regions, thus producing a
photonuclear reaction when the energy
exceeds 10 MeV. This reaction
subsequently emits neutrons. When
human tissue is irradiated by the
bremmsstrahlung photon, as created in a
linear accelerator, the patient receives a
significant dose of photo-produced
neutrons. However, the tissue equivalent
proportional counter for a linear
accelerator with one or more products and
neutrons of microdosimetry has not been
investigated experimentally.  Additionally,
the neutron response of a tissue equivalent
proportional counter depends on the
atomic composition of gas in a neutron
energy region below 300 keV. The neutron
response depends on the atomic
composition of the counter for neutrons
above 300 keV. While the regular
spherical shape of the counter was
selected so that its response would be
more or less independent of the direction
from which the radiation emits, the
spherical shape is a challenging task for
design purposes.  Neutron response
depends on construction of the tissue
equivalent proportional counter and
atomic composition of materials used in a
counter design. Therefore, given various
radiation types, measurement methods and
angles for the linear accelerator,
enhancing the counter design and
materials is problematic.  Moreover,
measuring the equivalent dose of high
energy neutrons is problematic for
radiation protection dosimetry and
microdosimetry owing to the lack of
standard devices for investigating the
mixed radiation field.  Therefore, a
spherical or right cylindrical tissue
equivalent proportional counter must be
developed to measure all particles
composed of thermal neutrons, fast
neutrons, high energy charge particles and
photons for a high energy linear
accelerator.  Using such a microdosimeter,
the energy deposited in volumes
resembling critical tissue components
such as cells or cell nuclei must be
determined as well.

Hypothesis statement

A spherical or right cylindrical tissue


equivalent proportional counter can be
determined to measure all particles
composed of thermal neutrons, fast
neutrons, high energy charge particles and
photons for a high energy linear
accelerator.  Using such a microdosimeter,
the energy deposited in volumes
resembling critical tissue components
such as cells or cell nuclei must be
determined as well.  To do so, given that
microdosimetry involves studying single-
event deposition at microscopic sites of a
tissue, the detector geometry can be
selected to  design a tissue equivalent
proportional counter. The spherical cavity
generally tends to be  cylinder based
owing to that the sphere is not only
volume with isotropic response, but also
has the lowest relative variance of chord
lengths. The wall of such a counter can
then be made of a tissue equivalent to A-
150 plastic, which is a mixture of calcium
fluoride, polyethylene, nylon and carbon.
Next, the gas filling can be selected to
influence the gas gain and counting
characteristics.  As anticipated, analysis
results can indicate the feasibility of
fabricating anequivalent proportional
counter for the spherical tissue that
conforms to the chord length distribution
and mean chord length standard described
by Professor Kellerer when measuring the
mixed radiation field for a high energy
linear accelerator, especially in neutron
dose. If desired, the linear energy
deposited in small tissue can be
determined using such a microdosimeter. 
A neutron dose equivalent meter based on
a tissue equivalent proportional counter is
highly promising for a variety of radiation
fields of a high energy linear accelerator.
Such a counter can be used as a reference
meter in various neutron fields for routine
microdosimeters.  Moreover, using this
counter  with another simple dosimeter
may reduce systematic measurement
errors of dose equivalent in a mixed
radiation field.

Research proposal

Developed by Professor Rossi for


microdosimetric investigation of radiation
in 1960, a dosimetric method based on a
low pressure tissue equivalent
proportional counter has been extensively
adopted in radiation dosimetry. According
to the International Commission on
Radiation Units and Measurements,
microdosimetric parameters consist of
energy deposited, specific energy and
energy imparted. This counter is a
spherical chamber with a tissue equivalent
wall and filled with tissue equivalent gas.
As the principal instrument of
microdosimetry based on the Bragg-Gray
cavity principle, this gas-filled counter
determines the dose and dose equivalent
to small volumes of human tissue when
high energy radiation is behind the
shielding of high energy accelerator and
spacecraft.

A linear accelerator can accelerate


electrons to generate high energy electrons
or x-ray with different energy regions,
thus producing a photonuclear reaction
when the energy exceeds 10 MeV. This
reaction subsequently emits neutrons.
When human tissue is irradiated by the
bremmsstrahlung photon, as created in a
linear accelerator, the patient receives a
significant dose of photo-produced
neutrons. However, the tissue equivalent
proportional counter for a linear
accelerator with one or more products and
neutrons of microdosimetry has not been
investigated experimentally.

Additionally, the neutron response of a


tissue equivalent proportional counter
depends on the atomic composition of gas
in a neutron energy region below 300 keV.
The neutron response depends on the
atomic composition of the counter for
neutrons above 300 keV. While the regular
spherical shape of the counter was
selected so that its response would be
more or less independent of the direction
from which the radiation emits, the
spherical shape is a challenging task for
design purposes.  Neutron response
depends on construction of the tissue
equivalent proportional counter and
atomic composition of materials used in a
counter design. Therefore, given various
radiation types, measurement methods and
angles for the linear accelerator,
enhancing the counter design and
materials is problematic.  Moreover,
measuring the equivalent dose of high
energy neutrons is problematic for
radiation protection dosimetry and
microdosimetry owing to the lack of
standard devices for investigating the
mixed radiation field.

Based on the above, we should design a


spherical or right cylindrical tissue
equivalent proportional counter to
measure all particles composed of thermal
neutrons, fast neutrons, high energy
charge particles and photons for a high
energy linear accelerator.  Additionally,
the energy deposited in volumes
resembling critical tissue components
such as cells or cell nuclei can be
determined using such a microdosimeter. 
To do so, given that microdosimetry
involves studying single-event deposition
at microscopic sites of a tissue, the
detector geometry can be selected to
design a tissue equivalent proportional
counter. The spherical cavity generally
tends to be  cylinder based owing to that
the sphere is not only volume with
isotropic response, but also has the lowest
relative variance of chord lengths. The
wall of such a counter can then be made of
a tissue equivalent to A-150 plastic, which
is a mixture of calcium fluoride,
polyethylene, nylon and carbon. Next, the
gas filling can be selected to influence the
gas gain and counting characteristics. In
general, the tissue equivalent gases based
on methane and propane are both
available commercially.

As anticipated, analysis results can indicate


the feasibility of fabricating anequivalent
proportional counter for the spherical
tissue that  conforms to the chord length
distribution and mean chord length
standard described by Professor Kellerer
when measuring the mixed radiation field
for a high energy linear accelerator,
especially in neutron dose. If desired, the
linear energy deposited in small tissue can
be determined using such a
microdosimeter.

A neutron dose equivalent meter based on


a tissue equivalent proportional counter is
highly promising for a variety of radiation
fields of a high energy linear accelerator.
Such a counter can be used as a reference
meter in various neutron fields for routine
microdosimeters.  Moreover, using this
counter with another simple dosimeter
may reduce systematic measurement
errors of dose equivalent in a mixed
radiation field.

Introduction
Developed by Professor Rossi for
microdosimetric investigation of radiation
in 1960, a dosimetric method based on a
low pressure tissue equivalent
proportional counter has been extensively
adopted in radiation dosimetry. According
to the International Commission on
Radiation Units and Measurements,
microdosimetric parameters consist of
energy deposited, specific energy and
energy imparted. This counter is a
spherical chamber with a tissue equivalent
wall and filled with tissue equivalent gas.
As the principal instrument of
microdosimetry based on the Bragg-Gray
cavity principle, this gas-filled counter
determines the dose and dose equivalent
to small volumes of human tissue when
high energy radiation is behind the
shielding of high energy accelerator and
spacecraft.  As is well known, a linear
accelerator can accelerate electrons to
generate high energy electrons or x-ray
with different energy regions, thus
producing a photonuclear reaction when
the energy exceeds 10 MeV. This reaction
subsequently emits neutrons. When
human tissue is irradiated by the
bremmsstrahlung photon, as created in a
linear accelerator, the patient receives a
significant dose of photo-produced
neutrons. However, the tissue equivalent
proportional counter for a linear
accelerator with one or more products and
neutrons of microdosimetry has not been
investigated experimentally.  Additionally,
the neutron response of a tissue equivalent
proportional counter depends on the
atomic composition of gas in a neutron
energy region below 300 keV. The neutron
response depends on the atomic
composition of the counter for neutrons
above 300 keV. While the regular
spherical shape of the counter was
selected so that its response would be
more or less independent of the direction
from which the radiation emits, the
spherical shape is a challenging task for
design purposes.  Neutron response
depends on construction of the tissue
equivalent proportional counter and
atomic composition of materials used in a
counter design. Therefore, given various
radiation types, measurement methods and
angles for the linear accelerator,
enhancing the counter design and
materials is problematic.  Moreover,
measuring the equivalent dose of high
energy neutrons is problematic for
radiation protection dosimetry and
microdosimetry owing to the lack of
standard devices for investigating the
mixed radiation field.

……has been extensively studied./has


received extensive (attention OR interest).

Although above studies…STATE


CONTRIBUTION, they STATE
LIMITATION.

Therefore, this work designs a spherical or


right cylindrical tissue equivalent
proportional counter to measure all
particles composed of thermal neutrons,
fast neutrons, high energy charge particles
and photons for a high energy linear
accelerator.  Additionally, the energy
deposited in volumes resembling critical
tissue components such as cells or cell
nuclei can be determined using such a
microdosimeter.  To do so, given that
microdosimetry involves studying single-
event deposition at microscopic sites of a
tissue, the detector geometry can be
selected to  design a tissue equivalent
proportional counter. The spherical cavity
generally tends to be  cylinder based
owing to that the sphere is not only
volume with isotropic response, but also
has the lowest relative variance of chord
lengths. The wall of such a counter can
then be made of a tissue equivalent to A-
150 plastic, which is a mixture of calcium
fluoride, polyethylene, nylon and carbon.
Next, the gas filling can be selected to
influence the gas gain and counting
characteristics. In general, the tissue
equivalent gases based on methane and
propane are both available commercially.

Analysis results indicate the feasibility of


fabricating an equivalent proportional
counter for the spherical tissue that
conforms to the chord length distribution
and mean chord length standard described
by Professor Kellerer when measuring the
mixed radiation field for a high energy
linear accelerator, especially in neutron
dose. If desired, the linear energy
deposited in small tissue can be
determined using such a microdosimeter. 
A neutron dose equivalent meter based on
a tissue equivalent proportional counter is
highly promising for a variety of radiation
fields of a high energy linear accelerator.
Such a counter can be used as a reference
meter in various neutron fields for routine
microdosimeters.  Moreover, using this
counter with another simple dosimeter
may reduce systematic measurement
errors of dose equivalent in a mixed
radiation field.

The rest of this paper is organized as


follows.  Section 2…  Section 3 then…
Next, Section 4….
Additionally, Section 5…  Conclusions are
finally drawn in Section 6.

291. (Nuclear Science-Radiotechnology)


Setting of work proposal
A wound dressing attempts to ensure
optimal healing by easing pain and
preventing trauma infection. Composition
of the wound dressing and its adherence to
the skin largely determines its therapeutic
effectiveness. Additionally, composition
of the medicine enables the wound to heal,
while the medicine carrier ensures the
staying power of the wound dressing on
the skin.

Work problem
Wounded skin often destroys its collagen,
necessitating that the wound dressing
contain collagen. Also, cCollagen
extracted from an animal organism often
requires adding other materials to
facilitate extraction, possibly causing the
user to become allergic to the wound
dressing.

Quantitative specification of problem


As is widely assumed, cysteine protease is
the predominant class of protease in
plants. Its use in medicine can help
remove wound bacterium and shorten
treatment time.

Importance of problem
The inability to resolve the possibility of
anaphylaxis may cause other adverse side
effects and reduce the effectiveness of
therapeutic treatment.

Work objective
Based on the above, we should develop a
nnovel composition from the plants that is
more effectivebatter than the animal
collagen in and reducinge the
possibilitylikelihood of anaphylaxis,
furthermore, to employ.  Additionally, the
proper carrier can be used to
carrytransport the composition for the
convenience ofin order to maintain the
effectiveness ofits therapeutic
effectiveness. 

Methodology to achieve objective


To do so, cysteine protease can be
extracted and purifiedcation from sesame,
and t.  The polysaccharide can then be
purified from the fruiting body of an
edible Jew’s Ear mushroom.  , after
thatNext, the complex can be applied to
the wound through the interaction between
the cysteine protease and polysaccharide
can be interaction to form the complex
apply the wound.

Anticipated results
As anticipated, the stable formation of the
novel composition can be servefunction as
an entrapping reservoir for active
ingredients that can be sustained andto
ensure a prolonged released.

Contribution to field
 In addition to its economic benefits, and
proposed athe novel composition
proposed herein can not only treatprovide
the wounds treatment, more important
thatbut, more importantly, reduce the
possibilityincidence rate of anaphylaxis.

Abstract
A wound dressing attempts to ensure
optimal healing by easing pain and
preventing trauma infection. Composition
of the wound dressing and its adherence to
the skin largely determines its therapeutic
effectiveness. Additionally, composition
of the medicine enables the wound to heal,
while the medicine carrier ensures the
staying power of the wound dressing on
the skin.  However, wounded skin often
destroys its collagen, necessitating that the
wound dressing contain collagen. Also,
collagen extracted from an animal
organism often requires adding other
materials to facilitate extraction, possibly
causing the user to become allergic to the
wound dressing.  Therefore, this work
describes a novel composition from plants
that is more effective than animal collagen
in reducing the likelihood of anaphylaxis. 
Additionally, the proper carrier can be
used to transport the composition in order
to maintain its therapeutic effectiveness.
Cysteine protease is extracted and purified
from sesame.  The polysaccharide is then
purified from the fruiting body of an
edible Jew’s Ear mushroom.  Next, the
complex is applied to the wound through
the interaction between cysteine protease
and polysaccharide.  Analysis results
indicate that the stable formation of the
novel composition can function as an
entrapping reservoir for active ingredients
that can be sustained to ensure a
prolonged release.  In addition to its
economic benefits, the novel composition
proposed herein can not only treat
wounds, but, more importantly, reduce the
incidence rate of anaphylaxis.

III.  Editing exercises

292.  Editing sample 1


Biotechnology and Pharmaceuticals
Technology
Technological Development Strategies
With the rapid growth of the economic
power in the Asia-Pacific regions, the
consumption of medicinal drugs increases
annually, making the Asian market an area
that can not be neglected by international
pharmaceutical companies. The
importance of clinical research data of
Asia has also increased accordingly. With
more and more participations in clinical
trials, Taiwan will be in a better position
in the business of new drug development,
such as efficacy, safety and racial
differences in new drugs. This new
business will expedite new drugs launches
in Taiwan, and encourage local
manufacturers to acquire patents of longer
protection period. Thus the establishment
of an infrastructure for new drug clinical
research and development is imperative
for the government’s initiative to push for
new drug and herbal medicine
development.
Lastly, since Taiwan’s biotechnology
industry is mainly comprised of small and
medium-sized companies, with more
advantages in speed and flexibility, it is
suggested that these companies fully
utilize their edge in developing drug
categories that require shorter
development period and less capital
investments (e.g.: me-too NCE drugs, new
indications, formulations or new botanical
medicines). This way, new product
launches will be expedited and substantial
profits will be obtained for the long-term
growth of local manufacturers.

293.  Editing sample 2


Creating Industrial Opportunities through
Interdisciplinary R&D

According to the US Committee on


Science, Engineering and Public Policy
(COSEPUP), the definition of
"interdisciplinary research" is to integrate
personnel, information, technologies,
facilities and theories from two or more
disciplines to conduct innovative research
or research that can not be completed by
single discipline. The purposes of the
interdisciplinary research are to generate
new knowledge, new technology or to
solve complicated problem. COSEPUP
emphasized that interdisciplinary research
shall encourage idea exchange and sharing
among different groups or disciplines
rather than just divide the operational
functions. Only under this type of
collaborative scenario, a grand new
technology, product or service can be
created out from individual research area.

Since the 1950s, Taiwan has emerged


from an agriculture-based country into
information and electronic-based high
technology country. The economic miracle
that Taiwan produced has transformed its
people life equivalent to those of the
developed countries. However, the
dramatic shifts in the economic-political
world map has resulted the stagnant
economic development in Taiwan during
the past eight years. Taiwan needs to re-
formulate its industry development
strategy from traditional OEM- oriented
industry to innovative, knowledge-based
industry. It also needs to re-position its
role from a mere component supplier to
end-user’s service provider. Taiwan must
try hard to capture and secure strategic
positions such as R&D and brand-name
marketing in the worldwide
product/service supply chain. In order to
face global competition and to meet the
goal, a single type of technology or
product shall not meet the customers and
market needs. Only the “total solution”
approach can fulfill this ultimate goal.
Therefore, not only the technology that we
develop must be innovative and advanced,
but also the integration of a set of
technologies has become crucial to foster
and incubate new business opportunity
and industry.

The trends of integrating interdisciplinary


technologies include: (1) the integration
among various technologies; (2) the
integration between technology and the
humanities; (3) integration between
domestic strength and international
resources; (4) integration between
traditional industry and emerging
technology. For example, the researches
conducted in the MIT Media Laboratory
are typical examples to demonstrate
wonderful integration between advanced
technologies and the humanities, such as
psychology, art, and behavior sciences.
The electronic ink, the affective mirror
and the intelligent toy are excellent
examples resulted from their innovative
research works.

294.  Editing sample 3


Policies and Measurements for
Developing Taiwan’s
Industrial Technology
In the era of knowledge-based economy,
the influence of science and technology on
the economy and society as a whole has
become more prominent. Scientific
achievements continue to promote
technology advancement, knowledge
development and living standard. New
technologies create environmental friendly
arena, comfortable living spaces and
energy-efficient transportation systems. 
In addition, the development of genetic
research improves the standards of human
health around the world. Furthermore,
Information, and Communications
Technology (ICT) strengthens economic
development and stimulates the degrees of
interaction among individuals, businesses
and countries globally. The goal of each
country’s science and technology policies
is to satisfy the economic development,
civil welfare, sustainable development,
and safety.
Taiwan government is taking concrete
approach to deal with the demand of
knowledge-based economy and
innovations in science and technology. For
reference to the implementation of
technology development, the government
proposed “ROC White Paper on Science
and Technology (2003-2006)” in 2004,
and “National Science and Technology
Development Plan (2005-2008)” in 2005.
To increase Taiwan’s overall competitive
advantage, the government integrated its
resources to promote numerous new
programs, such as “Challenge 2008:
National Development Emphasis Plan” in
May of 2002. With the goal of
strengthening Taiwan’s international
competitiveness and creating a refined,
efficient, high-tech Taiwan, the
government also proposed a program with
ten new major construction projects within
five-year time period and five hundred
billion dollars in 2003. This program was
designed to speed up construction arena in
accordance with the “2008 National
Development Plan.”  In 2005, the
government passed the budget of ten
billions dollars for the special program,
which was part of the five-year, fifty-
billion-dollar project for 2005 fiscal year
in regards to outstanding universities and
research centers.  Another budget of more
than 2.8 billion dollars for 2005 fiscal year
in regards to “Taiwan Mobile” project was
to promote broadband applications to
build up Taiwan’s mobility.
The objective of this report is to explore
policies and strategies for developing
Taiwan’s industrial technology.  It consists
of three parts with part one covering the
policy development, part two innovative
research and development (R&D)
strategies and part three strategies for
developing industrial technology.

295.  Editing sample 4


Sustainable Development Technology
I. Industry Profile
Sustainable development has attracted
great attention around the world. To reach
this ultimate goal, technologies for
sustainable development have been
explored in a wide range of applications
such as environmental protection, energy,
green chemistry, cleaner production, etc.
Recently, nanotechnology has been
regarded as one of the emerging
technologies capable of changing the
world in the 21st century. Thus, applying
nanotechnology to achieve sustainable
development becomes an actively pursued
issue. This chapter investigates the
potential of nano-sized photocatalysts and
nano-biotechnology in sustainable
development. Despite the fact that
research activities have not resulted in
significant commercial success, nano-
photocatalysis and nano-biotechnology
must be considered as emerging
technologies and their role in sustainable
development fully studied.
1. Technology Definition and
Applications
(1)Photocatalyst Technology
Photocatalyst technology is often defined
as the applications of specific
photocatalytic characteristics such as
photocatalytic reactions and
superhydrophilicity property. The nano-
sized photocatalysts are used to convert
photo energy to chemical energy for the
purpose of environmental purification.
The current applications of photocatalysts
are mainly focusing on environmental
purposes such as air purification, water
purification, anti-bacteria and self-
cleaning.
(2)Nano-biotechnology
Nano-biotechnology is a bio-based
technique, which investigates and uses the
special properties within nanometer scale
in the field of gene chips, bio-catalysts,
biosensors and fluorescent biomarkers,
etc. The integration of biology, chemistry
and physics in nanotechnology can extend
its applicability and potential, especially
on the issues of environmental protection
and energy production/storage, which are
the cornerstones for sustainable
development.  Main applications of nano-
biotechnology for environmental
protection include pollutant
detection/monitoring and
treatment/remediation, cleaner production,
and new nanotechnology-based energy
development and environmental/human
health risk assessment of nano-scaled
materials.
2. Industrial Overview
(1) Photocatalyst Technology
There are two major phases of titania
structure, i.e. rutile and anatase. The
primary use of rutile is pigment and filler
of paint while the anatase structure is used
mainly for photocatalysts. Currently, the
rutile phase of titania occupies about 90%
of the market of titania. The market size of
titania for photocatalyst was estimated as
US$150-300 million. The current
photocatalyst market could be divided into
photocatalyst materials (US$ 15 million),
photocatalytic construction products (US$
100 million), photocatalytic air purifiers
(US$ 60 million), and photocatalyst
solution for anti-bacteria agents (US$ 10
million).

296.  Editing sample 5

Chemical Engineering Technology


I. Industry Profile
Domestic chemical industry involves
“materials industry for petrochemical
industry”, “materials industry for synthetic
resin and plastics”, “materials industry for
synthetic rubber” and the down-stream
chemical product or manufacturing
industry. In 2004, the value of output of
chemical industry was up to US$ 82.98
billion, which weighs 26.8% of the gross
value of output of manufacturing industry.
For the internationalization of industry as
well as the direction of sustainable
development, it is emphasized in
industries to root core technologies and to
enhance the formation of fast growing and
newly developing industries. In the part of
technological investment, it is mainly for
functioning, highly value-added, low
pricing, high purity and green
environmental friendliness to achieve the
entirely industrial upgrade and improve
internationally competitive ability.
1. Technology Definition and
Applications
According to the rapid developments of
high technological industries, including
environmental protection and opto-
electronic information, synthetic resin
industrial technology development can be
primarily summed up into functional nano
hybrid resin, environmentally friendly and
high functional resin focusing on PU
(Polyurethane), and opto-electronically
functional polymer performance of the
corresponding conjugated polymer. The
development of polymer resin in these
fields can be applied to industries,
including opto-electronics, textile, vehicle,
architecture, aerospace and transportation,
domestically building up the independent,
self-sufficient and Ordnance Bench Mark-
containing union industry and the
competitive ability in the world. Three
items, functional nano hybrid resin,
environmentally friendly and high
performance PU resin and conjugated
polymer resin, will be mainly discussed in
the following contents.
The field of green environmentally
compatible material technology can be
divided into non-halogen flame retardant
material and degradable plastics. A
restriction made by RoHS of European
Union that will initiate from July 1st,
2006, it will be prohibited to use
halogenated flame retardant of PBDE
(Polybromodiether) for polymer plastics.
Thus, in the future, there is a huge
potential development of non–halogenated
plastic materials. Meanwhile,
biodegradable plastics are made of
polymeric materials, which are naturally
degradable without any enhancer in the
environment with microorganisms,
making them more environmentally
friendly compared to the former two and
being the main development candidate for
current degradable plastics.

297.  Editing sample 6


Aviation Technology
I. Industry Profile
Development of our aviation industry
reached the peak of output value in 1998
and once became downward due to the
reason of ending IDF production and the
event of 911. For advancing traditional
industries, re-energizing domestic
economy, enlarging the scale of aviation
industry, building up self-defense ability,
promoting the quality of aviation service
and leisure time life, the Executive Yuan
approved the Aviation Industry
Development Program and Action Plan.
Within this Program, aviation industry,
military aviation industry, aviation service
and sports industries were targeted as four
main areas to develop.
2. Industrial Overview
Taiwan, located in the central area of Asia
Pacific, has integrated industrial
infrastructure and also has high quality
human resources. Aviation is typically a
capital-, technology-, experience-, and
labor-intensive industry. Therefore, the
efficient supply chain system and high
value-added specialty are the target what
Taiwan wants to strive for. In the past,
significant progress has been achieved by
private industry in aviation technology,
quality assurance and project
management, through Government’s and
industries’ investment in resource and the
working with R&D institutes.
The development of Taiwan’s aviation is
normally led by MOEA in the past and
assisted by industries and relevant R&D
institutes (like CASID, ITRI, CSIST and
III). It has not only acquired many
certifications and purchasing orders from
original manufacturers, but also developed
systems integrated technology by the
funding of MOEA’s Leading Product
Development Programs. Taiwan’s
industries are dominated by small and
medium size companies, and most of these
companies are good in OEM (Original
Equipment Manufacturing) of component
and get the orders from AIDC, Boeing,
and airliners. Based on current technology
capability of Taiwan and future projection,
we can expect that component
manufacturing will be the proper business
opportunity for years to come.
UAV market is expected to grow
dramatically over the next decade,
forecasted by the famous market forecast
organizations such as Frost Sullivan,
Forecast International and Teal Group. All
of them project the worldwide market size
of UAV will grow to nearly US$ 32.5
billions from year 2005 to 2014. Analysts
predict the market size in 2014 is 70% in
North America, 12% in Asia Pacific, and
11% in Europe.

298.  Editing sample 7


Machinery and Automation Technology
Technology Definition and Applications
Multi-task machine had become one of
the major to increase the cutting efficiency
in recent years, to combine all kinds of
machining method in one machine; all of
the complex manufacture process can be
finished in one machine. With the
capability to turn, drill, tap, and mill in
one set-up, it can also transfers parts from
first to second operations, and load/unload
the part during machining operations
automatically. Multi process tolerance
stack up will be minimized due to reduced
part handling. In addition, difficult datum
dependent work pieces will be more
accurately machined because automatic
work piece transfer and robot handling
will ensure better locating repeatability.
There is a tremendous drop in non-value
added time -- big improvements in time
consuming work such as: programming,
program verification, and manual part
load and unload. The main application
industries are automobile industry,
precision machine, and machine parts
industry.
Automated optical inspection (AOI)
technology indicates that the optical
system automatically captures the image
of measured object through computer.
Then the image information is analyzed
by inspection algorithm of computer
program to obtain the effective and
reliable result. The automated optical
inspection technology can be divided into
1D (one-dimensional), 2D, and 3D in
terms of its measurement characteristics
with wide applications, including
industrial production, exploration of
cosmos, aerospace remote sensing,
biomedicine, fingerprint comparison,
character recognition, and machine vision.
The technologies in this report include 2D
and 3D measurement technologies with
application focus on industrial related
production. The main application
industries are IC semiconductor industry
(wafer and BGA), printed circuit board
industry, flat panel display industry,
precision machine industry, optical
communication industry, and metal steel
industry.
Intelligent robot is a kind of multi-axis
fully automatic or semi-automatic
mechanism which can execute a variety of
production via programmed operation.
Intelligent robot industry is composed of
machinery, automatic control, electrical,
optics, electronics, information software,
communication, security system, and
elements of creative relevant technologies,
etc. It is a star industry of high integration,
high relevance, and high additional value
as well as a sign of economics and
industry development to for the country.
299.  Editing sample 8
Opto-electronics Technology
Industrial Overview
From the development and trend of each
sub industries in Taiwan’s opto-electronics
industry, the flat-display industry has the
largest contribution, taking more and more
market share. This trend is also evident
globally, with the popularity of LCD
bringing more growth. With Taiwan’s
LCD production becoming the second
largest global manufacturer behind Korea,
high global demand for LCD will
consequently drive the growth of Taiwan’s
flat-display industry.
The optical storage is the second largest
industry in production value for the opto-
electronics industry in Taiwan. In recent
years, the information applications of
optical storage products have stalled in the
personal computer area, affecting the
export volume of optical disk drivers. Also
even though optical disk drivers have
continued with new innovated products,
but its price has also continuously
dropped, causing an unimpressive
performance in its productive value.
Currently, recordable disk drivers have
become the mainstream product in the
Optical storage industry , especially with
recordable digital versatile disc(DVD)
drives showing the fastest growth, causing
Taiwan manufacturers to focus
development in this direction. Also, under
global manufacturer’s aggressive
promotions, many Taiwan manufacturers
have started investing in consumer based
recordable DVD players. With this market
expanding rapidly, consumer based
recordable DVD players have become the
center of attention, soon becoming the
driving force for the future growth of the
optical storage market.
AOSRA has announced FVD in April
2004, it catch the eyes all over the world.
First time Taiwan can define a new format
in hi-tech product and sell to customers. If
FVD were getting popular, it can create
big benefit for Taiwan’s optical storage
companies.
LED is still the star of opto-electronics
semiconductor industry in Taiwan.
Because of keeping progress in
performance, the application of LED has
expanded from back light source of cellar
phone, outdoor display panel to LCD-TV
back light source and car’s head light
source. As the energy price rising rapidly,
solar cell has a big jump growth in 2004;
many companies want to invest into solar
cell manufacture.
The optical component industry is one of
the so-called fundamental industries. The
development of this industry depends on
the demands from application products. In
2004, the production value of the optical
component industry of Taiwan (including
various kinds of lenses and glass
materials) reached US$ 0.93 billion for the
first time. It is predicted that the sales
figure will reach US$ 1 billion in 2005.

300.  Editing sample 9


Semiconductor Technology
Industrial Overview
(1) Nano-Electronics Technology
The semiconductor industry has become
an industry with global market over US$
210 billion in 2004 from continuous
development over nearly half a century.
The semiconductor technology has also
gone through massive revolution driven
from the demands in 3C market.  With the
feature size of the device migrating from
micrometer into nanometer regime and
integration above giga level, the
complexity and challenges of the
manufacturing technology and design
flow become extreme and are the focus of
all major semiconductor companies.
(2) System on Chip Technology
The market values of global IC reached
US$ 179 billion. It has a 27.6% growth
compared to year 2003 (Source by IC
Insight). In Taiwan, according to
IEK/ITRI, Taiwan IC design output value
in 2004 is US$ 7.8 billion. It has a 37.1%
growth compared to 2003. Nevertheless,
most of market research institutes forecast
the growth rate of whole IC industry in
2005 is between –5% and 5% due to
economic cycle. It’s an obvious gap versus
year 2004.
Future Trend of Technology
Technology Trends
(1)Nano-Electronics Technology
As to the end of IC industry development,
first of all, the markets of communications
and video products see heavy war clouds.
Such communications and video products
like DTV, Consumer Display and 3G
share the common features of high output
values and high growth pace and are
believed to become the brilliant dominant
products. Lots of domestic and foreign
giants will be, therefore, landing in the
market one after another to prompt
inevitable cutthroat competition.
(2)System on Chip Technology
One of future trend of SoC is
heterogeneous integration. Based on
CMOS process, components of equivalent
or similar process such as Logic, SRAM,
and Flash were first integrated to SoC.
Then, components of different processes
were integrated to SoC, which is
embedded DRAM 、 CMOS RF 、 FPGA,
MEMS, Chemical Sensors, and Electro-
optical. Finally, Electro-biological was
also integrated to SoC. The other trend of
SoC is Low Power Technology becomes
more and more important. According to
ITRS roadmap, performance requirements
of product will increase rapidly, but
battery capacity will increase slowly. We
need low power technology (gating clock
management, mVth, DVF, etc.) to extend
usage/standby time of various mobile
devices (smart phone, PDA, portable
media player, etc).

301.  Editing sample 10


Semiconductor Technology
Technological Development Strategies
Taiwan major semiconductor companies
develop the as-said technology with
different strategies to keep the business
successfully rolling into the next
generation and after. These strategies are
based on product characteristic, market
prospective, financial status and
technology competitiveness. The
government will keep assisting the
industry, as in the past, in adjusting the
policy, improving the environments,
providing enough and potent manpower
and helping technology research and
development through universities and
ITRI with efforts.
Taiwan government has devoted in SoC
technology over years such as the NSoC
project. It also has some policies such as
setting up SoC incubation center, driving
to set up originality specification center
and Silicon IP center. However, at present,
the IC industry needs more government’s
devotions to investment rewards,
investment tax credits, etc. We hope
domestic IC companies, foreign IC
companies, research institutes, schools,
and government have more cooperation in
the future.

302.  Editing sample 11


The challenges of new industrial R&D
trend and economic growth in Taiwan
The Science & Technology
Competitiveness index from WEF and
IMD
According to the IMD’s “World
Competitiveness Yearbook 2005”,
Taiwan’s competitiveness ranked the 11th,
next only to Hong Kong and Singapore in
Asia.  The overall Taiwanese economic
performance is ranked 18th in the world. 
In technological related index, Taiwan has
scored 5th place and 10th place in
technological infrastructure and scientific
infrastructure Index respectively. 
The WEF’s “Global Competitiveness
Report 2005” has ranked Taiwan number
4 based on the growth competitiveness
index.  The top three countries are
Finland, United States of America and
Sweden.  Taiwan maintains it’s top place
in the Asian countries.  In the Technology
Index which is a composite index of
Innovation Sub-index and ICT Sub-index,
Taiwan receives the 2nd place next only to
the U.S.  In the Innovation Sub-index and
ICT Sub-index Taiwan is ranked number 2
and 9 respectively. 
The IMD’s yearbook emphasizes the
globalization’s impact to a nation’s
competitiveness, especially in what ought
to happen when “overall cost competitive
advantage” and “globalization of value
chain” becomes the main stream in the
world’s business arena.  The WEF’s report
emphasizes the competitiveness by
weighting the factors in different stage of
economic development.  For example,
when a country enters “innovation driven”
stage, its competitive advantage will no
longer be based on price, quantity and
quality, instead, it will be based on
“product differentiation”, “novel
innovative products” and the ability to
adapt to advanced production methods and
organizations.

Based on the competitiveness report from


these two renowned research institutes,
three future development directives are
devised for the Taiwanese economy. First
is to incubate in-depth and diversified
competencies. The Taiwanese industries
overly depend on low profit margin OEM
manufacturing practice. The
diversification of value chain is important
to raise Taiwanese competitiveness.
Second is to leverage global technology
resources. Due to the global value chain
mobilization, Taiwanese industries should
aggressively participate in global
deployment. With the aid of government
deregulation, the industries can aim to
raise technology capability by seeking
collaboration from foreign enterprises to
establish technology R&D centers or
recruiting foreign technicians and R&D
personnel. Third is to nourish a culture
that is to achieve excellence in science,
innovation, technology, entrepreneurship
and education. The driving force of
economic growth is actually embedded in
a nation’s culture. To consolidate the
technological base, scientific education
and adventuresome entrepreneurship are
important missions to the government.    

303.  Editing sample 12


 
Analysis of Taiwan’s Economic
Performance
(1) International Comparison of the GDP
per Capita
The real GDP (based on 2000 purchasing
power parity, PPP) per capita of OECD
member countries in addition to Israel,
Singapore and Taiwan are evaluated.  In
year 2004, Taiwan ranked the 21st.  It is
the same the rank as in 2003.  Although
the Taiwan’s ranking is higher than Spain,
South Korea and Israel, it is lower than the
average of OECD.  In comparison with
the top 25 countries in the year 2004,
Taiwan has a 7.3% growth in GDP per
capita, which is only lower than Ireland,
Iceland and Singapore.
(2) Comparison of the sources of the gap
of GDP per Capita
The Taiwanese 2003 GDP per capita
(based on PPP) is only 66% of the U.S. 
The gap in GDP per capita can be broken
into two parts: labour utilization and
labour productivity gaps.  The labour
productivity gaps account for the bulk of
the gap in GDP per capita between the
Taiwan and the US.  This is due to
industrial structure and business operation
model differencies.
The Taiwanese industries largely
concentrate in the ICT industry.  Although
the fast growth in the ICT industry helped
Taiwan experienced rapid economic
growth, the Taiwanese IT hardware
market has been partly replaced by
emerging industrial countries in recent
years.  As resulting from quick drop in
product prices and restraints from large
international enterprises, the overall added
value and gross profit in the ICT industry
are gradually reducing.  Additionally, the
low growth rate in service sector and labor
productivity in recent years have led to
insufficient growth of Taiwan’s overall
labor productivity.
Taiwan has the highest percentage in the
high-tech industry (mainly ICT industry)
in terms of KIM (Knowledge-Intensive
Manufacturing), however, in the KIMS
(knowledge-intensive market-oriented
service industry) the percentage is lower
than the OECD’s major countries.  The
KIMS is concentrated in “financial and
insurance industries” (10.8%) in Taiwan,
whereas, in the EU and the US the highest
percentage of KIMS is in the “commercial
service industry”.  The percentage of
KIMS in the “commercial service
industry” is only 2.7% in Taiwan.  It is far
behind the OECD countries.
In sum, Taiwan’s high tech industries
heavily concentrate on low value added
ICT hardware OEM manufacturing
practice.  The Taiwanese industrial value
chain lack of in-depth R&D and system
integration and diversified innovation
activities.  Whereas, the service industry
concentrates on low growth industry, and
the percentage of high value and high
growing emerging service industry is
relative low.  Thus currently, Taiwan is
unable to create the ”Twin-engine of
growth”.

Potrebbero piacerti anche